礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
在《小部》中· 《经集》义注· 第一部分巴利
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · Khuddakanikāye · Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathā · (Paṭhamo bhāgo)
1. 蛇品义注
1000 段
著作开篇的序言巴利
Ganthārambhakathā
礼敬了最殊胜、最值得礼敬的三宝之后,
那位由断除微细行者在微细部类中的,
由世间怙主、寻求出离世间者宣说。
我们要为这部《经集》作义理注释。
这部《经集》就归在小部里。
因此,我们也要为它作义注解说。
夹杂着上百首偈颂,带有祇夜和记说的标记;
为什么叫“经集”?如果“经集”这个名称已经这样确定下来了。
因为善说,因为可听闻;因为能好好守护其中的义理。
因为能指示、能流出,所以被称为经。
把这样一类经从各处收集、整理出来之后,
因此,由于汇集,它就这样归入了“经”的范畴。
所有经典也,皆以如如者的衡量标准为准。
这些话是他们的,从那里落下。
因为不存在其他名称和殊胜特征,
“经集”这个名称就这样定了下来。巴利
Uttamaṃ vandaneyyānaṃ, vanditvā ratanattayaṃ; Yo khuddakanikāyamhi, khuddācārappahāyinā. Desito lokanāthena, lokanissaraṇesinā; Tassa suttanipātassa, karissāmatthavaṇṇanaṃ. Ayaṃ suttanipāto ca, khuddakesveva ogadho; Yasmā tasmā imassāpi, karissāmatthavaṇṇanaṃ. Gāthāsatasamākiṇṇo, geyyabyākaraṇaṅkito; Kasmā suttanipātoti, saṅkhamesa gatoti ce. Suvuttato savanato, atthānaṃ suṭṭhu tāṇato; Sūcanā sūdanā ceva, yasmā suttaṃ pavuccati. Tathārūpāni suttāni, nipātetvā tato tato; Samūhato ayaṃ tasmā, saṅkhamevamupāgato. Sabbāni cāpi suttāni, pamāṇantena tādino; Vacanāni ayaṃ tesaṃ, nipāto ca yato tato. Aññasaṅkhānimittānaṃ, visesānamabhāvato; Saṅkhaṃ suttanipātoti, evameva samajjhagāti.
《蛇经》的注释巴利
1. Uragasuttavaṇṇanā
这部《经集》整体上就是这样得名的。按品来分,有蛇品、小品、大品、八颂品、彼岸道品这五品,其中蛇品排在开头。按经来算,蛇品有十二经,小品有十四经,大品有十二经,八颂品有十六经,彼岸道品有十六经,一共七十经,其中《蛇经》排在开头。按诵分的篇幅来算,共有八个诵分。对于这样在品、经和诵分篇幅上都有定数的它——巴利
Evaṃ samadhigatasaṅkho ca yasmā esa vaggato uragavaggo, cūḷavaggo, mahāvaggo, aṭṭhakavaggo, pārāyanavaggoti pañca vaggā honti; tesu uragavaggo ādi. Suttato uragavagge dvādasa suttāni, cūḷavagge cuddasa, mahāvagge dvādasa, aṭṭhakavagge soḷasa, pārāyanavagge soḷasāti sattati suttāni. Tesaṃ uragasuttaṃ ādi. Pariyattipamāṇato aṭṭha bhāṇavārā. Evaṃ vaggasuttapariyattipamāṇavato panassa –
谁能把已经生起的嗔怒调伏下去,就像用药物除掉蔓延开的蛇毒一样。
那位比丘舍弃了此岸与彼岸,就像蛇蜕掉老旧的皮一样。巴利
‘‘Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ, visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehi; So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇa’’nti. –
这首偈颂是开头。因此,从现在开始为它作义理注释,就此说道:巴利
Ayaṃ gāthā ādi. Tasmā assā ito pabhuti atthavaṇṇanaṃ kātuṃ idaṃ vuccati –
这偈颂是由谁、在哪里、什么时候、因为什么而说的,这偈颂;
向她说明方式后,我将为义作注解。巴利
‘‘Yena yattha yadā yasmā, vuttā gāthā ayaṃ imaṃ; Vidhiṃ pakāsayitvāssā, karissāmatthavaṇṇana’’nti.
那么,这首偈颂是谁说的?在哪里说的?什么时候说的?又为什么说呢?回答是:那位世尊曾在二十四位佛陀面前得到授记,从燃灯佛一直到他做须大拏王的那一世,圆满了一切波罗蜜,之后往生到兜率天;从那里命终后,投生在释迦王族中,一步步完成大出家,在菩提树下证得正等正觉,转动法轮,为了天和人的利益而说法。这首偈就是那位世尊——自觉者、无师自悟者、正等正觉者——所说的。而且,它是在阿罗毗城说的。当时制定草木学处时,为了给来到那里的比丘们说法而说了这首偈。这是简略的回答。如果要详细说明,就应当依照远起因、不远起因、近起因来了知。其中,远起因是指从燃灯佛起直到现在这件事的故事;不远起因是指从兜率天起直到现在这件事的故事;近起因是指从菩提座起直到现在这件事的故事。巴利
Kena panāyaṃ gāthā vuttā, kattha, kadā, kasmā ca vuttāti? Vuccate – yo so bhagavā catuvīsatibuddhasantike laddhabyākaraṇo yāva vessantarajātakaṃ, tāva pāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavane uppajji, tatopi cavitvā sakyarājakule upapattiṃ gahetvā, anupubbena katamahābhinikkhamano bodhirukkhamūle sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā deva-manussānaṃ hitāya dhammaṃ desesi, tena bhagavatā sayambhunā anācariyakena sammāsambuddhena vuttā. Sā ca pana āḷaviyaṃ. Yadā ca bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tadā tattha upagatānaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ vuttāti. Ayamettha saṅkhepavissajjanā. Vitthārato pana dūrenidānaavidūrenidānasantikenidānavasena veditabbā. Tattha dūrenidānaṃ nāma dīpaṅkarato yāva paccuppannavatthukathā , avidūrenidānaṃ nāma tusitabhavanato yāva paccuppannavatthukathā, santikenidānaṃ nāma bodhimaṇḍato yāva paccuppannavatthukathāti.
在这里,因为不远起因和近起因都归入远起因之中,所以这里应当依照远起因来详细解说。而这一内容在《本生注》中已经说过,因此这里不再展开。应当依照那里详细解说的方式来理解。不过有一点不同:在那部注中,第一首偈的事发生在舍卫城,而在这里,则发生在阿罗毗城。正如所说:巴利
Tattha yasmā avidūrenidānaṃ santikenidānañca dūrenidāneyeva samodhānaṃ gacchanti, tasmā dūrenidānavasenevettha vitthārato vissajjanā veditabbā. Sā panesā jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttāti idha na vitthāritā. Tato tattha vitthāritanayeneva veditabbā. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tattha paṭhamagāthāya sāvatthiyaṃ vatthu uppannaṃ, idha āḷaviyaṃ. Yathāha –
那时,世尊住在阿罗毗的阿伽罗婆塔庙。当时,阿罗毗的比丘们正在做新工程,自己砍树,也叫人砍树。有一位阿罗毗的比丘在砍树。住在那棵树上的天神对那位比丘这样说:“尊者,您想给自己建住处,请不要砍我的住处。”那位比丘不理会,还是砍了,还打伤了那位天神孩子的手臂。于是那位天神这样想:“我干脆就在这里把这位比丘杀掉算了。”接着那位天神又这样想:“我就这样把这位比丘杀掉,实在不合适。不如我把这件事禀告世尊。”于是那位天神来到世尊面前,把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“好,好,天神!你没有杀掉那位比丘,做得很好。天神,如果你今天杀了那位比丘,你会造下许多非福。去吧,天神,在某个地方有一棵孤立的树,你去那里住吧。”巴利
‘‘Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā rukkhaṃ chindantipi chedāpentipi. Aññataropi āḷavako bhikkhu rukkhaṃ chindati. Tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘mā, bhante, attano bhavanaṃ kattukāmo mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ chindī’ti. So bhikkhu anādiyanto chindiyeva. Tassā ca devatāya dārakassa bāhuṃ ākoṭesi. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyya’nti. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyyaṃ, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ āroceyya’nti. Atha kho sā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘Sādhu, sādhu devate, sādhu kho tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā na voropesi. Sacajja tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā voropeyyāsi, bahuñca tvaṃ, devate, apuññaṃ pasaveyyāsi. Gaccha tvaṃ, devate, amukasmiṃ okāse rukkho vivitto, tasmiṃ upagacchā’’’ti (pāci. 89).
世尊这样说完之后,为了消除那位天神心中生起的愤怒,又再次说道:巴利
Evañca pana vatvā puna bhagavā tassā devatāya uppannakodhavinayanatthaṃ –
如果有人能制止已经生起的愤怒,就像勒住狂奔的马车一样。巴利
‘‘Yo ve uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ, rathaṃ bhantaṃva vāraye’’ti. (dha. pa. 222) –
他诵出了这首偈颂。后来,人们这样抱怨:“释迦子沙门竟然砍树,还叫人砍树,释迦子沙门伤害只有一根感官的生命!”世尊听到这些抱怨后,经比丘们报告,便制定了这条学处:“损坏草木类众生,波逸提。”为了给来到那里的人说法,巴利
Imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Tato ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rukkhaṃ chindissantipi, chedāpessantipi, ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentī’’ti evaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyitaṃ sutvā bhikkhūhi ārocito bhagavā – ‘‘bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiya’’nti (pāci. 90) imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpetvā tattha upagatānaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ –
能平息已经生起的嗔怒,
就像用药物化解蔓延的蛇毒。巴利
‘‘Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ, Visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehī’’ti. –
他说了这首偈颂。就这样,同一件事被收进了三个地方——律藏、法句、经集。到这里为止,先前安立的论母——巴利
Imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Evamidaṃ ekaṃyeva vatthu tīsu ṭhānesu saṅgahaṃ gataṃ – vinaye, dhammapade, suttanipāteti. Ettāvatā ca yā sā mātikā ṭhapitā –
这偈颂是由谁、在哪里、什么时候、因为什么而说的,这偈颂;
说明它的方法之后,我们要来做义注。巴利
‘‘Yena yattha yadā yasmā, vuttā gāthā ayaṃ imaṃ; Vidhi pakāsayitvāssā, karissāmatthavaṇṇana’’nti. –
除了义注以外,它已经通过略说和广说两种方式被阐明了。巴利
Sā saṅkhepato vitthārato ca pakāsitā hoti ṭhapetvā atthavaṇṇanaṃ.
1 这里则是义注。所谓“凡”,是指从刹帝利家族出家,或从婆罗门家族出家的人,不论是新学比丘、中座比丘还是长老比丘。所谓“uppatitaṃ”,是向上、朝头顶方向落下去、已经去了,也就是转起的意思,即已生起。而所谓“已生起”,按正在发生、已经过去、得到机会、得到地来分,有很多种类。其中,一切有为法都具备生等相,这叫“正在发生的已生起”,《法集论·三法论母》里说的“已生法、未生法、具生法”就是针对这个说的。领受了所缘的滋味之后才灭去的善和不善,叫“已尝味后过去”;还没达到生等三相就灭去的其余有为法,叫“已过去而过去”,这两种都叫“已过去的已生起”。这可以在“这样的恶见已生起”以及“当已生起的念觉支修习圆满”等经文中看到。按“凡他先前所作的那些业”这种方式所说的业,虽然是过去的,但它阻断其他果报、为自己的果报制造了机会而住立;如此被制造了机会的果报虽然还没生起,但在这个已作成的机会中必定会生起,所以叫“得机会之已生起”。在各地之中未被断除的不善,叫“得地之已生起”。巴利
1. Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā. Yoti yo yādiso khattiyakulā vā pabbajito, brāhmaṇakulā vā pabbajito, navo vā majjhimo vā thero vā. Uppatitanti uddhamuddhaṃ patitaṃ gataṃ, pavattanti attho, uppannanti vuttaṃ hoti. Uppannañca nāmetaṃ vattamānabhutvāpagatokāsakatabhūmiladdhavasena anekappabhedaṃ. Tattha sabbampi saṅkhataṃ uppādādisamaṅgi vattamānuppannaṃ nāma, yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘uppannā dhammā, anuppannā dhammā, uppādino dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. tikamātikā 17) vuttaṃ. Ārammaṇarasamanubhavitvā niruddhaṃ anubhutvāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ kusalākusalaṃ, uppādādittayamanuppatvā niruddhaṃ bhutvāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ sesasaṅkhatañca bhutvāpagatuppannaṃ nāma. Tadetaṃ ‘‘evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.234; pāci. 417) ca, ‘‘yathā ca uppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāpāripūrī hotī’’ti ca evamādīsu suttantesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Yānissa tāni pubbe katāni kammānī’’ti evamādinā (ma. ni. 3.248; netti. 120) nayena vuttaṃ kammaṃ atītampi samānaṃ aññassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassokāsaṃ katvā ṭhitattā, tathā katokāsañca vipākaṃ anuppannampi evaṃ kate okāse avassamuppattito okāsakatuppannaṃ nāma. Tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu asamūhatamakusalaṃ bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāma.
在这里,应当了解“地”和“得地”之间的差别。具体来说:所谓“地”,就是作为观智所缘的三界五蕴。所谓“得地”,就是在这些蕴中适合生起的烦恼类。正因为如此,那才被称为“得地”,所以说“得地”。而这并不是就所缘来说的。因为如果就所缘来说,那么对于包括过去等种种分别、乃至已被遍知的蕴,烦恼也会生起——比如以诸漏尽者的蕴为所缘,以摩诃迦旃延、莲华色等人的蕴为所缘,以苏瑞亚长者子、难陀青年等人的蕴为所缘,烦恼都会生起。如果“得地”真是就所缘而说的,那么它就无法被断除,也就没有人能断除轮回的根本了。但实际上,“得地”应当就事来说。因为无论在哪里,只要未被观智所遍知的蕴生起,从它们生起的那一刻起,烦恼类就随眠于其中,成为轮回的根本。由于这些烦恼未被断除,就应当知道这叫做“得地所生”。而且,如果一个人的烦恼在哪些蕴中未被断除地随眠,那么他的那些蕴本身就是那些烦恼的依处,而不是别的蕴。对于他过去蕴中未被断除而随眠的烦恼,过去蕴本身就是依处,而不是别的蕴;对未来等也是同样的道理。同样地,在欲界的蕴中未被断除而随眠的烦恼,欲界的蕴本身就是依处,而不是别的蕴;在色界、无色界也是同样的道理。巴利
Ettha ca bhūmiyā bhūmiladdhassa ca nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – bhūmi nāma vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā tebhūmakā pañcakkhandhā. Bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma tesu uppattārahaṃ kilesajātaṃ. Tena hi sā bhūmiladdhā nāma hotīti. Tasmā ‘‘bhūmiladdha’’nti vuccati. Tañca pana na ārammaṇavasena. Ārammaṇavasena hi sabbepi atītādibhede pariññātepi ca khīṇāsavānaṃ khandhe ārabbha kilesā uppajjanti mahākaccāyanauppalavaṇṇādīnaṃ khandhe ārabbha soreyyaseṭṭhiputtanandamāṇavakādīnaṃ viya. Yadi cetaṃ bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma siyā, tassa appaheyyato na koci bhavamūlaṃ jaheyya. Vatthuvasena pana bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma veditabbaṃ. Yattha yattha hi vipassanāya apariññātā khandhā uppajjanti, tattha tattha uppādato pabhuti tesu vaṭṭamūlaṃ kilesajātaṃ anuseti. Taṃ appahīnaṭṭhena bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāmāti veditabbaṃ. Tattha ca yassa khandhesu appahīnānusayitā kilesā, tassa te eva khandhā tesaṃ kilesānaṃ vatthu, na itare khandhā. Atītakkhandhesu cassa appahīnānusayitānaṃ kilesānaṃ atītakkhandhā eva vatthu, na itare. Eseva nayo anāgatādīsu. Tathā kāmāvacarakkhandhesu appahīnānusayitānaṃ kilesānaṃ kāmāvacarakkhandhā eva vatthu, na itare. Esa nayo rūpārūpāvacaresu.
不过,对于入流者等圣者来说,哪一位圣者的蕴中,哪一种属于轮回根源的烦恼已被哪一条圣道断除,那么这些蕴对于已被断除的那些轮回根源烦恼,就不再被称为“地”。但凡夫因为一切轮回根源的烦恼都完全没有断除,所以他无论造作什么业,不管是善的还是不善的,都会以烦恼为缘而使轮回增长。不能说他的轮回根源只在色蕴里,不在受蕴等里……或者说只在识蕴里,不在色蕴等里。为什么呢?因为它毫无差别地随眠在五蕴之中。怎么理解呢?就像一棵大树,依托大地,依靠地味和水味,以这些为条件,通过根、干、枝、小枝、嫩叶、老叶、花、果而生长,充满虚空,直到劫末,以种子相续的方式安立在树类的相续中。不能说“那地味等只在根部,不在干等里;或者只在果实里,不在根等里”。为什么呢?因为它毫无差别地遍及一切根、干等。这里的道理也是一样。又好比有人对同一棵树的花果等生起厌离,在树的四个方向施用一种叫“蛙刺”的毒药,那么这棵树被毒接触后,地味和水味被耗尽,就变得不能再产生相续,无法重新生起相续。同样,对蕴的相续生起厌离的善男子,就像那人在树的四个方向施毒一样,在自己相续中开始修习四圣道。那时,他的蕴相续因为被四圣道之毒接触,一切轮回根源的烦恼都被耗尽,种种业,如只是造作性的身业等,全都不能再在未来产生新的生命相续。最后,随着最终识的灭去,就像没有燃料的火一样,无取著而般涅槃。应当这样了知“地”和“得地”的差别。巴利
Sotāpannādīnaṃ pana yassa yassa ariyapuggalassa khandhesu taṃ taṃ vaṭṭamūlaṃ kilesajātaṃ tena tena maggena pahīnaṃ, tassa tassa te te khandhā pahīnānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ vaṭṭamūlakilesānaṃ avatthuto bhūmīti saṅkhaṃ na labhanti. Puthujjanassa pana sabbaso vaṭṭamūlānaṃ kilesānaṃ appahīnattā yaṃ kiñci kariyamānaṃ kammaṃ kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā hoti, iccassa kilesappaccayā vaṭṭaṃ vaḍḍhati. Tassetaṃ vaṭṭamūlaṃ rūpakkhandhe eva, na vedanākkhandhādīsu…pe… viññāṇakkhandhe eva vā, na rūpakkhandhādīsūti na vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Avisesena pañcasu khandhesu anusayitattā. Kathaṃ? Pathavīrasādimiva rukkhe. Yathā hi mahārukkhe pathavītalaṃ adhiṭṭhāya pathavīrasañca āporasañca nissāya tappaccayā mūlakhandhasākhapasākhapattapallavapalāsapupphaphalehi vaḍḍhitvā nabhaṃ pūretvā yāvakappāvasānaṃ bījaparamparāya rukkhapaveṇīsantāne ṭhite ‘‘taṃ pathavīrasādi mūle eva, na khandhādīsu, phale eva vā, na mūlādīsū’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Avisesena sabbesveva mūlādīsu anugatattā, evaṃ. Yathā pana tasseva rukkhassa pupphaphalādīsu nibbinno koci puriso catūsu disāsu maṇḍūkakaṇṭakaṃ nāma rukkhe visaṃ payojeyya, atha so rukkho tena visasamphassena phuṭṭho pathavīrasaāporasapariyādinnena appasavanadhammataṃ āgamma puna santānaṃ nibbattetuṃ samattho na bhaveyya, evamevaṃ khandhappavattiyaṃ nibbinno kulaputto tassa purisassa catūsu disāsu rukkhe visappayojanaṃ viya attano santāne catumaggabhāvanaṃ ārabhati. Athassa so khandhasantāno tena catumaggavisasamphassena sabbaso vaṭṭamūlakilesānaṃ pariyādinnattā kiriyabhāvamattamupagatakāyakammādi sabbakammappabhedo āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattadhammatamāgamma bhavantarasantānaṃ nibbattetuṃ samattho na hoti. Kevalaṃ pana carimaviññāṇanirodhena nirindhano viya jātavedo anupādāno parinibbāti. Evaṃ bhūmiyā bhūmiladdhassa ca nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
另外,还可以按现行、所缘已被执取、未被镇伏、未被断除这四种情况来说明已生起。其中,正在现前发生的已生起,就是现行已生起。当所缘出现在眼等感官面前时,在前一阶段虽然还没有生起,但因为所缘已经被执取,后一阶段必定会生起的烦恼,就称为所缘已执取已生起。这里可以举大提舍长老在迦利尼村乞食时,因为看见不相应的色相而生起烦恼这件事作为例子。他在“已生起的欲寻”等经文中的用法,应当可以了解。依靠止或观中的某一种,烦恼还没有被镇伏,也没有进入心相续,因为缺少能阻止它生起的原因,这就叫未镇伏已生起。这在“诸比丘,这入出息念定如果被修习、被多修习,就是寂静的、殊胜的、纯粹的、安乐的住处,能使已生起的恶不善法立刻消失”等经文中,应当可以了解。依靠止或观的力量虽然已经被镇伏,但因为还没有被圣道断除,所以仍然没有超越会生起的法性,这就叫未断除已生起。这里可以举一位证得八等至、能在空中行走的长老为例:他在开满花的园林里摘花时,听到一个女人用甜美声音唱歌,因此生起了烦恼。他在“多修习圣八支道的人,能使已生起的恶不善法在中途就消失”等经文中的用法,应当可以了解。应当知道,这三种,也就是所缘已执取、未镇伏、未断除的已生起,都只归入得地这一项。巴利
Apica aparampi samudācārārammaṇādhiggahitāvikkhambhitāsamūhatavasena catubbidhamuppannaṃ. Tattha vattamānuppannameva samudācāruppannaṃ. Cakkhādīnaṃ pana āpāthagate ārammaṇe pubbabhāge anuppajjamānampi kilesajātaṃ ārammaṇassa adhiggahitattā eva aparabhāge avassamuppattito ārammaṇādhiggahituppannanti vuccati. Kalyāṇigāme piṇḍāya carato mahātissattherassa visabhāgarūpadassanena uppannakilesajātañcettha nidassanaṃ. Tassa ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakka’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 6.58) payogo daṭṭhabbo. Samathavipassanānaṃ aññataravasena avikkhambhitakilesajātaṃ cittasantatimanārūḷhaṃ uppattinivārakassa hetuno abhāvā avikkhambhituppannaṃ nāma. Taṃ ‘‘ayampi kho, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpetī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 165) daṭṭhabbaṃ. Samathavipassanāvasena vikkhambhitampi kilesajātaṃ ariyamaggena asamūhatattā uppattidhammataṃ anatītanti katvā asamūhatuppannanti vuccati. Ākāsena gacchantassa aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino therassa kusumitarukkhe upavane pupphāni ocinantassa madhurassarena gāyato mātugāmassa gītassaraṃ sutavato uppannakilesajātañcettha nidassanaṃ. Tassa ‘‘ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkaronto uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme antarāyeva antaradhāpetī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.157) payogo daṭṭhabbo. Tividhampi cetaṃ ārammaṇādhiggahitāvikkhambhitāsamūhatuppannaṃ bhūmiladdheneva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti veditabbaṃ.
应当知道,在上述所说的各种分类中,这里的忿怒是依“获得地”“所缘已被执取”“未被镇伏”“未被聚集”这几种情况而生起的。为什么呢?因为这种样子的忿怒是可以调伏的。只有这种样子的已生起的忿怒,才能用某种调伏方法加以调伏。至于那种称为“正在发生”“已经过去”“得到机会”“现行”的已生起,对它付出努力既没有结果,也不可能。对“已经过去”的付出努力没有结果,因为即使不努力,它也已经灭去了。对“得到机会”的也是如此。对“正在发生的现行已生起”则不可能,因为烦恼和清净不能同时生起。巴利
Evametasmiṃ yathāvuttappabhede uppanne bhūmiladdhārammaṇādhiggahitāvikkhambhitāsamūhatuppannavasenāyaṃ kodho uppannoti veditabbo. Kasmā? Evaṃvidhassa vinetabbato. Evaṃvidhameva hi uppannaṃ yena kenaci vinayena vinetuṃ sakkā hoti. Yaṃ panetaṃ vattamānabhutvāpagatokāsakatasamudācārasaṅkhātaṃ uppannaṃ, ettha aphalo ca asakyo ca vāyāmo. Aphalo hi bhutvāpagate vāyāmo vāyāmantarenāpi tassa niruddhattā. Tathā okāsakate. Asakyo ca vattamānasamudācāruppanne kilesavodānānaṃ ekajjhamanuppattitoti.
这里说到“调伏”:巴利
Vinetīti ettha pana –
律有两种,其中每一种各有五种。
在那些当中,以八种方式调伏此人,所以称为能调伏。巴利
‘‘Duvidho vinayo nāma, ekamekettha pañcadhā; Tesu aṭṭhavidhenesa, vinetīti pavuccati’’.
这个律仪调伏和断调伏,就是两种律。在这两种律当中,每一种律又分成五类。律仪调伏确实有五种:戒律仪、念律仪、智律仪、忍律仪、精进律仪。断调伏也有五种:彼分断、镇伏断、正断断、止息断、出离断。巴利
Ayañhi saṃvaravinayo, pahānavinayoti duvidho vinayo. Ettha ca duvidhe vinaye ekameko vinayo pañcadhā bhijjati. Saṃvaravinayopi hi sīlasaṃvaro, satisaṃvaro, ñāṇasaṃvaro, khantisaṃvaro, vīriyasaṃvaroti pañcavidho. Pahānavinayopi tadaṅgappahānaṃ, vikkhambhanappahānaṃ, samucchedappahānaṃ, paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ, nissaraṇappahānanti pañcavidho.
其中,在“以这个巴帝摩卡防护而具足、完全具足”这类语句中,指的是戒律仪;在“守护眼根,对眼根施行防护”这类语句中,指的是念律仪。巴利
Tattha ‘‘iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto’’tiādīsu (vibha. 511) sīlasaṃvaro, ‘‘rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.213; ma. ni. 1.295; saṃ. ni. 4.239; a. ni. 3.16) satisaṃvaro.
世间那些流,阿耆多啊!世尊说道。
正念能挡住它们。
我说,守护诸流。
这些靠智慧就被关闭了。巴利
‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, (ajitāti bhagavā) Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, Paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti. (su. ni. 1041) –
在“诸根”等经文里,应当知道这是指智防护;在“能忍耐寒冷炎热”等经文里,是指忍防护;在“对已生起的欲寻思不容忍,舍断它,去除它”等经文里,是指精进防护。而这一切防护,因为各自防护应当防护、应当调伏的身恶行、语恶行等,所以称为防护;因为能调伏,所以称为律。应当知道,防护与律这样分为五种。巴利
Ādīsu ñāṇasaṃvaro, ‘‘khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.24; a. ni. 4.114) khantisaṃvaro, ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti, pajahati, vinodetī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 4.114) vīriyasaṃvaro veditabbo. Sabbopi cāyaṃ saṃvaro yathāsakaṃ saṃvaritabbānaṃ vinetabbānañca kāyavacīduccaritādīnaṃ saṃvaraṇato saṃvaro, vinayanato vinayoti vuccati. Evaṃ tāva saṃvaravinayo pañcadhā bhijjatīti veditabbo.
同样地,在名色辨别等观智的各个组成部分中,只要它们各自以不退失的方式持续生起,就能以相应的每一种智断除相应的不善相续。具体来说:以名色确定断除有身见;以把握诸缘断除无因见和不平等因见;以把握诸缘之后的度疑断除犹豫不决的状态;以聚的思惟断除“我、我所”的执取;以道与非道的确定断除在非道上生起道的认知;以观生起断除断见;以观坏灭断除常见;以观怖畏断除在可怖畏的事物上生起不可怖畏的认知;以观过患断除味乐想;以厌离随观断除欢喜想;以欲解脱智断除不欲解脱;以舍智断除不舍;以随顺断除对法住和涅槃的违逆状态;以种姓智断除对诸行相的执取。这叫做“彼分断”。
其次,依靠近行定和安止定等定力,只要它们各自不退失地持续生起,那些被这些定力所压伏的盖,以及各自对应的寻等敌对法不再生起,这种舍断叫做“镇伏断”。
再者,由于修习四种圣道,各位证道者在自己的心相续中,按照“为了断除恶见等”(《法集论》277)所说的方式,使那些属于集这一边的烦恼稠林永远不再生起,这种舍断叫做“正断断”。
另外,在果位的那一刹那,烦恼达到止息的状态,这种舍断叫做“止息断”。
再者,由于一切有为法都被超越,涅槃就是已舍离一切有为法的状态,这叫做“出离断”。
而所有这些舍断,因为从舍弃的意义上是舍断,从调伏的意义上是调伏,所以被称为“舍断调伏”。或者,因为具有相应的舍断,相应的调伏得以产生,所以也称为“舍断调伏”。应当知道,舍断调伏也分为五种。同样,每一种各有五种分别,所以共有这十种调伏。巴利
Tathā yaṃ nāmarūpaparicchedādīsu vipassanaṅgesu yāva attano aparihānavasena pavatti, tāva tena tena ñāṇena tassa tassa anatthasantānassa pahānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – nāmarūpavavatthānena sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā, paccayapariggahena ahetuvisamahetudiṭṭhīnaṃ, tasseva aparabhāgena kaṅkhāvitaraṇena kathaṃkathībhāvassa, kalāpasammasanena ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti gāhassa, maggāmaggavavatthānena amagge maggasaññāya, udayadassanena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā, vayadassanena sassatadiṭṭhiyā, bhayadassanena sabhayesu abhayasaññāya, ādīnavadassanena assādasaññāya, nibbidānupassanena abhiratisaññāya, muccitukamyatāñāṇena amuccitukamyatāya, upekkhāñāṇena anupekkhāya, anulomena dhammaṭṭhitiyaṃ nibbāne ca paṭilomabhāvassa, gotrabhunā saṅkhāranimittaggāhassa pahānaṃ, etaṃ tadaṅgappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana upacārappanābhedassa samādhino yāva attano aparihānipavatti , tāva tenābhihatānaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ yathāsakaṃ vitakkādipaccanīkadhammānañca anuppattisaṅkhātaṃ pahānaṃ, etaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ bhāvitattā taṃtaṃmaggavato attano santāne yathāsakaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 277) nayena vuttassa samudayapakkhikassa kilesagahanassa puna accantaappavattibhāvena samucchedasaṅkhātaṃ pahānaṃ, idaṃ samucchedappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana phalakkhaṇe paṭippassaddhattaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ, idaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana sabbasaṅkhatanissaraṇattā pahīnasabbasaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ, etaṃ nissaraṇappahānaṃ nāma. Sabbampi cetaṃ pahānaṃ yasmā cāgaṭṭhena pahānaṃ, vinayanaṭṭhena vinayo, tasmā ‘‘pahānavinayo’’ti vuccati, taṃtaṃpahānavato vā tassa tassa vinayassa sambhavatopetaṃ ‘‘pahānavinayo’’ti vuccati. Evaṃ pahānavinayopi pañcadhā bhijjatīti veditabbo. Evamekekassa pañcadhā bhinnattā dasete vinayā honti.
在这其中,除了止息律和出离律之外,世尊以其余八种律,通过种种方式调伏,因此被称为调伏者。怎么调伏呢?以戒律仪调伏身语恶行时,也调伏了与身语恶行相应的嗔怒;以念律仪和慧律仪调伏贪欲和忧恼等时,也调伏了与忧恼相应的嗔怒;以忍律仪忍受寒冷炎热等时,也调伏了由种种嗔恨事所生的嗔怒;以精进律仪调伏嗔恚寻思时,也调伏了与嗔恚寻思相应的嗔怒。对于那些能令彼分断、镇伏断和正断断得以发生的诸法,当他在自心中生起这些法、从而舍断那些法时,也就调伏了应当以彼分断断除的、应当以镇伏断镇伏的、应当以正断断彻底断尽的嗔怒。在这里,实际上并不存在以断调伏来调伏的情况。但是,当他借助那些能实现舍断的诸法来调伏时,从方便的角度说,就称为以断调伏来调伏。然而,在止息断的阶段,因为已没有需要调伏的对象;在出离断的阶段,因为不需要再令其生起,所以说这两种律并不调伏任何事物。就是这样,除了止息律和出离律之外,世尊以其余八种律,通过种种方式调伏,因此被称为调伏者。巴利
Tesu paṭippassaddhivinayaṃ nissaraṇavinayañca ṭhapetvā avasesena aṭṭhavidhena vinayenesa tena tena pariyāyena vinetīti pavuccati. Kathaṃ? Sīlasaṃvarena kāyavacīduccaritāni vinentopi hi taṃsampayuttaṃ kodhaṃ vineti, satipaññāsaṃvarehi abhijjhādomanassādīni vinentopi domanassasampayuttaṃ kodhaṃ vineti, khantisaṃvarena sītādīni khamantopi taṃtaṃāghātavatthusambhavaṃ kodhaṃ vineti, vīriyasaṃvarena byāpādavitakkaṃ vinentopi taṃsampayuttaṃ kodhaṃ vineti. Yehi dhammehi tadaṅgavikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni honti, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ attani nibbattanena te te dhamme pajahantopi tadaṅgappahātabbaṃ vikkhambhetabbaṃ samucchinditabbañca kodhaṃ vineti. Kāmañcettha pahānavinayena vinayo na sambhavati. Yehi pana dhammehi pahānaṃ hoti, tehi vinentopi pariyāyato ‘‘pahānavinayena vinetī’’ti vuccati. Paṭippassaddhippahānakāle pana vinetabbābhāvato nissaraṇappahānassa ca anuppādetabbato na tehi kiñci vinetīti vuccati. Evaṃ tesu paṭippassaddhivinayaṃ nissaraṇavinayañca ṭhapetvā avasesena aṭṭhavidhena vinayenesa tena tena pariyāyena vinetīti pavuccatīti. Ye vā –
比丘们,有五种消除嗔恨的方法。比丘生起嗔恨时,应当用这些方法把它彻底消除。是哪五种呢?比丘们,如果对某个人生起了嗔恨,就应当对这个人修慈……修悲……修舍……或者对这个人不作忆念、不作意,这样就能消除对那个人的嗔恨。又或者,对那个人确立“业是自己所有的”这一观念:这位尊者是自己业的主人……将是业的继承者。巴利
‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo. Katame pañca? Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, mettā tasmiṃ puggale bhāvetabbā…pe… karuṇā… upekkhā… asati-amanasikāro tasmiṃ puggale āpajjitabbo, evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Kammassakatā eva vā tasmiṃ puggale adhiṭṭhātabbā kammassako ayamāyasmā…pe… dāyādo bhavissatī’’ti (a. ni. 5.161) –
这就是所说的五种调伏嗔恨的方法。还有:巴利
Evaṃ pañca āghātapaṭivinayā vuttā. Ye ca –
贤友,有五种调伏嗔恨的方法,比丘一旦生起嗔恨,就应当用这些方法彻底调伏。是哪五种呢?贤友,在这里,有一种人身的行为不清净,但语的行为清净;贤友,即使对这样的人,也应当调伏嗔恨。巴利
‘‘Pañcime, āvuso, āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo. Katame pañca? Idhāvuso , ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti, parisuddhavacīsamācāro, evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo’’ti (a. ni. 5.162) –
像这样一类方式,也说了五种断除怨恨的方法。在这些方法当中,不管用哪一种断除怨恨的方法来调伏,都可以说他在调伏。再者,因为——巴利
Evamādināpi nayena pañca āghātapaṭivinayā vuttā. Tesu yena kenaci āghātapaṭivinayena vinentopesa vinetīti pavuccati. Apica yasmā –
比丘们,就算盗贼用双柄锯子把你们的肢体一节一节割开,如果这时谁心里生起嗔怒,他就没有在遵循我的教导。巴利
‘‘Ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okkanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padoseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro’’ti (ma. ni. 1.232) –-
这就是导师的教诫,巴利
Evaṃ satthu ovādaṃ,
对愤怒的人还以愤怒,那个人反而更坏。
面对愤怒却不以愤怒回击,他就能打赢那场很难打赢的仗。
他既为了自己的利益,也为了他人的利益而行动。
知道别人正在发怒,自己保持正念,让怒气平息下来。巴利
‘‘Tasseva tena pāpiyo, yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati; Kuddhaṃ appaṭikujjhanto, saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ. ‘‘Ubhinnamatthaṃ carati, attano ca parassa ca; Paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā, yo sato upasammati’’. (saṃ. ni. 1.188);
比丘们,有七种法会让敌人称心、替敌人办事,它们会落到容易发怒的女人或男人身上。是哪七种呢?比丘们,在这里,敌人会这样希望他的仇人:“但愿这个人长得丑!”这是什么原因呢?比丘们,敌人不会因为仇人长得好看而高兴。比丘们,这个容易发怒的人被愤怒压倒、被愤怒控制,就算他洗得干干净净、涂了香、修剪了头发和胡须、穿着白衣,可他还是因为被愤怒压倒而显得丑陋。比丘们,这是第一种让敌人称心、替敌人办事的法,会落到容易发怒的女人或男人身上。巴利
‘‘Sattime, bhikkhave, dhammā sapattakantā sapattakaraṇā kodhanaṃ āgacchanti itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā. Katame satta? Idha, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati – ‘aho, vatāyaṃ dubbaṇṇo assā’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano, atha kho so dubbaṇṇova hoti kodhābhibhūto. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṃ āgacchati itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā (a. ni. 7.64).
比丘们,还有,敌人会这样希望自己的仇人:“啊,但愿这个人睡在痛苦中!”……“但愿他没有财产!”……“但愿他没有财富!”……“但愿他没有名声!”……“但愿他没有朋友!”……“但愿他身坏、死后投生到苦处、恶趣、堕处、地狱!”这是什么原因呢?比丘们,敌人不会因为仇人投生到善趣而高兴。比丘们,这个易怒的人被愤怒压倒、被愤怒控制,以身做坏事,以语……以意做坏事。他以身、语、意做了坏事之后,身坏、死后……投生到地狱,因为他被愤怒压倒。巴利
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati – ‘aho, vatāyaṃ dukkhaṃ sayeyyā’ti…pe… ‘na pacurattho assā’ti…pe… ‘na bhogavā assā’ti…pe… ‘na yasavā assā’ti…pe… ‘na mittavā assā’ti…pe… ‘kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyā’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa sugatigamanena nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya… manasā duccaritaṃ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā…pe… vācāya…pe… manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā…pe… nirayaṃ upapajjati kodhābhibhūto’’ti (a. ni. 7.64).
愤怒的人不知道什么是有利的,愤怒的人看不见法……(中略)。
众生因为愤怒而发怒,就会堕入恶趣。
那些内观修行者彻底看清了愤怒的真相,就把它舍弃掉。
应当舍弃愤怒,彻底放下傲慢,超越一切束缚。
愤怒会带来祸害,愤怒会搅乱内心。
拥有广大智慧的人啊,请原谅那一次过错,智者不会成为愤怒的奴隶。巴利
‘‘Kuddho atthaṃ na jānāti, kuddho dhammaṃ na passati…pe…. (a. ni. 7.64; mahāni. 5); ‘‘Yena kodhena kuddhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ; Taṃ kodhaṃ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino. (itivu. 4); ‘‘Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ, saṃyojanaṃ sabbamatikkameyya. (dha. pa. 221); ‘‘Anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano. (a. ni. 7.64; itivu. 88); ‘‘Ekāparādhaṃ khama bhūripañña, na paṇḍitā kodhabalā bhavantī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.19) –
用这样的方法去观察愤怒的过患,愤怒也能被调伏。所以,这样观察之后去调伏愤怒的人,就说他是在调伏。巴利
Evamādinā nayena kodhe ādīnavañca paccavekkhatopi kodho vinayaṃ upeti. Tasmā evaṃ paccavekkhitvā kodhaṃ vinentopi esa vinetīti vuccati.
愤怒:依照“他对我做了无益之事,因此生起怨恨”等(《长部》3.340;《增支部》9.29)这种方式,经中所说的九种愤恨事,以及“他没有对我做有益之事”等从反面成立的九种,共十八种,再加上树桩、荆棘等不合理之事这一种,合计十九种愤恨事,从中任何一种愤恨事生起的愤怒。“已扩散”:就是蔓延开来。“如蛇毒”:就是蛇的毒液。“犹如”:是譬喻的说法,省略了 i 音,只说成 va(如)。“以药”:就是用解毒剂。这段话的意思是:就像一位善治蛇毒的医生,用根、茎、皮、叶、花等种种药材中某一种配成的药,迅速消除那被蛇咬后遍布全身、已经扩散的蛇毒;同样,对于按上述含义在心相续中生起并弥漫而住的愤怒,若能以如上所说的调伏方法中任何一种来调伏它——不忍耐它、舍弃它、去除它、消灭它——那就是调伏了愤怒。巴利
Kodhanti ‘‘anatthaṃ me acarīti āghāto jāyatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.340; a. ni. 9.29) nayena sutte vuttānaṃ navannaṃ, ‘‘atthaṃ me na carī’’ti ādīnañca tappaṭipakkhato siddhānaṃ navannamevāti aṭṭhārasannaṃ, khāṇukaṇṭakādinā aṭṭhānena saddhiṃ ekūnavīsatiyā āghātavatthūnaṃ aññatarāghātavatthusambhavaṃ āghātaṃ. Visaṭanti vitthataṃ. Sappavisanti sappassa visaṃ. Ivāti opammavacanaṃ, i-kāra lopaṃ katvā va-icceva vuttaṃ. Osadhehīti agadehi. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā visatikicchako vejjo sappena daṭṭhaṃ sabbaṃ kāyaṃ pharitvā ṭhitaṃ visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃ mūlakhandhatacapattapupphādīnaṃ aññatarehi nānābhesajjehi payojetvā katehi vā osadhehi khippameva vineyya, evamevaṃ yo yathāvuttenatthena uppatitaṃ cittasantānaṃ byāpetvā ṭhitaṃ kodhaṃ yathāvuttesu vinayanūpāyesu yena kenaci upāyena vineti nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkarotīti.
那位比丘舍弃此岸彼岸:这是说,那位这样调伏愤怒的比丘,因为愤怒在第三道被完全断除,所以应当知道,他舍弃了被称为此岸彼岸的五下分结。其实,通常“彼岸”一词是“岸”的名称,因此,那些既是此岸、又是这轮回大海之彼岸的,合起来就称为“此岸彼岸”。或者,按照“以药调伏已生起并蔓延的愤怒,犹如调伏扩散的蛇毒”所说,那位比丘以第三道完全调伏愤怒后,安住于不来果,因此舍弃此岸彼岸。在这里,“此岸”指自己的有身,“彼岸”指他人的有身。或者,“此岸”指内六处,“彼岸”指外六处。同样,“此岸”指人界,“彼岸”指天界;“此岸”指欲界,“彼岸”指色界和无色界;“此岸”指欲有和色有,“彼岸”指无色有;“此岸”指有身,“彼岸”指让有身快乐的那些资具。这样,在这些此岸彼岸的分类中,以第四道断除欲贪的人,就称为舍弃此岸彼岸。在这里,虽然不来者已经断除了欲贪,在现前有身等之中也确实没有欲贪,但为了彰显他的功德,就像对第三道等所作的那样,把这一切此岸彼岸的分类总括起来,以断除其中的欲贪而说为舍弃此岸彼岸。巴利
So bhikkhu jahāti orapāranti so evaṃ kodhaṃ vinento bhikkhu yasmā kodho tatiyamaggena sabbaso pahīyati, tasmā orapārasaññitāni pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni jahātīti veditabbo. Avisesena hi pāranti tīrassa nāmaṃ, tasmā orāni ca tāni saṃsārasāgarassa pārabhūtāni cāti katvā ‘‘orapāra’’nti vuccati. Atha vā ‘‘yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehi’’, so tatiyamaggena sabbaso kodhaṃ vinetvā anāgāmiphale ṭhito bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ. Tattha oranti sakattabhāvo, pāranti parattabhāvo. Oraṃ vā cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, pāraṃ cha bāhirāyatanāni. Tathā oraṃ manussaloko, pāraṃ devaloko. Oraṃ kāmadhātu, pāraṃ rūpārūpadhātu. Oraṃ kāmarūpabhavo, pāraṃ arūpabhavo. Oraṃ attabhāvo, pāraṃ attabhāvasukhūpakaraṇāni. Evametasmiṃ orapāre catutthamaggena chandarāgaṃ pajahanto ‘‘jahāti orapāra’’nti vuccati. Ettha ca kiñcāpi anāgāmino kāmarāgassa pahīnattā idhattabhāvādīsu chandarāgo eva natthi; apica kho panassa tatiyamaggādīnaṃ viya vaṇṇappakāsanatthaṃ sabbametaṃ orapārabhedaṃ saṅgahetvā tattha chandarāgappahānena ‘‘jahāti orapāra’’nti vuttaṃ.
现在,为了说明这个意思,世尊说了一个譬喻:“就像蛇蜕去衰老、古旧的皮。”在这里,“以胸部行走”就是uraga(蛇),这是蛇的别名。蛇有两种:能随意变形的和不能随意变形的。能随意变形的又分两种:水生的和陆生的。水生的只能在水里随意变形,在陆地上不行,就像《僧护龙王本生》里的僧护龙王那样。陆生的只能在陆地上,在水里不行。那皮因为朽坏而叫“衰老”,因为时间久了而叫“古旧”,所以合起来这样说。蛇舍弃皮时,以四种方式舍弃:安住于同类、厌离、有所依凭、用力量。所谓“同类”,就是指蛇这一类长条形的生命。蛇在五种情况下不会离开自己的同类:投生时、死亡时、排泄和睡眠时、与同类交配时、以及蜕去老皮时。蛇蜕皮时,确实是安住在同类中而舍弃的。虽然安住在同类中,它也是带着厌离而舍弃的。所谓“厌离”,就是当身体一半已经脱出、一半还挂在旧皮上时,它对此感到厌恶而舍弃。这样厌离着舍弃时,它也是靠着树枝间、或树根间、或石头间来舍弃的。依凭而舍弃时,它还会鼓起力量,提起勇气,用精进力把弯曲的尾巴伸直,像呼气一样把颈部的皮褶撑开,然后舍弃。这样舍弃之后,它就随心所欲地离开了。同样,这位比丘想要舍弃此岸彼岸时,也是以四种方式舍弃:安住于同类、厌离、有所依凭、用力量。所谓比丘的“同类”,依据“生于圣洁之族”这句话,就是指戒。因此说:“人依戒而住,具足智慧。”这样,这位比丘安住于这样的同类中,对那由自己的有身等种种分类构成的此岸彼岸——就像衰老古旧的皮一样带来痛苦——通过在各处见到过患而厌离,依靠善知识,生起被称为极度精进的力量,按照“白天以经行和坐禅,以障碍之法净化心”所说的方式,把昼夜分成六份,努力修行,精勤不懈,就像蛇一样;像蛇一样盘起弯曲的尾巴,结跏趺坐;像蛇一样呼气;也是因为不懈怠地精进,像蛇一样撑开皮褶;也是生起智慧的光辉,像蛇蜕皮一样舍弃此岸彼岸。舍弃之后,就像蛇蜕去旧皮一样,这位也卸下重担,趣向无余涅槃界的方向。因此世尊说:巴利
Idāni tassatthassa vibhāvanatthāya upamaṃ āha ‘‘urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇa’’nti. Tattha urena gacchatīti urago, sappassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. So duvidho – kāmarūpī ca akāmarūpī ca. Kāmarūpīpi duvidho – jalajo thalajo ca. Jalajo jale eva kāmarūpaṃ labhati, na thale, saṅkhapālajātake saṅkhapālanāgarājā viya. Thalajo thale eva, na jale. So jajjarabhāvena jiṇṇaṃ, cirakālatāya purāṇañcāti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. Tacaṃ jahanto catubbidhena jahāti – sajātiyaṃ ṭhito, jigucchanto, nissāya, thāmenāti. Sajāti nāma sappajāti dīghattabhāvo. Uragā hi pañcasu ṭhānesu sajātiṃ nātivattanti – upapattiyaṃ, cutiyaṃ, vissaṭṭhaniddokkamane, samānajātiyā methunapaṭisevane, jiṇṇatacāpanayane cāti. Sappo hi yadā tacaṃ jahāti, tadā sajātiyaṃyeva ṭhatvā jahāti. Sajātiyaṃ ṭhitopi ca jigucchanto jahāti. Jigucchanto nāma yadā upaḍḍhaṭṭhāne mutto hoti, upaḍḍhaṭṭhāne amutto olambati, tadā naṃ aṭṭīyanto jahāti. Evaṃ jigucchantopi ca daṇḍantaraṃ vā mūlantaraṃ vā pāsāṇantaraṃ vā nissāya jahāti. Nissāya jahantopi ca thāmaṃ janetvā, ussāhaṃ katvā, vīriyena vaṅkaṃ naṅguṭṭhaṃ katvā, passasantova phaṇaṃ karitvā jahāti. Evaṃ jahitvā yenakāmaṃ pakkamati. Evamevaṃ ayampi bhikkhu orapāraṃ jahitukāmo catubbidhena jahāti – sajātiyaṃ ṭhito, jigucchanto, nissāya, thāmenāti. Sajāti nāma bhikkhuno ‘‘ariyāya jātiyā jāto’’ti (ma. ni. 2.351) vacanato sīlaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sappañño’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.23; peṭako. 22). Evametissaṃ sajātiyaṃ ṭhito bhikkhu taṃ sakattabhāvādibhedaṃ orapāraṃ jiṇṇapurāṇatacamiva dukkhaṃ janentaṃ tattha tattha ādīnavadassanena jigucchanto kalyāṇamitte nissāya adhimattavāyāmasaṅkhātaṃ thāmaṃ janetvā ‘‘divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’ti (a. ni. 3.16; vibha. 519) vuttanayena rattindivaṃ chadhā vibhajitvā ghaṭento vāyamanto urago viya, vaṅkaṃ naṅguṭṭhaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā urago viya passasanto, ayampi asithilaparakkamatāya vāyamanto urago viya phaṇaṃ karitvā, ayampi ñāṇavipphāraṃ janetvā uragova tacaṃ orapāraṃ jahāti. Jahitvā ca urago viya ohitataco yenakāmaṃ ayampi ohitabhāro anupādisesanibbānadhātudisaṃ pakkamatīti. Tenāha bhagavā –
谁能把已经生起的愤怒调伏下去,就像用药物化解已经扩散的蛇毒一样;
那位比丘舍弃了此岸与彼岸,就像蛇蜕掉老旧的皮一样。巴利
‘‘Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ, visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehi; So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇa’’nti.
就这样,这第一首偈颂是世尊以阿罗汉果为最高点而开示的。巴利
Evamesā bhagavatā arahattanikūṭena paṭhamagāthā desitāti.
2 现在该讲第二首偈颂的义理了。这里也是——巴利
2. Idāni dutiyagāthāya atthavaṇṇanākkamo anuppatto. Tatrāpi –
这首偈颂是由谁、在哪里、什么时候、因为什么而说的,针对的是谁。
阐明其方式之后,我们将对它作义理注释。巴利
‘‘Yena yattha yadā yasmā, vuttā gāthā ayaṃ imaṃ; Vidhiṃ pakāsayitvāssā, karissāmatthavaṇṇana’’nti. –
这就是论母本身。从这以后,在所有偈颂中也是如此。不过,为了避免过于冗长,从这以下我不再另立论母,而是直接通过显示生起因缘的方式,来说明每一首偈颂各自的含义,以此进行义注。比如“彻底断除贪欲者”这第二首偈颂。巴利
Ayameva mātikā. Tato parañca sabbagāthāsu. Ativitthārabhayena pana ito pabhuti mātikaṃ anikkhipitvā uppattidassananayeneva tassā tassā atthaṃ dassento atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi. Seyyathidaṃ yo rāgamudacchidā asesanti ayaṃ dutiyagāthā.
这段因缘是这样的:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,舍利弗长老有一位侍者,是个金匠的儿子,在长老那里出了家。长老心想:“不净业处适合年轻人。”为了断除他的贪欲,就教他修不净业处。可是他修了以后,心里一点都提不起来。他就对长老说:“这对我没帮助。”长老又想:“这个适合年轻人。”于是又把同一个业处教了他一遍。这样过了四个月,他还是没有得到一点点进步。于是长老带他去见世尊。世尊说:“舍利弗,要知道什么适合他,这不是你能知道的。他是应该由佛陀来调伏的人。”说完,世尊用神通变出一朵光彩夺目的莲花,交到他手里,说:“来,比丘,把这朵莲花插在精舍后面沙地上,用莲茎固定好,然后面向它结跏趺坐,心里不断作意‘红色、红色’。”据说,这个人过去五百世都是金匠。因此,世尊知道“红色的相适合他”,就教他修红色业处。他照这样去做,片刻之间就依次证得了四种禅那,然后以顺、逆等方式开始游戏于禅那之中。这时,世尊决意:“让那朵莲花枯萎吧。”他从禅那出来,看见那朵莲花已经枯萎、发黑,就生起了无常想:“原本光彩夺目的色相,已被衰老摧坏了。”接着又把这一点向内收摄。然后他看见“凡是无常的,就是苦;凡是苦的,就是无我”,又看见三界就像着火一样。这样观察时,离他不远处有一个莲花池。池子里,孩子们下去把莲花一朵朵摘下来,堆成一堆。在他看来,水中的那些莲花就像芦苇丛中的火焰一样燃烧;掉落的花瓣就像坠入深渊一样;放在岸上的莲花,其枯萎的花端则像被火烧过一样。接着,他随这个景象深入观察一切法,三界就更加明显地呈现为像着火的房子一样,没有依靠。这时,世尊坐在香室里,就向那位比丘身上放出身体的光明。那光明照在他脸上。他觉察到“这是什么”,于是看见世尊像来到自己身边站着一样,就从座位上起来,合掌礼敬。世尊知道他的根机已经成熟,就为他说法,说出这首光明偈:“彻底断除贪欲者……”巴利
Tassuppatti – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtattherassa upaṭṭhāko aññataro suvaṇṇakāraputto therassa santike pabbajito. Thero tassa ‘‘daharānaṃ asubhaṃ sappāya’’nti mantvā rāgavighātatthaṃ asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ adāsi. Tassa tasmiṃ āsevanamattampi cittaṃ na labhati. So ‘‘anupakāraṃ mameta’’nti therassa ārocesi. Thero ‘‘daharānametaṃ sappāya’’nti mantvā punapi tadevācikkhi. Evaṃ cattāro māsā atītā, so kiñcimattampi visesaṃ na labhati. Tato naṃ thero bhagavato santikaṃ nesi. Bhagavā ‘‘avisayo, sāriputta, tuyhetassa sappāyaṃ jānituṃ, buddhaveneyyo eso’’ti vatvā pabhassaravaṇṇaṃ padumaṃ iddhiyā nimminitvā tassa hatthe pādāsi – ‘‘handa, bhikkhu, imaṃ vihārapacchāyāyaṃ vālikātale nāḷena vijjhitvā ṭhapehi, abhimukhañcassa pallaṅkena nisīda ‘lohitaṃ lohita’nti āvajjento’’ti. Ayaṃ kira pañca jātisatāni suvaṇṇakārova ahosi. Tenassa ‘‘lohitakanimittaṃ sappāya’’nti ñatvā bhagavā lohitakakammaṭṭhānaṃ adāsi. So tathā katvā muhutteneva yathākkamaṃ tattha cattāripi jhānāni adhigantvā anulomapaṭilomādinā nayena jhānakīḷaṃ ārabhi. Atha bhagavā ‘taṃ padumaṃ milāyatū’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. So jhānā vuṭṭhito taṃ milātaṃ kāḷavaṇṇaṃ disvā ‘‘pabhassararūpaṃ jarāya parimaddita’’nti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tato naṃ ajjhattampi upasaṃhari. Tato ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti tayopi bhave āditte viya passi. Evaṃ passato cassāvidūre padumassaro atthi. Tattha dārakā orohitvā padumāni bhañjitvā bhañjitvā rāsiṃ karonti. Tassa tāni udake padumāni naḷavane aggijālā viya khāyiṃsu, pattāni patantāni papātaṃ pavisantāni viya khāyiṃsu, thale nikkhittapadumānaṃ aggāni milātāni aggiḍaḍḍhāni viya khāyiṃsu. Athassa tadanusārena sabbadhamme upanijjhāyato bhiyyosomattāya tayo bhavā ādittamiva agāraṃ appaṭisaraṇā hutvā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Tato bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova tassa bhikkhuno upari sarīrābhaṃ muñci. Sā cassa mukhaṃyeva ajjhotthari. Tato so ‘‘kimeta’’nti āvajjento bhagavantaṃ āgantvā samīpe ṭhitamiva disvā uṭṭhāyāsanā añjaliṃ paṇāmesi. Athassa bhagavā sappāyaṃ viditvā dhammaṃ desento imaṃ obhāsagāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘yo rāgamudacchidā asesa’’nti.
这里,“贪”是因为染着的缘故,指的是对五种欲乐的贪爱。“断除”就是切断、粉碎、毁灭。语法学家们认为,在诗律中可以用现在时动词来表达过去的意思。“无余”是指连同随眠烦恼一起断除。“如同湖中生长的莲花”就像在湖水里长出的红莲花。“进入”就是涉入、没入,意思是深入其中。其余部分和前面一样。这话说的是什么?就像这些男孩下到湖里,摘取湖中生长的莲花;同样地,一位比丘进入这三界世间之后……巴利
Tattha rañjanavasena rāgo, pañcakāmaguṇarāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Udacchidāti ucchindati, bhañjati , vināseti. Atītakālikānampi hi chandasi vattamānavacanaṃ akkharacintakā icchanti. Asesanti sānusayaṃ. Bhisapupphaṃva saroruhanti sare virūḷhaṃ padumapupphaṃ viya. Vigayhāti ogayha, pavisitvāti attho. Sesaṃ pubbasadisameva. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā nāma ete dārakā saraṃ oruyha bhisapupphaṃ saroruhaṃ chindanti, evamevaṃ yo bhikkhu imaṃ tedhātukalokasannivāsaṃ ogayha –
没有哪一种火能比得上贪欲之火。
我被欲望的贪爱烧着,我的心被遍烧。
那些被贪欲染着的人,会随欲流而行,就像蜘蛛掉进自己织的网一样。巴利
‘‘Natthi rāgasamo aggi’’; (Dha. pa. 202); ‘‘Kāmarāgena dayhāmi, cittaṃ me paridayhati’’; (Saṃ. ni. 1.212); ‘‘Ye rāgarattānupatanti sotaṃ, sayaṃ kataṃ makkaṭakova jālaṃ’’. (dha. pa. 347);
贤友,一个被贪欲染着的人,被贪欲征服,心被彻底控制,甚至会杀害生命。巴利
‘‘Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hanatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.56, 72) –
他沿着这样的次第修下去,通过审察贪欲的过患,以先前所说的那些戒律防护等种种防护,在有知觉与无知觉的事物上修不净想,一点一点地断除贪欲;再用不还道断除剩余的贪欲,最后用阿罗汉道把残留下来的也彻底断尽。就像前面所说的那样,那位比丘舍弃了此岸与彼岸,如同蛇蜕去衰老的旧皮。世尊就是以阿罗汉果为顶点,开示了这首偈颂。说法结束时,那位比丘便安住于阿罗汉果。巴利
Evamādinayamanugantvā rāgādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena yathāvuttappakārehi sīlasaṃvarādīhi saṃvarehi saviññāṇakāviññāṇakesu vatthūsu asubhasaññāya ca thokaṃ thokaṃ rāgaṃ samucchindanto anāgāmimaggena avasesaṃ arahattamaggena ca tato anavasesampi ucchindati pubbe vuttappakāreneva so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇanti. Evamesā bhagavatā arahattanikūṭena gāthā desitā. Desanāpariyosāne ca so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhitoti.
3 第三颂“他断除了渴爱”——这一颂的缘起是什么呢?世尊住在舍卫城。有一位比丘住在伽伽拉池岸边,因为渴爱的驱使而生起不善的念头。世尊知道了他心里的倾向,就说出了下面这首光明偈。巴利
3.Yotaṇhamudacchidāti kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Aññataro bhikkhu gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre viharanto taṇhāvasena akusalavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Bhagavā tassajjhāsayaṃ viditvā imaṃ obhāsagāthamabhāsi.
在这里,“tassatī”就是渴爱,意思是在各种感官对象上从来不会满足。这是欲爱、有爱、无有爱的同义词。“saritanti”指已经流去、正在转起的状态,也就是说,它一直遍满到有顶天而安住。“sīghasara”指快速流动,意思是它不顾现世和来世的过患,在刹那间就能到达别的轮围世界,乃至有顶天。如此,一切种类的渴爱都具有这样迅速流动的急流特性——巴利
Tattha tassatīti taṇhā. Visayehi tittiṃ na upetīti attho. Kāmabhavavibhavataṇhānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Saritanti gataṃ pavattaṃ, yāva bhavaggā ajjhottharitvā ṭhitanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sīghasaranti sīghagāminiṃ, sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikaṃ ādīnavaṃ agaṇetvā muhutteneva paracakkavāḷampi bhavaggampi sampāpuṇituṃ samatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evametaṃ saritaṃ sīghasaraṃ sabbappakārampi taṇhaṃ –
向上展开、广大无边,却永远填不满;这就是那四处蔓延的欲求。
凡是贪恋它的人,他们就成了持刀轮的人。
有一个以渴爱为伴侣的人,在漫长的轮回中不断流转。
不能超越这种状态或那种状态的轮回。巴利
‘‘Uparivisālā duppūrā, icchā visaṭagāminī; Ye ca taṃ anugijjhanti, te honti cakkadhārino’’ti. ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhānasaṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattatī’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191; cūḷani. pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 107);
大王,世间是欠缺的、不满足的,是渴爱的奴隶。巴利
‘‘Ūno loko atitto taṇhādāsoti kho, mahārājā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.305) ca –
通过这样反复观察过患,再加上前面说的戒律防护等方法,一点一点地把烦恼消磨掉,最后靠阿罗汉道把它彻底断尽。就在那一刹那,那位比丘把一切执著——此岸也好、彼岸也好——全都舍弃了。开示结束的时候,那位比丘就安住在阿罗汉果上。巴利
Evamādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena vuttappakārehi sīlasaṃvarādīhi ca yo thokaṃ thokaṃ visosayitvā arahattamaggena asesaṃ ucchijjati, so bhikkhu tasmiṃyeva khaṇe sabbappakārampi jahāti orapāranti. Desanāpariyosāne so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhitoti.
4 “他削弱了慢”这一句的缘起是什么?世尊住在舍卫城的时候,有一位比丘住在恒河岸边。夏季缺水,河水很少,他看见先前在河道上搭好的芦苇桥被后来涌来的大水冲走,于是心生警醒,站在那里想:“诸行无常。”世尊知道了他心里的倾向,就说了这首光明偈。巴利
4.Yo mānamudabbadhīti kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Aññataro bhikkhu gaṅgāya tīre viharanto gimhakāle appodake sote kataṃ naḷasetuṃ pacchā āgatena mahoghena vuyhamānaṃ disvā ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā’’ti saṃviggo aṭṭhāsi. Tassajjhāsayaṃ viditvā bhagavā imaṃ obhāsagāthaṃ abhāsi.
在这里,“慢”是指以出身等事为根据,内心生起高举。它有三种:认为“我胜过别人”的慢,认为“我和别人相等”的慢,认为“我比别人低劣”的慢。又有九种:对胜过自己的人,认为“我胜过那些胜过自己的人”、认为“我和那些胜过自己的人相等”、认为“我比那些胜过自己的人低劣”;对和自己相等的人,认为“我胜过那些和我相等的人”、认为“我和那些和我相等的人相等”、认为“我比那些和我相等的人低劣”;对不如自己的人,认为“我胜过那些不如我的人”、认为“我和那些不如我的人相等”、认为“我比那些不如我的人更低劣”。对于这一切种类的慢——巴利
Tattha mānoti jātiādivatthuko cetaso uṇṇāmo. So ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti mānoti evaṃ tividho hoti. Puna ‘‘seyyassa seyyohamasmīti, seyyassa sadiso, seyyassa hīno, sadisassa seyyo, sadisassa sadiso, sadisassa hīno, hīnassa seyyo, hīnassa sadiso, hīnassa hīnohamasmī’’ti mānoti evaṃ navavidho hoti. Taṃ sabbappakārampi mānaṃ –
‘‘Yena mānena mattāse, sattā gacchanti duggati’’nti. (itivu. 6) –
那位比丘依照这样的方式,通过观察过患,以及前面所说的戒防护等方法,一点一点地断除烦恼。因为烦恼软弱无力,就像芦苇搭的桥一样;而出世间法力量极其强大,就像巨大的洪流一样,他以阿罗汉道将烦恼彻底摧毁,也就是以无余断除的方式,将它们斩断灭尽。这里说的就是这个意思。那位比丘就在那一刹那,舍弃了一切此岸与彼岸。开示结束时,那位比丘便安立于阿罗汉果。巴利
Ādinā nayena tattha ādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena vuttappakārehi sīlasaṃvarādīhi ca yo thokaṃ thokaṃ vadhento kilesānaṃ abaladubbalattā naḷasetusadisaṃ lokuttaradhammānaṃ atibalattā mahoghasadisena arahattamaggena asesaṃ udabbadhi, anavasesappahānavasena ucchindanto vadhetīti vuttaṃ hoti. So bhikkhu tasmiṃyeva khaṇe sabbappakārampi jahāti orapāranti. Desanāpariyosāne so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhitoti.
5 此一偈以及自此往后的十二偈的缘起,都是同一个故事。
有一次,世尊住在舍卫城。那时,有个婆罗门,女儿的婚事已经定下,他心里盘算:“我要用从来没人用过的花,把女儿打扮好,送到夫家去。”他在舍卫城里里外外找了个遍,连一根草花都没找到没人用过的。后来,他看见一群聚在一起的婆罗门青年,举止像浪荡子,心想:“我去问问他们,这么多人里总该有人知道。”就走过去问。那些青年拿他取笑,说:“婆罗门啊,世上有一种叫乌敦跋罗的花,从来没人用过。你就用那种花把女儿打扮好,送出去吧。”第二天,他一大早就起来,吃过饭,走到阿致罗筏底河岸边的乌敦跋罗树林,一棵树一棵树地找,连花梗那么一点都没看见。过了正午,他到了对岸。那里有位比丘,坐在一棵舒服的树下,为了日间禅修而专注业处。他走到那里,没注意到那位比丘,一会儿坐下,一会儿蹲着,一会儿站着,在那棵树的枝条、树杈、叶子中间翻来找去,累得不行。那位比丘就对他说:“婆罗门,你在找什么?”“贤者,我在找乌敦跋罗花。”“婆罗门,世上根本没有叫乌敦跋罗花的东西,这话是假的,别白费力气了。”这时,世尊知道那位比丘的心意,放出光明,对这位已经生起恭敬和精进的比丘,说了这些光明偈:“凡于诸有中,未得坚实者……”全部都要说出来。巴利
5. Ti kā uppatti? Imissā gāthāya ito parānañca dvādasannaṃ ekāyeva uppatti. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo attano dhītuyā vāreyye paccupaṭṭhite cintesi – ‘‘kenaci vasalena aparibhuttapubbehi pupphehi dārikaṃ alaṅkaritvā patikulaṃ pesessāmī’’ti. So santarabāhiraṃ sāvatthiṃ vicinanto kiñci tiṇapupphampi aparibhuttapubbaṃ nāddasa. Atha sambahule dhuttakajātike brāhmaṇadārake sannipatite disvā ‘‘ete pucchissāmi, avassaṃ sambahulesu koci jānissatī’’ti upasaṅkamitvā pucchi. Te taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ uppaṇḍentā āhaṃsu – ‘‘udumbarapupphaṃ nāma, brāhmaṇa, loke na kenaci paribhuttapubbaṃ. Tena dhītaraṃ alaṅkaritvā dehī’’ti. So dutiyadivase kālasseva vuṭṭhāya bhattavissaggaṃ katvā aciravatiyā nadiyā tīre udumbaravanaṃ gantvā ekamekaṃ rukkhaṃ vicinanto pupphassa vaṇṭamattampi nāddasa. Atha vītivatte majjhanhike dutiyatīraṃ agamāsi. Tattha ca aññataro bhikkhu aññatarasmiṃ manuññe rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. So tattha upasaṅkamitvā amanasikaritvā, sakiṃ nisīditvā, sakiṃ ukkuṭiko hutvā, sakiṃ ṭhatvā, taṃ rukkhaṃ sabbasākhāviṭapapattantaresu vicinanto kilamati. Tato naṃ so bhikkhu āha – ‘‘brāhmaṇa, kiṃ maggasī’’ti? ‘‘Udumbarapupphaṃ, bho’’ti. ‘‘Udumbarapupphaṃ nāma, brāhmaṇa, loke natthi, musā etaṃ vacanaṃ, mā kilamā’’ti. Atha bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā obhāsaṃ muñcitvā samuppannasamannāhārabahumānassa imā obhāsagāthāyo abhāsi ‘‘yo nājjhagamā bhavesu sāra’’nti sabbā vattabbā.
在这里,先就第一首偈颂来说:“未得”就是没有找到,或者现在也没有找到。“于诸有中”是指在欲有、色有、无色有、想有、无想有、非想非非想有、一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有当中。“坚实”是指恒常性,或者指自我存在。“遍寻”是指用智慧去寻求。就像在优昙跋罗树中寻找花朵的那位婆罗门找不到花一样,任何瑜伽行者用智慧在一切诸有中遍寻,也找不到任何坚实的东西。他因为诸法没有坚实,就观照它们是无常、无我,逐步证得出世间法,于是舍弃此岸与彼岸,就像蛇蜕去旧皮一样。以上就是义理和文句的连接。至于其余偈颂,就不再说明连接,只讲特别的意义。巴利
Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva nājjhagamāti nādhigacchi, nādhigacchati vā. Bhavesūti kāmarūpārūpasaññīasaññīnevasaññīnāsaññīekavokāracatuvokārapañcavokārabhavesu. Sāranti niccabhāvaṃ attabhāvaṃ vā. Vicinanti paññāya gavesanto. Pupphamiva udumbaresūti yathā udumbararukkhesu pupphaṃ vicinanto esa brāhmaṇo nājjhagamā, evaṃ yo yogāvacaropi paññāya vicinanto sabbabhavesu kiñci sāraṃ nājjhagamā. So asārakaṭṭhena te dhamme aniccato anattato ca vipassanto anupubbena lokuttaradhamme adhigacchanto jahāti orapāraṃ urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇanti ayamattho yojanā ca. Avasesagāthāsu panassa yojanaṃ avatvā visesatthamattameva vakkhāma.
内心没有忿怒的人,
他已经超越了这样有和那样无。巴利
‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā, Itibhavābhavatañca vītivatto’’ti. (udā. 20) –
在这里,先说说这个“内的”一词——巴利
Ettha tāva ayaṃ ‘antarasaddo’ –
在河岸边、集会处和街道上;
人们聚在一起议论:这个和那个到底有什么差别。
他仅仅因为证得了一点点殊胜的成就,就中途停了下来。
愤怒会带来损害,愤怒会搅乱内心。
恐惧从内心生起,人们却不知道。巴利
‘‘Nadītīresu saṇṭhāne, sabhāsu rathiyāsu ca; Janā saṅgamma mantenti, mañca tañca kimantara’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.228); ‘‘Appamattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānamāpādi’’ (a. ni. 10.84); ‘‘Anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhatī’’ti. (a. ni. 7.64; itivu. 88) –
“原因、中间、心”等等,在许多种含义中都能看到这个说法。但在这里,它指的是“在心当中”。所以“若他的内心没有忿怒”——因为第三道已经把它们断除了——意思就是:他的心中没有忿怒。另外,“有”就是成就,“非有”就是灾祸。同样,“有”是增长,“非有”是衰损;“有”是常见,“非有”是断灭;“有”是福德,“非有”是罪恶。“非有”和“无有”在意义上是一样的。因此,“他已超越了如是此彼之有与非有”这句话里,所说的“此彼之有与非有”,就是依成就与灾祸、增长与衰损、常见与断灭、福德与罪恶等而说的种种不同的有与非有状态。他通过四道,按各自相应的情况,以种种方式超越了这种有与非有——应当这样理解其中的意思。巴利
Evaṃ kāraṇavemajjhacittādīsu sambahulesu atthesu dissati. Idha pana citte. Tato yassantarato na santi kopāti tatiyamaggena samūhatattā yassa citte na santi kopāti attho. Yasmā pana bhavoti sampatti, vibhavoti vipatti. Tathā bhavoti vuddhi, vibhavoti hāni. Bhavoti sassato, vibhavoti ucchedo. Bhavoti puññaṃ, vibhavoti pāpaṃ. Vibhavo abhavoti ca atthato ekameva. Tasmā itibhavābhavatañca vītivattoti ettha yā esā sampattivipattivuḍḍhihānisassatucchedapuññapāpavasena iti anekappakārā bhavābhavatā vuccati. Catūhipi maggehi yathāsambhavaṃ tena tena nayena taṃ itibhavābhavatañca vītivattoti evamattho ñātabbo.
7 这里“对于哪些寻”的意思是:那位比丘的三种欲寻、嗔寻、害寻,三种亲里寻、土地寻、不死寻,以及三种与怜悯他人相关的寻、与利养恭敬名声相关的寻、与不轻视自己相关的寻——这九种寻,按照《周遍祥瑞经》所说的方法,在每一处都观察它们的过患之后,通过确立对立面,以能断除各自的那三个较低的道,已被吹散、已猛吹、已烤灼、已烧尽。这样吹散之后,又在内在彻底断尽无余;也就是说,在他自身内在的五蕴相续中,以及在心——即内在中的最内在——中,为了使它们不再生起,由阿拉汉道无余彻底地斩断。因为斩断被称为“kappita(断尽、剃除)”,正如所说:“须发已剃”。这里的义理应当这样理解。巴利
7.Yassavitakkāti ettha pana yassa bhikkhuno tayo kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāvitakkā, tayo ñātijanapadāmaravitakkā, tayo parānuddayatāpaṭisaṃyuttalābhasakkārasilokaanavaññattipaṭisaṃyuttavitakkāti ete nava vitakkā samantabhaddake vuttanayena tattha tattha ādīnavaṃ paccavekkhitvā paṭipakkhavavatthānena tassa tassa pahānasamatthehi tīhi heṭṭhimamaggehi ca vidhūpitā bhusaṃ dhūpitā santāpitā daḍḍhāti attho. Evaṃ vidhūpetvā ca ajjhattaṃ suvikappitā asesā, niyakajjhattabhūte attano khandhasantāne ajjhattajjhattabhūte citte ca yathā na puna sambhavanti, evaṃ arahattamaggena asesā chinnā. Chinnañhi kappitanti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘kappitakesamassū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.122; 4.365). Evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
8 现在解释“他不疾驰”这一句。“他不疾驰”就是不跑得太快。“他不回退”就是不落后。这话说的是什么意思呢?因为,用过度精进而陷入掉举的人,就是“疾驰”;用过于松懈而陷入懒惰的人,就是“回退”。同样,用有爱折磨自己的人,是“疾驰”;用欲爱沉溺于欲乐的人,是“回退”。执持常见的人,是“疾驰”;执持断见的人,是“回退”。追悔过去的人,是“疾驰”;期盼未来的人,是“回退”。依前际见的人,是“疾驰”;依后际见的人,是“回退”。所以,舍弃这两种极端、行于中道的人,就说他“不疾驰也不回退”。“超越了一切这戏论”——他以阿拉汉道为终极的中道,超越了一切这源于受、想、寻的,称为渴爱、慢、见的三种戏论,他已经超越、越过、彻底超越了。巴利
8. Idāni yo nāccasārīti ettha yo nāccasārīti yo nātidhāvi. Na paccasārīti na ohīyi. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Accāraddhavīriyena hi uddhacce patanto accāsarati, atisithilena kosajje patanto paccāsarati. Tathā bhavataṇhāya attānaṃ kilamento accāsarati, kāmataṇhāya kāmasukhamanuyuñjanto paccāsarati. Sassatadiṭṭhiyā accāsarati, ucchedadiṭṭhiyā paccāsarati. Atītaṃ anusocanto accāsarati, anāgata paṭikaṅkhanto paccāsarati. Pubbantānudiṭṭhiyā accāsarati, aparantānudiṭṭhiyā paccāsarati. Tasmā yo ete ubho ante vajjetvā majjhimaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjanto nāccasārī na paccasārīti evaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. Sabbaṃaccagamā imaṃ papañcanti tāya ca pana arahattamaggavosānāya majjhimāya paṭipadāya sabbaṃ imaṃ vedanāsaññāvitakkappabhavaṃ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhisaṅkhātaṃ tividhaṃ papañcaṃ accagamā atikkanto, samatikkantoti attho.
9 接着下一首偈颂说“了知世间此一切皆是虚妄”,这里的不同之处就在这里。它的意思是:“一切”指没有剩余,也就是完整无缺。即便如此,这里所指的是能用于观照的、属于世间范畴的蕴、处、界等分类,也就是有为法。“虚妄”指失去了真实的状态。无论被愚痴凡夫以烦恼执取为常、为乐、为净、为我,它都同样处于与之相反的状态,所以说是“虚妄”。“此”是指出那一切法以现前可见的方式呈现而说的。“了知”是以道智了知,而且是从不迷惑的角度了知,不是从所缘境的角度了知。“世间”指空间意义上的世间,即了知蕴等分类的一切法聚“此是虚妄”。整句的连接是:了知“此一切是虚妄”。巴利
9. Tadanantaragāthāya pana sabbaṃ vitathamidanti ñatvā loketi ayameva viseso. Tassattho – sabbanti anavasesaṃ, sakalamanūnanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ santepi pana vipassanupagaṃ lokiyakhandhāyatanadhātuppabhedaṃ saṅkhatameva idhādhippetaṃ. Vitathanti vigatatathabhāvaṃ. Niccanti vā sukhanti vā subhanti vā attāti vā yathā yathā kilesavasena bālajanehi gayhati, tathātathābhāvato vitathanti vuttaṃ hoti. Idanti tameva sabbaṃ paccakkhabhāvena dassento āha. Ñatvāti maggapaññāya jānitvā, tañca pana asammohato, na visayato. Loketi okāsaloke sabbaṃ khandhādibhedaṃ dhammajātaṃ ‘‘vitathamida’’nti ñatvāti sambandho.
10-13 10-13. 现在,在接下来的四首偈颂里,“离贪”“离染”“离嗔”“离痴”这些是各自不同的特质。这里,“贪”是以贪求为特相。这是对第一个不善根的统称,或者是指不正当的贪求。也就是经里所说的那种:“有时候,对像母亲一样的人也会生起贪法,对像姐妹一样的人也会生起贪法,对像女儿一样的人也会生起贪法。”(《相应部》4.127)以染着为特相的是“染”,这是对五种欲乐之贪染的称呼。以伤害为特相的是“嗔”,这是对前面所说的忿怒的称呼。以迷惑为特相的是“痴”,这是对四圣谛无知的称呼。在这里,因为这位比丘厌恶贪而开始修观:“我什么时候才能调伏贪,安住在离贪的状态中呢?”所以,为了向他开示断贪的方法——即观见一切行都是虚妄的,开示断贪的利益,以及舍断此岸与彼岸,他说了这首偈颂。接下来的几首也同样是这个道理。不过有些论师说:“按照上面所说的方式,某位比丘因为厌恶这些法而开始修观,这里是为每一位比丘各说一首偈颂。”哪种说法合意,就采用哪种。接下来的四首偈颂也是同样的道理。巴利
10-13. Idāni ito parāsu catūsu gāthāsu vītalobho vītarāgo vītadoso vītamohoti ete visesā. Ettha lubbhanavasena lobho. Sabbasaṅgāhikametaṃ paṭhamassa akusalamūlassa adhivacanaṃ, visamalobhassa vā. Yo so ‘‘appekadā mātumattīsupi lobhadhammā uppajjanti, bhaginimattīsupi lobhadhammā uppajjanti, dhītumattīsupi lobhadhammā uppajjantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.127) evaṃ vutto. Rajjanavasena rāgo, pañcakāmaguṇarāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Dussanavasena doso, pubbe vuttakodhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Muyhanavasena moho, catūsu ariyasaccesu aññāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha yasmā ayaṃ bhikkhu lobhaṃ jigucchanto vipassanaṃ ārabhi ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ lobhaṃ vinetvā vigatalobho vihareyya’’nti, tasmā tassa lobhappahānūpāyaṃ sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ vitathabhāvadassanaṃ lobhappahānānisaṃsañca orapārappahānaṃ dassento imaṃ gāthamāha. Esa nayo ito parāsupi. Keci panāhu – ‘‘yathāvutteneva nayena ete dhamme jigucchitvā vipassanamāraddhassa tassa tassa bhikkhuno ekamekāva ettha gāthā vuttā’’ti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ. Esa nayo ito parāsu catūsu gāthāsu.
14 14. 这里对义理的解释是:以未被断除的意义而在相续中潜伏,所以叫“随眠”;这是欲贪、嗔、慢、见、疑、有贪、无明的同义词。它们以让相应法随顺自身的方式而成为“根”;以不安稳的意义而成为“不善”;作为诸法的依处,也是“根”;以有过失、苦报的意义而成为“不善”;这两者都是贪、嗔、痴的同义词。因为它们正是按“诸比丘,贪是不善,也是不善根”这样的方式被说明的。如此,这些随眠被各自相应的圣道断除,对于某人来说若完全不存在,而这些不善根也同样被彻底根除,那么“被彻底根除”就是这里的意思。因为精通语法特征的学者主张,在表达各自复数时加上“se”这个音。然而注释书的阿阇梨们则解释为:“se”是不变词。哪种说法合意,就采用哪种。在这里,虽然说了“即使这样的一位比丘是漏尽者,而漏尽者既不执取,也不舍弃,住于已舍弃的状态”,但依照现在时表达临近现在之事的语法规则,所以说“他舍弃此岸与彼岸”。或者,应当理解为:当他在无余涅槃界般涅槃时,舍弃了称为自身内外处的此岸与彼岸。巴利
14. Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – appahīnaṭṭhena santāne sayantīti anusayā kāmarāgapaṭighamānadiṭṭhivicikicchābhavarāgāvijjānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ attano ākārānuvidhānaṭṭhena mūlā; akhemaṭṭhena akusalā; dhammānaṃ patiṭṭhābhūtātipi mūlā; sāvajjadukkhavipākaṭṭhena akusalā; ubhayampetaṃ lobhadosamohānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Te hi ‘‘lobho, bhikkhave, akusalañca akusalamūlañcā’’tiādinā nayena evaṃ niddiṭṭhā. Evamete anusayā tena tena maggena pahīnattā yassa keci na santi, ete ca akusalamūlā tatheva samūhatāse, samūhatā icceva attho. Paccattabahuvacanassa hi se-kārāgamaṃ icchanti saddalakkhaṇakovidā. Aṭṭhakathācariyā pana ‘‘seti nipāto’’ti vaṇṇayanti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ. Ettha pana ‘‘kiñcāpi so evaṃvidho bhikkhu khīṇāsavo hoti, khīṇāsavo ca neva ādiyati, na pajahati, pajahitvā ṭhito’’ti vutto. Tathāpi vattamānasamīpe vattamānavacanalakkhaṇena ‘‘jahāti orapāra’’nti vuccati. Atha vā anupādisesāya ca nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanto attano ajjhattikabāhirāyatanasaṅkhātaṃ jahāti orapāranti veditabbo.
在这里,随眠的断除要从两方面来理解:按烦恼的次第,和按圣道的次第。按烦恼的次第来说,欲贪随眠和嗔随眠通过第三道而不再存在,慢随眠通过第四道,见随眠和疑随眠通过第一道,有贪随眠和无明随眠只通过第四道。按圣道的次第来说,见随眠和疑随眠通过第一道而不再存在;欲贪随眠和嗔随眠通过第二道变得薄弱,通过第三道完全消失;慢随眠、有贪随眠和无明随眠通过第四道而不再存在。在这里,因为并不是所有随眠都是不善根——只有欲贪随眠和有贪随眠归入贪这个不善根,嗔随眠和无明随眠则被称为“嗔是不善根,痴是不善根”,而见、慢、疑随眠不算任何不善根——又因为他是依据随眠的不存在和不善根的彻底根除来安立烦恼的断除,所以——巴利
Tattha kilesapaṭipāṭiyā maggapaṭipāṭiyā cāti dvidhā anusayānaṃ abhāvo veditabbo. Kilesapaṭipāṭiyā hi kāmarāgānusayapaṭighānusayānaṃ tatiyamaggena abhāvo hoti, mānānusayassa catutthamaggena, diṭṭhānusayavicikicchānusayānaṃ paṭhamamaggena, bhavarāgānusayāvijjānusayānaṃ catutthamaggeneva. Maggapaṭipāṭiyā pana paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhānusayavicikicchānusayānaṃ abhāvo hoti. Dutiyamaggena kāmarāgānusayapaṭighānusayānaṃ tanubhāvo, tatiyamaggena sabbaso abhāvo, catutthamaggena mānānusayabhavarāgānusayāvijjānusayānaṃ abhāvo hoti. Tattha yasmā na sabbe anusayā akusalamūlā; kāmarāgabhavarāgānusayā eva hi lobhākusalamūlena saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Paṭighānusayāvijjānusayā ca ‘‘doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ’’ icceva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhimānavicikicchānusayā pana na kiñci akusalamūlaṃ honti, yasmā vā anusayābhāvavasena ca akusalamūlasamugghātavasena ca kilesappahānaṃ paṭṭhapesi, tasmā –
‘‘Yassānusayā na santi keci, mūlā ca akusalā samūhatāse’’. –
世尊这样说道。巴利
Iti bhagavā āha.
15 15. 在“由焦灼所生”这一说法里,最初生起的烦恼因为具有热恼的性质,所以称为“焦灼”;后来一再辗转生起的烦恼,因为是从那些焦灼中产生的,所以称为“由焦灼所生”。“此岸”指的就是自身。正如经中所说:“比丘,此岸就是自身的同义词。”(《相应部》4.238)“来由”就是生起。“缘之故”就是缘本身。这话说的是什么?如果那些作为执取五取蕴之缘、被称为“焦灼所生”的烦恼,已经因为被圣道断除而不存在了,那么这位比丘就按照前面所说的方式,“舍弃此岸与彼岸”。巴利
15.Yassa darathajāti ettha pana paṭhamuppannā kilesā pariḷāhaṭṭhena darathā nāma, aparāparuppannā pana tehi darathehi jātattā darathajā nāma. Oranti sakkāyo vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘orimaṃ tīranti kho, bhikkhu, sakkāyassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.238). Āgamanāyāti uppattiyā. Paccayāseti paccayā eva. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yassa pana upādānakkhandhaggahaṇāya paccayabhūtā ariyamaggena pahīnattā, keci darathajavevacanā kilesā na santi, pubbe vuttanayeneva so bhikkhu jahāti orapāranti.
16 16. 对于“从林莽生”这句,这里的“从林莽生”也应该像“从焦灼生”那样来理解。不过在词义上有一个差别:“林”的意思是渴望、追求、亲近、依附。这是渴爱的同义词。因为渴爱追求和亲近各种感官对象,所以被称为“林”。它以缠缚的方式使那“林”蔓延、扩展,所以叫“林莽”,这是渴爱随眠的同义词。从林莽生起的,就是“从林莽生”。不过有些论师说:“一切烦恼都以稠密丛林之义被称为林莽;随后辗转生起的,就叫从林莽生。”在这里《蛇喻经》中要取的正是这个意思,另一个意思则见于《法句经》的偈颂。“为有的结缚”:就是为有的结缚。或者也可以说:是为了心在诸境上的结缚,以及为了未来的生起。“因”本身就是原因。巴利
16.Yassa vanathajāti etthapi darathajā viya vanathajā veditabbā. Vacanatthe pana ayaṃ viseso – vanute, vanotīti vā vanaṃ yācati sevati bhajatīti attho. Taṇhāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sā hi visayānaṃ patthanato sevanato ca ‘‘vana’’nti vuccati. Taṃ pariyuṭṭhānavasena vanaṃ tharati tanotīti vanatho, taṇhānusayassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vanathā jātāti vanathajāti. Keci panāhu ‘‘sabbepi kilesā gahanaṭṭhena vanathoti vuccanti, aparāparuppannā pana vanathajā’’ti. Ayameva cettha uragasutte attho adhippeto, itaro pana dhammapadagāthāyaṃ. Vinibandhāya bhavāyāti bhavavinibandhāya. Atha vā cittassa visayesu vinibandhāya āyatiṃ uppattiyā cāti attho. Hetuyeva hetukappā.
17 17. 在“凡……诸盖”这句里,“盖”指的是能障碍心、或者障碍善行的事物,所以叫“盖”,意思是覆盖、遮蔽。“已舍断”就是已经丢弃。“五”是限定它们的数量。因为没有苦,所以是“无苦”。因为已经渡过了疑惑,所以是“已渡疑惑”。因为已经离开了刺,所以是“离刺”。这说的是什么意思呢?如果有比丘,对欲贪等五盖,按照《周利般陀伽经》所说的方法,从总体和个别两方面看到诸盖的过患,通过相应的各道一一断除它们;由于已经断除它们,所以没有被称为烦恼之苦的那种苦,因此是“无苦”;由于已经渡过了以“我过去世是否存在呢”等方式生起的疑惑,因此是“已渡疑惑”;由于已经远离了所说的“其中哪五种刺?贪刺、嗔刺、痴刺、慢刺、见刺”这五种刺,因此是“离刺”。那位比丘,就按照前面所说的方式,舍弃此岸与彼岸。巴利
17.Yo nīvaraṇeti ettha nīvaraṇāti cittaṃ, hitapaṭipattiṃ vā nīvarantīti nīvaraṇā, paṭicchādentīti attho. Pahāyāti chaḍḍetvā. Pañcāti tesaṃ saṅkhyāparicchedo. Īghābhāvato anīgho. Kathaṃkathāya tiṇṇattā tiṇṇakathaṃkatho. Vigatasallattā visallo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yo bhikkhu kāmacchandādīni pañca nīvaraṇāni samantabhaddake vuttanayena sāmaññato visesato ca nīvaraṇesu ādīnavaṃ disvā tena tena maggena pahāya tesañca pahīnattā eva kilesadukkhasaṅkhātassa īghassābhāvena anīgho, ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) nayena pavattāya kathaṃkathāya tiṇṇattā tiṇṇakathaṃkatho, ‘‘tattha katame pañca sallā? Rāgasallo, dosasallo, mohasallo, mānasallo, diṭṭhisallo’’ti vuttānaṃ pañcannaṃ sallānaṃ vigatattā visallo. So bhikkhu pubbe vuttanayeneva jahāti orapāranti.
在这里,也应该从两方面来理解五盖的断除:按烦恼的次序和按道的次序。按烦恼的次序来说,欲贪盖和嗔恚盖由第三道断除,昏沉睡眠盖和掉举盖由第四道断除。以“我确实没有修善”等这种方式生起的、被称为后悔的追悔盖,以及疑盖,由第一道断除。按道的次序来说,追悔盖和疑盖由第一道断除,欲贪盖和嗔恚盖由第二道变得薄弱,由第三道彻底断除无余,昏沉睡眠盖和掉举盖由第四道断除。如此——巴利
Atrāpi ca kilesapaṭipāṭiyā maggapaṭipāṭiyā cāti dvidhā eva nīvaraṇappahānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kilesapaṭipāṭiyā hi kāmacchandanīvaraṇassa byāpādanīvaraṇassa ca tatiyamaggena pahānaṃ hoti, thinamiddhanīvaraṇassa uddhaccanīvaraṇassa ca catutthamaggena. ‘‘Akataṃ vata me kusala’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 3.248; netti. 120) nayena pavattassa vippaṭisārasaṅkhātassa kukkuccanīvaraṇassa vicikicchānīvaraṇassa ca paṭhamamaggena. Maggapaṭipāṭiyā pana kukkuccanīvaraṇassa vicikicchānīvaraṇassa ca paṭhamamaggena pahānaṃ hoti, kāmacchandanīvaraṇassa byāpādanīvaraṇassa ca dutiyamaggena tanubhāvo hoti, tatiyena anavasesappahānaṃ. Thinamiddhanīvaraṇassa uddhaccanīvaraṇassa ca catutthamaggena pahānaṃ hotīti. Evaṃ –
有人舍弃了五种盖,内心没有苦恼,已经超越疑惑,拔掉了刺;
那位比丘舍弃了此岸与彼岸,就像蛇蜕去衰老陈旧的皮一样。巴利
‘‘Yo nīvaraṇe pahāya pañca, anīgho tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo; So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamivattacaṃ purāṇa’’nti. –
世尊以阿罗汉果为最高点,结束了这次开示。开示结束时,那位比丘安住于阿罗汉果。有人说:“每当对那些比丘讲了哪一首偈颂,在那一首偈颂结束时,对应的那位比丘就安住于阿罗汉果。”巴利
Arahattanikūṭeneva bhagavā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Ekacce yena yena tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yā yā gāthā desitā, tena tena tassā tassā gāthāya pariyosāne so so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhito’’ti vadanti.
2. 《陀尼耶经》的注释巴利
2. Dhaniyasuttavaṇṇanā
18 18.《已煮饭经》就是《陀尼耶经》。它的起因是什么?世尊住在舍卫城。那时,牧牛人陀尼耶住在摩醯河岸边。他的宿世因缘是这样的:在迦叶世尊的教法住世时,他曾在两万年里,每天向僧团布施二十份抽签饭食。他从那里死后,转生到天界。就这样在天界度过了一整尊佛之间的漫长时间,到我们世尊的时代,他投生在毗提诃国中部一个叫山国的地方,那里有一座城叫法古兰达。他出生在那座城里一个长者的家中,靠牛群生活。他大约有三万头牛,其中两万七千头母牛产奶。牧牛人并没有固定住处。雨季四个月,他们住在高地上;其余八个月,哪里能轻松得到草和水,就住在哪里。那地方或是河边,或是天然湖泊边。到了雨季,他离开自己平时住的村庄,为了给牛群找个安稳舒适的地方,四处寻找空地。那时,摩醯大河分开了,一边是黑摩醯河,一边是大摩醯河,各自奔流,后来又在大海附近汇合。河水冲积出一座洲岛,他进入那里,为小牛搭了棚舍,也为自己建了住处,就在那里住了下来。他有七个儿子、七个女儿、七个儿媳,还有许多做工的人。牧牛人能看出雨季的征兆。当小鸟在树梢筑巢,螃蟹在水边封住洞口、改从靠陆地那边的洞口进出时,他们就认定会有充足的降雨。反过来,当小鸟在低处、水面上筑巢,螃蟹在靠陆地那边封住洞口、改从靠水那边的洞口进出时,他们就认定雨水会很少。巴利
18.Pakkodanoti dhaniyasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Tena samayena dhaniyo gopo mahītīre paṭivasati. Tassāyaṃ pubbayogo – kassapassa bhagavato pāvacane dibbamāne vīsati vassasahassāni divase divase saṅghassa vīsati salākabhattāni adāsi. So tato cuto devesu uppanno. Evaṃ devaloke ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ khepetvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle videharaṭṭhamajjhe pabbataraṭṭhaṃ nāma atthi tattha dhammakoraṇḍaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, tasmiṃ nagare seṭṭhiputto hutvā abhinibbatto, goyūthaṃ nissāya jīvati. Tassa hi tiṃsamattāni gosahassāni honti, sattavīsasahassā gāvo khīraṃ duyhanti. Gopā nāma nibaddhavāsino na honti. Vassike cattāromāse thale vasanti, avasese aṭṭhamāse yattha tiṇodakaṃ sukhaṃ labbhati, tattha vasanti. Tañca nadītīraṃ vā jātassaratīraṃ vā hoti. Athāyampi vassakāle attano vasitagāmato nikkhamitvā gunnaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya okāsaṃ gavesanto mahāmahī bhijjitvā ekato kālamahī ekato mahāmahicceva saṅkhaṃ gantvā sandamānā puna samuddasamīpe samāgantvā pavattā. Yaṃ okāsaṃ antaradīpaṃ akāsi, taṃ pavisitvā vacchānaṃ sālaṃ attano ca nivesanaṃ māpetvā vāsaṃ kappesi. Tassa satta puttā, satta dhītaro, satta suṇisā, aneke ca kammakārā honti. Gopā nāma vassanimittaṃ jānanti. Yadā sakuṇikā kulāvakāni rukkhagge karonti, kakkaṭakā udakasamīpe dvāraṃ pidahitvā thalasamīpadvārena vaḷañjenti, tadā suvuṭṭhikā bhavissatīti gaṇhanti. Yadā pana sakuṇikā kulāvakāni nīcaṭṭhāne udakapiṭṭhe karonti, kakkaṭakā thalasamīpe dvāraṃ pidahitvā udakasamīpadvārena vaḷañjenti, tadā dubbuṭṭhikā bhavissatīti gaṇhanti.
那时,牧牛人陀尼耶观察到将有大雨的征兆。雨季快到时,他从洲岛上出来,在大摩希河对岸找了一处即使连续下七个七天大雨也不会被水淹的地方,作为自己的住处。他在四周筑起围栏,搭好牛犊棚,就在那里安顿下来。然后他让人备好柴火等物,把儿女、妻子、仆人和雇工都召集到一起,准备了各种吃的喝的。这时,四方天空乌云涌起。他让人挤了母牛的奶,把小牛安置在牛棚里,让人在四面为牛群点起烟,让所有随从都吃饱,把该办的事都办完,又让人在各处点起灯,自己用牛奶拌饭吃了,然后躺在大床上,看着自己的荣华富贵,心里很欢喜。他躺着听到另一个方向传来雷声,就说出了这句感兴语:“我已有煮好的饭,已有挤好的奶。”巴利
Atha so dhaniyo suvuṭṭhikanimittāni upasallakkhetvā upakaṭṭhe vassakāle antaradīpā nikkhamitvā mahāmahiyā paratīre sattasattāhampi deve vassante udakena anajjhottharaṇokāse attano vasanokāsaṃ katvā samantā parikkhipitvā, vacchasālāyo māpetvā, tattha nivāsaṃ kappesi. Athassa dārutiṇādisaṅgahe kate sabbesu puttadārakammakaraporisesu samāniyesu jātesu nānappakāre khajjabhojje paṭiyatte samantā catuddisā meghamaṇḍalāni uṭṭhahiṃsu. So dhenuyo duhāpetvā , vacchasālāsu vacche saṇṭhāpetvā, gunnaṃ catuddisā dhūmaṃ kārāpetvā, sabbaparijanaṃ bhojāpetvā, sabbakiccāni kārāpetvā tattha tattha dīpe ujjālāpetvā, sayaṃ khīrena bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, mahāsayane sayanto attano sirisampattiṃ disvā, tuṭṭhacitto hutvā, aparadisāya meghatthanitasaddaṃ sutvā nipanno imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi ‘‘pakkodano duddhakhīrohamasmī’’ti.
这里对词义的解说如下:pakkodano 指已经煮好的饭。duddhakhīro 指挤过母牛后得到的牛奶。ahaṃ 是标示自己,asmī 是表示自己处于那种状态。连起来的意思就是:我有煮好的饭,也有挤好的牛奶。itī 的意思是“这样说”。不过在《义释》里,对它的含义是这样解说的:“iti 是词与词的连接、词与词的搭配、词的完整、字母的组合、音节的顺畅、词序的先后。”(《小义释·阿耆多学童问义释》1)应该知道,那里也是针对这一点而说的。因为无论前面说的是哪个词,要用“这样说”来表明它的意思时,正是通过后面接着的词——比如“弥勒”或“世尊”等等——iti 这个词才形成词与词的连接,而不是别的用法。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – pakkodanoti siddhabhatto. Duddhakhīroti gāvo duhitvā gahitakhīro. Ahanti attānaṃ nidasseti , asmīti attano tathābhāvaṃ. Pakkodano duddhakhīro ca ahamasmi bhavāmīti attho. Itīti evamāhāti attho. Niddese pana ‘‘itīti padasandhi, padasaṃsaggo, padapāripūri, akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāmeta’’nti (cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 1) evamassa attho vaṇṇito. Sopi idameva sandhāyāti veditabbo. Yaṃ yaṃ hi padaṃ pubbapadena vuttaṃ, tassa tassa evamāhāti etamatthaṃ pakāsentoyeva itisaddo pacchimena padena metteyyo iti vā bhagavā iti vā evamādinā padasandhi hoti, nāññathā.
“Dhaniyo gopo”是那位长者子名字的组合。为什么呢?世间有五种财富,先不算布施、持戒等能跟着人走的财富,还有从田地、园苑等来的不动产财富,从牛马等来的动产财富,从金银等来的可携带财富,从工艺技术等来的身体技能财富。而其中,通过提供五种牛乳制品给世人带来极大利益、并被特别称为“没有能与牛群相比的财富”的牛财——他因为具足这种牛财,所以叫“Dhaniyo”(陀尼耶);又因为养护牛群,所以叫“gopo”(牧人)。自己养护自己牛群的人,就叫“gopo”;受雇于他人、拿工钱的人,叫“gopālaka”(牧牛人)。而这位是自己养护自己的牛群,所以被称为“牧人”。巴利
Dhaniyo gopoti tassa seṭṭhiputtassa nāmasamodhānaṃ. So hi yānimāni thāvarādīni pañca dhanāni, tesu ṭhapetvā dānasīlādianugāmikadhanaṃ, khettavatthu-ārāmādito thāvaradhanatopi, gavassādito jaṅgamadhanatopi hiraññasuvaṇṇādito saṃhārimadhanatopi, sippāyatanādito aṅgasamadhanatopi yaṃ taṃ lokassa pañcagorasānuppadānena bahūpakāraṃ taṃ sandhāya ‘‘natthi gosamitaṃ dhana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.13; netti. 123) evaṃ visesitaṃ godhanaṃ, tena samannāgatattā dhaniyo, gunnaṃ pālanato gopo. Yo hi attano gāvo pāleti, so ‘‘gopo’’ti vuccati. Yo paresaṃ vetanena bhaṭo hutvā, so gopālako. Ayaṃ pana attanoyeva, tena gopoti vutto.
在岸边是指在河岸附近。摩希是指名叫大摩希的那条河。与随从共住是指与和谐随顺的随从一起居住,而他正是这样的人,所以说与随从共住。遮蔽是指用草和叶子覆盖,做成不漏雨的地方。小屋是住处的别名。已点燃是指已带来、已点着。火就是火,在各个地方的火都称为火。那么,你若愿意现在就是说如果你想要的意思。下雨吧是指倾泻、流下、放出水来。天是在呼唤云。以上就是这里对这些词的注释。巴利
Anutīreti tīrassa samīpe. Mahiyāti mahāmahīnāmikāya nadiyā. Samānena anukūlavattinā parijanena saddhiṃ vāso yassa so samānavāso, ayañca tathāvidho. Tenāha ‘‘samānavāso’’ti. Channāti tiṇapaṇṇacchadanehi anovassakā katā. Kuṭīti vasanagharassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Āhitoti ābhato, jālito vā. Ginīti aggi. Tesu tesu ṭhānesu aggi ‘‘ginī’’ti voharīyati. Atha ce patthayasīti idāni yadi icchasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavassāti siñca, pagghara, udakaṃ muñcāti attho. Devāti meghaṃ ālapati. Ayaṃ tāvettha padavaṇṇanā.
这段义理注释是这样的:这位牧人达尼耶躺卧在自己卧室的大床上,听到雷声后说“我已有煮好的饭”,这是在表明:他已经具备灭除身苦的方法,也具备获得身乐的原因。说“我已挤好牛乳”,是在表明:他已经具备灭除心苦的方法,也具备获得心乐的原因。说“在摩希河岸附近”,是显示住处的圆满;说“与随从共住”,是显示在这种时候,他没有因为与亲爱的人分离而生起的忧愁。说“茅屋有遮蔽”,是显示能去除和抵挡身苦。说“火已点燃”:因为牧牛人通常会为了围护、烟熏、柴火这三种用途生三堆火,而在他家里这三种火全都备好了,所以他说“火已点燃”——说到四周的围护火,是显示能阻挡猛兽靠近;说到牛群中间用牛粪等燃起的烟火,是显示牛群不受虻蚊等侵扰;说到牧牛人睡觉处燃起的柴火,是显示能抵挡牧牛人受寒。他这样说明自己、牛群和随从都没有因为下雨等原因而遭受任何病痛,于是生起喜悦和欢欣,说道:“天啊,你若愿意,就下雨吧。”巴利
Ayaṃ pana atthavaṇṇanā – evamayaṃ dhaniyo gopo attano sayanaghare mahāsayane nipanno meghatthanitaṃ sutvā ‘‘pakkodanohamasmī’’ti bhaṇanto kāyadukkhavūpasamūpāyaṃ kāyasukhahetuñca attano sannihitaṃ dīpeti. ‘‘Duddhakhīrohamasmī’’ti bhaṇanto cittadukkhavūpasamūpāyaṃ cittasukhahetuñca. ‘‘Anutīre mahiyā’’ti nivāsaṭṭhānasampattiṃ, ‘‘samānavāso’’ti tādise kāle piyavippayogapadaṭṭhānassa sokassābhāvaṃ. ‘‘Channā kuṭī’’ti kāyadukkhāpagamapaṭighātaṃ. ‘‘Āhito ginī’’ti yasmā gopālakā parikkhepadhūmadāruaggivasena tayo aggī karonti. Te ca tassa gehe sabbe katā, tasmā sabbadisāsu parikkhepaggiṃ sandhāya ‘‘āhito ginī’’ti bhaṇanto vāḷamigāgamananivāraṇaṃ dīpeti, gunnaṃ majjhe gomayādīhi dhūmaggiṃ sandhāya ḍaṃsamakasādīhi gunnaṃ anābādhaṃ, gopālakānaṃ sayanaṭṭhāne dāruaggiṃ sandhāya gopālakānaṃ sītābādhapaṭighātaṃ. So evaṃ dīpento attano vā gunnaṃ vā parijanassa vā vuṭṭhipaccayassa kassaci ābādhassa abhāvato pītisomanassajāto āha – ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti.
19 世尊当时正住在祇园大寺的香室里,用清净、超越人耳的天耳,听到了陀尼耶说这首偈颂。听完之后,他又用佛眼观察世间,看见陀尼耶和他的妻子,心想:“这两个人都具足善因。如果我去为他们说法,他们俩都会出家,证得阿罗汉果。如果我不去,明天他们就会被洪水淹死。”于是就在那一刹那,世尊从舍卫城腾空飞行七百由旬,来到陀尼耶住的地方,停在他的小屋上方。陀尼耶还在反复念诵那首偈颂,没有停下来,即使世尊已经来了,他仍然在念。世尊听了之后,为了说明“仅仅这样,还谈不上知足,也谈不上安稳,应当这样才对”,于是说道:巴利
19. Evaṃ dhaniyassa imaṃ gāthaṃ bhāsamānassa assosi bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya jetavanamahāvihāre gandhakuṭiyaṃ viharanto. Sutvā ca pana buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa dhaniyañca pajāpatiñcassa ‘‘ime ubhopi hetusampannā. Sace ahaṃ gantvā dhammaṃ desessāmi, ubhopi pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissanti. No ce gamissāmi, sve udakoghena vinassissantī’’ti taṃ khaṇeyeva sāvatthito satta yojanasatāni dhaniyassa nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ ākāsena gantvā tassa kuṭiyā upari aṭṭhāsi. Dhaniyo taṃ gāthaṃ punappunaṃ bhāsatiyeva , na niṭṭhāpeti, bhagavati gatepi bhāsati. Bhagavā ca taṃ sutvā ‘‘na ettakena santuṭṭhā vā vissatthā vā honti, evaṃ pana hontī’’ti dassetuṃ –
我没有嗔怒,也没有伪善,在摩希河岸边只住一夜。
小屋敞开了,火已经熄灭,天神啊,如果你想要下雨,那就下吧。巴利
‘‘Akkodhano vigatakhilohamasmi,anutīre mahiyekarattivāso; Vivaṭā kuṭi nibbuto gini,atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti. –
他诵出这首偈颂,用词与前一首偈颂有相似之处,但含义并不相同。因为像“熟饭”和“不嗔”这样的词,在含义上根本对不上,就像大海的此岸和彼岸一样相隔遥远;不过这里有些词句是相似的,所以算是词句相似。其中,与前一首偈颂相同的词句,其含义应按照前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Imaṃ paṭigāthaṃ abhāsi byañjanasabhāgaṃ no atthasabhāgaṃ. Na hi ‘‘pakkodano’’ti, ‘‘akkodhano’’ti ca ādīni padāni atthato samenti mahāsamuddassa orimapārimatīrāni viya, byañjanaṃ panettha kiñci kiñci sametīti byañjanasabhāgāni honti. Tattha purimagāthāya sadisapadānaṃ vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo.
现在对特殊词从词面和含义两方面来解释。“不嗔恚”就是没有恼怒的本性。前面所说的那种由嗔恨事引发的嗔怒,在有些人身上,哪怕只是极其微弱地生起,也会灼烧心脏然后才平息;比这更强一些生起时,有人只是面部扭曲;再强一些,有人想说粗话却只是下巴抖动;再强一些,有人说出粗恶的话;再强一些,有人四处张望,寻找棍棒或刀剑;再强一些,有人拿起棍棒或刀剑;再强一些,有人拿着棍棒等冲上前去;再强一些,有人打一两下;再强一些,有人甚至夺走亲戚或血亲的性命;再强一些,有人事后懊悔,连自己的命也结束掉,就像锡兰岛卡拉村的那位官员一样。到了这个地步,嗔怒就达到了最极端的程度。世尊在菩提树下就已经把它完全断除,连根拔起,像截断的多罗树一样,所以世尊说“我是不嗔恚者”。巴利
Visesapadānaṃ panāyaṃ padato atthato ca vaṇṇanā – akkodhanoti akujjhanasabhāvo. Yo hi so pubbe vuttappakāraāghātavatthusambhavo kodho ekaccassa suparittopi uppajjamāno hadayaṃ santāpetvā vūpasammati, yena ca tato balavataruppannena ekacco mukhavikuṇanamattaṃ karoti, tato balavatarena ekacco pharusaṃ vattukāmo hanusañcalanamattaṃ karoti, aparo tato balavatarena pharusaṃ bhaṇati, aparo tato balavatarena daṇḍaṃ vā satthaṃ vā gavesanto disā viloketi, aparo tato balavatarena daṇḍaṃ vā satthaṃ vā āmasati, aparo tato balavatarena daṇḍādīni gahetvā upadhāvati, aparo tato balavatarena ekaṃ vā dve vā pahāre deti, aparo tato balavatarena api ñātisālohitaṃ jīvitā voropeti, ekacco tato balavatarena pacchā vippaṭisārī attānampi jīvitā voropeti sīhaḷadīpe kālagāmavāsī amacco viya. Ettāvatā ca kodho paramavepullappatto hoti. So bhagavatā bodhimaṇḍeyeva sabbaso pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘akkodhanohamasmī’’ti āha.
已离荒芜:就是已经去除了荒芜。那些以作为心之束缚的性质而被称为五种心荒芜的状态,以及那些心已成荒芜的状态——就像在一块满是树桩的地里,即使天连续下了四个月的雨,庄稼也长不出来;同样,即使听闻正法等善因之雨不断降下,善法也长不出来——这些世尊在菩提道场就已经彻底断除了,所以世尊说:我是已离荒芜者。巴利
Vigatakhiloti apagatakhilo. Ye hi te cittabandhabhāvena pañca cetokhilā vuttā, ye hi ca khilabhūte citte seyyathāpi nāma khile bhūmibhāge cattāro māse vassantepi deve sassāni na ruhanti, evamevaṃ saddhammassavanādikusalahetuvasse vassantepi kusalaṃ na ruhati te ca bhagavatā bodhimaṇḍeyeva sabbaso pahīnā, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘vigatakhilohamasmī’’ti āha.
只住一夜:就是只住一个晚上。比如陀尼耶在那个地方固定住了四个月的雨季,世尊并不是这样。世尊只是因为想利益他,才在那天晚上住在那儿。所以说“只住一夜”。“敞开”:指已经去掉了覆盖。“小屋”:指身体。这个身体根据各种不同的用意,可以叫作身、窟、体、积集、船、车、疮、幢、蚁垤、小屋、小棚等等。在这里,就像依凭木材等而称为屋的小屋一样,这个身体因为依凭骨等而被归类,所以称为“小屋”。正如所说——巴利
Ekarattiṃ vāso assāti ekarattivāso . Yathā hi dhaniyo tattha cattāro vassike māse nibaddhavāsaṃ upagato, na tathā bhagavā. Bhagavā hi taṃyeva rattiṃ tassa atthakāmatāya tattha vāsaṃ upagato. Tasmā ‘‘ekarattivāso’’ti āha. Vivaṭāti apanītacchadanā. Kuṭīti attabhāvo. Attabhāvo hi taṃ taṃ atthavasaṃ paṭicca kāyotipi guhātipi dehotipi sandehotipi nāvātipi rathotipi vaṇotipi dhajotipi vammikotipi kuṭītipi kuṭikātipi vuccati. Idha pana kaṭṭhādīni paṭicca gehanāmikā kuṭi viya aṭṭhiādīni paṭicca saṅkhyaṃ gatattā ‘‘kuṭī’’ti vutto. Yathāha –
贤友,就好比依靠木头、依靠藤条、依靠泥土、依靠茅草,围起来的空间就被叫作“屋子”;同样地,贤友,依靠骨头、依靠筋腱、依靠肉、依靠皮肤,围起来的空间就被叫作“色”。巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṭṭhañca paṭicca, valliñca paṭicca, mattikañca paṭicca, tiṇañca paṭicca, ākāso parivārito agāraṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati; evameva kho, āvuso, aṭṭhiñca paṭicca, nhāruñca paṭicca, maṃsañca paṭicca, cammañca paṭicca, ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.306).
小屋是心猴的住处。正如所说——巴利
Cittamakkaṭassa nivāsato vā kuṭi. Yathāha –
如果那是一座骨头架子搭成的小屋,那就是猕猴的住处。
猴子钻进了有五扇门的茅草小屋;
它沿着门绕来绕去,一次又一次地碰触。巴利
‘‘Aṭṭhikaṅkalakuṭi ce sā, makkaṭāvasatho iti; Makkaṭo pañcadvārāya, kuṭikāya pasakkiya; Dvārena anupariyāti, ghaṭṭayanto punappuna’’nti. (theragā. 125);
那间小屋,因为众生被渴爱、我慢和邪见的遮盖所遮蔽,所以一次又一次地漏下贪等烦恼之雨。就像所说的那样——巴利
Sā kuṭi yena taṇhāmānadiṭṭhichadanena sattānaṃ channattā punappunaṃ rāgādikilesavassaṃ ativassati. Yathāha –
被遮盖的会淋得更透,敞开的就不会淋得更透。
所以,要把那覆盖着的东西敞开,这样它就不会被淋得太厉害。巴利
‘‘Channamativassati, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati; Tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī’’ti. (udā. 45; theragā. 447; pari. 339);
这首偈颂在《犍度》和《长老偈》两处都有说到。在《犍度》里,是就这个意思说的:谁覆藏自己的罪过,他的烦恼和犯戒就会一再地涌向他;谁不覆藏,就不会涌向他。在《长老偈》里则是说:谁有贪等烦恼的覆藏,因为他在可意的所缘等境界上反复生起贪等,所以“覆藏者被大雨浇透”;或者说,谁容忍已经生起的烦恼,他的身体小屋就被所容忍的烦恼之覆藏遮蔽,烦恼的雨就会一再浇透他。然而,谁以阿罗汉道智之风摧毁了烦恼的覆藏,使它敞开,对他就不会浇透。这里要表达的就是这个意思。因为世尊已经按照所说的方式,摧毁了所说的覆藏,所以他说“小屋已敞开”。“寂灭”就是已寂静。“火”就是火。因为这一切都被十一种火所燃烧,正如经中详细说的“被贪火所燃烧”。那火在世尊的菩提树下就已经被圣道之水浇灭了,所以他说“火已熄灭”。巴利
Ayaṃ gāthā dvīsu ṭhānesu vuttā khandhake theragāthāyañca. Khandhake hi ‘‘yo āpattiṃ paṭicchādeti, tassa kilesā ca punappunaṃ āpattiyo ca ativassanti, yo pana na paṭicchādeti, tassa nātivassantī’’ti imaṃ atthaṃ paṭicca vuttā. Theragāthāyaṃ ‘‘yassa rāgādicchadanaṃ atthi, tassa puna iṭṭhārammaṇādīsu rāgādisambhavato channamativassati . Yo vā uppanne kilese adhivāseti, tasseva adhivāsitakilesacchadanacchannā attabhāvakuṭi punappunaṃ kilesavassaṃ ativassati. Yassa pana arahattamaggañāṇavātena kilesacchadanassa viddhaṃsitattā vivaṭā, tassa nātivassatī’’ti. Ayamattho idha adhippeto. Bhagavatā hi yathāvuttaṃ chadanaṃ yathāvutteneva nayena viddhaṃsitaṃ, tasmā ‘‘vivaṭā kuṭī’’ti āha. Nibbutoti upasanto. Ginīti aggi. Yena hi ekādasavidhena agginā sabbamidaṃ ādittaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘ādittaṃ rāgagginā’’ti vitthāro. So aggi bhagavato bodhimūleyeva ariyamaggasalilasekena nibbuto, tasmā ‘‘nibbuto ginī’’ti āha.
他这样说的时候,其实是在用另一种说法,责备、教导、训诫那个把不该欢喜的事当成欢喜的陀尼耶。怎么说的呢?当他说“不嗔恚”的时候,陀尼耶,你是因为“我的饭煮好了”而欢喜。可是煮饭这件事,只要还活着,就得因为财富耗尽而一直做下去,而财富耗尽又是以守护财物等种种苦为根源的。这样一来,你其实是在因苦而欢喜。而我呢,我说“我是不嗔恚者”而感到欢喜,是在表明我因为现世和来世的苦都不存在了而欢喜。当他说“已无荒芜”的时候,你是因为“我的牛奶挤好了”而欢喜,其实你该做的事还没做完,却自以为“我已经做完了该做的事”而欢喜。而我呢,我说“我已无荒芜”而感到欢喜,是在表明我确实是做完了该做的事而欢喜。当他说“一夜住在河岸大地上”的时候,你是因为“住在河岸大地上一样的住处”而欢喜,其实是靠着四个月的固定住处而欢喜。固定住处会带来对住所的执著,那就是苦。这样一来,你其实是在因苦而欢喜。而我呢,我说“一夜住宿”而感到欢喜,是因为没有固定住处而欢喜。没有固定住处就意味着对住所没有执著,没有执著就是乐。这说明我是在因乐而欢喜。巴利
Evaṃ vadanto ca dhaniyaṃ atuṭṭhabbena tussamānaṃ aññāpadeseneva paribhāsati, ovadati, anusāsati. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Akkodhano’’ti hi vadamāno, dhaniya, tvaṃ ‘‘pakkodanohamasmī’’ti tuṭṭho, odanapāko ca yāvajīvaṃ dhanaparikkhayena kattabbo, dhanaparikkhayo ca ārakkhādidukkhapadaṭṭhāno, evaṃ sante dukkheneva tuṭṭho hosi. Ahaṃ pana ‘‘akkodhanohamasmī’’ti tussanto sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikadukkhābhāvena tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti. ‘‘Vigatakhilo’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ ‘‘duddhakhīrohamasmī’’ti tussanto akatakiccova ‘‘katakiccohamasmī’’ti mantvā tuṭṭho, ahaṃ pana ‘‘vigatakhilohamasmī’’ti tussanto katakiccova tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti. ‘‘Anutīre mahiyekarattivāso’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ anutīre mahiyā samānavāsoti tussanto catumāsanibaddhavāsena tuṭṭho. Nibaddhavāso ca āvāsasaṅgena hoti, so ca dukkho, evaṃ sante dukkheneva tuṭṭho hosi. Ahaṃ pana ekarattivāsoti tussanto anibaddhavāsena tuṭṭho, anibaddhavāso ca āvāsasaṅgābhāvena hoti, āvāsasaṅgābhāvo ca sukhoti sukheneva tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti.
当世尊说“小屋已敞开”时,你却因“小屋是覆盖的”而欢喜,为有覆盖的屋宅而满足;在你的屋宅里,虽然覆盖着,烦恼之雨却仍过度淋洒你的有身小屋,你被由此生起的四种暴流冲走,可能遭遇灾祸与不幸。既然如此,你其实是在对不该欢喜的事欢喜。而世尊因“小屋已敞开”而欢喜,是因为有身小屋没有烦恼的覆盖而欢喜。对世尊而言,由于小屋已敞开,那烦恼之雨不会过度淋洒它,因此由那雨所生的四种暴流不会冲走世尊,不会让世尊遭遇灾祸与不幸。既然如此,世尊确实是对该欢喜的事欢喜——这就是所要表明的。当世尊说“火已熄灭”时,你因“火已放置”而欢喜,自以为没有做防范灾祸的事就等于已经做了防范灾祸的事,因此欢喜。而世尊因“火已熄灭”而欢喜,是因为没有十一种火的热恼,确实就是已经做了防范灾祸的事,因此欢喜——这就是所要表明的。当世尊说“如果你愿意,天啊,就下雨吧”时,意思是:对于像世尊这样已远离痛苦、已获得安乐、已做完一切应做之事的人,这样的话才合适——如果你愿意,天啊,就下雨吧;无论你下雨还是不下雨,对我们都没有增减。可你为什么这样说呢?——这就是所要表明的。因此,前面所说的“这样说的时候,世尊其实是以另一种说法,责备、教导、训诫陀尼耶那个对不该欢喜的事欢喜的人”,这话说得完全正确。巴利
‘‘Vivaṭā kuṭī’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ channā kuṭīti tussanto channagehatāya tuṭṭho, gehe ca te channepi attabhāvakuṭikaṃ kilesavassaṃ ativassati, yena sañjanitehi catūhi mahoghehi vuyhamāno anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇeyyāsi, evaṃ sante atuṭṭhabbeneva tuṭṭho hosi. Ahaṃ pana ‘‘vivaṭā kuṭī’’ti tussanto attabhāvakuṭiyā kilesacchadanābhāvena tuṭṭho. Evañca me vivaṭāya kuṭiyā na taṃ kilesavassaṃ ativassati, yena sañjanitehi catūhi mahoghehi vuyhamāno anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇeyyaṃ, evaṃ sante tuṭṭhabbeneva tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti. ‘‘Nibbuto ginī’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ āhito ginīti tussanto akatūpaddavanivāraṇova katūpaddavanivāraṇosmīti mantvā tuṭṭho. Ahaṃ pana nibbuto ginīti tussanto ekādasaggipariḷāhābhāvato katūpaddavanivāraṇatāyeva tuṭṭhoti dīpeti. ‘‘Atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vadamāno evaṃ vigatadukkhānaṃ anuppattasukhānaṃ katasabbakiccānaṃ amhādisānaṃ etaṃ vacanaṃ sobhati, atha ce patthayasi, pavassa deva, na no tayi vassante vā avassante vā vuḍḍhi vā hāni vā atthi, tvaṃ pana kasmā evaṃ vadasīti dīpeti. Tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘evaṃ vadanto ca dhaniya atuṭṭhabbeneva tussamānaṃ aññāpadeseneva paribhāsati ovadati, anusāsatī’’ti, taṃ sammadeva vuttanti.
20 牧人陀尼耶听了世尊所说的这首偈颂,也没有问“是谁在说这首偈颂”,而是对那番善巧的说法感到十分满意,还想再听同样类型的偈颂,于是又说了一首偈颂:“牛虻与蚊虫……”
其中,“andhaka”是黑牛虻的称呼,也有些人说是指赤黄色牛虻。“makasā”就是蚊虫。“na vijjare”就是不存在。“kacche”指两种沼泽地——河岸沼泽和山地沼泽,这里指河岸沼泽。“ruḷhatiṇe”指长满了草的地方。“caranti”指在觅食。“vuṭṭhimpi”指风、雨等各种“雨”,这些将在《旷野经》中详细说明。不过在这里,是针对雨季的雨而说的。“saheyyuṃ”意思是能够忍受。其余部分意思很清楚。
在这里,陀尼耶的意思是:那些牛虻和蚊虫一旦聚拢来吸血,片刻之间就能让牛群陷入灾祸和毁灭,所以牧牛人一看到它们出现,就用尘土和树枝把它们打死;因为没有这些虫类,牛群才得以安全;又因为牛在长满草的沼泽地里吃草,说明它们没有长途跋涉的疲劳,也没有饥饿的困乏。他这样阐明:“别人的牛,由于接触到牛虻和蚊虫,看上去被长途跋涉弄得疲惫不堪,又因饥饿而萎靡不振,连一场雨落下来都忍受不了;我的牛却不是这样。我的牛因为没有上述那些情况,所以两场雨、甚至三场雨也能忍受。”巴利
20. Evamimaṃ bhagavatā vuttaṃ gāthaṃ sutvāpi dhaniyo gopo ‘‘ko ayaṃ gāthaṃ bhāsatī’’ti avatvā tena subhāsitena parituṭṭho punapi tathārūpaṃ sotukāmo aparampi gāthamāha ‘‘andhakamakasā’’ti. Tattha andhakāti kāḷamakkhikānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, piṅgalamakkhikānantipi eke. Makasāti makasāyeva. Na vijjareti natthi. Kaccheti dve kacchā – nadīkaccho ca pabbatakaccho ca. Idha nadīkaccho. Ruḷhatiṇeti sañjātatiṇe. Carantīti bhattakiccaṃ karonti. Vuṭṭhimpīti vātavuṭṭhiādikā anekā vuṭṭhiyo, tā āḷavakasutte pakāsayissāma. Idha pana vassavuṭṭhiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Saheyyunti khameyyuṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Ettha dhaniyo ye andhakamakasā sannipatitvā rudhire pivantā muhutteneva gāvo anayabyasanaṃ pāpenti, tasmā vuṭṭhitamatteyeva te gopālakā paṃsunā ca sākhāhi ca mārenti, tesaṃ abhāvena gunnaṃ khemataṃ, kacche ruḷhatiṇacaraṇena addhānagamanaparissamābhāvaṃ vatvā khudākilamathābhāvañca dīpento ‘‘yathā aññesaṃ gāvo andhakamakasasamphassehi dissamānā addhānagamanena kilantā khudāya milāyamānā ekavuṭṭhinipātampi na saheyyuṃ, na me tathā gāvo, mayhaṃ pana gāvo vuttappakārābhāvā dvikkhattuṃ vā tikkhatuṃ vā vuṭṭhimpi saheyyu’’nti dīpeti.
21 21. 此后,世尊因为陀尼耶住在岛洲上,见到怖畏后,绑好筏子,渡过大水,来到那片海岸,心里想:“我安然到达了,站在没有怖畏的地方了。”他这样说。然而他站的地方恰恰充满怖畏。因此,世尊为了说明自己到达的地方比陀尼耶到达的地方更超越、更殊胜,便说出“你已绑好褥”这首偈颂——文句上虽有差别,意义上却正好相应。巴利
21. Tato bhagavā yasmā dhaniyo antaradīpe vasanto bhayaṃ disvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, mahāmahiṃ taritvā, taṃ kacchaṃ āgamma ‘‘ahaṃ suṭṭhu āgato, nibbhayeva ṭhāne ṭhito’’ti maññamāno evamāha, sabhaye eva ca so ṭhāne ṭhito, tasmā tassa āgamanaṭṭhānā attano āgamanaṭṭhānaṃ uttaritarañca paṇītatarañca vaṇṇento ‘‘baddhāsi bhisī’’ti imaṃ gāthamabhāsi, atthasabhāgaṃ no byañjanasabhāgaṃ.
在这里,“筏”是指世间上把(草席等)铺开、做成宽宽的、扎起来的筏。但在圣者的法与律中,这是圣道的别名。因为圣道确实——巴利
Tattha bhisīti pattharitvā puthulaṃ katvā baddhakullo vuccati loke. Ariyassa pana dhammavinaye ariyamaggassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ariyamaggo hi –
道、径、路、途,直道、通途。
船、渡桥、筏和褥,还有渡口。
旅途的起因,也在各处被一一阐明。巴利
‘‘Maggo pajjo patho pantho, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ; Nāvā uttarasetu ca, kullo ca bhisi saṅkamo’’. (cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 101); ‘‘Addhānaṃ pabhavo ceva, tattha tattha pakāsito’’.
应当知道,世尊也是用这首偈颂来教导他,说的就是这个意思:陀尼耶,你扎好筏子,渡过大河来到这里,可是将来你还得再扎筏子、还得再渡河,这个地方并不安全。而我呢,是把道支收摄在一颗心里,用智慧作绳子绑成了褥筏。这个褥筏因为三十七菩提分法已经圆满,体性一味,彼此不相违背,所以不需要再绑;又因为天和人当中谁都没法把它解开,所以绑得极其牢固。我靠这个褥筏已经渡过去了,到达了先前所期望的彼岸。而且我走的时候,并不像入流者那样只到了某个地方,而是真正到了彼岸——灭尽一切烦恼、到达一切法的彼岸、至高安稳的涅槃。或者也可以说,“已度脱”是指证得一切知智,“到彼岸”是指证得阿罗汉果。那么是调伏了什么才到彼岸的呢?是调伏了瀑流,渡过了欲流等四种瀑流,超越它们而到达彼岸。可是现在我已经不需要再渡河了,所以褥筏对我已经没用。因此,只有我才适合说:“如果你愿意,天啊,就下雨吧。”巴利
Imāyapi gāthāya bhagavā purimanayeneva taṃ ovadanto imaṃ atthaṃ āhāti veditabbo – dhaniya, tvaṃ kullaṃ bandhitvā, mahiṃ taritvā, imaṃ ṭhānamāgato, punapi ca te kullo bandhitabbo eva bhavissati, nadī ca taritabbā, na cetaṃ ṭhānaṃ khemaṃ. Mayā pana ekacitte maggaṅgāni samodhānetvā ñāṇabandhanena baddhā ahosi bhisi. Sā ca sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammaparipuṇṇatāya ekarasabhāvūpagatattā aññamaññaṃ anativattanena puna bandhitabbappayojanābhāvena devamanussesu kenaci mocetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ca susaṅkhatā. Tāya camhi tiṇṇo, pubbe patthitaṃ tīrappadesaṃ gato. Gacchantopi ca na sotāpannādayo viya kañcideva padesaṃ gato. Atha kho pāragato sabbāsavakkhayaṃ sabbadhammapāraṃ paramaṃ khemaṃ nibbānaṃ gato, tiṇṇoti vā sabbaññutaṃ patto, pāragatoti arahattaṃ patto . Kiṃ vineyya pāragatoti ce? Vineyya oghaṃ, kāmoghādicatubbidhaṃ oghaṃ taritvā atikkamma taṃ pāraṃ gatoti. Idāni ca pana me puna taritabbābhāvato attho bhisiyā na vijjati, tasmā mameva yuttaṃ vattuṃ ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti.
22 陀尼耶听了这话,也像前面那样说了这首偈颂:“我的妻子是顺从的。”其中,“妻子”指的是他的太太。“顺从的”意思是听话、照吩咐去做。“不浮躁的”:因为女人有五种浮躁——对吃的浮躁、对打扮的浮躁、对其他男人的浮躁、对钱财的浮躁、对到处跑的浮躁。比如说,女人对米饭、糕点、酒这类饮食有浮躁,连给暂住者准备的饭也吃,烫手的东西也拿来吃,就算花两倍的钱也要喝酒。因为对打扮有浮躁,得不到别的装饰品时,哪怕只是用水和油抹一抹头发、擦一擦脸,她也要做。因为对其他男人有浮躁,甚至被自己的儿子叫到那种地方去,她第一反应也会顺着邪念去想。因为对钱财有浮躁,就像“抓了鹅王,反倒丢了金子”那样。因为对到处跑有浮躁,她会养成逛园林之类的习惯,把家产全败光。在这里,陀尼耶为了表明“我的妻子连一种浮躁都没有”,所以说她是“不浮躁的”。巴利
22. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo purimanayeneva ‘‘gopī mama assavā’’ti imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Tattha gopīti bhariyaṃ niddisati. Assavāti vacanakarā kiṃkārapaṭisāvinī. Alolāti mātugāmo hi pañcahi lolatāhi lolo hoti – āhāralolatāya, alaṅkāralolatāya, parapurisalolatāya, dhanalolatāya, pādalolatāya. Tathā hi mātugāmo bhattapūvasurādibhede āhāre lolatāya antamaso pārivāsikabhattampi bhuñjati, hatthotāpakampi khādati, diguṇaṃ dhanamanuppadatvāpi suraṃ pivati. Alaṅkāralolatāya aññaṃ alaṅkāraṃ alabhamāno antamaso udakatelakenapi kese osaṇḍetvā mukhaṃ parimajjati. Parapurisalolatāya antamaso puttenapi tādise padese pakkosiyamāno paṭhamaṃ asaddhammavasena cinteti. Dhanalolatāya ‘‘haṃsarājaṃ gahetvāna suvaṇṇā parihāyatha’’. Pādalolatāya ārāmādigamanasīlo hutvā sabbaṃ dhanaṃ vināseti. Tattha dhaniyo ‘‘ekāpi lolatā mayhaṃ gopiyā natthī’’ti dassento alolāti āha.
长久共住是指长时间一起生活,从孩童时代起就一起长大。这是为了说明她不认识别的男人。悦意是说,她既然不认识别的男人,心就只依止于我。我从未听说她有什么过失,是说我不曾听到诸如“她和某某人说笑、交谈”这样的话,以此说明她没有丝毫越轨的过失。巴利
Dīgharattaṃ saṃvāsiyāti dīghakālaṃ saddhiṃ vasamānā komārabhāvato pabhuti ekato vaḍḍhitā. Tena parapurise na jānātīti dasseti. Manāpāti evaṃ parapurise ajānantī mameva manaṃ allīyatīti dasseti. Tassā na suṇāmi kiñci pāpanti ‘‘itthannāmena nāma saddhiṃ imāya hasitaṃ vā lapitaṃ vā’’ti evaṃ tassā na suṇāmi, kañci aticāradosanti dasseti.
23 那时,世尊见陀尼耶因为妻子具备这些品德而心满意足,就想教导他,于是用和前面一样的方式说出这首偈颂:“我的心是调顺的。”在意义上相应,在字句上也相应。这里字面的意思都很浅显。不过,真正的用意是这样的:陀尼耶,你因为“我的妻子是调顺的”而欢喜,但她到底是不是真的调顺,其实很难说。别人的心本来就难以看透,女人的心更是如此。女人就算还在娘胎里被人小心怀护着,也照样看不住;她们的心就是这样难以守护。所以,像你这样的人根本没法确定这个女人是不是不浮躁、能不能长久相处、是不是称心、是不是没有过失。而我的心才是真正调顺的——它接受教导,听我使唤,不是我被它牵着走。这种心的调顺,在示现双神变、六色火焰与水流同时涌现的时候,所有人都看得清清楚楚。因为要化现火,就得进入火遍;要化现水,就得进入水遍;要化现青色等颜色,就得进入青色等遍。就算是佛陀,也不可能两个心同时生起,只有一个心,正是靠着这种调顺,才这样随心自在。而且,这个心已经脱离了一切烦恼的束缚,所以是解脱的;正因为解脱,它才不浮躁,不是你的妻子那样。从燃灯佛时代起,我就通过布施、持戒等修行,在漫长岁月里不断修习,所以能长久共住——不是你的妻子那样。这个心因为以无上的调伏调伏了自己,所以善加调伏;因为善加调伏,它不再随自己的意愿在六门境界里乱跑,而是只随我的意愿、我的心念而行,所以称心——不是你的妻子那样。巴利
23. Atha bhagavā etehi guṇehi gopiyā tuṭṭhaṃ dhaniyaṃ ovadanto purimanayeneva ‘‘cittaṃ mama assava’’nti imaṃ gāthamabhāsi, atthasabhāgaṃ, byañjanasabhāgañca. Tattha uttānatthāneva padāni. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – dhaniya, tvaṃ ‘‘gopī mama assavā’’ti tuṭṭho, sā pana te assavā bhaveyya vā na vā; dujjānaṃ paracittaṃ, visesato mātugāmassa. Mātugāmañhi kucchiyā pariharantāpi rakkhituṃ na sakkonti, evaṃ durakkhacittattā eva na sakkā tumhādisehi itthī alolāti vā saṃvāsiyāti vā manāpāti vā nippāpāti vā jānituṃ. Mayhaṃ pana cittaṃ assavaṃ ovādapaṭikaraṃ mama vase vattati, nāhaṃ tassa vase vattāmi. So cassa assavabhāvo yamakapāṭihāriye channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ aggidhārāsu ca udakadhārāsu ca pavattamānāsu sabbajanassa pākaṭo ahosi. Agginimmāne hi tejokasiṇaṃ samāpajjitabbaṃ udakanimmāne āpokasiṇaṃ, nīlādinimmāne nīlādikasiṇāni. Buddhānampi hi dve cittāni ekato nappavattanti, ekameva pana assavabhāvena evaṃ vasavatti ahosi. Tañca kho pana sabbakilesabandhanāpagamā vimuttaṃ, vimuttattā tadeva alolaṃ, na tava gopī. Dīpaṅkarabuddhakālato ca pabhuti dānasīlādīhi dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitattā saṃvāsiyaṃ, na tava gopī. Tadetaṃ anuttarena damathena damitattā sudantaṃ, sudantattā attano vasena chadvāravisevanaṃ pahāya mameva adhippāyamanassa vasenānuvattanato manāpaṃ, na tava gopī.
“而我没有恶”——世尊用这句话,显示了他自己心中没有恶,就像陀尼耶夸耀自己的妻子那样。而且,他这种没有恶的状态,并不只是在成佛之后才有的;要知道,在他二十九岁以前,还没有出家、仍有贪欲、住在俗家的时候,就已经是这样了。因为即使在那时,他也从来没有生起过任何与在家身份相称、会被智者谴责的身恶行、语恶行或意恶行。此后,魔王跟随如来七年——六年在他还没成正觉时,一年在他成正觉之后——魔王心里一直盘算:“说不定能找出他哪怕像毫尖那么一点点恶行。”魔王怎么也找不到,彻底灰心,于是说出这首偈:巴利
Pāpaṃ pana me na vijjatīti iminā pana bhagavā tassa attano cittassa pāpābhāvaṃ dasseti, dhaniyo viya gopiyā. So cassa pāpābhāvo na kevalaṃ sammāsambuddhakāleyeva, ekūnatiṃsa vassāni sarāgādikāle agāramajjhe vasantassāpi veditabbo. Tadāpi hissa agāriyabhāvānurūpaṃ viññupaṭikuṭṭhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vā vacīduccaritaṃ vā manoduccaritaṃ vā na uppannapubbaṃ. Tato paraṃ māropi chabbassāni anabhisambuddhaṃ, ekaṃ vassaṃ abhisambuddhanti satta vassāni tathāgataṃ anubandhi ‘‘appeva nāma vālagganitudanamattampissa pāpasamācāraṃ passeyya’’nti. So adisvāva nibbinno imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
“七年之中,我步步紧跟世尊,”
我始终找不到可乘之机,对于具念的正自觉者。巴利
‘‘Satta vassāni bhagavantaṃ, anubandhiṃ padāpadaṃ; Otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ, sambuddhassa satīmato’’ti. (su. ni. 448);
在佛陀住世的时候,有个叫优多罗的青年想看看世尊的行仪有没有什么过失,就跟在佛陀后面跟了七个月。他一点过失都没发现,就认定“世尊的行仪是完全清净的”,然后离开了。确实,如来有四种不需要刻意防护的地方。正如经中所说——巴利
Buddhakālepi naṃ uttaramāṇavo satta māsāni anubandhi ābhisamācārikaṃ daṭṭhukāmo. So kiñci vajjaṃ adisvāva parisuddhasamācāro bhagavāti gato. Cattāri hi tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni. Yathāha –
比丘们,如来有四种不需要防护的地方。是哪四种呢?比丘们,如来身行清净,如来没有身恶行需要这样防护:“别让别人知道我的这个过失。”语行清净……意行清净……比丘们,如来活命清净,如来没有邪命需要这样防护:“别让别人知道我的这个过失。”巴利
‘‘Cattārimāni , bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni. Katamāni cattāri? Parisuddhakāyasamācāro, bhikkhave, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṃ, yaṃ tathāgato rakkheyya ‘mā me idaṃ paro aññāsī’ti, parisuddhavacīsamācāro…pe… parisuddhamanosamācāro…pe… parisuddhājīvo, bhikkhave, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa micchājīvo, yaṃ tathāgato rakkheyya ‘mā me idaṃ paro aññāsī’’’ti (a. ni. 7.58).
正因为如来的心不只是在成佛的时候没有恶,在成佛之前也根本没有恶,所以世尊才说:“而我,确实没有恶。”这句话的意思是:只有我的心之恶不可能被听到,而不是你的牧女之恶。因此,如果由对这些功德感到满意者说“如果你愿意,就下雨吧,天神”,那么这话也应该由我来说。巴利
Evaṃ yasmā tathāgatassa cittassa na kevalaṃ sammāsambuddhakāle, pubbepi pāpaṃ natthi eva, tasmā āha – ‘‘pāpaṃ pana me na vijjatī’’ti. Tassādhippāyo – mameva cittassa pāpaṃ na sakkā suṇituṃ, na tava gopiyā. Tasmā yadi etehi guṇehi tuṭṭhena ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vattabbaṃ, mayāvetaṃ vattabbanti.
24 陀尼耶听了这话,更想畅饮这善说的甘露,为了表明自己是自由人,便说:“我是自食其力的人。”这里,“自食其力的人”是指靠自己的衣食养活自己,靠自己劳作过活,不是拿别人的酬劳、替别人做事。他这样表明。“儿女”是指女儿和儿子,他们全都合在一起,就叫做“儿女”。“都聚在身边”是说他们聚集在一起,没有离散。“没有病痛”是说没有疾病,表示他们个个都四肢强壮有力。“我听不到他们有什么不好的事”是说:我不曾听说他们有什么不好的事——比如做小偷、搞外遇,或者戒行败坏之类的。巴利
24. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo tatuttaripi subhāsitarasāyanaṃ pivitukāmo attano bhujissabhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘attavetanabhatohamasmī’’ti. Tattha attavetanabhatoti attaniyeneva ghāsacchādanena bhato, attanoyeva kammaṃ katvā jīvāmi, na parassa vetanaṃ gahetvā parassa kammaṃ karomīti dasseti. Puttāti dhītaro ca puttā ca, te sabbe puttātveva ekajjhaṃ vuccanti. Samāniyāti sannihitā avippavuṭṭhā. Arogāti nirābādhā, sabbeva ūrubāhubalāti dasseti. Tesaṃ na suṇāmi kiñci pāpanti tesaṃ corāti vā paradārikāti vā dussīlāti vā kiñci pāpaṃ na suṇāmīti.
25 世尊听他这样说,还是像前面那样教导陀尼耶,诵出这首偈颂:“我不是雇工。”这里的词句本身也都很浅显易懂。不过,它的意思是:你心里想着“我是自由人”而高兴,但从究竟真理来看,你靠自己的劳作谋生,也还是奴隶,因为你还是渴爱的奴隶,并没有摆脱“被雇佣”这个说法。因为确实说过:“世间匮乏、不满足,是渴爱的奴隶。”但从究竟真理来说,我不为任何人做雇工。因为我不论是替别人还是替自己,都不是谁的雇工。什么原因呢?因为我已经以还清债务的状态,行于一切世间。我从燃灯佛足下直到菩提,一直都在为一切知智做雇工。但证得一切知之后,就像臣子还清了债务、不再有差役一样。我就是以这种还清债务的一切知状态,以及出世间定之乐而活着。如今对我来说,已经没有更上应做的事,也没有还需要再熟悉的事;不像那些还没有断除结生的人,对我来说,已经没有任何可以通过酬劳去获得的利益了。这里也有“酬劳”的读法。因此,如果你因为自认为自由而高兴,当说“如果你愿意,天就下雨吧”时,这也是我应该说的。巴利
25. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā purimanayeneva dhaniyaṃ ovadanto imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi – ‘‘nāhaṃ bhatako’’ti. Atrāpi uttānatthāneva padāni. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – tvaṃ ‘‘bhujissohamasmī’’ti mantvā tuṭṭho, paramatthato ca attano kammaṃ karitvā jīvantopi dāso evāsi taṇhādāsattā, bhatakavādā ca na parimuccasi. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso’’ti (ma. ni. 2.305). Paramatthato pana nāhaṃ bhatakosmi kassaci. Ahañhi kassaci parassa vā attano vā bhatako na homi. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Yasmā nibbiṭṭhena carāmi sabbaloke. Ahañhi dīpaṅkarapādamūlato yāva bodhi, tāva sabbaññutaññāṇassa bhatako ahosiṃ. Sabbaññutaṃ patto pana nibbiṭṭho nibbiso rājabhato viya. Teneva nibbiṭṭhena sabbaññubhāvena lokuttarasamādhisukhena ca jīvāmi. Tassa me idāni uttarikaraṇīyassa kataparicayassa vā abhāvato appahīnapaṭisandhikānaṃ tādisānaṃ viya pattabbo koci attho bhatiyā na vijjati. ‘‘Bhaṭiyā’’tipi pāṭho. Tasmā yadi bhujissatāya tuṭṭhena ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vattabbaṃ, mayāvetaṃ vattabbanti.
26 陀尼耶听了这话,还是像没尝够善说甘露一样,为了说明自己的牛群具备五种圆满,说道:“有牝牛。”其中,“牝牛”指还没调伏的大牛犊。“饮乳犊”指正在吃奶的小牛犊,也指产奶的母牛。“怀胎母牛”指怀孕的母牛。“求偶牛”指已经成年、想和公牛交配的母牛。“牛王首领”是这样的牛:清早牧牛人给它洗澡、喂食,给它五指涂饰,系上花环,然后派它去:“来吧,孩子,把牛群带到牧场,看好它们再带回来。”它被这样派去后,会让牛群避开不该去的地方,只在合适的牧场吃草,保护它们不受狮子、老虎等的威胁,再把它们带回来。陀尼耶表明:在我的牛群里,就有这样的牛王首领。巴利
26. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo atittova subhāsitāmatena attano pañcappakāragomaṇḍalaparipuṇṇabhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘atthi vasā’’ti. Tattha vasāti adamitavuḍḍhavacchakā. Dhenupāti dhenuṃ pivantā taruṇavacchakā, khīradāyikā vā gāvo. Godharaṇiyoti gabbhiniyo. Paveṇiyoti vayappattā balībaddehi saddhiṃ methunapatthanakagāvo. Usabhopi gavampatīti yo gopālakehi pāto eva nhāpetvā, bhojetvā, pañcaṅgulaṃ datvā, mālaṃ bandhitvā – ‘‘ehi, tāta, gāvo gocaraṃ pāpetvā rakkhitvā ānehī’’ti pesīyati, evaṃ pesito ca tā gāvo agocaraṃ pariharitvā, gocare cāretvā, sīhabyagghādibhayā parittāyitvā āneti, tathārūpo usabhopi gavampati idha mayhaṃ gomaṇḍale atthīti dassesi.
27 陀尼耶这样说了以后,世尊仍然用同样的方式教导陀尼耶,说出这首相反立场的偈颂:“没有牝牛。”这里他的意思是:在我们的教法里,所谓“牝牛”,是指以未调伏之义和年长之义而说的缠缚烦恼;所谓“饮乳犊”,是指随眠烦恼,指涉幼犊,以牝牛根本之义和产乳者的流注义;所谓“怀胎母牛”,是指福行、非福行、不动行的思,取执持结生胎之义;所谓“求偶牛”,是指希求和贪爱,取希求结合之义;所谓“牛王首领”或“牡牛”,是指行作识,取增上、前导和最胜之义。这些在我这里都不存在,我为这作为一切结缚止息的状态而欢喜。你却是为作为忧愁等基础的存在状态而欢喜。所以,像我这样为一切结缚止息而欢喜的人,说“你若愿求,天就下雨吧”才合适。巴利
27. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā tatheva dhaniyaṃ ovadanto imaṃ paccanīkagāthaṃ āha ‘‘natthi vasā’’ti. Ettha cesa adhippāyo – idha amhākaṃ sāsane adamitaṭṭhena vuḍḍhaṭṭhena ca vasāsaṅkhātā pariyuṭṭhānā vā, taruṇavacchake sandhāya vasānaṃ mūlaṭṭhena khīradāyiniyo sandhāya paggharaṇaṭṭhena dhenupāsaṅkhātā anusayā vā, paṭisandhigabbhadhāraṇaṭṭhena godharaṇisaṅkhātā puññāpuññāneñjābhisaṅkhāracetanā vā, saṃyogapatthanaṭṭhena paveṇisaṅkhātā patthanā taṇhā vā, ādhipaccaṭṭhena pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena seṭṭhaṭṭhena ca gavampatiusabhasaṅkhātaṃ abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ vā natthi, svāhaṃ imāya sabbayogakkhemabhūtāya natthitāya tuṭṭho. Tvaṃ pana sokādivatthubhūtāya atthitāya tuṭṭho . Tasmā sabbayogakkhematāya tuṭṭhassa mamevetaṃ yuttaṃ vattuṃ ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti.
28 陀尼耶听了这话,还想进一步尝到那善说的甘露味,就展示自己牛群的桩绳有多完备,说道:“桩子都埋好了。”这里,“桩子”是拴牛的木柱。“埋好了”是说小桩用锤子敲进地里,大桩则挖坑埋下去。“纹丝不动”就是不会摇晃。“绳索”是为了拴小牛而做的、打了结套的各种绳子。“芦苇编的”就是用芦苇草编成的。“新的”就是刚做好不久的。“编得整齐”就是编得结实,或者搓得匀称。“绝不可能”就是根本办不到;“连小牛也咬不断”是说连小牛都咬不断这些绳子。巴利
28. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo tatuttaripi subhāsitaṃ amatarasaṃ adhigantukāmo attano gogaṇassa khilabandhanasampattiṃ dassento āha ‘‘khilā nikhātā’’ti. Tattha khilāti gunnaṃ bandhanatthambhā. Nikhātāti ākoṭetvā bhūmiyaṃ pavesitā khuddakā mahantā khaṇitvā ṭhapitā. Asampavedhīti akampakā. Dāmāti vacchakānaṃ bandhanatthāya katā ganthitapāsayuttā rajjubandhanavisesā. Muñjamayāti muñjatiṇamayā. Navāti acirakatā. Susaṇṭhānāti suṭṭhu saṇṭhānā, suvaṭṭitasaṇṭhānā vā. Na hi sakkhintīti neva sakkhissanti. Dhenupāpi chettunti taruṇavacchakāpi chindituṃ.
29 世尊听了他这番话,知道陀尼耶的根器已经成熟,时机到了,就用之前的方式教导他,诵出这首开示四谛的偈颂:“如牡牛断(缚)”等。
在这里,“牡牛”指的是受保护、能带领和统领牛群的壮公牛。不过有些人说:“一百头牛里最胜的叫usabha,一千头牛里最胜的叫vasabha,十万头牛里最胜的叫nisabha。”另一些人说:“一个村子的田里最胜的叫usabha,两个村子的田里最胜的叫vasabha,在所有地方都无可阻挡的叫nisabha。”这些都是戏论。其实,usabha、vasabha、nisabha都应该从“无可比拟”这个意义来理解。就像经文里说的:“乔达摩沙门真是无可比拟者(nisabho)。”其中ra这个音是为了连接词与词而加的。
“诸缚”既指绳子的绑缚,也指烦恼的绑缚。“如象”就是像大象一样。“腐败的蔓草”指的是一种叫gaḷocī的蔓草。就像身体即使是金色的,也是腐败之身;狗即使活了一百岁,还是狗;豺狼即使是当天出生的,也被叫做“老豺狼”,同样地,gaḷocī蔓草即使是新生的,也因为毫无坚实而被称为“腐败的蔓草”。“撕裂”就是切断。“胎与卧处”合起来就是“胎卧处”。其中,用“胎”这个词涵盖了胎生,用“卧处”这个词涵盖了其余的生法。或者也可以理解为,通过“胎卧处”这个说法,其实已经把所有的生法都说了。这里其余的,从词义上来说,已经很明显了。巴利
29. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā dhaniyassa indriya-paripākakālaṃ ñatvā purimanayeneva taṃ ovadanto imaṃ catusaccadīpikaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘usabhoriva chetvā’’ti. Tattha usabhoti gopitā gopariṇāyako goyūthapati balībaddo. Keci pana bhaṇanti ‘‘gavasatajeṭṭho usabho, sahassajeṭṭho vasabho, satasahassajeṭṭho nisabho’’ti. Apare ‘‘ekagāmakhette jeṭṭho usabho, dvīsu jeṭṭho vasabho, sabbattha appaṭihato nisabho’’ti. Sabbepete papañcā, apica kho pana usabhoti vā vasabhoti vā nisabhoti vā sabbepete appaṭisamaṭṭhena veditabbā. Yathāha – ‘‘nisabho vata bho samaṇo gotamo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.38). Ra-kāro padasandhikaro. Bandhanānīti rajjubandhanāni kilesabandhanāni ca. Nāgoti hatthī. Pūtilatanti gaḷocīlataṃ. Yathā hi suvaṇṇavaṇṇopi kāyo pūtikāyo, vassasatikopi sunakho kukkuro, tadahujātopi siṅgālo ‘‘jarasiṅgālo’’ti vuccati, evaṃ abhinavāpi gaḷocīlatā asārakattena ‘‘pūtilatā’’ti vuccati. Dālayitvāti chinditvā. Gabbhañca seyyañca gabbhaseyyaṃ. Tattha gabbhaggahaṇena jalābujayoni, seyyaggahaṇena avasesā. Gabbhaseyyamukhena vā sabbāpi tā vuttāti veditabbā. Sesamettha padatthato uttānameva.
不过,这里真正的意思是:陀尼耶,你满足于束缚,我却对束缚感到厌烦。我具足力量与精进,像一头大公牛,以第四圣道的力量与精进,斩断五种上分结;又像大象扯碎腐烂的藤蔓一样,以下三道的力量与精进,彻底粉碎五种下分结的束缚。或者说,像公牛断绳、大象裂藤那样,斩断并粉碎了随眠和缠缚之后,我就这样安住。因此,我不会再进入母胎。我从以生苦为根本的一切苦中解脱出来,我光辉庄严,所以说:“天啊,如果你愿意,就下雨吧。”因此,如果你也想和我一样说这话,就斩断那些束缚吧。在这里,束缚是集谛;母胎是苦谛;“不会再进入”是指以无余涅槃而不再趋入;“斩断、粉碎”是指以有余涅槃而作的断与碎,是灭谛;用来斩断和粉碎的,就是道谛。巴利
Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – dhaniya, tvaṃ bandhanena tuṭṭho, ahaṃ pana bandhanena aṭṭīyanto thāmavīriyūpeto mahāusabhoriva bandhanāni pañcuddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni catutthaariyamaggathāmavīriyena chetvā, nāgo pūtilataṃva pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanabandhanāni heṭṭhāmaggattayathāmavīriyena dālayitvā, atha vā usabhoriva bandhanāni anusaye nāgo pūtilataṃva pariyuṭṭhānāni chetvā dālayitvāva ṭhito. Tasmā na puna gabbhaseyyaṃ upessaṃ. Sohaṃ jātidukkhavatthukehi sabbadukkhehi parimutto sobhāmi – ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vadamāno. Tasmā sace tvampi ahaṃ viya vattumicchasi, chinda tāni bandhanānīti. Ettha ca bandhanāni samudayasaccaṃ, gabbhaseyyā dukkhasaccaṃ, ‘‘na upessa’’nti ettha anupagamo anupādisesavasena, ‘‘chetvā dālayitvā’’ti ettha chedo padālanañca saupādisesavasena nirodhasaccaṃ, yena chindati padāleti ca, taṃ maggasaccanti.
陀尼耶听完这首阐明四谛的偈颂,偈颂刚一结束,他和妻子以及两个女儿——一共四个人——都证得了入流果。这时,陀尼耶凭着不可动摇的净信,对如来生起了扎根稳固的信心;以智慧之眼,他见到了世尊的法身,内心被法性所触动,暗自思量:结缚已经断除,我也不再受母胎之苦。从无间地狱直到有顶天,除了世尊,还有谁能发出这样的狮子吼?难道我的导师已经来了吗?于是,世尊在陀尼耶的住处放出身上的光明,那光芒如同六色光网交织辉映,又像熔铸的黄金那般璀璨夺目,并对他说:现在你随意看吧。巴利
Evametaṃ catusaccadīpikaṃ gāthaṃ sutvā gāthāpariyosāne dhaniyo ca pajāpati cassa dve ca dhītaroti cattāro janā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Atha dhaniyo aveccappasādayogena tathāgate mūlajātāya patiṭṭhitāya saddhāya paññācakkhunā bhagavato dhammakāyaṃ disvā dhammatāya coditahadayo cintesi – ‘‘bandhanāni chindiṃ, gabbhaseyyo ca me natthī’’ti avīciṃ pariyantaṃ katvā yāva bhavaggā ko añño evaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadissati aññatra bhagavatā, āgato nu kho me satthāti. Tato bhagavā chabbaṇṇarasmijālavicitraṃ suvaṇṇarasasekapiñjaraṃ viya sarīrābhaṃ dhaniyassa nivesane muñci ‘‘passa dāni yathāsukha’’nti.
30 这时,陀尼耶看见自己的住处一片光明,就像日月进入其中,又像千盏灯同时点亮,于是心里生起一个念头:“世尊来了。”就在那一刻,雨云也下起了大雨。所以结集者说:“充满低地与高地。”其中,“低地”指池塘沼泽,“高地”指高起的陆地。就这样,那片大云把高低不平的一切都填平,降下大雨,也就是开始下雨。“即刻”是指:世尊放出身体光明、陀尼耶也放出“我的导师来了”这种由信心所生的心光的那一刹那,雨就落下来了。不过有些注释者还说:“太阳升起也在同一刹那。”巴利
30. Atha dhaniyo anto paviṭṭhacandimasūriyaṃ viya samantā pajjalitapadīpasahassasamujjalitamiva ca nivesanaṃ disvā ‘‘āgato bhagavā’’ti cittaṃ uppādesi. Tasmiṃyeva ca samaye meghopi pāvassi. Tenāhu saṅgītikārā ‘‘ninnañca thalañca pūrayanto’’ti. Tattha ninnanti pallalaṃ. Thalanti ukkūlaṃ. Evametaṃ ukkūlavikūlaṃ sabbampi samaṃ katvā pūrayanto mahāmegho pāvassi, vassituṃ ārabhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tāvadevāti yaṃ khaṇaṃ bhagavā sarīrābhaṃ muñci, dhaniyo ca ‘‘satthā me āgato’’ti saddhāmayaṃ cittābhaṃ muñci, taṃ khaṇaṃ pāvassīti. Keci pana ‘‘sūriyuggamanampi tasmiṃyeva khaṇe’’ti vaṇṇayanti.
31-32 就在陀尼耶生起信心、如来放出光明、太阳升起的那一刻,他听到天神降雨的声音,心中生起喜悦和满足,便说出这个意思:“我们确实得到了不小的利益。”接着应当说出两首偈颂。巴利
31-32. Evaṃ tasmiṃ dhaniyassa saddhuppādatathāgatobhāsapharaṇasūriyuggamanakkhaṇe vassato devassa saddaṃ sutvā dhaniyo pītisomanassajāto imamatthaṃ abhāsatha ‘‘lābhā vata no anappakā’’ti dve gāthā vattabbā.
在这里,陀尼耶带着妻子儿女,因为通达世尊的圣道而见到了法身,用出世间的眼见到了色身,用世间的眼获得了信心。所以他这样说:“我们确实得到了不小的利益,因为我们见到了世尊。”这里,“实”是表示惊叹的语气词。“我们”就是“我们的”。“不小”就是广大。剩下的部分意思很明白。至于“我们皈依您”:他虽然通过通达圣道,已经完成了内心决定性的皈依,但这时他用言语来正式表达自己的奉献。或者说,他通过圣道已经达到了奉献的皈依、不动摇的皈依,为了让别人也知道,就用言语表达出来,从而行合掌皈依。“具眼者”:世尊具足肉眼、天眼、慧眼、普眼、佛眼这五种眼,所以叫具眼者。他这样称呼世尊说:“具眼者,我们皈依您。”而“请您做我们的导师吧,大牟尼”这句话,则是通过表达愿意做弟子的方式来完成皈依。“牧牛女和我都顺从,我们在善逝跟前修梵行”这句,则是从受持的角度来说的。巴利
Tattha yasmā dhaniyo saputtadāro bhagavato ariyamaggapaṭivedhena dhammakāyaṃ disvā, lokuttaracakkhunā rūpakāyaṃ disvā, lokiyacakkhunā saddhāpaṭilābhaṃ labhi. Tasmā āha – ‘‘lābhā vata no anappakā, ye mayaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasāmā’’ti. Tattha vata iti vimhayatthe nipāto. No iti amhākaṃ. Anappakāti vipulā. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Saraṇaṃ taṃ upemāti ettha pana kiñcāpi maggapaṭivedhenevassa siddhaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ, tattha pana nicchayagamanameva gato, idāni vācāya attasanniyyātanaṃ karoti. Maggavasena vā sanniyyātanasaraṇataṃ acalasaraṇataṃ patto, taṃ paresaṃ vācāya pākaṭaṃ karonto paṇipātasaraṇagamanaṃ gacchati. Cakkhumāti bhagavā pakatidibbapaññāsamantabuddhacakkhūhi pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā. Taṃ ālapanto āha – ‘‘saraṇaṃ taṃ upema cakkhumā’’ti. ‘‘Satthā no hohi tuvaṃ mahāmunī’’ti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ sissabhāvūpagamanenāpi saraṇagamanaṃ pūretuṃ bhaṇati, gopī ca ahañca assavā, brahmacariyaṃsugate carāmaseti idaṃ samādānavasena.
在这里,“梵行”是远离淫欲、圣道、沙门法、教法以及满足于自己妻子的同义词。比如在“梵行者”等说法中(《中部》1.83),远离淫欲就叫梵行。在“五髻啊,这梵行纯粹导向厌离”等说法中(《长部》2.329),圣道叫梵行。在“舍利弗,我记得自己曾修习具备四支的梵行”等说法中(《中部》1.155),沙门法叫梵行。在“这梵行既成就又兴旺”等说法中(《长部》3.174),教法叫梵行。巴利
Tattha brahmacariyanti methunaviratimaggasamaṇadhammasāsanasadārasantosānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘‘Brahmacārī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.83) hi methunavirati brahmacariyanti vuccati. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana me pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāyā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 2.329) maggo. ‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.155) samaṇadhammo. ‘‘Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañcā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 3.174) sāsanaṃ.
我们也不侵犯妻子,妻子也不侵犯我们;
除了跟那些女人之外,我们修梵行,正因为这样,我们的年轻人不会早死。巴利
‘‘Mayañca bhariyā nātikkamāma, amhe ca bhariyā nātikkamanti; Aññatra tāhi brahmacariyaṃ carāma, tasmā hi amhaṃ daharā na mīyare’’ti. (jā. 1.10.97) –
在这样的场合中,是指满足于自己的妻子。但这里要表达的,是以沙门法梵行为先导、进一步趋向更高道果的梵行。“于善逝处”,就是在善逝跟前。世尊因为不落入两个极端而善逝,因为具足庄严的圣道之行而善逝,也因为到达了称为涅槃的殊胜境地而善逝,所以称为善逝。这里用的是处格,表示“在……附近”的意思,因此就是在善逝跟前。“carāmase”,就是“carāma”。梵语中说的“carāmasi”,在这里就是“carāmase”。不过注释师们说:“seti是助词。”正因如此,他们针对祈求的语气,把读法另定为“carema se”。哪种读法合心意,就采用哪一种。巴利
Evamādīsu sadārasantoso. Idha pana samaṇadhammabrahmacariyapubbaṅgamaṃ uparimaggabrahmacariyamadhippetaṃ. Sugateti sugatassa santike. Bhagavā hi antadvayamanupaggamma suṭṭhu gatattā, sobhaṇena ca ariyamaggagamanena samannāgatattā, sundarañca nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā sugatoti vuccati. Samīpatthe cettha bhummavacanaṃ, tasmā sugatassa santiketi attho. Carāmaseti carāma. Yañhi taṃ sakkate carāmasīti vuccati, taṃ idha carāmaseti. Aṭṭhakathācariyā pana ‘‘seti nipāto’’ti bhaṇanti. Teneva cettha āyācanatthaṃ sandhāya ‘‘carema se’’tipi pāṭhaṃ vikappenti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ.
达尼耶以修梵行为理由,向世尊请求出家,接着为了说明出家的目的而说:“让我们成为渡过生死彼岸、终结痛苦的人吧。”生死的彼岸就是涅槃,我们要通过阿罗汉道到达那里。“痛苦”是指轮回的痛苦。“终结”是指让它彻底消失。“让我们成为”就是愿我们成为,或者也可以理解为感叹:“啊,真希望我们能成为那样!”“我们修习”这一句,应该按照前面说的那样来理解。据说他们这样说完之后,两人又再次礼敬世尊,请求道:“世尊,请让我们出家吧。”巴利
Evaṃ dhaniyo brahmacariyacaraṇāpadesena bhagavantaṃ pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbajjapayojanaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘jātīmaraṇassa pāragū, dukkhassantakarā bhavāmase’’ti. Jātimaraṇassa pāraṃ nāma nibbānaṃ, taṃ arahattamaggena gacchāma. Dukkhassāti vaṭṭadukkhassa. Antakarāti abhāvakarā. Bhavāmaseti bhavāma, atha vā aho vata mayaṃ bhaveyyāmāti. ‘‘Carāmase’’ti ettha vuttanayeneva taṃ veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ vatvāpi ca puna ubhopi kira bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘pabbājetha no bhagavā’’ti evaṃ pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsūti.
33 这时,魔看见他们两人礼敬之后请求出家,心想:“这些人想要越过我的地盘,来吧,我来给他们制造障碍。”于是他就过来,展示在家生活的种种好处,说了这首偈颂:“有儿子的人,因儿子而欢喜。”其中,“欢喜”就是满足、高兴。“因儿子”也包括因女儿,这是表示伴随或工具的具格用法,意思是和儿女在一起而欢喜,或者因为儿女而欢喜。“有儿子的人”就是有子女的人。“这样”就是如此说。“魔罗”是他化自在天里某一个凶暴的天子。因为对于想要越过他地盘的人,他能杀的就杀掉,杀不了的也希望对方死掉,所以称为“魔罗”。“邪恶者”意思是卑劣的人,或者行为恶劣的人。这是结集者的话,所有偈颂里这类词也都是这样。就像有儿子的人因儿子而欢喜,有牛的人也同样因牛而欢喜。也就是说,有牛的人,他也因牛而同样欢喜,和牛在一起,或者以牛为因由而欢喜。巴利
33. Atha māro pāpimā evaṃ te ubhopi vanditvā pabbajjaṃ yācante disvā – ‘‘ime mama visayaṃ atikkamitukāmā, handa nesaṃ antarāyaṃ karomī’’ti āgantvā gharāvāse guṇaṃ dassento imaṃ gāthamāha ‘‘nandati puttehi puttimā’’ti. Tattha nandatīti tussati modati. Puttehīti puttehipi dhītarehipi, sahayogatthe, karaṇatthe vā karaṇavacanaṃ, puttehi saha nandati, puttehi karaṇabhūtehi nandatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Puttimāti puttavā puggalo. Itīti evamāha. Māroti vasavattibhūmiyaṃ aññataro dāmarikadevaputto. So hi saṭṭhānātikkamitukāmaṃ janaṃ yaṃ sakkoti, taṃ māreti. Yaṃ na sakkoti, tassapi maraṇaṃ icchati. Tena ‘‘māro’’ti vuccati. Pāpimāti lāmakapuggalo, pāpasamācāro vā. Saṅgītikārānametaṃ vacanaṃ, sabbagāthāsu ca īdisāni. Yathā ca puttehi puttimā, gopiyo gohi tatheva nandati. Yassa gāvo atthi, sopi gopiyo, gohi saha, gohi vā karaṇabhūtehi tatheva nandatīti attho.
说完这些之后,现在他要指出能证明这个道理的根据:“因为依着就是人的欢喜处。”这里说的“依着”有四种:欲依着、蕴依着、烦恼依着、行依着。欲,因为是快乐的依托之处——就像经文里说的“依靠五种欲乐而生起的快乐和喜悦,这就是诸欲的滋味”(《中部》1.166)——以“快乐依此处而住”这个含义,被称为依着。蕴,因为是依蕴而生的苦的依托之处;烦恼,因为是恶趣之苦的依托之处;行,因为是轮回之苦的依托之处。不过这里指的是欲依着。欲依着又按有情和诸行分为两种。其中,与有情相关的欲依着更主要,为了说明这一点,先说了“因子女、因牛”,然后说出理由:“因为依着就是人的欢喜处。”意思是:因为这些欲依着能让人欢喜,给人带来喜悦和满足,所以是人的欢喜处。因此应当知道:有子女的人因子女而欢喜,有牛的人同样因牛而欢喜;你也是有子女有牛的人,所以你应该为此欢喜,不要想着出家。因为出家的人没有这些依着,这样一来,你即使想要达到苦的尽头,也只会是痛苦的。巴利
Evaṃ vatvā idāni tassatthassa sādhakakāraṇaṃ niddisati, ‘‘upadhī hi narassa nandanā’’ti. Tattha upadhīti cattāro upadhayo – kāmūpadhi, khandhūpadhi, kilesūpadhi, abhisaṅkhārūpadhīti. Kāmā hi ‘‘yaṃ pañcakāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ kāmānaṃ assādo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.166) evaṃ vuttassa sukhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato upadhīyati ettha sukhanti iminā vacanatthena upadhīti vuccanti. Khandhāpi khandhamūlakadukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato, kilesāpi apāyadukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato, abhisaṅkhārāpi bhavadukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvatoti. Idha pana kāmūpadhi adhippeto. So sattasaṅkhāravasena duvidho. Tattha sattapaṭibaddho padhāno, taṃ dassento ‘‘puttehi gohī’’ti vatvā kāraṇamāha – ‘‘upadhī hi narassa nandanā’’ti. Tassattho – yasmā ime kāmūpadhī narassa nandanā, nandayanti naraṃ pītisomanassaṃ upasaṃharantā, tasmā veditabbametaṃ ‘‘nandati puttehi puttimā, gopiyo gohi tatheva nandati, tvañca puttimā gopiyo ca, tasmā etehi, nanda, mā pabbajjaṃ pāṭikaṅkhi. Pabbajitassa hi ete upadhayo na santi, evaṃ sante tvaṃ dukkhassantaṃ patthentopi dukkhitova bhavissasī’’ti.
现在,他进一步指出能证明这个道理的理由:“因为无依著的人确实不会欢喜。”这句话的意思是:因为一个人如果没有这些依著,就会离开心爱的亲属,也没有可供享用的财物,他不会欢喜;所以,你如果舍弃这些依著而出家,也只会是痛苦的。巴利
Idāni tassapi atthassa sādhakakāraṇaṃ niddisati ‘‘na hi so nandati, yo nirūpadhī’’ti. Tassattho – yasmā yassete upadhayo natthi, so piyehi ñātīhi vippayutto nibbhogūpakaraṇo na nandati, tasmā tvaṃ ime upadhayo vajjetvā pabbajito dukkhitova bhavissasīti.
34 这时,世尊知道“这是魔罗,这个邪恶者,是来给这些人制造障碍的”,于是就像用果实打落果实一样,用魔罗自己举的那个譬喻来破除魔罗的说法,把那首偈颂反过来转述,指出“所依是忧愁的根源”,说道:“有子女的人因子女而忧愁。”在这里,从字面上看,每个词的意思都很清楚。不过,这里的意趣是:邪恶者啊,不要那样说“有子女的人因子女而欢喜”。因为一切可爱的、合意的事物,都必定会分离、离散,这是无法逃避的规律。而那些可爱的、合意的子女、妻子、牛、马、骡马、金银等等,一旦与他们分离,众生的心就被极重的忧箭刺穿,甚至会发疯、心神错乱,甚至会走向死亡,或者遭受近乎死亡的痛苦。所以应当这样理解:有子女的人因子女而忧愁。就像有子女的人因子女而忧愁一样,有牛的人也同样因牛而忧愁。这是什么原因呢?因为所依对人来说就是忧愁的根源。正因为所依对人来说是忧愁的根源,所以就说:“没有所依的人确实不忧愁。”一个人通过对所依的执取加以断除而成为无所依,他就会知足:衣服只求能护身,团食只求能养腹,无论去到哪里,都只带着这些而行。就像飞鸟……(中略)……他了知“不再有来生”。这样,一切忧愁都被彻底灭尽,所以说“没有所依的人确实不忧愁”。世尊就这样以阿罗汉果为顶点结束了这次说法。或者也可以说:无所依的人、无烦恼的人,他不忧愁。因为只要还有烦恼存在,一切所依就都是忧愁的结果。而由于断除烦恼,就不再有忧愁。这样也是以阿罗汉果为顶点结束了说法。说法结束时,陀尼耶和牧女两人都出家了。世尊以神通从空中前往祇园。他们出家后,证得了阿罗汉果。在他们居住的地方,牧牛人们为他们建了一座精舍。直到今天,那里仍然被称为“牧牛人精舍”。巴利
34. Atha bhagavā ‘‘māro ayaṃ pāpimā imesaṃ antarāyāya āgato’’ti viditvā phalena phalaṃ pātento viya tāyeva mārenābhatāya upamāya māravādaṃ bhindanto tameva gāthaṃ parivattetvā ‘‘upadhi sokavatthū’’ti dassento āha ‘‘socati puttehi puttimā’’ti. Tattha sabbaṃ padatthato uttānameva. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – mā, pāpima, evaṃ avaca ‘‘nandati puttehi puttimā’’ti. Sabbeheva hi piyehi, manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo, anatikkamanīyo ayaṃ vidhi, tesañca piyamanāpānaṃ puttadārānaṃ gavāssavaḷavahiraññasuvaṇṇādīnaṃ vinābhāvena adhimattasokasallasamappitahadayā sattā ummattakāpi honti khittacittā, maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ gaṇha – socati puttehi puttimā. Yathā ca puttehi puttimā, gopiyo gohi tatheva socatīti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Upadhī hi narassa socanā. Yasmā ca upadhī hi narassa socanā, tasmā eva ‘‘na hi so socati, yo nirūpadhi’’. Yo upadhīsu saṅgappahānena nirupadhi hoti, so santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena, yena yeneva pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo …pe… nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti. Evaṃ sabbasokasamugghātā ‘‘na hi so socati, yo nirupadhī’’ti. Iti bhagavā arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ vosāpesi. Atha vā yo nirupadhi, yo nikkileso, so na socati. Yāvadeva hi kilesā santi, tāvadeva sabbe upadhayo sokapphalāva honti. Kilesappahānā pana natthi sokoti. Evampi arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ vosāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne dhaniyo ca gopī ca ubhopi pabbajiṃsu. Bhagavā ākāseneva jetavanaṃ agamāsi. Te pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchikariṃsu. Vasanaṭṭhāne ca nesaṃ gopālakā vihāraṃ kāresuṃ. So ajjāpi gopālakavihārotveva paññāyatīti.
3. 《犀牛角经》的注释巴利
3. Khaggavisāṇasuttavaṇṇanā
“于一切众生中”这句,是《犀牛角经》。它的缘起是什么?一切经的缘起有四种:由自己的心意发起、由他人的心意发起、因事而发起、因提问而发起。其中,《二边观察经》等是由自己的心意发起,《慈经》等是由他人的心意发起,《蛇经》等是因事而发起,《法经》等是因提问而发起。在这当中,《犀牛角经》总体上属于因提问而发起。但具体来说,因为这里有些偈颂是某位独觉佛被问到之后说的,有些则是没人问、自己随所证得的道相应而自然发出的感兴之语,所以有些偈颂是因提问而发起,有些是由自己的心意发起。巴利
Sabbesubhūtesūti khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Sabbasuttānaṃ catubbidhā uppatti – attajjhāsayato, parajjhāsayato, aṭṭhuppattito, pucchāvasito cāti. Dvayatānupassanādīnañhi attajjhāsayato uppatti, mettasuttādīnaṃ parajjhāsayato, uragasuttādīnaṃ aṭṭhuppattito, dhammikasuttādīnaṃ pucchāvasito. Tattha khaggavisāṇasuttassa avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti. Visesena pana yasmā ettha kāci gāthā tena tena paccekasambuddhena puṭṭhena vuttā, kāci apuṭṭhena attanā adhigatamagganayānurūpaṃ udānaṃyeva udānentena, tasmā kāyaci gāthāya pucchāvasito, kāyaci attajjhāsayato uppatti.
在这里,关于那个由一般性的提问所引出的缘起,应该从最开始就这样理解:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城。那时,尊者阿难独自静坐,心里生起了这样的念头:“诸佛的祈愿和志行是能看到的;声闻的也能看到,但独觉佛的却看不到。我何不去见世尊,问一问这件事呢?”于是他从静坐中起来,去到世尊那里,按顺序问了这件事。那时,世尊便对他讲了《前瑜伽行处经》:巴利
Tattha yā ayaṃ avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti, sā ādito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbā – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘buddhānaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca dissati; tathā sāvakānaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ na dissati; yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyya’’nti. So paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā yathākkamena etamatthaṃ pucchi. Athassa bhagavā pubbayogāvacarasuttaṃ abhāsi –
阿难,有这五种利益:前瑜伽行者能在现世就提早证得胜智。如果不能在现世就提早证得,那么就在命终时证得。如果不能在命终时证得,那么生为天子时证得。或者在诸佛面前时,成为速疾证通者。或者在最后时期,成为独觉佛。巴利
‘‘Pañcime, ānanda, ānisaṃsā pubbayogāvacare diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti, atha maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti. No ce maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti, atha devaputto samāno aññaṃ ārādheti, atha buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve khippābhiñño hoti, atha pacchime kāle paccekasambuddho hotī’’ti –
说完这些,他又接着说:巴利
Evaṃ vatvā puna āha –
阿难,所谓独觉佛,是那些已经圆满发愿、过去长期修习修行的人。所以,对佛陀、独觉佛和声闻弟子这一切人,都应当希求他们的愿求和发愿。巴利
‘‘Paccekabuddhā nāma, ānanda, abhinīhārasampannā pubbayogāvacarā honti. Tasmā buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ sabbesaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca icchitabbo’’ti.
他问道:尊者,诸佛的誓愿要经过多久才成立呢?阿难,诸佛的誓愿,按最低限度来说,是四阿僧祇劫加十万劫;按中等限度来说,是八阿僧祇劫加十万劫;按最高限度来说,是十六阿僧祇劫加十万劫。这些差别应当根据慧增上、信增上、精进增上来理解。因为慧增上的人,信弱而慧锐利;信增上的人,慧中等而信强;精进增上的人,信与慧都弱,而精进力强。然而,还没有达到四阿僧祇劫加十万劫,即使每天布施像须大拏太子那样的布施,并积累与那相应的戒等一切波罗蜜法,也不可能在半途中成佛,这是不可能的。为什么呢?因为智慧还没有入胎,还没有广大,还没有成熟。就好比需要三个月、四个月或五个月才成熟的庄稼,还没有到那个时间,即使每天千百次地照料、浇水,也不可能在半个月或一个月内就让它成熟,这是不可能的。为什么呢?因为庄稼还没有入胎,还没有茂盛,还没有成熟。同样地,还没有达到四阿僧祇劫加十万劫……这是不可能的。因此,为了智慧的成熟,应当按所说的那样,用那么长的时间来圆满波罗蜜。而且,对于想要以这么久的时间成就佛果而发愿的人,还应当具备八种成就。这就是——巴利
So āha – ‘‘buddhānaṃ, bhante, patthanā kīva ciraṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti? Buddhānaṃ, ānanda, heṭṭhimaparicchedena cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, majjhimaparicchedena aṭṭha asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, uparimaparicchedena soḷasa asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Ete ca bhedā paññādhikasaddhādhikavīriyādhikavasena ñātabbā. Paññādhikānañhi saddhā mandā hoti, paññā tikkhā. Saddhādhikānaṃ paññā majjhimā hoti, saddhā balavā. Vīriyādhikānaṃ saddhāpaññā mandā, vīriyaṃ balavanti. Appatvā pana cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca divase divase vessantaradānasadisaṃ dānaṃ dentopi tadanurūpasīlādisabbapāramidhamme ācinantopi antarā buddho bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Ñāṇaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Yathā nāma timāsacatumāsapañcamāsaccayena nipphajjanakaṃ sassaṃ taṃ taṃ kālaṃ appatvā divase divase sahassakkhattuṃ keḷāyantopi udakena siñcantopi antarā pakkhena vā māsena vā nipphādessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Sassaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Evamevaṃ appatvā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni…pe… netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti. Tasmā yathāvuttameva kālaṃ pāramipūraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ ñāṇaparipākatthāya. Ettakenapi ca kālena buddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe aṭṭha sampattiyo icchitabbā. Ayañhi –
人身、男根具足、因、得见导师;
出家、具足功德、资格,以及意愿。
具足八法,发愿才能成就。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59);
“发愿”这个词,是根本誓愿的另一种说法。其中,“人身”指生为人类。因为除了生为人以外,即使生在天界,所立的誓愿也不能成就。愿成佛的人,应当行布施等善业,只求获得人身;得到人身之后,再正式发愿,这样才能成就。“具足男根”指具备男子之身。因为即使得到人身,如果是女人、黄门或兼具两性的人,所发的誓愿也不能成就。愿成佛的人,应当行布施等善业,只求获得男子之身;立足于男身之后,再正式发愿,这样才能成就。“因”指具足能证阿拉汉果的亲依止缘。因为如果有人在那一生中精勤努力,能够证得阿拉汉果,他的誓愿才能成就,其他人则不能,如同善慧贤者那样。他曾在燃灯佛足下出家,以那一生能够证得阿拉汉果。“见师”指亲眼面见佛陀。因为只有这样才成就,否则不能;如同善慧贤者那样。他正是亲眼面见燃灯佛后才发愿。“出家”指离开居家之无家状态。这也要在佛陀教法中,或者在主张业、主张所作、主张苦行、主张尼乾子派的团体中才适合,如同善慧贤者那样。他正是名为善慧的苦行者,然后发愿。“具足功德”指获得禅那等功德。因为即使是出家者,也只有具足功德者才能成就,其他人则不能;如同善慧贤者那样。他正是获得五神通、八等至后才发愿。“胜作”指殊胜之作,意思是舍弃。因为只有舍弃生命等之后发愿的人才能成就,其他人则不能;如同善慧贤者那样。他正是——巴利
Abhinīhāroti ca mūlapaṇidhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha manussattanti manussajāti. Aññatra hi manussajātiyā avasesajātīsu devajātiyampi ṭhitassa paṇidhi na ijjhati. Ettha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthentena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā manussattaṃyeva patthetabbaṃ. Tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Liṅgasampattīti purisabhāvo. Mātugāmanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānañhi manussajātiyaṃ ṭhitānampi paṇidhi na samijjhati. Tattha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthentena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā purisabhāvoyeva patthetabbo. Tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Hetūti arahattassa upanissayasampatti. Yo hi tasmiṃ attabhāve vāyamanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho, tassa samijjhati, no itarassa, yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkarapādamūle pabbajitvā tenattabhāvena arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho ahosi . Satthāradassananti buddhānaṃ sammukhādassanaṃ. Evañhi ijjhati, no aññathā; yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkaraṃ sammukhā disvā paṇidhesi. Pabbajjāti anagāriyabhāvo. So ca kho sāsane vā kammavādikiriyavāditāpasaparibbājakanikāye vā vaṭṭati yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi sumedho nāma tāpaso hutvā paṇidhesi. Guṇasampattīti jhānādiguṇapaṭilābho. Pabbajitassāpi hi guṇasampannasseva ijjhati, no itarassa; yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi pañcābhiñño aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ca hutvā paṇidhesi. Adhikāroti adhikakāro, pariccāgoti attho. Jīvitādipariccāgañhi katvā paṇidahatoyeva ijjhati, no itarassa; yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi –
佛陀已从我身上踩过,请带着弟子们一起走吧;
请不要踩我,我在泥里,这对我会有好处。巴利
‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu; Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.53) –
他这样舍弃生命之后,就发了愿。所谓“欲”就是想要去做的意愿。这种意愿在谁身上变得强大,谁就能成就。如果有人说:“谁愿意在地狱里被烧煮四大阿僧祇劫又十万劫之后,还想要成佛?”听了这话之后,谁能站出来说“我愿意”,就该知道他的意愿是强大的。同样,如果有人说:“谁愿意踩着遍满整个轮围世界的无焰火炭走过去,还想要成佛?谁愿意踩着布满整个轮围世界的枪尖走过去,还想要成佛?谁愿意渡过与整个轮围世界齐平、满满都是水的大水,还想要成佛?谁愿意踩踏着毫无空隙、覆盖整个轮围世界的竹丛走过去,还想要成佛?”听了这话之后,谁能站出来说“我愿意”,就该知道他的意愿是强大的。善慧贤者就是具备这种想要去做的意愿而发愿的。巴利
Evaṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ katvā paṇidhesi. Chandatāti kattukamyatā. Sā yassa balavatī hoti, tassa ijjhati. Sā ca, sace koci vadeyya ‘‘ko cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni satasahassañca kappe niraye paccitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti, taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Tathā yadi koci vadeyya ‘‘ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ vītaccikānaṃ aṅgārānaṃ pūraṃ akkamanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ sattisūlehi ākiṇṇaṃ akkamanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ samatittikaṃ udakapuṇṇaṃ uttaritvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ nirantaraṃ veḷugumbasañchannaṃ maddanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Evarūpena ca kattukamyatāchandena samannāgato sumedhapaṇḍito paṇidhesīti.
菩萨这样圆满发愿之后,就不会落入这十八种不可能的情况。他从发愿那一刻起,不会生来就是盲人,不会生来就是聋子,不会发疯,不会生来就是哑巴,不会生来就是跛子,不会投生到蛮族当中,不会出生在女奴的肚子里,不会持有决定性的邪见,性别不会转变,不会造下五无间业,不会得麻风病,不会在畜生道里以鹌鹑之类的小小身躯作为最后一生,不会投生到被饥渴逼恼、被渴爱烧灼的饿鬼当中,不会生为黑身阿修罗,不会生到无间地狱,不会生到世界之间的黑暗处,在欲界不会成为魔罗,在色界不会生到无想有情天,不会生到净居天,不会生到无色界,也不会转生到别的轮围世界去。巴利
Evaṃ samiddhābhinīhāro ca bodhisatto imāni aṭṭhārasa abhabbaṭṭhānāni na upeti. So hi tato pabhuti na jaccandho hoti, na jaccabadhiro, na ummattako, na eḷamūgo, na pīṭhasappī, na milakkhūsu uppajjati, na dāsikucchiyā nibbattati, na niyatamicchādiṭṭhiko hoti, nāssa liṅgaṃ parivattati, na pañcānantariyakammāni karoti, na kuṭṭhī hoti, na tiracchānayoniyaṃ vaṭṭakato pacchimattabhāvo hoti, na khuppipāsikanijjhāmataṇhikapetesu uppajjati, na kālakañcikāsuresu, na avīciniraye, na lokantarikesu, kāmāvacaresu na māro hoti, rūpāvacaresu na asaññībhave, na suddhāvāsabhavesu uppajjati, na arūpabhavesu, na aññaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ saṅkamati.
他具备这四种佛地:精进、智慧、安住、利行。其中:巴利
Yā cimā ussāho ummaṅgo avatthānaṃ hitacariyā cāti catasso buddhabhūmiyo, tāhi samannāgato hoti. Tattha –
勤勇被称为精进,洞察被称为慧。
安住就是决意,利行就是慈心的修习。巴利
‘‘Ussāho vīriyaṃ vuttaṃ, ummaṅgo paññā pavuccati; Avatthānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, hitacariyā mettābhāvanā’’ti. –
应当知道:还有这六种志乐——出离志乐、远离志乐、无贪志乐、无嗔志乐、无痴志乐、解脱志乐,它们能促成菩提的圆满。由于具足这些志乐,菩萨们就被称为:以出离志乐而见诸欲过患的菩萨,以远离志乐而见交际过患的菩萨,以无贪志乐而见贪过患的菩萨,以无嗔志乐而见嗔过患的菩萨,以无痴志乐而见痴过患的菩萨,以解脱志乐而见一切有过患的菩萨;而他也就具足这些志乐。巴利
Veditabbā. Ye cāpi ime nekkhammajjhāsayo, pavivekajjhāsayo, alobhajjhāsayo, adosajjhāsayo, amohajjhāsayo, nissaraṇajjhāsayoti cha ajjhāsayā bodhiparipākāya saṃvattanti, yehi samannāgatattā nekkhammajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā kāme dosadassāvino, pavivekajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā saṅgaṇikāya dosadassāvino, alobhajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā lobhe dosadassāvino, adosajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā dose dosadassāvino, amohajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā mohe dosadassāvino, nissaraṇajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā sabbabhavesu dosadassāvinoti vuccanti, tehi ca samannāgato hoti.
那么,独觉佛的愿要持续多久呢?独觉佛要两个不可数劫加十万大劫,比这更短是不可能的。其中的道理,应当按前面所说的方式来理解。即使以这么长的时间发愿成就独觉佛,在发愿修行时,也须具备五种成就。因为他们——巴利
Paccekabuddhānaṃ pana kīva ciraṃ patthanā vaṭṭatīti? Paccekabuddhānaṃ dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Tato oraṃ na sakkā. Pubbe vuttanayenevettha kāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettakenāpi ca kālena paccekabuddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe pañca sampattiyo icchitabbā. Tesañhi –
人的身份、男根具足、见到离漏者;
这些是志向的因缘:胜作与发愿。巴利
Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, vigatāsavadassanaṃ; Adhikāro chandatā ete, abhinīhārakāraṇā.
在这里,“见无漏者”的意思是见到任何一位佛陀、独觉佛或声闻弟子。其余部分和前面所说的方法一样。巴利
Tattha vigatāsavadassananti buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ yassa kassaci dassananti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
那么,声闻弟子的愿要多久才算成立呢?两位上首弟子要一大阿僧祇劫又十万大劫,八十位大弟子要十万大劫,佛陀的父母、侍者和儿子也是一样。比这更短的时间是不可能的。这里的道理和前面说的一样。而对于这一切来说,只要具备欲求和发愿这两个要素,就是圆满的发愿。巴利
Atha sāvakānaṃ patthanā kittakaṃ vaṭṭatīti? Dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca, asītimahāsāvakānaṃ kappasatasahassaṃ, tathā buddhassa mātāpitūnaṃ upaṭṭhākassa puttassa cāti. Tato oraṃ na sakkā. Vuttanayamevettha kāraṇaṃ. Imesaṃ pana sabbesampi adhikāro chandatāti dvaṅgasampannoyeva abhinīhāro hoti.
就这样,靠着这个愿和这个志向,在如前所说的那样长的时间里圆满诸波罗蜜之后,诸佛出现于世间时,或者生在刹帝利家,或者生在婆罗门家;独觉佛则生在刹帝利、婆罗门、居士这三种家族中的某一种;而上首弟子则和诸佛一样,只生在刹帝利家或婆罗门家。一切诸佛在劫坏时不出现,只在劫成时出现。独觉佛不值遇诸佛,就在无佛出世的时代出现。诸佛自己觉悟,也让别人觉悟;独觉佛只自己觉悟,不让别人觉悟。他们只通达义味,不通达法味。因为他们没法把出世间法安立成概念来教导别人,所以他们对法的证悟,就像哑巴做的梦,又像住在森林里的人尝到城里美食的味道。他们成就一切神通、禅定、无碍解等全部功德,因为功德殊胜,所以位置在诸佛之下、声闻之上。他们让别人出家后,教导他们威仪方面的学处,用“应当净化心,不应退失”这个提要来做布萨,或者只说一句“今天是布萨日”。他们做布萨时,是在香山的曼珠沙迦树下的宝殿里集会进行的。就这样,世尊对具寿阿难讲完独觉佛在一切方面圆满的愿和志向之后,现在为了讲说由这个愿和这个志向所成就的那些独觉佛,便以“对一切众生放下棍棒”等的方式说了这部《犀牛角经》。以上便是《犀牛角经》生起的因缘,先说到这里为止。巴利
Evaṃ imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena yathāvuttappabhedaṃ kālaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā buddhā loke uppajjantā khattiyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā uppajjanti, paccekabuddhā khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatikulānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ, aggasāvakā pana khattiyabrāhmaṇakulesveva buddhā iva sabbabuddhā saṃvaṭṭamāne kappe na uppajjanti, vivaṭṭamāne kappe uppajjanti. Paccekabuddhā buddhe appatvā buddhānaṃ uppajjanakāleyeva uppajjanti. Buddhā sayañca bujjhanti, pare ca bodhenti. Paccekabuddhā sayameva bujjhanti, na pare bodhenti. Attharasameva paṭivijjhanti, na dhammarasaṃ. Na hi te lokuttaradhammaṃ paññattiṃ āropetvā desetuṃ sakkonti, mūgena diṭṭhasupino viya vanacarakena nagare sāyitabyañjanaraso viya ca nesaṃ dhammābhisamayo hoti. Sabbaṃ iddhisamāpattipaṭisambhidāpabhedaṃ pāpuṇanti, guṇavisiṭṭhatāya buddhānaṃ heṭṭhā sāvakānaṃ upari honti, aññe pabbājetvā ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpenti, ‘‘cittasallekho kātabbo, vosānaṃ nāpajjitabba’’nti iminā uddesena uposathaṃ karonti, ‘ajjuposatho’ti vacanamattena vā. Uposathaṃ karontā ca gandhamādane mañjūsakarukkhamūle ratanamāḷe sannipatitvā karontīti. Evaṃ bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa paccekabuddhānaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ patthanañca abhinīhārañca kathetvā, idāni imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena samudāgate te te paccekabuddhe kathetuṃ ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’ntiādinā nayena imaṃ khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ abhāsi. Ayaṃ tāva avisesena pucchāvasito khaggavisāṇasuttassa uppatti.
35 现在要特别说明。其中,先要了解这首偈颂是这样产生的:据说这位独觉佛在进入独觉菩萨的阶段时,曾在两大不可数劫和十万劫中圆满种种波罗蜜,然后在迦叶世尊的教法中出家,成为林野住者,履行去而复返的义务,修习沙门法。据说,如果没有圆满履行这个义务,就不可能证得独觉菩提。那么,这个去而复返的义务到底是什么呢?就是带出与带回。这个义务具体是怎样的,我们将加以说明。巴利
35. Idāni visesena vattabbā. Tattha imissā tāva gāthāya evaṃ uppatti veditabbā – ayaṃ kira paccekabuddho paccekabodhisattabhūmiṃ ogāhanto dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā āraññiko hutvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi. Etaṃ kira vattaṃ aparipūretvā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇantā nāma natthi. Kiṃ panetaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ nāma? Haraṇapaccāharaṇanti. Taṃ yathā vibhūtaṃ hoti, tathā kathessāma.
在这里,有些比丘把业处带出去,却不带回来;有些带回来,却不带出去;有些则既不带出去,也不带回来;还有些既带出去,也带回来。其中,如果有一位比丘清早起来,先做了塔院和菩提树院的义务,给菩提树浇水,把饮用水瓶灌满放在饮水处,履行了对阿阇梨的义务和对亲教师的义务,受持并实践了八十二种小义务和十四种大义务,然后整理身体,进入住处,在托钵时间到来之前待在安静的地方。他知道了时间,穿好下衣,系好腰带,披上上衣,把僧伽梨搭在肩上,把钵挂在肩头,一边作意业处,一边来到塔院,礼拜佛塔和菩提树,在村子附近把衣穿好,拿着钵进入村子乞食。这样进入村子后,如果这位比丘是利养的获得者、有福德的人,受到信众恭敬尊重,在施主家或斋堂吃完饭,被信众问各种问题时,因为回答他们的问题、以说法开示,就把那个业处作意丢到一边,然后离开。回到精舍后,被比丘们问问题时,也照样讲说、说法,陷入种种事务。午饭后、初夜、中夜也这样和比丘们闲聊,被身体的沉重所压倒,到了后夜也还是躺着睡觉,完全不作意业处。这样的比丘,就称为把业处带出去,却不带回来。巴利
Idhekacco bhikkhu harati, na paccāharati; ekacco paccāharati, na harati; ekacco pana neva harati, na paccāharati; ekacco harati ca paccāharati ca. Tattha yo bhikkhu pageva vuṭṭhāya cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ katvā, bodhirukkhe udakaṃ āsiñcitvā, pānīyaghaṭaṃ pūretvā pānīyamāḷe ṭhapetvā, ācariyavattaṃ upajjhāyavattaṃ katvā, dveasīti khuddakavattāni cuddasa mahāvattāni ca samādāya vattati, so sarīraparikammaṃ katvā, senāsanaṃ pavisitvā, yāva bhikkhācāravelā tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā, velaṃ ñatvā, nivāsetvā, kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā, saṅghāṭiṃ khandhe karitvā, pattaṃ aṃse ālaggetvā, kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonto cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ patvā, cetiyañca bodhiñca vanditvā, gāmasamīpe cīvaraṃ pārupitvā, pattamādāya gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, evaṃ paviṭṭho ca lābhī bhikkhu puññavā upāsakehi sakkatagarukato upaṭṭhākakule vā paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ vā paṭikkamitvā upāsakehi taṃ taṃ pañhaṃ pucchiyamāno tesaṃ pañhavissajjanena dhammadesanāvikkhepena ca taṃ manasikāraṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamati, vihāraṃ āgatopi bhikkhūnaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, dhammaṃ bhaṇati, taṃ taṃ byāpāramāpajjati, pacchābhattampi purimayāmampi majjhimayāmampi evaṃ bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ papañcitvā kāyaduṭṭhullābhibhūto pacchimayāmepi sayati, neva kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti, ayaṃ vuccati harati, na paccāharatīti.
如果一位比丘病痛很多,吃下的食物在清晨不能好好消化,更不用说起床后去履行前面所说的那些义务,或者作意业处了;他反而一心只想着粥或药,一大早就拿着钵和衣进村去。在村里得到粥、药或饭食,吃完饭,坐在安排好的座位上作意业处,不管有没有证得殊胜的成果,回到精舍后,还是靠着同样的作意继续安住。这就叫“带回,而不带出”。像这样的比丘,喝了粥之后就开始修观,在佛陀的教法中证得阿罗汉果的人,多得数不清。光是在锡兰岛,各个村子的斋堂里,没有一个座位不曾有比丘坐在那里喝了粥后证得阿罗汉果。巴利
Yo pana byādhibahulo hoti, bhuttāhāro paccūsasamaye na sammā pariṇamati, pageva vuṭṭhāya yathāvuttaṃ vattaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā manasi kātuṃ, aññadatthu yāguṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā patthayamāno kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ pavisati. Tattha yāguṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā bhattaṃ vā laddhā bhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā, paññattāsane nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi katvā, visesaṃ patvā vā appatvā vā, vihāraṃ āgantvā, teneva manasikārena viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati paccāharati na haratīti. Edisā ca bhikkhū yāguṃ pivitvā, vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, buddhasāsane arahattaṃ pattā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Sīhaḷadīpeyeva tesu tesu gāmesu āsanasālāya na taṃ āsanaṃ atthi, yattha yāguṃ pivitvā arahattaṃ patto bhikkhu natthīti.
如果有人放逸地过日子,放弃自己的责任,破坏一切应做的义务,内心被五种心荒芜和系缚捆绑着,住在那里却不把心用在业处上,进了村子乞食,被在家人的种种俗事搅得团团转,结果空手而出,这种人就被称为“既不带出,也不带回”。巴利
Yo pana pamādavihārī hoti nikkhittadhuro, sabbavattāni bhinditvā pañcavidhacetokhilavinibandhanabaddhacitto viharanto kammaṭṭhānamanasikāramananuyutto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā gihipapañcena papañcito tucchako nikkhamati, ayaṃ vuccati neva harati na paccāharatīti.
如果有人更早起来,按照前面说的方式完成所有该做的事,然后在托钵时间到来之前,盘腿坐下,把心放在业处上。业处有两种:一切处业处和护持业处。一切处业处就是慈和死随念。因为这两种在任何地方都需要,所以叫“一切处业处”。慈,是在住所等一切地方都应当修的。住在住所里修慈的比丘,会被同梵行者喜爱,因此过得安稳,没有冲突。对诸天修慈的人,会被诸天守护看顾,安乐而住。对国王、大臣等人修慈的人,会被他们疼爱,安乐而住。在村落、城镇等地修慈的人,在一切乞食游行的场合,都会被人们恭敬尊重,安乐而住。修死随念的人,则舍弃对生命的贪恋,不放逸而住。巴利
Yo pana pageva vuṭṭhāya purimanayeneva sabbavattāni paripūretvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ – sabbatthakaṃ, pārihāriyañca. Sabbatthakaṃ nāma mettā ca maraṇassati ca. Taṃ sabbattha icchitabbato ‘‘sabbatthaka’’nti vuccati. Mettā nāma āvāsādīsu sabbattha icchitabbā. Āvāsesu hi mettāvihārī bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo hoti, tena phāsu asaṅghaṭṭho viharati. Devatāsu mettāvihārī devatāhi rakkhitagopito sukhaṃ viharati. Rājarājamahāmattādīsu mettāvihārī, tehi mamāyito sukhaṃ viharati. Gāmanigamādīsu mettāvihārī sabbattha bhikkhācariyādīsu manussehi sakkatagarukato sukhaṃ viharati. Maraṇassatibhāvanāya jīvitanikantiṃ pahāya appamatto viharati.
然而,有一种业处应当一直保持着,因为它是根据个人性格来选取的,属于十不净、遍、十随念中的某一种,或者就是四界分别。它之所以被称为“应当保持的业处”,是因为应当一直保持着它、守护着它、修习着它;它也就是根本业处。其中,先作意一切处业处,然后再作意应当保持的业处。我们将通过四界分别的方式来说明它。巴利
Yaṃ pana sadā pariharitabbaṃ caritānukūlena gahitattā dasāsubhakasiṇānussatīsu aññataraṃ, catudhātuvavatthānameva vā, taṃ sadā pariharitabbato, rakkhitabbato, bhāvetabbato ca pārihāriyanti vuccati, mūlakammaṭṭhānantipi tadeva. Tattha yaṃ paṭhamaṃ sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā pacchā pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti, taṃ catudhātuvavatthānamukhena dassessāma.
他确实按照身体当下所处的状态、当下所保持的姿势,从界的角度来观察:在这个身体里,在二十个部位当中,那些坚硬、粗糙的部分,就是地界;在十二个部位当中,那些起黏结作用、具有湿润性质的部分,就是水界;在四个部位当中,那些起消化作用、具有温热性质的部分,就是火界;在六个部位当中,那些起支撑作用、具有运动性质的部分,就是风界。而在这里,那些没有被四大种接触到的空隙、孔洞,就是空界;能了知这一切的心,就是识界。除了这些之外,再没有别的众生或人了,这只不过是一堆纯粹清净的行法聚集体罢了。巴利
Ayañhi yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ kāyaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati – yaṃ imasmiṃ sarīre vīsatikoṭṭhāsesu kakkhaḷaṃ kharagataṃ, sā pathavīdhātu. Yaṃ dvādasasu ābandhanakiccakaraṃ snehagataṃ, sā āpodhātu. Yaṃ catūsu paripācanakaraṃ usumagataṃ, sā tejodhātu. Yaṃ pana chasu vitthambhanakaraṃ vāyogataṃ, sā vāyodhātu. Yaṃ panettha catūhi mahābhūtehi asamphuṭṭhaṃ chiddaṃ vivaraṃ, sā ākāsadhātu. Taṃvijānanakaṃ cittaṃ viññāṇadhātu. Tato uttari añño satto vā puggalo vā natthi. Kevalaṃ suddhasaṅkhārapuñjova ayanti.
他这样从开始、中间到结束都对业处作意,知道时间到了,就从座位起身,穿好下裙,按照前面说过的方式,进村去乞食。走路的时候,他不会像盲目的凡夫那样,在前进等动作上迷惑:以为“有一个我在前进,前进是由我造作出来的”,或者“我正前进着,前进是被我造作出来的”。他不迷惑,而是这样:当“我正在前进”这个念头在心里生起时,与这个心一起,由心等起的、能维持姿势的风界就生起了。这个风界扩散到这个由地界等组合而成、被世人称为身体的骨骸堆聚上,然后依靠心生作用的风界的扩散之力,这个被称为身体的骨骸堆聚就向前移动了。当他这样前进时,每抬起一只脚,在四大之中,跟随风界的火界就变得强盛,其他界则微弱。在脚向前移、向回移、向侧移的时候,跟随火界的风界变得强盛,其他界则微弱。在脚往下放的时候,跟随地界的水界变得强盛,其他界则微弱。在脚踏实、往下压的时候,跟随水界的地界变得强盛,其他界则微弱。就这样,这些界各自与生起它们的心一起,就在各自所在的地方坏灭。那么,到底哪一个单一的东西在前进?或者,是谁的单一前进呢?他这样在每一个抬脚等的阶段中,把每一阶段生起的诸界,以及和它们不可分离的其余色法,还有生起它们的那个心,以及和那个心相应的其余名法,都看成这些名色法。这些名色法在接下来脚向前移、向回移等阶段中,到不了另一个阶段,就在各自所在的地方坏灭。所以是无常的。凡是无常的,就是苦的。凡是苦的,就是无我的。他就这样圆满一切方面地作意业处,一路走去。
确实,想求得利益的善男子们在佛陀的教法中出家后,有的十人,有的二十人、三十人、四十人、五十人、六十人、七十人,甚至一百人,共同住在一起,立下约定而共住:“贤友们,你们不是因为欠债,不是因为害怕,也不是因为生活所迫才出家的;你们是为了从苦中解脱,才在这教法中出家。所以,走路时生起的烦恼,就在走路时立刻降伏它;站着时、坐着时、躺卧时生起的烦恼,就在那里立刻降伏它。”他们这样立下约定后,去乞食时,在每半牛呼、一牛呼、半由旬、一由旬之间的距离中,那些石头都成了他们的所缘,他们就一直作意业处往前走。如果谁在走路时生起了烦恼,他就在那里立刻降伏它。如果做不到,他就停下来站着。这时,从后面走来的人也会停下来站着。他就责备自己:“这位比丘已经知道你心里生起的念头了,这实在不像样。”于是他增长观智,就在那里进入圣者的境地。如果还是做不到,他就坐下来。这时,从后面走来的人也会坐下来,道理也是一样。如果还是不能进入圣者的境地,他就把那个烦恼镇伏住,继续作意业处往前走。他绝不会以离开业处的心抬起脚。如果抬起了,他就会转身回到刚才那个地方,就像锡兰岛门廊住者大普沙提婆长老那样。巴利
Evaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānato kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā, kālaṃ ñatvā, uṭṭhāyāsanā nivāsetvā, pubbe vuttanayeneva gāmaṃ piṇḍāya gacchati. Gacchanto ca yathā andhaputhujjanā abhikkamādīsu ‘‘attā abhikkamati, attanā abhikkamo nibbattito’’ti vā, ‘‘ahaṃ abhikkamāmi, mayā abhikkamo nibbattito’’ti vā sammuyhanti, tathā asammuyhanto ‘‘abhikkamāmīti citte uppajjamāne teneva cittena saddhiṃ cittasamuṭṭhānā sandhāraṇavāyodhātu uppajjati. Sā imaṃ pathavīdhātvādisannivesabhūtaṃ kāyasammataṃ aṭṭhikasaṅghāṭaṃ vippharati, tato cittakiriyāvāyodhātuvipphāravasena ayaṃ kāyasammato aṭṭhikasaṅghāṭo abhikkamati. Tassevaṃ abhikkamato ekekapāduddhāraṇe catūsu dhātūsu vāyodhātuanugatā tejodhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Atiharaṇavītiharaṇāpaharaṇesu pana tejodhātuanugatā vāyodhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Orohaṇe pana pathavīdhātuanugatā āpodhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Sannikkhepanasamuppīḷanesu āpodhātuanugatā pathavīdhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Iccetā dhātuyo tena tena attano uppādakacittena saddhiṃ tattha tattheva bhijjanti . Tattha ko eko abhikkamati, kassa vā ekassa abhikkamana’’nti evaṃ ekekapāduddhāraṇādippakāresu ekekasmiṃ pakāre uppannadhātuyo, tadavinibbhuttā ca sesā rūpadhammā, taṃsamuṭṭhāpakaṃ cittaṃ, taṃsampayuttā ca sesā arūpadhammāti ete rūpārūpadhammā. Tato paraṃ atiharaṇavītiharaṇādīsu aññaṃ pakāraṃ na sampāpuṇanti, tattha tattheva bhijjanti. Tasmā aniccā. Yañca aniccaṃ, taṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ dukkhaṃ, tadanattāti evaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontova gacchati. Atthakāmā hi kulaputtā sāsane pabbajitvā dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi saṭṭhipi sattatipi satampi ekato vasantā katikavattaṃ katvā viharanti – ‘‘āvuso, tumhe na iṇaṭṭhā, na bhayaṭṭhā, na jīvikāpakatā pabbajitā; dukkhā muccitukāmā panettha pabbajitā. Tasmā gamane uppannakilesaṃ gamaneyeva niggaṇhatha, ṭhāne nisajjāya, sayane uppannakilesaṃ gamaneyeva niggaṇhathā’’ti. Te evaṃ katikavattaṃ katvā bhikkhācāraṃ gacchantā aḍḍhausabhausabhaaḍḍhagāvutagāvutantaresu pāsāṇā honti, tāya saññāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontāva gacchanti. Sace kassaci gamane kileso uppajjati, tattheva naṃ niggaṇhāti. Tathā asakkonto tiṭṭhati. Athassa pacchato āgacchantopi tiṭṭhati. So – ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu tuyhaṃ uppannavitakkaṃ jānāti, ananucchavikaṃ te eta’’nti attānaṃ paṭicodetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tattheva ariyabhūmiṃ okkamati. Tathā asakkonto nisīdati. Athassa pacchato āgacchantopi nisīdatīti soyeva nayo. Ariyabhūmi okkamituṃ asakkontopi taṃ kilesaṃ vikkhambhetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontova gacchati. Na kammaṭṭhānavippayuttena cittena pādaṃ uddharati. Uddharati ce, paṭinivattitvā purimappadesaṃyeva eti sīhaḷadīpe ālindakavāsī mahāphussadevatthero viya .
据说,这位长老在圆满履行“去而复返”的修行义务中,就这样度过了十九年。人们在路上耕田、播种、踩泥、做各种活计时,看见长老那样走来走去,就议论说:“这位长老一次又一次地折返再走,他到底是迷路了,还是忘了什么东西?”长老完全不理会这些,只是一心专注于业处,精勤修行沙门之法,在二十年之内证得了阿罗汉果。就在他证得阿罗汉果那天,住在他经行道尽头的一位天神用手指点亮了一盏灯,站在那里。四大天王、诸天之主帝释以及萨诃主梵天都前来侍奉。林住大提舍长老看到那片光明,第二天就问他:“尊者,昨夜您身边有光明,那是什么光?”长老想要掩饰,说:“所谓光嘛,有灯光,也有宝石的光……”等等。林住大提舍长老追问说:“您是在隐瞒吧?”被一再追问,他承认了:“是的。”然后把事情说了出来。巴利
So kira ekūnavīsati vassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento eva vihāsi. Manussāpi sudaṃ antarāmagge kasantā ca vapantā ca maddantā ca kammāni karontā theraṃ tathā gacchantaṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ thero punappunaṃ nivattitvā gacchati, kiṃ nu kho maggamūḷho, udāhu kiñci pamuṭṭho’’ti samullapanti. So taṃ anādiyitvā kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena samaṇadhammaṃ karonto vīsativassabbhantare arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Arahattappattadivase cassa caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ adhivatthā devatā aṅgulīhi dīpaṃ ujjāletvā aṭṭhāsi. Cattāropi mahārājāno sakko ca devānamindo, brahmā ca sahampati upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamaṃsu. Tañca obhāsaṃ disvā vanavāsī mahātissatthero taṃ dutiyadivase pucchi ‘‘rattibhāge āyasmato santike obhāso ahosi, kiṃ so obhāso’’ti? Thero vikkhepaṃ karonto ‘‘obhāso nāma dīpobhāsopi hoti, maṇiobhāsopī’’ti evamādiṃ āha. So ‘‘paṭicchādetha tumhe’’ti nibaddho ‘‘āmā’’ti paṭijānitvā ārocesi.
就像住在迦罗瓦利讲堂的大那伽长老一样。据说他也为了圆满“去回之行”,心想“我先礼敬世尊的大精进”,于是七年间只以站立和经行的姿势决意修行。后来他又用十六年圆满“去回之行”,证得了阿罗汉果。他就是这样,抬脚时心始终与业处相应;如果脚抬起时心已经和业处分离,他就转身退回。走到村子附近时,他会停在那让人起疑“那是牛还是出家人”的地方,披好僧伽梨衣,拿起钵,到了村门口,从腋下取水,漱了口,然后进村,心想:“对于前来布施食物或礼拜的人,哪怕只说一句‘愿你们长寿’,也不要让我的业处被打散。”如果有人问:“尊者,今天是初七还是初八?”问他日子,他就把水咽下去再回答。如果没有人问日子,他就在出村的时候,在村门口把水吐掉,然后离开。巴利
Kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya ca. Sopi kira gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento ‘‘paṭhamaṃ tāva bhagavato mahāpadhānaṃ pūjemī’’ti satta vassāni ṭhānacaṅkamameva adhiṭṭhāsi. Puna soḷasa vassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Evaṃ kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena pādaṃ uddharanto vippayuttena cittena uddhaṭe pana paṭinivattanto gāmasamīpaṃ gantvā, ‘‘gāvī nu pabbajito nū’’ti āsaṅkanīyappadese ṭhatvā, saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ gahetvā, gāmadvāraṃ patvā, kacchakantarato udakaṃ gahetvā, gaṇḍūsaṃ katvā gāmaṃ pavisati ‘‘bhikkhaṃ dātuṃ vā vandituṃ vā upagate manusse ‘dīghāyukā hothā’ti vacanamattenapi mā me kammaṭṭhānavikkhepo ahosī’’ti sace pana ‘‘ajja, bhante, kiṃ sattamī, udāhu aṭṭhamī’’ti divasaṃ pucchanti, udakaṃ gilitvā āroceti. Sace divasapucchakā na honti, nikkhamanavelāyaṃ gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvāva yāti.
就像在锡兰岛的迦蓝巴提塔精舍入雨安居的五十位比丘一样。据说,他们在入雨安居的布萨日共同立下约定:“不证得阿罗汉果,彼此就不交谈。”他们进村乞食时,先在村口含水漱口再进村。如果有人问是哪一天,就把水咽下去再回答;如果没人问,就在村口把水吐掉,然后回精舍。村里人看到吐水的地方,就知道“今天来了一位,今天来了两位”。他们又这样想:“这些尊者是不跟我们说话,还是彼此之间也不说话呢?如果他们彼此也不说话,那一定是起了争执。走吧,我们去请他们互相原谅。”于是大家都去了精舍。在那里入雨安居的五十位比丘中,有两位比丘在同一处见不到。于是其中一位有眼力的人这样说:“贤者们,不是这样的。起争执的人住的地方不会是这样。塔院和菩提树院都打扫得很干净,扫帚也放得整整齐齐,饮用水和洗漱用水都准备得很好。”他们就从那里回去了。那些比丘就在那三个月安居期间开始修观,证得阿罗汉果,在大自恣日举行了清净自恣。巴利
Sīhaḷadīpeyeva kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatā paññāsabhikkhū viya ca. Te kira vassūpanāyikauposathadivase katikavattaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘arahattaṃ appatvā aññamaññaṃ nālapissāmā’’ti. Gāmañca piṇḍāya pavisantā gāmadvāre udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā pavisiṃsu, divase pucchite udakaṃ gilitvā ārocesuṃ, apucchite gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvā vihāraṃ āgamaṃsu. Tattha manussā niṭṭhubhanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā jāniṃsu ‘‘ajja eko āgato, ajja dve’’ti. Evañca cintesuṃ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ete amheheva saddhiṃ na sallapanti, udāhu aññamaññampi? Yadi aññamaññampi na sallapanti, addhā vivādajātā bhavissanti, handa nesaṃ aññamaññaṃ khamāpessāmā’’ti sabbe vihāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha paññāsabhikkhūsu vassaṃ upagatesu dve bhikkhū ekokāse nāddasaṃsu. Tato yo tesu cakkhumā puriso, so evamāha – ‘‘na, bho, kalahakārakānaṃ vasanokāso īdiso hoti, susammaṭṭhaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ bodhiyaṅgaṇaṃ, sunikkhittā sammajjaniyo, sūpaṭṭhapitaṃ pānīyaparibhojanīya’’nti. Te tatova nivattā. Te bhikkhū antotemāseyeva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā arahattaṃ patvā mahāpavāraṇāya visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresuṃ.
就像住在迦罗瓦利讲堂的大那伽长老,以及迦蓝巴提塔寺入雨安居的比丘们那样,他以与业处相应的心抬起脚,走到村落附近,漱了口,观察街道,选一条没有酒鬼、赌徒之类好闹事的人,也没有狂象、狂马之类的街道走进去。在那里乞食时,他并不像匆忙的人那样快步走——因为并没有“快速乞食头陀支”这回事。但走到不平整的地面时,他就像装满水的车一样,稳稳地走。挨家挨户进去时,为了看清施主是想给还是不想给,他会等到合适的时机才接受食物。在合适的地方坐下后,他作意业处,对食物提起厌逆想,以“像给车轴加油、像给疮口涂药、像吃亲生儿子的肉”这样的方式审察,然后受用具足八支的饮食——不为嬉戏,不为骄逸……吃完后,处理好喝水等事,稍作休息,消除饭后的疲倦,然后就像饭前一样,在午后、初夜和后夜也作意业处。这就叫作“持去又持回”,也就是所谓的“去回之行”。巴利
Evaṃ kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatabhikkhū viya ca kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena pādaṃ uddharanto gāmasamīpaṃ patvā, udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā, vīthiyo sallakkhetvā, yattha surāsoṇḍadhuttādayo kalahakārakā caṇḍahatthiassādayo vā natthi, taṃ vīthiṃ paṭipajjati. Tattha ca piṇḍāya caramāno na turitaturito viya javena gacchati, javanapiṇḍapātikadhutaṅgaṃ nāma natthi. Visamabhūmibhāgappattaṃ pana udakabharitasakaṭamiva niccalova hutvā gacchati. Anugharaṃ paviṭṭho ca dātukāmaṃ adātukāmaṃ vā sallakkhetuṃ tadanurūpaṃ kālaṃ āgamento bhikkhaṃ gahetvā, patirūpe okāse nisīditvā, kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonto āhāre paṭikūlasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā, akkhabbhañjanavaṇālepanaputtamaṃsūpamāvasena paccavekkhanto aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, neva davāya na madāya…pe… bhuttāvī ca udakakiccaṃ katvā, muhuttaṃ bhattakilamathaṃ paṭippassambhetvā, yathā pure bhattaṃ, evaṃ pacchā bhattaṃ purimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmañca kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Ayaṃ vuccati harati ceva paccāharati cāti. Evametaṃ haraṇapaccāharaṇaṃ gatapaccāgatavattanti vuccati.
圆满修习这个法门的人,如果具备亲依止的善根,就能在青年时期就证得阿罗汉果。如果没能在青年时期证得,那就在中年时期证得。如果没能在中年时期证得,那就在临命终时证得。如果没能在临命终时证得,那就投生为天人之后证得。如果投生为天人之后还没能证得,那就成为独觉佛而般涅槃。如果没能成为独觉佛而般涅槃,那就会在诸佛面前成为速通智者——比如婆醯长老;或者成为大智慧者——比如舍利弗长老。巴利
Etaṃ pūrento yadi upanissayasampanno hoti, paṭhamavaye eva arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. No ce paṭhamavaye pāpuṇāti, atha majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti. No ce majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti, atha maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti. No ce maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti, atha devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti. No ce devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti, atha paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti. No ce paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti, atha buddhānaṃ santike khippābhiñño hoti; seyyathāpi – thero bāhiyo, mahāpañño vā hoti; seyyathāpi thero sāriputto.
这位辟支菩萨曾在迦叶世尊的教法中出家,成为林野住者,用两万年时间圆满修习了这种去回之行,命终之后投生到欲界天。从那里死后,他入胎于波罗奈国王第一夫人的腹中。善巧的女子们当天就能知道受胎,她也是她们当中的一位,于是把入胎之事禀告了国王。这是法性:有福德的众生入胎后,女性就会得到安胎的照顾。因此国王给了她安胎的照顾。从那时起,她不能吃任何太热、太冷、太酸、太咸、太辣、太苦的东西。因为母亲若吃得太热,胎儿就像待在铜锅里;若吃得太冷,就像待在世界之间的黑暗处;若吃得太酸、太咸、太辣、太苦,胎儿卧处的肢体就会产生剧烈疼痛,就像被刀剖开后再浇上酸液等一样。他们还阻止她过多地经行、站立、坐下和躺卧,以免腹中的胎儿因动转而受苦。她得以在铺有柔软敷具的地上适度地经行等;她得到色香味俱全、可口适宜的食物。人们搀扶着她,让她经行、坐下、起身。巴利
Ayaṃ pana paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā, āraññiko hutvā, vīsati vassasahassāni etaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā, kālaṃ katvā, kāmāvacaradevaloke uppajji. Tato cavitvā bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Kusalā itthiyo tadaheva gabbhasaṇṭhānaṃ jānanti, sā ca tāsamaññatarā , tasmā taṃ gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṃ rañño nivedesi. Dhammatā esā, yaṃ puññavante satte gabbhe uppanne mātugāmo gabbhaparihāraṃ labhati. Tasmā rājā tassā gabbhaparihāraṃ adāsi. Sā tato pabhuti nāccuṇhaṃ kiñci ajjhoharituṃ labhati, nātisītaṃ, nātiambilaṃ, nātiloṇaṃ, nātikaṭukaṃ, nātitittakaṃ. Accuṇhe hi mātarā ajjhohaṭe gabbhassa lohakumbhivāso viya hoti, atisīte lokantarikavāso viya, accambilaloṇakaṭukatittakesu bhuttesu satthena phāletvā ambilādīhi sittāni viya gabbhaseyyakassa aṅgāni tibbavedanāni honti. Aticaṅkamanaṭṭhānanisajjāsayanatopi naṃ nivārenti – ‘‘kucchigatassa sañcalanadukkhaṃ mā ahosī’’ti. Mudukattharaṇatthatāya bhūmiyaṃ caṅkamanādīni mattāya kātuṃ labhati, vaṇṇagandhādisampannaṃ sādusappāyaṃ annapānaṃ labhati. Pariggahetvāva naṃ caṅkamāpenti, nisīdāpenti, vuṭṭhāpenti.
她就这样被照顾着,到了胎儿成熟的时候,进入产房,在破晓时分生下一个儿子。这孩子的肤色像磨好的熟油团,又像打磨过的朱砂团,具备谷堆般的吉祥相。到了第五天,人们把孩子打扮整齐,带去给国王看。国王很高兴,安排了六十二位乳母来照料他。他在各种优越条件中长大,不久就到了懂事的年纪。在他十六岁那年,国王为他灌顶,让他继承王位,还为他安排了各种歌舞表演。灌顶后的王子名叫梵授,统治着整个赡部洲的二十座城市。过去赡部洲有八万四千座城市,后来逐渐减少到六万,再减少到四万四千,到最后衰减时期只剩二万座。这位梵授王就出生在最后衰减的时期,所以他拥有二万座城市、二万座宫殿、二万头象、二万匹马、二万辆车、二万步兵、二万女子——包括后宫妃嫔和歌舞伎,还有二万大臣。他治理着这个大王国,同时修习遍处的前行,成就了五神通和八等至。不过,灌顶的国王按规定必须坐在断事处处理政务。有一天,他早早吃完早饭,坐在断事处,那里人声嘈杂。他想:“这声音是入定的干扰。”于是登上宫殿顶层,坐下来想“我要入定”,却因为国政的牵扰无法入定,等至退失了。他接着想:“到底是王位好,还是沙门法好?”他认识到:“王位的快乐有限,有很多过患;沙门法的快乐广大,有很多利益,是上等之人所修行的。”于是吩咐一位大臣:“你依法公平地治理这个国家,不要做不合法的事。”把一切交托出去后,他登上宫殿,安住在等至的快乐中,除了送洗脸水、牙木、食物等的人以外,谁都不能靠近他。巴利
Sā evaṃ parihariyamānā gabbhaparipākakāle sūtigharaṃ pavisitvā paccūsasamaye puttaṃ vijāyi pakkatelamadditamanosilāpiṇḍisadisaṃ dhaññapuññalakkhaṇūpetaṃ. Tato naṃ pañcamadivase alaṅkatappaṭiyattaṃ rañño dassesuṃ, rājā tuṭṭho chasaṭṭhiyā dhātīhi upaṭṭhāpesi. So sabbasampattīhi vaḍḍhamāno na cirasseva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ soḷasavassuddesikameva samānaṃ rājā rajje abhisiñci, vividhanāṭakāni cassa upaṭṭhāpesi. Abhisitto rājaputto rajjaṃ kāresi nāmena brahmadatto sakalajambudīpe vīsatiyā nagarasahassesu. Jambudīpe hi pubbe caturāsīti nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tāni parihāyantāni saṭṭhi ahesuṃ, tato parihāyantāni cattālīsaṃ, sabbaparihāyanakāle pana vīsati honti. Ayañca brahmadatto sabbaparihāyanakāle uppajji. Tenassa vīsati nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ, vīsati pāsādasahassāni, vīsati hatthisahassāni, vīsati assasahassāni, vīsati rathasahassāni , vīsati pattisahassāni, vīsati itthisahassāni – orodhā ca nāṭakitthiyo ca, vīsati amaccasahassāni. So mahārajjaṃ kārayamāno eva kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā pañca abhiññāyo, aṭṭha samāpattiyo ca nibbattesi. Yasmā pana abhisittaraññā nāma avassaṃ aṭṭakaraṇe nisīditabbaṃ, tasmā ekadivasaṃ pageva pātarāsaṃ bhuñjitvā vinicchayaṭṭhāne nisīdi. Tattha uccāsaddamahāsaddaṃ akaṃsu. So ‘‘ayaṃ saddo samāpattiyā upakkileso’’ti pāsādatalaṃ abhiruhitvā ‘‘samāpattiṃ appemī’’ti nisinno nāsakkhi appetuṃ, rajjavikkhepena samāpatti parihīnā. Tato cintesi ‘‘kiṃ rajjaṃ varaṃ, udāhu samaṇadhammo’’ti. Tato ‘‘rajjasukhaṃ parittaṃ anekādīnavaṃ, samaṇadhammasukhaṃ pana vipulamanekānisaṃsaṃ uttamapurisasevitañcā’’ti ñatvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘imaṃ rajjaṃ dhammena samena anusāsa, mā kho adhammakāraṃ akāsī’’ti sabbaṃ niyyātetvā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattisukhena viharati, na koci upasaṅkamituṃ labhati aññatra mukhadhovanadantakaṭṭhadāyakabhattanīhārakādīhi.
过了大约半个月,王后问:“国王在游园、阅兵、看歌舞这些场合都不见人影,他到底去了哪里?”有人把实情告诉了她。她就派人去对那位大臣说:“国王躲起来不见人,我也跟着被冷落了。让他来跟我一起生活吧。”大臣捂住两只耳朵,说:“这种话听都不能听。”拒绝了。王后又派了两三次人去,见他不肯答应,就威胁说:“你要是不照办,我既能把你赶下官位,也能要你的命。”大臣害怕了,心想:“女人一旦拿定主意,说不定真干得出来。”有一天,他私下前去,和她一起在吉祥床上共宿。她是个有福气的人,身体触感很舒服。大臣被她的触感勾起了贪欲,迷上了她,从此虽然心里一直忐忑不安,还是经常去。渐渐地,他就跟在自己家里一样,毫无顾忌地进出了。巴利
Tato addhamāsamatte vītikkante mahesī pucchi ‘‘rājā uyyānagamanabaladassananāṭakādīsu katthaci na dissati, kuhiṃ gato’’ti? Tassā tamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sā amaccassa pāhesi ‘‘rajje paṭicchite ahampi paṭicchitā homi, etu mayā saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappetū’’ti. So ubho kaṇṇe thaketvā ‘‘asavanīyameta’’nti paṭikkhipi. Sā punapi dvattikkhattuṃ pesetvā anicchamānaṃ tajjāpesi – ‘‘yadi na karosi, ṭhānāpi te cāvemi, jīvitāpi voropemī’’ti. So bhīto ‘‘mātugāmo nāma daḷhanicchayo, kadāci evampi kārāpeyyā’’ti ekadivasaṃ raho gantvā tāya saddhiṃ sirisayane saṃvāsaṃ kappesi. Sā puññavatī sukhasamphassā. So tassā samphassarāgena ratto tattha abhikkhaṇaṃ saṅkitasaṅkitova agamāsi. Anukkamena attano gharasāmiko viya nibbisaṅko pavisitumāraddho.
于是国王的侍从们把这件事禀报了国王。国王不相信。他们第二次、第三次又禀报。后来国王亲自躲起来看到了,就把所有大臣召集起来,把这件事告诉了他们。大臣们说:“这个犯了欺君之罪的人,该砍手,该砍脚。”一直说到用尖桩刺穿的恐吓,把各种刑罚都列举了出来。国王说:“对他打杀、捆绑、鞭打,我心里都会生起伤害的念头;要是夺他性命,那就是杀生;要是抢他财物,那就是偷盗。这种事做不得,把他从我的国土赶出去吧。”大臣们就把他革了职、逐出辖地。他带着自己的贵重财物和妻儿,去了别的国家。那里的国王听说后,问他:“你为什么来?”他说:“大王,我想侍奉您。”那位国王就接纳了他。过了些日子,这位大臣得到了信任,就对那位国王说:“大王,我看见无蝇之蜜,却没有人吃它。”国王以为他是在嘲弄,就没理会。后来他找到机会,又更加详细地夸赞禀报。国王问:“那是什么?”他说:“就是波罗奈的王国,陛下。”国王说:“你是想把我带去杀掉吧。”他说:“陛下,别这么说。您要是不信,就派人去看看。”国王就派了人。那些人去了以后,挖开城门,出现在国王的寝室里。巴利
Tato rājamanussā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā na saddahati. Dutiyampi tatiyampi ārocesuṃ. Tato nilīno sayameva disvā sabbāmacce sannipātāpetvā ārocesi. Te – ‘‘ayaṃ rājāparādhiko hatthacchedaṃ arahati, pādacchedaṃ arahatī’’ti yāva sūle uttāsanaṃ, tāva sabbakammakāraṇāni niddisiṃsu. Rājā – ‘‘etassa vadhabandhanatāḷane mayhaṃ vihiṃsā uppajjeyya, jīvitā voropane pāṇātipāto bhaveyya, dhanaharaṇe adinnādānaṃ, alaṃ evarūpehi katehi, imaṃ mama rajjā nikkaḍḍhathā’’ti āha. Amaccā taṃ nibbisayaṃ akaṃsu. So attano dhanasārañca puttadārañca gahetvā paravisayaṃ agamāsi. Tattha rājā sutvā ‘‘kiṃ āgatosī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Deva, icchāmi taṃ upaṭṭhātu’’nti. So taṃ sampaṭicchi. Amacco katipāhaccayena laddhavissāso taṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahārāja, amakkhikamadhuṃ passāmi, taṃ khādanto natthī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ uppaṇḍetukāmo bhaṇatī’’ti na suṇāti. So antaraṃ labhitvā punapi suṭṭhutaraṃ vaṇṇetvā ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti pucchi. ‘‘Bārāṇasirajjaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘maṃ netvā māretukāmosī’’ti āha. So ‘‘mā, deva, evaṃ avaca, yadi na saddahasi, manusse pesehī’’ti. So manusse pesesi. Te gantvā gopuraṃ khaṇitvā rañño sayanaghare uṭṭhahiṃsu.
国王看见他们,问:“你们为什么来?”他们说:“大王,我们是盗贼。”国王就让人给他们财物,又劝诫说:“以后别再干这种事了。”然后放他们走了。他们回去后,把这事禀告了那位国王。那位国王又这样试探了两三次,认定“这是个有戒行的国王”,便集结四支军队,来到边界附近的一座城,派使者去见那里的大臣:“要么把城交给我,要么就开战。”那位大臣把这件事禀告了梵授王:“请大王指示,我是该迎战,还是把城交出去?”国王传话过去:“不要打仗,把城交给他,你回到这里来。”那位大臣就照办了。敌王拿下那座城后,又对剩下的城同样派了使者。那些大臣也同样禀告梵授王,得到“不要打仗,到这里来”的指示后,就都来到了波罗奈城。巴利
Rājā disvā ‘‘kissa āgatātthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Corā mayaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. Rājā tesaṃ dhanaṃ dāpetvā ‘‘mā puna evamakatthā’’ti ovaditvā vissajjesi. Te āgantvā tassa rañño ārocesuṃ. So punapi dvattikkhattuṃ tatheva vīmaṃsitvā ‘‘sīlavā rājā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā sīmantare ekaṃ nagaraṃ upagamma tattha amaccassa pāhesi ‘‘nagaraṃ vā me dehi yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So brahmadattassa tamatthaṃ ārocāpesi ‘‘āṇāpetu devo kiṃ yujjhāmi, udāhu nagaraṃ demī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, nagaraṃ datvā idhāgacchā’’ti pesesi. So tathā akāsi. Paṭirājāpi taṃ nagaraṃ gahetvā avasesanagaresupi tatheva dūtaṃ pāhesi. Tepi amaccā tatheva brahmadattassa ārocetvā tena ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, idhāgantabba’’nti vuttā bārāṇasiṃ āgamaṃsu.
于是,大臣们对梵授王说:“大王,让我们跟他打一仗吧。”国王阻止道:“那样我会犯杀生。”大臣们说:“大王,我们会把他活捉,带到这里来。”他们用各种办法劝说国王,然后开始催他动身:“走吧,大王。”国王说:“只要你们不杀人、不打人、不抢掠,我就去。”大臣们说:“陛下,我们不做那些事,只是吓唬他们,把他们赶跑。”于是他们集合了四支大军,把灯装进瓶子里,连夜出发。那天,敌王刚攻下波罗奈附近的一座城,心想“现在还能怎样”,便卸下铠甲,和军队一起松懈地睡着了。这时,大臣们带着波罗奈国王来到敌王的营地,把瓶里的灯全都取出来,整支军队顿时灯火通明,并发出呐喊。敌王的大臣看到这浩大的军势,吓得跑到自己国王面前,大声喊道:“起来,吃你的无蝇之蜜吧!”第二个人、第三个人也这样喊。敌王被这声音惊醒,陷入恐惧和惊慌,四周响起一片惊叫声。他想:“我听信了别人的话,落到了敌人手里。”整夜胡言乱语。第二天,他想:“这是一位如法的国王,应该不会害我,我去向他道歉吧。”于是来到国王面前,跪在地上说:“请原谅我,大王,是我的过错。”国王教导了他一番,说:“起来,我原谅你。”他听了国王这话,顿时感到无比安慰,就在波罗奈王附近的地区得到了一个封地。他们两人成了朋友。巴利
Tato amaccā brahmadattaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, tena saha yujjhāmā’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘mama pāṇātipāto bhavissatī’’ti vāresi. Amaccā – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, taṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā idheva ānessāmā’’ti nānāupāyehi rājānaṃ saññāpetvā ‘‘ehi mahārājā’’ti gantuṃ āraddhā. Rājā ‘‘sace sattamāraṇappaharaṇavilumpanakammaṃ na karotha, gacchāmī’’ti bhaṇati. Amaccā ‘‘na, deva, karoma, bhayaṃ dassetvā palāpemā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā ghaṭesu dīpe pakkhipitvā rattiṃ gacchiṃsu. Paṭirājā taṃ divasaṃ bārāṇasisamīpe nagaraṃ gahetvā idāni kinti rattiṃ sannāhaṃ mocāpetvā pamatto niddaṃ okkami saddhiṃ balakāyena. Tato amaccā bārāṇasirājānaṃ gahetvā paṭirañño khandhāvāraṃ gantvā sabbaghaṭehi dīpe niharāpetvā ekapajjotāya senāya saddaṃ akaṃsu. Paṭirañño amacco mahābalaṃ disvā bhīto attano rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi amakkhikamadhuṃ khādāhī’’ti mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Tathā dutiyopi, tatiyopi. Paṭirājā tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā bhayaṃ santāsaṃ āpajji. Ukkuṭṭhisatāni pavattiṃsu. So ‘‘paravacanaṃ saddahitvā amittahatthaṃ pattomhī’’ti sabbarattiṃ taṃ taṃ vippalapitvā dutiyadivase ‘‘dhammiko rājā, uparodhaṃ na kareyya, gantvā khamāpemī’’ti cintetvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘khama, mahārāja, mayhaṃ aparādha’’nti āha. Rājā taṃ ovaditvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi, khamāmi te’’ti āha. So raññā evaṃ vuttamatteyeva paramassāsappatto ahosi, bārāṇasirañño samīpeyeva janapade rajjaṃ labhi. Te aññamaññaṃ sahāyakā ahesuṃ.
这时,梵授王看见两支军队和和气气地站在一起,心想:“为了守护我一个人的心,在这人群里,连一只小苍蝇吸食那么一点血滴都没有出现过。啊,真好,啊,真妙!愿一切众生都安乐,没有怨恨,没有恼害。”他生起慈心禅那,以这个禅那作为基础,观照诸行,证悟了独觉菩提智,达到了自觉的境界。大臣们向这位因为道乐和果乐而安乐、坐在象背上的他行礼,说道:“大王,该出发了。对得胜的军队应当给予礼敬,对败军应当发放食物和路费。”他说:“朋友们,我不是国王,我是独觉佛。”大臣们说:“大王您说什么?独觉佛怎么会是这副模样?”他问:“朋友们,那独觉佛是什么样子?”大臣们说:“所谓独觉佛,须发只有两指长,具备八种资具。”他用右手摸了摸头,当下在家人的形相就消失了,出家人的样子显现出来,须发只有两指长,具足八种资具,就像一位百岁长老一样。他进入第四禅,从象背上腾空而起,坐在莲花上。大臣们顶礼后问道:“尊者,您修的是什么业处?是怎么证悟的?”他所修的业处就是慈心禅那,又通过观照这个业处而证悟。为了说明这个道理,他说了优陀那偈和记说偈,就是这首偈子:“对一切众生放下刀杖。”巴利
Atha brahmadatto dvepi senā sammodamānā ekato ṭhitā disvā ‘‘mamekassa cittānurakkhaṇāya asmiṃ janakāye khuddakamakkhikāya pivanamattampi lohitabindu na uppannaṃ. Aho sādhu, aho suṭṭhu, sabbe sattā sukhitā hontu, averā hontu, abyāpajjhā hontū’’ti mettājhānaṃ uppādetvā, tadeva pādakaṃ katvā, saṅkhāre sammasitvā, paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ sacchikatvā, sayambhutaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ maggasukhena phalasukhena sukhitaṃ hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ amaccā paṇipātaṃ katvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘yānakālo, mahārāja, vijitabalakāyassa sakkāro kātabbo, parājitabalakāyassa bhattaparibbayo dātabbo’’ti. So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā, paccekabuddho nāmāha’’nti. Kiṃ devo bhaṇati, na edisā paccekabuddhā hontīti? Kīdisā, bhaṇe, paccekabuddhāti? Paccekabuddhā nāma dvaṅgulakesamassu aṭṭhaparikkhārayuttā bhavantīti. So dakkhiṇahatthena sīsaṃ parāmasi, tāvadeva gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyi, pabbajitaveso pāturahosi, dvaṅgulakesamassu aṭṭhaparikkhārasamannāgato vassasatikattherasadiso ahosi. So catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā hatthikkhandhato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā padumapupphe nisīdi. Amaccā vanditvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kammaṭṭhānaṃ, kathaṃ adhigatosī’’ti pucchiṃsu. So yato assa mettājhānakammaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi , tañca vipassanaṃ vipassitvā adhigato, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento udānagāthañca byākaraṇagāthañca imaññeva gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’nti.
这里,“一切”指没有剩余。“众生”指有情。这是简要说明,详细解释会在《宝经》注释里讲。“放下”就是舍弃。“杖”指身、语、意的杖,这是身恶行等的同义词。身恶行能打击,所以叫杖,意思是它伤害人、带来不幸和灾祸。语恶行和意恶行也是这样。或者,能击打的杖本身就是杖,放下这杖,也可以这样说。“不害”就是不伤害。“即使一个”就是任何一个。“对于他们”就是对于那一切众生。“不应求子”意思是,在四种儿子——亲生子、田生子、给与子、弟子——当中,不应求任何一种儿子。“何况友伴”就是说,哪里还会去求友伴呢?那更是不可能了。巴利
Tattha sabbesūti anavasesesu. Bhūtesūti sattesu. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana ratanasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma. Nidhāyāti nikkhipitvā. Daṇḍanti kāyavacīmanodaṇḍaṃ, kāyaduccaritādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kāyaduccaritañhi daṇḍayatīti daṇḍo, bādheti anayabyasanaṃ pāpetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ ca. Paharaṇadaṇḍo eva vā daṇḍo, taṃ nidhāyātipi vuttaṃ hoti. Aviheṭhayanti aviheṭhayanto. Aññatarampīti yaṃkiñci ekampi. Tesanti tesaṃ sabbabhūtānaṃ. Na puttamiccheyyāti atrajo, khetrajo, dinnako, antevāsikoti imesu catūsu puttesu yaṃ kiñci puttaṃ na iccheyya. Kuto sahāyanti sahāyaṃ pana iccheyyāti kuto eva etaṃ.
所谓“独一”,从出家的意义上说是独一,从没有伴侣的意义上说是独一,从断除贪爱的意义上说是独一,从彻底远离烦恼的意义上说是独一,从独自证悟辟支菩提的意义上说是独一。因为即使身处上千位沙门中间,由于已经断除了在家束缚,他仍然是独一——这就是从出家意义上的独一。独自站立,独自行走,独自坐下,独自躺卧,独自行动——这就是从没有伴侣意义上的独一。巴利
Ekoti pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāpahānena eko, ekantavigatakilesoti eko, eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko. Samaṇasahassassāpi hi majjhe vattamāno gihisaññojanassa chinnattā eko – evaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko. Eko tiṭṭhati, eko gacchati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko iriyati vattatīti – evaṃ adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
以爱为伴的人,在漫长的轮回中流转。
不能超越此有与异有之轮回。
知道了爱有这样过患,也知道了爱是苦的根源,
比丘应已离贪爱、无执取、具足正念,这样去游行。巴利
‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhānasaṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Evamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191; cūḷani. pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 107) –
这样,从断除渴爱的意义上,称为“独一”。他的一切烦恼都已断除,根被彻底斩断,像截断的多罗树桩一样,归于无有,未来不再生起——从究竟断除一切烦恼的意义上,也称为“独一”。他没有老师,自作自生,自然独自证得辟支菩提——从独自证得辟支菩提的意义上,也称为“独一”。巴利
Evaṃ taṇhāpahānaṭṭhena eko. Sabbakilesāssa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti – evaṃ ekantavigatakilesoti eko. Anācariyako hutvā sayambhū sāmaññeva paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti – evaṃ eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
所谓“行”,就是指以下八种行:发愿具足的人在四种威仪中的威仪行;守护根门的人在内在六处中的处行;安住于不放逸的人在四念处中的念行;致力于增上心的人在四种禅那中的定行;智慧具足的人在四圣谛中的智行;正确行道的人在四圣道中的道行;已证得果位的人在四种沙门果中的证果行;以及诸佛对一切众生所作的世间利益行——其中一部分,独觉佛和声闻也有。正如所说:“行,就是八种行:威仪行……”等,有详细的展开。意思是:应当具足这些行。或者,还有另外八种行,如所说:“以信决意而行,就是依信而行;以精进策励而行,就是依精进而行;以念安立而行,就是依念而行;以定不散乱而行,就是依定而行;以慧了知而行,就是依慧而行;以识了别而行,就是依识而行。这样行道的人,善法得以增长,所以是依处行而行;这样行道的人,能证得殊胜,所以是依殊胜行而行。”意思是:也应当具足这些行。如犀牛角:这里,犀牛角就是犀牛的角。“kappo”这个词的含义,我们将在《吉祥经注》中详细说明。但在这里,应当理解为像“与导师相当”等例子中的那种类似、相当的意思。如犀牛角,就是像犀牛角一样。以上是逐词解释含义。巴利
Careti yā imā aṭṭha cariyāyo; seyyathidaṃ – paṇidhisampannānaṃ catūsu iriyāpathesu iriyāpathacariyā , indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ ajjhattikāyatanesu āyatanacariyā, appamādavihārīnaṃ catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu saticariyā, adhicittamanuyuttānaṃ catūsu jhānesu samādhicariyā, buddhisampannānaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu ñāṇacariyā, sammā paṭipannānaṃ catūsu ariyamaggesu maggacariyā, adhigatapphalānaṃ catūsu sāmaññaphalesu patticariyā, tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ sabbasattesu lokatthacariyā, tattha padesato paccekabuddhasāvakānanti. Yathāha – ‘‘cariyāti aṭṭha cariyāyo iriyāpathacariyā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.28) vitthāro. Tāhi cariyāhi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Atha vā yā imā ‘‘adhimuccanto saddhāya carati, paggaṇhanto vīriyena carati, upaṭṭhahanto satiyā carati, avikkhitto samādhinā carati, pajānanto paññāya carati, vijānanto viññāṇena carati, evaṃ paṭipannassa kusalā dhammā āyatantīti āyatanacariyāya carati, evaṃ paṭipanno visesamadhigacchatīti visesacariyāya caratī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.29) evaṃ aparāpi aṭṭha cariyā vuttā. Tāhipi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Khaggavisāṇakappoti ettha khaggavisāṇaṃ nāma khaggamigasiṅgaṃ. Kappasaddassa atthaṃ vitthārato maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ pakāsayissāma. Idha panāyaṃ ‘‘satthukappena vata, bho, kira sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.260) evamādīsu viya paṭibhāgo veditabbo. Khaggavisāṇakappoti khaggavisāṇasadisoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ tāvettha padato atthavaṇṇanā.
从意趣的关联来说,应当这样理解:前面所说的那种刀杖,当它在众生身上起作用时,会带来伤害。而他不让刀杖在众生身上起作用,以与刀杖相反的慈心,把利益带给他人,因此对一切众生放下了刀杖——正因为他放下了刀杖。就像没有放下刀杖的众生,会用刀杖、刀、手或石块去伤害其他众生;同样,这位已经放下刀杖的人,不会伤害他们当中的任何一个。他依靠这慈心作为修行所缘,然后观照其中属于受、想、行、识所摄的诸法,顺着这些,也观照其他属于行所摄的诸法,从而证得辟支菩提。这就是这一段的主要意趣。巴利
Adhippāyānusandhito pana evaṃ veditabbā – yvāyaṃ vuttappakāro daṇḍo bhūtesu pavattiyamāno ahito hoti, taṃ tesu appavattanena tappaṭipakkhabhūtāya mettāya parahitūpasaṃhārena ca sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, nihitadaṇḍattā eva ca. Yathā anihitadaṇḍā sattā bhūtāni daṇḍena vā satthena vā pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā viheṭhayanti, tathā aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesaṃ. Imaṃ mettākammaṭṭhānamāgamma yadeva tattha vedanāgataṃ saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇagataṃ tañca tadanusāreneva tadaññañca saṅkhāragataṃ vipassitvā imaṃ paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti ayaṃ tāva adhippāyo.
这段的连结是这样的:听了这番话,那些大臣问道:“尊者,您现在要去哪里?”于是那位独觉佛作意:“过去的独觉佛们住在哪里?”知道之后,回答说:“在香醉山。”大臣们又说:“尊者,那您现在是要舍弃我们了,您不愿意要我们了。”于是独觉佛说出“不应希求儿子”等全部内容。这里的意趣是:我现在无论在此处还是别处,连一个儿子都不想要,更何况像你们这样的同伴?所以,你们当中如果有人想跟我一起去,或者想成为像我这样的人,就应该独自而行,如同犀牛角。另外,当大臣们说“尊者,那您现在是要舍弃我们了,您不愿意要我们了”时,那位独觉佛说了“不应希求儿子,更何况同伴”,依照自己前面所说的道理,看到独行的功德,心生欢喜,充满喜悦和满足,便说出这首优陀那:“应独自而行,如同犀牛角。”说完之后,在众人注视之下,他升上虚空,前往香醉山。巴利
Ayaṃ pana anusandhi – evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘idāni, bhante, kuhiṃ gacchathā’’ti? Tato tena ‘‘pubbapaccekasambuddhā kattha vasantī’’ti āvajjetvā ñatvā ‘‘gandhamādanapabbate’’ti vutte punāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha, na icchathā’’ti. Atha paccekabuddho āha – ‘‘na puttamiccheyyā’’ti sabbaṃ. Tatrādhippāyo – ahaṃ idāni atrajādīsu yaṃ kiñci puttampi na iccheyyaṃ, kuto pana tumhādisaṃ sahāyaṃ? Tasmā tumhesupi yo mayā saddhiṃ gantuṃ mādiso vā hotuṃ icchati, so eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Atha vā tehi ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha na icchathā’’ti vutte so paccekabuddho ‘‘na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāya’’nti vatvā attano yathāvuttenatthena ekacariyāya guṇaṃ disvā pamudito pītisomanassajāto imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Evaṃ vatvā pekkhamānasseva mahājanassa ākāse uppatitvā gandhamādanaṃ agamāsi.
香醉山在雪山地区,越过了小迦罗山、大迦罗山、龙缠山、月胎山、日胎山、金面山、雪山这七座山才到。那里有个叫欢喜根的山坡,是独觉佛们居住的地方。还有三个洞窟——金洞、宝珠洞、银洞。其中宝珠洞的洞口有一棵叫曼殊沙迦的树,高一由旬,宽一由旬。不论水中还是陆地上的花,它全都开出来,尤其在独觉佛来的那天更是如此。树的上方有众宝所成的亭子。在那里,清扫风吹走垃圾,平整风把众宝所成的沙子铺平,洒水风从无热恼池取水来洒,作香风从雪山带来所有香树的香气,采花风把花采下来撒落,铺花风把花铺满各处。那里始终铺设着座位,在独觉佛出现之日和布萨日,所有独觉佛都会聚集起来坐在那些座位上。这是那里的常态。新证得独觉菩提的独觉佛去到那里,坐在铺好的座位上。那时如果还有其他独觉佛在,他们也会在那一刻聚集,坐在铺好的座位上。坐下之后,他们入某种等至,然后出定。接着,僧团中的长老为了随喜新来的独觉佛,以“是怎么证得的”问他修行方法。那时他也说出自己那首宣示证悟的偈颂。后来世尊被尊者阿难问到时,也说出了同一首偈颂,而阿难则在结集时诵出。就这样,每一首偈颂在证得独觉菩提之处、在曼殊沙迦亭、在被阿难问及之时、在结集之时,一共说了四次。巴利
Gandhamādano nāma himavati cūḷakāḷapabbataṃ, mahākāḷapabbataṃ, nāgapaliveṭhanaṃ, candagabbhaṃ, sūriyagabbhaṃ, suvaṇṇapassaṃ, himavantapabbatanti satta pabbate atikkamma hoti. Tattha nandamūlakaṃ nāma pabbhāraṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanokāso. Tisso ca guhāyo – suvaṇṇaguhā, maṇiguhā, rajataguhāti. Tattha maṇiguhādvāre mañjūsako nāma rukkho yojanaṃ ubbedhena, yojanaṃ vitthārena. So yattakāni udake vā thale vā pupphāni, sabbāni tāni pupphayati visesena paccekabuddhāgamanadivase. Tassūparito sabbaratanamāḷo hoti. Tattha sammajjanakavāto kacavaraṃ chaḍḍeti, samakaraṇavāto sabbaratanamayaṃ vālikaṃ samaṃ karoti, siñcanakavāto anotattadahato ānetvā udakaṃ siñcati, sugandhakaraṇavāto himavantato sabbesaṃ gandharukkhānaṃ gandhe āneti, ocinakavāto pupphāni ocinitvā pāteti, santharakavāto sabbattha santharati. Sadā paññattāneva cettha āsanāni honti, yesu paccekabuddhuppādadivase uposathadivase ca sabbapaccekabuddhā sannipatitvā nisīdanti. Ayaṃ tattha pakati. Abhisambuddha-paccekabuddho tattha gantvā paññattāsane nisīdati. Tato sace tasmiṃ kāle aññepi paccekabuddhā saṃvijjanti, tepi taṅkhaṇaṃ sannipatitvā paññattāsanesu nisīdanti. Nisīditvā ca kiñcideva samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahanti, tato saṅghatthero adhunāgatapaccekabuddhaṃ sabbesaṃ anumodanatthāya ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchati. Tadāpi so tameva attano udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ bhāsati. Puna bhagavāpi āyasmatā ānandena puṭṭho tameva gāthaṃ bhāsati, ānando ca saṅgītiyanti evamekekā gāthā paccekasambodhiabhisambuddhaṭṭhāne, mañjūsakamāḷe , ānandena pucchitakāle, saṅgītiyanti catukkhattuṃ bhāsitā hotīti.
36 “与交好而生者”的起因是什么?这位独觉菩萨也曾在迦叶世尊的教法中,像前面说的那样修了兩万年的沙门法,修遍业处的前行,成就初禅,确定名色,作相审察,但没有证得圣道,于是投生到梵天界。从那里死后,他投生到波罗奈国王第一王后的胎中,像前面说的那样成长。自从他能分辨“这是女人,这是男人”之后,就不喜欢被女人抱,连涂油、沐浴、打扮等事也一概不肯接受,只让男人照料他。喂奶的时候,乳母们要穿上紧身衣,扮成男人的样子给他喂奶。他一闻到女人的气味,或者听到女人的声音,就会哭。到了懂事的年纪,他也不愿意见女人,因此大家都认为他“不近女色”。巴利
36.Saṃsaggajātassāti kā uppatti? Ayampi paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane vīsati vassasahassāni purimanayeneva samaṇadhammaṃ karonto kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā, paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā, nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā, lakkhaṇasammasanaṃ katvā, ariyamaggaṃ anadhigamma brahmaloke nibbatti. So tato cuto bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi uppajjitvā purimanayeneva vaḍḍhamāno yato pabhuti ‘‘ayaṃ itthī ayaṃ puriso’’ti visesaṃ aññāsi, tatupādāya itthīnaṃ hatthe na ramati, ucchādananhāpanamaṇḍanādimattampi na sahati. Taṃ purisā eva posenti, thaññapāyanakāle dhātiyo kañcukaṃ paṭimuñcitvā purisavesena thaññaṃ pāyenti. So itthīnaṃ gandhaṃ ghāyitvā saddaṃ vā sutvā rodati, viññutaṃ pattopi itthiyo passituṃ na icchati, tena taṃ anitthigandhotveva sañjāniṃsu.
王子满十六岁时,国王心想:“我要延续家族血脉。”于是从各个家族找来与他相配的少女,并命令一位大臣:“让王子开心起来。”大臣想用个办法让他高兴,就在离他不远的地方围起布墙,安排人演戏。王子听到歌声和乐器的声音,问道:“这是什么声音?”大臣说:“王子,这是为您演的戏女们的声音。有福报的人才有这样的戏乐。王子,请开心享受吧,您是大福报之人。”王子叫人用棍子打了大臣,把他赶了出去。大臣把这事禀报了国王。国王和王子的母亲一起去,让王子原谅了大臣,又把大臣派了回去。王子被他们逼得实在受不了,就拿出上等黄金,命令金匠:“你们打造一尊美丽的女子像。”金匠们造出一尊像毗首羯磨天所造一样、用各种装饰品装扮得极其美丽的女子像,拿给他看。王子看了,惊叹得摇了摇头,派人去对父母说:“如果能得到这样的女子,我就娶她。”父母心想:“我们的儿子是大福报之人,一定有某个曾和他一起修过福德的女子生在世上。”于是把那尊金像装上马车,交给大臣们,说:“去吧,去找这样的女子。”大臣们带着金像,走遍十六大国。他们每到一个村庄,在水边等地方,凡是看到人群聚集之处,就把金像安放在那里,像对待天女一样,用各种花、布和装饰品供养,搭起帐幕,站在一旁,心想:“如果有人以前见过这样的女子,他会怎么说起呢?”用这个办法,他们走遍了除摩达国以外的所有地方,因为看不起那个“小国”而没有先去,就折返回来了。巴利
Tasmiṃ soḷasavassuddesike jāte rājā ‘‘kulavaṃsaṃ saṇṭhapessāmī’’ti nānākulehi tassa anurūpā kaññāyo ānetvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘kumāraṃ ramāpehī’’ti. Amacco upāyena taṃ ramāpetukāmo tassa avidūre sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā nāṭakāni payojāpesi. Kumāro gītavāditasaddaṃ sutvā – ‘‘kasseso saddo’’ti āha. Amacco ‘‘taveso, deva, nāṭakitthīnaṃ saddo, puññavantānaṃ īdisāni nāṭakāni honti, abhirama, deva, mahāpuññosi tva’’nti āha. Kumāro amaccaṃ daṇḍena tāḷāpetvā nikkaḍḍhāpesi. So rañño ārocesi. Rājā kumārassa mātarā saha gantvā, kumāraṃ khamāpetvā, puna amaccaṃ appesi. Kumāro tehi atinippīḷiyamāno seṭṭhasuvaṇṇaṃ datvā suvaṇṇakāre āṇāpesi – ‘‘sundaraṃ itthirūpaṃ karothā’’ti. Te vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ itthirūpaṃ katvā dassesuṃ. Kumāro disvā vimhayena sīsaṃ cāletvā mātāpitūnaṃ pesesi ‘‘yadi īdisiṃ itthiṃ labhissāmi, gaṇhissāmī’’ti. Mātāpitaro ‘‘amhākaṃ putto mahāpuñño, avassaṃ tena saha katapuññā kāci dārikā loke uppannā bhavissatī’’ti taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ rathaṃ āropetvā amaccānaṃ appesuṃ ‘‘gacchatha, īdisiṃ dārikaṃ gavesathā’’ti. Te gahetvā soḷasa mahājanapade vicarantā taṃ taṃ gāmaṃ gantvā udakatitthādīsu yattha yattha janasamūhaṃ passanti, tattha tattha devataṃ viya suvaṇṇarūpaṃ ṭhapetvā nānāpupphavatthālaṅkārehi pūjaṃ katvā, vitānaṃ bandhitvā, ekamantaṃ tiṭṭhanti – ‘‘yadi kenaci evarūpā diṭṭhapubbā bhavissati, so kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti? Etenupāyena aññatra maddaraṭṭhā sabbe janapade āhiṇḍitvā taṃ ‘‘khuddakaraṭṭha’’nti avamaññamānā tattha paṭhamaṃ agantvā nivattiṃsu.
于是他们心里想:“我们先去末陀国一趟吧,免得进了波罗奈城之后,国王又派我们出去。”他们就去了末陀国的沙嘎喇城。沙竭罗城有个国王名叫末陀婆,他有个十六岁的女儿,长得非常美丽。她的侍女们去河边取洗澡水,到了那里,远远看见大臣们放置的那尊金像,就说:“主人派我们去取水,怎么公主自己倒先来了?”走近一看,又说:“这不是我们的女主人,我们的女主人比这还要漂亮。”大臣们听到这话,就去拜见国王,以合适的方式求娶那位少女,国王也答应了。然后他们送信给波罗奈城的国王说:“已经找到那位少女了,是她自己过来,还是我们送她过去?”国王回复说:“如果我过去,会扰扰沿途百姓,你们送她过来吧。”巴利
Tato nesaṃ ahosi ‘‘maddaraṭṭhampi tāva gacchāma, mā no bārāṇasiṃ paviṭṭhepi rājā puna pāhesī’’ti maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagaraṃ agamaṃsu. Sāgalanagare ca maddavo nāma rājā. Tassa dhītā soḷasavassuddesikā abhirūpā hoti. Tassā vaṇṇadāsiyo nhānodakatthāya titthaṃ gatā. Tattha amaccehi ṭhapitaṃ taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ dūratova disvā ‘‘amhe udakatthāya pesetvā rājaputtī sayameva āgatā’’ti bhaṇantiyo samīpaṃ gantvā ‘‘nāyaṃ sāminī, amhākaṃ sāminī ito abhirūpatarā’’ti āhaṃsu. Amaccā taṃ sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā anurūpena nayena dārikaṃ yāciṃsu, sopi adāsi. Tato bārāṇasirañño pāhesuṃ ‘‘laddhā dārikā, sāmaṃ āgacchissati, udāhu amheva ānemā’’ti? So ca ‘‘mayi āgacchante janapadapīḷā bhavissati, tumheva ānethā’’ti pesesi.
大臣们带着那个少女离开都城,派人送信给王子说:“已经得到一位像金像一样的女子了。”王子一听闻这个消息,就被贪欲压倒,从初禅中退失。他接连派出信使传话:“快点把她带来,快点把她带来!”那些人每到一处只住一夜,就这样赶到了波罗奈城,停在城外,派人向国王报告:“今天该进城吗,还是不该进?”国王下令说:“这位少女是从豪门大族迎来的,我们要先举行吉祥仪式,再以盛大的礼遇让她进城。先带她去御花园。”他们照办了。可她极其娇生惯养,因车马颠簸而疲惫不堪,又加上旅途劳顿,得了风病,像枯萎的花环一样,就在当天夜里去世了。大臣们悲叹说:“我们的荣耀供养都落空了。”国王和市民们也悲叹说:“家族的血脉断绝了。”城中一片大骚动。王子刚听到这个消息,心中就生起了极大的悲伤。于是王子开始挖掘这悲伤的根源。他心想:“这悲伤不会在未生之人身上生起,只在已生之人身上生起,所以悲伤是以生为条件的。”“那生又以什么为条件呢?”就这样,他依靠过去修行的力量,如理作意,顺逆观察缘起,观照诸行,就坐在那里证得了辟支菩提。大臣们看见他坐在那里,因道果之乐而安乐,诸根寂静,内心寂静,便向他顶礼,说道:“大王,请不要悲伤,南赡部洲很大,我们会从别处带来比那更美的女子。”他说:“我不是悲伤的人,我是无忧的辟支佛。”此后,除了偈颂注释之外,其余一切都与前面的偈颂相同。巴利
Amaccā dārikaṃ gahetvā nagarā nikkhamitvā kumārassa pāhesuṃ – ‘‘laddhā suvaṇṇarūpasadisī dārikā’’ti. Kumāro sutvāva rāgena abhibhūto paṭhamajjhānā parihāyi. So dūtaparamparaṃ pesesi ‘‘sīghaṃ ānetha, sīghaṃ ānethā’’ti. Te sabbattha ekarattivāseneva bārāṇasiṃ patvā bahinagare ṭhitā rañño pāhesuṃ – ‘‘ajja pavisitabbaṃ, no’’ti? Rājā ‘‘seṭṭhakulā ānītā dārikā, maṅgalakiriyaṃ katvā mahāsakkārena pavesessāma, uyyānaṃ tāva naṃ nethā’’ti āṇāpesi. Te tathā akaṃsu. Sā accantasukhumālā yānugghātena ubbāḷhā addhānaparissamena uppannavātarogā milātamālā viya hutvā rattiṃyeva kālamakāsi. Amaccā ‘‘sakkārā paribhaṭṭhamhā’’ti parideviṃsu. Rājā ca nāgarā ca ‘‘kulavaṃso vinaṭṭho’’ti parideviṃsu. Nagare mahākolāhalaṃ ahosi. Kumārassa sutamatteyeva mahāsoko udapādi. Tato kumāro sokassa mūlaṃ khaṇitumāraddho. So cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ soko nāma na ajātassa hoti, jātassa pana hoti, tasmā jātiṃ paṭicca soko’’ti. ‘‘Jāti pana kiṃ paṭiccā’’ti? Tato ‘‘bhavaṃ paṭicca jātī’’ti evaṃ pubbabhāvanānubhāvena yoniso manasikaronto anulomapaṭilomapaṭiccasamuppādaṃ disvā saṅkhāre sammasanto tattheva nisinno paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ maggaphalasukhena sukhitaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā, paṇipātaṃ katvā, amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mā soci, deva, mahanto jambudīpo, aññaṃ tato sundarataraṃ ānessāmā’’ti. So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ socako, nissoko paccekabuddho aha’’nti. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ purimagāthāsadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāvaṇṇanaṃ.
在偈颂注释里,“与交好而生”指的是由交好所产生的。其中,交好有五种:见交好、闻交好、身交好、言谈交好、受用交好。这当中,两人彼此相见,依眼识过程而生起贪著,就叫见交好。这里有个例子:在锡兰岛迦罗长池村,有一位住在善见寺、名叫长颂的年轻比丘,他托钵乞食时被一位长者的女儿看见,她一见倾心,想尽办法也得不到他,后来就死了。那位年轻比丘看见那少女所穿衣服的一块碎片,心想:“穿着那种衣服的女子,我竟然没能和她一起生活。”于是心碎而死。那位年轻比丘就是这样的例证。巴利
Gāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ pana saṃsaggajātassāti jātasaṃsaggassa. Tattha dassana, savana, kāya, samullapana, sambhogasaṃsaggavasena pañcavidho saṃsaggo. Tattha aññamaññaṃ disvā cakkhuviññāṇavīthivasena uppannarāgo dassanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tattha sīhaḷadīpe kāḷadīghavāpīgāme piṇḍāya carantaṃ kalyāṇavihāravāsīdīghabhāṇakadaharabhikkhuṃ disvā paṭibaddhacittā kenaci upāyena taṃ alabhitvā, kālakatā kuṭumbiyadhītā, tassā nivāsanacoḷakhaṇḍaṃ disvā ‘‘evarūpavatthadhāriniyā nāma saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ nālattha’’nti hadayaṃ phāletvā kālakato. So eva ca daharo nidassanaṃ.
别人口里正讲着的容貌、财富等种种好处,或者自己听到嬉笑、说话、唱歌的声音,依耳识路而生起的贪,就叫作“闻交好”。这里也有一个例子:住在山村里的一位铁匠女儿,和五个少女一起到莲花池去,沐浴之后戴上花环,高声唱歌。那时,一位住在五窗窟、名叫提舍达罗的年轻比丘正从空中飞过,听到歌声,就因为欲贪而退失了殊胜的禅定,最终遭遇了不幸与毁灭。巴利
Parehi pana kathiyamānaṃ rūpādisampattiṃ attanā vā hasitalapitagītasaddaṃ sutvā sotaviññāṇavīthivasena uppanno rāgo savanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tatrāpi girigāmavāsīkammāradhītāya pañcahi kumārīhi saddhiṃ padumassaraṃ gantvā, nhatvā mālaṃ āropetvā, uccāsaddena gāyantiyā ākāsena gacchanto saddaṃ sutvā kāmarāgena visesā parihāyitvā anayabyasanaṃ patto pañcaggaḷaleṇavāsī tissadaharo nidassanaṃ.
两人互相触摸对方身体而起了贪爱,这叫作“身相触”。这里可以用一位唱诵法的年轻比丘作例子。据说在大寺里,有位年轻比丘在说法。当时大众都来了,国王也带着后宫眷属一起来。国王的女儿因为看到那位比丘的相貌、听到他的声音,生起了强烈的贪爱;那位年轻比丘对她也是一样。国王看到后察觉了,就命人用布幔把他们围起来。两人在里面互相抚摸、拥抱。后来撤掉布幔一看,发现两人都已经死了。巴利
Aññamaññaṃ aṅgaparāmasanena uppannarāgo kāyasaṃsaggo nāma. Dhammagāyanadaharabhikkhu cettha nidassanaṃ. Mahāvihāre kira daharabhikkhu dhammaṃ bhāsati . Tattha mahājane āgate rājāpi agamāsi saddhiṃ antepurena. Tato rājadhītāya tassa rūpañca saddañca āgamma balavarāgo uppanno, tassa ca daharassāpi. Taṃ disvā rājā sallakkhetvā sāṇipākārena parikkhipāpesi. Te aññamaññaṃ parāmasitvā āliṅgiṃsu. Puna sāṇipākāraṃ apanetvā passantā dvepi kālakateyeva addasaṃsūti.
互相称呼、彼此交谈时生起的贪,叫做“言谈交好”。与比丘、比丘尼一起受用时生起的贪,叫做“受用交好”。这两种情况里,犯了波罗夷罪的比丘和比丘尼都可以作为例子。据说在摩利遮瓦提大寺的大供养法会上,杜达伽摩尼无畏大王备好盛大的布施,供养两众僧团。当时在分发热粥时,一位新入僧团的沙弥尼把齿环送给一位无依的新入僧团沙弥,并和他攀谈起来。后来两人都受了具足戒,到了六十岁成为长老后,去了对岸的地方,因为互相交谈而唤起了过去的记忆,当下就生起了爱染,违越了学处,成了波罗夷。巴利
Aññamaññaṃ ālapanasamullapane uppanno rāgo pana samullapanasaṃsaggo nāma. Bhikkhubhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ paribhogakaraṇe uppannarāgo sambhogasaṃsaggo nāma. Dvīsupi cetesu pārājikappatto bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca nidassanaṃ. Maricivaṭṭināmamahāvihāramahe kira duṭṭhagāmaṇi abhayamahārājā mahādānaṃ paṭiyādetvā ubhatosaṅghaṃ parivisati. Tattha uṇhayāguyā dinnāya saṅghanavakasāmaṇerī anādhārakassa saṅghanavakasāmaṇerassa dantavalayaṃ datvā samullāpaṃ akāsi. Te ubhopi upasampajjitvā saṭṭhivassā hutvā paratīraṃ gatā aññamaññaṃ samullāpena pubbasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā tāvadeva jātasinehā sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamitvā pārājikā ahesunti.
就这样,在五种交往中,无论通过哪一种交往,对由此产生交往关系的人都会生起爱著;以先前的贪爱为缘,强烈的贪染就会生起。接着,随着爱著而来的这种苦就产生了——也就是追随那份爱著而出现的现世与来世种种忧、悲等苦,这种苦产生、生起、存在、出生。不过,另一些人说:“心对所缘的投放,就是交往。”由此而有爱著,由爱著而有这些苦。巴利
Evaṃ pañcavidhe saṃsagge yena kenaci saṃsaggena jātasaṃsaggassa bhavati sneho, purimarāgapaccayā balavarāgo uppajjati. Tato snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti tameva snehaṃ anugacchantaṃ sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikasokaparidevādinānappakārakaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti, nibbattati, bhavati, jāyati. Apare pana ‘‘ārammaṇe cittassa vossaggo saṃsaggo’’ti bhaṇanti. Tato sneho, snehā dukkhamidanti.
那位独觉佛这样说明了这半偈各层不同的含义之后,说道:“我正是为了掘出那随爱著而来的忧等苦的根,才证得了独觉菩提。”听他这样说,那些大臣便问:“尊者,那我们现在该做什么呢?”于是他答道:“不管是你还是别人,只要想从这苦中解脱,就都应当看清由爱著所生的过患,独自而行,像犀牛角一样。”这里应当知道,前面所说“随爱著而来,这苦便产生”,正是针对“看清由爱著所生的过患”这句话而说的。或者也可以这样联系起来理解:正如前面所说,由交好而生起交好的人就会有爱著,随爱著而来,这苦便产生;我如实看清了这由爱著所生的过患,因而证悟。这样连接起来之后,第四句也应当依照前面所说的方式,理解为出于感兴而说。此后的内容,则与前一偈所说完全相同。巴利
Evamatthappabhedaṃ imaṃ aḍḍhagāthaṃ vatvā so paccekabuddho āha – ‘‘svāhaṃ yamidaṃ snehanvayaṃ sokādidukkhaṃ pahoti, tassa dukkhassa mūlaṃ khananto paccekasambodhimadhigato’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘amhehi dāni, bhante, kiṃ kātabba’’nti? Tato so āha – ‘‘tumhe vā aññe vā yo imamhā dukkhā muccitukāmo, so sabbopi ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Ettha ca yaṃ ‘‘snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahotī’’ti vuttaṃ ‘‘tadeva sandhāya ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā yathāvuttena saṃsaggena saṃsaggajātassa bhavati sneho, snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti, etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno ahaṃ adhigatoti. Evaṃ abhisambandhitvā catutthapādo pubbe vuttanayeneva udānavasena vuttopi veditabbo. Tato paraṃ sabbaṃ purimagāthāya vuttasadisamevāti.
37 37.“对朋友、善友”这一偈的起因是什么?这位独觉佛按照前一偈所说的方式投生后,在波罗奈城治理国家,证得初禅。他思量“沙门法和王位,哪个更殊胜”,然后把国政交到四位大臣手里,自己修沙门法。大臣们虽然被告知“要依法、公正地治理”,却收受贿赂,不依法办事。他们收了贿赂,让真正的物主败诉。有一次,他们让一位国王的亲信败诉了。那人趁着和给国王送饭的人一起进宫的机会,把全部经过禀告了国王。第二天,国王亲自去了断案的地方。于是大众发出巨大的喧闹声,说“大臣们把有主的人变成了无主的人”,闹得像要打大仗一样。这时国王从断案处起身,登上宫殿,坐下来想入定,心却被那声音搅乱,没法入定。他想:“我要这王位干什么?沙门法才更殊胜。”于是舍弃了王位的快乐,重新证得禅定,依照前面所说的方式修观,最终亲证了辟支菩提。当被问及修行方法时,他说出了这首偈:巴利
37.Mitte suhajjeti kā uppatti? Ayaṃ paccekabodhisatto purimagāthāya vuttanayeneva uppajjitvā bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārento paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nibbattetvā ‘‘kiṃ samaṇadhammo varo, rajjaṃ vara’’nti vīmaṃsitvā catunnaṃ amaccānaṃ hatthe rajjaṃ niyyātetvā samaṇadhammaṃ karoti. Amaccā ‘‘dhammena samena karothā’’ti vuttāpi lañjaṃ gahetvā adhammena karonti. Te lañjaṃ gahetvā sāmike parājentā ekadā aññataraṃ rājavallabhaṃ parājesuṃ. So rañño bhattahārakena saddhiṃ pavisitvā sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā dutiyadivase sayaṃ vinicchayaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi. Tato mahājanakāyā – ‘‘amaccā sāmike asāmike karontī’’ti mahāsaddaṃ karontā mahāyuddhaṃ viya akaṃsu. Atha rājā vinicchayaṭṭhānā vuṭṭhāya pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattiṃ appetuṃ nisinno tena saddena vikkhittacitto na sakkoti appetuṃ. So ‘‘kiṃ me rajjena, samaṇadhammo varo’’ti rajjasukhaṃ pahāya puna samāpattiṃ nibbattetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassanto paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Kammaṭṭhānañca pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
对朋友和知己怀着怜悯,心却被他们绑住,就会损害自己的利益。
看清了交往中暗藏的这种恐惧,就该像犀牛角一样独自游走。巴利
‘‘Mitte suhajje anukampamāno, hāpeti atthaṃ paṭibaddhacitto; Etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,从慈爱这方面来说,是朋友;从心地善良这方面来说,是善心友。有些人只是因为一心希望对方得到利益,就只是朋友,并不是善心友。有些人只是在来去、站立、同坐、交谈等时候让对方心生欢喜,就只是善心友,并不是朋友。有些人兼具这两方面,既是善心友,也是朋友。这些人分两种:在家人和出家人。其中,在家人有三种:饶益者、同甘共苦者、怜悯者。出家人则特别是指那些能开示真实义理的人。他们具备四种特质,正如经中所说:巴利
Tattha mettāyanavasena mittā. Suhadayabhāvena suhajjā. Keci hi ekantahitakāmatāya mittāva honti, na suhajjā. Keci gamanāgamanaṭṭhānanisajjāsamullāpādīsu hadayasukhajananena suhajjāva honti, na mittā. Keci tadubhayavasena suhajjā ceva mittā ca. Te duvidhā honti – agāriyā anagāriyā ca. Tattha agāriyā tividhā honti – upakāro, samānasukhadukkho, anukampakoti. Anagāriyā visesena atthakkhāyino eva. Te catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā honti. Yathāha –
居士子,要知道,能提供帮助、真心为对方好的朋友,可以从四个方面来辨认:他会保护疏忽大意的人,看护疏忽大意者的财物,成为恐惧者的依靠,在有事要办的时候,会给出双倍的财物支持。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo – pamattaṃ rakkhati, pamattassa sāpateyyaṃ rakkhati, bhītassa saraṇaṃ hoti, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu taddiguṇaṃ bhogaṃ anuppadeti’’ (dī. ni. 3.261).
居士子,应当从四种情况看出一个同甘共苦的朋友是真心待你的朋友:他把自己的秘密告诉你,他替你保守秘密,遇到危难时不抛弃你,甚至愿意为你舍弃性命。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo – guyhamassa ācikkhati, guyhamassa parigūhati, āpadāsu na vijahati, jīvitampissa atthāya pariccattaṃ hoti’’ (dī. ni. 3.262).
居士子,应当知道,有悲悯心的朋友、真心为你好的人,可以从四种表现来辨认:朋友落魄时他不高兴,朋友发达时他高兴,有人说朋友坏话他会制止,有人说朋友好话他会称赞。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo – abhavenassa na nandati, bhavenassa nandati, avaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ nivāreti, vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ pasaṃsati’’ (dī. ni. 3.264).
居士子,要知道有四种情况能看出一个朋友是真心为你好、心怀善意的:他会阻止你做坏事,引导你向善,让你听到没听过的东西,还会告诉你通往天界的路。巴利
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo – pāpā nivāreti, kalyāṇe niveseti, assutaṃ sāveti, saggassa maggaṃ ācikkhatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.263).
这些在家人被指定(为所说对象)。但从含义上说,其实对所有人都适用。他们就是朋友、善友。怜悯,是指心怀慈悯;他想要给他们带来快乐,也想要替他们去除痛苦。巴利
Tesvidha agāriyā adhippetā. Atthato pana sabbepi yujjanti. Te mitte suhajje. Anukampamānoti anudayamāno. Tesaṃ sukhaṃ upasaṃharitukāmo dukkhaṃ apaharitukāmo ca.
减损利益,有三种:现世利益、来世利益和究竟利益;同样,也有三种:自己的利益、他人的利益、自他两利的利益。所谓减损,就是已得到的利益被破坏,未得到的利益无法生起,从这两方面造成减损和毁灭。心被系缚的人:如果他想“没有这个人我就活不下去,他是我的归宿,是我的依靠”,这样把自己放在低下的位置,也是心被系缚;如果他想“没有我这些人就活不下去,我是他们的归宿,是他们的依靠”,这样把自己放在高尚的位置,也是心被系缚。这里指的是前一种心被系缚。此怖畏:这是指利益减损的怖畏,是针对自己等至的退失而说的。交往:交往有三种——基于贪爱的交往、基于见解的交往、基于友情的交往。其中,贪爱有一百零八种分别,这就是贪爱交往;见解有六十二种分别,这就是见解交往;因为心被系缚而对朋友生起的怜悯,就是友情交往。这里指的是最后一种。正是由于这种交往,他的等至退失了。因此说:看见交往中的这怖畏后,我已证得。其余应当知道与前面所说相同。巴利
Hāpeti atthanti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthavasena tividhaṃ, tathā attatthaparatthaubhayatthavasenāpi tividhaṃ. Atthaṃ laddhavināsanena aladdhānuppādanenāti dvidhāpi hāpeti vināseti. Paṭibaddhacittoti ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ vinā na jīvāmi, esa me gati, esa me parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. ‘‘Ime maṃ vinā na jīvanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ gati, tesaṃ parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. Idha pana evaṃ paṭibaddhacitto adhippeto. Etaṃ bhayanti etaṃ atthahāpanabhayaṃ, attano samāpattihāniṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Santhaveti tividho santhavo – taṇhādiṭṭhimittasanthavavasena. Tattha aṭṭhasatappabhedāpi taṇhā taṇhāsanthavo, dvāsaṭṭhibhedāpi diṭṭhi diṭṭhisanthavo, paṭibaddhacittatāya mittānukampanā mittasanthavo. So idhādhippeto. Tena hissa samāpatti parihīnā. Tenāha – ‘‘etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno ahamadhigato’’ti. Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevāti veditabbanti.
38 38.“竹丛广大”这个说法的来源是什么?据说,过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有三位辟支菩萨出家,在两万年里履行了往返义务,之后投生到天界。从那里死后,他们中年纪最大的投生在波罗奈城的王族家中,另外两位投生在边地的小国王族家中。那两位也学习了业处,舍弃王位出家,逐渐成为独觉佛,住在欢喜根窟。有一天,他们从定中出来,心中思惟:“我们是做了什么业,才证得这种出世间之乐?”于是回顾观察,看见了自己在迦叶佛时代的修行。接着他们又想:“第三位现在在哪里?”观察时看见他正在波罗奈城治理国政,便忆念起他的德行:“他天生就具备少欲等功德,是我们的劝导者、教诲者、能接受劝诫的人、呵责恶行的人。来吧,我们给他显示一个所缘,把他解脱出来。”他们寻找机会。有一天,看见他盛装打扮前往园林,便从空中飞来,站在园林门口的竹丛根部。大众因为看国王看得不满足,都注视着国王。那时国王心想:“有没有谁对我的出现毫不在意?”他环顾时看见了那两位独觉佛。刚一看见,他对他们就生起了爱念。巴利
38.Vaṃso visāloti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane tayo paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirājakule nibbatto, itare paccantarājakulesu. Te ubhopi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā, nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ‘‘mayaṃ kiṃ kammaṃ katvā imaṃ lokuttarasukhaṃ anuppattā’’ti āvajjetvā paccavekkhamānā kassapabuddhakāle attano cariyaṃ addasaṃsu. Tato ‘‘tatiyo kuhi’’nti āvajjentā bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārentaṃ disvā tassa guṇe saritvā ‘‘so pakatiyāva appicchatādiguṇasamannāgato ahosi, amhākaññeva ovādako vattā vacanakkhamo pāpagarahī, handa, naṃ ārammaṇaṃ dassetvā mocessāmā’’ti okāsaṃ gavesantā taṃ ekadivasaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā ākāsenāgantvā uyyānadvāre veḷugumbamūle aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahājano atitto rājadassanena rājānaṃ oloketi. Tato rājā ‘‘atthi nu kho koci mama dassane abyāvaṭo’’ti olokento paccekabuddhe addakkhi. Saha dassaneneva cassa tesu sineho uppajji.
他从象背上下来,以平静的举止走到他们跟前,问道:“尊者,你们叫什么名字?”他们回答说:“大王,我们叫不执著者。”国王又问:“尊者,‘不执著’是什么意思?”“就是不黏着的意思,大王。”接着,他们指着那丛竹子说:“大王,就好比这丛竹子,根、茎、枝、细枝全都互相缠在一起长着。如果有人拿刀从根部砍断,再用力去拉,也拉不出来。同样,你被内心的缠结和外部的缠结绑住、粘住、卡在里面。又好比这棵长在竹丛正中间的嫩竹笋,因为还没长出枝叶,所以什么也没粘上,不管从顶端还是从根部砍断,都能拔出来。同样,我们在任何地方都不黏着,可以自由地去任何方向。”说完,他们当下就进入第四禅,在国王眼前凌空飞往欢喜根窟。国王见了,心想:“我什么时候也能这样不黏着呢?”于是就在原地坐下修观,证得了辟支菩提。按照之前问业处的方式被问到时,他说了下面这首偈颂:巴利
So hatthikkhandhā oruyha santena upacārena te upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bhante, kiṃ nāmā tumhe’’ti pucchi. Te āhaṃsu ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, asajjamānā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, ‘asajjamānā’ti etassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Alagganattho, mahārājā’’ti. Tato taṃ veḷugumbaṃ dassentā āhaṃsu – ‘‘seyyathāpi, mahārāja, imaṃ veḷugumbaṃ sabbaso mūlakhandhasākhānusākhāhi saṃsibbitvā ṭhitaṃ asihattho puriso mūle chetvā āviñchanto na sakkuṇeyya uddharituṃ , evameva tvaṃ anto ca bahi ca jaṭāya jaṭito āsattavisatto tattha laggo. Seyyathāpi vā panassa vemajjhagatopi ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīro asañjātasākhattā kenaci alaggo ṭhito, sakkā ca pana agge vā mūle vā chetvā uddharituṃ, evameva mayaṃ katthaci asajjamānā sabbadisā gacchāmā’’ti tāvadeva catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā passato eva rañño ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tato rājā cintesi – ‘‘kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ asajjamāno bhaveyya’’nti tattheva nisīditvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Purimanayeneva kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
就像宽广的竹子被缠绕一样,对儿女和妻子的执著也是如此;
就像竹笋一样不被任何东西粘住,独自一人行走,如同犀牛角。巴利
‘‘Vaṃso visālova yathā visatto, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā; Vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“竹”就是竹子。“广延”指铺展开来。“而”字是强调作用,或者这里的“e”就是“eva”(正是),因为连音的关系,“e”音消失了。它与后面的词相连,我们后面再来说明。“犹如”是比喻。“纠结”是黏着、缠缚、紧密交织在一起。“于儿女与妻子”指对儿子、女儿和妻子。“那爱著”指那种渴爱、那种情执。“应如竹笋般无所执著”,意思是像竹笋一样不黏着。这话说的是什么?就像竹子蔓延开来,本身就是缠结在一起的;对儿女和妻子的那种爱著,也是因为紧紧依附在那些对象上,所以本身就是缠结。而拥有这爱著的我,就像那蔓延的竹子一样,是被缠缚住的——这样看清爱著的过患之后,以道智斩断那爱著,就像这竹笋一样,无论对色等所缘,还是对贪等烦恼,或是对欲有等生存境界,乃至对种种邪见,都不再以渴爱、慢、邪见的方式去执取,从而证得了辟支菩提。其余部分,按前面所说的方法来理解即可。巴利
Tattha vaṃsoti veḷu. Visāloti vitthiṇṇo. Cakāro avadhāraṇattho, evakāro vā ayaṃ, sandhivasenettha ekāro naṭṭho. Tassa parapadena sambandho, taṃ pacchā yojessāma. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Visattoti laggo, jaṭito saṃsibbito. Puttesu dāresu cāti puttadhītubhariyāsu. Yā apekkhāti yā taṇhā yo sneho. Vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamānoti vaṃsakaḷīro viya alaggamāno. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā vaṃso visālo visatto eva hoti, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, sāpi evaṃ tāni vatthūni saṃsibbitvā ṭhitattā visattā eva. Svāhaṃ tāya apekkhāya apekkhavā visālo vaṃso viya visattoti evaṃ apekkhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ apekkhaṃ maggañāṇena chindanto ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīrova rūpādīsu vā lobhādīsu vā kāmabhavādīsu vā diṭṭhādīsu vā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena asajjamāno paccekabodhiṃ adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
39 “如鹿在林野”这句话是怎么来的?据说,有一位比丘在迦叶世尊的教法里修习业处,命终之后,投生在波罗奈城的一个富豪家里,钱财极多,家产丰厚,相貌也很英俊。后来他与人私通,犯了邪淫,因此死后堕入地狱。在地狱里受完苦报后,凭着剩余的业力,投生到一位富豪妻子的腹中,取得了女人的结生识。从地狱投生来的众生,身体都是滚烫的。因此那位富豪妻子怀这个胎儿时,肚子像被火烧一样,费尽艰难辛苦才保住这个胎儿,足月后生下一个女儿。这个女孩从出生那天起,就被父母以及其他亲戚和仆人们厌恶。长大成人后,无论嫁到哪家,也同样被丈夫和公婆厌恶,不受喜爱,不招人喜欢。后来,在宣布星宿节庆的时候,富豪的儿子不想和她一起玩乐,就叫来一个妓女一起嬉戏。她从女仆那里听说这件事后,就走到富豪儿子面前,用种种方式讨好劝说,然后说道:“少爷,女人这东西,就算是十位国王的妹妹,或者是转轮圣王的女儿,也还是要听丈夫使唤。丈夫不理睬的时候,那痛苦就像被插在矛尖上一样。如果我值得被照顾,就请照顾我;如果不值得,就请放我走,我要回自己的亲族家里去。”富豪儿子说:“好吧,贤妹,别忧愁了,准备好玩乐的事,我们一起过节吧。”富豪的女儿仅仅因为这几句交谈就来了兴致,心想“明天过节我要好好玩乐”,于是准备了很多好吃的和好喝的。第二天,富豪儿子没有告诉她,就自己去了游乐的地方。她坐在那里望着路,心想“他现在就会派人来,他现在就会派人来”,等到太阳升得很高了,才派人去找。那些人回来报告说:“富豪儿子已经走了。”她就把准备好的所有东西都带上,登上车,动身前往园林。巴利
39.Migoaraññamhīti kā uppatti? Eko kira bhikkhu kassapassa bhagavato sāsane yogāvacaro kālaṃ katvā, bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhikule uppanno aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge, so subhago ahosi. Tato paradāriko hutvā tattha kālakato niraye nibbatto tattha paccitvā vipākāvasesena seṭṭhibhariyāya kucchimhi itthipaṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Nirayato āgatānaṃ gattāni uṇhāni honti. Tena seṭṭhibhariyā ḍayhamānena udarena kicchena kasirena taṃ gabbhaṃ dhāretvā kālena dārikaṃ vijāyi. Sā jātadivasato pabhuti mātāpitūnaṃ sesabandhuparijanānañca dessā ahosi. Vayappattā ca yamhi kule dinnā, tatthāpi sāmikasassusasurānaṃ dessāva ahosi appiyā amanāpā. Atha nakkhatte ghosite seṭṭhiputto tāya saddhiṃ kīḷituṃ anicchanto vesiṃ ānetvā kīḷati. Sā taṃ dāsīnaṃ santikā sutvā seṭṭhiputtaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nānappakārehi anunayitvā āha – ‘‘ayyaputta, itthī nāma sacepi dasannaṃ rājūnaṃ kaniṭṭhā hoti, cakkavattino vā dhītā, tathāpi sāmikassa pesanakarā hoti. Sāmike anālapante sūle āropitā viya dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Sace ahaṃ anuggahārahā, anuggahetabbā. No ce, vissajjetabbā, attano ñātikulaṃ gamissāmī’’ti. Seṭṭhiputto – ‘‘hotu, bhadde, mā soci, kīḷanasajjā hohi, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmā’’ti āha. Seṭṭhidhītā tāvatakenapi sallāpamattena ussāhajātā ‘‘sve nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti bahuṃ khajjabhojjaṃ paṭiyādeti. Seṭṭhiputto dutiyadivase anārocetvāva kīḷanaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Sā ‘‘idāni pesessati, idāni pesessatī’’ti maggaṃ olokentī nisinnā ussūraṃ disvā manusse pesesi. Te paccāgantvā ‘‘seṭṭhiputto gato’’ti ārocesuṃ. Sā sabbaṃ taṃ paṭiyāditaṃ ādāya yānaṃ abhiruhitvā uyyānaṃ gantuṃ āraddhā.
那时,在欢喜根窟,有一位独觉佛在第七天从灭尽定中出定。他在阿耨达池洗了脸,嚼了龙蔓做的齿木清洁口腔,然后心里想:“今天我去哪里乞食呢?”他观察到那位富家女,知道“如果她对我做供养,那件业就会走到尽头”。于是,他站在石窟附近六十由旬的朱砂石台上,在那里穿好下衣,拿起钵和袈裟,进入以神通为根基的禅那,从空中飞来,降落在她的必经之路上,朝波罗奈城的方向走去。女仆们看见他,就去禀告了富家女。她下车后恭敬地顶礼,接过钵,用种种美味、具足百味的嚼食和啖食装满,再用莲花盖上,下面也垫了莲花,手里拿着一束花,走到独觉佛跟前,把钵递到他手中,顶礼之后,手捧花束发愿说:“尊者,就像这朵花一样,无论我投生到哪里,都愿我成为大众喜爱、令人欢喜的人。”这样发愿后,她又发了第二个愿:“尊者,住在胎里真苦,愿我不再入胎,就像这莲花一样化生。”她又发了第三个愿:“尊者,女人实在令人厌恶,就算是转轮王的女儿,也要受别人支配,所以愿我不再投生为女人,愿我成为男人。”她又发了第四个愿:“尊者,愿我超越这轮回之苦,最终证得您所证得的不死之境。”巴利
Atha nandamūlakapabbhāre paccekasambuddho sattame divase nirodhā vuṭṭhāya anotatte mukhaṃ dhovitvā nāgalatādantapoṇaṃ khāditvā ‘‘kattha ajja bhikkhaṃ carissāmī’’ti āvajjento taṃ seṭṭhidhītaraṃ disvā ‘‘imissā mayi sakkāraṃ karitvā taṃ kammaṃ parikkhayaṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā pabbhārasamīpe saṭṭhiyojanaṃ manosilātalaṃ, tattha ṭhatvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā ākāsenāgantvā tassā paṭipathe oruyha bārāṇasībhimukho agamāsi. Taṃ disvā dāsiyo seṭṭhidhītāya ārocesuṃ. Sā yānā oruyha sakkaccaṃ vanditvā, pattaṃ gahetvā, sabbarasasampannena khādanīyabhojanīyena pūretvā, padumapupphena paṭicchādetvā heṭṭhāpi padumapupphaṃ katvā, pupphakalāpaṃ hatthena gahetvā, paccekabuddhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā, tassa hatthe pattaṃ datvā, vanditvā, pupphakalāpahatthā patthesi ‘‘bhante, yathā idaṃ pupphaṃ, evāhaṃ yattha yattha uppajjāmi, tattha tattha mahājanassa piyā bhaveyyaṃ manāpā’’ti. Evaṃ patthetvā dutiyaṃ patthesi ‘‘bhante, dukkho gabbhavāso, taṃ anupagamma padumapupphe evaṃ paṭisandhi bhaveyyā’’ti. Tatiyampi patthesi ‘‘bhante, jigucchanīyo mātugāmo, cakkavattidhītāpi paravasaṃ gacchati, tasmā ahaṃ itthibhāvaṃ anupagamma puriso bhaveyya’’nti. Catutthampi patthesi ‘‘bhante, imaṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ atikkamma pariyosāne tumhehi pattaṃ amataṃ pāpuṇeyya’’nti.
她这样发下四个誓愿,用那束莲花供养,以五体投地的方式礼敬独觉佛后,又发了第五个誓愿:“愿我的香气和色貌,就像这朵花一样!”随后,独觉佛拿着钵和那束花,停在虚空中——巴利
Evaṃ caturo paṇidhayo katvā, taṃ padumapupphakalāpaṃ pūjetvā, paccekabuddhassa pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā ‘‘pupphasadiso eva me gandho ceva vaṇṇo ca hotū’’ti imaṃ pañcamaṃ paṇidhiṃ akāsi. Tato paccekabuddho pattaṃ pupphakalāpañca gahetvā ākāse ṭhatvā –
愿你心中所愿、所求,速得成就;
愿一切心愿都圆满,就像十五的满月一样。巴利
‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Sabbe pūrentu saṅkappā, cando pannaraso yathā’’ti. –
他用这首偈颂向富家女表达了随喜,随后下定决心:“愿富家女看着我离去。”然后就往欢喜根窟去了。富家女看见他之后,心中生起了极大的喜。她过去世所造的不善业,因为一直没有遇到现起的因缘而彻底消尽,变得清净无染,就像用酸汁洗净的铜器一样。就在那时,她夫家和娘家所有人都满心欢喜,说着“我们什么都不做”,纷纷送来温言软语和礼物。富家子也派人传话:“快,快把富家女带来,我居然把她忘了,自己先到园子里来了。”从那时起,他就像珍爱涂在胸口的檀香、佩戴的珍珠璎珞、以及花鬘一样,疼爱她、呵护她。巴利
Imāya gāthāya seṭṭhidhītāya anumodanaṃ katvā ‘‘seṭṭhidhītā maṃ gacchantaṃ passatū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Seṭṭhidhītāya taṃ disvā mahatī pīti uppannā. Bhavantare kataṃ akusalakammaṃ anokāsatāya parikkhīṇaṃ, ciñcambiladhotatambabhājanamiva suddhā jātā. Tāvadeva cassā patikule ñātikule ca sabbo jano tuṭṭho ‘‘kiṃ karomā’’ti piyavacanāni paṇṇākārāni ca pesesi. Seṭṭhiputto manusse pesesi ‘‘sīghaṃ sīghaṃ ānetha seṭṭhidhītaraṃ, ahaṃ vissaritvā uyyānaṃ āgato’’ti. Tato pabhuti ca naṃ ure vilittacandanaṃ viya āmuttamuttāhāraṃ viya pupphamālaṃ viya ca piyāyanto parihari.
她在那里尽其一生的寿命,享受了权势、财富与快乐,死后以男身在天界的一朵莲花中化生。这位天子,走路时在莲花苞里走,站立时、坐下时、躺卧时,也都在莲花苞里。大家给他取名叫“大莲花天子”。他就这样凭着自己的神通威力,在六欲天中顺向、逆向地不断轮转投生。巴利
Sā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ issariyabhogasukhaṃ anubhavitvā kālaṃ katvā purisabhāvena devaloke padumapupphe uppajji. So devaputto gacchantopi padumapupphagabbheyeva gacchati, tiṭṭhantopi, nisīdantopi, sayantopi padumagabbheyeva sayati. Mahāpadumadevaputtoti cassa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Evaṃ so tena iddhānubhāvena anulomapaṭilomaṃ chadevaloke eva saṃsarati.
那时候,波罗奈国王有两万名宫女。国王却没能从任何一位宫女的肚子里得到儿子。大臣们对国王说:“陛下,应该求一个儿子来延续家族血脉。如果没有亲生的儿子,领地内出生的孩子也能继承家族血脉。”国王说:“除了王后,其余的歌女们,你们用七天时间演一出法义舞剧吧。”他让她们随意到外面走动,即便如此,还是没能得到儿子。大臣们又说:“大王,王后在所有女子中,福德和智慧都是第一的,也许陛下能从王后的肚子里得到儿子。”国王把这件事告诉了王后。王后说:“大王,只有说真话、持戒的女子才能得到儿子;一个失去了惭愧心的女人,儿子从哪里来呢?”于是她登上宫殿高楼,受持五戒,反复忆念。这位持戒的王后不断忆念五戒,求子的念头刚一升起,帝释天的座位就发热了。巴利
Tena ca samayena bārāṇasirañño vīsati itthisahassāni honti. Rājā ekissāpi kucchiyaṃ puttaṃ na labhati. Amaccā rājānaṃ viññāpesuṃ ‘‘deva, kulavaṃsānupālako putto icchitabbo, atraje avijjamāne khetrajopi kulavaṃsadharo hotī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘ṭhapetvā mahesiṃ avasesā nāṭakitthiyo sattāhaṃ dhammanāṭakaṃ karothā’’ti yathākāmaṃ bahi carāpesi, tathāpi puttaṃ nālattha. Puna amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, mahesī nāma puññena ca paññāya ca sabbitthīnaṃ aggā, appeva nāma devo mahesiyāpi kucchismiṃ puttaṃ labheyyā’’ti. Rājā mahesiyā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Sā āha – ‘‘mahārāja, yā itthī saccavādinī sīlavatī, sā puttaṃ labheyya, hirottapparahitāya kuto putto’’ti pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā pañca sīlāni samādiyitvā punappunaṃ anumajjati. Sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya pañca sīlāni anumajjantiyā puttapatthanācitte uppannamatte sakkassa āsanaṃ santappi.
这时,帝释天观察到自己座位发热的原因,明白了事情的原委,心想:“我要给这位持戒圆满的王后一个最好的儿子。”于是他从空中飞来,站在王后面前,问道:“王后,你想要什么?”王后回答:“我想要一个儿子,大王。”帝释天说:“王后,我给你一个儿子,别担心了。”说完便回到天界,观察有没有天子的寿命快尽了。他发现:“这位大莲花天子即将从这里的天界命终,投生到更高的天界去。”于是便前往大莲花的宫殿,恳求道:“亲爱的孩子大莲花,请你投生到人间去吧。”大莲花回答说:“大王,请不要这样说,人间是令人厌恶的地方。”帝释天说:“亲爱的孩子,你正是因为过去在人间修了福德,才投生到这里的。你还得回到人间去圆满种种波罗蜜。去吧,亲爱的孩子。”大莲花说:“大王,住胎实在太痛苦了,我没法待在那里。”帝释天说:“亲爱的孩子,你何必担心住胎呢?你过去所造的业,会让你直接化生在莲花苞里。去吧,亲爱的孩子。”这样再三劝说之后,大莲花终于答应了。巴利
Atha sakko āsanatāpakāraṇaṃ āvajjento etamatthaṃ viditvā ‘‘sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya puttavaraṃ demī’’ti ākāsenāgantvā deviyā sammukhe ṭhatvā ‘‘kiṃ patthesi devī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Puttaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Dammi te, devi, puttaṃ, mā cintayī’’ti vatvā devalokaṃ gantvā ‘‘atthi nu kho ettha khīṇāyuko’’ti āvajjento ‘‘ayaṃ mahāpadumo uparidevaloke uppajjituṃ ito cavatī’’ti ñatvā tassa vimānaṃ gantvā ‘‘tāta mahāpaduma, manussalokaṃ gacchāhī’’ti yāci. So āha – ‘‘mahārāja, mā evaṃ bhaṇi, jeguccho manussaloko’’ti. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ manussaloke puññaṃ katvā idhūpapanno, tattheva ṭhatvā pāramiyo pūretabbā, gaccha, tātā’’ti. ‘‘Dukkho, mahārāja, gabbhavāso, na sakkomi tattha vasitu’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ te, tāta, gabbhavāsena, tathā hi tvaṃ kammamakāsi, yathā padumagabbheyeva nibbattissasi, gaccha, tātā’’ti punappunaṃ vuccamāno adhivāsesi.
大莲花天子从天界命终后,化生在波罗奈国王御苑里一座石板池塘的莲花苞中。就在那天夜里,王后在破晓时梦见自己由两万名宫女簇拥着前往御苑,在石板池塘的莲池里得到了一个儿子。天亮后,她持守戒律,照梦中那样去了那里,看见一朵莲花。那朵花既不在岸边,也不在深水里。她刚一看见,心里就生起了对那孩子的亲情。她亲自走进池中,摘下那朵花。花刚被摘下,花瓣就绽开了。她在花苞里看见一个男孩,像一尊放在托盘上的黄金雕像。一看见,她就高声喊道:“我得到儿子了!”大众发出千百声赞叹,并派人禀告国王。国王听后问:“在哪里得到的?”听说了发现的地点和经过后,国王说:“御苑、池塘和莲花都是我们自己的领地,所以这孩子生在我的领地里,就叫‘领生’吧。”说完,把母子迎入城中,命两万名宫女做乳母。谁要是知道王子的喜好,喂他吃他想吃的食物,谁就能得到一千钱币。整个波罗奈城都轰动了,所有人都给王子送来成千上万的礼物。王子被带来带去,耳边不断有人说“吃这个,吃这个”,被食物弄得厌烦不堪,于是走到城门那里,玩起了虫胶球。巴利
Tato mahāpadumo devalokā cavitvā bārāṇasirañño uyyāne silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumagabbhe nibbatto. Tañca rattiṃ mahesī paccūsasamaye supinantena vīsatiitthisahassaparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumassare puttaṃ laddhā viya ahosi. Sā pabhātāya rattiyā sīlāni rakkhamānā tatheva tattha gantvā ekaṃ padumapupphaṃ addasa. Taṃ neva tīre hoti na gambhīre. Saha dassaneneva cassā tattha puttasineho uppajji. Sā sāmaṃyeva pavisitvā taṃ pupphaṃ aggahesi. Pupphe gahitamatteyeva pattāni vikasiṃsu. Tattha taṭṭake āsittasuvaṇṇapaṭimaṃ viya dārakaṃ addasa. Disvāva ‘‘putto me laddho’’ti saddaṃ nicchāresi. Mahājano sādhukārasahassāni muñci, rañño ca pesesi. Rājā sutvā ‘‘kattha laddho’’ti pucchitvā laddhokāsañca sutvā ‘‘uyyānañca pokkharaṇiyaṃ padumañca amhākaññeva khettaṃ, tasmā amhākaṃ khette jātattā khetrajo nāmāyaṃ putto’’ti vatvā nagaraṃ pavesetvā vīsatisahassaitthiyo dhātikiccaṃ kārāpesi. Yā yā kumārassa ruciṃ ñatvā patthitapatthitaṃ khādanīyaṃ khādāpeti, sā sā sahassaṃ labhati. Sakalabārāṇasī calitā, sabbo jano kumārassa paṇṇākārasahassāni pesesi. Kumāro taṃ taṃ atinetvā ‘‘imaṃ khāda, imaṃ bhuñjā’’ti vuccamāno bhojanena ubbāḷho ukkaṇṭhito hutvā, gopuradvāraṃ gantvā, lākhāguḷakena kīḷati.
那时,有一位辟支佛依止波罗奈城,住在仙人堕处。他清晨早早起来,做完住处事务、身体清洁、作意等一切该做的事,从静坐中出来后,心里盘算:“今天要去哪里乞食呢?”他观察到这位王子的福报,就探究:“这人过去造了什么业?”他了解到:“这人曾供养像我这样的修行人团食,并发了四个愿,其中三个已经实现,还有一个暂时没有成办。我要用善巧的方法给他指示所缘。”于是他以乞食游行的方式,来到王子附近。王子看见他,说:“沙门,别到这里来,这里的人也会对你说‘吃这个,吃那个’。”那位辟支佛只听了这一句话,就从那里转身回去,进了自己的住处。王子对侍从们说:“这位沙门只被我说了一句就回去了,他是不是生我的气了?”侍从们对他说:“主人,出家修行人不会以瞋恨为依靠,他们靠别人以净信心布施的东西维持生活。”尽管他们这样说了,王子还是想:“这位沙门肯定是对我生气了,我要去向他道歉。”于是他把这事禀告父母,乘上大象,以大王出行的大排场前往仙人堕处。到了那里,看见一群鹿,就问:“这些叫什么?”回答:“主人,这些叫鹿。”王子说:“有没有人照顾它们,对它们说‘吃这个,吃这个,喝这个’呢?”回答:“没有,主人。哪里有草有水容易得到,它们就住在哪里。”巴利
Tadā aññataro paccekabuddho bārāṇasiṃ nissāya isipatane vasati. So kālasseva vuṭṭhāya senāsanavattasarīraparikammamanasikārādīni sabbakiccāni katvā, paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito ‘‘ajja kattha bhikkhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti āvajjento kumārassa sampattiṃ disvā ‘‘esa pubbe kiṃ kammaṃ karī’’ti vīmaṃsanto ‘‘mādisassa piṇḍapātaṃ datvā, catasso patthanā patthesi tattha tisso siddhā, ekā tāva na sijjhati, tassa upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassemī’’ti bhikkhācariyavasena kumārassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘samaṇa, mā idha āgacchi, ime hi tampi ‘idaṃ khāda, idaṃ bhuñjā’ti vadeyyu’’nti āha. So ekavacaneneva tato nivattitvā attano senāsanaṃ pāvisi. Kumāro parijanaṃ āha – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo mayā vuttamattova nivatto, kuddho, nu, kho mamā’’ti. Tato tehi ‘‘pabbajitā nāma, deva, na kodhaparāyaṇā honti, parena pasannamanena yaṃ dinnaṃ hoti, tena yāpentī’’ti vuccamānopi ‘‘kuddho eva mamāyaṃ samaṇo, khamāpessāmi na’’nti mātāpitūnaṃ ārocetvā hatthiṃ abhiruhitvā, mahatā rājānubhāvena isipatanaṃ gantvā, migayūthaṃ disvā, pucchi ‘‘kiṃ nāma ete’’ti? ‘‘Ete, sāmi, migā nāmā’’ti. Etesaṃ ‘‘imaṃ khādatha, imaṃ bhuñjatha, imaṃ sāyathā’’ti vatvā paṭijaggantā atthīti. Natthi sāmi, yattha tiṇodakaṃ sulabhaṃ, tattha vasantīti.
王子心想:“这些鹿没人看管,也能想去哪儿就住哪儿。我什么时候也能这样自在而住呢?”他就把这个念头当作所缘。那位独觉佛知道王子要来,便把通往住处和经行处的路都打扫干净、弄得平整,自己来回经行了一两次,留下脚印;又把白天休息的地方和叶屋也打扫干净、弄得平整,留下进去的脚印,却不留下出来的脚印,然后去了别处。王子到了那里,看见那一带被打扫得干干净净、平平整整,心想:“那位独觉佛大概就住在这里吧。”听了侍从们的话后,他说:“今天早上那位沙门就已经生气了,现在再看到自己的地方被象、马等踩过,肯定更生气。你们就待在这里。”他从象背上下来,独自走进住处。他以恭敬的态度看到那打扫得极为平整的地方留有脚印,心想:“这位沙门在这里经行时,想的不是做生意之类的俗事,一定是在想自己的利益吧。”他心生净信,走上经行处,放下种种纷乱的念头,走过去坐在石板上,心变得专一,进入叶屋。他修观时证得了独觉菩提智。就像先前国师问他业处时那样,他坐在虚空中,说出这首偈颂:巴利
Kumāro ‘‘yathā ime arakkhiyamānāva yattha icchanti, tattha vasanti, kadā nu, kho, ahampi evaṃ vaseyya’’nti etamārammaṇaṃ aggahesi. Paccekabuddhopi tassa āgamanaṃ ñatvā senāsanamaggañca caṅkamañca sammajjitvā, maṭṭhaṃ katvā, ekadvikkhattuṃ caṅkamitvā, padanikkhepaṃ dassetvā, divāvihārokāsañca paṇṇasālañca sammajjitvā, maṭṭhaṃ katvā, pavisanapadanikkhepaṃ dassetvā, nikkhamanapadanikkhepaṃ adassetvā, aññatra agamāsi. Kumāro tattha gantvā taṃ padesaṃ sammajjitvā maṭṭhaṃ kataṃ disvā ‘‘vasati maññe ettha so paccekabuddho’’ti parijanena bhāsitaṃ sutvā āha – ‘‘pātopi so samaṇo kuddho, idāni hatthiassādīhi attano okāsaṃ akkantaṃ disvā, suṭṭhutaraṃ kujjheyya, idheva tumhe tiṭṭhathā’’ti hatthikkhandhā oruyha ekakova senāsanaṃ paviṭṭho vattasīsena susammaṭṭhokāse padanikkhepaṃ disvā, ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo ettha caṅkamanto na vaṇijjādikammaṃ cintesi, addhā attano hitameva cintesi maññe’’ti pasannamānaso caṅkamaṃ āruhitvā, dūrīkataputhuvitakko gantvā, pāsāṇaphalake nisīditvā, sañjātaekaggo hutvā, paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ adhigantvā, purimanayeneva purohitena kammaṭṭhāne pucchite gaganatale nisinno imaṃ gāthamāha –
就像林中的鹿,没有束缚,想去哪儿觅食就去哪儿。
智者看清了自由,就该像犀牛角一样,独自而行。巴利
‘‘Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya; Viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,“鹿”有两种:麋鹿和花鹿。不过,这也是对所有林中四足动物的通称。但这里特指花鹿。“在林野中”:除了村落和村落附近,剩下的都叫林野;但这里指的是御苑,所以说“在御苑中”。“犹如”是比喻的意思。“无拘无束”:没有被绳索等绑住,以此说明它自由自在地行动。“随其所欲,觅食而行”:它想往哪个方向去觅食,就往那个方向去觅食。关于这一点,世尊也说过:巴利
Tattha migoti dve migā eṇīmigo, pasadamigo cāti. Apica sabbesaṃ āraññikānaṃ catuppadānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana pasadamigo adhippeto. Araññamhīti gāmañca gāmūpacārañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ araññaṃ, idhaṃ pana uyyānamadhippetaṃ, tasmā uyyānamhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Abaddhoti rajjubandhanādīhi abaddho, etena vissatthacariyaṃ dīpeti. Yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāyati yena yena disābhāgena gantumicchati, tena tena disābhāgena gocarāya gacchati. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,就像林中的野兽,在森林和树丛里走动时,放心地走,放心地站,放心地坐,放心地躺下休息。这是什么原因呢?比丘们,因为它不在猎人的视野范围内。同样地,比丘们,比丘远离诸欲……(中略)……成就初禅而安住。比丘们,这就叫做:比丘让魔罗瞎了眼,无迹可寻,摧毁了魔罗的眼睛,让邪恶者看不见。详细展开就是如此。巴利
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āraññako migo araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati, vissattho tiṭṭhati, vissattho nisīdati, vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, luddassa; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ apadaṃ, vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’’ti (ma. ni. 1.287; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 125) vitthāro.
智者就是聪明人。自在是指随自己的意愿而行、不依赖他人。观察是指用智慧的眼光去看。或者也可以说,是法之自在与人之自在。因为出世间法不随烦恼的力量转,所以是自在的;具足这些法的人也是自在的,对他们修习情况的说明就是自在。所谓观察那个,是什么意思呢?就像林中的鹿,没有被束缚,想到哪里去吃食就到哪里去。何时我也能如此而行呢?你们从前后左右把我围住,我像被绑住一样,不能想去哪里就去哪里。我看到不能随意而行的处境,也看到随意而行的好处,于是逐渐修习止观,使之圆满,由此证得了辟支菩提。所以,其他有智慧、聪明的人,观察到这种自在,也应当像犀牛角一样,独自而行。其余内容按前面所说的方式理解即可。巴利
Viññūnaroti paṇḍitapuriso. Seritanti sacchandavuttitaṃ aparāyattataṃ. Pekkhamānoti paññācakkhunā olokayamāno. Atha vā dhammaseritaṃ puggalaseritañca. Lokuttaradhammā hi kilesavasaṃ agamanato serino tehi samannāgatā puggalā ca, tesaṃ bhāvaniddeso seritā. Taṃ pekkhamānoti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? ‘‘Yathā migo araññamhi abaddho yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya, kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ gaccheyya’’nti iti me tumhehi ito cito ca parivāretvā ṭhitehi baddhassa yenicchakaṃ gantuṃ alabhantassa tasmiṃ yenicchakagamanābhāvena yenicchakagamane cānisaṃsaṃ disvā anukkamena samathavipassanā pāripūriṃ agamaṃsu. Tato paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhi. Tasmā aññopi viññū paṇḍito naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
40 40.“有人招呼”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说在过去,有一位名叫跋耆梵授的国王,性情温和。每当大臣们想和他一起商议事情,不管是合适的还是不合适的,他们就会一次又一次地把他单独带到一边。有一天,他正在午休,一位大臣请求说:“大王,我有话要禀报。”于是请他到一边去,国王就起身跟他走了。后来,又有一个人在他坐在大殿上时请求单独谈话;一个在他坐在象背上时;一个在他骑在马上时;一个在他乘坐金车时;还有一个在他坐轿前往园林时,请求他停下说话,国王就从轿上下来,走到一边。又有一个人在国王巡行地方时请求进言,国王听了他的话,也从象背上下来,走到一边。就这样,他被这些人弄得十分厌烦,便出家了。那些大臣们却因权势而越发骄横。其中一个人跑去对国王说:“大王,请把某某地方赐给我。”国王说:“那个地方是某某人在享用。”那人不听国王的话,说道:“我去把那地方夺过来享用。”便去了那里,挑起争端。之后双方又都来到国王面前,互相告发对方的过错。国王心想:“这些人是不可能被满足的。”他看到贪欲的过患,修习观法,证得了辟支菩提。于是他便像前面那样,说了这首偈颂——巴利
40.Āmantanā hotīti kā uppatti? Atīte kira ekavajjikabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi mudukajātiko. Yadā amaccā tena saha yuttaṃ vā ayuttaṃ vā mantetukāmā honti, tadā naṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ ekamantaṃ nenti. Taṃ ekadivasaṃ divāseyyaṃ upagataṃ aññataro amacco ‘‘deva, mama sotabbaṃ atthī’’ti ekamantaṃ gamanaṃ yāci. So uṭṭhāya agamāsi. Puna eko mahāupaṭṭhāne nisinnaṃ varaṃ yāci, eko hatthikkhandhe, eko assapiṭṭhiyaṃ , eko suvaṇṇarathe, eko sivikāya nisīditvā uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci. Rājā tato orohitvā ekamantaṃ agamāsi. Aparo janapadacārikaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci, tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā hatthito oruyha ekamantaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ so tehi nibbinno hutvā pabbaji. Amaccā issariyena vaḍḍhanti. Tesu eko gantvā rājānaṃ āha – ‘‘amukaṃ, mahārāja, janapadaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘taṃ itthannāmo bhuñjatī’’ti bhaṇati. So rañño vacanaṃ anādiyitvā ‘‘gacchāmahaṃ taṃ janapadaṃ gahetvā bhuñjāmī’’ti tattha gantvā, kalahaṃ katvā, puna ubhopi rañño santikaṃ āgantvā, aññamaññassa dosaṃ ārocenti. Rājā ‘‘na sakkā ime tosetu’’nti tesaṃ lobhe ādīnavaṃ disvā vipassanto paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. So purimanayeneva imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
在朋友中间、在住处、在停留的地方、在出行游方的时候,都会有招呼。
不被贪求的、自在独处,这样观察着,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Āmantanā hoti sahāyamajjhe, vāse ṭhāne gamane cārikāya; Anabhijjhitaṃ seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这段话的意思是:当一个人站在朋友中间,无论是在叫做“白天住处”的住所,还是在叫做“大集会处”的场所,或是在叫做“游园”的出行中,以及在叫做“游历各地”的游方中,总会被人用“听我说这个,把那个给我”之类的方式不断招呼。所以我对那些地方感到厌离。那种被圣者们所亲近、有许多功德、纯粹安乐的出家生活,即使如此,却不会被那些被贪欲压倒的恶人们所希求、所渴望。我观察这不被希求的出家生活——它不随他人控制,是依法和人的品质而自在独立的——于是开始修观,逐渐证得了辟支菩提。其余内容和前面所说的方式相同。巴利
Tassattho – sahāyamajjhe ṭhitassa divāseyyasaṅkhāte vāse ca, mahāupaṭṭhānasaṅkhāte ṭhāne ca, uyyānagamanasaṅkhāte gamane ca, janapadacārikasaṅkhātāya cārikāya ca ‘‘idaṃ me suṇa, idaṃ me dehī’’tiādinā nayena tathā tathā āmantanā hoti, tasmā ahaṃ tattha nibbijjitvā yāyaṃ ariyajanasevitā anekānisaṃsā ekantasukhā, evaṃ santepi lobhābhibhūtehi sabbakāpurisehi anabhijjhitā anabhipatthitā pabbajjā, taṃ anabhijjhitaṃ paresaṃ avasavattanena dhammapuggalavasena ca seritaṃ pekkhamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā anukkamena paccekasambodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
41 41.“游戏与乐”这段话是怎么来的呢?在波罗奈城,有一位名叫独子梵授的国王。他有一个独生子,可爱、讨人喜欢,国王爱他如同自己的性命。国王在行住坐卧一切威仪中,都要带着孩子才行动。有一天,国王要去园林,就把孩子留在宫里,自己出去了。而就在那一天,王子突然得了病,死了。大臣们心想:“国王对儿子的感情那么深,如果知道这件事,恐怕心脏都会碎裂。”于是他们没有禀报,就直接把遗体火化了。国王在园林里被酒醉迷住,完全不记得儿子的事,第二天沐浴、用餐时也同样没想起来。后来,他吃完饭坐下时,才忽然记起,说道:“把我儿子带来。”大臣们于是用婉转的方式,把事情经过告诉了他。国王顿时被悲痛压倒,坐在那里,如理作意:“此有故彼有,此生故彼生。”就这样,他依顺、逆的顺序思惟缘起,渐次亲证了辟支菩提。除了偈颂本身的词义解释之外,其余情节与《交结偈》中所说的类似。巴利
41.Khiḍḍā ratīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ ekaputtakabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So cassa ekaputtako piyo ahosi manāpo pāṇasamo. So sabbiriyāpathesu puttaṃ gahetvāva vattati. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto taṃ ṭhapetvā gato. Kumāropi taṃ divasaṃyeva uppannena byādhinā mato. Amaccā ‘‘puttasinehena rañño hadayampi phaleyyā’’ti anārocetvāva naṃ jhāpesuṃ. Rājā uyyāne surāmadena matto puttaṃ neva sari, tathā dutiyadivasepi nhānabhojanavelāsu. Atha bhuttāvī nisinno saritvā ‘‘puttaṃ me ānethā’’ti āha. Tassa anurūpena vidhānena taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato sokābhibhūto nisinno evaṃ yoniso manasākāsi ‘‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjatī’’ti. So evaṃ anukkamena anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sammasanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Sesaṃ saṃsaggagāthāya vuttasadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ.
在《义注》里,“嬉戏”就是玩耍。它有两种:身体上的和言语上的。其中,身体上的嬉戏,比如骑象玩耍、骑马玩耍、驾车玩耍、拉弓玩耍、舞剑玩耍等等。言语上的嬉戏,则是唱歌、吟诵诗句、用嘴模仿鼓声等等。“乐”指对五种欲乐的贪爱。“广大”指遍满整个身体,一直深达骨髓。其余部分容易理解。这里文脉的连接方式,也应按照《交结偈》中所说的方法来理解,此后的一切也都同样。巴利
Atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ pana khiḍḍāti kīḷanā. Sā duvidhā hoti – kāyikā, vācasikā ca. Tattha kāyikā nāma hatthīhipi kīḷanti, assehipi, rathehipi, dhanūhipi, tharūhipīti evamādi. Vācasikā nāma gītaṃ, silokabhaṇanaṃ, mukhabherīti evamādi. Ratīti pañcakāmaguṇarati. Vipulanti yāva aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca ṭhānena sakalattabhāvabyāpakaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Anusandhiyojanāpi cettha saṃsaggagāthāya vuttanayeneva veditabbā, tato parañca sabbanti.
42 42.“四方者”这个说法是怎么来的呢?据说,过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有五位独觉佛菩萨出家,在两万年中圆满履行了往返的修行仪轨,之后投生到天界。从那里命终后,他们当中最年长的那位成了波罗奈城的国王,其余几位则成了普通国王。他们四人学习了业处,然后舍弃王位出家,逐渐成就为独觉佛,住在欢喜根窟。有一天,他们从定中出来,按照竹笋偈中所说的方式,审察自己的业缘和同伴,了知之后,便寻找机会,想用善巧的方法向波罗奈国王显示所缘。那位国王一夜之间三次受到惊吓,恐惧地大叫,跑到宫殿的大平台上。国师清晨起来,问国王睡得是否安稳,国王说:“老师,我哪来的安稳!”然后把整件事都告诉了他。国师心想:“这种病不是靠催吐、下泻之类的医药能治好的,不过我想出了一个巧妙的办法。”于是他对国王说:“大王,这是王国衰败、性命危难等灾祸的前兆。”国王更加恐惧。随后,为了平息这些灾祸,国师劝国王举行祭祀,说:“应当献出这么多、这么多的象、马、车乘,以及金银钱财作为供养,举行一场祭祀。”巴利
42.Cātuddisoti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pañca paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasiyaṃ rājā ahosi, sesā pākatikarājāno. Te cattāropi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya vaṃsakaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayeneva attano kammañca sahāyañca āvajjetvā ñatvā bārāṇasirañño upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassetuṃ okāsaṃ gavesanti. So ca rājā tikkhattuṃ rattiyā ubbijjati, bhīto vissaraṃ karoti, mahātale dhāvati. Purohitena kālasseva vuṭṭhāya sukhaseyyaṃ pucchitopi ‘‘kuto me, ācariya, sukha’’nti sabbaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Purohitopi ‘‘ayaṃ rogo na sakkā yena kenaci uddhaṃvirecanādinā bhesajjakammena vinetuṃ , mayhaṃ pana khādanūpāyo uppanno’’ti cintetvā ‘‘rajjahānijīvitantarāyādīnaṃ pubbanimittaṃ etaṃ mahārājā’’ti rājānaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ ubbejetvā tassa vūpasamanatthaṃ ‘‘ettake ca ettake ca hatthiassarathādayo hiraññasuvaṇṇañca dakkhiṇaṃ datvā yañño yajitabbo’’ti taṃ yaññayajane samādapesi.
那时,独觉佛们看见成千上万的众生为了祭祀而被聚集起来,心想:“这件事一旦做成,他将会难以教化。我们不如事先就去看看。”于是,他们按照竹笋偈里所说的方式前来,在王宫庭院中依次托钵而行。国王站在狮子窗边,眺望庭院,看见了他们。一见之下,他心里就生起了亲切感。于是他把他们召请过来,让他们坐在露台上敷设的座位上,恭敬地供养饮食。吃完饭以后,国王问:“你们是谁?”他们回答:“大王,我们是四方者。”国王问:“尊者,什么是四方者?”他们回答:“大王,在四方任何地方,我们都没有恐惧,也没有惊慌。”国王问:“尊者,你们为什么没有那种恐惧?”他们回答:“大王,我们修习慈、修习悲、修习喜、修习舍,因此我们没有那种恐惧。”说完,他们从座位上起身,回到了自己的住处。巴利
Tato paccekabuddhā anekāni pāṇasahassāni yaññatthāya sampiṇḍiyamānāni disvā ‘‘etasmiṃ kamme kate dubbodhaneyyo bhavissati, handa naṃ paṭikacceva gantvā pekkhāmā’’ti vaṃsakaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayeneva āgantvā piṇḍāya caramānā rājaṅgaṇe paṭipāṭiyā agamaṃsu. Rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito rājaṅgaṇaṃ olokayamāno te addakkhi , saha dassaneneva cassa sineho uppajji. Tato te pakkosāpetvā ākāsatale paññattāsane nisīdāpetvā sakkaccaṃ bhojetvā katabhattakicce ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, cātuddisā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, cātuddisāti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Catūsu disāsu katthaci kutoci bhayaṃ vā cittutrāso vā amhākaṃ natthi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, tumhākaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ kiṃ kāraṇā na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Mayañhi, mahārāja, mettaṃ bhāvema, karuṇaṃ bhāvema, muditaṃ bhāvema, upekkhaṃ bhāvema, tena no taṃ bhayaṃ na hotī’’ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā attano vasatiṃ agamaṃsu.
国王于是想:“这些沙门说,修习慈等就不会有恐惧,可婆罗门却称赞杀害成千上万条生命。到底谁的话才是真的?”接着他心里又想:“沙门是用清净的东西洗掉不净,婆罗门却是用不净的东西去对付不净。用不净的东西根本洗不掉不净,只有出家者的话才是真的。”于是,他按照“愿一切众生安乐”等方法,修习了慈、悲、喜、舍这四种梵住。他以遍满慈悯的心命令大臣们:“把一切众生都放了吧,让它们喝清凉的水,吃青绿的草,也让凉风吹拂它们。”大臣们照办了。巴利
Tato rājā cintesi ‘‘ime samaṇā mettādibhāvanāya bhayaṃ na hotīti bhaṇanti, brāhmaṇā pana anekasahassapāṇavadhaṃ vaṇṇayanti, kesaṃ nu kho vacanaṃ sacca’’nti. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘samaṇā suddhena asuddhaṃ dhovanti, brāhmaṇā pana asuddhena asuddhaṃ. Na ca sakkā asuddhena asuddhaṃ dhovituṃ, pabbajitānaṃ eva vacanaṃ sacca’’nti. So ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’tiādinā nayena mettādayo cattāropi brahmavihāre bhāvetvā hitapharaṇacittena amacce āṇāpesi ‘‘sabbe pāṇe muñcatha, sītāni pānīyāni pivantu, haritāni tiṇāni khādantu, sīto ca nesaṃ vāto upavāyatū’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu.
国王听了之后心想:“我就是因为善友的一番话,才从恶业中解脱出来。”他就坐在原地观修,证得了独觉菩提。到了吃饭的时候,大臣们对他说:“大王,请用餐吧,时候到了。”他回答:“我不是国王。”然后像之前那样把一切说明之后,说出了这首自说记别偈:巴利
Tato rājā ‘‘kalyāṇamittānaṃ vacaneneva pāpakammato muttomhī’’ti tattheva nisinno vipassitvā paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Amaccehi ca bhojanavelāyaṃ ‘‘bhuñja, mahārāja, kālo’’ti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti purimanayeneva sabbaṃ vatvā imaṃ udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ abhāsi –
四方无碍而无嗔,随所得而恒知足;
能忍受种种危难,毫不畏惧,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, santussamāno itarītarena; Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这其中,“四方者”是指随意住在四个方向的人;或者按照“遍满一个方向而住”等说法,通过修习梵住而遍满四个方向,所以他有四个方向,因此也叫“四方者”。在那些方向中,无论对众生还是对诸行,都不会因为恐惧而受到阻碍,所以叫“无嗔”。“满足”是指依十二种满足而成为满足者;“以任何所得”是指以各种好坏不同的资具。“在诸危险中能忍受,不惊慌”:这里,“危险”是指折磨身心,或使它们的圆满退失,或依它们而存在的东西,所以叫“危险”。这是指外在的狮子、老虎等,以及内在的欲贪等身心祸患。“危险”就是这些的总称。他能以忍耐、堪忍,以及精进等法忍受这些危险,所以说“在诸危险中能忍受”。由于没有使心僵硬的恐惧,所以叫“不惊慌”。这说的是什么?就像那四位沙门一样,他满足于任何所得,安住在这里修行处的满足中,以慈等修习遍满四方,所以是“四方者”;对众生和诸行没有阻碍和恐惧,所以是“无嗔”。他因为具有四方的性质,所以能忍受上述那些危险;因为无嗔,所以不惊慌。这样看见修行功德,如理修行后,我证得了辟支菩提。或者,像那四位沙门一样,满足于任何所得,按照所说的方式,他就是“四方者”。知道这样之后,希望具有这种四方性质的人,如理修行后,我证得了它。因此,别人如果也希望这样的境地,就应当以四方性忍受诸危险,并以无嗔而不惊慌,然后独自而行,如犀牛角一般。其余内容如前所说。巴利
Tattha cātuddisoti catūsu disāsu yathāsukhavihārī, ‘‘ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.308; a. ni. 4.125; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 128) vā nayena brahmavihārabhāvanāpharitā catasso disā assa santītipi cātuddiso. Tāsu disāsu katthaci satte vā saṅkhāre vā bhayena na paṭihaññatīti appaṭigho. Santussamānoti dvādasavidhassa santosassavasena santussako, itarītarenāti uccāvacena paccayena. Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhīti ettha parissayanti kāyacittāni, parihāpenti vā tesaṃ sampattiṃ, tāni vā paṭicca sayantīti parissayā, bāhirānaṃ sīhabyagghādīnaṃ abbhantarānañca kāmacchandādīnaṃ kāyacittupaddavānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Te parissaye adhivāsanakhantiyā ca vīriyādīhi dhammehi ca sahatīti parissayānaṃ sahitā. Thaddhabhāvakarabhayābhāvena achambhī. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā te cattāro samaṇā, evaṃ itarītarena paccayena santussamāno ettha paṭipattipadaṭṭhāne santose ṭhito catūsu disāsu mettādibhāvanāya cātuddiso, sattasaṅkhāresu paṭihananabhayābhāvena appaṭigho ca hoti. So cātuddisattā vuttappakārānaṃ parissayānaṃ sahitā, appaṭighattā achambhī ca hotīti evaṃ paṭipattiguṇaṃ disvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Atha vā te samaṇā viya santussamāno itarītarena vuttanayeneva cātuddiso hotīti ñatvā evaṃ cātuddisabhāvaṃ patthayanto yoniso paṭipajjitvā adhigatomhi. Tasmā aññopi īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayamāno cātuddisatāya parissayānaṃ sahitā appaṭighatāya ca achambhī hutvā eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
43 “难护”这个说法是怎么来的呢?据说,波罗奈国王的王后去世了。在哀悼的那些日子过去之后,有一天,大臣们请求说:“大王,在种种事务上,王后对国王来说是不可缺少的。陛下,请您再迎娶一位王后吧。”国王说:“那好吧,你们去打听吧。”他们四处寻找时,邻国有一位国王死了,他的王后正在治理国家,而且已经怀孕了。大臣们知道她配得上国王,就向她提出请求。她说:“怀孕的女人对人们来说是不讨喜欢的。如果你们愿意等,等我生下孩子,那就可以;不然的话,就另找别人吧。”大臣们把这件事禀告了国王。国王说:“就算怀孕也没关系,把她带来。”他们就把她带来了。国王为她举行了灌顶礼,把王后应有的一切享受都给了她,还用各种礼物善待她的随从。后来,她按时生下一个儿子。国王也把他当作自己亲生的儿子一样,在一切行住坐卧中把他抱在膝上、搂在怀里。于是,王后的随从们心想:“国王太宠爱这个王子了,国王的心太容易过分信任了,我们来离间他们吧。”巴利
43.Dussaṅgahāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira aggamahesī kālamakāsi. Tato vītivattesu sokadivasesu ekaṃ divasaṃ amaccā ‘‘rājūnaṃ nāma tesu tesu kiccesu aggamahesī avassaṃ icchitabbā, sādhu, devo, aññaṃ deviṃ ānetū’’ti yāciṃsu. Rājā‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, jānāthā’’ti āha. Te pariyesantā sāmantarajje rājā mato. Tassa devī rajjaṃ anusāsati. Sā ca gabbhinī hoti. Amaccā ‘‘ayaṃ rañño anurūpā’’ti ñatvā taṃ yāciṃsu. Sā ‘‘gabbhinī nāma manussānaṃ amanāpā hoti, sace āgametha, yāva vijāyāmi, evaṃ hotu, no ce, aññaṃ pariyesathā’’ti āha. Te raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘gabbhinīpi hotu ānethā’’ti. Te ānesuṃ. Rājā taṃ abhisiñcitvā sabbaṃ mahesībhogaṃ adāsi. Tassā parijanañca nānāvidhehi paṇṇākārehi saṅgaṇhāti. Sā kālena puttaṃ vijāyi. Tampi rājā attano jātaputtamiva sabbiriyāpathesu aṅke ca ure ca katvā viharati. Tato deviyā parijano cintesi ‘‘rājā ativiya saṅgaṇhāti kumāraṃ, ativissāsaniyāni rājahadayāni, handa naṃ paribhedemā’’ti.
于是他们对王子说:“孩子,你是我们国王的儿子,不是这位国王的儿子,别在这里对他生出信任。”听了这话以后,王子即使被国王叫着“来,孩子”,即使被拉着手拽过去,也不像从前那样亲近国王了。国王心想“这是怎么回事”,弄清了事情的原委后,想:“唉,这些人我这样照顾他们,他们说话却还是这么不中听。”于是心生厌离,舍弃王位出了家。听说“国王出家了”,许多大臣和随从也出了家。人们说“国王带着随从出家了”,就送来精美的供养品。国王把这些精美的供养品按长幼次序分给大家。分到好东西的人很满意,其余的人就抱怨说:“打扫住处、清扫地面这些活都是我们干的,却只得到粗劣的饭食和破旧的衣服。”他知道了这件事,心想:“唉,就算按长幼次序分,他们还是要抱怨。唉,这群人真是难照顾啊!”于是他拿起钵和袈裟,独自一人进入林中,开始修观,证得了辟支菩提。后来有人来到他那里,向他请教修行法门,他就说了这首偈颂:巴利
Tato kumāraṃ – ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, amhākaṃ rañño putto, na imassa rañño, mā ettha vissāsaṃ āpajjī’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha kumāro ‘‘ehi puttā’’ti raññā vuccamānopi hatthe gahetvā ākaḍḍhiyamānopi pubbe viya rājānaṃ na allīyati. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti vīmaṃsanto taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā ‘‘are, ete mayā evaṃ saṅgahitāpi paṭikūlavuttino evā’’ti nibbijjitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito. ‘‘Rājā pabbajito’’ti amaccaparijanāpi bahū pabbajitā , ‘‘saparijano rājā pabbajito’’ti manussā paṇīte paccaye upanenti. Rājā paṇīte paccaye yathāvuḍḍhaṃ dāpeti. Tattha ye sundaraṃ labhanti, te tussanti. Itare ujjhāyanti ‘‘mayaṃ pariveṇasammajjanādīni sabbakiccāni karontā lūkhabhattaṃ jiṇṇavatthañca labhāmā’’ti. So tampi ñatvā ‘‘are, yathāvuḍḍhaṃ diyyamānepi nāma ujjhāyanti, aho, ayaṃ parisā dussaṅgahā’’ti pattacīvaraṃ ādāya eko araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tattha āgatehi ca kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
有些出家人难共住,又有在家人安住家中;
不执着于他人的子女,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā; Appossukko paraputtesu hutvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这个意思本身就很清楚。不过这里的连接方式是:有些出家的人也很难相处,就是那些被不知足压倒的人;同样,在家人住在家里也是这样。我厌离这种难相处的状态,就开始修观,最后证得了辟支菩提。剩下的内容应当按前面的方式理解。巴利
Sā atthato pākaṭā eva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, ye asantosābhibhūtā, tathāvidhā eva ca atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā. Etamahaṃ dussaṅgahabhāvaṃ jigucchanto vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
44 “舍弃”这个词是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫四月梵授的国王,在夏季第一个月去了园林。在那里一块怡人的地方,他看到一棵被浓密绿叶覆盖的黑檀树,就说:“在黑檀树下给我铺好床座。”他在园中玩过之后,傍晚时分就在那里躺下休息。到了夏季第二个月,他又去了园林。那时黑檀树正开满花,他仍然像之前那样做。再到夏季最后一个月,他又去了。那时黑檀树叶子已经落尽,像一棵枯树。他虽然没认出那棵树,但因为以前的习惯,还是命令在那里铺床。大臣们虽然知道情况,但害怕这是国王的命令,还是在那里铺好了床座。国王在园中玩过之后,傍晚躺下休息时看见了那棵树,心想:“哎呀,这棵树以前枝叶茂密,像宝石做的一样好看。那时宝石般的枝条间开着像珊瑚嫩芽一样的花,光彩美丽。树下地面铺满像珍珠串一样的落花,就像铺了红色毛毯。如今它却像枯树一样,只剩下枝条。唉,黑檀树已经被衰老毁掉了。”他这样想了之后,生起了无常想:“连没有执取的东西都被衰老摧毁,何况有执取的呢?”顺着这个观察,他对一切行从苦和无我的角度修观,一边希望:“唉,但愿我也能像这棵落叶的黑檀树一样,舍弃在家人相。”就这样逐渐在那张床座上,以右侧卧的姿势,证得了辟支菩提。后来要走的时候,大臣们说:“大王,该走了。”他说:“我不是国王。”说了这些之后,就像前面那样说了这首偈颂:巴利
44.Oropayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā gimhānaṃ paṭhame māse uyyānaṃ gato. Tattha ramaṇīye bhūmibhāge nīlaghanapattasañchannaṃ koviḷārarukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘koviḷāramūle mama sayanaṃ paññāpethā’’ti vatvā uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ tattha seyyaṃ kappesi. Puna gimhānaṃ majjhime māse uyyānaṃ gato. Tadā koviḷāro pupphito hoti, tadāpi tatheva akāsi. Puna gimhānaṃ pacchime māse gato. Tadā koviḷāro sañchinnapatto sukkharukkho viya hoti. Tadāpi so adisvāva taṃ rukkhaṃ pubbaparicayena tattheva seyyaṃ āṇāpesi. Amaccā jānantāpi ‘‘raññā āṇatta’’nti bhayena tattha sayanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. So uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ tattha seyyaṃ kappento taṃ rukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘are, ayaṃ pubbe sañchannapatto maṇimayo viya abhirūpadassano ahosi. Tato maṇivaṇṇasākhantare ṭhapitapavāḷaṅkurasadisehi pupphehi sassirikacārudassano ahosi. Muttādalasadisavālikākiṇṇo cassa heṭṭhā bhūmibhāgo bandhanā pamuttapupphasañchanno rattakambalasanthato viya ahosi. So nāmajja sukkharukkho viya sākhāmattāvaseso ṭhito. ‘Aho, jarāya upahato koviḷāro’’’ti cintetvā ‘‘anupādinnampi tāva jarā haññati, kimaṅga pana upādinna’’nti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tadanusāreneva sabbasaṅkhāre dukkhato anattato ca vipassanto ‘‘aho vatāhampi sañchinnapatto koviḷāro viya apetagihibyañjano bhaveyya’’nti patthayamāno anupubbena tasmiṃ sayanatale dakkhiṇena passena nipannoyeva paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tato gamanakāle amaccehi ‘‘kālo gantuṃ, mahārājā’’ti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’tiādīni vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
放下在家人那一套外在标志之后,就像一棵叶子掉光的黑檀树;
勇者斩断了种种在家的束缚,应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。巴利
‘‘Oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro; Chetvāna vīro gihibandhanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“舍弃”就是除掉。“在家标志”指头发、胡须、白衣、装饰、花环、香、涂香,以及女人、儿女、婢仆等。这些确实表明在家的身份,所以称为“在家标志”。“叶尽落”就是叶子已经掉落。“断除”就是用道智斩断。“勇者”就是具备道精进的人。“在家束缚”就是欲的束缚,因为欲就是在家人所受的束缚。以上是词义。巴利
Tattha oropayitvāti apanetvā. Gihibyañjanānīti kesamassuodātavatthālaṅkāramālāgandhavilepanaitthiputtadāsidāsādīni. Etāni hi gihibhāvaṃ byañjayanti, tasmā ‘‘gihibyañjanānī’’ti vuccanti. Sañchinnapattoti patitapatto. Chetvānāti maggañāṇena chinditvā. Vīroti maggavīriyasamannāgato. Gihibandhanānīti kāmabandhanāni. Kāmā hi gihīnaṃ bandhanāni. Ayaṃ tāva padattho.
这里要表达的意趣是:他这样想:“真希望我也能舍弃在家人的标志,像黑檀树一样叶子落尽。”他就是带着这样的想法开始修观,最终证得了辟支菩提。剩下的部分按照前面的方式理解就好。巴利
Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – ‘‘aho vatāhampi oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro bhaveyya’’nti evañhi cintayamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
45-46 45-46.“若得”这个说法是怎么来的?据说,过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有两位辟支菩萨出家,在两万年里圆满履行了往返的行持,之后投生到天界。从那里死后,年长的那位成了波罗奈国王的儿子,年幼的那位成了国师的儿子。他们在同一天结生,也在同一天从母胎出生,成了从小一起玩泥巴的伙伴。国师的儿子很有智慧,他对王子说:“朋友,父亲去世后你会得到王位,我会得到国师的位置。好好学一门技艺,就能安稳快乐地治理国家。来吧,我们去学技艺。”于是,这两个过去世积累过业的人,在村庄和城镇之间乞食游行,来到一个边远地区的村子。那时,独觉佛们正好在乞食的时间进入那个村子。人们见到独觉佛,生起热忱,铺设座位,献上精美的嚼食和啖食,恭敬供养。这两人心想:“没有与我们同等的高贵种姓者,可是这些人愿意才给我们食物,不愿意就不给。他们对这些出家人却这样恭敬供养,这些出家人肯定懂某种技艺。来吧,我们到他们跟前学技艺。”巴利
45-46.Sacelabhethāti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane dve paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirañño putto ahosi, kaniṭṭho purohitassa putto ahosi. Te ekadivasaṃyeva paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā ekadivasameva mātukucchito nikkhamitvā sahapaṃsukīḷitasahāyakā ahesuṃ. Purohitaputto paññavā ahosi. So rājaputtaṃ āha – ‘‘samma, tvaṃ pituno accayena rajjaṃ labhissasi, ahaṃ purohitaṭṭhānaṃ, susikkhitena ca sukhaṃ rajjaṃ anusāsituṃ sakkā, ehi sippaṃ uggahessāmā’’ti. Tato ubhopi pubbopacitakammā hutvā gāmanigamādīsu bhikkhaṃ caramānā paccantajanapadagāmaṃ gatā. Tañca gāmaṃ paccekabuddhā bhikkhācāravelāya pavisanti. Atha manussā paccekabuddhe disvā ussāhajātā āsanāni paññāpenti, paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ upanāmenti, mānenti, pūjenti. Tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘amhehi sadisā uccākulikā nāma natthi, atha ca panime manussā yadi icchanti, amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ denti, yadi ca nicchanti, na denti, imesaṃ pana pabbajitānaṃ evarūpaṃ sakkāraṃ karonti, addhā ete kiñci sippaṃ jānanti, handa nesaṃ santike sippaṃ uggaṇhāmā’’ti.
那些人离开后,他们得到了机会,便请求说:“尊者,你们懂什么技艺,也教教我们吧。”独觉佛们说:“非出家者不可能学会。”他们就请求出家,出了家。然后独觉佛们教他们出家人的日常规矩,比如“要这样穿下衣,要这样披上衣”,又按“这门技艺的成就,在于乐于独处”这个道理,给他们每人分了一间树叶屋,说:“所以要一个人坐,一个人经行,一个人站立,一个人躺卧。”于是他们各自进了自己的树叶屋坐下。国师之子从坐下那一刻起就得到了心的专注,证得了禅那。王子却没过多久就厌烦了,来到他那里。他看见王子,问道:“朋友,怎么了?”王子说:“我厌烦了。”他说:“那就坐在这里吧。”王子在那里坐了一会儿,说:“朋友,听说这门技艺的成就,在于乐于独处。”国师之子说:“是的,朋友,那你就回你自己坐的地方去吧,我要把这门技艺修成。”王子回去了,可没过多久又厌烦了,又像前面那样来了,一共来了三次。巴利
Te manussesu paṭikkantesu okāsaṃ labhitvā ‘‘yaṃ, bhante, tumhe sippaṃ jānātha, taṃ amhepi sikkhāpethā’’ti yāciṃsu. Paccekabuddhā ‘‘na sakkā apabbajitena sikkhitu’’nti āhaṃsu. Te pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbajiṃsu. Tato nesaṃ paccekabuddhā ‘‘evaṃ vo nivāsetabbaṃ, evaṃ pārupitabba’’ntiādinā nayena ābhisamācārikaṃ ācikkhitvā ‘‘imassa sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphatti, tasmā ekeneva nisīditabbaṃ, ekena caṅkamitabbaṃ, ṭhātabbaṃ, sayitabba’’nti pāṭiyekkaṃ paṇṇasālamadaṃsu. Tato te attano attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nisīdiṃsu. Purohitaputto nisinnakālato pabhuti cittasamādhānaṃ laddhā jhānaṃ labhi. Rājaputto muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito tassa santikaṃ āgato. So taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ, sammā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ukkaṇṭhitomhī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi idha nisīdā’’ti. So tattha muhuttaṃ nisīditvā āha – ‘‘imassa kira, samma, sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphattī’’ti purohitaputto ‘‘evaṃ, samma, tena hi tvaṃ attano nisinnokāsaṃ eva gaccha, uggahessāmi imassa sippassa nipphatti’’nti āha. So gantvā punapi muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito purimanayeneva tikkhattuṃ āgato.
国师之子也照样把他打发走了。等他离开后,国师之子心想:“这个人荒废了自己的修行,还老是跑到我这里来。”于是他从树叶屋出来,走进了森林。王子坐在自己的树叶屋里,没过多久又厌倦了,便来到国师之子的树叶屋,四处寻找也找不到他,心想:“他在家时,有人带着礼物来都见不到他,如今我来了,他竟然不愿见我就走了。唉,心啊,你难道不觉得羞耻吗?你让我第四次来到这里。从今以后我不再听你的了,反过来我要让你听我的。”于是他进入自己的住处,开始修观,证悟了辟支菩提,从空中前往欢喜原窟。国师之子也进入森林,开始修观,证悟了辟支菩提后,也去了那里。他们两人都坐在红砒石板上,各自诵出这些优陀那偈颂——巴利
Tato naṃ purohitaputto tatheva uyyojetvā tasmiṃ gate cintesi ‘‘ayaṃ attano ca kammaṃ hāpeti, mama ca idhābhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchanto’’ti. So paṇṇasālato nikkhamma araññaṃ paviṭṭho. Itaro attano paṇṇasālāyeva nisinno punapi muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito hutvā tassa paṇṇasālaṃ āgantvā ito cito ca maggantopi taṃ adisvā cintesi – ‘‘yo gahaṭṭhakāle paṇṇākārampi ādāya āgato maṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhati, so nāma mayi āgate dassanampi adātukāmo pakkāmi, aho, re citta, na lajjasi, yaṃ maṃ catukkhattuṃ idhānesi, sodāni te vase na vattissāmi, aññadatthu taṃyeva mama vase vattāpessāmī’’ti attano senāsanaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Itaropi araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā tattheva agamāsi. Te ubhopi manosilātale nisīditvā pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ imā udānagāthāyo abhāsiṃsu –
如果能遇到一位有智慧的同伴,一位同行而善住、坚定的同伴;
战胜一切危难之后,当心意满足、具足正念而行。
如果找不到一位有智慧、能一起同行、安住于善法、意志坚定的同伴,
就像国王舍弃已经征服的国土,应当独自而行,像林中的象王一样。巴利
‘‘Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ; Abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya tenattamano satīmā. ‘‘No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ; Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅgaraññeva nāgo’’ti.
这里,“聪慧者”是指天性聪敏、有智慧,在遍作等修行上很善巧。“善住者”是指具备安止住或近行住的人。“坚毅者”是指具足坚毅的人。前面说的“聪慧”已经表达了坚毅的具足,而这里“坚毅者”就是指具足坚毅的人。所谓“坚毅”,就是不松懈的精进,就像经文里说的“即使只剩皮、筋、骨……”这样生起的精进,就是它的同义词。另外,已经断除恶行的人也可以叫“坚毅者”。“如国王舍弃已征服的国土”:就像敌对的国王知道“这被征服的国土会带来祸患”,于是舍弃王位,独自游走;同样,舍弃愚痴的同伴后,应当独自而行。或者也可以这样理解:就像须陀素摩王舍弃所征服的国土后独自游行,又像大简瞿王那样,如此独行也是这句话的意思。其余内容,按照前面所说的就能明白,所以不再展开。巴利
Tattha nipakanti pakatinipuṇaṃ paṇḍitaṃ kasiṇaparikammādīsu kusalaṃ. Sādhuvihārinti appanāvihārena vā upacārena vā samannāgataṃ. Dhīranti dhitisampannaṃ. Tattha nipakattena dhitisampadā vuttā. Idha pana dhitisampannamevāti attho. Dhiti nāma asithilaparakkamatā, ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattavīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Apica dhikatapāpotipi dhīro. Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāyāti yathā paṭirājā ‘‘vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ anatthāvaha’’nti ñatvā rajjaṃ pahāya eko carati, evaṃ bālasahāyaṃ pahāya eko care. Atha vā rājāva raṭṭhanti yathā sutasomo rājā vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ pahāya eko cari, yathā ca mahājanako, evaṃ eko careti ayampi tassattho. Sesaṃ vuttānusārena sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
47 “确实称赞”——这个偈颂的缘起,从独觉佛们坐在虚空中化现的座位上开始,和四方偈的缘起经过完全相似。但有一处不同:那位国王夜里三次感到惊恐,这位国王却没有;而且他当时也没有正在举行祭祀。他让独觉佛们坐在虚空中化现的座位上,然后问:“你们是谁?”“大王,我们叫‘无过失食者’。”“尊者,‘无过失食者’是什么意思?”“大王,不管拿到好的还是不好的食物,我们都毫无分别地吃。”国王听了心想:“我何不检验一下他们,看是不是真的这样。”那天,他用碎米粥和酸粥汁来供养。独觉佛们像吃甘露一样,毫无分别地吃了。国王想:“大概是因为只答应了一天,所以才表现得毫无分别,我明天就知道了。”于是又邀请他们第二天再来。第二天,他还是照样做。他们也照样吃了。接着国王又想:“现在我要拿好的食物来考验他们。”他又一次邀请,花了两天时间大行供养,用极其精美、各式各样的嚼食和啖食来供奉。他们仍然毫无分别地吃完,为国王祝福后就离开了。他们走后不久,国王心想:“这些沙门确实是无过失食者。啊,但愿我也能成为无过失食者!”于是他舍弃了大王国位,出家修行,开始修观,证得独觉佛果,在文殊迦树下、独觉佛众之中,阐明自己的所缘,说出了这个偈颂——巴利
47.Addhā pasaṃsāmāti imissā gāthāya yāva ākāsatale paññattāsane paccekabuddhānaṃ nisajjā, tāva cātuddisagāthāya uppattisadisā eva uppatti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā so rājā rattiyā tikkhattuṃ ubbijji, na tathā ayaṃ, nevassa yañño paccupaṭṭhito ahosi. So ākāsatale paññattesu āsanesu paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, anavajjabhojino nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, ‘anavajjabhojino’ti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā laddhā nibbikārā bhuñjāma, mahārājā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rañño etadahosi ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ime upaparikkheyyaṃ edisā vā no vā’’ti. Taṃ divasaṃ kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena parivisi. Paccekabuddhā amataṃ bhuñjantā viya nibbikārā bhuñjiṃsu. Rājā ‘‘honti nāma ekadivasaṃ paṭiññātattā nibbikārā, sve jānissāmī’’ti svātanāyapi nimantesi. Tato dutiyadivasepi tathevākāsi. Tepi tatheva paribhuñjiṃsu. Atha rājā ‘‘idāni sundaraṃ datvā vīmaṃsissāmī’’ti punapi nimantetvā, dve divase mahāsakkāraṃ katvā, paṇītena ativicitrena khādanīyena bhojanīyena parivisi. Tepi tatheva nibbikārā bhuñjitvā rañño maṅgalaṃ vatvā pakkamiṃsu. Rājā acirapakkantesu tesu ‘‘anavajjabhojinova ete samaṇā, aho vatāhampi anavajjabhojī bhaveyya’’nti cintetvā mahārajjaṃ pahāya pabbajjaṃ samādāya vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, paccekabuddho hutvā, mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe attano ārammaṇaṃ vibhāvento imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
我们确实赞叹拥有善友这种圆满,应当亲近最上等或与自己同等的友伴。
得不到这些友伴,就以无过失的方式进食,像犀牛角一样独自游行。巴利
‘‘Addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ, seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyā; Ete aladdhā anavajjabhojī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这段从词义上看本来就很浅显。不过,这里说的“同伴成就”,应当理解为:只有具足无学戒蕴等功德的同伴,才算是同伴成就。这里的意思是:对所说的这种同伴成就,我们确实赞叹,完全称扬。也就是说:应当亲近最上的和同等的同伴。为什么呢?因为亲近在戒等功德上胜过自己的人,未生起的戒等法就会生起,已生起的就会增长、壮大、圆满。亲近与自己同等的人,靠互相扶持和消除疑虑,已得到的功德就不会退失。如果得不到这样最上或同等的同伴,就应当避开诈现威仪等邪命,以如法、正当得来的食物为食,对食物不生瞋恨也不生贪著,成为无过失的进食者,这样的善男子应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。我也是这样修行,才证得了这种成就。巴利
Sā padatthato uttānā eva. Kevalaṃ pana sahāyasampadanti ettha asekhehi sīlādikkhandhehi sampannā sahāyā eva sahāyasampadāti veditabbā. Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – yāyaṃ vuttā sahāyasampadā, taṃ sahāyasampadaṃ addhā pasaṃsāma, ekaṃseneva thomemāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyāti. Kasmā? Attano hi sīlādīhi seṭṭhe sevamānassa sīlādayo dhammā anuppannā uppajjanti, uppannā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇanti. Same sevamānassa aññamaññaṃ samadhāraṇena kukkuccassa vinodanena ca laddhā na parihāyanti. Ete pana sahāyake seṭṭhe ca same ca aladdhā kuhanādimicchājīvaṃ vajjetvā dhammena samena uppannaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjanto tattha ca paṭighānunayaṃ anuppādento anavajjabhojī hutvā atthakāmo kulaputto eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Ahampi hi evaṃ caranto imaṃ sampattiṃ adhigatomhīti.
48 48.“看见黄金”这件事是怎么来的呢?从前波罗奈国有一位国王,在夏天中午的时候去午休。他身边有一个容貌美丽的女仆,正在研磨栴檀香。那女仆一只手臂上戴着一只金镯,另一只手臂上戴着两只,两只金镯互相碰撞发出声音,单独那只却不碰响。国王看见后,心想:“同样道理,人多共处就会碰撞,独自一人就不会碰撞。”他一次又一次地看着那个女仆,心里这样思惟。就在那时,浑身装饰着各种珠宝的王后正站在旁边给他扇风。她心想:“国王的心好像系在那个美丽女仆身上了。”于是让女仆起身离开,自己动手开始研磨。可她两只手臂上戴着许多金镯,那些镯子互相碰撞,发出很大的响声。国王因此更加厌离,就保持右胁而卧的姿势开始修观,证得了辟支菩提。当国王安住在无上的快乐中躺着时,手持栴檀的王后走近说:“我来给您涂抹吧,大王。”国王说:“走开,不要涂。”她问:“为什么,大王?”国王说:“我不是国王了。”大臣们听到他们这样的对话后,也走了过来。他们同样用“大王”来称呼他,国王说:“诸位,我不是国王。”其余内容和第一首偈颂里所说的一样。巴利
48.Disvāsuvaṇṇassāti kā uppatti? Aññataro bārāṇasirājā gimhasamaye divāseyyaṃ upagato. Santike cassa vaṇṇadāsī gosītacandanaṃ pisati. Tassā ekabāhāyaṃ ekaṃ suvaṇṇavalayaṃ, ekabāhāyaṃ dve, tāni saṅghaṭṭanti itaraṃ na saṅghaṭṭati. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘evameva gaṇavāse saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti punappunaṃ taṃ dāsiṃ olokayamāno cintesi. Tena ca samayena sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā devī taṃ bījayantī ṭhitā hoti. Sā ‘‘vaṇṇadāsiyā paṭibaddhacitto maññe rājā’’ti cintetvā taṃ dāsiṃ uṭṭhāpetvā sayameva pisitumāraddhā . Tassā ubhosu bāhāsu aneke suvaṇṇavalayā, te saṅghaṭṭantā mahāsaddaṃ janayiṃsu. Rājā suṭṭhutaraṃ nibbinno dakkhiṇena passena nipannoyeva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ anuttarena sukhena sukhitaṃ nipannaṃ candanahatthā devī upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ālimpāmi, mahārājā’’ti āha. Rājā – ‘‘apehi, mā ālimpāhī’’ti āha. Sā ‘‘kissa, mahārājā’’ti āha. So ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti. Evametesaṃ taṃ kathāsallāpaṃ sutvā amaccā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tehipi mahārājavādena ālapito ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā’’ti āha. Sesaṃ paṭhamagāthāya vuttasadisameva.
这段偈颂的注释如下:“disvā”就是“看见”的意思。“suvaṇṇassa”指“黄金的”,后面省略了“valayāni(手镯)”这个词,因为这段经文是省略式的表达。“pabhassarāni”指“有光泽的”,也就是说明亮闪耀的意思。其余部分意思很浅显。这里的整体关联是:看见手臂上的黄金手镯,心里这样思惟——“众人共住就会有碰撞,独自居住就没有碰撞”——如此思惟后开始修观,我因此证得了辟支菩提。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
Ayaṃ pana gāthāvaṇṇanā – disvāti oloketvā. Suvaṇṇassāti kañcanassa ‘‘valayānī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Sāvasesapāṭho hi ayaṃ attho. Pabhassarānīti pabhāsanasīlāni, jutimantānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – disvā bhujasmiṃ suvaṇṇassa valayāni ‘‘gaṇavāse sati saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti evaṃ cintento vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
49 “以第二人(同住)”——这是指什么因缘呢?
有一位波罗奈国王,年纪还轻就想出家。他命令大臣们说:“你们带着王后,治理国家吧,我要出家了。”大臣们劝他说:“不行啊,大王,没有国王的国家我们守不住。邻国的国王会来抢掠的。请您至少等到有一个王子出生再说吧。”这位心软的国王就答应了。
后来王后怀了孕。国王又命令他们:“王后怀孕了,等儿子出生后,给他灌顶立为王,你们治理国家,我要出家了。”大臣们又劝他说:“大王,这可说不准,王后可能生儿子,也可能生女儿。请您至少等到她生产的时候吧。”又一次劝住了他。
后来王后生了个儿子。国王还是照样命令大臣们。大臣们又用种种理由劝国王:“大王,请再等等,等到他能够胜任的时候。”后来王子长大能胜任了,国王便召集大臣们说:“这孩子已经能胜任了,给他灌顶立为王之后,你们就照办吧。”他没给大臣们说话的机会,就让人从集市取来袈裟等全部出家用具,就在王宫里出了家,像大阇那迦王那样离开了。所有的眷属都以种种方式悲泣着,跟在国王后面追。巴利
49.Evaṃ dutiyenāti kā uppatti? Aññataro bārāṇasirājā daharova pabbajitukāmo amacce āṇāpesi ‘‘deviṃ gahetvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘na, mahārāja, arājakaṃ rajjaṃ amhehi sakkā rakkhituṃ, sāmantarājāno āgamma vilumpissanti, yāva ekaputtopi uppajjati, tāva āgamehī’’ti saññāpesuṃ. Muducitto rājā adhivāsesi. Atha devī gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Rājā punapi te āṇāpesi – ‘‘devī gabbhinī, puttaṃ jātaṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘dujjānaṃ, mahārāja, etaṃ devī puttaṃ vā vijāyissati dhītaraṃ vā, vijāyanakālaṃ tāva āgamehī’’ti punapi saññāpesuṃ. Atha sā puttaṃ vijāyi. Tadāpi rājā tatheva amacce āṇāpesi. Amaccā punapi rājānaṃ ‘‘āgamehi, mahārāja, yāva, paṭibalo hotī’’ti bahūhi kāraṇehi saññāpesuṃ. Tato kumāre paṭibale jāte amacce sannipātāpetvā ‘‘paṭibalo ayaṃ, taṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā paṭipajjathā’’ti amaccānaṃ okāsaṃ adatvā antarāpaṇā kāsāyavatthādayo sabbaparikkhāre āharāpetvā antepure eva pabbajitvā mahājanako viya nikkhami. Sabbaparijano nānappakārakaṃ paridevamāno rājānaṃ anubandhi.
国王一直走到自己王国的边界,用折断的树枝在地上划了一条线,说:“这条线不能越过。”百姓们把头伏在线上,趴在地上哭诉:“孩子啊,如今这是国王的命令,能怎么办呢?”可他们还是让王子越过了那条线。王子一边喊着“父王,父王”,一边跑着追上了国王。国王看见王子,心想:“我治理国家时照顾了那么多百姓,如今难道连一个孩子都照顾不了吗?”于是带着王子进了山林。在那里,他看到从前独觉佛住过的草屋,就和儿子一起住了下来。王子过惯了高广大床等舒适生活,如今躺在草垫或绳床上,不停地哭。被冷风等触碰时,他就说:“父王,冷啊;父王,热啊;父王,苍蝇在咬我;父王,我饿了;父王,我渴了。”国王整夜都在安抚他。白天,国王出去乞食,带回来的饭是掺杂了大量小米、稗子、绿豆之类的杂粮饭。王子虽然因为饥饿而勉强吃下去,但没几天就像放在热处的莲花一样枯萎了。而那位辟支菩萨,凭着自己的思择之力,吃这些食物却毫无嫌恶。巴利
Rājā yāva attano rajjasīmā, tāva gantvā kattaradaṇḍena lekhaṃ katvā ‘‘ayaṃ lekhā nātikkamitabbā’’ti āha. Mahājano lekhāya sīsaṃ katvā, bhūmiyaṃ nipanno paridevamāno ‘‘tuyhaṃ dāni, tāta, rañño āṇā, kiṃ karissatī’’ti kumāraṃ lekhaṃ atikkamāpesi. Kumāro ‘‘tāta, tātā’’ti dhāvitvā rājānaṃ sampāpuṇi. Rājā kumāraṃ disvā ‘‘etaṃ mahājanaṃ pariharanto rajjaṃ kāresiṃ, kiṃ dāni ekaṃ dārakaṃ pariharituṃ na sakkhissa’’nti kumāraṃ gahetvā araññaṃ paviṭṭho, tattha pubbapaccekabuddhehi vasitapaṇṇasālaṃ disvā vāsaṃ kappesi saddhiṃ puttena. Tato kumāro varasayanādīsu kataparicayo tiṇasanthārake vā rajjumañcake vā sayamāno rodati. Sītavātādīhi phuṭṭho samāno ‘‘sītaṃ, tāta, uṇhaṃ, tāta, makkhikā, tāta, khādanti, chātomhi, tāta, pipāsitomhi, tātā’’ti vadati. Rājā taṃ saññāpentoyeva rattiṃ vītināmeti. Divāpissa piṇḍāya caritvā bhattaṃ upanāmeti, taṃ hoti missakabhattaṃ kaṅguvarakamuggādibahulaṃ. Kumāro acchādentampi taṃ jighacchāvasena bhuñjamāno katipāheneva uṇhe ṭhapitapadumaṃ viya milāyi. Paccekabodhisatto pana paṭisaṅkhānabalena nibbikāroyeva bhuñjati.
于是国王想劝王子回心转意,就说:“孩子,城里能吃到精细的食物,我们回城去吧。”王子说:“好的,父王。”国王便让王子走在前面,沿着来时的路返回。王子的母亲王后心想:“国王带着王子,不可能在森林里住很久,过不了几天就会回来。”她就在国王当初用杖划界的地方,命人筑起围墙,住了下来。国王站在离那道围墙不远的地方,把王子打发过去,说:“孩子,你母亲就坐在那边,去吧。”他一直目送王子走到那个地方,心里想着:“但愿没有人伤害他。”王子朝母亲身边跑去。守卫的人看见了他,就禀报王后。王后在两万名舞女的簇拥下前去迎接,并询问国王的消息。听说“国王随后就来”,她便派人去接。国王也在那时立刻回到了自己的住处。派去的人没见到国王,只好回来。王后于是一下子失望了,就带着王子回到城里,为他灌顶,立他为王。国王回到自己的住处,坐在那里修观,证得辟支菩提,然后在曼殊沙树下,在众辟支佛中间,说出这首自说偈——巴利
Tato so kumāraṃ saññāpento āha – ‘‘nagarasmiṃ, tāta, paṇītāhāro labbhati, tattha gacchāmā’’ti. Kumāro ‘‘āma, tātā’’ti āha. Tato naṃ purakkhatvā āgatamaggeneva nivatti. Kumāramātāpi devī ‘‘na dāni rājā kumāraṃ gahetvā araññe ciraṃ vasissati, katipāheneva nivattissatī’’ti cintetvā raññā kattaradaṇḍena likhitaṭṭhāneyeva vatiṃ kārāpetvā vāsaṃ kappesi. Tato rājā tassā vatiyā avidūre ṭhatvā ‘‘ettha te, tāta, mātā nisinnā, gacchāhī’’ti pesesi. Yāva ca so taṃ ṭhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, tāva udikkhanto aṭṭhāsi ‘‘mā heva naṃ koci viheṭheyyā’’ti. Kumāro mātu santikaṃ dhāvanto agamāsi. Ārakkhakapurisā ca naṃ disvā deviyā ārocesuṃ. Devī vīsatināṭakitthisahassaparivutā gantvā paṭiggahesi, rañño ca pavattiṃ pucchi. Atha ‘‘pacchato āgacchatī’’ti sutvā manusse pesesi. Rājāpi tāvadeva sakavasatiṃ agamāsi. Manussā rājānaṃ adisvā nivattiṃsu. Tato devī nirāsāva hutvā, puttaṃ gahetvā, nagaraṃ gantvā, taṃ rajje abhisiñci. Rājāpi attano vasatiṃ patvā, tattha nisinno vipassitvā, paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
像这样与第二个人和我在一起,就会有言语交谈和执著纠缠;
预见到未来的恐惧,就该像犀牛角一样独自游走。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ dutiyena saha mamassa, vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā; Etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这段话从字面上看本来就很清楚。不过这里还有一层深意:当初我和那位童子——也就是第二个同伴——住在一起时,他把冷热等感受告诉我,我对他加以安慰,于是就有了言语上的往来;又因为对他的那份爱恋,心里生起了执著。如果我不舍弃他,将来也会像现在这样,只要和第二个同伴在一起,就会有我的言语往来和执著。这两样东西都会成为证得殊胜成就的障碍。所以我预见到未来的这种危险,就把他舍弃了,依照正理修行,证得了辟支菩提。剩下的部分,按照前面所说的方式理解就好。巴利
Sā padatthato uttānā eva. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – yvāyaṃ etena dutiyena kumārena sītuṇhādīni nivedentena sahavāsena taṃ saññāpentassa mama vācābhilāpo, tasmiṃ sinehavasena abhisajjanā ca jātā, sace ahaṃ imaṃ na pariccajāmi, tato āyatimpi hessati yatheva idāni; evaṃ dutiyena saha mamassa vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā. Ubhayampi cetaṃ antarāyakaraṃ visesādhigamassāti etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno taṃ chaḍḍetvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
50 “诸欲为何缤纷”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有位长者的儿子,年纪轻轻就继承了长者的地位。他拥有三座分别对应三个季节的宫殿,在那里享受一切圆满,像天界的少年一样尽情娱乐。他年纪还小的时候,就向父母请求说:“我要出家。”父母阻拦他,他还是坚持。父母又用种种方式劝阻他说:“孩子啊,你太娇嫩了,出家修行太难了,就像在刀刃上行走一样。”他仍然坚持。父母心想:“如果这孩子出家,我们会忧愁;如果拦住他,他又会忧愁。那就让我们忧愁吧,别让他忧愁。”于是他们同意了。之后,他不顾所有亲属的悲泣,前往仙人堕处,在辟支佛面前出家了。在那里,他得不到上好的床座,只能在床上铺开草席躺下。他习惯了上等的床铺,整夜都极其痛苦。天亮后,他整理好身体,拿着钵和袈裟,和辟支佛们一起进城乞食。在那里,年长的比丘得到上等的座位和上等的食物,新学的比丘则只能得到随便什么座位和粗糙的饮食。他因为那些粗糙的饮食,也极其痛苦。仅仅几天,他就变得消瘦憔悴、面色难看,心生厌离,就像沙门法还没成熟时那样。于是他派人送信给父母,就还俗了。过了几天,他恢复了体力,又想出家。就这样,他出家又还俗,还俗又出家,到第三次出家时,他正确地修行,证得了辟支菩提,说出这首优陀那偈颂,然后在辟支佛众中又说了这首记说偈颂——巴利
50.Kāmā hi citrāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira seṭṭhiputto daharova seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ labhi. Tassa tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ tayo pāsādā honti . So tattha sabbasampattīhi devakumāro viya paricāreti. So daharova samāno ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti mātāpitaro yāci. Te naṃ vārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Punapi naṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, sukhumālo, dukkarā pabbajjā, khuradhārāya upari caṅkamanasadisā’’ti nānappakārehi vārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Te cintesuṃ ‘‘sacāyaṃ pabbajati, amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hoti. Sace naṃ nivārema, etassa domanassaṃ hoti. Apica amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hotu, mā ca etassā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Tato so sabbaparijanaṃ paridevamānaṃ anādiyitvā isipatanaṃ gantvā paccekabuddhānaṃ santike pabbaji. Tassa uḷārasenāsanaṃ na pāpuṇāti, mañcake taṭṭikaṃ pattharitvā sayi. So varasayane kataparicayo sabbarattiṃ atidukkhito ahosi. Pabhātepi sarīraparikammaṃ katvā, pattacīvaramādāya paccekabuddhehi saddhiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tattha vuḍḍhā aggāsanañca aggapiṇḍañca labhanti, navakā yaṃkiñcideva āsanaṃ lūkhabhojanañca. So tena lūkhabhojanenāpi atidukkhito ahosi. So katipāhaṃyeva kiso dubbaṇṇo hutvā nibbijji yathā taṃ aparipākagate samaṇadhamme. Tato mātāpitūnaṃ dūtaṃ pesetvā uppabbaji. So katipāhaṃyeva balaṃ gahetvā punapi pabbajitukāmo ahosi. Tato teneva kamena pabbajitvā punapi uppabbajitvā tatiyavāre pabbajitvā sammā paṭipanno paccekasambodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ vatvā puna paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imameva byākaraṇagāthaṃ abhāsi –
诸欲确实缤纷多彩、甜蜜诱人、令人心动,却以种种形相搅乱人心;
看清欲乐里的过患后,就该像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ; Ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“诸欲”有两种:事欲和烦恼欲。其中,事欲是令人欢喜的色等法;烦恼欲是欲求等一切贪染的类别。这里指的是事欲。因为色等有多种多样,所以说是“缤纷”;因为能带来世间的滋味,所以说是“甘甜”;因为能让愚痴凡夫的心感到喜乐,所以说是“令人愉悦”。“以种种形态”就是说以不同的形态、以种种不同的自性。这些欲以色等而缤纷,色等之中又有青等种种差别,形态多样。就这样,以种种形态一再展示乐味,搅乱人心,让人无法乐于出家。这里其余的内容都很清楚。结尾也要像前面几首偈颂所说的那样,用两三个词连起来理解。巴利
Tattha kāmāti dve kāmā vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca. Tattha vatthukāmā manāpiyarūpādayo dhammā, kilesakāmā chandādayo sabbepi rāgappabhedā. Idha pana vatthukāmā adhippetā. Rūpādianekappakāravasena citrā. Lokassādavasena madhurā. Bālaputhujjanānaṃ manaṃ ramentīti manoramā. Virūparūpenāti virūpena rūpena, anekavidhena sabhāvenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Te hi rūpādivasena citrā, rūpādīsupi nīlādivasena vividharūpā. Evaṃ tena virūparūpena tathā tathā assādaṃ dassetvā mathenti cittaṃ pabbajjāya abhiramituṃ na dentīti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi dvīhi tīhi vā padehi yojetvā purimagāthāsu vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
51 51.“灾患”等的起因是什么?据说,在波罗奈城,国王身上长了一个痈疽,剧烈的疼痛不断发作。医生们说:“不动手术就好不了。”国王给了他们无畏保证,让他们动手术。他们切开痈疽,排出脓血,清理好伤口,用布条包扎,并在饮食起居方面好好指导他。国王因粗劣的食物而身体消瘦,痈疽也萎缩了。他自以为已经康复,便享用油腻的食物。由于由此产生的体力,他与妃嫔交合。他的痈疽又恢复到了先前的状态。就这样,他让人做了三次手术,被医生们厌弃,心生厌离,舍弃王位,出家,进入森林,开始观禅,经过七年证得辟支菩提,说了这首优陀那偈颂,然后前往难陀母窟。巴利
51.Ītīcāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira rañño gaṇḍo udapādi. Bāḷhā vedanā vattanti. Vejjā ‘‘satthakammena vinā phāsu na hotī’’ti bhaṇanti. Rājā tesaṃ abhayaṃ datvā satthakammaṃ kārāpesi. Te phāletvā, pubbalohitaṃ nīharitvā, nibbedanaṃ katvā, vaṇaṃ paṭṭena bandhiṃsu, āhārācāresu ca naṃ sammā ovadiṃsu. Rājā lūkhabhojanena kisasarīro ahosi, gaṇḍo cassa milāyi. So phāsukasaññī hutvā siniddhāhāraṃ bhuñji. Tena ca sañjātabalo visaye paṭisevi. Tassa gaṇḍo puna purimasabhāvameva sampāpuṇi. Evaṃ yāva tikkhattuṃ satthakammaṃ kārāpetvā, vejjehi parivajjito nibbijjitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, araññaṃ pavisitvā, vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, sattahi vassehi paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
这于我是灾难,是疮疖,是祸殃,是疾病,是利箭,是恐惧。
看到诸欲乐中的此危险后,就该像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Ītī ca gaṇḍo ca upaddavo ca, rogo ca sallañca bhayañca metaṃ; Etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,“灾患”一词指的是外来的、属于不善一类、能带来毁灭的原因,这是它的代称。因此,诸欲乐也因能带来种种毁灭、因坚固聚合之义,而称为“灾患”。“疮瘤”会流出不净物,会肿胀、成熟、破裂。因此,这些欲乐因流出烦恼的不净,又因生、老、坏而呈现肿胀、成熟、破裂的状态,所以称为“疮瘤”。“祸害”就是造成伤害,意思是产生无益、压制、侵夺,这是王罚等事的代称。因此,这些欲乐因不能使人了知涅槃、不能带来利益,又因是一切祸害的依处,所以称为“祸害”。然而,由于这些欲乐能使人产生烦恼病态,并夺损以戒为本质的健康,或者生起贪欲而掠夺原本的健康,因此,仅以这夺损健康之义,便称为“病”。又以进入体内之义、如内中之刺之义、难以取出之义,而称为“箭”。因能带来现世与后世的怖畏,所以称为“怖畏”。“我此”即“此我”。其余在此处则是显而易见的。结语应依前述方式理解。巴利
Tattha etīti īti, āgantukānaṃ akusalabhāgiyānaṃ byasanahetūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpi ete anekabyasanāvahaṭṭhena daḷhasannipātaṭṭhena ca īti. Gaṇḍopi asuciṃ paggharati, uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinno hoti. Tasmā ete kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinnabhāvato ca gaṇḍo. Upaddavatīti upaddavo; anatthaṃ janento abhibhavati; ajjhottharatīti attho, rājadaṇḍādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpete aviditanibbānatthāvahahetutāya sabbupaddavavatthutāya ca upaddavo. Yasmā panete kilesāturabhāvaṃ janentā sīlasaṅkhātamārogyaṃ, loluppaṃ vā uppādentā pākatikameva ārogyaṃ vilumpanti, tasmā iminā ārogyavilumpanaṭṭheneva rogo. Abbhantaramanuppaviṭṭhaṭṭhena pana antotudakaṭṭhena dunniharaṇīyaṭṭhena ca sallaṃ. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhayāvahanato bhayaṃ. Me etanti metaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
52 “冷”这一偈的起因是什么?据说,在波罗奈城曾有一位名叫尸陀卢迦梵授的国王。他出家后,住在林野小屋里。那个地方因为是露天的,冷的时候就非常冷,热的时候就非常热。在托钵的村庄里,得不到足够的食物,连饮用水都很难得,还有风、烈日、蚊虻和蛇类的侵扰。他心里想:“离这里大约半由旬的地方,有个好去处,那里完全没有这些危险。我何不到那里去呢?安稳地住着,就能证得殊胜的成就。”接着他又想:“出家人不该被生活条件牵着走,而是心牵着条件走,不是条件牵着心走。我不去了。”这样省察之后,他就没有去。就这样,每当这个念头生起,直到第三次,他都省察之后把它打消了。此后,他就在那里住了七年,依法修行,证得辟支菩提,说了这首感兴偈,然后前往难陀窟。巴利
52.Sītañcāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira sītālukabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pabbajitvā araññakuṭikāya viharati. Tasmiñca padese sīte sītaṃ, uṇhe uṇhameva ca hoti abbhokāsattā padesassa. Gocaragāme bhikkhā yāvadatthāya na labbhati. Pivanakapānīyampi dullabhaṃ, vātātapaḍaṃsasarīsapāpi bādhenti. Tassa etadahosi – ‘‘ito aḍḍhayojanamatte sampanno padeso, tattha sabbepi ete parissayā natthi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ tattha gaccheyyaṃ; phāsukaṃ viharantena sakkā visesaṃ adhigantu’’nti. Tassa puna ahosi – ‘‘pabbajitā nāma na paccayavasikā honti, evarūpañca cittaṃ vase vattenti, na cittassa vase vattenti, nāhaṃ gamissāmī’’ti paccavekkhitvā na agamāsi. Evaṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ uppannacittaṃ paccavekkhitvā nivattesi. Tato tattheva satta vassāni vasitvā, sammā paṭipajjamāno paccekasambodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
寒冷、炎热、饥饿和口渴,还有风、日晒、蚊虻和蛇类;
把这一切都完全克服之后,应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Sītañca uṇhañca khudaṃ pipāsaṃ, vātātape ḍaṃsasarīsape ca; Sabbānipetāni abhisambhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,“冷”有两种:一种是由内在界(身体)扰动所引起的,一种是由外在界(环境)扰动所引起的;“热”也是这样。“蚊虻”指的是黄蝇。“蛇类”指的是任何身体细长、爬行而去的众生。其余的词义都很明显。结语部分也应当按照前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Tattha sītañcāti sītaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ abbhantaradhātukkhobhapaccayañca, bāhiradhātukkhobhapaccayañca; tathā uṇhaṃ. Ḍaṃsāti piṅgalamakkhikā. Sarīsapāti ye keci dīghajātikā saritvā gacchanti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
53 “如象……”这个说法的来源是什么?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王治理国家二十年后死了,在地狱里受了整整二十年的苦,之后投生在雪山地区的象胎中,长成一头肩峰饱满、全身如莲花色、高大威严、统领象群的大象。小象们啃咬他折断散落的树枝,母象们在他下水时用泥浆涂抹他身上,一切都像巴利雷亚象的遭遇一样。他厌倦了象群就离开了,象群却顺着他的足迹跟上来。就这样离开了三次,每次都被跟上。于是他心想:“现在我的孙子正在波罗奈城治理国家,我不如回到自己前世的那座园林去,在那里他会保护我。”于是趁夜晚象群睡着时,他离开象群,独自进入了那座园林。守园人看见后报告了国王。国王说:“我要抓住这头象!”便带军队包围了他。大象径直朝国王走去。国王心想:“他正朝我走来。”于是搭上箭,站定等待。这时大象用人语说道:“梵授,别射我,我是你的祖父。”国王问:“你在说什么?”便详细追问了一切。大象于是把他在治国、堕入地狱以及投生为象的全部经过都告诉了他。国王说:“很好,别害怕,也不要吓唬任何人。”便为这头大象安排了食物、护卫和象具。巴利
53.Nāgovāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā kālakato niraye vīsati eva vassāni paccitvā himavantappadese hatthiyoniyaṃ uppajjitvā sañjātakkhandho padumavaṇṇasakalasarīro uḷāro yūthapati mahānāgo ahosi. Tassa obhaggobhaggaṃ sākhābhaṅgaṃ hatthichāpāva khādanti. Ogāhepi naṃ hatthiniyo kaddamena limpanti , sabbaṃ pālileyyakanāgasseva ahosi. So yūthā nibbijjitvā pakkami. Tato naṃ padānusārena yūthaṃ anubandhi. Evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ pakkanto anubaddhova. Tato cintesi – ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ nattako bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ attano purimajātiyā uyyānaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, tatra maṃ so rakkhissatī’’ti. Tato rattiṃ niddāvasaṃ gate yūthe yūthaṃ pahāya tameva uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Uyyānapālo disvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘hatthiṃ gahessāmī’’ti senāya parivāresi. Hatthī rājānaṃ eva abhimukho gacchati. Rājā ‘‘maṃ abhimukho etī’’ti khurappaṃ sannayhitvā aṭṭhāsi. Tato hatthī ‘‘vijjheyyāpi maṃ eso’’ti mānusikāya vācāya ‘‘brahmadatta, mā maṃ vijjha, ahaṃ te ayyako’’ti āha. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ bhaṇasī’’ti sabbaṃ pucchi. Hatthīpi rajje ca narake ca hatthiyoniyañca pavattiṃ sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sundaraṃ, mā bhāyi, mā ca kañci bhiṃsāpehī’’ti hatthino vaṭṭañca ārakkhake ca hatthibhaṇḍe ca upaṭṭhāpesi.
有一天,国王骑在象背上,心里想:“这个人治理了二十年国家,却在地狱里被烧煮,又因为剩余业报的牵引,投生到畜生道。在那里,他连群居生活里的拥挤摩擦都受不了,才来到这里。唉,群居真是苦,独自一个人才快乐。”想到这里,他就在原地开始修观,证得了辟支菩提。大臣们走到这位已经以出世间之乐而安乐的人跟前,行礼之后说:“大王,该出发了。”他便说:“我不是国王。”接着,就像前面那样,说出了这首偈颂:巴利
Athekadivasaṃ rājā hatthikkhandhagato ‘‘ayaṃ vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ katvā niraye pakko, vipākāvasesena ca tiracchānayoniyaṃ uppanno, tatthapi gaṇavāsasaṅghaṭṭanaṃ asahanto idhāgato. Aho dukkho gaṇavāso, ekībhāvo eva ca pana sukho’’ti cintetvā tattheva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ lokuttarasukhena sukhitaṃ amaccā upasaṅkamitvā, paṇipātaṃ katvā ‘‘yānakālo mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
就像大象离开象群,肩峰饱满,如红莲般庄严殊胜;
在森林里随自己高兴而住,应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。巴利
‘‘Nāgova yūthāni vivajjayitvā, sañjātakhandho padumī uḷāro; Yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这段本身的意思是清楚的:它是在解释“象”这个称呼的来由,并说明这里不是靠传闻,而是靠合理推演来会通意趣。后面用一连串“什么时候我也能……”的感叹,表达这位修行者由象的种种德相联想到自身,进而起观、证得独觉菩提。
它从字面上就很明白。这里进一步会通其意趣。而且这只是依合理的推演,不是依传闻。譬如说,这头象因为调伏了人们所喜爱的诸戒行,所以不再进入未调伏之境;或者因为身体巨大,所以叫“象”。同样,什么时候我也能因为调伏了圣者所喜爱的诸戒行,不再进入未调伏之境,不再造罪,不再回到这样的状态,或者因为功德之身广大,而成为“象”呢?又像这头象避开象群,以独行的安乐随心所欲地住在林中,如犀牛角者般独自游历;什么时候我也能这样避开众群,以独住的安乐、禅定的安乐随心所欲地住在林中,随我想到哪里、想住多久,就能在那里独自游历,如犀牛角者般行持呢?又像这头象因为身相匀称安稳,所以称为“成就身相者”;什么时候我也能因为无学戒蕴广大,而成为“成就身相者”呢?又像这头象因为身体如莲花,或因为生于莲花族,所以叫“莲花者”;什么时候我也能因为身体清净美好如莲花,或因为生于圣者种姓的莲花中,而成为“莲花者”呢?又像这头象因为力、势、速等而被称为“殊胜”;什么时候我也能因为身行清净等,或因为戒、定、洞察慧等,而成为“殊胜”呢?他这样思惟之后,便开始修观,证得了独觉菩提。巴利
Sā padatthato pākaṭā eva. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyayojanā. Sā ca kho yuttivaseneva, na anussavavasena. Yathā ayaṃ hatthī manussakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgacchatīti vā, sarīramahantatāya vā nāgo, evaṃ kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgamanena āguṃ akaraṇena puna itthattaṃ anāgamanena ca guṇasarīramahantatāya vā nāgo bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa yūthāni vivajjetvā ekacariyasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe eko care khaggavisāṇakappo, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ gaṇaṃ vivajjetvā ekavihārasukhena jhānasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe attano yathā yathā sukhaṃ, tathā tathā yattakaṃ vā icchāmi, tattakaṃ araññe nivāsaṃ eko care khaggavisāṇakappo careyyanti attho. Yathā cesa susaṇṭhitakkhandhatāya sañjātakkhandho, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ asekhasīlakkhandhamahantatāya sañjātakkhandho bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa padumasadisagattatāya vā padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ padumasadisaujugattatāya vā ariyajātipadume uppannatāya vā padumī bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa thāmabalajavādīhi uḷāro, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ parisuddhakāyasamācāratādīhi sīlasamādhinibbedhikapaññādīhi vā uḷāro bhaveyyanti evaṃ cintento vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti.
54 “非处”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说,波罗奈国王有个儿子,年纪还小就想出家,便去请求父母同意。父母拦着他不让。他虽然被阻拦,还是坚持说:“我一定要出家。”于是父母就像前面说过的那个商主之子一样,把该交代的都交代了,最后答应了他,但让他承诺:出家以后只能住在御苑里。他就照办了。他的母亲每天清早带着两万名舞女到御苑去,先让儿子喝粥,再让他吃些糕点之类的零食,然后一直陪他聊到中午才回城。父亲则中午过来,让他吃饭,自己也一起吃,白天陪他说话,傍晚安排好守夜的人,再回城去。他就这样日夜都不得清静。那时候,有一位叫太阳族的独觉佛,住在欢喜根本山窟里。他观察时看到了这位王子,心想:“这位王子虽然出家了,却断不了结缚。”接着又观察:“他能靠自己的天性生起厌离吗?不会。”然后他知道:“靠天性生起厌离,那要很久以后了。”于是想:“我要给他看个景象。”就像前面说的那样,他从 manosilātala 过来,站在御苑里。国王的侍从看见后,报告国王说:“大王,有独觉佛来了。”国王心想:“这下我儿子有独觉佛作伴,就不会觉得闷了。”心里很高兴,便恭敬地侍奉独觉佛,请他就住在这里,让人建了叶屋等住处和经行处等一切设施,把他安顿下来。巴利
54.Aṭṭhāna tanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira putto daharo eva samāno pabbajitukāmo mātāpitaro yāci. Mātāpitaro naṃ vārenti. So vāriyamānopi nibandhatiyeva ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti. Tato naṃ pubbe vuttaseṭṭhiputtaṃ viya sabbaṃ vatvā anujāniṃsu. Pabbajitvā ca uyyāneyeva vasitabbanti paṭijānāpesuṃ, so tathā akāsi. Tassa mātā pātova vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā, puttaṃ yāguṃ pāyetvā, antarā khajjakādīni ca khādāpetvā, yāva majjhanhikasamayaṃ tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā, nagaraṃ pavisati. Pitā ca majjhanhike āgantvā, taṃ bhojetvā attanāpi bhuñjitvā, divasaṃ tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā, sāyanhasamaye jagganapurise ṭhapetvā nagaraṃ pavisati. So evaṃ rattindivaṃ avivitto viharati. Tena kho pana samayena ādiccabandhu nāma paccekabuddho nandamūlakapabbhāre viharati. So āvajjento taṃ addasa – ‘‘ayaṃ kumāro pabbajituṃ asakkhi, jaṭaṃ chindituṃ na sakkotī’’ti. Tato paraṃ āvajji ‘‘attano dhammatāya nibbijjissati, no’’ti. Atha ‘‘dhammatāya nibbindanto aticiraṃ bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘tassa ārammaṇaṃ dassessāmī’’ti pubbe vuttanayeneva manosilātalato āgantvā uyyāne aṭṭhāsi. Rājapuriso disvā ‘‘paccekabuddho āgato, mahārājā’’ti rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘idāni me putto paccekabuddhena saddhiṃ anukkaṇṭhito vasissatī’’ti pamuditamano hutvā paccekabuddhaṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahitvā tattheva vāsaṃ yācitvā paṇṇasālādivāvihāraṭṭhānacaṅkamādisabbaṃ kāretvā vāsesi.
他在那里住着的时候,有一天得到机会,就问那位王子:“你是谁?”王子回答说:“我是出家人。”他说:“出家人可不是你这个样子。”王子说:“那么,尊者,出家人是什么样子呢?我有什么不合适的地方?”他回答说:“你看不到自己有什么不合适的地方吗?你母亲不是上午带着两万名女子过来,把这座园林弄得不再幽静吗?你父亲傍晚带着大批军队过来,守卫的人又整夜待着。出家人并不像你这样,而是像这样的。”说完,他就站在原地,用神通显现出雪山中某一座精舍。王子在那里看到独觉佛们,有的靠着栏杆站着,有的在经行,有的在做染衣、缝衣之类的活。他就说:“你们不到这里来吗?出家生活是你们所认可的吗?”他们回答说:“是的,出家生活是认可的。从出家那一刻起,沙门为了自己的出离,可以去任何想去、心中向往的地方,这样就够了。”说完,他们腾空而立——巴利
So tattha vasanto ekadivasaṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā kumāraṃ pucchi ‘‘kosi tva’’nti? So āha ‘‘ahaṃ pabbajito’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajitā nāma na edisā hontī’’ti. ‘‘Atha bhante, kīdisā honti, kiṃ mayhaṃ ananucchavika’’nti vutte ‘‘tvaṃ attano ananucchavikaṃ na pekkhasi , nanu te mātā vīsatisahassaitthīhi saddhiṃ pubbaṇhasamaye āgacchantī uyyānaṃ avivittaṃ karoti, pitā mahatā balakāyena sāyanhasamaye, jagganapurisā sakalarattiṃ; pabbajitā nāma tava sadisā na honti, ‘edisā pana hontī’’’ti tatra ṭhitasseva iddhiyā himavante aññataraṃ vihāraṃ dassesi. So tattha paccekabuddhe ālambanabāhaṃ nissāya ṭhite ca caṅkamante ca rajanakammasūcikammādīni karonte ca disvā āha – ‘‘tumhe idha, nāgacchatha, pabbajjā nāma tumhehi anuññātā’’ti. ‘‘Āma, pabbajjā anuññātā, pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya samaṇā nāma attano nissaraṇaṃ kātuṃ icchitapatthitañca padesaṃ gantuṃ labhanti, ettakaṃva vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā ākāse ṭhatvā –
对于喜好群居交际的人而言,体验暂时的解脱是不可能的,没有这种事。巴利
‘‘Aṭṭhāna taṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimutti’’nti. –
说完这半首偈颂后,独觉佛就以大家看得见的身体前往欢喜根本山窟。独觉佛这样离去之后,王子走进自己的树叶屋,躺了下来。看守的人心想:“王子已经睡了,现在还能去哪儿呢?”于是放松了警惕,沉沉入睡。王子知道看守的人已经懈怠,就拿起自己的钵和衣,走进森林。在那里,他远离尘嚣,开始修习内观,亲证了独觉菩提,证入独觉佛位。在那里,当被问及“是怎么证得的”时,他把日亲佛陀所说的那半首偈颂补全,然后说了出来。巴利
Imaṃ upaḍḍhagāthaṃ vatvā, dissamāneneva kāyena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ gate paccekabuddhe so attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nipajji. Ārakkhakapurisopi ‘‘sayito kumāro, idāni kuhiṃ gamissatī’’ti pamatto niddaṃ okkami. So tassa pamattabhāvaṃ ñatvā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā araññaṃ pāvisi. Tatra ca vivitto vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, paccekabuddhaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Tatra ca ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti pucchito ādiccabandhunā vuttaṃ upaḍḍhagāthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā abhāsi.
这段话的意思是:“非处”,就是没有根据、不可能的意思。这里省略了鼻音,就像“见圣谛”等说法里那样。“乐于群聚的人”,就是喜欢扎堆、贪恋群体生活的人。“那”在这里是表示工具格的用法,就像“以应当羞惭的事而羞惭”等句子里那样。“触证”,就是证得。“暂时的解脱”,指世间的等至。为什么叫这个名字?因为它只在投入修定的那一刻,才能从对立的状态中解脱出来,所以叫“暂时的解脱”。对于乐于群聚的人来说,想触证这种暂时的解脱,是没有可能的,也就是说,不存在能让他凭此证得的原因。这位独觉佛的意思是:“我就是仔细听了太阳族独觉佛的这番话,舍弃了乐于群聚的习性,如理修行,才证得的。”剩下的内容,和前面说的一样。巴利
Tassattho – aṭṭhāna tanti. Aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, akāraṇaṃ tanti vuttaṃ hoti, anunāsikalopo kato ‘‘ariyasaccāna dassana’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 5.11; su. ni. 270) viya. Saṅgaṇikāratassāti gaṇābhiratassa. Yanti karaṇavacanametaṃ ‘‘yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbenā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 30) viya. Phassayeti adhigacche. Sāmayikaṃ vimuttinti lokiyasamāpattiṃ. Sā hi appitappitasamaye eva paccanīkehi vimuccanato ‘‘sāmayikā vimuttī’’ti vuccati. Taṃ sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ. Aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, na taṃ kāraṇaṃ vijjati saṅgaṇikāratassa, yena kāraṇena phassayeti etaṃ ādiccabandhussa paccekabuddhassa vaco nisamma saṅgaṇikāratiṃ pahāya yoniso paṭipajjanto adhigatomhīti āha. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
55 “诸见的摇摆”这一句是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王独自静处时心里想:“就像有热等东西能对治寒冷等,那么,对治轮回的还灭,到底存在还是不存在呢?”他就问大臣们:“你们知道还灭吗?”大臣们回答:“我们知道,大王。”国王问:“那是什么呢?”于是大臣们就用“世界是有限的”这类说法,讲了常见和断见。国王心想:“这些人并不知道,他们全都是执持邪见的人。”他自己看出那些说法既相违又不合理,就想:“一定存在对治轮回的还灭,我应该去寻找它。”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观,证得了辟支菩提。他在独觉佛众中说了这首优陀那偈颂,以及作为记说的偈颂——巴利
55.Diṭṭhīvisūkānīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā rahogato cintesi – ‘‘yathā sītādīnaṃ paṭighātakāni uṇhādīni atthi, atthi nu kho evaṃ vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vinaṭṭaṃ, no’’ti. So amacce pucchi – ‘‘vivaṭṭaṃ jānāthā’’ti? Te ‘‘jānāma, mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā – ‘‘kiṃ ta’’nti? Tato ‘‘antavā loko’’tiādinā nayena sassatucchedaṃ kathesuṃ. Atha rājā ‘‘ime na jānanti, sabbepime diṭṭhigatikā’’ti sayameva tesaṃ vilomatañca ayuttatañca disvā ‘‘vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ atthi, taṃ gavesitabba’’nti cintetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Imañca udānagāthaṃ abhāsi paccekabuddhamajjhe byākaraṇagāthañca –
已经超越了种种邪见的罗网,达到了决定之道,获得了圣道;
我已经生起了智慧,不需要别人来引导,应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。巴利
‘‘Diṭṭhīvisūkāni upātivatto, patto niyāmaṃ paṭiladdhamaggo; Uppannañāṇomhi anaññaneyyo, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
它的意思是:“诸见的歪曲”指六十二种邪见。因为这些邪见相对于道正见来说,有歪曲之义、刺穿之义和相违之义,所以叫“歪曲”。如此,是见的歪曲;或者见本身就是歪曲,所以叫“见之歪曲”。“已超越”:以见道超越了它们。“已到达决定”:因为有不退堕的性质和以正觉为归宿的性质,所以证得了决定的状态;或者说是到达了称为“正性决定”的第一道。到这里,已经说明了第一道作用的完成以及它的获得。现在,“已获得道”这句话显示获得其余诸道。“我已生起智”:我已经生起了辟支菩提智。以此显示果。“无需他人引导”:不依靠别人所说的“这是真理,这是真理”而被引导。以此说明自生,或者说在已证得的辟支菩提智上,由于没有可被引导性,所以是自在而住。或者以止观超越了见之歪曲,以最初之道到达了决定,以其余诸道获得了道,以果智生起了智,这一切都是自己证得的,所以“无需他人引导”。其余内容应依前所说而知。巴利
Tassattho – diṭṭhīvisūkānīti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni. Tāni hi maggasammādiṭṭhiyā visūkaṭṭhena vijjhanaṭṭhena vilomaṭṭhena ca visūkāni. Evaṃ diṭṭhiyā visūkāni, diṭṭhi eva vā visūkāni diṭṭhivisūkāni. Upātivattoti dassanamaggena atikkanto. Patto niyāmanti avinipātadhammatāya sambodhiparāyaṇatāya ca niyatabhāvaṃ adhigato, sammattaniyāmasaṅkhātaṃ vā paṭhamamagganti. Ettāvatā paṭhamamaggakiccanipphatti ca tassa paṭilābho ca vutto. Idāni paṭiladdhamaggoti iminā sesamaggapaṭilābhaṃ dasseti. Uppannañāṇomhīti uppannapaccekabodhiñāṇo amhi. Etena phalaṃ dasseti. Anaññaneyyoti aññehi ‘‘idaṃ saccaṃ, idaṃ sacca’’nti na netabbo. Etena sayambhutaṃ dīpeti, patte vā paccekabodhiñāṇe aneyyatāya abhāvā sayaṃvasitaṃ. Samathavipassanāya vā diṭṭhivisūkāni upātivatto, ādimaggena patto niyāmaṃ, sesehi paṭiladdhamaggo, phalañāṇena uppannañāṇo, taṃ sabbaṃ attanāva adhigatoti anaññaneyyo. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
56 “无贪求”这个说法是怎么来的?据说,波罗奈国王的厨师做好了午餐,端上来一份看起来悦目、味道又美的食物,心里盘算:“说不定国王会赏我一些财物。”那食物光靠香气就让国王起了想吃的心,嘴里都生出了口水。可是第一口饭刚放进嘴里,一万七千条味觉神经就像被甘露触到了一样。厨师心想:“现在他会给我了,现在他会给我了。”国王也想:“这厨师值得奖赏。”但又想:“要是尝过味道之后再奖赏,坏名声就会传出去——‘这国王贪嘴,重口味’。”于是什么都没说。就这样一直到吃完饭,厨师都在想:“现在他会给,现在他会给。”国王也因为怕坏名声,始终什么都没说。于是厨师心想:“这国王没有舌识。”第二天就端上了没味道的饭。国王吃着,虽然知道“今天的厨师该受罚”,还是像之前那样考虑了一番,因为怕坏名声,仍然什么都没说。于是厨师心想:“这国王既不懂好,也不懂不好。”就把所有开销都自己吞了,随便煮点什么给国王吃。国王心想:“唉,真是贪心啊!我堂堂享用两万座城池的国王,竟因为这人的贪心,连一顿饭都吃不上。”他心生厌离,舍弃王位出了家,修观而证得独觉菩提,又像前面那样说出了这首偈——巴利
56.Nillolupoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira sūdo antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi manuññadassanaṃ sādurasaṃ ‘‘appeva nāma me rājā dhanamanuppadeyyā’’ti. Taṃ rañño gandheneva bhottukāmataṃ janesi mukhe kheḷaṃ uppādentaṃ. Paṭhamakabaḷe pana mukhe pakkhittamatte sattarasaharaṇisahassāni amateneva phuṭṭhāni ahesuṃ. Sūdo ‘‘idāni me dassati, idāni me dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi ‘‘sakkārāraho sūdo’’ti cintesi – ‘‘rasaṃ sāyitvā pana sakkarontaṃ maṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggaccheyya – ‘lolo ayaṃ rājā rasagaruko’’’ti na kiñci abhaṇi. Evaṃ yāva bhojanapariyosānaṃ, tāva sūdopi ‘‘idāni dassati, idāni dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘natthi imassa rañño jivhāviññāṇa’’nti dutiyadivase arasabhattaṃ upanāmesi. Rājā bhuñjanto ‘‘niggahāraho ajja sūdo’’ti jānantopi pubbe viya paccavekkhitvā avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘rājā neva sundaraṃ nāsundaraṃ jānātī’’ti cintetvā sabbaṃ paribbayaṃ attanā gahetvā yaṃkiñcideva pacitvā rañño deti. Rājā ‘‘aho vata lobho, ahaṃ nāma vīsati nagarasahassāni bhuñjanto imassa lobhena bhattamattampi na labhāmī’’ti nibbijjitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi, purimanayeneva ca imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
不贪求滋味,不贪求渴爱,不渴求饮水,不贪求附着,已根除烦恼污垢与愚痴。
在一切世间都不再执著贪欲之后,应当独自一人而行,像犀牛角那样。巴利
‘‘Nillolupo nikkuho nippipāso, nimmakkho niddhantakasāvamoho; Nirāsayo sabbaloke bhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“无贪求”就是没有贪欲。一个人如果被对味道的贪爱所压倒,他就会强烈地贪求,而且一次又一次地贪求,因此被称为贪求者。所以,他否定那种状态,说“无贪求”。“无欺诳”在这里的意思是:虽然一个人没有三种谄伪之事,就可以被称为无欺诳,但在这首偈颂里,因为面对可意的食物等不表现出惊奇,所以用意是“无欺诳”。“无渴”在这里,想喝就是渴;因为没有它,所以是无渴,意思是没有因贪著美味而生的欲食。“无污垢”在这里,makkha 的特征是毁坏他人的功德;因为没有它,所以是无污垢。这是针对他在家时不曾污损厨师的功德而说的。“已涤除秽恶与无明”在这里,贪等三种,以及身恶行等三种,共六种法,应依照各自的情况理解为“秽恶”,因为它们以不净之义使自性消失而取他性,并且以杂秽之义。正如所说:巴利
Tattha nillolupoti alolupo. Yo hi rasataṇhābhibhūto hoti, so bhusaṃ luppati punappunañca luppati, tena lolupoti vuccati. Tasmā esa taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha ‘‘nillolupo’’ti. Nikkuhoti ettha kiñcāpi yassa tividhaṃ kuhanavatthu natthi, so nikkuhoti vuccati. Imissā pana gāthāya manuññabhojanādīsu vimhayamanāpajjanato nikkuhoti ayamadhippāyo . Nippipāsoti ettha pātumicchā pipāsā, tassā abhāvena nippipāso, sādurasalobhena bhottukamyatāvirahitoti attho. Nimmakkhoti ettha paraguṇavināsanalakkhaṇo makkho, tassa abhāvena nimmakkho. Attano gahaṭṭhakāle sūdassa guṇamakkhanābhāvaṃ sandhāyāha. Niddhantakasāvamohoti ettha rāgādayo tayo, kāyaduccaritādīni ca tīṇīti cha dhammā yathāsambhavaṃ appasannaṭṭhena sakabhāvaṃ vijahāpetvā parabhāvaṃ gaṇhāpanaṭṭhena kasaṭaṭṭhena ca kasāvāti veditabbā. Yathāha –
在这里,哪三种是秽恶?贪秽、嗔秽、痴秽,这三种是秽恶。在这里,还有哪三种是秽恶?身秽、语秽、意秽。巴利
‘‘Tattha, katame tayo kasāvā? Rāgakasāvo, dosakasāvo, mohakasāvo, ime tayo kasāvā. Tattha, katame aparepi tayo kasāvā? Kāyakasāvo, vacīkasāvo, manokasāvo’’ti (vibha. 924).
在这两者当中,因为除了无明之外,五种秽恶以及作为这一切根本的无明都已被清除,所以叫“已清除秽恶与无明”;或者,因为身、语、意三种秽恶以及无明都已被清除,所以叫“已清除秽恶与无明”。至于其他方面,从“不贪求”等词可以看出贪秽已被清除,从“无污垢”可以看出嗔秽已被清除,这是已经成立的。“无求”就是没有渴爱。“于一切世间”,指在一切世间中,也就是在三有或十二处中,已经远离了对有与非有的渴爱,这就是它的意思。其余部分应按照前面所说的方式来理解。或者,在说完三句之后,“独自行走”是指能够独自行走,在这里也可以这样连接文句。巴利
Tesu mohaṃ ṭhapetvā pañcannaṃ kasāvānaṃ tesañca sabbesaṃ mūlabhūtassa mohassa niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho, tiṇṇaṃ eva vā kāyavacīmanokasāvānaṃ mohassa ca niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho. Itaresu nillolupatādīhi rāgakasāvassa, nimmakkhatāya dosakasāvassa niddhantabhāvo siddho eva. Nirāsayoti nittaṇho. Sabbaloketi sakalaloke, tīsu bhavesu dvādasasu vā āyatanesu bhavavibhavataṇhāvirahito hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Atha vā tayopi pāde vatvā eko careti eko carituṃ sakkuṇeyyāti evampi ettha sambandho kātabboti.
57 “恶友”这个说法的来源是什么?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王以盛大的王威右绕都城巡行,看见人们正从仓库里把旧粮食搬出来,就问大臣们:“喂,这是怎么回事?”大臣们回答:“大王,现在新粮快要收成了,这些人为了给新粮腾出地方,就把旧粮等东西扔掉了。”国王问:“喂,后宫、军队等所需的供给都充足吗?”大臣们回答:“是的,大王,都充足。”国王说:“既然这样,喂,那就让人建一座布施堂,我要行布施,别让这些粮食毫无用处地坏掉。”这时,有一个持邪见的大臣,从“大王,布施没有果报”开始,一直说到“愚者和智者流转轮回之后,都会让苦走到尽头”,用这些话来劝阻国王。国王第二次、第三次看见人们正在搬空仓库,又同样下令。第三次时,那个大臣又说“大王,所谓布施,不过是愚人所宣说的”等等,来劝阻他。国王说道:“唉,我连属于自己的东西都不能拿来布施,要这些恶友有什么用!”他心生厌离,舍弃王位而出家,修观而证得辟支菩提。他呵责那个恶友,说出了这首优陀那偈:巴利
57.Pāpaṃ sahāyanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto manusse koṭṭhāgārato purāṇadhaññāni bahiddhā nīharante disvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, ida’’nti amacce pucchi. ‘‘Idāni, mahārāja, navadhaññāni uppajjissanti, tesaṃ okāsaṃ kātuṃ ime manussā purāṇadhaññādīni chaḍḍentī’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, itthāgārabalakāyādīnaṃ vaṭṭaṃ paripuṇṇa’’nti ? ‘‘Āma, mahārāja, paripuṇṇanti’’. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, dānasālaṃ kārāpetha, dānaṃ dassāmi, mā imāni dhaññāni anupakārāni vinassiṃsū’’ti. Tato naṃ aññataro diṭṭhigatiko amacco ‘‘mahārāja, natthi dinna’’nti ārabbha yāva ‘‘bālā ca paṇḍitā ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissantī’’ti vatvā nivāresi. So dutiyampi tatiyampi koṭṭhāgāre vilumpante disvā tatheva āṇāpesi. Tatiyampi naṃ ‘‘mahārāja, dattupaññattaṃ yadidaṃ dāna’’ntiādīni vatvā nivāresi. So ‘‘are, ahaṃ attano santakampi na labhāmi dātuṃ, kiṃ me imehi pāpasahāyehī’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tañca pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ garahanto imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
要避开恶友,避开那些看不见利益、走上邪路的人;
不要自己主动去亲近那些被欲望缠绕、心放逸的人,应当像犀牛角一样独自修行。巴利
‘‘Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha, anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ; Sayaṃ na seve pasutaṃ pamattaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这段话的简要意思是:这个人因为具备十种邪见,所以是恶人;他又看到对别人没有利益,所以是“见无利益者”;他沉溺于身恶行等不正当的行为中。想要利益自己的良家子应当避开这样的恶友,也就是避开那种见无利益、沉溺于不正当行为的人。“自己不亲近”是指自己不主动去亲近。但如果他受他人控制,那又能怎么办呢?意思是说,如果被他人掌控,就无能为力了。“放逸”就是“执著”,指被邪见牵着走,到处执著。“昏昧”是指心沉溺在五欲里,或者说不修善法。对这样的人,不应亲近,不应结交,不应侍奉,只应像犀牛角一样独自游化。巴利
Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yvāyaṃ dasavatthukāya pāpadiṭṭhiyā samannāgatattā pāpo, paresampi anatthaṃ passatīti anatthadassī, kāyaduccaritādimhi ca visame niviṭṭho, taṃ atthakāmo kulaputto pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ. Sayaṃ na seveti attano vasena na seve. Yadi pana paravaso hoti, kiṃ sakkā kātunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pasutanti pasaṭaṃ , diṭṭhivasena tattha tattha lagganti attho. Pamattanti kāmaguṇesu vossaṭṭhacittaṃ, kusalabhāvanārahitaṃ vā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ na seve, na bhaje, na payirupāse, aññadatthu eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
58 “多闻”这个说法的由来是什么?据说,过去在迦叶世尊的教法时期,有八位辟支菩萨出家,圆满践行了来去往返的修行义务,之后投生到天界。这些情况都和《无过失食偈》里所说的一样。不过这里有一个不同之处:国王请那些独觉佛坐下后,问:“你们是谁?”他们回答说:“大王,我们是多闻。”国王心想:“我叫闻梵授,听法从来没有满足过。正好,我要在他们面前听一场种种理趣、精妙的正法开示。”他满心欢喜,先供养净水,又亲自奉上饮食。饭后,他接过僧团长老的钵,顶礼之后坐在他面前说:“尊者,请说法吧。”那位长老只说了“愿大王快乐,愿贪灭尽”,就从座位上起身了。国王心想:“这位不算多闻,第二位应该是多闻,明天我就能听到精彩的说法了。”于是他又邀请他们第二天再来。就这样一天一天地轮流邀请,直到所有独觉佛都轮了一遍。他们每个人也都只换一个词,分别说“愿嗔灭尽”“愿痴灭尽”“愿趣灭尽”“愿轮回灭尽”“愿依着灭尽”“愿爱灭尽”,其余部分和第一位说的完全一样,说完就起身离去。巴利
58.Bahussutanti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane aṭṭha paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannāti sabbaṃ anavajjabhojīgāthāya vuttasadisameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso – paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā rājā āha ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, bahussutā nāmā’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘ahaṃ sutabrahmadatto nāma, sutena tittiṃ na gacchāmi, handa, nesaṃ santike vicitranayaṃ saddhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti attamano dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā, parivisitvā, bhattakiccapariyosāne saṅghattherassa pattaṃ gahetvā, vanditvā, purato nisīdi ‘‘dhammakathaṃ, bhante, karothā’’ti. So ‘‘sukhito hotu, mahārāja, rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti vatvā uṭṭhito. Rājā ‘‘ayaṃ na bahussuto, dutiyo bahussuto bhavissati, sve dāni vicitradhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti svātanāya nimantesi. Evaṃ yāva sabbesaṃ paṭipāṭi gacchati, tāva nimantesi. Te sabbepi ‘‘dosakkhayo hotu, mohakkhayo, gatikkhayo, vaṭṭakkhayo, upadhikkhayo, taṇhakkhayo hotū’’ti evaṃ ekekaṃ padaṃ visesetvā sesaṃ paṭhamasadisameva vatvā uṭṭhahiṃsu.
国王于是想:“这些人自称‘我们是多闻’,可他们并没有讲出什么丰富多样的说法,他们到底说了什么?”他开始仔细推敲他们话语的含义。接着,他顺着“愿贪灭尽”这句话去观察,明白了:“贪一旦灭尽,嗔、痴以及其他种种烦恼也就随之灭尽。”知道这一点后,他心里很欢喜:“这些沙门是真正意义上的多闻。就像一个人用手指去指大地或虚空,虽然指到的只是指尖那么大的一点地方,但被指到的其实是整个大地或虚空;同样,他们每说一个含义,实际上就指出了无量的含义。”于是他想:“什么时候我也能成为这样多闻的人啊!”他向往那样的多闻境界,便舍弃王位出家,修习观慧,证得辟支菩提,说出了这首自说偈:巴利
Tato rājā ‘‘ime ‘bahussutā maya’nti bhaṇanti, na ca tesaṃ vicitrakathā, kimetehi vutta’’nti tesaṃ vacanatthaṃ upaparikkhitumāraddho. Atha ‘‘rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti upaparikkhanto ‘‘rāge khīṇe dosopi mohopi aññataraññatarepi kilesā khīṇā hontī’’ti ñatvā attamano ahosi – ‘‘nippariyāyabahussutā ime samaṇā. Yathā hi purisena mahāpathaviṃ vā ākāsaṃ vā aṅguliyā niddisantena na aṅgulimattova padeso niddiṭṭho hoti, apica, kho, pana pathavīākāsā eva niddiṭṭhā honti, evaṃ imehi ekamekaṃ atthaṃ niddisantehi aparimāṇā atthā niddiṭṭhā hontī’’ti. Tato so ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ bahussuto bhavissāmī’’ti tathārūpaṃ bahussutabhāvaṃ patthento rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
应当亲近一位多闻、持法、殊胜、具辩才的朋友,
了知种种义理、断除疑惑之后,应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha, mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ; Aññāya atthāni vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里先简要说明其含义。“多闻”有两种:一种是教理多闻,就是对三藏的一切义理完全通达;另一种是通达多闻,就是因为已经通达道果、明与神通。具备口传圣典、受持法义的人,就是持法者。具足殊胜的身、语、意三业的人,就是殊胜者。有应机辩才、无碍辩才,以及应机无碍辩才的人,就是有辩才者。或者也可以按教理、问答、证得这三种来理解有辩才者:如果教典在他心中清晰显现,他就是教理辩才者;如果他能在被追问义理、智慧、特征、处非处等问题时对答自如,他就是问答辩才者;如果他已通达道等,他就是证得辩才者。应当亲近这样一位多闻、持法、殊胜又有辩才的朋友。然后依靠他的威德,能以种种方式了知种种义理,无论按自利、他利、二者之利的区别,还是按现世、来世、究竟义的区别。接着,在“我过去世是否曾经存在”这类令人疑惑的地方,去除疑惑,断除犹豫,消除疑心,如此完成一切应作之事后,应当独自游行,如犀牛角一般。巴利
Tatthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – bahussutanti duvidho bahussuto tīsu piṭakesu atthato nikhilo pariyattibahussuto ca, maggaphalavijjābhiññānaṃ paṭividdhattā paṭivedhabahussuto ca. Āgatāgamo dhammadharo. Uḷārehi pana kāyavacīmanokammehi samannāgato uḷāro. Yuttapaṭibhāno ca muttapaṭibhāno ca yuttamuttapaṭibhāno ca paṭibhānavā. Pariyattiparipucchādhigamavasena vā tidhā paṭibhānavā veditabbo. Yassa hi pariyatti paṭibhāti, so pariyattipaṭibhānavā. Yassa atthañca ñāṇañca lakkhaṇañca ṭhānāṭṭhānañca paripucchantassa paripucchā paṭibhāti, so paripucchāpaṭibhānavā. Yena maggādayo paṭividdhā honti, so adhigamapaṭibhānavā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ. Tato tassānubhāvena attatthaparatthaubhayatthabhedato vā diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthabhedato vā anekappakārāni aññāya atthāni. Tato – ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) kaṅkhaṭṭhānesu vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, vicikicchaṃ vinetvā vināsetvā evaṃ katasabbakicco eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
59 59.“嬉戏喜乐”这个说法是怎么来的呢?在波罗奈城,有一位名叫毗布沙迦梵授的国王。他每天早上喝完粥或吃完饭之后,就用各种装饰品打扮自己,然后在大镜子前看自己的全身,把不满意的地方去掉,再换上别的装饰来打扮。有一天他正这样打扮时,到了吃饭的时间,正午已经到了。于是他还没打扮完,就用布条裹住头,先吃了饭,然后去午休。起来以后又继续那样打扮,一直弄到太阳落山。第二天、第三天也是这样。他这样沉迷于打扮,背上就生了病。他心想:“唉!我拼尽全力打扮自己,却对这点虚假的装饰始终不满足,生起了贪爱。贪爱这个法,可是会导向恶趣的啊。好吧,让我来降伏贪爱!”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观,证得了辟支菩提,说出了这首自说偈:巴利
59.Khiḍḍaṃratinti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ vibhūsakabrahmadatto nāma rājā pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā nānāvidhavibhūsanehi attānaṃ vibhūsāpetvā mahāādāse sakalasarīraṃ disvā yaṃ na icchati taṃ apanetvā aññena vibhūsanena vibhūsāpeti. Tassa ekadivasaṃ evaṃ karoto bhattavelā majjhanhikasamayo patto. Atha avibhūsitova dussapaṭṭena sīsaṃ veṭhetvā, bhuñjitvā, divāseyyaṃ upagacchi. Punapi uṭṭhahitvā tatheva karoto sūriyo atthaṅgato. Evaṃ dutiyadivasepi tatiyadivasepi. Athassa evaṃ maṇḍanappasutassa piṭṭhirogo udapādi. Tassetadahosi – ‘‘aho re, ahaṃ sabbathāmena vibhūsantopi imasmiṃ kappake vibhūsane asantuṭṭho lobhaṃ uppādesiṃ. Lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ, lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
不把世间的嬉戏、享乐和欲乐当回事,也不对它们抱有留恋。
远离装饰打扮的根源,说真实语,应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca loke, analaṅkaritvā anapekkhamāno; Vibhūsanaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,游戏和喜乐前面已经讲过了。所谓欲乐,是指基于感官对象的欲乐。因为基于感官对象的欲乐,作为乐的所缘等,也被称为乐。正如经中所说:有色是乐,随顺于乐。同样,对于这游戏、喜乐和欲乐,在这个世间不把它当作装饰,不认为这就够了,也不把它执取为精华或实质。不希求,是指对那种装饰不抱期待,没有贪求,没有渴爱,远离装饰的处所,说真实语,独自而行。其中,装饰有两种:在家者的装饰和出家者的装饰。在家者的装饰,比如衣服、头巾、花环、香料等;出家者的装饰,比如对钵等物的美化。装饰本身就是装饰的处所。因此,从装饰的处所以三种远离而远离。因为所说真实不虚,所以称为说真实语。应当这样理解其含义。巴利
Tattha khiḍḍā ca rati ca pubbe vuttāva. Kāmasukhanti vatthukāmasukhaṃ. Vatthukāmāpi hi sukhassa visayādibhāvena sukhanti vuccanti. Yathāha – ‘‘atthi rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatita’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.60). Evametaṃ khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca imasmiṃ okāsaloke analaṅkaritvā alanti akatvā, etaṃ tappakanti vā sārabhūtanti vā evaṃ aggahetvā. Anapekkhamānoti tena alaṅkaraṇena anapekkhaṇasīlo, apihāluko, nittaṇho, vibhūsanaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī eko careti. Tattha vibhūsā duvidhā – agārikavibhūsā, anagārikavibhūsā ca. Tattha agārikavibhūsā sāṭakaveṭhanamālāgandhādi, anagārikavibhūsā pattamaṇḍanādi. Vibhūsā eva vibhūsanaṭṭhānaṃ. Tasmā vibhūsanaṭṭhānā tividhāya viratiyā virato. Avitathavacanato saccavādīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
60 “儿子与妻子”这一颂是怎么来的呢?据说,波罗奈王的儿子在年幼时就受了灌顶,登位治国。他像第一偈所说的那位辟支菩萨一样,享受着王权的荣华。有一天,他心想:“我治理国家,给许多人带来痛苦。为了一餐饭而造这样的恶业,对我有什么好处?来吧,让我去寻求安乐。”于是舍弃王位,出家修行,修观之后证悟了辟支菩提,说出了这首优陀那偈——巴利
60.Puttañcadāranti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira putto daharakāle eva abhisitto rajjaṃ kāresi. So paṭhamagāthāya vuttapaccekabodhisatto viya rajjasirimanubhavanto ekadivasaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ rajjaṃ kārento bahūnaṃ dukkhaṃ karomi. Kiṃ me ekabhattatthāya iminā pāpena, handa sukhamuppādemī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
儿子、妻子、父亲、母亲,钱财、谷物与亲属,
舍弃了各自份内的种种欲乐之后,应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Puttañca dāraṃ pitarañca mātaraṃ, dhanāni dhaññāni ca bandhavāni; Hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,“财宝”是指珍珠、摩尼宝、琉璃、螺贝、宝石、珊瑚、银、黄金等宝物。“谷物”是指稻、米、大麦、小麦、黍、稗、雀稗这七种,以及其余的叶菜类。“亲族”是指由亲属血缘、同族血缘、朋友关系、技艺关系这四种关系构成的亲族。“各随其本分”是指它们各自安住于自己的状态。其余内容如前所说。巴利
Tattha dhanānīti muttāmaṇiveḷuriyasaṅkhasilāpavāḷarajatajātarūpādīni ratanāni. Dhaññānīti sālivīhiyavagodhumakaṅkuvarakakudrūsakapabhedāni satta sesāparaṇṇāni ca. Bandhavānīti ñātibandhugottabandhumittabandhusippabandhuvasena catubbidhe bandhave. Yathodhikānīti sakasakaodhivasena ṭhitāneva. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
61 “这是贪著”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说,在波罗奈城,有一位名叫游走贪味梵授的国王。他每天清晨吃过粥或饭之后,就到三座宫殿里观看三种舞蹈。所谓三种舞蹈,据说是从前代国王传下来的、从上一代国王传下来的,以及他在位时新出现的。有一天清晨,他去了年轻舞姬的宫殿。那些舞姬心想“我们要让国王欢喜”,就像帝释天的天女一样,表演了极其迷人的舞蹈、歌唱和音乐。国王觉得“这不过是年轻舞姬的寻常本事”,并不满意,就去了中年舞姬的宫殿。那些舞姬也同样表演了一番。他在那里也照样不满意,又去了年长舞姬的宫殿。那些舞姬也同样表演了一番。国王看到那些已经经历了两三代王朝的老舞姬,因为年老体衰,舞蹈像骷髅在晃动,歌声也不再悦耳,于是又回到年轻舞姬的宫殿,再回到中年舞姬的宫殿,这样来回走动,在哪里都不满意。他心想:“这些舞姬想让我欢喜,像帝释天的天女一样竭尽全力表演舞蹈、歌唱和音乐,可我在哪里都不满足,只是在增长贪欲罢了。而这贪欲确实是会让人堕入恶趣的法。来吧,我要调伏这贪欲!”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观禅,证得独觉菩提,然后说出了这首优陀那偈颂:巴利
61.Saṅgo esoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira pādalolabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā tīsu pāsādesu tividhanāṭakāni passati. Tividhanāṭakānīti kira pubbarājato āgataṃ, anantararājato āgataṃ, attano kāle uṭṭhitanti. So ekadivasaṃ pātova daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tā nāṭakitthiyo ‘‘rājānaṃ ramāpessāmā’’ti sakkassa devānamindassa accharāyo viya atimanoharaṃ naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ. Rājā – ‘‘anacchariyametaṃ daharāna’’nti asantuṭṭho hutvā majjhimanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tāpi nāṭakitthiyo tatheva akaṃsu. So tatthāpi tatheva asantuṭṭho hutvā mahānāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tāpi nāṭakitthiyo tatheva akaṃsu. Rājā dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe atītānaṃ tāsaṃ mahallakabhāvena aṭṭhikīḷanasadisaṃ naccaṃ disvā gītañca amadhuraṃ sutvā punadeva daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ, puna majjhimanāṭakapāsādanti evaṃ vicaritvā katthaci asantuṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘imā nāṭakitthiyo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ accharāyo viya maṃ ramāpetukāmā sabbathāmena naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ, svāhaṃ katthaci asantuṭṭho lobhameva vaḍḍhemi, lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
这是束缚,这里的安乐很有限,乐味少而苦更多;
知道这是钓钩之后,有智慧的人应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Saṅgo eso parittamettha sokhyaṃ, appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyo; Gaḷo eso iti ñatvā matimā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
它的意思是:“这是执著”——说的是自己享受受用。因为众生就在那里黏着,像大象陷进泥沼一样,所以叫执著。“这里的安乐很少”:在享受五种欲乐的时候,因为生起颠倒想,或者因为属于欲界法而性质低劣,所以安乐很少;就像闪电照亮跳舞的快乐一样,只是短暂的,只是暂时的,这就是这里要说的意思。“这里的乐味少,苦却更多”:这里说的乐味,就是经里说的“比丘们,依这五种欲乐生起的快乐和喜悦,这就是欲的乐味”;而这里说的苦,则像经里用这种方式说的:“比丘们,什么是欲的过患?比丘们,这里有个良家子靠某种技艺谋生,不管是算数,还是计算……”跟那乐味相比,它就像一滴水那么少;而苦却更多、更大,像四大海的水一样。因此说“这里的乐味少,苦却更多”。“这是钓钩”:先展示乐味,再像钓钩一样把人拉过去,这五种欲乐就是这样。这样了知之后,有智慧的人舍弃这一切,应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。巴利
Tassattho – saṅgo esoti attano upabhogaṃ niddisati. So hi sajjanti tattha pāṇino kaddame paviṭṭho hatthī viyāti saṅgo. Parittamettha sokhyanti ettha pañcakāmaguṇūpabhogakāle viparītasaññāya uppādetabbato kāmāvacaradhammapariyāpannato vā lāmakaṭṭhena sokhyaṃ parittaṃ, vijjuppabhāya obhāsitanaccadassanasukhaṃ viya ittaraṃ , tāvakālikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyoti ettha ca yvāyaṃ ‘‘yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ kāmānaṃ assādo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.166) vutto. So yadidaṃ ‘‘ko ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yena sippaṭṭhānena jīvikaṃ kappeti, yadi muddāya, yadi gaṇanāyā’’ti evamādinā (ma. ni. 1.167) nayenettha dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ upanidhāya appo udakabindumatto hoti. Atha kho dukkhameva bhiyyo bahu, catūsu samuddesu udakasadisaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyo’’ti. Gaḷo esoti assādaṃ dassetvā ākaḍḍhanavasena baḷiso viya eso yadidaṃ pañca kāmaguṇā. Iti ñatvā matimāti evaṃ ñatvā buddhimā paṇḍito puriso sabbampetaṃ pahāya eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
62 “破坏后”这句话的缘起是什么?据说,在波罗奈城有一位国王名叫不退转梵授。他一旦投入战斗,不获胜就不回头;或者开始做一件事,不完成就不罢休,因此人们这样称呼他。有一天,他去园林。那时林中起了大火。大火烧着干草、青草等,一路烧过去,毫不退转。国王看到后,心中生起一个相应的景象。他想:“就像这场林火一样,十一种火燃烧一切众生,一路向前不退,带来巨大的痛苦。什么时候我也能为了止息这种痛苦,像这火一样,用圣道智之火焚烧烦恼,一路向前不退呢?”走了一会儿,他又看见渔夫们在河里捕鱼。一条大鱼钻进网中,冲破渔网逃走了。那些渔夫喊道:“鱼冲破网逃走了!”国王听到这话,又生起一个相应的景象:“什么时候我也能用圣道智冲破贪爱和邪见的罗网,毫无阻碍地前进呢?”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,开始修观,最终证得辟支菩提,并说出这首优陀那偈:巴利
62.Sandālayitvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira anivattabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi . So saṅgāmaṃ otiṇṇo ajinitvā aññaṃ vā kiccaṃ āraddho aniṭṭhapetvā na nivattati, tasmā naṃ evaṃ sañjāniṃsu. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchati. Tena ca samayena vanadāho uṭṭhāsi. So aggi sukkhāni ca haritāni ca tiṇādīni dahanto anivattamāno eva gacchati. Rājā taṃ disvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi. ‘‘Yathāyaṃ vanadāho, evameva ekādasavidho aggi sabbasatte dahanto anivattamānova gacchati mahādukkhaṃ uppādento, kudāssu nāmāhampi imassa dukkhassa nivattanatthaṃ ayaṃ aggi viya ariyamaggañāṇagginā kilese dahanto anivattamāno gaccheyya’’nti? Tato muhuttaṃ gantvā kevaṭṭe addasa nadiyaṃ macche gaṇhante . Tesaṃ jālantaraṃ paviṭṭho eko mahāmaccho jālaṃ bhetvā palāyi. Te ‘‘maccho jālaṃ bhetvā gato’’ti saddamakaṃsu. Rājā tampi vacanaṃ sutvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyamaggañāṇena taṇhādiṭṭhijālaṃ bhetvā asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti. So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi, imañca udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
冲破了种种结缚,就像水中的鱼撞破渔网一样。
就像被火烧过的地方,火不会再回头;同样,一个人也不该再回头,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni, jālaṃva bhetvā salilambucārī; Aggīva daḍḍhaṃ anivattamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这句里,第二句中的“网”是指线织成的网。“水”就是水,在水中游动的,叫“水中游者”,这是鱼的别名。把“水中的水中游者”合起来说,就是“salilambucārī”,意思是:在河流的水里冲破网而游动的鱼。第三句中的“已烧”是指被烧过的地方。就像火不会回到已经烧过的地方,不会再去那里;同样,被圣道智之火焚烧过的欲乐之处,不再返回,不会再去那里。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
Tassā dutiyapāde jālanti suttamayaṃ vuccati. Ambūti udakaṃ, tattha caratīti ambucārī, macchassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Salile ambucārī salilambucārī, tasmiṃ nadīsalile jālaṃ bhetvā ambucārīvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatiyapāde daḍḍhanti daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati. Yathā aggi daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ puna na nivattati, na tattha bhiyyo āgacchati, evaṃ maggañāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ kāmaguṇaṭṭhānaṃ anivattamāno tattha bhiyyo anāgacchantoti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
63 “眼下垂”这个说法的来历是什么?据说,在波罗奈城,有一位名叫眼贪梵授的国王。就像足贪梵授一样,他也沉迷于看戏剧。但这里有一点不同——足贪梵授是因为不满足而到处跑,而这位国王则是看了各种戏剧之后,极度欢喜,通过观看各种戏剧的轮换来增长渴爱,到处游荡。相传,他见到一位前来观戏的居士妻子,便生起了贪欲。于是他感到悚惧,心想:“我这样增长渴爱,必将成为恶趣的填充者。来吧,我要调伏它。”于是出家,修习观,证得辟支菩提。他责备自己往昔的行为,并诵出了这首阐明与之相反功德的优陀那偈:巴利
63.Okkhittacakkhūti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cakkhulolabrahmadatto nāma rājā pādalolabrahmadatto viya nāṭakadassanamanuyutto hoti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – so asantuṭṭho tattha tattha gacchati, ayaṃ taṃ taṃ nāṭakaṃ disvā ativiya abhinanditvā nāṭakaparivattadassanena taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento vicarati. So kira nāṭakadassanāya āgataṃ aññataraṃ kuṭumbiyabhariyaṃ disvā rāgaṃ uppādesi. Tato saṃvegamāpajjitvā puna ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento apāyaparipūrako bhavissāmi, handa naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
眼睛低垂,不躁动脚步;守护感官,看住自己的心。
不流漏、不被烧灼,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Okkhittacakkhū na ca pādalolo, guttindriyo rakkhitamānasāno; Anavassuto apariḍayhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“眼下垂”是指眼睛朝下看,把七节颈椎依次摆正,为了避免看到不该看的东西,只看着前面大约一轭远的距离。并不是说用下巴骨去顶住胸骨。因为那样垂着眼睛,并不符合沙门的身份。“不脚痒贪行”是指:不像有些人那样,想挤进人群当中——做一个人的第二伴、两个人的第三伴——脚底发痒似的待不住;也就是说,已经远离了长期四处游方、没有固定居所的游荡。“守护根门”是指:在六根当中,除了前面已经单独讲过的那些根之外,对其余的根也加以守护,从而守护根门。“善护意根”当中,mānasa 就是意,因为它被保护,所以叫善护意根。意思是说,心这样被守护,就不会被烦恼所劫夺。“不流露”是指:由于这样的修行方式,在种种所缘当中,烦恼都不再渗漏。“不被烧燃”是指:正因为没有渗漏,所以不被烦恼之火所烧燃。或者说,对外不流露,对内不被烧燃。其余的解释和前面所说的一样。巴利
Tattha okkhittacakkhūti heṭṭhākhittacakkhu, satta gīvaṭṭhīni paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā parivajjagahetabbadassanatthaṃ yugamattaṃ pekkhamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. Na tu hanukaṭṭhinā hadayaṭṭhiṃ saṅghaṭṭento. Evañhi okkhittacakkhutā na samaṇasāruppā hotī. Na ca pādaloloti ekassa dutiyo, dvinnaṃ tatiyoti evaṃ gaṇamajjhaṃ pavisitukāmatāya kaṇḍūyamānapādo viya abhavanto, dīghacārikaanavaṭṭhitacārikavirato vā. Guttindriyoti chasu indriyesu idha visuṃvuttāvasesavasena gopitindriyo. Rakkhitamānasānoti mānasaṃ yeva mānasānaṃ, taṃ rakkhitamassāti rakkhitamānasāno. Yathā kilesehi na viluppati, evaṃ rakkhitacittoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anavassutoti imāya paṭipattiyā tesu tesu ārammaṇesu kilesaanvāssavavirahito. Apariḍayhamānoti evaṃ anvāssavavirahāva kilesaggīhi apariḍayhamāno. Bahiddhā vā anavassuto, ajjhattaṃ apariḍayhamāno. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
64 64.“卸下”这件事是怎么来的?据说在波罗奈城,还有一位叫“四个月梵授”的国王,他每过四个月就去园林里游乐一次。有一天,正是夏季中间那个月,他进园林时,在园门口看见一棵甄叔迦树,枝叶被花朵覆盖、装饰得满满当当。他摘了一朵花,就进了园林。接着,有个大臣心想“国王拿了最好的花”,也站在象背上摘了一朵。就这样,整个军队都跟着摘。大家不满足于花,连叶子也摘了。那棵树于是花也没了、叶也没了,只剩下一截树干。傍晚国王从园林出来,看见这棵树,心里想:“这棵树怎么了?我来的时候,它那如玉般的枝条间还缀着珊瑚一样的花,现在却连花都没了。”他一边想,一边在离那棵树不远的地方,看见另一棵没开花、枝叶却依然茂密的树。看见之后,他心里这样想:“这棵树因为枝头开满花,才让很多人起贪心,一下子就被毁掉了;而那一棵因为不让人起贪心,所以还是原样站着。这王位也像开花的树一样,容易让人贪著;出家做比丘则像那棵没开花的树,不会让人贪著。所以,趁这个王位还没像那棵树一样被抢光,我就该像那棵枝叶茂密的甄叔迦树一样,用袈裟把自己覆盖起来,然后出家。”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观,悟得辟支菩提,说了这首优陀那偈:巴利
64.Ohārayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira ayaṃ aññopi cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā catumāse catumāse uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchati. So ekadivasaṃ gimhānaṃ majjhime māse uyyānaṃ pavisanto uyyānadvāre pattasañchannaṃ pupphālaṅkataviṭapaṃ pāricchattakakoviḷāraṃ disvā ekaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Tato ‘‘raññā aggapupphaṃ gahita’’nti aññataropi amacco hatthikkhandhe ṭhito eva ekaṃ pupphaṃ aggahesi. Eteneva upāyena sabbo balakāyo aggahesi. Pupphaṃ anassādentā pattampi gaṇhiṃsu. So rukkho nippattapuppho khandhamattova ahosi. Taṃ rājā sāyanhasamaye uyyānā nikkhamanto disvā ‘‘kiṃ kato ayaṃ rukkho, mama āgamanavelāyaṃ maṇivaṇṇasākhantaresu pavāḷasadisapupphālaṅkato ahosi, idāni nippattapuppho jāto’’ti cintento tassevāvidūre apupphitaṃ rukkhaṃ sañchannapalāsaṃ addasa. Disvā cassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ rukkho pupphabharitasākhattā bahujanassa lobhanīyo ahosi, tena muhutteneva byasanaṃ patto, ayaṃ panañño alobhanīyattā tatheva ṭhito. Idampi rajjaṃ pupphitarukkho viya lobhanīyaṃ, bhikkhubhāvo pana apupphitarukkho viya alobhanīyo. Tasmā yāva idampi ayaṃ rukkho viya na viluppati, tāva ayamañño sañchannapatto yathā pāricchattako, evaṃ kāsāvena parisañchannena hutvā pabbajitabba’’nti. So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
脱下居士的装束,像波利质多罗树那样,叶子被覆盖。
穿上袈裟衣出家之后,应当像犀牛角一样独自而行。巴利
‘‘Ohārayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchannapatto yathā pārichatto; Kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“穿着袈裟衣出家后”这一句的意思是:从家里出来之后,成了身穿袈裟衣的人。其余部分按前面说过的方法就能明白,所以不再展开讲。巴利
Tattha kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvāti imassa pādassa gehā abhinikkhamitvā kāsāyavattho hutvāti evamattho veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
65 关于“味”这一偈的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,波罗奈城有一位国王,在园林里由大臣的儿子们簇拥着,在石板铺成的池塘中嬉戏。他的厨师取来各种肉类的精华之味,精心烹制成极为美味、宛如不死甘露的间食,端上来呈给他。国王对那食物生起了贪著,不给任何人分一点,独自享用。而且他从水中嬉戏很晚才出来,急急忙忙地吃。以往和他一起吃饭的那些人,他一个也没想起来。后来,他生起了反省:“唉,我做了恶事!我被味爱所征服,忘了所有人,独自一个人吃。来吧,我要制伏这味爱。”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行观禅,证悟了辟支菩提。他责备自己过去贪著味道的行为,为了显示与之相反的功德,说出了这首优陀那偈——巴利
65.Rasesūti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā uyyāne amaccaputtehi parivuto silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ kīḷati. Tassa sūdo sabbamaṃsānaṃ rasaṃ gahetvā atīva susaṅkhataṃ amatakappaṃ antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi. So tattha gedhamāpanno kassaci kiñci adatvā attanāva bhuñji. Udakakīḷato ca ativikāle nikkhanto sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bhuñji. Yehi saddhiṃ pubbe bhuñjati, na tesaṃ kañci sari. Atha pacchā paṭisaṅkhānaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘aho, mayā pāpaṃ kataṃ, yvāhaṃ rasataṇhāya abhibhūto sabbajanaṃ visaritvā ekakova bhuñjiṃ. Handa rasataṇhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
于种种味道不造作贪著,不贪求,不依靠他人供养,次第乞食而行。
对每一家都心不执着,独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ alolo, anaññaposī sapadānacārī; Kule kule appaṭibaddhacitto, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,关于“味”,是指酸、甜、苦、辣、咸、涩等种种可尝之味。“不贪著”就是不作贪求,意思是说不生起渴爱。“不渴求”是说不会像“我要尝这个,我要尝那个”那样,在种种味道中迷乱。“不养他人”是指没有需要抚养的共住弟子等人,只以维持身体为满足。或者说,就像我过去在园林中,因为贪著味道、渴求美味而成了需要别人养活的人,现在不再那样了。由于那种渴爱而贪著味道,这里要说明的是:舍弃那种渴爱之后,未来不再因渴爱之根而受生新的生命体,所以叫“不养他人”。另外,从损害利益的意义上说,烦恼被称为“其他”;因为不滋养那些烦恼,所以这里也有“不养他人”的意思。“次第乞食”是指不跳越、按顺序乞食,不跳过门户,不论富有家庭还是贫穷家庭,都一家接一家不间断地入内乞食。“于家家心无系着”是指在刹帝利等种种家族中,无论到哪一家,都不会因烦恼而心生执著,像月亮一样,始终保持着常作新客的状态。其余内容与前面所说相同。巴利
Tattha rasesūti ambilamadhuratittakakaṭukaloṇikakhārikakasāvādibhedesu sāyanīyesu. Gedhaṃ akaranti giddhiṃ akaronto, taṇhaṃ anuppādentoti vuttaṃ hoti. Aloloti ‘‘idaṃ sāyissāmi, idaṃ sāyissāmī’’ti evaṃ rasavisesesu anākulo. Anaññaposīti posetabbakasaddhivihārikādivirahito , kāyasandhāraṇamattena santuṭṭhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathā vā pubbe uyyāne rasesu gedhakaraṇalolo hutvā aññaposī āsiṃ, evaṃ ahutvā yāya taṇhāya lolo hutvā rasesu gedhaṃ karoti. Taṃ taṇhaṃ hitvā āyatiṃ taṇhāmūlakassa aññassa attabhāvassa anibbattanena anaññaposīti dasseti. Atha vā atthabhañjanakaṭṭhena aññeti kilesā vuccanti. Tesaṃ aposanena anaññaposīti ayampettha attho. Sapadānacārīti avokkammacārī anupubbacārī, gharapaṭipāṭiṃ achaḍḍetvā aḍḍhakulañca daliddakulañca nirantaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisamānoti attho. Kule kule appaṭibaddhacittoti khattiyakulādīsu yattha katthaci kilesavasena alaggacitto, candūpamo niccanavako hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
66 “舍弃五盖”这句话是怎么来的?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王证得了初禅。他为了守护禅那,舍弃王位出家,修观后悟了辟支菩提。为了展示自己修行上的成就,他说了这首自说偈:巴利
66.Pahāyapañcāvaraṇānīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā paṭhamajjhānalābhī ahosi. So jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
“舍断心中五盖,驱除一切随烦恼,
不依赖任何事物,斩断爱执之过,独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Pahāya pañcāvaraṇāni cetaso, upakkilese byapanujja sabbe; Anissito chetva sinehadosaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,“障碍”指的就是盖。它们的意思已经在《蛇经》里说过了。这些盖就像云雾等遮住日月那样遮住心,所以被称为“心的障碍”。要以近行定或安止定来舍弃它们。“随烦恼”是指侵入内心、伤害内心的不善法,或者像《布喻经》等经里所说的贪欲等。“消除”就是驱除、灭尽,意思是用观道来舍弃它们。“一切”就是没有剩余。这样,具足止与观的人,因为以初道断除了对邪见的依止,所以称为“无所依著”。以其余的道,断尽三界内的爱之过患,这被称为渴爱与贪著。实际上,因为“爱”具有与功德相反的性质,所以说为“爱之过”。其余的解释,依照前面所说的方式。巴利
Tattha āvaraṇānīti nīvaraṇāneva. Tāni atthato uragasutte vuttāni. Tāni pana yasmā abbhādayo viya candasūriye ceto āvaranti, tasmā ‘‘āvaraṇāni cetaso’’ti vuttāni. Tāni upacārena vā appanāya vā pahāya. Upakkileseti upagamma cittaṃ vibādhente akusale dhamme, vatthopamādīsu vutte abhijjhādayo vā. Byapanujjāti panuditvā vināsetvā, vipassanāmaggena pajahitvāti attho. Sabbeti anavasese. Evaṃ samathavipassanāsampanno paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhinissayassa pahīnattā anissito. Sesamaggehi chetvā tedhātukaṃ sinehadosaṃ, taṇhārāganti vuttaṃ hoti. Sineho eva hi guṇapaṭipakkhato sinehadosoti vutto. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
67 “背弃”这句偈的缘起是什么?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王证得了第四禅。他为了守护禅那,舍弃王位出家,修观之后悟得辟支菩提。为了展示自己修行上的成就,他说出了这首自说偈:巴利
67.Vipiṭṭhikatvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā catutthajjhānalābhī ahosi. So jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
已经放下乐与苦,也放下了先前已有的喜与忧;
已经获得了舍、寂静与清净,就该像犀牛角一样独自游方。巴利
‘‘Vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhaṃ dukhañca, pubbeva ca somanassadomanassaṃ; Laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“置之背后”就是放到背后,意思是丢弃、舍弃。“乐与苦”指身体上的舒服和不舒服。“喜与忧”指心理上的舒服和不舒服。“舍”指第四禅的舍。“寂静”就是第四禅的寂静。“清净”是因为脱离了九种敌对法——也就是五盖、寻、伺、喜、乐——所以清净,就像已经炼掉杂质的黄金一样,意思是远离了污垢。巴利
Tattha vipiṭṭhikatvānāti piṭṭhito katvā, chaḍḍetvā jahitvāti attho. Sukhaṃ dukhañcāti kāyikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Somanassadomanassanti cetasikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Upekkhanti catutthajjhānupekkhaṃ. Samathanti catutthajjhānasamathameva. Visuddhanti pañcanīvaraṇavitakkavicārapītisukhasaṅkhātehi navahi paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā visuddhaṃ, niddhantasuvaṇṇamiva vigatūpakkilesanti attho.
这里的搭配方式是:把乐和苦都抛在身后——具体来说,苦在初禅的近行地就已经先舍掉了,乐在第三禅的近行地舍掉,这就是这里的意趣。再把开头出现的“ca”移到后面,就成了“已经先把喜和忧抛在身后”,这是补充统摄之文。由此说明:喜在第四禅的近行阶段断除,忧在第二禅的近行阶段断除。因为这些对它们来说,是以方便方式断除的所在。若以究竟方式来说,则苦的断除处是初禅,忧的断除处是第二禅,乐的断除处是第三禅,喜的断除处是第四禅。正如经中所说:“成就初禅而住时,那里生起的苦根无余灭尽……”等等。这一切在《殊胜义注》(《法集论注》165)中已经说过。因此,在前三禅等中先把苦、忧、乐抛在身后,就在这里第四禅中把喜抛在身后,通过这条修行道路获得具舍的清净止之后,应当独自而行。其余各处都很清楚了。巴利
Ayaṃ pana yojanā – vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhaṃ dukkhañca pubbeva paṭhamajjhānupacārabhūmiyaṃyeva dukkhaṃ, tatiyajjhānupacārabhūmiyaṃ sukhanti adhippāyo. Puna ādito vuttaṃ cakāraṃ parato netvā ‘‘somanassaṃ domanassañca vipiṭṭhikatvāna pubbevā’’ti adhikāro. Tena somanassaṃ catutthajjhānupacāre, domanassañca dutiyajjhānupacāreyevāti dīpeti. Etāni hi etesaṃ pariyāyato pahānaṭṭhānāni. Nippariyāyato pana dukkhassa paṭhamajjhānaṃ, domanassassa dutiyajjhānaṃ, sukhassa tatiyajjhānaṃ, somanassassa catutthajjhānaṃ pahānaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 5.510). Taṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 165) vuttaṃ. Yato pubbeva tīsu paṭhamajjhānādīsu dukkhadomanassasukhāni vipiṭṭhikatvā ettheva catutthajjhāne somanassaṃ vipiṭṭhikatvā imāya paṭipadāya laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ eko careti. Sesaṃ sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.
68 “已发勤精进”这个说法是怎么来的呢?据说,有一位边地小国的国王,兵力只有一千名勇士,国土很小,智慧却很大。有一天他想:“我虽然国土小,但凭智慧,也能拿下整个赡部洲。”想好之后,就派使者去见邻国国王,传话说:“七天之内,要么把王位交给我,要么就开战。”然后他把自己的大臣们召集起来,说:“我没跟你们商量就擅自做了这件事,已经向那位国王发出了这样的通牒,现在该怎么办?”大臣们说:“大王,能不能派人把那个使者追回来?”国王说:“追不回来了,他应该已经走远了。”大臣们说:“既然这样,我们都被您给毁了。那与其痛苦地死在敌人刀下,不如我们互相砍死,或者自己砍死自己,或者上吊,或者服毒。”就这样,他们一个个都只称赞死路。这时国王说:“喂,我要你们这些人有什么用?我的勇士们在哪里?”于是那一千名勇士挺身而出,喊道:“大王,我是勇士!大王,我是勇士!”巴利
68.Āraddhavīriyoti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira paccantarājā sahassayodhaparimāṇabalakāyo rajjena khuddako, paññāya mahanto ahosi. So ekadivasaṃ ‘‘kiñcāpi ahaṃ khuddako, paññavatā ca pana sakkā sakalajambudīpaṃ gahetu’’nti cintetvā sāmantarañño dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘sattadivasabbhantare me rajjaṃ vā detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. Tato so attano amacce samodhānetvā āha – ‘‘mayā tumhe anāpucchāyeva sāhasaṃ kataṃ, amukassa rañño evaṃ pahitaṃ, kiṃ kātabba’’nti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘sakkā, mahārāja, so dūto nivattetu’’nti? ‘‘Na sakkā, gato bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ vināsitamhā tayā, tena hi dukkhaṃ aññassa satthena marituṃ. Handa, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ paharitvā marāma, attānaṃ paharitvā marāma, ubbandhāma, visaṃ khādāmā’’ti. Evaṃ tesu ekameko maraṇameva saṃvaṇṇeti. Tato rājā – ‘‘kiṃ me, imehi, atthi, bhaṇe, mayhaṃ yodhā’’ti āha. Atha ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, yodho, ahaṃ, mahārāja, yodho’’ti taṃ yodhasahassaṃ uṭṭhahi.
国王想:“我要试探一下这些人。”于是让人堆好柴堆,说道:“诸位,我干了这么一件冒险的事,大臣们都反对我。我要走进这柴堆里去,谁愿意跟我一起进去?谁愿意为我舍弃性命?”这话一说完,五百名勇士就站了起来,说:“大王,我们进去!”接着,国王又对另外五百名勇士说:“孩子们,你们现在打算怎么办?”他们说:“大王,刚才那事不是男子汉该做的,那是女人干的事。不过大王已经派了使者去见敌王,我们就跟大王一起上阵,战死为止。”于是国王说:“你们已经为我舍了命。”便集结了四支军队,由那一千名勇士簇拥着,走到国境边界,坐了下来。巴利
Rājā ‘‘ete upaparikkhissāmī’’ti mantvā citakaṃ sajjetvā āha – ‘‘mayā, bhaṇe, idaṃ nāma sāhasaṃ kataṃ, taṃ me amaccā paṭikkosanti, sohaṃ citakaṃ pavisissāmi, ko mayā saddhiṃ pavisissati, kena mayhaṃ jīvitaṃ pariccatta’’nti? Evaṃ vutte pañcasatā yodhā uṭṭhahiṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, pavisāmā’’ti. Tato rājā apare pañcasate yodhe āha – ‘‘tumhe idāni, tātā, kiṃ karissathā’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘nāyaṃ, mahārāja, purisakāro, itthikiriyā esā, apica mahārājena paṭirañño dūto pesito, tena mayaṃ raññā saddhiṃ yujjhitvā marissāmā’’ti. Tato rājā ‘‘pariccattaṃ tumhehi mama jīvita’’nti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā tena yodhasahassena parivuto gantvā rajjasīmāya nisīdi.
那位敌王听到这个消息,气得骂道:“哼,那个小国王连给我当奴仆都不配!”就带着全部军队出发去打仗。小国王看到敌军压过来,对部下说:“弟兄们,你们人不多;大家聚在一起,拿好剑和盾,赶快直接冲到那个国王面前去!”他们照办了。于是那支军队从中间裂成两半,让出了一条路。他们活捉了那个国王,其他士兵都逃跑了。小国王心想“我要杀了他”,就冲到他面前,敌王向他求饶。小国王就饶了他一命,让他立下誓言,把他收为自己的人,然后和他一起去攻打另一个国王,驻扎在那个国王的国境上,派人传话说:“要么把王国交给我,要么就开战。”那个国王说:“我连打一仗都受不了。”就交出了王国。用这个办法,他擒住了所有的国王,最后连波罗奈国王也抓到了。巴利
Sopi paṭirājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘are, so khuddakarājā mama dāsassāpi nappahotī’’ti kujjhitvā sabbaṃ balakāyaṃ ādāya yujjhituṃ nikkhami. Khuddakarājā taṃ abbhuyyātaṃ disvā balakāyaṃ āha – ‘‘tātā, tumhe na bahukā; sabbe sampiṇḍitvā, asicammaṃ gahetvā, sīghaṃ imassa rañño purato ujukaṃ eva gacchathā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Atha sā senā dvidhā bhijjitvā antaramadāsi. Te taṃ rājānaṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, aññe yodhā palāyiṃsu. Khuddakarājā ‘‘taṃ māremī’’ti purato dhāvati, paṭirājā taṃ abhayaṃ yāci. Tato tassa abhayaṃ datvā, sapathaṃ kārāpetvā, taṃ attano manussaṃ katvā, tena saha aññaṃ rājānaṃ abbhuggantvā, tassa rajjasīmāya ṭhatvā pesesi – ‘‘rajjaṃ vā me detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So ‘‘ahaṃ ekayuddhampi na sahāmī’’ti rajjaṃ niyyātesi. Eteneva upāyena sabbarājāno gahetvā ante bārāṇasirājānampi aggahesi.
他统领整个赡部洲,身边有一百位国王围绕。他这样想:“我以前只是个微不足道的小人物,靠着自身智慧的成就,才成了整个赡部洲的主人。可是我这智慧还是和世间的努力连在一起,既不能导向厌离,也不能导向离欲。好啊,我应当用这份智慧去寻求出世间法。”于是他把波罗奈国王位交还出去,把妻儿和亲属都送回故乡,随后出家,开始修观,最终悟得辟支菩提。为了展示自己精进的成就,他说了这首优陀那偈:巴利
So ekasatarājaparivuto sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ anusāsanto cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pubbe khuddako ahosiṃ, somhi attano ñāṇasampattiyā sakalajambudīpassa issaro jāto. Taṃ kho pana me ñāṇaṃ lokiyavīriyasampayuttaṃ, neva nibbidāya na virāgāya saṃvattati, sādhu vatassa svāhaṃ iminā ñāṇena lokuttaradhammaṃ gaveseyya’’nti. Tato bārāṇasirañño rajjaṃ datvā, puttadārañca sakajanapadameva pesetvā, pabbajjaṃ samādāya vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano vīriyasampattiṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
已发起精进,为了证得最高利益,心不退缩,行为不懈怠。
意志坚定,具足力量与力,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Āraddhaviriyo paramatthapattiyā, alīnacitto akusītavutti; Daḷhanikkamo thāmabalūpapanno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这其中,“已发起精进”就是指已发起精进的人。由此说明他自己精进的开始,也就是最初的精进。“究竟义”称为涅槃,为了证得它,就是“为证得究竟义”。由此说明通过这精进的发起所应证得的果。“心不退缩”:由此说明被强大精进所支撑的心与心所的不退缩。“不懈怠而活”:由此说明在站立、坐下、经行等姿势中,身体不消沉。“坚定地出离”:由此说明像“纵使皮肉干枯,筋腱也枯竭”这样进行的决意精进,也就是在次第修学等中努力时,被称为“以身亲证最上谛,以慧洞察而见”。或者,由此说明与道相应的精进。那确实因为修习圆满而坚固,又因为完全脱离了一切对立面而是出离,所以具足那精进的人也确实是坚定出离的,因此称为“坚定出离”。“具足力与力”:在道刹那,具足身力与智力;或者,具足由力所成的力,就是具足力与力,意思是说具足坚固的智力。由此阐明那精进与观智相应,从而成立如理努力的状态。或者,也可以按前分、中分、最上分精进这三方面来配合这三句。其余则如前所说。巴利
Tattha āraddhaṃ vīriyamassāti āraddhaviriyo. Etena attano vīriyārambhaṃ ādivīriyaṃ dasseti. Paramattho vuccati nibbānaṃ, tassa pattiyā paramatthapattiyā. Etena vīriyārambhena pattabbaphalaṃ dasseti. Alīnacittoti etena balavīriyūpatthambhānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ alīnataṃ dasseti. Akusītavuttīti etena ṭhānaāsanacaṅkamanādīsu kāyassa anavasīdanaṃ. Daḷhanikkamoti etena ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattaṃ padahanavīriyaṃ dasseti, yaṃ taṃ anupubbasikkhādīsu padahanto ‘‘kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca naṃ ativijjha passatī’’ti vuccati. Atha vā etena maggasampayuttavīriyaṃ dasseti. Tañhi daḷhañca bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gatattā, nikkamo ca sabbaso paṭipakkhā nikkhantattā, tasmā taṃsamaṅgīpuggalopi daḷho nikkamo assāti ‘‘daḷhanikkamo’’ti vuccati. Thāmabalūpapannoti maggakkhaṇe kāyathāmena ñāṇabalena ca upapanno, atha vā thāmabhūtena balena upapannoti thāmabalūpapanno, thirañāṇabalūpapannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Etena tassa vīriyassa vipassanāñāṇasampayogaṃ dīpento yoniso padahanabhāvaṃ sādheti. Pubbabhāgamajjhimaukkaṭṭhavīriyavasena vā tayopi pādā yojetabbā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
69 “独坐”是怎么来的呢?这个偈颂的来历和序偈的来历一样,没有什么差别。不过在义注的解释里,这里的“独坐”是指从种种众生的行作中退回来、隐退下来,独自安住,成为单一的状态,也就是身远离的意思。“禅那”呢,因为能烧掉对立面,又能专注所缘的特征,所以叫心远离。其中,八等至因为能烧掉五盖等对立面并专注所缘,所以叫禅那;观、道、果因为能烧掉众生想等对立面,并且在这里果也是专注于特征,所以也叫禅那。但这里只取专注所缘这一层意思。就这样,不舍弃、不放弃、不离弃这独坐和禅那。“于诸法”是指与观相应的五蕴等诸法。“恒常”就是一直、持续、不间断。“随法行者”就是针对那些法,随顺生起的观法而修行。或者,“法”指九种出世间法,随顺那些法的法叫“随法”,这是观的别名。这里本来应该说“对法恒常为随法行者”,但为了偈颂押韵方便,因为格的变化而说成“于诸法”。“他于诸有审观过患”就是:以那称为随法行的观,在三有中观见无常等过患,不舍离这身远离和心远离,已经达到观之顶点的行道,应当知道“一人独行”是这样连接的。巴利
69.Paṭisallānanti kā uppatti? Imissā gāthāya āvaraṇagāthāya uppattisadisā eva uppatti, natthi koci viseso. Atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ panassā paṭisallānanti tehi tehi sattasaṅkhārehi paṭinivattitvā sallīnaṃ ekattasevitā ekībhāvo, kāyavivekoti attho. Jhānanti paccanīkajhāpanato ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānato ca cittaviveko vuccati. Tattha aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nīvaraṇādipaccanīkajhāpanato ārammaṇūpanijjhānato ca jhānanti vuccati, vipassanāmaggaphalāni sattasaññādipaccanīkajhāpanato, lakkhaṇūpanijjhānatoyeva cettha phalāni. Idha pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānameva adhippetaṃ. Evametaṃ paṭisallānañca jhānañca ariñcamāno, ajahamāno, anissajjamāno. Dhammesūti vipassanūpagesu pañcakkhandhādidhammesu. Niccanti satataṃ, samitaṃ, abbhokiṇṇaṃ. Anudhammacārīti te dhamme ārabbha pavattamānena anugataṃ vipassanādhammaṃ caramāno. Atha vā dhammāti nava lokuttaradhammā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anulomo dhammoti anudhammo, vipassanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha ‘‘dhammānaṃ niccaṃ anudhammacārī’’ti vattabbe gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ vibhattibyattayena ‘‘dhammesū’’ti vuttaṃ siyā. Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesūti tāya anudhammacaritāsaṅkhātāya vipassanāya aniccākārādidosaṃ tīsu bhavesu samanupassanto evaṃ imaṃ kāyavivekacittavivekaṃ ariñcamāno sikhāppattavipassanāsaṅkhātāya paṭipadāya adhigatoti vattabbo eko careti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
70 “渴爱灭尽”是怎么来的呢?据说,有位波罗奈国王以极大的王威右绕都城而行。人们被他的身相光彩所倾倒,走在前面的也转过身来盯着他看,走在后面的也盯着他看,走在两旁的也盯着他看。世人本来就是这样,见到佛陀、见到满月、见到大海之王,怎么看都看不够。那时,有一位富家男子的妻子登上高楼,打开狮形窗格,站在那里观看。国王一见到她,心就被系住了,便命令一位大臣:“去弄清楚,这女人是有丈夫还是没丈夫。”大臣去查后回报:“有丈夫。”国王心想:“我这两万名年轻女子就像天女一样,只让我一个人享乐,我对她们还不满足,如今竟对别人的妻子生起了渴爱。这生起的渴爱,只会把人拖进恶趣。”他看清了渴爱的过患后,想:“来吧,我要制伏它!”于是舍弃王位,出家修行,修观,证得辟支菩提后,说出这首优陀那偈:巴利
70.Taṇhakkhayanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti. Tassa sarīrasobhāya āvaṭṭitahadayā sattā purato gacchantāpi nivattitvā tameva ullokenti, pacchato gacchantāpi, ubhohi passehi gacchantāpi. Pakatiyā eva hi buddhadassane puṇṇacandasamuddarājadassane ca atitto loko. Atha aññatarā kuṭumbiyabhariyāpi uparipāsādagatā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā olokayamānā aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvāva paṭibaddhacitto hutvā amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘jānāhi tāva, bhaṇe, ayaṃ itthī sasāmikā vā asāmikā vā’’ti. So gantvā ‘‘sasāmikā’’ti ārocesi. Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘imā vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiyo devaccharāyo viya maṃyeva ekaṃ abhiramenti, so dānāhaṃ etāpi atusitvā parassa itthiyā taṇhaṃ uppādesiṃ, sā uppannā apāyameva ākaḍḍhatī’’ti taṇhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā ‘‘handa naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
一心追求渴爱灭尽、不放逸、不愚钝如聋哑、多闻、具足正念,
已了知诸法、决定不退、具足精勤的人,应当独自而行,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayamappamatto, aneḷamūgo sutavā satīmā; Saṅkhātadhammo niyato padhānavā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这其中,“渴爱灭尽”就是涅槃,也就是已经看清渴爱的过患之后,渴爱彻底不再生起。“不放逸者”是指持续不断地修行、恭敬认真地修行的人。“不痴不哑者”是指不口吃、不笨嘴拙舌的人;或者也可以理解为:既不痴钝也不哑巴,也就是说他是聪明、通达的人。“多闻者”是指听闻过能带来利益和安乐的法教,也就是具备圣教传承的人。“具念者”是指能忆念很久以前做过的事等的人。“已知法者”是指通过审察诸法而彻底了知诸法的人。“决定者”是指依靠圣道而达到决定不退转状态的人。“具勤者”是指具备正勤精进的人。这段文句应当按倒过来的顺序来理解:这样一来,具备不放逸等品质的人,因为有了能成就决定状态的精勤,所以叫“具勤者”;又因为依靠这种精勤而达到了决定状态,所以叫“决定者”;再进一步因为证得阿罗汉果,所以叫“已知法者”。阿罗汉因为再也没有任何法需要了知,所以被称为“已知法者”。正如所说:“那些已知法者,以及此世间众多的有学。”其余部分就按照前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Tattha taṇhakkhayanti nibbānaṃ, evaṃ diṭṭhādīnavāya taṇhāya eva appavattiṃ. Appamattoti sātaccakārī sakkaccakārī. Aneḷamūgoti alālāmukho. Atha vā aneḷo ca amūgo ca, paṇḍito byattoti vuttaṃ hoti. Hitasukhasampāpakaṃ sutamassa atthīti sutavā āgamasampannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Satīmāti cirakatādīnaṃ anussaritā. Saṅkhātadhammoti dhammupaparikkhāya pariññātadhammo. Niyatoti ariyamaggena niyāmaṃ patto. Padhānavāti sammappadhānavīriyasampanno. Uppaṭipāṭiyā esa pāṭho yojetabbo. Evametehi appamādādīhi samannāgato niyāmasampāpakena padhānena padhānavā, tena padhānena pattaniyāmattā niyato, tato arahattappattiyā saṅkhātadhammo. Arahā hi puna saṅkhātabbābhāvato ‘‘saṅkhātadhammo’’ti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idhā’’ti (su. ni. 1044; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 7). Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
71 “像狮子一样”这个说法的来历是什么?据说,波罗奈国某位国王有一座很远的园林。他清早起来,前往园林,走到半路,从车上下来,来到一处有水的地方,想洗脸。就在那个地方,一头母狮生下幼崽后,出去觅食了。国王的随从看见那只幼狮,就禀报说:“陛下,这是一只狮崽。”国王听说“狮子对谁都不害怕”,就想试探它,命人敲打大鼓等乐器。狮崽听到那声音,仍然照原样躺着。国王让人敲到第三次,它在第三次才抬起头,环视了所有在场的人,然后又照原样躺着。于是国王说:“趁它母亲还没回来,我们走吧。”他一边走一边想:“这只狮崽刚出生那天就不惊慌、不害怕,我什么时候才能断除渴爱和邪见的怖畏,也不惊慌、不害怕呢?”他抓住这个所缘。继续走时,他又看见渔夫们捕了鱼,把鱼挂在树枝上,张开渔网;风穿过张开的网而毫无挂碍地吹过。他也抓住这个相,心想:“我什么时候才能撕破渴爱和邪见之网、愚痴之网,这样无所沾着地行走呢?”巴利
71.Sīho vāti kā uppatti? Aññatarassa kira bārāṇasirañño dūre uyyānaṃ hoti. So pageva vuṭṭhāya uyyānaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge yānā oruyha udakaṭṭhānaṃ upagato ‘‘mukhaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti. Tasmiñca padese sīhī potakaṃ janetvā gocarāya gatā. Rājapuriso taṃ disvā ‘‘sīhapotako devā’’ti ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira na kassaci bhāyatī’’ti taṃ upaparikkhituṃ bheriādīni ākoṭāpesi. Sīhapotako taṃ saddaṃ sutvāpi tatheva sayi. Rājā yāvatatiyakaṃ ākoṭāpesi, so tatiyavāre sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā sabbaṃ parisaṃ oloketvā tatheva sayi. Atha rājā ‘‘yāvassa mātā nāgacchati, tāva gacchāmā’’ti vatvā gacchanto cintesi – ‘‘taṃ divasaṃ jātopi sīhapotako na santasati na bhāyati, kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhiparitāsaṃ chetvā na santaseyyaṃ na bhāyeyya’’nti. So taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā, gacchanto puna kevaṭṭehi macche gahetvā sākhāsu bandhitvā pasārite jāle vātaṃ alaggaṃyeva gacchamānaṃ disvā, tampi nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhijālaṃ mohajālaṃ vā phāletvā evaṃ asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti.
然后他走进园林,坐在石板池塘岸边,看见被风吹倒的莲花低垂触水,风停之后又回到原来的位置,水没有沾污它们。他把这个景象也取为禅相,心想:“我什么时候也能像这些莲花一样,生在水中却不被水沾污,同样生在世间却不被世间沾污而安住呢?”他反复思惟:“应当像狮子、像风、像莲花那样,不惊慌、不黏着、不被染污。”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,修观,悟得辟支菩提之后,说出这首感兴偈:巴利
Atha uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇitīre nisinno vātabbhāhatāni padumāni onamitvā udakaṃ phusitvā vātavigame puna yathāṭhāne ṭhitāni udakena anupalittāni disvā tampi nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi yathā etāni udake jātāni udakena anupalittāni tiṭṭhanti, evamevaṃ loke jāto lokena anupalitto tiṭṭheyya’’nti. So punappunaṃ ‘‘yathā sīhavātapadumāni, evaṃ asantasantena asajjamānena anupalittena bhavitabba’’nti cintetvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
就像狮子面对各种声音毫不惊慌,又像风在网中不被缠住。
就像莲花不被水沾染,应当独自一人行走,像犀牛角一样。巴利
‘‘Sīhova saddesu asantasanto, vātova jālamhi asajjamāno; Padumaṃva toyena alippamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这里,“狮子”有四种:草狮、黄狮、黑狮、鬃狮。鬃狮被认为是这四种中最殊胜的,这里指的就是它。“风”按东风等方向分为多种,“莲花”按红色、白色等分为多种。其中无论哪一种风、哪一种莲花,都适用。为什么呢?因为恐惧来自对自身的贪爱,而对自身的贪爱就是渴爱的黏着,它也是由与邪见相应或与邪见不相应的贪产生的,那贪就是渴爱本身。而这里的“黏着”则是缺乏审察的愚痴,那愚痴就是无明。其中,通过止来断除渴爱,通过观来断除无明。所以,以止断除了对自身的贪爱,就能像狮子在种种声音中面对无常等法而不惊恐;以观断除了愚痴,就能像风在网中一样,对蕴、处等法无所滞着;以止断除了贪以及与贪相应的邪见,就能像莲花不被水沾染一样,不被对一切生存和享乐的贪欲所染污。在这里,戒是止的立足处,止就是定,观就是慧。这样,当这两法成就时,三蕴也就成就了。其中,以戒蕴而善调御的人,就像狮子在种种声音中,面对可瞋怒的事,即使有想要发怒的欲望,也不会发怒。以慧蕴通达诸法自性的人,就像风在网中,对蕴等法的种种差别无所滞着。以定蕴而离贪的人,就像莲花不被水染,不被贪欲所染着。这样,通过止与观,通过戒、定、慧三蕴,依照相应的情况,以断除无明、渴爱和三种不善根,应当知道为不惊恐、不滞着、不染着。其余内容如前所说。巴利
Tattha sīhoti cattāro sīhā – tiṇasīho, paṇḍusīho, kāḷasīho, kesarasīhoti. Kesarasīho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Sova idha adhippeto. Vāto puratthimādivasena anekavidho, padumaṃ rattasetādivasena. Tesu yo koci vāto yaṃkiñci padumañca vaṭṭatiyeva. Tattha yasmā santāso attasinehena hoti, attasineho ca taṇhālepo, sopi diṭṭhisampayuttena vā diṭṭhivippayuttena vā lobhena hoti, so ca taṇhāyeva. Sajjanaṃ pana tattha upaparikkhāvirahitassa mohena hoti, moho ca avijjā. Tattha samathena taṇhāya pahānaṃ hoti, vipassanāya, avijjāya. Tasmā samathena attasinehaṃ pahāya sīhova saddesu aniccādīsu asantasanto, vipassanāya mohaṃ pahāya vātova jālamhi khandhāyatanādīsu asajjamāno, samatheneva lobhaṃ lobhasampayuttaṃ eva diṭṭhiñca pahāya, padumaṃva toyena sabbabhavabhogalobhena alippamāno. Ettha ca samathassa sīlaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, samatho samādhi, vipassanā paññāti. Evaṃ tesu dvīsu dhammesu siddhesu tayopi khandhā siddhā honti. Tattha sīlakkhandhena surato hoti. So sīhova saddesu āghātavatthūsu kujjhitukāmatāya na santasati. Paññākkhandhena paṭividdhasabhāvo vātova jālamhi khandhādidhammabhede na sajjati, samādhikkhandhena vītarāgo padumaṃva toyena rāgena na lippati. Evaṃ samathavipassanāhi sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhehi ca yathāsambhavaṃ avijjātaṇhānaṃ tiṇṇañca akusalamūlānaṃ pahānavasena asantasanto asajjamāno alippamāno ca veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
72 “犹如狮子……”这个说法的由来是什么呢?据说,波罗奈有一位国王,为了平定边境的叛乱,舍弃了沿村而行的路,选择直穿森林的道路,率领大军前进。那时,在一座山脚下,有一只狮子正躺着晒太阳。国王的侍从看见后,禀报了国王。国王想:“听说狮子不会被声音吓到。”于是命人敲鼓、吹螺、击钹,弄出各种声响。狮子照样躺着不动。国王又命人弄出声音,狮子还是照样躺着不动。第三次命人弄出声音时,狮子心想:“有我的对手来了。”于是四足稳稳站定,发出狮子吼。一听到吼声,象兵等人立刻从大象等坐骑上下来,钻进草丛里,象群马群四散奔逃。国王的大象也驮着国王,冲撞着丛林逃走了。国王控制不住大象,抓住一根树枝悬在空中,然后掉到地上,沿着一条小路走,来到了独觉佛们居住的地方。在那里,他问那些独觉佛:“诸位尊者,你们听到声音了吗?”“听到了,大王。”“是什么声音,尊者?”“先是鼓声、螺声等,后来是狮子的吼声。”“尊者,你们不害怕吗?”“大王,我们不害怕任何声音。”“尊者,那我也能做到这样吗?”“能做到,大王,如果你出家的话。”“我出家,尊者。”于是他们让他出家,并按前面所说的方式教导他修行规范。他也按前面所说的方式修观,证悟了独觉菩提,然后说出这首优陀那偈——巴利
72.Sīho yathāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā paccantaṃ kuppitaṃ vūpasametuṃ gāmānugāmimaggaṃ chaḍḍetvā, ujuṃ aṭavimaggaṃ gahetvā, mahatiyā senāya gacchati. Tena ca samayena aññatarasmiṃ pabbatapāde sīho bālasūriyātapaṃ tappamāno nipanno hoti. Taṃ disvā rājapuriso rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira saddena na santasatī’’ti bherisaṅkhapaṇavādīhi saddaṃ kārāpesi. Sīho tatheva nipajji. Dutiyampi kārāpesi. Sīho tatheva nipajji. Tatiyampi kārāpesi. Sīho ‘‘mama paṭisattu atthī’’ti catūhi pādehi suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā sīhanādaṃ nadi. Taṃ sutvāva hatthārohādayo hatthiādīhi orohitvā tiṇagahanāni paviṭṭhā, hatthiassagaṇā disāvidisā palātā. Rañño hatthīpi rājānaṃ gahetvā vanagahanāni pothayamāno palāyi. So taṃ sandhāretuṃ asakkonto rukkhasākhāya olambitvā , pathaviṃ patitvā, ekapadikamaggena gacchanto paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇitvā tattha paccekabuddhe pucchi – ‘‘api, bhante, saddamassutthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kassa saddaṃ, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ bherisaṅkhādīnaṃ, pacchā sīhassā’’ti. ‘‘Na bhāyittha, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, kassaci saddassa bhāyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā pana, bhante, mayhampi edisaṃ kātu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkā, mahārāja, sace pabbajasī’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajāmi, bhante’’ti. Tato naṃ pabbājetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpesuṃ. Sopi pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
就像狮子凭着牙齿的力量,威猛无敌,是百兽之王,所到之处无不降伏。
应当亲近那些远离尘嚣的坐卧处,像犀牛角一样独自一人而行。巴利
‘‘Sīho yathā dāṭhabalī pasayha, rājā migānaṃ abhibhuyya cārī; Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,狮子既能忍耐,又能击杀,而且行动迅捷,所以叫狮子。这里指的是鬃毛狮子。具牙力,是说它有牙齿所展现的力量。征服和威伏这两个词,都要和“行”连起来理解,也就是征服而行、威伏而行。其中,征服而行,是通过压制对方来行动;威伏而行,是通过压倒、惊吓、使对方顺从自己来行动。这只狮子以身体的力量征服而行,以威光威伏而行。在这里,如果有人问:征服、威伏什么而行呢?那就把原本表示所属的“走兽”改成表示对象的宾格,回答为:征服、威伏诸走兽而行。远僻的,指距离遥远。坐卧处,指居住的地方。其余部分按照前面所说的方式就能理解,所以不再详细展开。巴利
Tattha sahanā ca hananā ca sīghajavattā ca sīho. Kesarasīhova idha adhippeto. Dāṭhā balamassa atthīti dāṭhabalī. Pasayha abhibhuyyāti, ubhayaṃ cārīsaddena saha yojetabbaṃ pasayhacārī abhibhuyyacārīti tattha pasayha niggahetvā caraṇena pasayhacārī, abhibhavitvā, santāsetvā, vasīkatvā, caraṇena abhibhuyyacārī. Svāyaṃ kāyabalena pasayhacārī, tejasā abhibhuyyacārī. Tattha sace koci vadeyya – ‘‘kiṃ pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti, tato migānanti sāmivacanaṃ upayogavacanaṃ katvā ‘‘mige pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti paṭivattabbaṃ. Pantānīti dūrāni. Senāsanānīti vasanaṭṭhānāni. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
73 “慈与舍”这首偈颂是怎么来的?据说,有一位国王证得了慈等禅那。他想:“王位会妨碍禅那之乐。”为了守护禅那,他舍弃王位,出家修行。他修观之后,现证了独觉菩提,说出了这首自说偈:巴利
73.Mettaṃ upekkhanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira rājā mettādijhānalābhī ahosi. So ‘‘jhānasukhantarāyakaraṃ rajja’’nti jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
修习慈、舍、悲、解脱,并于适时修习喜;
不被一切世间分隔,像犀牛角一样独自游走。巴利
Mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle; Sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,以“愿一切众生快乐”这类方式,希望给众生带来利益和安乐的意愿,就是慈。以“啊,愿他们能从这苦中解脱”这类方式,希望拔除众生的不利和痛苦的意愿,就是悲。以“这些众生真快乐啊!他们快乐得很好,非常好”这类方式,希望众生不失去利益和安乐的意愿,就是喜。以“他们将随自己的业而显现”这种方式,对苦乐保持旁观中舍的状态,就是舍。不过,为了偈颂连缀的方便,顺序被颠倒了:先说了慈,接着说了舍,喜则放在后面。所谓“解脱”:这四种心之所以都称为解脱,是因为它们各自从自己的对立面法中解脱出来。因此说:“适时修习慈、舍、悲、解脱,以及喜。”巴利
Tattha ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhupanayanakāmatā mettā. ‘‘Aho vata imamhā dukkhā vimucceyyu’’ntiādinā nayena ahitadukkhāpanayanakāmatā karuṇā. ‘‘Modanti vata bhonto sattā modanti sādhu suṭṭhū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhāvippayogakāmatā muditā. ‘‘Paññāyissanti sakena kammenā’’ti sukhadukkhesu ajjhupekkhanatā upekkhā. Gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pana uppaṭipāṭiyā mettaṃ vatvā upekkhā vuttā, muditā pacchā. Vimuttinti catassopi hi etā attano paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā vimuttiyo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ, vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle’’ti.
在这里,“修习”是指:依照三禅和四禅的方式修习慈、悲、喜,并依照第四禅的方式修习舍。“适时”是指:修习慈之后出定,接着修悲;从悲出定后修喜;再从喜出定,或从其他没有喜的禅那出定后修舍,这就叫“适时修习”;也可以理解为在适合修习这些法门的时候修习。“与一切世间不冲突”是指:在十方一切有情世间中,都不与任何众生冲突。因为修习慈等法门的缘故,众生变得不可厌恶,而作为冲突根源的嗔恨也得以平息。因此说“与一切世间不冲突”。这里只是简略说明,详细解释慈等法门的内容,已如《法集论注》中所说。其余部分与前面所说相同。巴利
Tattha āsevamānoti tisso tikacatukkajjhānavasena, upekkhaṃ catutthajjhānavasena bhāvayamāno. Kāleti mettaṃ āsevitvā tato vuṭṭhāya karuṇaṃ, tato vuṭṭhāya muditaṃ, tato itarato vā nippītikajhānato vuṭṭhāya upekkhaṃ āsevamāno ‘‘kāle āsevamāno’’ti vuccati, āsevituṃ phāsukāle vā. Sabbena lokena avirujjhamānoti dasasu disāsu sabbena sattalokena avirujjhamāno. Mettādīnañhi bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti. Sattesu ca virodhabhūto paṭigho vūpasammati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno’’ti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārena pana mettādikathā aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 251) vuttā. Sesaṃ pubbavuttasadisamevāti.
74 贪与嗔的起源是什么?据说,有一位名叫摩登伽的独觉佛住在王舍城附近,他是所有独觉佛中最后的一位。那时,我们的菩萨降生,众天神为了供养菩萨而前来,她们见到这位独觉佛,便说道:“朋友们,朋友们,佛陀已经出现在世间了!”他从灭尽定中出定,听到这个声音,又看到自己的寿命将尽,于是以神通飞往雪山中一座名叫大悬崖的山,那里是诸独觉佛入般涅槃的地方。到了那里,他把先前已入般涅槃的独觉佛的遗骨投入悬崖,然后坐在石板上,说出这首自说偈:巴利
74.Rāgañca dosañcāti kā uppatti? Rājagahaṃ kira upanissāya mātaṅgo nāma paccekabuddho viharati sabbapacchimo paccekabuddhānaṃ. Atha amhākaṃ bodhisatte uppanne devatāyo bodhisattassa pūjanatthāya āgacchantiyo taṃ disvā ‘‘mārisā, mārisā, buddho loke uppanno’’ti bhaṇiṃsu . So nirodhā vuṭṭhahanto taṃ saddaṃ sutvā, attano ca jīvitakkhayaṃ disvā, himavante mahāpapāto nāma pabbato paccekabuddhānaṃ parinibbānaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha ākāsena gantvā pubbe parinibbutapaccekabuddhassa aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ papāte pakkhipitvā, silātale nisīditvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
舍弃了贪、嗔和痴,彻底摧毁了一切结缚;
当生命走到尽头时,心中没有恐惧,要像犀牛角一样独自前行。巴利
‘‘Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ, sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni; Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,贪、嗔、痴已在《蛇经》中说过。“诸结”就是十结。那些结已由各个道逐一断除。“于寿尽时无有恐惧”:所谓寿尽,是指死亡心的坏灭;因为在寿尽时已经断除了对生命的贪爱,所以无有恐惧。到这里,显示了他自身所证的有余涅槃界;而在偈颂结尾,则以无余涅槃界而般涅槃。巴利
Tattha rāgadosamohā uragasutte vuttā. Saṃyojanānīti dasa saṃyojanāni. Tāni ca tena tena maggena sandālayitvā. Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhīti jīvitasaṅkhayo vuccati cuticittassa paribhedo, tasmiñca jīvitasaṅkhaye jīvitanikantiyā pahīnattā asantasanti. Ettāvatā sopādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ attano dassetvā gāthāpariyosāne anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyīti.
75 “人们亲近”这句话是怎么来的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位国王,像最初那首偈颂里说的那样,统治着一个繁荣富足的国家。他得了重病,剧烈的苦受不断生起。两万名宫女围着他,给他按摩手脚等。大臣们心想:“这位国王看来活不成了,我们不如为自己找个依靠。”于是他们跑到另一位国王那里,请求留下来侍奉。他们在那里侍奉,却什么也没得到。国王病好之后,问:“某某和某某在哪里?”听了这件事的经过后,他摇了摇头,沉默不语。那些大臣听说“国王康复了”,可他们在那边什么也得不到,陷入极大的困苦,于是又回来,顶礼国王后站在一旁。国王问他们:“孩子们,你们去了哪里?”他们回答说:“我们看到大王身体虚弱,害怕失去生计,就去了某个地方。”国王摇了摇头,心想:“我何不试探他们一下,看他们还会不会这样做?”于是,他像之前被重病折磨时那样,表现出剧烈的痛苦,装出生病的样子。宫女们像之前一样围着他做同样的事。那些大臣也像上次那样,这次带着更多的人离开了。国王就这样做了三次,他们每次都同样离去。第四次,看到他们又回来了,国王心想:“唉,这些人竟做出了如此难以做到的事,他们竟然抛下生病的我,毫不在意地走了。”他对此感到厌离,于是舍弃王位,出家修行,修观而证得辟支菩提,说出了这首优陀那偈颂——巴利
75.Bhajantīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā ādigāthāya vuttappakārameva phītaṃ rajjaṃ samanusāsati. Tassa kharo ābādho uppajji, dukkhā vedanā vattanti. Vīsatisahassitthiyo parivāretvā hatthapādasambāhanādīni karonti. Amaccā ‘‘na dānāyaṃ rājā jīvissati, handa mayaṃ attano saraṇaṃ gavesāmā’’ti cintetvā aññassa rañño santikaṃ gantvā upaṭṭhānaṃ yāciṃsu. Te tattha upaṭṭhahantiyeva, na kiñci labhanti. Rājāpi ābādhā vuṭṭhahitvā pucchi ‘‘itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca kuhi’’nti? Tato taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā sīsaṃ cāletvā tuṇhī ahosi. Tepi amaccā ‘‘rājā vuṭṭhito’’ti sutvā tattha kiñci alabhamānā paramena pārijuññena samannāgatā punadeva āgantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Tena ca raññā ‘‘kuhiṃ, tātā, tumhe gatā’’ti vuttā āhaṃsu – ‘‘devaṃ dubbalaṃ disvā ājīvikabhayenamhā asukaṃ nāma janapadaṃ gatā’’ti. Rājā sīsaṃ cāletvā cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ime vīmaṃseyyaṃ, kiṃ punapi evaṃ kareyyuṃ no’’ti? So pubbe ābādhikarogena phuṭṭho viya bāḷhavedanaṃ attānaṃ dassento gilānālayaṃ akāsi. Itthiyo samparivāretvā pubbasadisameva sabbaṃ akaṃsu. Tepi amaccā tatheva puna bahutaraṃ janaṃ gahetvā pakkamiṃsu. Evaṃ rājā yāvatatiyaṃ sabbaṃ pubbasadisaṃ akāsi. Tepi tatheva pakkamiṃsu. Tato catutthampi te āgate disvā ‘‘aho ime dukkaraṃ akaṃsu, ye maṃ byādhitaṃ pahāya anapekkhā pakkamiṃsū’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
人们亲近和侍奉,都是因为有利益可图;今天,不带任何利益目的的朋友实在难得。
只图自己利益的人不净,应当像犀牛角一样独自游行。巴利
‘‘Bhajanti sevanti ca kāraṇatthā, nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā; Attaṭṭhapaññā asucī manussā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,“亲近”是指用身体靠近、贴身侍奉。“服侍”是指通过合掌等行为,以及表明某种目的来照料。他们的目的就是动机,所以叫“以目的为动机”;亲近和服侍并没有别的动机,目的本身就是他们的动机,也就是说,他们是为了目的而服侍。今天,没有动机的朋友很难得,人们心里想着“我们能从他那里得到点什么”,就这样以利益自己为动机,成了没有真正情谊的人,仅仅是——巴利
Tattha bhajantīti sarīrena allīyitvā payirupāsanti. Sevantīti añjalikammādīhi kiṃ kārapaṭissāvitāya ca paricaranti. Kāraṇaṃ attho etesanti kāraṇatthā, bhajanāya sevanāya ca nāññaṃ kāraṇamatthi, attho eva nesaṃ kāraṇaṃ, atthahetu sevantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nikkāraṇādullabhā ajja mittāti ‘‘ito kiñci lacchāmā’’ti evaṃ attapaṭilābhakāraṇena nikkāraṇā, kevalaṃ –
有帮助的朋友,
在快乐和痛苦中都能陪着你的人,才是朋友。
能指出利益的,是朋友,
对朋友怀有悲悯的人,就是朋友。巴利
‘‘Upakāro ca yo mitto, Sukhe dukkhe ca yo sakhā; Atthakkhāyī ca yo mitto, Yo ca mittānukampako’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.265) –
像这样被宣说的圣者友谊,今天很难找到。他们的智慧只安住在自己身上,只看着自己,不看别人,这就是“以自身利益为慧”。据说“以现见利益为慧”也是一种古本读法,意思是他们的智慧只盯着眼前的利益,不考虑未来。所谓“不净”,就是具备不净的、非圣者的身语意业。其余部分应当按前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Evaṃ vuttena ariyena mittabhāvena samannāgatā dullabhā ajja mittā. Attani ṭhitā etesaṃ paññā, attānaṃyeva olokenti, na aññanti attaṭṭhapaññā. Diṭṭhatthapaññāti ayampi kira porāṇapāṭho, sampati diṭṭhiyeva atthe etesaṃ paññā, āyatiṃ na pekkhantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Asucīti asucinā anariyena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
这部四十一首偈颂的《犀角经》,应当按某处已经说过的连接方式,在每一处都随宜地配合起来,然后从前后连接和义理两方面来理解。不过,因为担心太冗长,我们没有在每一处都作连接。巴利
Evametaṃ ekacattālīsagāthāparimāṇaṃ khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ katthacideva vuttena yojanānayena sabbattha yathānurūpaṃ yojetvā anusandhito atthato ca veditabbaṃ. Ativitthārabhayena pana amhehi na sabbattha yojitanti.
1. 耕田婆罗堕阇经的注释巴利
4. Kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā
如是我闻,这就是《耕者婆罗堕阇经》。它的缘起是什么?世尊住在摩揭陀国南山地方一个叫一那罗的婆罗门村时,在佛陀的两种日常事务——食前之事和食后之事——当中,先完成了食前之事。到了食后之事结束的时候,世尊以佛眼观察世间,看见耕者婆罗堕阇婆罗门具备了证得阿罗汉果的亲近助缘。世尊知道:“如果我到那里去,事情会怎样发展呢?在谈话结束之后,这位婆罗门听我说法,就会出家,证得阿罗汉果。”于是世尊就去了那里,引发了那场谈话,然后宣说了这部经。巴利
Evaṃme sutanti kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā magadhesu viharanto dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ ekanālāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme purebhattakiccaṃ pacchābhattakiccanti imesu dvīsu buddhakiccesu purebhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā pacchābhattakiccāvasāne buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento kasibhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ arahattassa upanissayasampannaṃ disvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate yathā pavattissati, tato kathāvasāne dhammadesanaṃ sutvā esa brāhmaṇo pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti ca ñatvā, tattha gantvā, kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā, imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi.
这里可能会问:什么是诸佛的食前之事,什么是食后之事?回答是:世尊佛陀清晨起来后,为了利益侍者、也让身体舒适,先洗脸等做身体方面的打理;然后在乞食时间到来之前,待在安静的地方。到了乞食时间,他穿好下衣,系好腰带,披上袈裟,拿着钵。有时独自一人,有时被比丘僧团围绕,进入村庄或城镇乞食。有时以平常的方式,有时则有种种神变出现。比如:世间怙主进城乞食时,柔和的风走在他前面清扫地面;雨云洒下细雨,压住路上的尘土,又在上面像华盖一样停住;另外一些风把花朵吹来,撒在路上;高的地方变低,低的地方变高;脚踩下去的时候,地面变得平坦;触感柔软、像车轮那么大的莲花承接他的脚。当他刚把右脚跨过门槛时,身上放出六色光芒,像金黄色的网、又像彩绘的帷幕一样,映现在殿堂、楼阁等处,光芒四处流散。象、马、鸟等各自待在自己的地方,发出悦耳的声音;同样,鼓、琴等乐器,以及人们身上佩戴的饰物,也都发出声音。人们凭这些征兆就知道:今天世尊来这里乞食了。于是他们穿好衣服,整理装束,拿着香、花等从家里出来,走到街道中间,恭敬地用香、花等供养世尊,顶礼世尊,然后请求说:尊者,请给我们十位比丘、二十位比丘、一百位比丘的饭食。他们接过世尊的钵,摆好座位,恭敬地以饭食供养。巴利
Tattha siyā ‘‘katamaṃ buddhānaṃ purebhattakiccaṃ, katamaṃ pacchābhattakicca’’nti? Vuccate – buddho bhagavā pāto eva uṭṭhāya upaṭṭhākānuggahatthaṃ sarīraphāsukatthañca mukhadhovanādisarīraparikammaṃ katvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā, bhikkhācāravelāya nivāsetvā, kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, cīvaraṃ pārupitvā, pattamādāya kadāci ekakova kadāci bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati, kadāci pakatiyā, kadāci anekehi pāṭihāriyehi vattamānehi. Seyyathidaṃ – piṇḍāya pavisato lokanāthassa purato purato gantvā mudugatiyo vātā pathaviṃ sodhenti; valāhakā udakaphusitāni muñcantā magge reṇuṃ vūpasametvā upari vitānaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhanti. Apare vātā pupphāni upasaṃharitvā magge okiranti, unnatā bhūmippadesā onamanti, onatā unnamanti, pādanikkhepasamaye samāva bhūmi hoti, sukhasamphassāni rathacakkamattāni padumapupphāni vā pāde sampaṭicchanti, indakhīlassa anto ṭhapitamatte dakkhiṇapāde sarīrā chabbaṇṇarasmiyo niccharitvā suvaṇṇarasapiñjarāni viya citrapaṭaparikkhittāni viya ca pāsādakūṭāgārādīni karontiyo ito cito ca vidhāvanti, hatthiassavihaṅgādayo sakasakaṭṭhānesu ṭhitāyeva madhurenākārena saddaṃ karonti, tathā bherivīṇādīni tūriyāni manussānaṃ kāyūpagāni ca ābharaṇāni, tena saññāṇena manussā jānanti ‘‘ajja bhagavā idha piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti. Te sunivatthā supārutā gandhapupphādīni ādāya gharā nikkhamitvā antaravīthiṃ paṭipajjitvā bhagavantaṃ gandhapupphādīhi sakkaccaṃ pūjetvā vanditvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ , bhante, dasa bhikkhū, amhākaṃ vīsati, amhākaṃ bhikkhusataṃ dethā’’ti yācitvā bhagavatopi pattaṃ gahetvā, āsanaṃ paññāpetvā sakkaccaṃ piṇḍapātena paṭimānenti.
世尊吃完饭、做完该做的事,就观察那些人的心相续,然后相应地为他们说法,使得有些人安住在三皈依上,有些人安住在五戒上,有些人证得入流果、一来果、不还果中的某一个果位,有些人出家后证得最高的阿罗汉果。就这样以种种方式摄受众人之后,世尊从座位上起身,回到精舍。到了那里,他在圆亭中铺设好的殊胜佛座上坐下,等待比丘们吃完饭。等比丘们用餐完毕,侍者就向世尊禀报。于是世尊进入香室。以上就是食前之事。这里没有说到的内容,应当依照《梵摩经》中所说的方式来理解。巴利
Bhagavā katabhattakicco tesaṃ santānāni oloketvā tathā dhammaṃ deseti, yathā keci saraṇagamane patiṭṭhahanti, keci pañcasu sīlesu, keci sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ, keci pabbajitvā aggaphale arahatteti. Evaṃ tathā tathā janaṃ anuggahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ gacchati. Tattha maṇḍalamāḷe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdati bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosānaṃ āgamayamāno. Tato bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosāne upaṭṭhāko bhagavato nivedeti. Atha bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisati. Idaṃ tāva purebhattakiccaṃ. Yañcettha na vuttaṃ, taṃ brahmāyusutte vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ.
那时,世尊这样做完饭前该做的事,坐在香室的侍者处,洗了脚,站在脚凳上,对比丘僧团教诫说:“比丘们,你们要以不放逸来成就。佛陀出现在世间是很难得的,得到人身是很难得的,具足正信是很难得的,出家是很难得的,听闻正法也是很难得的。”
然后比丘们顶礼世尊,请问修行法门。世尊就根据比丘们各自的性格倾向,给他们传授修行法门。他们领受了修行法门之后,礼敬世尊,各自回到自己住的地方:有的去树林,有的去树下,有的去山上等地方,有的去四天王天……乃至有的去他化自在天。
接着,世尊进入香室,如果愿意的话,就以正念正知右胁而卧,作狮子卧,休息片刻。然后身体恢复过来,起身,在第二时段观察世间。到第三时段,世尊所依住的村庄或城镇的人们,在饭前布施之后,饭后穿戴整齐,拿着香、花等物品,来到精舍聚集。于是世尊以与到来大众相应的神通,前往法堂,坐在铺设好的殊胜佛座上,根据时机和程度适宜地说法。然后知道时间到了,就让大众散去。巴利
Atha bhagavā evaṃ katapurebhattakicco gandhakuṭiyā upaṭṭhāne nisīditvā, pāde pakkhāletvā, pādapīṭhe ṭhatvā, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ovadati – ‘‘bhikkhave, appamādena sampādetha, buddhuppādo dullabho lokasmiṃ, manussapaṭilābho dullabho, saddhāsampatti dullabhā, pabbajjā dullabhā, saddhammassavanaṃ dullabhaṃ lokasmi’’nti. Tato bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ vanditvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchanti. Atha bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ cariyavasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ deti. Te kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā, bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā, attano attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti; keci araññaṃ, keci rukkhamūlaṃ, keci pabbatādīnaṃ aññataraṃ, keci cātumahārājikabhavanaṃ…pe… keci vasavattibhavananti. Tato bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā sace ākaṅkhati, dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno muhuttaṃ sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti. Atha samassāsitakāyo uṭṭhahitvā dutiyabhāge lokaṃ voloketi. Tatiyabhāge yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati, tattha jano purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā pacchābhattaṃ sunivattho supāruto gandhapupphādīni ādāya vihāre sannipatati. Tato bhagavā sampattaparisāya anurūpena pāṭihāriyena gantvā dhammasabhāyaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisajja dhammaṃ deseti kālayuttaṃ pamāṇayuttaṃ. Atha kālaṃ viditvā parisaṃ uyyojeti.
之后,如果他想冲洗身体,就从佛座起身,走到侍者准备好的有水的地方,从侍者手中接过浴衣,进入浴室。侍者则把佛座搬过来,安设在香室的庭院里。世尊冲洗完身体后,穿上深红色的下裙,系好腰带,披上上衣,回到那里坐下,独自静坐片刻。接着,比丘们从各处前来亲近世尊。其中有人提问,有人请求业处,有人请求听法。世尊一一满足他们的意愿,就这样度过了初夜。巴利
Tato sace gattāni osiñcitukāmo hoti. Atha buddhāsanā uṭṭhāya upaṭṭhākena udakapaṭiyāditokāsaṃ gantvā, upaṭṭhākahatthato udakasāṭikaṃ gahetvā, nhānakoṭṭhakaṃ pavisati. Upaṭṭhākopi buddhāsanaṃ ānetvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññāpeti. Bhagavā gattāni osiñcitvā, surattadupaṭṭaṃ nivāsetvā , kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā, tattha āgantvā, nisīdati ekakova muhuttaṃ paṭisallīno. Atha bhikkhū tato tato āgamma bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti. Tattha ekacce pañhaṃ pucchanti, ekacce kammaṭṭhānaṃ, ekacce dhammassavanaṃ yācanti. Bhagavā tesaṃ adhippāyaṃ sampādento paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ vītināmeti.
中夜时分,一万个世界里的诸天获得机会,来到世尊面前,随自己的意愿提出问题,哪怕短到只有四个字。世尊一一解答这些天神的疑问,就这样度过中夜。之后,他把后夜分成四份:第一份用来决意经行;第二份走进香室,保持正念正知,右胁而卧,作狮子卧;第三份安住在果等至中;第四份进入大悲等至,然后用佛眼观察世间,为了看到少垢、多垢等各类众生。这就是食后所行之事。巴利
Majjhimayāme sakaladasasahassilokadhātudevatāyo okāsaṃ labhamānā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti yathābhisaṅkhataṃ antamaso caturakkharampi. Bhagavā tāsaṃ devatānaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjento majjhimayāmaṃ vītināmeti. Tato pacchimayāmaṃ cattāro bhāge katvā ekaṃ bhāgaṃ caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dutiyabhāgaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti, tatiyabhāgaṃ phalasamāpattiyā vītināmeti, catutthabhāgaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ pavisitvā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ voloketi apparajakkhamahārajakkhādisattadassanatthaṃ. Idaṃ pacchābhattakiccaṃ.
世尊在食后事务中,在称为观察世间的第四部分结束时,用佛眼观察世间,为了看到那些对佛、法、僧,对布施、持戒、布萨等事务没有做过该做的事和已经做过该做的事的众生,没有具足亲依止和已经具足亲依止的众生。他见到耕者婆罗堕阇婆罗门具足了证得阿罗汉果的亲依止,知道:“如果我到那里去,就会有交谈发生,谈话结束后,这位婆罗门听了说法,就会出家,证得阿罗汉果。”于是他就去了那里,引出谈话,说了这部经。巴利
Evamimassa pacchābhattakiccassa lokavolokanasaṅkhāte catutthabhāgāvasāne buddhadhammasaṅghesu dānasīlauposathakammādīsu ca akatādhikāre katādhikāre ca anupanissayasampanne upanissayasampanne ca satte passituṃ buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento kasibhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ arahattassa upanissayasampannaṃ disvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate kathā pavattissati, tato kathāvasāne dhammadesanaṃ sutvā esa brāhmaṇo pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti ca ñatvā, tattha gantvā, kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,“如是我闻”这一段,是阿难尊者在第一次大结集时,被大迦叶长老提问,在五百位阿罗汉面前诵出的;“沙门,我耕田也播种”是耕者婆罗堕阇所说,“婆罗门,我也耕田也播种”等则是世尊所说。把这一切合在一起,就称为《耕者婆罗堕阇经》。巴利
Tattha evaṃ me sutantiādi āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle dhammasaṅgītiṃ karontena āyasmatā mahākassapattherena puṭṭhena pañcannaṃ arahantasatānaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘‘ahaṃ, kho, samaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’’ti kasibhāradvājena vuttaṃ, ‘‘ahampi kho brāhmaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’’tiādi bhagavatā vuttaṃ. Tadetaṃ sabbampi samodhānetvā ‘‘kasibhāradvājasutta’’nti vuccati.
在这里,“如是”这个词,是用来指示形态、举例说明并带有确定含义的。通过“形态”这层意思,它要表明:世尊的教说具有种种不同的理路、极其善巧,由众多不同的意乐所引发,具足义理与文句,有种种神奇变化,对法义的开示与证悟都极为深奥,是一切众生各自按照自己的语言都能了知的体性——这样的教说,谁有能力以一切方式完全了知呢?于是就说:“如是我闻,我也只是以一种方式听闻了。”通过“举例说明”这层意思,则是为了摆脱“我不是自生者,这不是我亲证的”这样的立场,用“如是我闻,我如此听闻”来标示现在将要说的整部经。通过“确定”这层意思,则是显示自己的忆持之力与世尊的称赞相符——如世尊说:“比丘们,在我的声闻比丘中,多闻第一、具慧第一、具念第一、具坚忍第一、侍者第一,就是阿难。”——从而让众生生起想听闻的心:“这如是我闻,无论在义理上还是文句上都不缺不减,正是如此,不应看成别的样子。”“我闻”这里,“我”这个词就是“被我”的意思,“闻”这个词就是耳门识的意思。所以“如是我闻”就是说:如此,被我以耳识为先导的识流所领受。巴利
Tattha evanti ayaṃ ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇattho evaṃ-saddo. Ākāratthena hi etena etamatthaṃ dīpeti – nānānayanipuṇamanekajjhāsayasamuṭṭhānaṃ atthabyañjanasampannaṃ vividhapāṭihāriyaṃ dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīraṃ sabbasattehi sakasakabhāsānurūpamupalakkhaṇiyasabhāvaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ, taṃ sabbākārena ko samattho viññātuṃ; atha, kho, ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, mayāpi ekenākārena suta’’nti. Nidassanatthena ‘‘nāhaṃ sayambhū, na mayā idaṃ sacchikata’’nti attānaṃ parimocento ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, mayā evaṃ suta’’nti idāni vattabbaṃ sakalasuttaṃ nidasseti. Avadhāraṇatthena ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahussutānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando, gatimantānaṃ, satimantānaṃ, dhitimantānaṃ, upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando’’ti (a. ni. 1.219-223) evaṃ bhagavatā pasatthabhāvānurūpaṃ attano dhāraṇabalaṃ dassento sattānaṃ sotukamyataṃ janeti ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ tañca atthato vā byañjanato vā anūnamanadhikaṃ, evameva, na aññathā daṭṭhabba’’nti. Me sutanti ettha mayāsaddattho me-saddo, sotadvāraviññāṇattho sutasaddo. Tasmā evaṃ me sutanti evaṃ mayā sotaviññāṇapubbaṅgamāya viññāṇavīthiyā upadhāritanti vuttaṃ hoti.
“一时”就是某个时候。“世尊”是说:具足祥瑞、已断除烦恼、值得供养。“在摩揭陀国住”——摩揭陀本是当地王族子弟的称呼,他们居住的地方,依习惯也叫摩揭陀,这里指的就是摩揭陀国那个地方。不过有些人用各种说法大加发挥,比如:“因为那位塔庙王说了妄语,正要没入地中时,被告知‘别进入圬泥’,或者因为寻找那位国王而挖地的人被告知‘别造圬泥’,所以叫摩揭陀”等等。各人喜欢怎么理解就怎么理解吧。“住”:以一种威仪打断另一种威仪,使身体不至于败坏,维持并令其持续运作,这就叫住。或者,以天住、梵住、圣住为众生带来种种利益,所以叫住。“带来”就是亲近、引导、令生起、令产生。事实也是如此:当众生在欲乐上行为不正时,据说世尊就以天住而住,为的是让他们生起无贪的善根,心想:“也许他们看到这种做法,会对此产生欢喜,从而远离欲染。”当众生为了权势而行为不正时,世尊就以梵住而住,为的是让他们生起无嗔的善根,心想:“也许他们看到这种做法,会对此产生欢喜,从而以无嗔平息嗔怒。”当出家人因法义之事争论时,世尊就以圣住而住,为的是让他们生起无痴的善根,心想:“也许他们看到这种做法,会对此产生欢喜,从而以无痴平息愚痴。”但世尊从来没有不依威仪住而住的时候,因为离开它就无法维持身体。这里是简略说明,详细解释将在《吉祥经注》中说明。巴利
Ekaṃsamayanti ekaṃ kālaṃ. Bhagavāti bhāgyavā, bhaggavā, bhattavāti vuttaṃ hoti. Magadhesu viharatīti magadhā nāma janapadino rājakumārā, tesaṃ nivāso ekopi janapado ruḷhīsaddena ‘‘magadhā’’ti vuccati. Tasmiṃ magadhesu janapade. Keci pana ‘‘yasmā cetiyarājā musāvādaṃ bhaṇitvā bhūmiṃ pavisanto ‘mā gadhaṃ pavisā’ti vutto, yasmā vā taṃ rājānaṃ maggantā bhūmiṃ khanantā purisā ‘mā gadhaṃ karothā’ti vuttā, tasmā magadhā’’ti evamādīhi nayehi bahudhā papañcenti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbanti. Viharatīti ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhanaṃ aparena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā aparipatantaṃ attabhāvaṃ harati, pavattetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Dibbabrahmaariyavihārehi vā sattānaṃ vividhaṃ hitaṃ haratīti viharati. Haratīti upasaṃharati, upaneti, janeti, uppādetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi yadā sattā kāmesu vippaṭipajjanti, tadā kira bhagavā dibbena vihārena viharati tesaṃ alobhakusalamūluppādanatthaṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma imaṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā ettha ruciṃ uppādetvā kāmesu virajjeyyu’’nti. Yadā pana issariyatthaṃ sattesu vippaṭipajjanti, tadā brahmavihārena viharati tesaṃ adosakusalamūluppādanatthaṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma imaṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā ettha ruciṃ uppādetvā adosena dosaṃ vūpasameyyu’’nti. Yadā pana pabbajitā dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vivadanti, tadā ariyavihārena viharati tesaṃ amohakusalamūluppādanatthaṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma imaṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā ettha ruciṃ uppādetvā amohena mohaṃ vūpasameyyu’’nti. Iriyāpathavihārena pana na kadāci na viharati taṃ vinā attabhāvapariharaṇābhāvatoti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
“南山”是指环绕王舍城的那座山,山的南边有个地区叫“南山”,这里说的就是那个地区。那里的寺院也叫这个名字。“在一那罗婆罗门村”:“一那罗”是那个村子的名字。因为那里住着很多婆罗门,或者那个村子是婆罗门所有的,所以叫“婆罗门村”。巴利
Dakkhiṇāgirisminti yo so rājagahaṃ parivāretvā ṭhito giri, tassa dakkhiṇapasse janapado ‘‘dakkhiṇāgirī’’ti vuccati, tasmiṃ janapadeti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha vihārassāpi tadeva nāmaṃ. Ekanāḷāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāmeti ekanāḷāti tassa gāmassa nāmaṃ. Brāhmaṇā cettha sambahulā paṭivasanti, brāhmaṇabhogo vā so, tasmā ‘‘brāhmaṇagāmo’’ti vuccati.
当时,世尊在不可征服的金刚座上盘腿而坐,证得无上正等正觉,转动了殊胜的法轮之后,住在摩揭陀国,靠近一那罗婆罗门村,在南山大寺里等待着那位婆罗门的根器成熟。所谓“当时”,就是指那个时候。这里说“以彼时为因缘”就是这个意思。“然而”这两个虚词在这里只是用来补足音节,或者可以理解为标示不同段落的界限。“耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门”:这位婆罗门以耕田为生,婆罗堕阇是他的族姓,所以这样称呼他。“五个量度”:就像“于饮食知量”这里,“量”这个词表示限度,这里也是如此,所以是五个量度,不多不少,就是说五百张犁。“系驾”:已经系驾完备,把犁安放在耕牛肩上,用轭与绳联结妥当。巴利
Tenakho pana samayenāti yaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aparājitapallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko magadharaṭṭhe ekanāḷaṃ brāhmaṇagāmaṃ upanissāya dakkhiṇāgirimahāvihāre brāhmaṇassa indriyaparipākaṃ āgamayamāno viharati, tena samayena karaṇabhūtenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kho panāti idaṃ panettha nipātadvayaṃ padapūraṇamattaṃ, adhikārantaradassanatthaṃ vāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassāti so brāhmaṇo kasiyā jīvati, bhāradvājoti cassa gottaṃ, tasmā evaṃ vuccati. Pañcamattānīti yathā – ‘‘bhojane mattaññū’’ti ettha mattasaddo pamāṇe vattati, evamidhāpi, tasmā pañcapamāṇāni anūnāni anadhikāni, pañcanaṅgalasatānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Payuttānīti payojitāni, balibaddānaṃ khandhesu ṭhapetvā yuge yottehi yojitāni hontīti attho.
“播种时”就是撒种、下种的时候。这里说的播种有两种:泥播和土播,这里指的是土播,而且是第一天举行的吉祥播种。当时备办的器具一应俱全:准备了三千头牛,所有牛的角上都套着金角套,蹄上装着银蹄铁,全都挂着白色花环,涂着种种香料和上等香粉,还装饰着五指的毛饰,四肢和身体各部分都长得圆满,具足一切好相。有些牛是纯黑色的,像眼药一样黑;有些是纯白色的,像水晶一样白;有些是红色的,像珊瑚一样红;有些是斑驳杂色的,像玛瑙一样杂。那五百个耕夫,全都穿着崭新洁净的白衣,佩戴花环,右肩放着花垫,身上涂着雌黄和朱砂,光彩照人。他们每十张犁为一组,一组一组地往前走。犁头、轭和刺棒都用黄金包裹。第一张犁套了八头牛,其余的每张套四头,剩下的牛是带来替换疲劳的牛的。每一组配一辆种子车,一个人犁地,一个人撒种。巴利
Vappakāleti vapanakāle, bījanikkhipakāleti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha dve vappāni kalalavappañca, paṃsuvappañca. Paṃsuvappaṃ idha adhippetaṃ. Tañca kho paṭhamadivase maṅgalavappaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ upakaraṇasampadā – tīṇi balibaddasahassāni upaṭṭhāpitāni honti, sabbesaṃ suvaṇṇamayāni siṅgāni paṭimukkāni, rajatamayā khurā, sabbe setamālāhi sabbagandhasugandhehi pañcaṅgulikehi ca alaṅkatā paripuṇṇaṅgapaccaṅgā sabbalakkhaṇasampannā, ekacce kāḷā añjanavaṇṇāyeva, ekacce setā phalikavaṇṇā, ekacce rattā pavāḷavaṇṇā, ekacce kammāsā masāragallavaṇṇā. Pañcasatā kassakapurisā sabbe ahatasetavatthanivatthā mālālaṅkatā dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭesu ṭhapitapupphacumbaṭakā haritālamanosilālañchanujjalitagattabhāgā dasa dasa naṅgalā ekekagumbā hutvā gacchanti. Naṅgalānaṃ sīsañca yugañca patodā ca suvaṇṇavinaddhā. Paṭhamanaṅgale aṭṭha balibaddā yuttā, sesesu cattāro cattāro, avasesā kilantaparivattanatthaṃ ānītā. Ekekagumbe ekamekaṃ bījasakaṭaṃ ekeko kasati, ekeko vapati.
那位婆罗门更是一早就让人给他修面、沐浴,涂上各种好闻的香料,穿上价值五百钱的衣料,把价值一千钱的上衣偏袒一肩,每根手指各戴两枚戒指,一共二十枚戒指,耳朵上戴狮子耳环,头上系着梵天头巾,脖子上挂金项链,被一群婆罗门围着,在现场指挥干活。他的婆罗门妻子则让人用几百个容器煮好乳粥,装到大车上。她自己用香水沐浴,佩戴好一切首饰,被一群婆罗门妇女围着,也来到了干活的地方。他的家里到处都涂满香料,用花朵布置得整整齐齐;田里各个地方也都竖起了旗帜。加上仆人和工人,参加干活的人一共有两千五百。所有人都穿着崭新的干净衣服,并且为所有人准备了乳粥当饭食。巴利
Brāhmaṇo pana pageva massukammaṃ kārāpetvā nhatvā sugandhagandhehi vilitto pañcasatagghanakaṃ vatthaṃ nivāsetvā sahassagghanakaṃ ekaṃsaṃ karitvā ekamekissā aṅguliyā dve dve katvā vīsati aṅgulimuddikāyo, kaṇṇesu sīhakuṇḍalāni, sīse ca brahmaveṭhanaṃ paṭimuñcitvā suvaṇṇamālaṃ kaṇṭhe katvā brāhmaṇagaṇaparivuto kammantaṃ vosāsati. Athassa brāhmaṇī anekasatabhājanesu pāyāsaṃ pacāpetvā mahāsakaṭesu āropetvā gandhodakena nhāyitvā sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitā brāhmaṇīgaṇaparivutā kammantaṃ agamāsi. Gehampissa sabbattha gandhehi suvilittaṃ pupphehi sukatabalikammaṃ, khettañca tesu tesu ṭhānesu samussitapaṭākaṃ ahosi. Parijanakammakārehi saha kammantaṃ osaṭaparisā aḍḍhateyyasahassā ahosi. Sabbe ahatavatthanivatthā, sabbesañca pāyāsabhojanaṃ paṭiyattaṃ ahosi.
这时,婆罗门叫人把他自己吃饭用的那个金钵洗干净,装满乳粥,又备好酥油、蜂蜜、糖蜜等物,然后举行了犁祭。婆罗门妻子让人拿来五百件金、银、铜、锡做的餐具,让五百个农夫坐好,自己拿着金勺,一边走一边用乳粥给他们分发。婆罗门做完祭祀后,穿上系着红金带的凉鞋,手里拿着红金杖,到处巡视指挥:“这里给乳粥,这里给酥油,这里给糖。”那时,世尊正坐在香室里,知道婆罗门正在行供养,心想:“现在正是调伏这个婆罗门的时候了。”于是穿好下衣,系好腰带,披上僧伽梨,拿起钵,就像无上调御丈夫那样,从香室里走了出来。因此,具寿阿难才说:“那时,世尊在上午时分,穿好下衣……”巴利
Atha brāhmaṇo yattha sāmaṃ bhuñjati, taṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ dhovāpetvā pāyāsassa pūretvā sappimadhuphāṇitādīni abhisaṅkharitvā naṅgalabalikammaṃ kārāpesi. Brāhmaṇī pañca kassakasatāni suvaṇṇarajatakaṃsatambamayāni bhājanāni gahetvā nisinnāni suvaṇṇakaṭacchuṃ gahetvā pāyāsena parivisantī gacchati. Brāhmaṇo pana balikammaṃ kārāpetvā rattasuvaṇṇabandhūpāhanāyo ārohitvā rattasuvaṇṇadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā ‘‘idha pāyāsaṃ detha, idha sappiṃ, idha sakkharaṃ dethā’’ti vosāsamāno vicarati. Atha bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova brāhmaṇassa parivesanaṃ vattamānaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ayaṃ kālo brāhmaṇaṃ dametu’’nti nivāsetvā, kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā, pattaṃ gahetvā, gandhakuṭito nikkhami yathā taṃ anuttaro purisadammasārathi. Tenāha āyasmā ānando ‘‘atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā’’ti.
这里,“atha”是引出另一件事开始的小品词,“kho”是补足音节的词。“世尊”按前面所说的理解。“日晨时分”就是一天中上午的那段时间,意思是早晨的时候;或者说,上午的那个时刻叫“日晨时分”,意思是上午的某一个时刻。这样,在表示持续紧密关联时,就用受格来表达。“穿好下衣”就是穿上下衣,这要理解为在寺院里换衣、穿衣的过程,因为世尊在此之前并不是没穿衣服。“持钵与衣”就是用手拿钵、用身体穿衣,意思是接过来并保持着。据说,世尊想进村乞食时,那个像蓝宝石颜色的石钵,就像蜜蜂飞到两朵盛开的莲花中间一样,来到他双手之间。因此应当这样理解:用手接过这样自动到来的钵,并且身上穿着整齐圆满的衣。无论用哪种方式拿取,都叫“持”,就像经文里说“持筹而去”那样。巴利
Tattha atha iti nipāto aññādhikāravacanārambhe khoti padapūraṇe. Bhagavāti vuttanayameva. Pubbaṇhasamayanti divasassa pubbabhāgasamayaṃ, pubbaṇhasamayeti attho, pubbaṇhe vā samayaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ, pubbaṇhe ekaṃ khaṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ labbhati. Nivāsetvāti paridahitvā, vihāranivāsanaparivattanavasenetaṃ veditabbaṃ. Na hi bhagavā tato pubbe anivattho āsi. Pattacīvaramādāyāti pattaṃ hatthehi, cīvaraṃ kāyena ādiyitvā, sampaṭicchitvā dhāretvāti attho. Bhagavato kira piṇḍāya pavisitukāmassa bhamaro viya vikasitapadumadvayamajjhaṃ, indanīlamaṇivaṇṇaṃ selamayaṃ pattaṃ hatthadvayamajjhaṃ āgacchati. Tasmā evamāgataṃ pattaṃ hatthehi sampaṭicchitvā cīvarañca parimaṇḍalaṃ pārutaṃ kāyena dhāretvāti evamassa attho veditabbo. Yena vā tena vā hi pakārena gaṇhanto ādāya icceva vuccati yathā ‘‘samādāyeva pakkamatī’’ti.
“由彼”就是指沿着哪条路。“作务处”是指干活的地方。“由彼”就是顺着那条路。“前往”意思是已经去了,也就是说:他是沿着通往耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门干活处的那条路去的。那么,为什么比丘们没有跟着世尊呢?回答说:每当世尊想独自去某个地方时,在乞食的时候,他会关上门,进入香室。比丘们凭这个迹象就知道:“今天世尊想独自进村,一定是看到了某个该被调伏的人。”于是他们拿起自己的钵和衣,右绕香室之后,就去乞食了。当时世尊正是这样做的。所以比丘们没有跟着世尊。巴利
Yenāti yena maggena. Kammantoti kammakaraṇokāso. Tenāti tena maggena. Upasaṅkamīti gato, yena maggena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto gammati, tena maggena gatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha kasmā, bhikkhū, bhagavantaṃ nānubandhiṃsūti? Vuccate – yadā bhagavā ekakova katthaci upasaṅkamitukāmo hoti, bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ dvāraṃ pidahitvā antogandhakuṭiṃ pavisati. Tato bhikkhū tāya saññāya jānanti – ‘‘ajja bhagavā ekakova gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo, addhā kañci eva vinetabbapuggalaṃ addasā’’ti. Te attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā, gandhakuṭiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bhikkhācāraṃ gacchanti. Tadā ca bhagavā evamakāsi. Tasmā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ nānubandhiṃsūti.
“那时”是指:当世尊走向劳作的地方时,那位婆罗门女正在分发食物、正在施饭。前面我们说过:“婆罗门女拿着金、银、铜、青铜做成的器皿,让五百个农夫坐下,自己拿着金勺,一路走过去用乳粥供养他们。”于是,世尊就朝分发食物的地方走去。为什么呢?是为了帮助那位婆罗门。世尊可不是像穷苦人那样,因为想吃才走到分发食物的地方。世尊有释迦族和拘利族八万位王族亲戚,他们都凭自己的财富,愿意供养常年的饭食。但世尊不是为了吃饭才出家的。他是这样出家的:“我已解脱,我要令他人解脱;我已调御,我要令他人调御;我已寂静,我要令他人寂静;我已寂灭,我要令他人入寂灭。”我在无数劫中舍弃五种大布施,圆满诸波罗蜜。所以应当知道:世尊因为自己已经解脱……乃至已经寂灭,所以一边让他人解脱……乃至让他人入寂灭,一边在世间游行,为了帮助那位婆罗门,才朝分发食物的地方走去。巴利
Tenakho pana samayenāti yena samayena bhagavā kammantaṃ upasaṅkami, tena samayena tassa brāhmaṇassa parivesanā vattati, bhattavissaggo vattatīti attho. Yaṃ pubbe avocumha – ‘‘brāhmaṇī pañca kassakasatāni suvaṇṇarajatakaṃsatambamayāni bhājanāni gahetvā nisinnāni suvaṇṇakaṭacchuṃ gahetvā pāyāsena parivisantī gacchatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena parivesanā tenupasaṅkami. Kiṃ kāraṇāti? Brāhmaṇassa anuggahakaraṇatthaṃ. Na hi bhagavā kapaṇapuriso viya bhottukāmatāya parivesanaṃ upasaṅkamati. Bhagavato hi dve asītisahassasaṅkhyā sakyakoliyarājāno ñātayo, te attano sampattiyā nibaddhabhattaṃ dātuṃ ussahanti. Na pana bhagavā bhattatthāya pabbajito, apica kho pana ‘‘anekāni asaṅkhyeyyāni pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajanto pāramiyo pūretvā mutto mocessāmi, danto damessāmi; santo samessāmi, parinibbuto parinibbāpessāmī’’ti pabbajito. Tasmā attano muttattā…pe… parinibbutattā ca paraṃ mocento…pe… parinibbāpento ca loke vicaranto brāhmaṇassa anuggahakaraṇatthaṃ yena parivesanā tenupasaṅkamīti veditabbaṃ.
走近之后,他站到了一边。这句话的意思是:就这样走近后,便站在了一旁。“一边”是抽象名词的中性表达,说的就是某个角落、某一侧。也可以理解为以宾格表示处所,也就是在婆罗门看得见、听得到说话的地方,世尊站在了那里一个高而显眼的位置。站定之后,世尊身上放出光芒,那光色如同金笼,胜过千百个日月的光辉,向四面八方照耀到八十肘的范围。因为被这光芒笼罩,婆罗门劳作处的墙壁、树木、耕过的泥土、土块等,全都变成了像纯金做的一样。那时,正在吃乳粥的人们看见世尊站在一边——他具足三十二种殊胜的大丈夫相,以八十种随形好作庄严,双臂之间有寻光环绕,顶髻灿烂辉煌,相貌端严如同会走动的莲花池,又像光网闪烁、群星璀璨的天空,也像燃烧的金色山顶一般,以威德荣光炽然照耀的正自觉者。他们洗净手脚,合掌致敬,围绕在世尊身边站立。耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门看到世尊被众人这样围绕着,为了乞食而站在那里,看见之后,便对世尊说了这样的话:“沙门,我确实是又耕又种。”巴利
Upasaṅkamitvāekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsīti evaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ca ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantanti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso, ekokāsaṃ ekapassanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhummatthe vā upayogavacanaṃ, tassa dassanūpacāre kathāsavanaṭṭhāne, yattha ṭhitaṃ brāhmaṇo passati, tattha uccaṭṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. Ṭhatvā ca suvaṇṇarasapiñjaraṃ sahassacandasūriyobhāsātibhāsayamānaṃ sarīrābhaṃ muñci samantato asītihatthaparimāṇaṃ, yāya ajjhottharitattā brāhmaṇassa kammantasālābhittirukkhakasitamattikāpiṇḍādayo suvaṇṇamayā viya ahesuṃ. Atha manussā pāyāsaṃ bhuttā asītianubyañjanaparivāradvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitasarīraṃ byāmappabhāparikkhepavibhūsitabāhuyugaḷaṃ ketumālāsamujjalitasassirikadassanaṃ jaṅgamamiva padumassaraṃ, raṃsijālujjalitatārāgaṇamiva gaganatalaṃ, ādittamiva ca kanakagirisikharaṃ siriyā jalamānaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ disvā hatthapāde dhovitvā añjaliṃ paggayha samparivāretvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Evaṃ tehi samparivāritaṃ addasa kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ piṇḍāya ṭhitaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘ahaṃ kho, samaṇa, kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’’ti.
他为什么这样说呢?难道是因为世尊在一切处都令人欢喜生信、值得敬信、已经达到最上的调伏与寂静,而他心里却没有净信吗?还是因为他虽然准备好了供两千五百人吃的乳粥,却吝惜一勺饭食?这两种都不是。其实,他是看到人们因为对世尊百看不厌而放下了手头的工作,心里不高兴,生起了“这是来破坏我工作的”念头,所以才那样说。另外,他看到世尊相好圆满,心里又想:“如果这个人去从事劳作,就会成为整个赡部洲所有人头顶上的顶髻宝珠一样的人物,还有什么利益不能成就呢?可他却这么懒散,不从事劳作,在播种庆典等时候也去托钵乞食,吃了饭就身体强壮、精力充沛地到处走动。”因此他才说:“沙门,我确实是耕田播种,耕了种了之后才吃。我的劳作不受损害,我也不像你这样具足相好。”他的意思是:你也应该耕田播种然后再吃,你具足这样的相好,还有什么利益不能成就呢?巴利
Kasmā panāyaṃ evamāha? Kiṃ samantapāsādike pasādanīye uttamadamathasamathamanuppattepi bhagavati appasādena, udāhu aḍḍhateyyānaṃ janasahassānaṃ pāyāsaṃ paṭiyādetvāpi kaṭacchubhikkhāya maccherenāti? Ubhayathāpi no, apica khvāssa bhagavato dassanena atittaṃ nikkhittakammantaṃ janaṃ disvā ‘‘kammabhaṅgaṃ me kātuṃ āgato’’ti anattamanatā ahosi. Tasmā evamāha. Bhagavato ca lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘sacāyaṃ kammante payojayissa, sakalajambudīpe manussānaṃ sīse cūḷāmaṇi viya abhavissa, ko nāmassa attho na sampajjissa, evamevaṃ alasatāya kammante appayojetvā vappamaṅgalādīsu piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjanto kāyadaḷhībahulo vicaratī’’tipissa ahosi. Tenāha – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, samaṇa, kasāmi ca vapāmi ca, kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmī’’ti. Na me kammantā byāpajjanti, na camhi yathā tvaṃ evaṃ lakkhaṇasampannoti adhippāyo. Tvampi samaṇa…pe… bhuñjassu, ko te attho na sampajjeyya evaṃ lakkhaṇasampannassāti adhippāyo.
这位婆罗门也听说过:“据说释迦王族里出生了一位王子,他舍弃转轮王位出家了。”因此他认出“现在眼前这位就是那个人”,就想挖苦他说:“听说你舍弃转轮王位后,就这么无所事事地混日子吗?”于是说道:“沙门,我确实是……”另外,这位婆罗门非常聪慧敏锐,他并不是在轻视贬低世尊才这样说,而是看到世尊容貌圆满,由此推想其智慧也一定圆满,为了引出对话,才这样说:“沙门,我确实是……”接着,世尊根据所应调伏者的根性,为了向包括天神在内的世间显示自己是最殊胜的耕作者和播种者,便说道:“婆罗门,我也是……”巴利
Apicāyaṃ assosi – ‘‘sakyarājakule kira kumāro uppanno, so cakkavattirajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘idāni ayaṃ so’’ti ñatvā ‘‘cakkavattirajjaṃ kira pahāya kilantosī’’ti upārambhaṃ karonto āha ‘‘ahaṃ kho samaṇā’’ti. Apicāyaṃ tikkhapañño brāhmaṇo, na bhagavantaṃ avakkhipanto bhaṇati, bhagavato pana rūpasampattiṃ disvā paññāsampattiṃ sambhāvayamāno kathāpavattanatthampi evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ kho samaṇā’’ti. Tato bhagavā veneyyavasena sadevake loke aggakassakavappakabhāvaṃ attano dassento āha ‘‘ahampi kho brāhmaṇā’’ti.
这时,婆罗门心里冒出一个念头:“这位沙门说‘我也耕田、也播种’。可我并没看见他有轭、犁之类粗重的农具,他难道是在说假话吗?不。”他从脚掌一直往上观察到发梢,因为长期精通相术,看出世尊具足三十二种殊胜大人相,便想:“像这样的人,绝不可能说假话。”于是当下对世尊生起极大的敬意,不再用“沙门”来称呼世尊,而是以姓氏称呼,说道:“不过,我们并没有看见乔达摩尊者……”巴利
Atha brāhmaṇassa cintā udapādi – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo ‘kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’ti āha. Na cassa oḷārikāni yuganaṅgalādīni kasibhaṇḍāni passāmi, so musā nu kho bhaṇati, no’’ti bhagavantaṃ pādatalā paṭṭhāya yāva upari kesantā sammālokayamāno aṅgavijjāya katādhikārattā dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasampattimassa ñatvā ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ evarūpo musā bhaṇeyyā’’ti tāvadeva sañjātabahumāno bhagavati samaṇavādaṃ pahāya gottena bhagavantaṃ samudācaramāno āha ‘‘na kho pana mayaṃ passāma bhoto gotamassā’’ti.
说完这番话后,这位智慧敏锐的婆罗门明白:“他这样说,是着眼于甚深的义理。”为了通过提问弄清这个义理,他便以偈颂向世尊开口。因此具寿阿难说:“那时,耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门便以偈颂向世尊开口。”这里“以偈颂”是指由字母和词句所限定的语言。“开口”就是说了话。巴利
Evañca pana vatvā tikkhapañño brāhmaṇo ‘‘gambhīratthaṃ sandhāya iminā etaṃ vutta’’nti ñatvā pucchitvā tamatthaṃ ñātukāmo bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi. Tenāha āyasmā ānando ‘‘atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsī’’ti. Tattha gāthāyāti akkharapadaniyamitena vacanena. Ajjhabhāsīti abhāsi.
76-77 76-77. 在这里,婆罗门所说的“耕”,是指把轭、犁等耕田所需的东西连结起来使用。但世尊之所以能以一种与前面法义相呼应的方式来安立说法,这正是诸佛的威神力。所以,为了显示诸佛的威神力,世尊就以与前面法义相呼应的方式来安立,而说“信为种子”。那么,这里什么是与前面法义相呼应的呢?难道不是婆罗门问世尊关于把轭、犁等耕田所需的东西连结起来使用的问题,而世尊却以未问及的种子的相应方式来安立,而说“信为种子”吗?若如此,这说法岂不是没有关联了吗?回答说:诸佛没有无关联的说法,诸佛也不是不依与前面法义相呼应的方式而说法的。这里应当了知这样的关联:这位婆罗门以轭、犁等耕田所需之物问世尊关于耕的问题。世尊出于对他的悲悯,不舍弃“这是未问及的”,为了令他完整地了知有根本、有助益、有资具、有果实的耕,从根本开始显示耕,而说“信为种子”。因为种子是耕的根本,有它则应作,无它则不应作,且应依它的量而作。有种子时人们耕田,无种子时不耕。善巧的农夫依种子的量而耕田,不会少耕,想“不要令我的庄稼减产”;不会多耕,想“不要令我的努力徒劳”。因为种子就是根本,所以世尊从根本开始显示耕,以与那位婆罗门耕的前法种子相应之法,安立自己的耕的前法,而说“信为种子”。这里应当了知与前面法义相呼应之义。巴利
76-77. Tattha brāhmaṇo ‘‘kasi’’nti yuganaṅgalādikasisambhārasamāyogaṃ vadati. Bhagavā pana yasmā pubbadhammasabhāgena ropetvā kathanaṃ nāma buddhānaṃ ānubhāvo, tasmā buddhānubhāvaṃ dīpento pubbadhammasabhāgena ropento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti. Ko panettha pubbadhammasabhāgo, nanu brāhmaṇena bhagavā yuganaṅgalādikasisambhārasamāyogaṃ pucchito atha ca pana apucchitassa bījassa sabhāgena ropento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti, evañca sati ananusandhikāva ayaṃ kathā hotīti? Vuccate – na buddhānaṃ ananusandhikā nāma kathā atthi, nāpi buddhā pubbadhammasabhāgaṃ anāropetvā kathenti. Evañcettha anusandhi veditabbā – anena hi brāhmaṇena bhagavā yuganaṅgalādikasisambhāravasena kasiṃ pucchito. So tassa anukampāya ‘‘idaṃ apucchita’’nti aparihāpetvā samūlaṃ saupakāraṃ sasambhāraṃ saphalaṃ kasiṃ ñāpetuṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya kasiṃ dassento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti. Bījañhi kasiyā mūlaṃ tasmiṃ sati kattabbato, asati akattabbato, tappamāṇena ca kattabbato. Bīje hi sati kasiṃ karonti, asati na karonti. Bījappamāṇena ca kusalā kassakā khettaṃ kasanti, na ūnaṃ ‘‘mā no sassaṃ parihāyī’’ti, na adhikaṃ ‘‘mā no mogho vāyāmo ahosī’’ti. Yasmā ca bījameva mūlaṃ, tasmā bhagavā mūlato paṭṭhāya kasiṃ dassento tassa brāhmaṇassa kasiyā pubbadhammassa bījassa sabhāgena attano kasiyā pubbadhammaṃ ropento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti. Evamettha pubbadhammasabhāgo veditabbo.
若问:已经说了所问的,为什么后来不说未问的呢?因为他具有助益性,也因为法与法相连而具有能力。这位婆罗门有智慧,但因生于邪见之家而缺少信。缺少信而有智慧的人,不依他人的信而于自己的境界中行持,则不能获得殊胜。即使他具有以远离烦恼污浊而清净为特相的微弱信,与强大的慧同时运作时,也不能成办利益,犹如与大象同套一轭的牛。因此,信对他是有助益的。如此,因为这位婆罗门具有需要助益的性质,为了将他安立于信中,这个道理后来也应当说,而世尊因说法善巧,先前就说了。正如在其他地方也说:“信能系缚资粮”,以及“信是人的伴侣”,以及“信在此世间是人的最上财富”,以及“以信渡过暴流”,以及“大龙象以信为手”,以及“诸比丘,圣弟子是以信为寻求者”。雨水也是种子的助益,它在紧接着种子之后被说,才成为有能力。如此,因为法与法相连而具有能力,这个道理后来也应当说,而先前就说了。还有其他如此类者,如犁辕等。巴利
Pucchitaṃyeva vatvā apucchitaṃ pacchā kiṃ na vuttanti ce? Tassa upakārabhāvato dhammasambandhasamatthabhāvato ca. Ayañhi brāhmaṇo paññavā, micchādiṭṭhikule pana jātattā saddhāvirahito. Saddhāvirahito ca paññavā paresaṃ saddhāya attano visaye apaṭipajjamāno visesaṃ nādhigacchati, kilesakālussiyabhāvāpagamappasādamattalakkhaṇāpi cassa dubbalā saddhā balavatiyā paññāya saha vattamānā atthasiddhiṃ na karoti, hatthinā saha ekadhure yuttagoṇo viya. Tasmā tassa saddhā upakārikā. Evaṃ tassa brāhmaṇassa saupakārabhāvato taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ saddhāya patiṭṭhāpentena pacchāpi vattabbo ayamattho pubbe vutto desanākusalatāya yathā aññatrāpi ‘‘saddhā bandhati pātheyya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.79) ca, ‘‘saddhā dutiyā purisassa hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.59) ca, ‘‘saddhīdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.73, 246; su. ni. 184) ca, ‘‘saddhāya tarati ogha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.246) ca, ‘‘saddhāhattho mahānāgo’’ti (a. ni. 6.43; theragā. 694) ca, ‘‘saddhesiko kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakoti cā’’ti (a. ni. 7.67). Bījassa ca upakārikā vuṭṭhi, sā tadanantaraññeva vuccamānā samatthā hoti . Evaṃ dhammasambandhasamatthabhāvato pacchāpi vattabbo ayamattho pubbe vutto, añño ca evaṃvidho īsāyottādi.
在这里,信以令心清净明澈为特相,或者以确信为特相;以踊跃投入为作用;以决意、胜解为现起,或者以不浑浊为现起;以入流支为近因,或者以值得信仰的法为近因。就像镜子、水面等物的清净一样,它成为心的清净状态;又像能令水清净的净水宝珠一样,能让与它相应的心所法也变得清净。
种子有五种:根种子、茎种子、果实种子、芽种子,第五种就是种子之种子。这全部都以生长的意义而被称为种子。正如所说:“这以生长的意义而成为种子。”巴利
Tattha sampasādanalakkhaṇā saddhā, okappanalakkhaṇā vā, pakkhandanarasā, adhimuttipaccupaṭṭhānā, akālussiyapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānā, saddahitabbadhammapadaṭṭhānā vā, ādāsajalatalādīnaṃ pasādo viya cetaso pasādabhūtā, udakappasādakamaṇi viya udakassa, sampayuttadhammānaṃ pasādikā. Bījanti pañcavidhaṃ – mūlabījaṃ, khandhabījaṃ, phalubījaṃ, aggabījaṃ, bījabījameva pañcamanti. Taṃ sabbampi viruhanaṭṭhena bījaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Yathāha – ‘‘bījañcetaṃ viruhanaṭṭhenā’’ti.
在这里,就像农夫耕作时,作为根本的种子发挥两种作用:向下靠根扎住,向上长出嫩芽;同样地,作为世尊修行之根本的信,向下以戒为根而站稳,向上长出止与观的嫩芽。又像那颗种子靠根吸收土壤中的地性和水性,通过茎秆生长,最终为了结出成熟的谷实;同样地,这信靠戒的根吸收止与观的养分,通过圣道的茎秆生长,最终为了收获圣果的成熟谷实。又像那颗种子在好土地里扎根后,经过根、芽、叶、茎、节而生长、繁茂、壮大,产生乳汁,最终结出饱满众多稻谷的稻穗;同样地,这信在心相续中扎根后,经过戒清净、心清净、见清净、度疑清净、道非道知见清净、行道知见清净而生长、繁茂、壮大,产生知见清净的乳汁,最终结出充满众多无碍解与神通的阿拉汉果。因此世尊说:“信为种子。”巴利
Tattha yathā brāhmaṇassa kasiyā mūlabhūtaṃ bījaṃ dve kiccāni karoti, heṭṭhā mūlena patiṭṭhāti, upari aṅkuraṃ uṭṭhāpeti; evaṃ bhagavato kasiyā mūlabhūtā saddhā heṭṭhā sīlamūlena patiṭṭhāti, upari samathavipassanaṅkuraṃ uṭṭhāpeti. Yathā ca taṃ mūlena pathavirasaṃ āporasaṃ gahetvā nāḷena dhaññaparipākagahaṇatthaṃ vaḍḍhati; evamayaṃ sīlamūlena samathavipassanārasaṃ gahetvā ariyamagganāḷena ariyaphaladhaññaparipākagahaṇatthaṃ vaḍḍhati. Yathā ca taṃ subhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā mūlaṅkurapaṇṇanāḷakaṇḍappasavehi vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ patvā, khīraṃ janetvā, anekasāliphalabharitaṃ sālisīsaṃ nipphādeti; evamayaṃ cittasantāne patiṭṭhahitvā sīlacittadiṭṭhikaṅkhāvitaraṇamaggāmaggañāṇadassanapaṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhīhi vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ patvā ñāṇadassanavisuddhikhīraṃ janetvā anekapaṭisambhidābhiññābharitaṃ arahattaphalaṃ nipphādeti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti.
在这里,有人可能会问:在五十多种善法同时生起时,为什么只说信是种子呢?回答是:因为它起到了种子的作用。就像在那些善法里,只有识在做认知的作用一样,信也在做种子的作用,而且它是一切善法的根本。正如经中所说:巴利
Tattha siyā ‘‘paropaññāsakusaladhammesu ekato uppajjamānesu kasmā saddhāva bījanti vuttā’’ti? Vuccate – bījakiccakaraṇato. Yathā hi tesu viññāṇaṃyeva vijānanakiccaṃ karoti, evaṃ saddhā bījakiccaṃ, sā ca sabbakusalānaṃ mūlabhūtā. Yathāha –
有信的人前去亲近,亲近时恭敬侍奉,恭敬侍奉时倾耳倾听,倾耳倾听时听闻法,听闻之后持住法,对已持住的法审查其义,审查其义时诸法经深思而获得认可,有了对法的深思认可,便生起欲,生起欲便努力,努力之后权衡,权衡之后精勤,精勤之人既以身证悟最上真实,又以智慧透彻地照见它。巴利
‘‘Saddhājāto upasaṅkamati, upasaṅkamanto payirupāsati, payirupāsanto sotaṃ odahati , ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti, sutvā dhammaṃ dhāreti, dhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhati , atthaṃ upaparikkhato dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti, dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā sati chando jāyati, chandajāto ussahati, ussāhetvā tulayati, tulayitvā padahati, pahitatto samāno kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca naṃ ativijjhapassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.183, 432).
灼烧不善法以及这个身体,所以叫苦行;这是根律仪、精进、头陀支、难行苦行等的同义词。但在这里,指的是根律仪。雨有多种,比如降雨、风雨等等。这里指的是降雨。就像婆罗门的种子得到降雨的滋润,以种子为根本的庄稼就能生长,不枯萎,最终成熟;同样,世尊的信,以及以信为根本的戒等诸法,得到根律仪的滋润,就能生长,不枯萎,最终成熟。因此说苦行是雨。在慧是我的等句子中,我这个字也应该连到后面几句,即信是我的种子,苦行是我的雨。这要说明什么?就像婆罗门,你播下种子后,如果有雨就好,如果没有雨,也得浇水。同样,当我以惭为轭柄,以慧为轭和犁,以意为绳索把它们连成一体,再套上精进这头牛,用正念的刺棒驱策,在自己心相续的田地里播下信的种子时,绝不缺雨。而我的苦行,就是这持续不断的雨。巴利
Tapati akusale dhamme kāyañcāti tapo; indriyasaṃvaravīriyadhutaṅgadukkarakārikānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana indriyasaṃvaro adhippeto. Vuṭṭhīti vassavuṭṭhivātavuṭṭhītiādinā anekavidhā. Idha vassavuṭṭhi adhippetā. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa vassavuṭṭhisamanuggahitaṃ bījaṃ bījamūlakañca sassaṃ viruhati na milāyati nipphattiṃ gacchati, evaṃ bhagavato indriyasaṃvarasamanuggahitā saddhā saddhāmūlā ca sīlādayo dhammā viruhanti na milāyanti nipphattiṃ gacchanti. Tenāha – ‘‘tapo vuṭṭhī’’ti. ‘‘Paññā me’’ti ettha ca vutto me-saddo imesupi padesu yojetabbo ‘‘saddhā me bījaṃ, tapo me vuṭṭhī’’ti. Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Yathā, brāhmaṇa, tayā vapite bīje sace vuṭṭhi atthi, sādhu, no ce atthi, udakampi dātabbaṃ hoti, tathā mayā hiri-īse paññāyuganaṅgale manoyottena ekābaddhe kate vīriyabalibadde yojetvā satipācanena vijjhitvā attano cittasantānakhette saddhābīje vapite vuṭṭhi-abhāvo nāma natthi. Ayaṃ pana me satataṃ samitaṃ tapo vuṭṭhīti.
人通过慧来了知,或者自己亲自了知,所以叫慧。慧按欲界等区别,有很多种类。但在这里,指的是与观智相伴的圣道慧。轭与犁,就是轭和犁。就像婆罗门有轭和犁一样,世尊也有这两种慧。其中,就像轭对轭柄来说是亲依止,在前面,被轭柄绑住,是绳索的依靠,让两头牛步调一致地行走;同样,慧对以惭为首的诸法是亲依止。正如所说:一切善法以慧为最上,以及善人称慧为最胜,犹如群星中的月王。慧以引领善法的角色而在前面。正如所说:戒、惭以及真实法,跟随具慧者而行。因为离开惭就不能生起,所以慧被轭柄绑住;因为慧是名为意的定之绳索的依止缘,所以是绳索的依靠;因为慧能遮止精进过度和不足的状态,所以能让精进之牛步调一致。又像犁装上犁铧,耕作时能破开坚硬的土块,切断盘错的根须;同样,与念相应的慧,在修观时能破开诸法的相续密集、积聚密集、作用密集和所缘密集,能切断一切烦恼盘错的根须。而这种慧一定是出世间的,另一种慧则也可以是世间的。因此说:慧是我的轭与犁。巴利
Pajānāti etāya puggalo, sayaṃ vā pajānātīti paññā, sā kāmāvacarādibhedato anekavidhā. Idha pana saha vipassanāya maggapaññā adhippetā. Yuganaṅgalanti yugañca naṅgalañca. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa yuganaṅgalaṃ, evaṃ bhagavato duvidhāpi paññā. Tattha yathā yugaṃ īsāya upanissayaṃ hoti, purato hoti, īsābaddhaṃ hoti, yottānaṃ nissayaṃ hoti, balibaddānaṃ ekato gamanaṃ dhāreti, evaṃ paññā hiripamukhānaṃ dhammānaṃ upanissayā hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘paññuttarā sabbe kusalā dhammā’’ti (a. ni. 8.83) ca, ‘‘paññā hi seṭṭhā kusalā vadanti, nakkhattarājāriva tārakāna’’nti (jā. 2.17.81) ca. Kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena purato ca hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘sīlaṃ hirī cāpi satañca dhammo, anvāyikā paññavato bhavantī’’ti. Hirivippayogena anuppattito īsābaddhā hoti, manosaṅkhātassa samādhiyottassa nissayapaccayato yottānaṃ nissayo hoti, accāraddhātilīnabhāvapaṭisedhanato vīriyabalibaddānaṃ ekato gamanaṃ dhāreti. Yathā ca naṅgalaṃ phālayuttaṃ kasanakāle pathavighanaṃ bhindati, mūlasantānakāni padāleti, evaṃ satiyuttā paññā vipassanākāle dhammānaṃ santatisamūhakiccārammaṇaghanaṃ bhindati, sabbakilesamūlasantānakāni padāleti. Sā ca kho lokuttarāva itarā pana lokiyāpi siyā. Tenāha – ‘‘paññā me yuganaṅgala’’nti.
一个人因为惭而感到羞耻,或者惭本身对不善的行为感到羞耻、厌恶,所以叫惭。提到惭的时候,因为愧总是和它一起生起,所以愧也就一并被包含了。轭柄是连接轭和犁的那根木杆。就像婆罗门的轭柄支撑着轭和犁一样,世尊的惭也支撑着被称为世间慧和出世间慧的轭和犁,因为如果没有惭,慧就不存在。又像被轭柄系住的轭和犁能发挥作用,不摇晃、不松垮一样,被惭系住的慧也能发挥作用,不摇晃、不松垮,而且不会和无惭混杂在一起。所以说“惭是轭柄”。巴利
Hirīyati etāya puggalo, sayaṃ vā hirīyati akusalappavattiṃ jigucchatīti hirī. Taggahaṇena sahacaraṇabhāvato ottappaṃ gahitaṃyeva hoti. Īsāti yuganaṅgalasandhārikā dāruyaṭṭhi. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa īsā yuganaṅgalaṃ sandhāreti, evaṃ bhagavatopi hirī lokiyalokuttarapaññāsaṅkhātaṃ yuganaṅgalaṃ sandhāreti hiriyā asati paññāya abhāvato. Yathā ca īsāpaṭibaddhaṃ yuganaṅgalaṃ kiccakaraṃ hoti acalaṃ asithilaṃ, evaṃ hiripaṭibaddhā ca paññā kiccakārī hoti acalā asithilā abbokiṇṇā ahirikena. Tenāha ‘‘hirī īsā’’ti.
“意”就是能了知的意思,这是心的同义词。不过在这里,是以“意”为代表,指与它相应的定。“系绳”就是用来绑缚的绳索。它有三种:把轭柄和轭绑在一起,把轭和牛绑在一起,以及御者把牛绑住。其中,就像婆罗门的系绳把轭柄、轭和牛绑成一体,让它们各自发挥作用;同样,世尊的定以心住一境、不散乱的方式,把惭、慧、精进这一切法联结起来,让它们各自发挥作用。因此说:“意是系绳。”巴利
Munātīti mano, cittassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana manosīsena taṃsampayutto samādhi adhippeto. Yottanti rajjubandhanaṃ. Taṃ tividhaṃ īsāya saha yugassa bandhanaṃ, yugena saha balibaddānaṃ bandhanaṃ, sārathinā saha balibaddānaṃ bandhananti. Tattha yathā brāhmaṇassa yottaṃ īsāyugabalibadde ekābaddhe katvā sakakicce paṭipādeti, evaṃ bhagavato samādhi sabbeva te hiripaññāvīriyadhamme ekārammaṇe avikkhepabhāvena bandhitvā sakakicce paṭipādeti. Tenāha – ‘‘mano yotta’’nti.
念就是靠它来回忆很久以前做过的事等等,或者自己就能回忆,所以叫念,它的特点是不会忘掉。能劈开的东西叫犁铧。用它来驱赶的东西叫驱赶器。在这里它被称为“驱赶器”,这是刺棒的同义词。犁铧和驱赶器合起来就是犁铧与驱赶器。就像婆罗门有犁铧与驱赶器一样,世尊有与观相应的念和与道相应的念。其中,就像犁铧保护犁头、走在它前面一样,念在寻找诸善法的去向、或者把心安放在所缘上时,保护着智慧这把犁头。因此,在“以具念守护的心而住”等教导中,念被称为“守护”。又因为它不忘失,所以走在前面。因为对于念已经熟悉的诸法,智慧才能了知,忘失的就了知不了。又像驱赶器向牛显示被刺打的恐惧,让它不陷于停滞,并阻止它走上歧路一样,念向精进这头牛显示堕入恶趣的恐惧,让它不陷入懈怠的停滞;并且通过阻止它在名为五欲的非行处行走,把它驱策到业处上,从而阻止它走上歧路。因此说:“念是我的犁铧与驱赶器。”巴利
Sarati etāya cirakatādimatthaṃ puggalo, sayaṃ vā saratīti sati, sā asammussanalakkhaṇā. Phāletīti phālo. Pājeti etenāti pājanaṃ. Taṃ idha ‘‘pācana’’nti vuccati, patodassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Phālo ca pācanañca phālapācanaṃ. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa phālapācanaṃ, evaṃ bhagavato vipassanāyuttā maggayuttā ca sati. Tattha yathā phālo naṅgalamanurakkhati, purato cassa gacchati, evaṃ sati kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesamānā ārammaṇe vā upaṭṭhāpayamānā paññānaṅgalaṃ rakkhati, tathā hi ‘‘satārakkhena cetasā viharatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 10.20) ‘‘ārakkhā’’ti vuttā. Asammussanavasena cassa purato hoti. Satiparicite hi dhamme paññā pajānāti, no sammuṭṭhe. Yathā ca pācanaṃ balibaddānaṃ vijjhanabhayaṃ dassentaṃ saṃsīdanaṃ na deti, uppathagamanañca vāreti, evaṃ sati vīriyabalibaddānaṃ apāyabhayaṃ dassentī kosajjasaṃsīdanaṃ na deti, kāmaguṇasaṅkhāte agocare cāraṃ nivāretvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojentī uppathagamanañca vāreti. Tenāha – ‘‘sati me phālapācana’’nti.
78 “身防护”是指以三种身善行来防护。“语防护”是指以四种语善行来防护。到这里为止,说的是巴帝摩卡防护戒。“于食物、于腹部能调御”这一句里,因为以“食物”为入口,已经统摄了一切资具,所以意思是:对四种资具都能防护、调御,没有烦恼。这一句说的是活命遍净戒。“于腹部能调御”,是指在腹部对食物知量、调御,也就是饮食知量。这一句通过饮食知量,说明了资具受用戒。这说明了什么呢?婆罗门,就像你播下种子后,为了守护庄稼,会设置荆棘篱笆、树木围栏或砌起围墙;这样,牛、水牛、鹿等兽群就找不到入口,不能糟蹋庄稼。同样,我播下信心的种子后,为了守护种种善法庄稼,也设置了由身防护、语防护、食物防护构成的三重围墙。这样,贪等不善法这些牛、水牛、鹿等兽群就找不到入口,不能糟蹋我的种种善法庄稼。巴利
78.Kāyaguttoti tividhena kāyasucaritena gutto. Vacīguttoti catubbidhena vacīsucaritena gutto. Ettāvatā pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Āhāre udare yatoti ettha āhāramukhena sabbapaccayānaṃ saṅgahitattā catubbidhepi paccaye yato saṃyato nirupakkilesoti attho. Iminā ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Udare yatoti udare yato saṃyato mitabhojī, āhāre mattaññūti vuttaṃ hoti. Iminā bhojane mattaññutāmukhena paccayapaṭisevanasīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Yathā tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bījaṃ vapitvā sassaparipālanatthaṃ kaṇṭakavatiṃ vā rukkhavatiṃ vā pākāraparikkhepaṃ vā karosi, tena te gomahiṃsamigagaṇā pavesaṃ alabhantā sassaṃ na vilumpanti, evamahampi saddhābījaṃ vapitvā nānappakārakusalasassaparipālanatthaṃ kāyavacīāhāraguttimayaṃ tividhaparikkhepaṃ karomi. Tena me rāgādiakusaladhammagomahiṃsamigagaṇā pavesaṃ alabhantā nānappakārakusalasassaṃ na vilumpantīti.
我以谛作割断这句话里,通过两种途径都不欺诳,就是谛。割断的意思是切割、割刈、拔除;这里应当理解为此处是具格义即业格的用法。因为这里的意思就是“我以谛作割断”。这话说的是什么呢?就像你耕种外面的田地之后,用手或镰刀去割断那些毁坏庄稼的杂草;同样,我也耕种内在的田地之后,以谛去割断那些毁坏善庄稼的虚诳杂草。或者,这里的谛应当理解为智谛,也就是被称为如实智的那个。我以这个智对自我想等杂草作割断,应当这样连接理解。或者,割断是指切割者、割刈者、拔除者。这样一来,就像你吩咐奴仆或佣人去割断,说“去拔掉那些草”,就是让他们成为草的切割者、割刈者、拔除者;同样,我使谛成为割断者,借业格就能表达这个意思。再或者,谛指见谛。我使那见谛成为应被割断者,也就是让它成为应当切断、应当割刈、应当拔除的,借业格也能表达这个意思。巴利
Saccaṃ karomi niddānanti ettha dvīhi dvārehi avisaṃvādanaṃ saccaṃ. Niddānanti chedanaṃ lunanaṃ uppāṭanaṃ, karaṇatthe cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ayañhi ettha attho ‘‘saccena karomi niddāna’’nti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā tvaṃ bāhiraṃ kasiṃ kasitvā sassadūsakānaṃ tiṇānaṃ hatthena vā asitena vā niddānaṃ karosi; evamahampi ajjhattikaṃ kasiṃ kasitvā kusalasassadūsakānaṃ visaṃvādanatiṇānaṃ saccena niddānaṃ karomi. Ñāṇasaccaṃ vā ettha saccanti veditabbaṃ, yaṃ taṃ yathābhūtañāṇanti vuccati. Tena attasaññādīnaṃ tiṇānaṃ niddānaṃ karomīti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Atha vā niddānanti chedakaṃ lāvakaṃ, uppāṭakanti attho. Evaṃ sante yathā tvaṃ dāsaṃ vā kammakaraṃ vā niddānaṃ karosi, ‘‘niddehi tiṇānī’’ti tiṇānaṃ chedakaṃ lāvakaṃ uppāṭakaṃ karosi; evamahaṃ saccaṃ karomīti upayogavacaneneva vattuṃ yujjati. Atha vā saccanti diṭṭhisaccaṃ. Tamahaṃ niddānaṃ karomi, chinditabbaṃ lunitabbaṃ uppāṭetabbaṃ karomīti evampi upayogavacaneneva vattuṃ yujjati.
“清净是我的释放”:在这里,所谓“身不违犯、语不违犯”这样说的,那只是戒本身被称为“清净”,这里指的不是那个,因为那已经以“身已守护”等方式说过了。这里指的是阿拉汉果。阿拉汉果也因为安住于殊胜的涅槃之乐,所以被称为“清净”。“释放”的意思是卸下轭具、解开。这是什么意思呢?就像你的释放,可能到了傍晚、或者第二天、或者明年又要重新套上轭具,所以根本不是真正的释放;我可不是这样。因为我这里根本没有中途释放这回事。我自从燃灯佛、十力者那个时候起,就把智慧之犁和精进之力牛套上,耕耘四大不可数劫与十万大劫的大田,一直都没有松开过,直到证得正自觉。而当我经历完那么长的时间之后,坐在菩提树下不败之座上,获得一切功德围绕的阿拉汉果时,我才通过一切热恼的止息而把它释放了,从此再也不需要重新套轭。世尊就是针对这个意思而说:“清净是我的释放。”巴利
Soraccaṃ me pamocananti ettha yaṃ taṃ ‘‘kāyiko avītikkamo, vācasiko avītikkamo’’ti, evaṃ sīlameva ‘‘soracca’’nti vuttaṃ, na taṃ idha adhippetaṃ, vuttameva etaṃ ‘‘kāyagutto’’tiādinā nayena, arahattaphalaṃ pana adhippetaṃ. Tampi hi sundare nibbāne ratabhāvato ‘‘soracca’’nti vuccati. Pamocananti yoggavissajjanaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā tava pamocanaṃ punapi sāyanhe vā dutiyadivase vā anāgatasaṃvacchare vā yojetabbato appamocanameva hoti, na mama evaṃ. Na hi mama antarā mocanaṃ nāma atthi. Ahañhi dīpaṅkaradasabalakālato pabhuti paññānaṅgale vīriyabalibadde yojetvā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca mahākasiṃ kasanto tāva na muñciṃ, yāva na sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhi. Yadā ca me sabbaṃ taṃ kālaṃ khepetvā bodhirukkhamūle aparājitapallaṅke nisinnassa sabbaguṇaparivāraṃ arahattaphalaṃ udapādi, tadā mayā taṃ sabbussukkapaṭippassaddhippattiyā pamuttaṃ, na dāni puna yojetabbaṃ bhavissatīti. Etamatthaṃ sandhāyāha bhagavā – ‘‘soraccaṃ me pamocana’’nti.
79 精进是我的负轭牛。这里说的精进,就是按“身的努力,或心的努力”这类方式所说的那种精进。在轭中的负轭牛,叫做dhuradhorayha,意思是拉轭的牛。就像婆罗门那由负轭牛拉动的犁,能破开坚硬的土地,也能割断盘根错节;同样,世尊那由精进拉动的智慧之犁,能破开前面所说的坚硬烦恼,也能割断烦恼的蔓延。所以他说:精进是我的负轭牛。另一种解释是:拉前轭的牛叫dhurā,拉主轭的牛叫dhorayhā,两者合起来就是dhuradhorayhā。其中,就像婆罗门的每一张犁上,由四头牛各自配合而成的负轭牛群,在拉行时能断除已生和未生的草根,并成就庄稼的丰收;同样,世尊由四正勤精进各自配合而成的负轭牛群,在拉行时能断除已生和未生的不善根,并成就善法的圆满。所以他说:精进是我的负轭牛。巴利
79.Vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhanti ettha vīriyanti ‘‘kāyiko vā, cetasiko vā vīriyārambho’’tiādinā nayena vuttapadhānaṃ. Dhurāyaṃ dhorayhaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ, dhuraṃ vahatīti attho. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa dhurāyaṃ dhorayhākaḍḍhitaṃ naṅgalaṃ bhūmighanaṃ bhindati, mūlasantānakāni ca padāleti, evaṃ bhagavato vīriyākaḍḍhitaṃ paññānaṅgalaṃ yathāvuttaṃ ghanaṃ bhindati, kilesasantānakāni ca padāleti. Tenāha – ‘‘vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayha’’nti. Atha vā purimadhuraṃ vahantā dhurā, mūladhuraṃ vahantā dhorayhā; dhurā ca dhorayhā ca dhuradhorayhā. Tattha yathā brāhmaṇassa ekamekasmiṃ naṅgale catubalibaddappabhedaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ vahantaṃ uppannānuppannatiṇamūlaghātaṃ sassasampattiñca sādheti, evaṃ bhagavato catusammappadhānavīriyappabhedaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ vahantaṃ uppannānuppannākusalamūlaghātaṃ kusalasampattiñca sādheti. Tenāha – ‘‘vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayha’’nti.
“驶向瑜伽安稳”这句话里,因为从诸轭中得到安稳,所以“瑜伽安稳”指的就是涅槃;特别朝向它而被拉行,或者径直朝向它而被牵引,这就叫“驶向”。朝向瑜伽安稳的拉行,就是“驶向瑜伽安稳”。这说明了什么呢?就像你的负轭牛,被牵着朝向东方或西方等某个方向;同样地,我的负轭牛,被牵着朝向涅槃的方向。巴利
Yogakkhemādhivāhananti ettha yogehi khemattā ‘‘yogakkhema’’nti nibbānaṃ vuccati, taṃ adhikatvā vāhīyati, abhimukhaṃ vā vāhīyatīti adhivāhanaṃ. Yogakkhemassa adhivāhanaṃ yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ. Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Yathā tava dhuradhorayhaṃ puratthimaṃ disaṃ pacchimādīsu vā aññataraṃ abhimukhaṃ vāhīyati, tathā mama dhuradhorayhaṃ nibbānābhimukhaṃ vāhīyati.
它这样被驾驭着前进,不再退转。就像你的负轭牛拉着犁,到了田地的尽头就会再折回来;但这头负轭牛从燃灯佛那时候起,就一直前进,从不退转。再说,由各条圣道所断除的烦恼,不会一次又一次地需要再断,不像你的犁割断的草,以后到了另一个时候还得再割。所以,这头负轭牛以第一道断除见所断的烦恼,以第二道断除粗重的烦恼,以第三道断除随眠烦恼,以第四道断除一切烦恼,如此前进而不退转。或者也可以说,“前进而不退转”的意思就是:没有退转地前进。“nti taṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ”这里的“nti”指的就是那负轭牛。应当这样理解这里的文句划分。它这样前进时,你的负轭牛并不前往那样的地方:到了那里,农夫就无忧、无虑、离垢而不再忧愁;而它前往的是那样的地方:到了之后就不再忧愁。当以念为鞭策,鞭策这头精进的负轭牛前进时,像我这样的农夫,到了之后便无忧、无虑、离垢而不再忧愁——它前往那断除一切忧箭的、名为不死涅槃的境界。巴利
Evaṃ vāhiyamānañca gacchati anivattantaṃ. Yathā tava naṅgalaṃ vahantaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ khettakoṭiṃ patvā puna nivattati, evaṃ anivattantaṃ dīpaṅkarakālato pabhuti gacchateva. Yasmā vā tena tena maggena pahīnā kilesā punappunaṃ pahātabbā na honti, yathā tava naṅgalena chinnāni tiṇāni punapi aparasmiṃ samaye chinditabbāni honti, tasmāpi etaṃ paṭhamamaggavasena diṭṭhekaṭṭhe kilese, dutiyavasena oḷārike, tatiyavasena anusahagate kilese, catutthavasena sabbakilese pajahantaṃ gacchati anivattantaṃ. Atha vā gacchati anivattanti nivattanarahitaṃ hutvā gacchatīti attho. Nti taṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ. Evampettha padacchedo veditabbo. Evaṃ gacchantañca yathā tava dhuradhorayhaṃ na taṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, yattha gantvā kassako asoko nissoko virajo hutvā na socati, etaṃ pana taṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, yattha gantvā na socati. Yattha satipācanena etaṃ vīriyadhuradhorayhaṃ codento gantvā mādiso kassako asoko nissoko virajo hutvā na socati, taṃ sabbasokasallasamugghātabhūtaṃ nibbānāmatasaṅkhātaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchatīti.
80 现在,世尊要作总结,便说了这首偈颂:巴利
80. Idāni nigamanaṃ karonto bhagavā imaṃ gāthamāha –
这样耕种的这块田,成为不死之果;
把这片田耕完之后,就能从一切苦中解脱。巴利
‘‘Evamesā kasī kaṭṭhā, sā hoti amatapphalā; Etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna, sabbadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti.
这段的简要含义是:婆罗门,我用信作种子,用苦行作雨水,来滋润这块田地;以智慧为轭和犁,以惭为犁柄,以意为缰绳,把它们连成一体;在智慧之犁上装上念的犁铧,拿起念的驱牛刺棍,靠守护身、语、食来保护它,以真实为除草,以柔和为解缚,以精进为拉犁的牛,朝着瑜伽安稳、不退转的方向一路耕过去。这样耕作到尽头,就达到了耕作的最终成果——四种沙门果。这块田就结出不死的果实,它正是结出不死果实的田。所谓不死,就是涅槃;意思是这块田的果实就是涅槃。而且,能结出不死果实的,并不只有我一个人。无论任何人——刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,在家人还是出家人——只要耕这块田,耕完之后,就能从一切苦中解脱,从一切轮回之苦,也就是苦苦、行苦、变易苦中解脱。世尊就这样以阿罗汉道为顶点、以涅槃为归宿,为这位婆罗门结束了这次说法。巴利
Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – mayā brāhmaṇa esā saddhābījā tapovuṭṭhiyā anuggahitā kasi, paññāmayaṃ yuganaṅgalaṃ, hirimayañca īsaṃ, manomayena yottena, ekābaddhaṃ katvā, paññānaṅgale satiphālaṃ ākoṭetvā, satipācanaṃ gahetvā, kāyavacīāhāraguttiyā gopetvā, saccaṃ niddānaṃ katvā, soraccaṃ pamocanaṃ vīriyaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ yogakkhemābhimukhaṃ anivattantaṃ vāhentena kaṭṭhā, kasikammapariyosānaṃ catubbidhaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ pāpitā, sāhoti amatapphalā, sā esā kasi amatapphalā hoti. Amataṃ vuccati nibbānaṃ, nibbānānisaṃsā hotīti attho. Sā kho panesā kasi na mamevekassa amatapphalā hoti, apica, kho, pana yo koci khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā etaṃ kasiṃ kasati, so sabbopi etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna, sabbadukkhā pamuccati, sabbasmā vaṭṭadukkhadukkhadukkhasaṅkhāradukkhavipariṇāmadukkhā pamuccatīti. Evaṃ bhagavā brāhmaṇassa arahattanikūṭena nibbānapariyosānaṃ katvā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
婆罗门听了这样深奥的教法后,心想:“我耕种所得的果实,吃下去第二天还是会饿;而这位尊者的耕种,结的是不死的果实,吃了它的果实就能从一切苦中解脱。”他明白了这一点,生起净信,为了表达净信,便开始供养乳糜。因此经文说“那时,耕田婆罗堕阇……”。其中“极大的”是容量大的意思。“铜钵”是指金钵,就是他自己那个价值十万金的黄金钵。“盛满”是铺满、装满的意思。“奉献于世尊”是说用酥、蜜、糖等种种东西调和好,用绢布盖住,举起来,恭敬地送到如来面前。怎么送的呢?经文说:“请乔达摩尊者享用乳糜,尊者正是耕作者。”接着,为了说明他是耕作之人的理由,经文说“因为尊师……耕作”,意思是“因为尊师您……耕作这样的田”。然后世尊说:“婆罗门,我不应受用由偈颂唱诵所得的食物。”巴利
Tato brāhmaṇo gambhīratthaṃ desanaṃ sutvā ‘‘mama kasiphalaṃ bhuñjitvā aparajju eva chāto hoti, imassa pana kasi amatapphalā, tassā phalaṃ bhuñjitvā sabbadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti ca viditvā pasanno pasannākāraṃ kātuṃ pāyāsaṃ dātumāraddho. Tenāha ‘‘atha kho kasibhāradvājo’’ti. Tattha mahatiyāti mahatiyanti attho. Kaṃsapātiyāti suvaṇṇapātiyaṃ, satasahassagghanake attano suvaṇṇathāle. Vaḍḍhetvāti chupitvā, ākiritvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavato upanāmesīti sappimadhuphāṇitādīhi vicitraṃ katvā, dukūlavitānena paṭicchādetvā, ukkhipitvā, sakkaccaṃ tathāgatassa abhihari. Kinti? ‘‘Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ gotamo pāyāsaṃ, kassako bhava’’nti. Tato kassakabhāvasādhakaṃ kāraṇamāha ‘‘yañhi…pe… kasatī’’ti, yasmā bhavaṃ…pe… kasatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha bhagavā ‘‘gāthābhigītaṃ me’’ti āha.
81 这里,“以偈颂唱诵所得”是指通过偈颂唱诵而得到的东西,也就是说,说了偈颂之后才得到的。“我”就是我。“不应受用”是指不适合吃。“正观”是指正确看见正命的清净,或者从各方面看见,也就是指诸佛。意思是说,“以偈颂唱诵所得可以吃”——这种法、这种行为不是诸佛的做法,所以诸佛舍弃以偈颂唱诵所得,拒绝它,不吃它。那么,世尊是为了乳糜才唱诵偈颂,才这样说的吗?不是为了这个目的才唱诵的。其实,是因为从清晨开始,世尊站在田边,连一勺饭都没得到,后来才在显示诸佛的一切功德之后得到供养,而这就像跳舞、唱歌等表演之后得到报酬一样,所以才说“以偈颂唱诵所得”。又因为这样的东西对诸佛来说是不合适的,所以说“不应受用”。而且这也不符合少欲,所以也是出于怜悯后来的众生才这样说。既然连少欲的陶匠嘎帝咖罗,都会拒绝别人宣扬自己功德而得到的利养,那么已经达到少欲顶点的世尊,怎么会接受由自己宣扬自己的功德而得到的利养呢?因此,世尊这样做是完全合适的。巴利
81. Tattha gāthābhigītanti gāthāhi abhigītaṃ, gāthāyo bhāsitvā laddhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Meti mayā. Abhojaneyyanti bhuñjanārahaṃ na hoti. Sampassatanti sammā ājīvasuddhiṃ passataṃ , samantā vā passataṃ sampassataṃ, buddhānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Nesa dhammoti ‘‘gāthābhigītaṃ bhuñjitabba’’nti esa dhammo etaṃ cārittaṃ na hoti, tasmā gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā paṭikkhipanti na bhuñjantīti. Kiṃ pana bhagavatā pāyāsatthaṃ gāthā abhigītā, yena evamāhāti? Na etadatthaṃ abhigītā, apica, kho, pana pāto paṭṭhāya khettasamīpe ṭhatvā kaṭacchubhikkhampi alabhitvā puna sakalabuddhaguṇe pakāsetvā laddhaṃ tadetaṃ naṭanaccakādīhi naccitvā gāyitvā ca laddhasadisaṃ hoti, tena ‘‘gāthābhigīta’’nti vuttaṃ. Tādisañca yasmā buddhānaṃ na kappati, tasmā ‘‘abhojaneyya’’nti vuttaṃ. Appicchatānurūpañcetaṃ na hoti, tasmāpi pacchimaṃ janataṃ anukampamānena ca evaṃ vuttaṃ. Yatra ca nāma parappakāsitenāpi attano guṇena uppannaṃ lābhaṃ paṭikkhipanti seyyathāpi appiccho ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro, tatra kathaṃ koṭippattāya appicchatāya samannāgato bhagavā attanāva attano guṇappakāsanena uppannaṃ lābhaṃ sādiyissati, yato yuttameva etaṃ bhagavato vattunti.
到这一步,为了从这样的世间指责中脱身——“沙门乔达摩靠唱诵偈颂,让原本没有信心、不愿布施的婆罗门变得愿意布施,然后接受了食物,他是为了物质利益才作这番开示”——先显示了开示的清净,现在要显示谋生方式的清净,于是说:“婆罗门,当有法时,这就是谋生。”它的意思是:当谋生清净之法、或者十种善行之法、或者诸佛所行之法存在、没有败坏、还在持续时,这种谋生就是完全清净的,就像在空中伸手一样自然——这样的寻求、觅求、维持生命的方式,就是诸佛的方式,婆罗门。巴利
Ettāvatā ‘‘appasannaṃ adātukāmaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāgāyanena dātukāmaṃ katvā, samaṇo gotamo bhojanaṃ paṭiggahesi, āmisakāraṇā imassa desanā’’ti imamhā lokāpavādā attānaṃ mocento desanāpārisuddhiṃ dīpetvā, idāni ājīvapārisuddhiṃ dīpento āha ‘‘dhamme satī brāhmaṇa vuttiresā’’ti tassattho – ājīvapārisuddhidhamme vā dasavidhasucaritadhamme vā buddhānaṃ cārittadhamme vā sati saṃvijjamāne anupahate vattamāne vuttiresā ekantavodātā ākāse pāṇippasāraṇakappā esanā pariyesanā jīvitavutti buddhānaṃ brāhmaṇāti.
82 听完这番话,婆罗门心想:“他拒绝了我的乳粥,看来这种食物是不合规矩的。我真是个没福气的人,连布施都做不成。”于是他生起了忧愁,又想:“也许他会接受别的东西吧。”世尊知道他的心思后,心想:“我是在托钵时间之内来到这里的——本打算在这段时间里让这位婆罗门生起信心,可他却生起了忧愁。现在,如果他因为这份忧愁而对我心生恼怒,就无法证悟殊胜的不死之法了。”于是,为了让婆罗门生起信心、满足他心中的愿望,世尊说道:“还有,以另一样东西奉侍圆满者……”这里,“圆满者”是指具足一切功德的人,或者已脱离一切束缚的人。“大仙”是指寻求广大戒蕴等功德的人。“诸漏已尽者”是因为一切烦恼都已灭尽。“悔恨已止息者”是因为一切悔恨,比如手足无措之类的举动,都已完全平息。“你应当奉侍”意思是:你应当亲手供养、恭敬款待。就这样,即使婆罗门心里已经生起了这个念头,世尊也只是用委婉的方式来说,并没有直接说:“给!拿来!”其余内容在这里显而易见。巴利
82. Evaṃ vutte brāhmaṇo ‘‘pāyāsaṃ me paṭikkhipati, akappiyaṃ kiretaṃ bhojanaṃ, adhañño vatasmiṃ, dānaṃ dātuṃ na labhāmī’’ti domanassaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘appeva nāma aññaṃ paṭiggaṇheyyā’’ti ca cintesi. Taṃ ñatvā bhagavā ‘‘ahaṃ bhikkhācāravelaṃ paricchinditvā āgato – ‘ettakena kālena imaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pasādessāmī’ti, brāhmaṇo ca domanassaṃ akāsi. Idāni tena domanassena mayi cittaṃ pakopetvā amatavaradhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na sakkhissatī’’ti brāhmaṇassa pasādajananatthaṃ tena patthitamanorathaṃ pūrento āha ‘‘aññena ca kevalina’’nti. Tattha kevalinanti sabbaguṇaparipuṇṇaṃ, sabbayogavisaṃyuttaṃ vāti attho. Mahantānaṃ sīlakkhandhādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ esanato mahesiṃ. Parikkhīṇasabbāsavattā khīṇāsavaṃ. Hatthapādakukkuccamādiṃ katvā vūpasantasabbakukkuccattā kukkuccavūpasantaṃ. Upaṭṭhahassūti parivisassu paṭimānayassu. Evaṃ brāhmaṇena citte uppāditepi pariyāyameva bhaṇati, na tu bhaṇati ‘‘dehi, āharāhī’’ti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
这时,婆罗门心想:“这乳粥是献给世尊的,我没有权利凭自己的意愿把它送给任何人。”于是说道:“那么,该给谁呢?”世尊知道:“这乳粥除了如来和如来的弟子,其他人吃了都无法消化。”便说道:“我确实没有……”其中,“含天神的”指五种欲界天的天神;“含魔罗的”指第六欲界天的天神;“含梵天的”指色界梵天;无色界的天神则不可能来吃,所以没有包括在内。“含沙门婆罗门的”指与教法为敌、站在对立面的沙门婆罗门,也指已止息诸恶、已除去诸恶的沙门婆罗门。“众生”指众生世间;“含天人的”指假名天人和其余人类。应当知道,这里用三个词涵盖了空间世间,用“众生”和“天人”涵盖了众生世间。这是简要说明,详细的解释将在《旷野夜叉经》中讲述。巴利
Atha brāhmaṇo ‘‘ayaṃ pāyāso bhagavato ānīto nāhaṃ arahāmi taṃ attano chandena kassaci dātu’’nti cintetvā āha ‘‘atha kassa cāha’’nti. Tato bhagavā ‘‘taṃ pāyāsaṃ ṭhapetvā tathāgataṃ tathāgatasāvakañca aññassa ajīraṇadhammo’’ti ñatvā āha – ‘‘na khvāhaṃ ta’’nti. Tattha sadevakavacanena pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ, samārakavacanena chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ, sabrahmakavacanena rūpāvacarabrahmaggahaṇaṃ arūpāvacarā pana bhuñjeyyunti asambhāvaneyyā. Sassamaṇabrāhmaṇivacanena sāsanapaccatthikapaccāmittasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇaṃ samitapāpabāhitapāpasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇañca. Pajāvacanena sattalokaggahaṇaṃ, sadevamanussavacanena sammutidevaavasesamanussaggahaṇaṃ. Evamettha tīhi vacanehi okāsaloko, dvīhi pajāvasena sattaloko gahitoti veditabbo. Esa saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana āḷavakasutte vaṇṇayissāma.
为什么这乳粥在包括天界在内的世间中,对任何人都不能正确消化呢?因为在粗劣的食物中加入了精微的食素。这碗乳粥刚一为世尊而取来,天人就已经把食素放了进去——就像须佳陀的乳粥那样,就像准陀的菌类软食正在烹煮时那样,就像毗兰若那里世尊每取一口食物时那样,也像《医药犍度》中迦旃延糖罐里剩下的糖那样。由于在粗劣的食物中加入了精微的食素,天人无法消化它。因为天人的身体微细,粗劣的人间食物他们无法正确消化。人类也无法消化它。因为人类的身体粗劣,精微的天界食素他们无法正确消化。但如来凭自身本有的体火就能消化,能正确地熟化。有人说,这是凭借身力与慧力的威德;对如来弟子中已尽诸漏的人,则是依定力和知量而得以消化;对其他有神通的人,则无法消化。又或者,这里的原因不可思议,这是佛陀的境界。巴利
Kasmā pana sadevakādīsu kassaci na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyyāti? Oḷārike sukhumojāpakkhipanato. Imasmiñhi pāyāse bhagavantaṃ uddissa gahitamatteyeva devatāhi ojā pakkhittā yathā sujātāya pāyāse, cundassa ca sūkaramaddave paccamāne, verañjāyañca bhagavatā gahitagahitālope, bhesajjakkhandhake ca kaccānassa guḷhakumbhasmiṃ avasiṭṭhaguḷhe. So oḷārike sukhumojāpakkhipanato devānaṃ na pariṇamati. Devā hi sukhumasarīrā, tesaṃ oḷāriko manussāhāro na sammā pariṇamati. Manussānampi na pariṇamati. Manussā hi oḷārikasarīrā, tesaṃ sukhumā dibbojā na sammā pariṇamati. Tathāgatassa pana pakatiaggināva pariṇamati, sammā jīrati. Kāyabalañāṇabalappabhāvenāti eke tathāgatasāvakassa khīṇāsavassetaṃ samādhibalena mattaññutāya ca pariṇamati, itaresaṃ iddhimantānampi na pariṇamati. Acintanīyaṃ vā ettha kāraṇaṃ, buddhavisayo esoti.
那么,你把它处理掉吧。这句话的意思是:因为我没有看到别的能受用的人,所以对我来说这不合规矩;对我不合规矩,对我的弟子也一样不合规矩。因此,婆罗门,你把它处理掉吧。在草少的地方,是指草很少的地方,或者没有草长出来、像石板表面一样的地方。没有生命的地方,是指没有生命的地方,或者因为倾倒乳粥而可致死小生命的地方不存在,或者指大片水域。连同依草而住的生命,这句话是为了保护草和依草而生的小生命。发出嘶嘶声,就是发出咝咝的响声。冒烟,就是到处烟气升腾。剧烈冒烟,同样,就是烟冒得更加猛烈。为什么会出现这些现象呢?这是靠世尊的神力,不是水的作用,不是乳粥的作用,不是婆罗门的作用,也不是其他天、夜叉等的作用。世尊是为了让婆罗门对法生起惊惧感,才这样决意的。譬如只是用来打比方、作说明;如犁铧也就只说了这么多。他内心悚惧,身体毛发竖立。他身上九十九千个毛孔,就像金壁上镶嵌的摩尼宝珠和象牙一样,全都向上竖起。其余的部分就很明白了。巴利
Tena hi tvanti yasmā aññaṃ na passāmi, mama na kappati, mama akappantaṃ sāvakassāpi me na kappati, tasmā tvaṃ brāhmaṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Appahariteti parittaharitatiṇe, apparuḷharitatiṇe vā pāsāṇapiṭṭhisadise. Appāṇaketi nippāṇake, pāyāsajjhottharaṇakāraṇena maritabbapāṇarahite vā mahāudakakkhandhe. Saha tiṇanissitehi pāṇehi tiṇānaṃ pāṇakānañca anurakkhaṇatthāya etaṃ vuttaṃ. Cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyatīti evaṃ saddaṃ karoti. Saṃdhūpāyatīti samantā dhūpāyati. Sampadhūpāyatīti tatheva adhimattaṃ dhūpāyati. Kasmā evaṃ ahosīti? Bhagavato ānubhāvena, na udakassa, na pāyāsassa, na brāhmaṇassa, na aññesaṃ devayakkhādīnaṃ. Bhagavā hi brāhmaṇassa dhammasaṃvegatthaṃ tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Seyyathāpi nāmāti opammanidassanamattametaṃ, yathā phāloti ettakameva vuttaṃ hoti. Saṃviggo cittena, lomahaṭṭhajāto sarīrena. Sarīre kirassa navanavutilomakūpasahassāni suvaṇṇabhittiyā āhatamaṇināgadantā viya uddhaggā ahesuṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
他跪伏在世尊脚边,随喜赞叹世尊的说法,对世尊这样说:“乔达摩尊者,真是太好了!乔达摩尊者,真是太好了!”在这里,“太好了”这个词就是用来表达随喜赞叹的。它详细的含义解释,会在《吉祥经》的注疏里清楚说明。又因为这是随喜赞叹的意思,所以应当知道,这实际上就是在说:“善哉,善哉,乔达摩尊者!”巴利
Pādesu pana nipatitvā bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ abbhanumodamāno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti. Abbhanumodane hi ayamidha abhikkanta saddo. Vitthārato panassa maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā āvi bhavissati. Yasmā ca abbhanumodanatthe, tasmā sādhu sādhu bho gotamāti vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
在害怕、愤怒、称赞时,在匆忙、好奇、惊讶时;
智者在欢笑、悲伤和净信时,会用重复语。巴利
‘‘Bhaye kodhe pasaṃsāyaṃ, turite kotūhalacchare; Hāse soke pasāde ca, kare āmeḍitaṃ budho’’ti. –
按照这个特征,应当知道这里同一个词说了两遍,是因为净信,也是因为赞叹。或者,“殊胜”的意思是:极好、极可意、极美好。巴利
Iminā ca lakkhaṇena idha pasādavasena pasaṃsāvasena cāyaṃ dvikkhattuṃ vuttoti veditabbo. Atha vā abhikkantanti abhikantaṃ atiiṭṭhaṃ, atimanāpaṃ, atisundaranti vuttaṃ hoti.
在这里,他用一个“殊胜”来赞叹说法,用另一个“殊胜”来表达自己内心的净信。这里的意思是:“殊胜啊,乔达摩尊者!也就是说,乔达摩尊者的说法殊胜;殊胜啊!也就是说,我因为乔达摩尊者的说法而获得了净信。”或者,他也是针对世尊的话语,从一对一对的角度来赞叹:乔达摩尊者的话语殊胜,因为它能断除过失;殊胜,因为它能获得功德;同样,因为它能让人生起信心,能让人生起智慧;因为它有义理,有文采;因为用词浅白,义理深奥;因为听起来悦耳,能打动人心;因为不赞叹自己,不贬低他人;因为以悲心带来清凉,以智慧带来明净;因为一出现在眼前就令人欢喜,经得起反复推敲;因为听的时候感到安乐,仔细考察时能带来利益。应当这样从种种角度来结合理解。巴利
Tattha ekena abhikkantasaddena desanaṃ thometi, ekena attano pasādaṃ. Ayañhi ettha adhippāyo – abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, yadidaṃ bhoto gotamassa dhammadesanā, abhikkantaṃ yadidaṃ bhoto gotamassa dhammadesanaṃ āgamma mama pasādoti. Bhagavato eva vā vacanaṃ dve dve atthe sandhāya thometi – bhoto gotamassa vacanaṃ abhikkantaṃ dosanāsanato, abhikkantaṃ guṇādhigamanato, tathā saddhājananato, paññājananato, sātthato, sabyañjanato, uttānapadato, gambhīratthato, kaṇṇasukhato, hadayaṅgamato, anattukkaṃsanato, aparavambhanato, karuṇāsītalato, paññāvadātato, āpātharamaṇīyato, vimaddakkhamato, suyyamānasukhato, vīmaṃsiyamānahitatoti evamādīhi yojetabbaṃ.
接下来,他又用四个比喻来进一步赞叹说法本身。其中,“倒扣着的”,是指口朝下放着,或者脸朝下趴着。“把它翻正”,就是让它朝上。“被遮盖的”,是指被草叶之类盖住。“把它打开”,就是把它掀开。“迷路的人”,是指分不清方向的人。“给他指路”,就是拉着他的手说:“就是这条路。”“在黑暗中”,指四种黑暗:黑分十四日的月黑夜、半夜、密林深处,以及厚云遮蔽。以上先讲字面意思。巴利
Tato parampi catūhi upamāhi desanaṃyeva thometi. Tattha nikkujjitanti adhomukhaṭṭhapitaṃ, heṭṭhā mukhajātaṃ vā. Ukkujjeyyāti uparimukhaṃ kareyya. Paṭicchannanti tiṇapaṇṇādicchāditaṃ. Vivareyyāti ugghāṭeyya. Mūḷhassāti disāmūḷhassa. Maggaṃ ācikkheyyāti hatthe gahetvā ‘‘esa maggo’’ti vadeyya. Andhakāreti kāḷapakkhacātuddasīaḍḍharattaghanavanasaṇḍameghapaṭalehi caturaṅge tamasi. Ayaṃ tāva padattho.
这段的意图关联是这样的:就像有人把倒扣的东西翻正过来,同样,我背离正法、堕入非法,而乔达摩尊者把我从非法中救拔出来;就像有人把遮盖的东西揭开,同样,自从迦叶世尊的教法隐没以来,教法被邪见的密林所覆盖,而他把这教法揭开;就像有人给迷路的人指明道路,同样,我走上了邪路、误入了歧途,而他给我指明通往天界和解脱的道路;就像有人在黑暗中举着油灯,同样,我沉没在无明的黑暗里,看不见佛等宝的样貌,而乔达摩尊者通过受持那能破除遮盖那些形色的无明黑暗的说法之灯,用这些方式为我说法,因此以种种方式阐明了法。巴利
Ayaṃ pana adhippāyayojanā – yathā koci nikkujjitaṃ ukkujjeyya, evaṃ saddhammavimukhaṃ asaddhammapatitaṃ maṃ asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpentena, yathā paṭicchannaṃ vivareyya; evaṃ kassapassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānā pabhuti micchādiṭṭhigahanapaṭicchannaṃ sāsanaṃ vivarantena, yathā mūḷhassa maggaṃ ācikkheyya, evaṃ kummaggamicchāmaggapaṭipannassa me saggamokkhamaggaṃ ācikkhantena, yathā andhakāre telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, evaṃ mohandhakāranimuggassa me buddhādiratanarūpāni apassato tappaṭicchādakamohandhakāraviddhaṃsakadesanāpajjotadhāraṇena mayhaṃ bhotā gotamena etehi pariyāyehi desitattā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.
或者,换一种方式来说:因为通过见苦,断除了在不净的事物上生起“净”的颠倒想,这个法就像把倒扣的东西翻正过来;通过见集,断除了在苦的事物上生起“乐”的颠倒想,就像把遮盖的东西揭开;通过见灭,断除了在无常的事物上生起“常”的颠倒想,就像给迷路的人指出道路;通过见道,断除了在无我的事物上生起“我”的颠倒想,就像在黑暗中举起油灯。所以,就像有人能把倒扣的东西翻正过来……乃至……能举起油灯,让有眼睛的人看见各种色法一样,这个法就是这样被阐明出来的。巴利
Atha vā ekacciyena mattena yasmā ayaṃ dhammo dukkhadassanena asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti vipallāsappahānena ca nikkujjitukkujjitasadiso, samudayadassanena dukkhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipallāsappahānena ca paṭicchannavivaraṇasadiso, nirodhadassanena anicce ‘‘nicca’’nti vipallāsappahānena ca mūḷhassa maggācikkhaṇasadiso, maggadassanena anattani ‘‘attā’’ti vipallāsappahānena ca andhakāre pajjotasadiso, tasmā seyyathāpi nāma nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya…pe… pajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’’ti, evaṃ pakāsito hoti.
在这里,通过信、防护、守护等,戒蕴被显示出来;通过智慧,慧蕴被显示出来;通过惭、愧等,定蕴被显示出来;通过安稳处,则显示灭。这样一来,三蕴以及圣道和灭,本身就直接显示了两圣谛。其中,圣道是集谛的对治法,灭是苦谛的对治法,这样又以对治的方式显示了两谛。因此,以这种方式,四圣谛都被显示了。所以应当知道,这句话的意思是“以种种方式被显示”。巴利
Yasmā panettha saddhātapakāyaguttatādīhi sīlakkhandho pakāsito hoti, paññāya paññākkhandho, hirimanādīhi samādhikkhandho, yogakkhemena nirodhoti evaṃ tikkhandho ariyamaggo nirodho cāti sarūpeneva dve ariyasaccāni pakāsitāni. Tattha maggo paṭipakkho samudayassa, nirodho dukkhassāti paṭipakkhena dve. Iti iminā pariyāyena cattāri saccāni pakāsitāni. Tasmā anekapariyāyena pakāsito hotīti veditabbo .
在“esāhaṃ”等句子中,“eso ahaṃ”就是“esāhaṃ”(这个我)。所谓“我皈依”,是指他先前已经伏身于佛足之下,以顶礼的方式皈依了,现在则用言语正式领受,所以说出这句话。另一种说法是:他先前只是以顶礼皈依了佛陀,现在以这句话为开端,想要把其余的法与僧众也一并皈依,所以这样说。“ajjatagge”就是以今天为开端;也有人写作“ajjadagge”,其中的“d”是连接音,意思就是“从今天开始”。“pāṇupetaṃ”就是尽形寿——只要我的生命还在延续,就一直皈依,不以其他人为师。意思是说:愿乔达摩尊者忆念我、了知我是以三皈依而皈依的人。到这里,就显示了他与所听闻之法相应的修行。或者,前面以“倒置”等比喻显示了导师的成就,这里以“这个我”等句显示了弟子的成就;又或者,前面显示了智慧的获得,这里显示了信心的获得。现在,这位已经获得信心和智慧的人,想要做他该做的事,于是向世尊请求:“愿我得……”其中,他对世尊的神通等深生净信,心想“世尊尚且舍弃转轮王位而出家,何况是我呢?”以此信心求出家;又希求于其中圆满实行,以此智慧求受具足戒。其余内容浅显易懂。巴利
Esāhantiādīsu eso ahanti esāhaṃ. Saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti pādesu nipatitvā paṇipātena saraṇagamanena gatopi idāni vācāya samādiyanto āha. Atha vā paṇipātena buddhaṃyeva saraṇaṃ gatoti idāni taṃ ādiṃ katvā sese dhammasaṅghepi gantuṃ āha. Ajjataggeti ajjataṃ ādiṃ katvā, ajjadaggeti vā pāṭho, da-kāro padasandhikaro, ajja aggaṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāṇehi upetaṃ pāṇupetaṃ, yāva me jīvitaṃ pavattati, tāva upetaṃ, anaññasatthukaṃ tīhi saraṇagamanehi saraṇaṃ gataṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu jānātūti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettāvatā anena sutānurūpā paṭipatti dassitā hoti. Nikkujjitādīhi vā satthusampattiṃ dassetvā iminā ‘‘esāha’’ntiādinā sissasampatti dassitā. Tena vā paññāpaṭilābhaṃ dassetvā iminā saddhāpaṭilābho dassito. Idāni evaṃ paṭiladdhasaddhena paññavatā yaṃ kattabbaṃ, taṃ kattukāmo bhagavantaṃ yācati ‘‘labheyyāha’’nti. Tattha bhagavato iddhiyādīhi abhippasāditacitto ‘‘bhagavāpi cakkavattirajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito, kimaṅgaṃ panāha’’nti saddhāya pabbajjaṃ yācati, tattha paripūrakāritaṃ patthento paññāya upasampadaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
在“独居、远离”等语句中,“独居”是指身体上的远离而独处,“远离”是指心上的远离而疏离;“不放逸”是指在修行所缘上不丢失正念;“热诚”是指以身体和心的精进为本质的热诚而修行;“心志坚定”是指对身体和生命都不眷恋,以某种威仪方式安住。所谓“不久”,是从出家那天算起。“良家子”有两种:出身好的良家子和品行好的良家子,而这位尊者两者都具备。“从在家”就是从家里。对家有益的事,叫“在家之务”,指耕种、养牛等养家糊口之事。此处没有“在家之务”,即“非家”,这是出家的同义词。“出家”是指他们前往、亲近。“彼无上”即那无上。“梵行终极”是圣道梵行的终极,即所说的阿拉汉果。良家子正是为了此义而出家。“于现法中”即于此生;“自证通达而亲证”是以自己的智慧现见,不依他缘而知之义;“证达具足而住”是证得、成就而住。如此安住时,则“生已尽……证知”。以此显示他的省察智境界。巴利
Eko vūpakaṭṭhotiādīsu pana eko kāyavivekena, vūpakaṭṭho cittavivekena, appamatto kammaṭṭhāne satiavijahanena, ātāpī kāyikacetasikavīriyasaṅkhātena ātāpena, pahitatto kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhatāya viharanto aññatarairiyāpathavihārena. Na cirassevāti pabbajjaṃ upādāya vuccati. Kulaputtāti duvidhā kulaputtā, jātikulaputtā, ācārakulaputtā ca. Ayaṃ pana ubhayathāpi kulaputto. Agārasmāti gharā. Agārānaṃ hitaṃ agāriyaṃ kasigorakkhādikuṭumbaposanakammaṃ vuccati. Natthi ettha agāriyanti anagāriyaṃ, pabbajjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ pabbajantīti upagacchanti upasaṅkamanti. Tadanuttaranti taṃ anuttaraṃ. Brahmacariyapariyosānanti maggabrahmacariyassa pariyosānaṃ, arahattaphalanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassa hi atthāya kulaputtā pabbajanti. Diṭṭheva dhammeti tasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvāti attanāyeva paññāya paccakkhaṃ katvā, aparappaccayaṃ ñatvāti attho. Upasampajja vihāsīti pāpuṇitvā sampādetvā vā vihāsi. Evaṃ viharanto ca khīṇā jāti…pe… abbhaññāsi. Etenassa paccavekkhaṇabhūmiṃ dasseti.
那么,他的“生”为什么说已经尽了呢?他又是怎么知道这一点的呢?回答说:并不是他过去的“生”已经尽了,因为那些早就已经灭了;也不是未来的“生”已经尽了,因为对未来不再努力追求;也不是现在的“生”已经尽了,因为现在这一生还存在。然而,在圣道还没有修习的时候,在一种蕴、四种蕴、五种蕴的生存界中,本来会生起分为一种蕴、四种蕴、五种蕴差别的“生”;因为圣道已经修习圆满,那种“生”就进入了不再生起的状态,所以说它已经尽了。他通过修习圣道,回顾观察已经断除的烦恼之后,知道“烦恼断尽时,虽然业还存在,但它在未来不会导致结生”,他就是这样知道的。巴利
Katamā panassa jāti khīṇā, kathañca naṃ abbhaññāsīti? Vuccate – na tāvassa atītā jāti khīṇā pubbeva khīṇattā, na anāgatā anāgate vāyāmābhāvato, na paccuppannā vijjamānattā. Yā pana maggassa abhāvitattā uppajjeyya ekacatupañcavokārabhavesu ekacatupañcakkhandhappabhedā jāti, sā maggassa bhāvitattā anuppādadhammataṃ āpajjanena khīṇā. Taṃ so maggabhāvanāya pahīnakilese paccavekkhitvā kilesābhāve vijjamānampi kammaṃ āyatiṃ apaṭisandhikaṃ hotīti jānanto jānāti.
“已住”是指已住、已遍住,意思是已作、已行、已完成。“梵行”是指道之梵行。“所作已作”的意思是:在四圣谛上,通过四道,以遍知、断除、作证、修习的方式,那十六种应作之事都已究竟完成。“不再有此状态”是指:如今不再为了这样的状态——那十六种应作之事的状态——或者为了烦恼的灭尽,而修习道。或者,“此状态”是指从此状态而言,从这正在运作的蕴相续之外,再没有别的蕴相续。他了知:“这五蕴已被遍知,它们安住着,就像一棵被砍断根的树。”“某一位”是指一位。“阿拉汉们”是指在阿拉汉们当中。这是说:在诸大弟子之中,具寿跋勒德瓦哲是其中一位。这就是此处的意趣。巴利
Vusitanti vutthaṃ parivutthaṃ, kataṃ caritaṃ niṭṭhāpitanti attho. Brahmacariyanti maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Kataṃ karaṇīyanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena soḷasavidhampi kiccaṃ niṭṭhāpitanti attho. Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti idāni puna itthabhāvāya evaṃ soḷasakiccabhāvāya kilesakkhayāya vā maggabhāvanā natthīti. Atha vā itthattāyāti itthabhāvato, imasmā evaṃpakārā idāni vattamānakkhandhasantānā aparaṃ khandhasantānaṃ natthi. Ime pana pañcakkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlako rukkho viyāti abbhaññāsi. Aññataroti eko. Arahatanti arahantānaṃ. Mahāsāvakānaṃ abbhantaro āyasmā bhāradvājo ahosīti ayaṃ kirettha adhippāyoti.
《经集》注疏中,《耕者婆罗堕阇经》的注释到这里就结束了。巴利
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathāya kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
《准陀经》的注释巴利
5. Cundasuttavaṇṇanā
83 “我要问牟尼,广慧者”——这是《准陀经》。它的缘起是什么?简略地说,在四种缘起中——依自心欲乐、依他心欲乐、依事由发生、依提问所摄——这部经的缘起属于由提问所摄。若详细说:有一次,世尊在末罗族中游行,与大比丘僧团同行,来到波婆城。在那里,世尊住在波婆城金匠子准陀的芒果园中。从这里开始,直到“那时,世尊在午前穿好下衣,持钵与衣,与比丘僧团一同前往金匠子准陀的住处;到达后,坐在已敷设的座位上”(长部2.189)为止,都应依照经中所述详细展开。巴利
83.Pucchāmimuniṃ pahūtapaññanti cundasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Saṅkhepato tāva attajjhāsayaparajjhāsayaaṭṭhuppattipucchāvasikabhedato catūsu uppattīsu imassa suttassa pucchāvasikā uppatti. Vitthārato pana ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Ito pabhuti yāva ‘‘atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.189), tāva sutte āgatanayeneva vitthāretabbaṃ.
世尊和比丘僧团一起坐定后,铁匠之子准陀在供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团用餐时,为了让大家拿菜、汤等食物,就把金制的器皿递给比丘们。当时戒律还没有制定,有些比丘接受了金器,有些比丘没有接受。而世尊自己只用一只石钵,诸佛不会用第二只钵。就在这时,有一个恶比丘,看到一只价值千金的金器送到面前,为了自己吃饭,起了偷盗的心,把它塞进了自己的杂物袋里。准陀供养完毕,洗了手和脚,礼敬世尊,环顾比丘僧团时,看到了那个比丘。他看到之后,却装作没看见,没有对那个比丘说什么,这既是出于对世尊和长老们的恭敬,也是心想:“别让邪见之人找到说话的把柄。”他想知道:“这些沙门是全都真正守护戒律呢,还是也有像这样毁坏戒律的沙门?”于是傍晚时分,他来到世尊面前,说道:“我要问牟尼。”巴利
Evaṃ bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ nisinne bhagavati cundo kammāraputto buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisanto byañjanasūpādigahaṇatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ suvaṇṇabhājanāni upanāmesi. Apaññatte sikkhāpade keci bhikkhū suvaṇṇabhājanāni paṭicchiṃsu keci na paṭicchiṃsu. Bhagavato pana ekameva bhājanaṃ attano selamayaṃ pattaṃ, dutiyabhājanaṃ buddhā na gaṇhanti. Tattha aññataro pāpabhikkhu sahassagghanakaṃ suvaṇṇabhājanaṃ attano bhojanatthāya sampattaṃ theyyacittena kuñcikatthavikāya pakkhipi. Cundo parivisitvā hatthapādaṃ dhovitvā bhagavantaṃ namassamāno bhikkhusaṅghaṃ olokento taṃ bhikkhuṃ addasa, disvā ca pana apassamāno viya hutvā na naṃ kiñci abhaṇi bhagavati theresu ca gāravena, apica ‘‘micchādiṭṭhikānaṃ vacanapatho mā ahosī’’ti. So ‘‘kiṃ nu kho saṃvarayuttāyeva samaṇā, udāhu bhinnasaṃvarā īdisāpi samaṇā’’ti ñātukāmo sāyanhasamaye bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha ‘‘pucchāmi muni’’nti.
这里,“我要问”这句话,就是按照《小义释·富楼那卡学童问经解说》等中解说所说的方式——“有三问:未见解明之问”等等——来解释的。“牟尼”这个词也是同样,按照那里所说的方式——“牟那称为智。那慧、了知……乃至正见,具足那智的人就是牟尼,就是达到牟那境界的人;有三种牟那:身牟那”等等——来解释的。不过在这里简略地说:“我要问”是请求允许,而以“牟尼”称呼牟尼中的牟尼——世尊。“广慧”等是称赞的话,他用这些话来赞叹那位牟尼。其中,“广慧”指智慧广博。应当知道他的智慧之所以广博,是因为已经穷尽了一切应知的范围。“铁匠之子准陀”这两处,都按照《陀尼耶经》中所说的方式来理解。从这里往后,连这么一点也不再说了,凡是已经说过的方式都省略掉,只解释还没说过的部分。巴利
Tattha pucchāmīti idaṃ ‘‘tisso pucchā adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā’’tiādinā (cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12) nayena niddese vuttanayameva. Muninti etampi ‘‘monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi, tena ñāṇena samannāgato muni, monappattoti, tīṇi moneyyāni kāyamoneyya’’ntiādinā (mahāni. 14) nayena tattheva vuttanayameva . Ayampanettha saṅkhepo. Pucchāmīti okāsaṃ kārento muninti munimuniṃ bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Pahūtapaññantiādīni thutivacanāni, tehi taṃ muniṃ thunāti. Tattha pahūtapaññanti vipulapaññaṃ. Ñeyyapariyantikattā cassa vipulatā veditabbā. Iti cundo kammāraputtoti idaṃ dvayaṃ dhaniyasutte vuttanayameva. Ito paraṃ pana ettakampi avatvā sabbaṃ vuttanayaṃ chaḍḍetvā avuttanayameva vaṇṇayissāma.
佛陀:在三类佛中,指第三类佛。法主:因为他是道法的产生者,如同父亲之于儿子,又像自己教出工巧技艺等的老师一样,所以说法的主人,意思是法的自在者、法王、法的掌控者。这也是曾经说过的:巴利
Buddhanti tīsu buddhesu tatiyabuddhaṃ. Dhammassāminti maggadhammassa janakattā puttasseva pitaraṃ attanā uppāditasippāyatanādīnaṃ viya ca ācariyaṃ dhammassa sāmiṃ, dhammissaraṃ dhammarājaṃ dhammavasavattinti attho. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
确实,婆罗门,这位世尊是让尚未生起的道生起的人,是让尚未产生的道产生的人,是宣说未曾宣说的道的人。他通达道,洞见道,精通于道。而如今,弟子们则是跟随道而行,后来才具备这些的。巴利
‘‘So hi, brāhmaṇa, bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū, maggavidū, maggakovido. Maggānugā ca pana etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.79).
离贪是指已经远离了对欲、有、无有的渴爱。两足中最胜者是指在两足众生中最殊胜。在这里,虽然世尊并不只是两足众生中最胜,实际上,凡是众生,无论无足的或两足的……乃至非想非非想的,他在这一切众生中都是最胜的。不过,这是按照最高的区分,才只说是两足中最胜。因为两足在一切众生中最为殊胜,转轮王、大弟子、独觉佛都出现在两足众生中,而世尊比他们更殊胜,所以说他是一切众生中最胜。御者中的最胜者:御者是指能调御、能驾驭的人,这是对驯象师等的称呼。在他们当中,世尊是最胜者,因为他能以无上的调御来调伏应受调伏之人。正如他说:巴利
Vītataṇhanti vigatakāmabhavavibhavataṇhaṃ. Dvipaduttamanti dvipadānaṃ uttamaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi bhagavā na kevalaṃ dvipaduttamo eva, atha kho yāvatā sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā…pe… nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tesaṃ sabbesaṃ uttamo. Atha kho ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena dvipaduttamotveva vuccati. Dvipadā hi sabbasattānaṃ ukkaṭṭhā cakkavattimahāsāvakapaccekabuddhānaṃ tattha uppattito, tesañca uttamoti vutte sabbasattuttamoti vuttoyeva hoti. Sārathīnaṃ pavaranti sāretīti sārathi, hatthidamakādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tesañca bhagavā pavaro anuttarena damanena purisadamme dametuṃ samatthabhāvato. Yathāha –
比丘们,被象师调教过的应调之象,一旦被驱使,只会朝一个方向跑,或者东方,或者西方,或者北方,或者南方。比丘们,被马师调教过的应调之马……被牛师调教过的应调之牛……也只朝一个方向跑,或者东方,或者西方,或者北方,或者南方。可是,比丘们,被如来、阿罗汉、正自觉者调教过的应调之人,一旦被驱使,就会朝八个方向奔驰:有色者,能看见诸色,这是第一个方向……乃至成就想受灭定而安住,这是第八个方向。巴利
‘‘Hatthidamakena, bhikkhave, hatthidammo sārito ekaṃ eva disaṃ dhāvati puratthimaṃ vā pacchimaṃ vā uttaraṃ vā dakkhiṇaṃ vā. Assadamakena, bhikkhave, assadammo…pe… godamakena, bhikkhave, godammo…pe… dakkhiṇaṃ vā. Tathāgatena hi, bhikkhave, arahatā sammāsambuddhena purisadammo sārito aṭṭha disā vidhāvati, rūpī rūpāni passati, ayamekā disā…pe… saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamī disā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.312).
“有多少”是问义理分类的问题。“世间”指七世。“沙门”是为了显示所问的义理。“请”是表达请求的语气词。“请你说说他们”就是“请你讲讲他们”。“说吧”就是“你讲出来、你说出来”。巴利
Katīti atthappabhedapucchā. Loketi sattaloke. Samaṇāti pucchitabbaatthanidassanaṃ. Iṅghāti yācanatthe nipāto. Tadiṅghāti te iṅgha. Brūhīti ācikkha kathayassūti.
84 84. 听到这话时,世尊没有像《中部》3.296等经那样,被金工之子准陀以“什么是善、什么是不善”这种方式问在家人会问的问题,而是看到他问沙门的问题。世尊留意到这一点,知道“他是针对那个恶比丘才这样问的”,为了指出那个恶比丘除了名称之外根本不是沙门,便说:“有四种沙门。”其中,“四种”是数量上的限定。“沙门”这个词,世尊有时用来称呼外道,比如他说:“那些普通沙门、婆罗门所行的种种誓愿、喧闹仪式、吉兆之类。”有时用来称呼凡夫,比如他说:“比丘们,人们知道这些是‘沙门、沙门’。”有时用来称呼有学,比如他说:“比丘们,就在这里有一位沙门,这里有第二位沙门。”有时用来称呼漏尽者,比如他说:“因为诸漏已尽,所以成为沙门。”有时只用来称呼他自己,比如他说:“比丘们,‘沙门’是如来的别名。”但在这里,他用前三种称呼涵盖了所有圣者和持戒的凡夫,用第四种称呼涵盖了其余那些不是沙门的人——剃了头、脖子上缠着袈裟、仅仅因为名称而被称为沙门的人,所以说“有四种沙门”。“没有第五种”的意思是:在这个法和律中,即使只是名称上、只是自称上,也不存在第五种沙门。巴利
84. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusala’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 3.296) nayena gihipañhaṃ apucchitvā samaṇapañhaṃ pucchantaṃ disvā āvajjento ‘‘taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ sandhāya ayaṃ pucchatī’’ti ñatvā tassa aññatra vohāramattā assamaṇabhāvaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘caturo samaṇā’’ti. Tattha caturoti saṅkhyāparicchedo. Samaṇāti kadāci bhagavā titthiye samaṇavādena vadati; yathāha – ‘‘yāni tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vatakotūhalamaṅgalānī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.407). Kadāci puthujjane; yathāha – ‘‘samaṇā samaṇāti kho, bhikkhave, jano sañjānātī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.435). Kadāci sekkhe; yathāha – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; dī. ni. 2.214; a. ni. 4.241). Kadāci khīṇāsave; yathāha – ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayā samaṇo hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.438). Kadāci attānaṃyeva; yathāha – ‘‘samaṇoti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (a. ni. 8.85). Idha pana tīhi padehi sabbepi ariye sīlavantaṃ puthujjanañca , catutthena itaraṃ assamaṇampi bhaṇḍuṃ kāsāvakaṇṭhaṃ kevalaṃ vohāramattakena samaṇoti saṅgaṇhitvā ‘‘caturo samaṇā’’ti āha. Na pañcamatthīti imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vohāramattakena paṭiññāmattakenāpi pañcamo samaṇo nāma natthi.
“我把他们给你点出来”意思是:我把那四种沙门清楚地指给你看。“被当面问到”就是被当面询问。“道之胜者”的意思是:通过道战胜了一切烦恼的人。“说道者”就是为别人开示道的人。“在道上活着”是说:在七种有学当中,任何一位有学,因为还没有走完道的进程而安住在出世间道上,就可以叫“在道上活着”;持戒的凡夫则是在世间道上活着,所以也可以叫“在道上活着”;或者说,持戒的凡夫为了活命而依靠出世间道的相,也可以理解为“在道上活着”。“而破坏道的人”是指:那个不持戒、有邪见的人,以违背道的修行方式破坏道,这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Te te āvikaromīti te caturo samaṇe tava pākaṭe karomi. Sakkhipuṭṭhoti sammukhā pucchito. Maggajinoti maggena sabbakilese vijitāvīti attho. Maggadesakoti paresaṃ maggaṃ desetā. Magge jīvatīti sattasu sekkhesu yo koci sekkho apariyositamaggavāsattā lokuttare, sīlavantaputhujjano ca lokiye magge jīvati nāma, sīlavantaputhujjano vā lokuttaramagganimittaṃ jīvanatopi magge jīvatīti veditabbo. Yo ca maggadūsīti yo ca dussīlo micchādiṭṭhi maggapaṭilomāya paṭipattiyā maggadūsakoti attho.
85 世尊简略地举出这四位沙门说“这四位沙门”之后,准陀无法分辨了知“这位是道之胜者,这位是说道者,这位是于道活命者,这位是坏道者”,于是又问道:“谁是道之胜者?”其中“于道活命者”的意思是:请你告诉我那位活于道上的人。其余部分显而易见。巴利
85. ‘‘Ime te caturo samaṇā’’ti evaṃ bhagavatā saṅkhepena uddiṭṭhe caturo samaṇe ‘‘ayaṃ nāmettha maggajino, ayaṃ maggadesako, ayaṃ magge jīvati, ayaṃ maggadūsī’’ti evaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ asakkonto puna pucchituṃ cundo āha ‘‘kaṃ maggajina’’nti. Tattha magge jīvati meti yo so magge jīvati, taṃ me brūhi puṭṭhoti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
86 86. 现在,世尊为了用四首偈颂分别说明这四位沙门,而说:“那位已渡越疑惑、已拔除箭刺的人……”其中,“已渡越疑惑、已拔除箭刺的人”这个说法,和《蛇喻经》里所解释的一样。但这里有一个不同之处:因为这首偈颂里所说的“道之胜者”指的是佛陀这位沙门,所以他是以一切知智,彻底渡越了对一切法那种类似疑惑的无明,因此应当理解为“已渡越疑惑的人”。按照前面所说的方式,即使是被称作已渡越疑惑的预流者等人,直到独觉佛为止,由于他们的智慧光明在一来者等境界以及佛陀境界等方面受到阻碍,所以从相对的角度说,他们其实还没有完全渡越疑惑。而世尊则是一切方面都已完全渡越疑惑。“乐于涅槃”意思是:乐于涅槃;也就是以果定成就,心始终倾向涅槃。世尊正是这样的人。正如所说的——巴利
86. Idānissa bhagavā caturopi samaṇe catūhi gāthāhi niddisanto āha ‘‘yo tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo’’ti. Tattha tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visalloti etaṃ uragasutte vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso. Yasmā imāya gāthāya maggajinoti buddhasamaṇo adhippeto, tasmā sabbaññutaññāṇena kathaṃkathāpatirūpakassa sabbadhammesu aññāṇassa tiṇṇattāpi ‘‘tiṇṇakathaṃkatho’’ti veditabbo. Pubbe vuttanayena hi tiṇṇakathaṃkathāpi sotāpannādayo paccekabuddhapariyosānā sakadāgāmivisayādīsu buddhavisayapariyosānesu paṭihatañāṇappabhāvattā pariyāyena atiṇṇakathaṃkathāva honti. Bhagavā pana sabbappakārena tiṇṇakathaṃkathoti. Nibbānābhiratoti nibbāne abhirato, phalasamāpattivasena sadā nibbānaninnacittoti attho. Tādiso ca bhagavā. Yathāha –
阿耆毗舍那,就在那番话结束时,我就在先前那个定相上,把心只向内安住下来,让它平静,让它专一,让它入定。巴利
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tassā eva kathāya pariyosāne, tasmiṃyeva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi, sannisādemi, ekodiṃ karomi, samādahāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.387).
不贪著:就是不以渴爱的贪染去贪求任何法。成为包括天众在内的世间的引导者:意思是随顺众生的意乐和潜在倾向而说法,在《彼岸道》《大会经》等许多经典中,让无量的人和天众证悟真理,因此是包括天众在内的世间的引导者、领路人、救度者,能让他们到达彼岸。如彼者:就是像那样,对上面所说的种种世间法完全不动摇。这里其余的意思都很清楚。巴利
Anānugiddhoti kañci dhammaṃ taṇhāgedhena ananugijjhanto. Lokassa sadevakassa netāti āsayānusayānulomena dhammaṃ desetvā pārāyanamahāsamayādīsu anekesu suttantesu aparimāṇānaṃ devamanussānaṃ saccapaṭivedhasampādanena sadevakassa lokassa netā, gamayitā, tāretā, pāraṃ sampāpetāti attho. Tādinti tādisaṃ yathāvuttappakāralokadhammehi nibbikāranti attho. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
87 87. 世尊这样用这首偈颂指出“胜道者”是佛陀沙门之后,现在要指出漏尽的沙门,于是说“至高者,以及认为至高者”。其中,“至高”就是涅槃,意思是一切法中最上、最殊胜的。所谓“凡在此了知那至高者,就认为那确实是至高”,是说任何人在这个教法里,以省察智了知那至高者。“他宣说、他分别,就在此处的法”:他宣说涅槃法——“这就是涅槃”,因为自己已经亲证通达,所以能让别人也清楚知道;他分别道法:“这就是四念处……乃至圣八支道。”或者对利根的人用简略的开示来宣说,对需要详细阐明的人用详细的开示来分别。这样宣说、分别的时候,作狮子吼:“这个法只在这个教法里有,不在这个教法之外。”所以说“他宣说、他分别,就在此处的法”。那位断疑的牟尼、不动者:他因为亲证四谛而断了自己的疑,又通过说法断了别人的疑,所以是“断疑者”;具足牟尼的功德,所以是“牟尼”;因为没有被称为“动摇”的渴爱,所以是“不动者”。诸比丘称这第二种为“说道者”。巴利
87. Evaṃ bhagavā imāya gāthāya ‘‘maggajina’’nti buddhasamaṇaṃ niddisitvā idāni khīṇāsavasamaṇaṃ niddisanto āha ‘‘paramaṃ paramantī’’ti. Tattha paramaṃ nāma nibbānaṃ, sabbadhammānaṃ aggaṃ uttamanti attho. Paramanti yodha ñatvāti taṃ paramaṃ paramamicceva yo idha sāsane ñatvā paccavekkhaṇañāṇena. Akkhāti vibhajate idheva dhammanti nibbānadhammaṃ akkhāti, attanā paṭividdhattā paresaṃ pākaṭaṃ karoti ‘‘idaṃ nibbāna’’nti, maggadhammaṃ vibhajati ‘‘ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti. Ubhayampi vā ugghaṭitaññūnaṃ saṅkhepadesanāya ācikkhati, vipañcitaññūnaṃ vitthāradesanāya vibhajati. Evaṃ ācikkhanto vibhajanto ca ‘‘idheva sāsane ayaṃ dhammo, na ito bahiddhā’’ti sīhanādaṃ nadanto akkhāti ca vibhajati ca. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘akkhāti vibhajate idheva dhamma’’nti. Taṃ kaṅkhachidaṃ muniṃ anejanti taṃ evarūpaṃ catusaccapaṭivedhena attano, desanāya ca paresaṃ kaṅkhacchedanena kaṅkhacchidaṃ , moneyyasamannāgamena muniṃ, ejāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāya abhāvato anejaṃ dutiyaṃ bhikkhunamāhu maggadesinti.
88 88. 世尊这样用这首偈颂亲自宣说了无上的道之后,虽然他自己也是无上的说道者,但就像国王的使者或书信宣读者一样,把持有并光扬自己教法的漏尽沙门指示为“说道者”。现在,他要指出有学沙门和持戒凡夫沙门,于是说“yo dhammapade”这句。其中,逐词解释已经很清楚了。这里要说明的是整体含义:涅槃法因为可以作为立足处,所以叫“法句”;又因为不落两边而宣说,或者随顺听者的根机,或者以四念处等各种方式善巧宣说,所以是“善说的”。具足道的人,因为道的作用还没有完成,所以“在道上活着”;他以戒律的调伏而自制;因为对身体等所缘的念已经很好地建立,或者因为长久修习等而具足念,所以是“有念”;因为连极微小的过失都没有,所以是“无过的”;那些以部分为立足处、被称为三十七菩提分法的无过之句,他从坏灭智开始就通过修习而不断实践。比丘们称这第三种比丘为“在道上活着的人”。巴利
88. Evaṃ imāya gāthāya sayaṃ anuttaraṃ maggaṃ uppādetvā desanāya anuttaro maggadesī samānopi dūtamiva lekhavācakamiva ca rañño attano sāsanaharaṃ sāsanajotakañca ‘‘maggadesi’’nti khīṇāsavasamaṇaṃ niddisitvā idāni sekkhasamaṇañca sīlavantaputhujjanasamaṇañca niddisanto āha ‘‘yo dhammapade’’ti. Tattha padavaṇṇanā pākaṭāyeva. Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – yo nibbānadhammassa padattā dhammapade, ubho ante anupagamma desitattā āsayānurūpato vā satipaṭṭhānādinānappakārehi desitattā sudesite, maggasamaṅgīpi anavasitamaggakiccattā magge jīvati, sīlasaṃyamena saññato, kāyādīsu sūpaṭṭhitāya cirakatādisaraṇāya vā satiyā satimā, aṇumattassāpi vajjassa abhāvato anavajjattā, koṭṭhāsabhāvena ca padattā sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammasaṅkhātāni anavajjapadāni bhaṅgañāṇato pabhuti bhāvanāsevanāya sevamāno, taṃ bhikkhunaṃ tatiyaṃ maggajīvinti āhūti.
89 世尊这样用这首偈颂指出“以道为生”的有学沙门和持戒的凡夫沙门之后,现在要指出那个秃头、脖子上披着袈裟、纯粹只是名义上的沙门,于是说“作了遮掩之后”。其中,“作了遮掩之后”意思是:装出适当的样子,取来外表,持守形相。“善戒者”指佛陀、独觉佛和声闻弟子。因为他们的戒行美好,所以称他们为“善戒者”。“窜入”就是跳进去、混入里面的意思。破戒的人为了掩盖自己的破戒,就像用草叶等遮住粪便一样,为了掩盖自己破戒的本质,伪装成善戒者的样子,混进比丘众中,说“我也是比丘”;当分发利养时有人说“这应该由有多少戒腊的比丘领取”,他就混进去拿,说“我有这么多戒腊”。因此说“对善戒者作了遮掩而窜入”。对于刹帝利等四种姓家族生起的信心,他以不正当的行为加以败坏,所以叫“败家者”。“不庄重”的意思是:具备八种身的不庄重、四种语的不庄重以及多种意的不庄重。这里只是简略说明,详细解释将在《慈经注》中讲述。巴利
89. Evaṃ bhagavā imāya gāthāya ‘‘maggajīvi’’nti sekkhasamaṇaṃ sīlavantaputhujjanasamaṇañca niddisitvā idāni taṃ bhaṇḍuṃ kāsāvakaṇṭhaṃ kevalaṃ vohāramattasamaṇaṃ niddisanto āha ‘‘chadanaṃ katvānā’’ti. Tattha chadanaṃ katvānāti patirūpaṃ karitvā, vesaṃ gahetvā, liṅgaṃ dhāretvāti attho. Subbatānanti buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ. Tesañhi sundarāni vatāni, tasmā te subbatāti vuccanti. Pakkhandīti pakkhandako, anto pavisakoti attho. Dussīlo hi gūthapaṭicchādanatthaṃ tiṇapaṇṇādicchadanaṃ viya attano dussīlabhāvaṃ paṭicchādanatthaṃ subbatānaṃ chadanaṃ katvā ‘‘ahampi bhikkhū’’ti bhikkhumajjhe pakkhandati, ‘‘ettakavassena bhikkhunā gahetabbaṃ eta’’nti lābhe dīyamāne ‘‘ahaṃ ettakavasso’’ti gaṇhituṃ pakkhandati, tena vuccati ‘‘chadanaṃ katvāna subbatānaṃ pakkhandī’’ti. Catunnampi khattiyādikulānaṃ uppannaṃ pasādaṃ ananurūpapaṭipattiyā dūsetīti kuladūsako. Pagabbhoti aṭṭhaṭṭhānena kāyapāgabbhiyena, catuṭṭhānena vacīpāgabbhiyena, anekaṭṭhānena manopāgabbhiyena ca samannāgatoti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana mettasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
因为具有以掩盖为特征的欺骗性,所以是虚伪的人。因为没有戒律的约束,所以是不防护的人。因为类似谷壳,所以是谷壳。就像谷壳里面没有米粒,外面却被糠皮包着,看起来像稻谷一样;同样,这里有些人内心没有戒律等功德的实质,外面却用善行的伪装、以沙门的形象出现,看起来像沙门。他因为这样类似谷壳,所以被称为谷壳。不过在《入出息念经》中说:比丘们,这个众没有谷壳,比丘们,这个众远离谷壳,清净地安立在核心上。那里连善凡夫也被称为谷壳。但在这里以及《迦毗罗经》中说:因此要把谷壳赶走,那些不是沙门却自以为沙门的人。那里则是把犯根本戒的人称为谷壳。以伪装而行,破坏道的人:他以善行的外表作为掩盖,这样行持,人们便知道他是林野住者、树下住者、粪扫衣者、乞食者、少欲知足者。一个人以这种伪装、以看似合适的外在行为而行,由于毁坏了自己出世间的道以及他人的善趣之道,应当知道他就是破坏道的人。巴利
Katapaṭicchādanalakkhaṇāya māyāya samannāgatattā māyāvī. Sīlasaṃyamābhāvena asaññato. Palāpasadisattā palāpo. Yathā hi palāpo anto taṇḍularahitopi bahi thusena vīhi viya dissati, evamidhekacco anto sīlādiguṇasāravirahitopi bahi subbatacchadanena samaṇavesena samaṇo viya dissati. So evaṃ palāpasadisattā ‘‘palāpo’’ti vuccati. Ānāpānassatisutte pana ‘‘apalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā, nippalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā, suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.146) evaṃ puthujjanakalyāṇopi ‘‘palāpo’’ti vutto . Idha pana kapilasutte ca ‘‘tato palāpe vāhetha, assamaṇe samaṇamānine’’ti (su. ni. 284) evaṃ parājitako ‘‘palāpo’’ti vutto. Patirūpena caraṃ samaggadūsīti taṃ subbatānaṃ chadanaṃ katvā yathā carantaṃ ‘‘āraññiko ayaṃ rukkhamūliko, paṃsukūliko, piṇḍapātiko, appiccho, santuṭṭho’’ti jano jānāti, evaṃ patirūpena yuttarūpena bāhiramaṭṭhena ācārena caranto puggalo attano lokuttaramaggassa, paresaṃ sugatimaggassa ca dūsanato ‘‘maggadūsī’’ti veditabbo.
90 90. 这样,通过这首偈颂指出“坏道者”就是破戒的、徒有沙门名号的人之后,现在为了说明他们彼此之间互不混杂,说道“而这些,他已通达”。它的意思是:任何在家人——无论是刹帝利、婆罗门还是其他什么人——只要听闻了这四种沙门的特征,就是多闻者;因为这些特征是从圣者那里听闻的,所以是圣弟子;仅仅凭着了知“这个人有这样的特征,那个人有那样的特征”,就是有智慧的人。他了知:后面所说的那个坏道者是这样的,而其余的人都不是这样的。这样了知、这样观察之后,即使看见这个正在造恶的恶比丘,也不会退失信心。这里的句义连接是:任何多闻的在家圣弟子、有智慧的人,凭着他的智慧了知“所有其他人都不像这样”而安住,这样观察之后,不会退失信心;即使看见正在造这种恶业的恶比丘,信心也不会退失、不会减少、不会消失。巴利
90. Evaṃ imāya gāthāya ‘‘maggadūsī’’ti dussīlaṃ vohāramattakasamaṇaṃ niddisitvā idāni tesaṃ aññamaññaṃ abyāmissībhāvaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘ete ca paṭivijjhī’’ti. Tassattho – ete caturo samaṇe yathāvuttena lakkhaṇena paṭivijjhi aññāsi sacchākāsi yo gahaṭṭho khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā añño vā koci, imesaṃ catunnaṃ samaṇānaṃ lakkhaṇassavanamattena sutavā, tasseva lakkhaṇassa ariyānaṃ santike sutattā ariyasāvako, teyeva samaṇe ‘‘ayañca ayañca evaṃlakkhaṇo’’ti pajānanamattena sappañño, yādiso ayaṃ pacchā vutto maggadūsī, itarepi sabbe netādisāti ñatvā iti disvā evaṃ pāpaṃ karontampi etaṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ disvā. Tatthāyaṃ yojanā – ete ca paṭivijjhi yo gahaṭṭho sutavā ariyasāvako sappañño, tassa tāya paññāya sabbe ‘‘netādisā’’ti ñatvā viharato iti disvā na hāpeti saddhā, evaṃ pāpakammaṃ karontaṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ disvāpi na hāpeti, na hāyati, na nassati saddhāti.
世尊用这首偈颂说明了他们之间互不混杂之后,现在要称赞那位虽然看到这种情况、却仍然知道“并非所有人都是这样”的圣弟子,于是说了“怎会以污……”这句。这里的关联是:对于多闻的圣弟子来说,这正是恰当的——即使看到某个人在作恶,仍然能知道“并非所有人都是那样”。为什么呢?怎会以污秽之人去等同未受染污者,以清净者去等同不清净者呢?意思是:多闻的圣弟子、有智慧的人,怎会以戒行败坏、毁坏道的污秽者,去等同其余未受染污的三种沙门,以清净的三种沙门,去等同最后那种因身体行为不清净等而不清净的、徒有沙门之名的假沙门,认为他们是一样、相同的呢?在这部经结束时,并没有为那位在家居士讲说道或果,因为他只是断除了疑惑而已。巴利
Evaṃ imāya gāthāya tesaṃ abyāmissībhāvaṃ dīpetvā idāni iti disvāpi ‘‘sabbe netādisā’’ti jānantaṃ ariyasāvakaṃ pasaṃsanto āha ‘‘kathañhi duṭṭhenā’’ti. Tassa sambandho – etadeva ca yuttaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa, yadidaṃ ekaccaṃ pāpaṃ karontaṃ iti disvāpi sabbe ‘‘netādisā’’ti jānanaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Kathañhi duṭṭhena asampaduṭṭhaṃ, suddhaṃ asuddhena samaṃ kareyyāti? Tassattho – kathañhi sutavā ariyasāvako sappañño, sīlavipattiyā duṭṭhena maggadūsinā aduṭṭhaṃ itaraṃ samaṇattayaṃ, suddhaṃ samaṇattayamevaṃ aparisuddhakāyasamācāratādīhi asuddhena pacchimena vohāramattakasamaṇena samaṃ kareyya sadisanti jāneyyāti. Suttapariyosāne upāsakassa maggo vā phalaṃ vā na kathitaṃ. Kaṅkhāmattameva hi tassa pahīnanti.
6. 《衰败经》的注释巴利
6. Parābhavasuttavaṇṇanā
这部《败亡经》以“如是我闻”开头。它的起因是什么?据说,天神们听了《吉祥经》之后,心里这样想:“世尊在《吉祥经》里讲众生的兴盛与平安时,完全只说了兴盛,没有说败亡。现在我们就来问一问,那些让众生退堕、毁灭的败亡。”于是,在讲完《吉祥经》的第二天,十千个世界的天神都想听《败亡经》,便聚集到这一个世界里来。他们在只有发尖那么小的地方,化现出十身、二十身、三十身、四十身、五十身、六十身、七十身、八十身,乃至极其微细的身体,围绕坐在特意铺设的最胜佛座上、在光明与威势上压过一切天神、魔众和梵天的世尊,站立在一旁。然后,由帝释天——诸天之主——派遣的一位天子,向世尊问了这个关于败亡的问题。于是,世尊就随着他的提问,说出了这部经。巴利
Evaṃme sutanti parābhavasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Maṅgalasuttaṃ kira sutvā devānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā maṅgalasutte sattānaṃ vuḍḍhiñca sotthiñca kathayamānena ekaṃsena bhavo eva kathito, no parābhavo. Handa dāni yena sattā parihāyanti vinassanti, taṃ nesaṃ parābhavampi pucchāmā’’ti. Atha maṅgalasuttaṃ kathitadivasato dutiyadivase dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatāyo parābhavasuttaṃ sotukāmā imasmiṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipatitvā ekavālaggakoṭiokāsamatte dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi saṭṭhipi sattatipi asītipi sukhumattabhāve nimminitvā sabbadevamārabrahmāno siriyā ca tejena ca adhigayha virocamānaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Tato sakkena devānamindena āṇatto aññataro devaputto bhagavantaṃ parābhavapañhaṃ pucchi. Atha bhagavā pucchāvasena imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,“如是我闻”等话是尊者阿难说的。像“衰败的人”这种格式、一问一答交替出现的偈颂,是天子说的;而像“容易了知他是兴盛的人”这种格式、同样一问一答交替出现的偈颂,以及最后的结偈,则是世尊说的。把这一切汇集在一起,就称为《衰败经》。其中“如是我闻”等语句应当如何解释,我们将在《吉祥经》的注释中详细说明。巴利
Tattha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādi āyasmatā ānandena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Parābhavantaṃ purisa’’ntiādinā nayena ekantarikā gāthā devaputtena vuttā, ‘‘suvijāno bhavaṃ hotī’’tiādinā nayena ekantarikā eva avasānagāthā ca bhagavatā vuttā, tadetaṃ sabbampi samodhānetvā ‘‘parābhavasutta’’nti vuccati. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
91 在“衰败的人”等语句中,“衰败”指的是正在退堕、毁灭。“人”指的是任何一种众生、有情。“我们来请问乔达摩”——这位天子为了表明自己与其余天神一同前来,并请求一个说话的机会,就以姓氏称呼世尊。“我们前来请问您这位尊者”,意思是:我们从各个轮围世界来到这里,就是为了要请问您这位尊者。以此表达恭敬。“什么是衰败之门?”整句的意思是:请为前来的我们解说,衰败的人以什么为门、以什么为入口、以什么为生处、以什么为原因,好让我们能认出衰败的人。在这里,他问的是“衰败的人”这句话里所说的衰败者的衰败之因。因为一旦知道了衰败的原因,凭这个原因的共通性,就能认出任何一个衰败的人。巴利
91.Parābhavantaṃ purisantiādīsu pana parābhavantanti parihāyantaṃ vinassantaṃ. Purisanti yaṃkiñci sattaṃ jantuṃ. Mayaṃ pucchāmagotamāti sesadevehi saddhiṃ attānaṃ nidassetvā okāsaṃ kārento so devaputto gottena bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Bhavantaṃ puṭṭhumāgammāti mayañhi bhavantaṃ pucchissāmāti tato tato cakkavāḷā āgatāti attho. Etena ādaraṃ dasseti. Kiṃ parābhavato mukhanti evaṃ āgatānaṃ amhākaṃ brūhi parābhavato purisassa kiṃ mukhaṃ, kiṃ dvāraṃ, kā yoni, kiṃ kāraṇaṃ, yena mayaṃ parābhavantaṃ purisaṃ jāneyyāmāti attho. Etena ‘‘parābhavantaṃ purisa’’nti ettha vuttassa parābhavato purisassa parābhavakāraṇaṃ pucchati. Parābhavakāraṇe hi ñāte tena kāraṇasāmaññena sakkā yo koci parābhavapuriso jānitunti .
92 92. 然后,世尊为了把它说得清清楚楚,先指出它的反面,在以人为立足点的教导中揭示衰败之门,于是说:“容易认出兴盛的人。”这句话的意思是:一个正在兴盛、增长而不衰退的人,很容易被认出来,可以轻松地、不费力地、毫不困难地认出来。而所谓“衰败”,就是退步、毁灭;你们问起那个衰败之人的门径,那个人同样也很容易认出来。怎么认呢?一个喜爱法的人就是兴盛的人:他喜爱、向往、希求、听闻并实践十善业道之法。因为看到他这样实践、听说他这样实践,就能认出他,所以说容易认出。反过来,一个憎恶法的人就是衰败的人:他憎恶同样的法,不喜爱、不向往、不希求、不听闻、不实践。因为看到他这样违背正道、听说他这样违背正道,就能认出他,所以说容易认出。应当这样理解:世尊在这里通过指出反面,从义理上先说明喜爱法是兴盛之门,再说明憎恶法是衰败之门。巴利
92. Athassa bhagavā suṭṭhu pākaṭīkaraṇatthaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ dassetvā puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya parābhavamukhaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘suvijāno bhava’’nti. Tassattho – yvāyaṃ bhavaṃ vaḍḍhanto aparihāyanto puriso, so suvijāno hoti, sukhena akasirena akicchena sakkā vijānituṃ. Yopāyaṃ parābhavatīti parābhavo, parihāyati vinassati, yassa tumhe parābhavato purisassa mukhaṃ maṃ pucchatha, sopi suvijāno. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi dhammakāmo bhavaṃ hoti dasakusalakammapathadhammaṃ kāmeti, piheti, pattheti, suṇāti, paṭipajjati, so taṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā sutvā ca jānitabbato suvijāno hoti. Itaropi dhammadessī parābhavo, tameva dhammaṃ dessati, na kāmeti, na piheti, na pattheti, na suṇāti, na paṭipajjati, so taṃ vippaṭipattiṃ disvā sutvā ca jānitabbato suvijāno hotīti. Evamettha bhagavā paṭipakkhaṃ dassento atthato dhammakāmataṃ bhavato mukhaṃ dassetvā dhammadessitaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ dassetīti veditabbaṃ.
93 93. 这时,那位天神对世尊所说的话感到欢喜,说道:“确实如此。”它的意思是:正如世尊所说,我们就是这样了知、这样把握、这样记住的——这就是第一种衰败,它的特征就是憎恶法。我们是为了了知种种衰败之门才来的,在这些衰败之门中,这首先就是一种。这里作词源分析:以它而衰败,所以叫衰败。以什么而衰败呢?以那个衰败之门,也就是它的原因。这里只是文字表达上的差别,从意义上说,“衰败”和“衰败之门”并没有不同。就这样,天神欢喜地认可“我们了知了一种衰败之门”,之后因为想进一步了解,便说:“世尊,请说第二种,什么是衰败之门?”从这里往后,对于第三种、第四种等等的提问,也应当按同样的方式来理解。巴利
93. Atha sā devatā bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandamānā āha ‘‘iti heta’’nti. Tassattho – iti hi yathā vutto bhagavatā, tatheva etaṃ vijānāma, gaṇhāma, dhārema, paṭhamo so parābhavo so dhammadessitālakkhaṇo paṭhamo parābhavo. Yāni mayaṃ parābhavamukhāni vijānituṃ āgatamhā, tesu idaṃ tāva ekaṃ parābhavamukhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha viggaho, parābhavanti etenāti parābhavo. Kena ca parābhavanti? Yaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ, kāraṇaṃ, tena. Byañjanamattena eva hi ettha nānākaraṇaṃ, atthato pana parābhavoti vā parābhavato mukhanti vā nānākaraṇaṃ natthi. Evamekaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ vijānāmāti abhinanditvā tato paraṃ ñātukāmatāyāha ‘‘dutiyaṃ bhagavā brūhi, kiṃ parābhavato mukha’’nti. Ito parañca tatiyaṃ catutthantiādīsupi imināva nayenattho veditabbo.
94 在回答的部分也应这样理解:因为各类众生各自具有种种不同的衰败之门,并不是一个人具有所有衰败之门,也不是所有人都有同一种衰败之门。因此,为了向他们显示各自不同的衰败之门,佛陀以“非善者对他们来说是可爱的”这类方式,立足于个人的教法,宣说了种种不同的衰败之门。巴利
94. Byākaraṇapakkhepi ca yasmā te te sattā tehi tehi parābhavamukhehi samannāgatā, na ekoyeva sabbehi, na ca sabbe ekeneva, tasmā tesaṃ tesaṃ tāni tāni parābhavamukhāni dassetuṃ ‘‘asantassa piyā hontī’’tiādinā nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānāya eva desanāya nānāvidhāni parābhavamukhāni byākāsīti veditabbā.
这里先简要解释含义:“非善者”指六位大师,或者任何其他身、语、意三业尚未寂静的人。这些非善者对他而言是可爱的,就像善星等人眼中的裸形者科罗卡蒂亚之流一样。“善者”指佛陀、独觉佛和声闻弟子,或者任何其他身、语、意三业已经寂静的人。他不把善者当作自己所喜爱、所欲求、所乐意、所悦意的人;也就是不亲近善者。要知道,这里是根据所教化的对象不同而有不同的说法。或者,“不以善者为可爱”就是不亲近善者,正如在“亲近国王”这个意思中,善于言辞的人说“以国王为可爱”。 “可爱”是指对所爱者生起欢喜、欣喜、欢悦。“非善者之法”指的是六十二种恶见,或者十种不善业道。他信受、贪求、希求、亲近那非善者之法。如此,通过这首偈颂,说明了非善者的可爱、不亲近善者、信受非善法这三种衰败之门。因为具足这些的人就会衰败、退失,在此世和来世都得不到增长,所以被称为“衰败之门”。至于详细解释,我将在“不亲近愚者,亲近智者”这首偈颂的注释中说明。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepato atthavaṇṇanā – asanto nāma cha satthāro, ye vā panaññepi avūpasantena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā, te asanto assapiyā honti sunakkhattādīnaṃ acelakakorakhattiyādayo viya. Santo nāma buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakā. Ye vā panaññepi vūpasantena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā, te sante na kurute piyaṃ, attano piye iṭṭhe kante manāpe na kuruteti attho. Veneyyavasena hettha vacanabhedo katoti veditabbo. Atha vā sante na kuruteti sante na sevatīti attho, yathā ‘‘rājānaṃ sevatī’’ti etasmiñhi atthe rājānaṃ piyaṃ kuruteti saddavidū mantenti. Piyanti piyamāno, tussamāno, modamānoti attho. Asataṃdhammo nāma dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni, dasākusalakammapathā vā. Taṃ asataṃ dhammaṃ roceti, piheti, pattheti, sevati. Evametāya gāthāya asantapiyatā, santaappiyatā, asaddhammarocanañcāti tividhaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato puriso parābhavati parihāyati, neva idha na huraṃ vuḍḍhiṃ pāpuṇāti, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuccati. Vitthāraṃ panettha ‘‘asevanā ca bālānaṃ, paṇḍitānañca sevanā’’ti gāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
96 所谓“嗜睡型”,就是无论走路、坐着、站着还是躺着,都一直在睡。所谓“爱闲聊型”,就是喜欢扎堆凑热闹,沉迷于闲谈。所谓“不努力型”,就是缺少精进和活力,没有主动奋起的习惯;别人催促时,在家人这才去做在家人的事,出家人这才去做出家人的事。所谓“懒惰型”,就是天生懒散,完全被昏沉压住,站着就只是站着,坐着就只是坐着,不会靠自己的劲头换个姿势。古时候森林起火,有人因为懒而不逃,这就是这里的例子。这是对懒惰最严重的界定,但即使程度轻一些,也还是应当认定为懒惰。“就像车上的旗、火中的烟,嗔怒就是他的标志”,所以叫“以嗔怒为标志”。嗔恚性格、动不动就发火、心像伤口一样的人,就是这种人。这首偈颂指出了五种衰败之门:嗜睡、爱闲聊、不努力、懒惰、以嗔怒为标志。具足这些的人,在家人得不到在家方面的增长,出家人得不到出家方面的增长,只会退堕,只会衰败,所以称为“衰败之门”。巴利
96.Niddāsīlī nāma yo gacchantopi, nisīdantopi, tiṭṭhantopi, sayānopi niddāyatiyeva. Sabhāsīlī nāma saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ, bhassārāmatamanuyutto. Anuṭṭhātāti vīriyatejavirahito uṭṭhānasīlo na hoti, aññehi codiyamāno gahaṭṭho vā samāno gahaṭṭhakammaṃ , pabbajito vā pabbajitakammaṃ ārabhati. Alasoti jātialaso, accantābhibhūto thinena ṭhitaṭṭhāne ṭhito eva hoti, nisinnaṭṭhāne nisinno eva hoti, attano ussāhena aññaṃ iriyāpathaṃ na kappeti. Atīte araññe aggimhi uṭṭhite apalāyanaalasā cettha nidassanaṃ. Ayamettha ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo, tato lāmakaparicchedenāpi pana alaso alasotveva veditabbo. Dhajova rathassa, dhūmova aggino, kodho paññāṇamassāti kodhapaññāṇo. Dosacarito khippakopī arukūpamacitto puggalo evarūpo hoti. Imāya gāthāya niddāsīlatā, sabhāsīlatā, anuṭṭhānatā, alasatā, kodhapaññāṇatāti pañcavidhaṃ parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato neva gahaṭṭho gahaṭṭhavuḍḍhiṃ, na pabbajito pabbajitavuḍḍhiṃ pāpuṇāti, aññadatthu parihāyatiyeva parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuccati.
98 “母亲”,应当理解为亲生母亲。“父亲”,就是亲生父亲。“衰老”,是指身体虚弱无力。“青春已过”,是指青春已经过去,到了八十岁或九十岁,自己已经没有能力做各种事情。“有能力、安乐”,是指有能力,并且安乐地生活着。“不奉养”,就是不养育。通过这首偈颂,指出了不奉养、不养育、不照料父母这一种衰败之门。因为具足这一项的人,那——巴利
98.Mātāti janikā veditabbā. Pitāti janakoyeva. Jiṇṇakaṃ sarīrasithilatāya. Gatayobbanaṃ yobbanātikkamena āsītikaṃ vā nāvutikaṃ vā sayaṃ kammāni kātumasamatthaṃ. Pahu santoti samattho samāno sukhaṃ jīvamāno. Na bharatīti na poseti. Imāya gāthāya mātāpitūnaṃ abharaṇaṃ, aposanaṃ, anupaṭṭhānaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato yaṃ taṃ –
智者对父母以这样的侍奉,
就在这一世,人们就称赞他;死后,他会在天界享乐。巴利
‘‘Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. (itivu. 106; a. ni. 4.63) –
经里讲了奉养父母的好处。他不但得不到那个好处,反而会被人指责说“连父母都不养,还能养谁呢”,还会被人看不起,死后堕入恶道,就这样一路衰败下去,所以叫做“衰败之门”。巴利
Mātāpitubharaṇe ānisaṃsaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ na pāpuṇāti, aññadatthu ‘‘mātāpitaropi na bharati, kaṃ aññaṃ bharissatī’’ti nindañca vajjanīyatañca duggatiñca pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuccati.
100 “婆罗门”是指已经驱除种种恶法的人,“沙门”是指已经止息烦恼的人。或者,出生在婆罗门家族的人也叫婆罗门,已经出家的人也叫沙门,此外还有其他任何来乞求的人。所谓“用妄语欺骗”,就是先邀请对方说“尊者,请说吧,需要什么资具”,等对方开口请求或答应之后,后来却不给布施,让他的期望落空,这样就是欺骗。这首偈颂说的就是以妄语欺骗婆罗门等这一类人,这只是衰败的一种表现。因为具足这种行为的人,在现世会遭到谴责,来世会堕入恶趣,即使投生到善趣,也会遭遇心愿落空的损失。正如经中所说:巴利
100. Pāpānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇaṃ, samitattā samaṇaṃ. Brāhmaṇakulappabhavampi vā brāhmaṇaṃ, pabbajjupagataṃ samaṇaṃ, tato aññaṃ vāpi yaṃkiñci yācanakaṃ. Musāvādena vañcetīti ‘‘vada, bhante, paccayenā’’ti pavāretvā yācito vā paṭijānitvā pacchā appadānena tassa taṃ āsaṃ visaṃvādeti. Imāya gāthāya brāhmaṇādīnaṃ musāvādena vañcanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato idha nindaṃ, samparāye duggatiṃ sugatiyampi adhippāyavipattiñca pāpuṇāti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
破戒、戒行败坏的人,坏名声会到处传开。巴利
‘‘Dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.149; a. ni. 5.213; mahāva. 285).
比丘们,具备四种法的人,就像被扛在肩上一样被扔进地狱。是哪四种呢?就是妄语的人等等。巴利
‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi catūhi? Musāvādī hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.82).
舍利弗,在这里,有人走到沙门或婆罗门跟前,邀请他说:“尊者,请说出您需要的资具吧。”但他却不给对方自己所邀请的东西。如果他从此处命终,投生为人,那么无论他做什么生意,都会亏本失败。舍利弗,在这里……(中略)……他并没有按照所邀请时的心意给对方。如果他从此处命终,投生为人,那么无论他做什么生意,都不能如愿。巴利
‘‘Idha, sāriputta, ekacco samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti, ‘vada, bhante, paccayenā’ti, so yena pavāreti, taṃ na deti. So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati. So yaṃ yadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa hoti chedagāminī. Idha pana sāriputta…pe… so yena pavāreti, na taṃ yathādhippāyaṃ deti. So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati. So yaṃ yadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa na hoti yathādhippāyā’’ti (a. ni. 4.79).
他这样不断遭受指责等,就只会走向衰败,因此说这是“衰败之门”。巴利
Evamimāni nindādīni pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuttaṃ.
102 拥有大量财富的人,就是拥有大量金银、珠宝、宝石的人。有金子,就是有自己的钱币。有食物的人,就是具备多种汤和菜肴之食物的人。独自享用美味,是指那些美味的食物,连自己的儿子都不给,却躲在隐蔽的地方独自享用,所以说独自享用美味。这首偈颂说明了因贪着食物而产生的对食物的悭吝,这是一种衰败之门。因为具足这种悭吝的人,会遭受指责、呵斥、堕入恶道等,就这样走向衰败,因此说衰败之门。以上内容应当依照前面所说的方法,随顺经文贯通解释。但因为怕太冗长,这里就不再展示贯通的方法,只说明其含义。巴利
102.Pahūtavittoti pahūtajātarūparajatamaṇiratano. Sahiraññoti sakahāpaṇo. Sabhojanoti anekasūpabyañjanabhojanasampanno. Eko bhuñjati sādūnīti sādūni bhojanāni attano puttānampi adatvā paṭicchannokāse bhuñjatīti eko bhuñjati sādūni. Imāya gāthāya bhojanagiddhatāya bhojanamacchariyaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato nindaṃ vajjanīyaṃ duggatinti evamādīni pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuttaṃ. Vuttanayeneva sabbaṃ suttānusārena yojetabbaṃ, ativitthārabhayena pana idāni yojanānayaṃ adassetvā atthamattameva bhaṇāma.
104 所谓“出身傲慢者”,就是有人生起“我出身好”的慢心,因此变得顽固傲慢,像被风灌满的皮囊一样膨胀起来,不肯向任何人低头。对因财富、家族而傲慢的人,道理也一样。“轻视自己的亲戚”,是指他因出身而轻视自己的亲戚,就像释迦族人轻视维咤杜跋那样。他也因财富而轻视别人,心想“这人是个穷光蛋”,连最起码的礼貌都不讲。他的那些亲戚只盼着他败落。从这个偈颂来说,从事相上看,讲了四种衰败之门;从特征上看,讲的其实只是一种衰败之门。巴利
104.Jātitthaddho nāma yo ‘‘ahaṃ jātisampanno’’ti mānaṃ janetvā tena thaddho vātapūritabhastā viya uddhumāto hutvā na kassaci onamati. Esa nayo dhanagottatthaddhesu. Saññātiṃ atimaññetīti attano ñātimpi jātiyā atimaññati sakyā viya viṭaṭūbhaṃ. Dhanenāpi ca ‘‘kapaṇo ayaṃ daliddo’’ti atimaññati, sāmīcimattampi na karoti, tassa te ñātayo parābhavameva icchanti. Imāya gāthāya vatthuto catubbidhaṃ, lakkhaṇato ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
106 沉溺女色的人,就是对女人极度贪恋,把自己所有的一切都拿出来之后,还一个接一个地去讨好女人。同样,把自己所有的一切都拿去典当之后,沉迷于饮酒,就叫沉溺于酒的人。连身上穿的衣服也拿去典当之后,沉迷于赌博游戏,就叫沉溺于骰子的人。要知道,通过这三种情况,不管他得到什么东西,都会被他败光,所以说“得到什么就毁掉什么”。这样的人只会走向衰败,因此,用这首偈颂,为他宣说了三种衰败之门。巴利
106.Itthidhuttoti itthīsu sāratto, yaṃkiñci atthi, taṃ sabbampi datvā aparāparaṃ itthiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tathā sabbampi attano santakaṃ nikkhipitvā surāpānapayutto surādhutto. Nivatthasāṭakampi nikkhipitvā jūtakīḷanamanuyutto akkhadhutto. Etehi tīhi ṭhānehi yaṃkiñcipi laddhaṃ hoti, tassa vināsanato laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vināsetīti veditabbo. Evaṃvidho parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya tividhaṃ parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
108 “自己的妻子们”:就是自己的妻子。如果有人对自己的妻子不满足,而去跟妓女或别人的妻子搞邪淫,那么,因为他给妓女送财物、又跟别人的妻子发生关系,就会遭到国王的刑罚等等,终究只会走向衰败。所以,这首偈颂就是针对他,说明了这两种衰败之门。巴利
108.Sehi dārehīti attano dārehi. Yo attano dārehi asantuṭṭho hutvā vesiyāsu padussati, tathā paradāresu, so yasmā vesīnaṃ dhanappadānena paradārasevanena ca rājadaṇḍādīhi parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya duvidhaṃ parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
110 已过青春年华:指已经过了青春时期,到了八十岁或九十岁,才娶妻占有。蒂姆巴鲁果般的胸:指胸部像蒂姆巴鲁果一样的年轻女子。他因对她的嫉妒而无法入睡:他心想“年轻女子与老翁共住,欲乐与共住都不称心,但愿她不要贪求年轻男子”,出于嫉妒而守护着她,因此无法安眠。他因欲贪与嫉妒而炽燃,又不从事外面的事务,必定走向衰败。因此,这首偈颂把这种因嫉妒而无法入睡的情况,说成是一种衰败之门。巴利
110.Atītayobbanoti yobbanamaticca āsītiko vā nāvutiko vā hutvā āneti pariggaṇhāti. Timbarutthaninti timbaruphalasadisatthaniṃ taruṇadārikaṃ. Tassā issā na supatīti ‘‘daharāya mahallakena saddhiṃ rati ca saṃvāso ca amanāpo, mā heva kho taruṇaṃ pattheyyā’’ti issāya taṃ rakkhanto na supati. So yasmā kāmarāgena ca issāya ca ḍayhanto bahiddhā kammante ca appayojento parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya imaṃ issāya asupanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
112 “贪吃者”是指对鱼肉之类贪得无厌、生性馋嘴的人。“挥霍者”是指为了这些东西,把钱财像尘土一样撒出去,有败家的习性。所谓“或者把这样的男人”,是说如果有男人也是这种德性,有人却把他放到掌权的位置上,给他印章、戒指之类,让他在家业或买卖等事务中主管那一摊。由于这个人的过失,财富耗尽,他必然走向败亡。所以,这首偈颂把这种德性的人被放到掌权位置上,说成是一种败亡之门。巴利
112.Soṇḍinti macchamaṃsādīsu lolaṃ gedhajātikaṃ. Vikiraṇinti tesaṃ atthāya dhanaṃ paṃsukaṃ viya vikiritvā nāsanasīlaṃ. Purisaṃ vāpi tādisanti puriso vāpi yo evarūpo hoti, taṃ yo issariyasmiṃ ṭhapeti, lañchanamuddikādīni datvā gharāvāse kammante vā vaṇijjādivohāresu vā tadeva vāvaṭaṃ kāreti. So yasmā tassa dosena dhanakkhayaṃ pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya tathāvidhassa issariyasmiṃ ṭhapanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
114 “少财者”是指既没有积攒下来的财富,也没有财富来源。“大渴爱者”是指怀着对财富的巨大渴求,得到了也不满足。“生在刹帝利家”是指出生在刹帝利种姓的家庭。“而他希求王位”是指他凭着这种大渴求,用不正当的手段,越过次第去贪求本该由自己继承却得不到的、或者属于别人的王位。他这样贪求的时候,因为把那么一点财富也给了战士等人,终究得不到王位,只会走向败亡。所以,这首偈颂为他指出,贪求王位正是败亡的一条门路。巴利
114.Appabhogo nāma sannicitānañca bhogānaṃ āyamukhassa ca abhāvato. Mahātaṇhoti mahatiyā bhogataṇhāya samannāgato, yaṃ laddhaṃ, tena asantuṭṭho. Khattiye jāyate kuleti khattiyānaṃ kule jāyati. So ca rajjaṃ patthayatīti so etāya mahātaṇhatāya anupāyena uppaṭipāṭiyā attano dāyajjabhūtaṃ alabbhaneyyaṃ vā parasantakaṃ rajjaṃ pattheti, so evaṃ patthento yasmā tampi appakaṃ bhogaṃ yodhājīvādīnaṃ datvā rajjaṃ apāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya rajjapatthanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
115 从那以后,如果那位天神接着问:“世尊,请说第十三个……请说第十万个。”世尊也会为她讲说。可是那位天神心里想:“问这些有什么用呢?这里面没有一样能带来增长。”她对这些衰败之门越听越听不下去,才问到这么多就后悔了,于是沉默不语。世尊知道她的心意,为了结束这场开示,便说出这个偈颂:“这些就是世间的衰败。”巴利
115. Ito paraṃ yadi sā devatā ‘‘terasamaṃ bhagavā brūhi…pe… satasahassimaṃ bhagavā brūhī’’ti puccheyya, tampi bhagavā katheyya. Yasmā pana sā devatā ‘‘kiṃ imehi pucchitehi, ekamettha vuḍḍhikaraṃ natthī’’ti tāni parābhavamukhāni asuyyamānā ettakampi pucchitvā vippaṭisārī hutvā tuṇhī ahosi, tasmā bhagavā tassāsayaṃ viditvā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpento imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘ete parābhave loke’’ti.
这里,“智者”是指具备审察能力的人。“观察后”是指用慧眼仔细考察之后。“圣者”并不是因为证得了圣道或圣果,而是因为他不会落入这种被称为衰败的邪道,所以叫圣者。他因为具足了那种看见衰败就避开它的见和智慧,所以叫“具见者”。“他亲近幸福的世间”意思是:像这样的人,会亲近、依附、到达那个安稳、无恼、最上、没有灾难的天界。开示结束时,天神们听了这些衰败之门,生起了相应的警醒,如理精进,证得入流果、一来果、不来果的天神多到无法计算。正如所说:巴利
Tattha paṇḍitoti parivīmaṃsāya samannāgato. Samavekkhiyāti paññācakkhunā upaparikkhitvā. Ariyoti na maggena, na phalena, apica kho, pana etasmiṃ parābhavasaṅkhāte anaye na iriyatīti ariyo. Yena dassanena yāya paññāya parābhave disvā vivajjeti, tena sampannattā dassanasampanno. Sa lokaṃ bhajate sivanti so evarūpo sivaṃ khemamuttamamanupaddavaṃ devalokaṃ bhajati, allīyati, upagacchatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Desanāpariyosāne parābhavamukhāni sutvā uppannasaṃvegānurūpaṃ yoniso padahitvā sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalāni pattā devatā gaṇanaṃ vītivattā. Yathāha –
在《大会经》和《吉祥经》中,
在《平等心经》《教诫罗睺罗经》《法轮经》《衰败经》中,
那里的天神聚会,数量无法衡量、无法计算;
而在这里,对法的现观也是无法计算的。巴利
‘‘Mahāsamayasutte ca, atho maṅgalasuttake; Samacitte rāhulovāde, dhammacakke parābhave. ‘‘Devatāsamitī tattha, appameyyā asaṅkhiyā; Dhammābhisamayo cettha, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyo’’ti.
7. 《拜火婆罗堕阇经》的注释巴利
7. Aggikabhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā
“如是我闻”开头的这部经,就是《拜火婆罗堕阇经》,也称为《贱民经》。它的缘起是这样的:世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。按照《耕田婆罗堕阇经》里说过的方式,世尊在午后的日常事务结束后,以佛眼观察世间,看见拜火婆罗堕阇婆罗门已经具备了皈依和受持学处的近依条件,便知道:“我如果去那里,就会有对话展开;对话结束时,这位婆罗门听我说法之后,会皈依并受持学处。”于是世尊去了那里,对话展开之后,婆罗门请求说法,世尊便宣说了这部经。其中“如是我闻”等部分,将在《吉祥经》的释义中说明;“那时,世尊在上午”等部分,则按照《耕田婆罗堕阇经》里已说过的方式来理解。巴利
Evaṃme sutanti aggikabhāradvājasuttaṃ, ‘‘vasalasutta’’ntipi vuccati. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayena pacchābhattakiccāvasāne buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento aggikabhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ saraṇasikkhāpadānaṃ upanissayasampannaṃ disvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate kathā pavattissati, tato kathāvasāne dhammadesanaṃ sutvā esa brāhmaṇo saraṇaṃ gantvā sikkhāpadāni samādiyissatī’’ti ñatvā, tattha gantvā, pavattāya kathāya brāhmaṇena dhammadesanaṃ yācito imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādiṃ maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vaṇṇayissāma, ‘‘atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamaya’’ntiādi kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
当时,这位婆罗门因为供火、事火,所以以“拜火”之名而为人所知,以“婆罗堕阇”为姓。因此经中说“拜火婆罗堕阇的”。“住所”就是家中。据说,这位婆罗门的住所门口与内街之间有一座火供堂。因此,本来应该说“在住所门口”,但因为那块地方也属于住所的范围,所以说“在住所”。或者,这里是用处格表示附近的意思,也就是“在住所附近”。“火已点燃”:指放在火坛里的火,除去灰烬、添上柴薪,又用扇子扇风之后,便燃烧起来,“供物已举起”:以洗头沐浴等极大恭敬心,将乳糜、酥油、蜂蜜、糖浆等祭品准备周全,巴利
Tena kho pana samayena aggikabhāradvājassāti yaṃ yaṃ avuttapubbaṃ, taṃ tadeva vaṇṇayissāma. Seyyathidaṃ – so hi brāhmaṇo aggiṃ juhati paricaratīti katvā aggikoti nāmena pākaṭo ahosi, bhāradvājoti gottena. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘aggikabhāradvājassā’’ti. Nivesaneti ghare. Tassa kira brāhmaṇassa nivesanadvāre antaravīthiyaṃ aggihutasālā ahosi. Tato ‘‘nivesanadvāre’’ti vattabbe tassapi padesassa nivesaneyeva pariyāpannattā ‘‘nivesane’’ti vuttaṃ. Samīpatthe vā bhummavacanaṃ, nivesanasamīpeti attho. Aggi pajjalito hotīti aggiyādhāne ṭhito aggi katabbhuddharaṇo samidhāpakkhepaṃ bījanavātañca labhitvā jalito uddhaṃ samuggataccisamākulo hoti. Āhuti paggahitāti sasīsaṃ nhāyitvā mahatā sakkārena pāyāsasappimadhuphāṇitādīni abhisaṅkhatāni hontīti attho. Yañhi kiñci aggimhi juhitabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘āhutī’’ti vuccati. Sapadānanti anugharaṃ. Bhagavā hi sabbajanānuggahatthāya āhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca uccanīcakulaṃ avokkamma piṇḍāya carati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno’’ti.
那么,为什么这位婆罗门见到了具足一切相好、令人一见就生净信的世尊,心却生不起净信呢?又为什么用这么粗恶的话来对待世尊呢?回答是:据说这位婆罗门持有这样的见解——“在吉祥仪式中见到沙门是不吉利的”。于是他心想:“大梵天正在用餐的时候,这个扫帚星、剃头沙门竟跑到我家里来了。”这么一想,心就清净不下来,反而完全被嗔怒控制了。然后他怒气冲冲、满心不快,说出不快的话:“就在那儿,你们这些秃头……”等等。这其中还有一层:因为婆罗门们认为“秃头的人是不净的”,所以他带着厌恶说“秃头”,意思是:此人是不净的,因此不是诸天与婆罗门的供养者。又因为对方是剃了头的,他觉得这是污秽之物,不配来到这个地方;就算当了沙门,也不赞叹这种身体污秽。出于对沙门身份的厌弃,他骂了“沙门”。不只是因为嗔怒,他还觉得:让贱民出家,再跟他们一起共享、受用东西,这比贱民本身还要下贱,于是带着厌恶骂出“贱民”。或者他心里想:“只要看到或听到贱民种姓的人献供,就会沾上罪过。”所以才说了那样的话。巴利
Atha kimatthaṃ sabbākārasampannaṃ samantapāsādikaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā brāhmaṇassa cittaṃ nappasīdati? Kasmā ca evaṃ pharusena vacanena bhagavantaṃ samudācaratīti? Vuccate – ayaṃ kira brāhmaṇo ‘‘maṅgalakiccesu samaṇadassanaṃ avamaṅgala’’nti evaṃdiṭṭhiko, tato ‘‘mahābrahmuno bhuñjanavelāya kāḷakaṇṇī muṇḍakasamaṇako mama nivesanaṃ upasaṅkamatī’’ti mantvā cittaṃ nappasādesi, aññadatthu dosavasaṃyeva agamāsi. Atha kuddho anattamano anattamanavācaṃ nicchāresi ‘‘tatreva muṇḍakā’’tiādi. Tatrāpi ca yasmā ‘‘muṇḍo asuddho hotī’’ti brāhmaṇānaṃ diṭṭhi, tasmā ‘‘ayaṃ asuddho, tena devabrāhmaṇapūjako na hotī’’ti jigucchanto ‘‘muṇḍakā’’ti āha. Muṇḍakattā vā ucchiṭṭho esa, na imaṃ padesaṃ arahati āgacchitunti samaṇo hutvāpi īdisaṃ kāyakilesaṃ na vaṇṇetīti ca samaṇabhāvaṃ jigucchanto ‘‘samaṇakā’’ti āha. Na kevalaṃ dosavaseneva, vasale vā pabbājetvā tehi saddhiṃ ekato sambhogaparibhogakaraṇena patito ayaṃ vasalatopi pāpataroti jigucchanto ‘‘vasalakā’’ti āha – ‘‘vasalajātikānaṃ vā āhutidassanamattasavanena pāpaṃ hotī’’ti maññamānopi evamāha.
世尊虽然被这样辱骂,却仍然以清净的面容、甜美的声音,怀着对那位婆罗门慈悯清凉的心,开示自己与一切众生不共的功德,说道:“婆罗门,你知道吗?”这时,婆罗门看到世尊清净面容所显露的如如不动之相,听到从慈悯清凉心中流出的甜美声音,心仿佛被甘露浇灌,感到欢喜,诸根清净,傲慢被折伏。他舍弃了先前那种像毒蛇吐毒一样的粗恶言行,心里想:“我之前把出身低贱的人当作贱民,也许从胜义上说,他并不是贱民;而且,仅仅出身低贱,并不就是使人成为贱民的法。”于是说道:“乔达摩贤者,我确实不知道。”这确实是一种常理:具足智慧根器的人,在得不到因缘时即使显得粗暴,一旦因缘具足,就会变得柔和。巴利
Bhagavā tathā vuttopi vippasanneneva mukhavaṇṇena madhurena sarena brāhmaṇassa upari anukampāsītalena cittena attano sabbasattehi asādhāraṇatādibhāvaṃ pakāsento āha ‘‘jānāsi pana, tvaṃ brāhmaṇā’’ti. Atha brāhmaṇo bhagavato mukhappasādasūcitaṃ tādibhāvaṃ ñatvā anukampāsītalena cittena nicchāritaṃ madhurassaraṃ sutvā amateneva abhisittahadayo attamano vippasannindriyo nihatamāno hutvā taṃ jātisabhāvaṃ visauggirasadisaṃ samudācāravacanaṃ pahāya ‘‘nūna yamahaṃ hīnajaccaṃ vasalanti paccemi, na so paramatthato vasalo, na ca hīnajaccatā eva vasalakaraṇo dhammo’’ti maññamāno ‘‘na khvāhaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti āha. Dhammatā hesā, yaṃ hetusampanno paccayālābhena pharusopi samāno laddhamatte paccaye muduko hotīti.
在这里,“善哉”这个词,出现在祈求、接受、随喜、美好、令坚固等语境中。比如在“善哉,尊者,请世尊为我简要说法”这类句子里,是用于祈求。在“那位比丘欢喜、赞同世尊所说:‘善哉,尊者’”这类句子里,是用于接受。在“善哉,善哉,舍利弗”这类句子里,是用于随喜。巴利
Tattha sādhūti ayaṃ saddo āyācanasampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanasundaradaḷhīkammādīsu dissati. ‘‘Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.95; a. ni. 7.83) hi āyācane. ‘‘Sādhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaṭicchane. ‘‘Sādhu, sādhu, sāriputtā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.349) sampahaṃsane.
乐于正法的国王真好,有智慧的人真好;
不背叛朋友是好事,不作恶是快乐的。巴利
‘‘Sādhu dhammarucī rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro; Sādhu mittānamaddubbho, pāpassākaraṇaṃ sukha’’nti. (jā. 2.18.101) –
在这些语境里,是“美好、善妙”的意思。在“你们要听,要好好作意”这类句子中,是“坚定、牢固”的意思。而在这里,则是“祈求”的意思。巴利
Ādīsu sundare. ‘‘Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.1) daḷhīkamme. Idha pana āyācane.
“那么”这个词,是为了显示他的意图,意思是说:“如果你想知道的话。”或者,它是在说明原因:正因为他想知道,所以,婆罗门,你听好,好好作意,我就按你能理解的方式为你解说——应当这样理解它跟后面那些词的关联。其中,“你听好”是防止耳根散乱;“好好作意”是通过强化作意,防止意根散乱。前者是防止执取颠倒的字句,后者是防止执取颠倒的义理。前者让人投入听法,后者让人投入对所听之法的受持和审察等。前者表明“这个法字句圆满,所以值得听”,后者表明“它有意义,所以应当作意”。或者,把“善”这个词同时连到前后两句上,就是在点明这个意思:“正因为这个法,法义和教说方式都很深,所以你要好好听;正因为它的义理和证悟都很深,所以你要好好作意。”因此他才说:“你听好,好好作意。”巴利
Tena hīti tassādhippāyanidassanaṃ, sace ñātukāmosīti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāraṇavacanaṃ vā, tassa yasmā ñātukāmosi, tasmā, brāhmaṇa, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, tathā te bhāsissāmi, yathā tvaṃ jānissasīti evaṃ parapadehi saddhiṃ sambandho veditabbo. Tatra ca suṇāhīti sotindriyavikkhepavāraṇaṃ, sādhukaṃ manasi karohīti manasikāre daḷhīkammaniyojanena manindriyavikkhepavāraṇaṃ. Purimañcettha byañjanavipallāsaggāhavāraṇaṃ, pacchimaṃ atthavipallāsaggāhavāraṇaṃ . Purimena ca dhammassavane niyojeti, pacchimena sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇatthūpaparikkhādīsu. Purimena ca ‘‘sabyañjano ayaṃ dhammo, tasmā savanīyo’’ti dīpeti, pacchimena ‘‘sāttho, tasmā manasi kātabbo’’ti. Sādhukapadaṃ vā ubhayapadehi yojetvā ‘‘yasmā ayaṃ dhammo dhammagambhīro ca desanāgambhīro ca, tasmā suṇāhi sādhukaṃ. Yasmā atthagambhīro paṭivedhagambhīro ca, tasmā sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’ti etamatthaṃ dīpento āha – ‘‘suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’ti.
那位婆罗门听了之后,心里有些泄气,想:“这么深奥的法,我怎么能站得住脚呢?”世尊为了鼓励他,就说:“我要开讲了。”这里要理解世尊的用意是:“我会用圆满的字句、浅显的方式来讲,让你能明白。”于是,拜火婆罗堕阇婆罗门听了之后振作起来,回答世尊说:“好的,贤者。”这话的意思是:他同意、认可、接受了;或者说,他按照教导去做,当面聆听。接着,为了引出“世尊这样说”这一段,就说出了“忿怒者、怀恨者……”等话。巴利
Tato ‘‘evaṃ gambhīre kathamahaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ labhissāmī’’ti visīdantamiva taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ samussāhento āha – ‘‘bhāsissāmī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘yathā tvaṃ ñassasi, tathā parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi uttānena nayena bhāsissāmī’’ti evamadhippāyo veditabbo. Tato ussāhajāto hutvā ‘‘evaṃ bho’’ti kho aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi, sampaṭicchi paṭiggahesīti vuttaṃ hoti, yathānusiṭṭhaṃ vā paṭipajjanena abhimukho assosīti. Athassa ‘‘bhagavā etadavocā’’ti idāni vattabbaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘kodhano upanāhī’’ti evamādikaṃ.
116 在这里,“易怒的人”是指有发怒习性的人。“怀恨的人”是指通过强化那种愤怒、以怀恨之心而与愤怒结怨的人。“覆藏他人功德的人”是指抹杀、擦掉他人的功德;他既邪恶又覆藏他人功德,所以叫覆藏功德者。“邪见者”是指正见已毁坏,或者具有颠倒、变质的十事邪见。“虚伪的人”是指具有虚伪的人,这种虚伪的特征是隐藏自己身上存在的过失。“应知此人是贱民”:对于这样一类人,由于他们流泄、浇灌、随顺这些下劣之法,就应当知道“他是贱民”。具备以上这一切的人,虽然生在婆罗门种姓的顶端,但从究竟意义上说,他正是贱民。这只是他自己内心觉得满足,并不是他人也这么认为。在这里,世尊仅用开头的词语就调伏了那位婆罗门的愤怒,以“具有愤怒等法的人就是卑劣的人”这种以人为中心的教说,来教导愤怒等法。世尊首先用这一方式教导了贱民以及使人成为贱民的法。这样教导时,世尊没有用“你”“我”来贬低他人、抬高自己,而是只以如法、平等、合乎正理的方式,让那位婆罗门安立于贱民的状态,同时自己也安立于婆罗门的状态。巴利
116. Tattha kodhanoti kujjhanasīlo. Upanāhīti tasseva kodhassa daḷhīkammena upanāhena samannāgato. Paresaṃ guṇe makkheti puñchatīti makkhī, pāpo ca so makkhī cāti pāpamakkhī. Vipannadiṭṭhīti vinaṭṭhasammādiṭṭhi, vipannāya vā virūpaṃ gatāya dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato. Māyāvīti attani vijjamānadosapaṭicchādanalakkhaṇāya māyāya samannāgato. Taṃ jaññā vasalo itīti taṃ evarūpaṃ puggalaṃ etesaṃ hīnadhammānaṃ vassanato siñcanato anvāssavanato ‘‘vasalo’’ti jāneyyāti, etehi sabbehi brāhmaṇamatthake jāto. Ayañhi paramatthato vasalo eva, attano hadayatuṭṭhimattaṃ, na paranti. Evamettha bhagavā ādipadeneva tassa brāhmaṇassa kodhaniggahaṃ katvā ‘‘kodhādidhammo hīnapuggalo’’ti puggalādhiṭṭhānāya ca desanāya kodhādidhamme desento ekena tāva pariyāyena vasalañca vasalakaraṇe ca dhamme desesi. Evaṃ desento ca ‘‘tvaṃ aha’’nti paravambhanaṃ attukkaṃsanañca akatvā dhammeneva samena ñāyena taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vasalabhāve, attānañca brāhmaṇabhāve ṭhapesi.
117 现在,有些婆罗门持这样的见解:“偶尔做了杀生、偷盗等事,也仍然是婆罗门。”为了驳斥这种见解,也为了向那些具有伤害众生等各种不善法、却看不到这些法的过患而继续造作的人,指出其中的过患——“这些法是卑下的,是会让人成为贱民的”——世尊又以其他种种方式,为了说明贱民以及使人成为贱民的法,说了“一生者或二生者”等偈颂。巴利
117. Idāni yāyaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ diṭṭhi ‘‘kadāci pāṇātipātaadinnādānādīni karontopi brāhmaṇo evā’’ti. Taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭisedhento, ye ca sattavihiṃsādīsu akusaladhammesu tehi tehi samannāgatā ādīnavaṃ apassantā te dhamme uppādenti, tesaṃ ‘‘hīnā ete dhammā vasalakaraṇā’’ti tattha ādīnavañca dassento aparehipi pariyāyehi vasalañca vasalakaraṇe ca dhamme desetuṃ ‘‘ekajaṃ vā dvijaṃ vā’’ti evamādigāthāyo abhāsi.
这里,“一生者”是指除了卵生之外,其余胎生、湿生之类的众生,因为他们只出生一次。“二生者”是指卵生众生,他们先从母胎出生,再从卵壳中出来,所以出生两次。无论是这样的一生者还是二生者。所谓“凡在此伤害有情”,就是说在这世间对众生加以伤害。“伤害”是指通过身门思所引发的行为,或通过语门思所引发的行为,断除众生的命根。也有“伤害诸有情”这样的读法。这里应当这样理解前后文的关联:凡在此伤害种种有情,不论是一生者、二生者等等。“他对有情没有悲悯”,这句话说明他心中没有慈悯。这里其余的解释和前面所说的一样。从下一首偈颂开始,我不再这样详细解说,只对还没解释过的词作简要注释,意义明显的词就略过不说了。巴利
Tattha ekajoti ṭhapetvā aṇḍajaṃ avasesayonijo. So hi ekadā eva jāyati. Dvijoti aṇḍajo. So hi mātukucchito aṇḍakosato cāti dvikkhattuṃ jāyati. Taṃ ekajaṃ vā dvijaṃ vāpi. Yodha pāṇanti yo idha sattaṃ. Vihiṃsatīti kāyadvārikacetanāsamuṭṭhitena vā vacīdvārikacetanāsamuṭṭhitena vā payogena jīvitā voropeti. ‘‘Pāṇāni hiṃsatī’’tipi pāṭho. Tattha ekajaṃ vā dvijaṃ vāti evaṃpabhedāni yodha pāṇāni hiṃsatīti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Yassa pāṇe dayā natthīti etena manasā anukampāya abhāvaṃ āha. Sesamettha vuttanayameva. Ito parāsu ca gāthāsu, yato ettakampi avatvā ito paraṃ uttānatthāni padāni pariharantā avaṇṇitapadavaṇṇanāmattameva karissāma.
118 “杀害”就是杀、毁灭。“包围”就是带着军队围住并守在那里。“村庄与村落”:这里因为有个“与”字,所以也应该说包括“城”。“被称为压迫者”:由于这种杀害和包围,他在世间被认作是村庄、村落和城的毁灭者。巴利
118.Hantīti hanati vināseti. Parirundhatīti senāya parivāretvā tiṭṭhati. Gāmāni nigamāni cāti ettha ca-saddena nagarānītipi vattabbaṃ. Niggāhako samaññātoti iminā hananaparirundhanena gāmanigamanagaraghātakoti loke vidito.
119 在村落或森林中:这里的“村落”包括村庄、市镇、城市,连同它们的周边区域;除了这些以外,剩下的都算“森林”。在那个村落或森林中,凡是他人所执取的东西,也就是被其他有情占有、还没有舍弃的,不管是有情众生还是因缘所成的物。以盗心取未给之物:对没有给予、未经允许的东西,怀着偷盗的心去拿,用任何手段、任何方式,达成自己占有的目的。巴利
119.Gāme vā yadi vāraññeti gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi sabbova idha gāmo saddhiṃ upacārena, taṃ ṭhapetvā sesaṃ araññaṃ. Tasmiṃ gāme vā yadi vāraññe yaṃ paresaṃ mamāyitaṃ, yaṃ parasattānaṃ pariggahitamapariccattaṃ satto vā saṅkhāro vā. Theyyā adinnamādetīti tehi adinnaṃ ananuññātaṃ theyyacittena ādiyati, yena kenaci payogena yena kenaci avahārena attano gahaṇaṃ sādheti.
120 借债:有的人把自己的某样东西押在那里,用收取抵押物的方式借债;有的人不押东西,而是说“过多少时间我就付多少利息”,用收取利息的方式借债;或者说“从这里生出的收益,本金归你,盈利归我”;或者说“盈利双方共享”——用这样种种约定的方式借债。被催讨时他就逃跑,说“我不欠你债”:当那个债主来催“还我债”时,他就说“我不欠你债,我借过吗?谁看见了?”这样说着,即使他还住在家里,也算作逃跑。巴利
120.Iṇamādāyāti attano santakaṃ kiñci nikkhipitvā nikkhepaggahaṇena vā, kiñci anikkhipitvā ‘‘ettakena kālena ettakaṃ vaḍḍhiṃ dassāmī’’ti vaḍḍhiggahaṇena vā, ‘‘yaṃ ito udayaṃ bhavissati, taṃ mayhaṃ mūlaṃ taveva bhavissatī’’ti vā ‘‘udayaṃ ubhinnampi sādhāraṇa’’nti vā evaṃ taṃtaṃāyogaggahaṇena vā iṇaṃ gahetvā. Cujjamāno palāyati na hi te iṇamatthīti tena iṇāyikena ‘‘dehi me iṇa’’nti codiyamāno ‘‘na hi te iṇamatthi, mayā gahitanti ko sakkhī’’ti evaṃ bhaṇanena ghare vasantopi palāyati.
121 贪求微不足道之物是指:哪怕是对一点点小东西,也生起想得到的欲望。路上的行人是指:在路上走着的任何一个女人或男人。杀人取物是指:把那个人杀死、殴打之后,拿走他的财物。巴利
121.Kiñcikkhakamyatāti appamattakepi kismiñcideva icchāya. Panthasmiṃ vajantaṃ jananti magge gacchantaṃ yaṃkiñci itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā. Hantvā kiñcikkhamādetīti māretvā koṭṭetvā taṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ gaṇhāti.
122 为了自己的原因,就是为了自己活命;为了他人的原因也是这样。为了钱财的原因,就是为了自己的钱财或他人的钱财。ca助词在一切处都是表示选择。被问来作证,就是被人这样问:“你知道什么,就说出来。”说妄语,就是明明知道却说“我不知道”,或者不知道却说“我知道”;把有主人的说成没主人的,把没主人的说成有主人的。巴利
122.Attahetūti attano jīvitakāraṇā, tathā parahetu. Dhanahetūti sakadhanassa vā paradhanassa vā kāraṇā. Ca-kāro sabbattha vikappanattho. Sakkhipuṭṭhoti yaṃ jānāsi, taṃ vadehīti pucchito. Musā brūtīti jānanto vā ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti ajānanto vā ‘‘jānāmī’’ti bhaṇati, sāmike asāmike, asāmike ca sāmike karoti.
123 “亲属的”:指有血缘关系的人。“朋友的”:指同龄的伙伴。“于他人妻子”:指被他人所占有、所守护的女人。“被发现”:指以令人厌恶的方式被看到,意思是正在做邪淫时被看到。“以暴行”:指用强力逼迫不愿意的人。“以两情相悦”:指他被那些人的妻子所渴求,自己也渴求她们,也就是说,这是出于双方的爱意。巴利
123.Ñātīnanti sambandhīnaṃ. Sakhīnanti vayassānaṃ dāresūti parapariggahitesu. Paṭidissatīti paṭikūlena dissati, aticaranto dissatīti attho. Sāhasāti balakkārena anicchaṃ. Sampiyenāti tehi tesaṃ dārehi patthiyamāno sayañca patthayamāno, ubhayasinehavasenāpīti vuttaṃ hoti.
124 对母亲或父亲也是这样,虽然他们是修慈心的基础;对年老、青春已过的人也是这样,虽然他们是修悲心的基础。有能力却不赡养,意思是:即使拥有财富、具备资具,也不去奉养。巴利
124.Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vāti evaṃ mettāya padaṭṭhānabhūtampi, jiṇṇakaṃ gatayobbananti evaṃ karuṇāya padaṭṭhānabhūtampi . Pahu santo na bharatīti atthasampanno upakaraṇasampanno hutvāpi na poseti.
125 “婆婆”就是丈夫的母亲。“打”就是用手、土块或其他任何东西去打。“使他恼怒”就是让他生起瞋怒,用粗恶的话去刺激他。巴利
125.Sasunti sassuṃ. Hantīti pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā aññena vā kenaci paharati. Rosetīti kodhamassa sañjaneti vācāya pharusavacanena.
126 “有义”是指在现见利益、来世利益和究竟利益当中,任何有意义的事。“被询问时”是指被人请教的时候。“教导无义”是指只告诉他对他没有利益的事。“以隐密语教导”是指虽然在解释义理,却用不明显、不公开的词句来说,用隐晦的言语让对方不知道;或者像老师把拳头握起来,让弟子长期随侍在身边之后,才只把剩下的一部分教给他。巴利
126.Atthanti sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikaparamatthesu yaṃkiñci. Pucchito santoti puṭṭho samāno. Anatthamanusāsatīti tassa ahitameva ācikkhati. Paṭicchannena mantetīti atthaṃ ācikkhantopi yathā so na jānāti, tathā apākaṭehi padabyañjanehi paṭicchannena vacanena manteti, ācariyamuṭṭhiṃ vā katvā dīgharattaṃ vasāpetvā sāvasesameva manteti.
127 “做了之后”在这里,指的是我在前面部分已经说过的恶欲。也就是经中这样说的:“在这里,有人以身行恶行、以语行恶行、以意行恶行,为了掩盖那些恶行,就生起邪恶的欲望,希望‘不要让人知道我做了这些’。”为了让别人不知道,他就那样去做,并且不把所做的事公开出来,使自己的业行被隐藏起来——这就叫“隐藏业行”。巴利
127.Yo katvāti ettha mayā pubbabhāge pāpicchatā vuttā. Yā sā ‘‘idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā, tassa paṭicchādanahetu pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati, mā maṃ jaññāti icchatī’’ti evaṃ āgatā. Yathā aññe na jānanti, tathā karaṇena katānañca avivaraṇena paṭicchannā assa kammantāti paṭicchannakammanto.
128 “他人的家族”是指亲戚家或朋友家。“已来”的意思是:他在那户人家受用了饮食等,当那人来到自己家时,却不拿饮品、食物等来招待他,也不给,或者只给些吃剩的残食——这就是要点所在。巴利
128.Parakulanti ñātikulaṃ vā mittakulaṃ vā. Āgatanti yassa tena kule bhuttaṃ, taṃ attano gehamāgataṃ pānabhojanādīhi nappaṭipūjeti, na vā deti, avabhuttaṃ vā detīti adhippāyo.
129 “若对婆罗门或”这一句,和《衰败经》里所说的方法是一样的。巴利
129.Yo brāhmaṇaṃ vāti parābhavasutte vuttanayameva.
130 用餐时已经到来,就是指吃饭的时候到了。也有一种读法是“已经来到”,意思是正好在吃饭的时候来了。用话激怒他,却不给他东西:意思是,他心里不这样想:“这个人是为了我的好处,用强硬手段来逼我修福才来的”,反而用不合适的粗恶言语去激怒对方,甚至连当面见一面的机会都不给他,更不用说布施食物了——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
130.Bhattakāleupaṭṭhiteti bhojanakāle jāte. Upaṭṭhitantipi pāṭho, bhattakāle āgatanti attho. Roseti vācā na ca detīti ‘‘atthakāmo me ayaṃ balakkārena maṃ puññaṃ kārāpetuṃ āgato’’ti acintetvā appatirūpena pharusavacanena roseti, antamaso sammukhabhāvamattampi cassa na deti, pageva bhojananti adhippāyo.
131 在这里说“虚妄语”,是指有人根据所看到的征兆,说“在某一天你会得到这个那个”这类恶人的话。也有写成“不真实”的读法,意思是不存在的事。“说”,就是讲:“在某个村子里我有这样的家产,来吧,我们去那里,你会成为我的妻子,我会给你这个那个。”就像骗子欺骗别人的妻子或别人的奴婢一样。“贪求”,就是贪寻、追求,意图是骗过对方,拿到什么东西就逃走。巴利
131.Asataṃ yodha pabrūtīti yo idha yathā nimittāni dissanti ‘‘asukadivase idañcidañca te bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ asajjanānaṃ vacanaṃ pabrūti. ‘‘Asanta’’ntipi pāṭho, abhūtanti attho. Pabrūtīti bhaṇati ‘‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme mayhaṃ īdiso gharavibhavo, ehi tattha gacchāma, gharaṇī me bhavissasi, idañcidañca te dassāmī’’ti parabhariyaṃ paradāsiṃ vā vañcento dhutto viya. Nijigīsānoti nijigīsamāno maggamāno, taṃ vañcetvā yaṃkiñci gahetvā palāyitukāmoti adhippāyo.
132 有人抬高自己,就是通过出身等来抬高自己,把自己放在高位。又轻视他人,就是用那些同样的出身等来轻视别人,把别人贬低。Ma-是连接音节用的字。卑劣,就是从功德增长中退堕下来,或者已经落到低劣的状态。以那样的我慢,就是以那种称为自赞毁他的我慢。巴利
132.Yo cattānanti yo ca attānaṃ. Samukkaṃseti jātiādīhi samukkaṃsati uccaṭṭhāne ṭhapeti. Pare ca mavajānātīti tehiyeva pare avajānāti, nīcaṃ karoti. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro . Nihīnoti guṇavuḍḍhito parihīno, adhamabhāvaṃ vā gato. Sena mānenāti tena ukkaṃsanāvajānanasaṅkhātena attano mānena.
133 激怒者,就是以身业和语业去激怒别人的人。悭吝者,就是顽固吝啬的人,当别人在布施或做其他功德时,他加以阻止,这就是它的同义词。恶欲者,就是具有想被人称赞不实功德这种欲望的人。悭吝者,就是有住所等方面悭吝的人。诈伪者,就是具有以宣扬不实功德为特征的虚伪,或者明明不想做却说“我会做”等话的人。他没有以厌离恶行为特征的惭,也没有以畏惧恶行为特征的愧,因此是无惭无愧者。巴利
133.Rosakoti kāyavācāhi paresaṃ rosajanako. Kadariyoti thaddhamaccharī, yo pare paresaṃ dente aññaṃ vā puññaṃ karonte vāreti, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pāpicchoti asantaguṇasambhāvanicchāya samannāgato. Maccharīti āvāsādimacchariyayutto. Saṭhoti asantaguṇappakāsanalakkhaṇena sāṭheyyena samannāgato, asammābhāsī vā akātukāmopi ‘‘karomī’’tiādivacanena. Nāssa pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇā hirī, nāssa uttāsanato ubbegalakkhaṇaṃ ottappanti ahiriko anottappī.
134 “佛陀”指正等正觉者。“诽谤”是指用“不是一切知者”这类话去贬损,对弟子则用“邪行”这类话去贬损。“对游方者或在家人”这一句,只是对弟子的限定说明,指的是出家的弟子,或者是在家的施主。又或者,对任何外道游方者或在家人,以不实的过失加以诽谤——古师们对这段的意思是这么主张的。巴利
134.Buddhanti sammāsambuddhaṃ. Paribhāsatīti ‘‘asabbaññū’’tiādīhi apavadati, sāvakañca ‘‘duppaṭipanno’’tiādīhi. Paribbājaṃ gahaṭṭhaṃ vāti sāvakavisesanamevetaṃ pabbajitaṃ vā tassa sāvakaṃ, gahaṭṭhaṃ vā paccayadāyakanti attho. Bāhirakaṃ vā paribbājakaṃ yaṃkiñci gahaṭṭhaṃ vā abhūtena dosena paribhāsatīti evampettha atthaṃ icchanti porāṇā.
135 身为非应供者,意思是:自己还是个没有断尽诸漏的人。自称是应供者,就是宣称“我是应供者”;为了让别人知道“他是应供者”,他就说出那样的话,以身精进,心里也渴望并认可。贼就是偷盗的人。在有梵天的世间,这是从最高程度来说的,意思就是“在一切世间”。在世间,那些通过挖墙洞、偷窃、抢劫、入室行窃、拦路打劫等方式夺取他人财物的人,就被称为贼。而在教法里,那些以大众成就等名义侵吞信众供养资具的人,就是贼。正如这样所说——巴利
135.Anarahaṃ santoti akhīṇāsavo samāno. Arahaṃ paṭijānātīti ‘‘ahaṃ arahā’’ti paṭijānāti, yathā naṃ ‘‘arahā aya’’nti jānanti, tathā vācaṃ nicchāreti, kāyena parakkamati, cittena icchati adhivāseti. Coroti theno. Sabrahmake loketi ukkaṭṭhavasena āha – sabbaloketi vuttaṃ hoti . Loke hi sandhicchedananillopaharaṇaekāgārikakaraṇaparipanthatiṭṭhanādīhi paresaṃ dhanaṃ vilumpantā corāti vuccanti. Sāsane pana parisasampattiādīhi paccayādīni vilumpantā. Yathāha –
比丘们,世间确实存在五类大盗。是哪五类呢?比丘们,在这里,某个大盗心里这样想:“什么时候我才能被一百人或者一千人簇拥着,在村落、城镇、王都之间到处游荡,杀人、叫人去杀,砍人、叫人去砍,烧人、叫人去烧呢?”后来,他真的被一百人或者一千人簇拥着,在村落、城镇、王都之间到处游荡,杀人……省略……烧人。同样地,比丘们,在这里,某个恶比丘心里这样想:“什么时候我才能被一百人或者一千人簇拥着,在村落……省略……王都之间四处游行,受到恭敬、尊重、敬奉、供养、推崇,从在家众和出家众那里得到袈裟……省略……资具呢?”后来,他真的被一百人或者一千人簇拥着,在村落、城镇、王都之间四处游行,受到恭敬……省略……得到资具。比丘们,这就是世间确实存在的第一类大盗。巴利
‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, mahācorā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pañca? Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa mahācorassa evaṃ hoti ‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍissāmi hananto, ghātento, chindanto, chedāpento, pacanto pācentoti, so aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍati hananto…pe… pācento. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa pāpabhikkhuno evaṃ hoti ‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ satena vā…pe… rājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carissāmi sakkato, garukato, mānito, pūjito, apacito, gahaṭṭhānañceva pabbajitānañca lābhī cīvara…pe… parikkhārāna’nti. So aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati sakkato…pe… parikkhārānaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
再者,比丘们,世间还有一类恶比丘,学了如来所宣说的法与律之后,却把它当成自己的东西。比丘们,这就是世间存在的第二种大盗……中略……巴利
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco pāpabhikkhu tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā attano dahati, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo…pe… lokasmiṃ.
再者,比丘们,世间有一类恶比丘,对清净修行、行持圆满清净梵行的人,用毫无根据的不梵行来毁谤。比丘们,这就是世间存在的第三大盗……中略……。巴利
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco pāpabhikkhu suddhaṃ brahmacāriṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantaṃ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṃseti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo…pe… lokasmiṃ.
再者,比丘们,世间有一类恶比丘,把属于僧团的重物和重要资具——比如园林、园林用地、精舍、精舍用地、床、椅、褥垫、枕头、铜釜、铜壶、铜瓶、铜盆、刀、斧、手斧、锄头、镐、藤条、竹子、芒草、灯心草、草、泥土、木器、陶器——拿这些去拉拢、讨好在家人。比丘们,这就是世间存在的第四大盗……中略……。巴利
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco, pāpabhikkhu yāni tāni saṅghassa garubhaṇḍāni garuparikkhārāni, seyyathidaṃ – ārāmo, ārāmavatthu, vihāro, vihāravatthu, mañco, pīṭhaṃ, bhisi, bimbohanaṃ, lohakumbhī, lohabhāṇakaṃ, lohavārako, lohakaṭāhaṃ, vāsi, pharasu, kuṭhārī, kudālo, nikhādanaṃ, valli, veḷu, muñjaṃ, pabbajaṃ, tiṇaṃ, mattikā, dārubhaṇḍaṃ, mattikābhaṇḍaṃ, tehi gihiṃ saṅgaṇhāti upalāpeti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho…pe… lokasmiṃ.
比丘们,在包括天众的世间……中略……在包括天众和人类的世间中,这是最大的大盗,因为他把不真实、不存在的超人法拿来宣称。巴利
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… sadevamanussāya ayaṃ aggo mahācoro, yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī’’ti (pārā. 195).
在这里,世间的盗贼只是偷取世间的钱财粮食等东西。而在佛陀教法中所说的盗贼里,第一种偷的同样只是袈裟等生活资具,第二种偷的是教理法义,第三种偷的是别人的梵行,第四种偷的是僧团的重物,第五种偷的是禅那、定、等至、道、果等种种世间与出世间的功德财,以及世间袈裟等资具之类的东西。正如经文所说:“比丘们,你们是靠着偷盗才吃了国王的施食。”在这里,世尊就是针对那第五种大盗而说“贼在含梵天的世间中”。因为他确实是“比丘们,在含天众的世间……中略……在含天众与人众的世间中,这是最大的大盗——他宣称不真实、并不存在的超人法”。就这样,由于他偷取了世间与出世间的财富,所以被称为最大的大盗,因此这里也用“在含梵天的世间”这一最高限定来点明他。巴利
Tattha lokiyacorā lokiyameva dhanadhaññādiṃ thenenti. Sāsane vuttacoresu paṭhamo tathārūpameva cīvarādipaccayamattaṃ, dutiyo pariyattidhammaṃ, tatiyo parassa brahmacariyaṃ, catuttho saṅghikagarubhaṇḍaṃ, pañcamo jhānasamādhisamāpattimaggaphalappabhedaṃ lokiyalokuttaraguṇadhanaṃ, lokiyañca cīvarādipaccayajātaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘theyyāya vo, bhikkhave, raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto’’ti. Tattha yvāyaṃ pañcamo mahācoro, taṃ sandhāyāha bhagavā ‘‘coro sabrahmake loke’’ti. So hi ‘‘sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… sadevamanussāya ayaṃ aggo mahācoro, yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī’’ti (pārā. 195) evaṃ lokiyalokuttaradhanathenanato aggo mahācoroti vutto, tasmā taṃ idhāpi ‘‘sabrahmake loke’’ti iminā ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena pakāsesi.
他确实就是贱民中最下劣的人。这里“kho”是表示强调确定的词,用来说明:他就是贱民中最下劣的人,也就是贱民当中最低等、最末尾的那一个。为什么呢?因为他在殊胜的对象上做出了偷盗的行为;而且只要他还不放弃那种自称,使他成为贱民的那些法就一直都没有去掉。巴利
Eso kho vasalādhamoti. Ettha khoti avadhāraṇattho, tena eso eva vasalādhamo. Vasalānaṃ hīno sabbapacchimakoti avadhāreti. Kasmā? Visiṭṭhavatthumhi theyyadhammavassanato, yāva taṃ paṭiññaṃ na vissajjeti, tāva avigatavasalakaraṇadhammato cāti.
这些就是贱民。现在,第一首偈颂从心性败坏的角度,说出了忿怒者等五种;如果把覆藏恶行分成两种,就成了六种。第二首偈颂从行为败坏的角度说一种,就是杀生者;第三首同样从行为败坏的角度说一种,就是掠夺村落和市镇的人;第四首从偷盗的方式说一种;第五首从欺骗债务说一种;第六首从强行夺取的方式说一种,就是劫道者;第七首从作伪证说一种;第八首从背叛朋友说一种;第九首从不知感恩说一种;第十首从破坏他人所作和恼害他人说一种;第十一首从心术欺诈说一种;第十二首从隐秘造恶说两种;第十三首从不知感恩说一种;第十四首从欺诈说一种;第十五首从恼害说一种;第十六首从欺诈说一种;第十七首从自赞毁他说两种;第十八首从行为和心性两方面败坏说忿怒者等七种;第十九首从辱骂说两种;第二十首从最大的大盗说一种。这样一共说了三十三种或三十四种贱民。为了指出这些人,他说:“这些贱民,我已说过,是我所开示的。”这句话的意思是:我先前用“婆罗门,你可知道贱民?”这样简略的方式说过的贱民,现在详细地开示出来,就是上面这些。或者也可以说:那些我按个人类型说过的,现在也按法的类型开示出来,就是这些。又或者说:这些贱民是依圣者们所说的业来安立的,不是依出身来安立的,也就是我按“忿怒者、怀恨者”等等方式所开示的那些。巴利
Etekho vasalāti. Idāni ye te paṭhamagāthāya āsayavipattivasena kodhanādayo pañca, pāpamakkhiṃ vā dvidhā katvā cha, dutiyagāthāya payogavipattivasena pāṇahiṃsako eko, tatiyāya payogavipattivaseneva gāmanigamaniggāhako eko, catutthāya theyyāvahāravasena eko, pañcamāya iṇavañcanavasena eko, chaṭṭhāya pasayhāvahāravasena panthadūsako eko, sattamāya kūṭasakkhivasena eko, aṭṭhamāya mittadubbhivasena eko, navamāya akataññuvasena eko, dasamāya katanāsanavihesanavasena eko, ekādasamāya hadayavañcanavasena eko, dvādasamāya paṭicchannakammantavasena dve, terasamāya akataññuvasena eko, cuddasamāya vañcanavasena eko, pannarasamāya vihesanavasena eko, soḷasamāya vañcanavasena eko, sattarasamāya attukkaṃsanaparavambhanavasena dve, aṭṭhārasamāya payogāsayavipattivasena rosakādayo satta, ekūnavīsatimāya paribhāsanavasena dve, vīsatimāya aggamahācoravasena ekoti evaṃ tettiṃsa catuttiṃsa vā vasalā vuttā. Te niddisanto āha ‘‘ete kho vasalā vuttā, mayā ye te pakāsitā’’ti. Tassattho – ye te mayā pubbe ‘‘jānāsi pana tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vasala’’nti evaṃ saṅkhepato vasalā vuttā, te vitthārato ete kho pakāsitāti. Atha vā ye te mayā puggalavasena vuttā, te dhammavasenāpi ete kho pakāsitā. Atha vā ete kho vasalā vuttā ariyehi kammavasena, na jātivasena, mayā ye te pakāsitā ‘‘kodhano upanāhī’’tiādinā nayena.
136 136. 世尊这样指出贱民之后,现在因为那位婆罗门对自己的见解极其执著,所以为了否定那种见解,他说:“并非由出身而成为贱民。”这句话的意思是:从究竟意义上说,确实不是由出身而成为贱民,也不是由出身而成为婆罗门;而是由业行而成为贱民,由业行而成为婆罗门。由于不清净业行的流露而成为贱民,由于以清净的业行去除不清净而成为婆罗门。又或者,因为你们把低劣的人看作贱民,把优越的人看作婆罗门,所以是以低劣的业行而成为贱民,以殊胜的业行而成为婆罗门——他这样说明这个含义,所以才这样说。巴利
136. Evaṃ bhagavā vasalaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā brāhmaṇo sakāya diṭṭhiyā atīva abhiniviṭṭho hoti, tasmā taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭisedhento āha ‘‘na jaccā vasalo hotī’’ti. Tassattho – paramatthato hi na jaccā vasalo hoti, na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo, apica kho kammunā vasalo hoti, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo, aparisuddhakammavassanato vasalo hoti, parisuddhena kammunā aparisuddhavāhanato brāhmaṇo hoti. Yasmā vā tumhe hīnaṃ vasalaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ maññittha, tasmā hīnena kammunā vasalo hoti, ukkaṭṭhena kammunā brāhmaṇo hotīti evampi atthaṃ ñāpento evamāha.
137-139 137-139. 现在,为了用譬喻来证明这个道理,他说了“你们也可以从这个例子知道”等三首偈颂。其中两首是四句的,一首是六句的。它们的意思是:我所说的“并非由出身而成为贱民”等等,你们也可以从这个例子知道——就像我举出这个譬喻一样,你们也应当以这种方式、以这个共同点来理解这个譬喻。那么是什么譬喻呢?就是旃陀罗的儿子索帕卡……(中略)……得以投生到梵天界。巴利
137-139. Idāni tamevatthaṃ nidassanena sādhetuṃ ‘‘tadamināpi jānāthā’’tiādikā tisso gāthāyo āha. Tāsu dve catuppādā, ekā chappādā, tāsaṃ attho – yaṃ mayā vuttaṃ ‘‘na jaccā vasalo hotī’’tiādi, tadamināpi jānātha, yathā medaṃ nidassanaṃ, taṃ imināpi pakārena jānātha, yena me pakārena yena sāmaññena idaṃ nidassananti vuttaṃ hoti. Katamaṃ nidassananti ce? Caṇḍālaputto sopāko…pe… brahmalokūpapattiyāti.
旃陀罗的儿子就叫“旃陀罗子”。他捡到死狗,煮来给自己吃,所以叫“食狗者”。他名叫“摩登伽”,就以这个名字闻名。这样一来,他就因为低贱的出身、低贱的谋生方式和低贱的名字而广为人知。巴利
Caṇḍālassa putto caṇḍālaputto. Attano khādanatthāya mate sunakhe labhitvā pacatīti sopāko. Mātaṅgoti evaṃnāmo vissutoti evaṃ hīnāya jātiyā ca jīvikāya ca nāmena ca pākaṭo.
“他”要和上一句连起来理解:这位摩登伽达到了最高的名声,也就是得到了稀有、最上、极为殊胜的名声、称誉和赞叹。所谓“难得到”,是说即使出生在显赫的家族里也很难得到,如果出生在低贱的家族里,那就更难得到了。他得到这样的名声之后,许多刹帝利、婆罗门等都来侍奉他。也就是说,为了服侍这位摩登伽,赡部洲的刹帝利、婆罗门,以及其他许多吠舍、首陀罗等各类人,绝大多数都前来亲近他。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Soti purimapadena sambandhitvā so mātaṅgo yasaṃ paramaṃ patto, abbhutaṃ uttamaṃ ativisiṭṭhaṃ yasaṃ kittiṃ pasaṃsaṃ patto. Yaṃ sudullabhanti yaṃ uḷārakulūpapannenāpi dullabhaṃ, hīnakulūpapannena sudullabhaṃ. Evaṃ yasappattassa ca āgacchuṃ tassupaṭṭhānaṃ, khattiyā brāhmaṇā bahū, tassa mātaṅgassa pāricariyatthaṃ khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca aññe ca bahū vessasuddādayo jambudīpamanussā yebhuyyena upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamiṃsūti attho.
摩登伽具备了这样的承事供养,他登上因远离烦恼尘垢而名为“离尘”的、因诸佛等大人物都走过而名为“大道”的、因有能力前往名为梵天的天界而名为“天乘”的八等至禅那之乘,依照这种修行灭除了欲贪,因此身坏命终之后,往生到了梵天界。他那低贱的出身并没有妨碍他往生梵天界——这就是说,他确实往生到了梵天界。巴利
Evaṃ upaṭṭhānasampanno so mātaṅgo vigatakilesarajattā virajaṃ, mahantehi buddhādīhi paṭipannattā mahāpathaṃ, brahmalokasaṅkhātaṃ devalokaṃ yāpetuṃ samatthattā devalokayānasaññitaṃ aṭṭhasamāpattiyānaṃ abhiruyha, tāya paṭipattiyā kāmarāgaṃ virājetvā, kāyassa bhedā brahmalokūpago ahu, sā tathā hīnāpi na naṃ jāti nivāresi brahmalokūpapattiyā, brahmalokūpapattitoti vuttaṃ hoti.
这个道理应当这样理解:据说在过去,有一位大士用种种方法利益众生,后来投生到一个以杀狗为生的旃陀罗家里。他名叫摩登伽,相貌丑陋难看,住在城外的皮棚里,靠进城乞食维持生活。有一天,那座城里宣布举行饮酒节,一些浪荡子各自带着随从嬉戏玩乐。还有一位婆罗门豪族家的女儿,大约十五六岁,容貌像天女一样美丽,令人悦目又庄严。她心想:“我要按照自己家族的传统去游玩。”于是把大量嚼食、啖食等游乐所需的东西装上车,自己登上一辆由纯白母马拉的车,在众多随从簇拥下前往园林。她的名字叫“见吉祥”。据说,她不愿看到相貌丑陋、不吉祥的东西,因此她的名字就成了“见吉祥”。巴利
Ayaṃ panattho evaṃ veditabbo – atīte kira mahāpuriso tena tenupāyena sattahitaṃ karonto sopākajīvike caṇḍālakule uppajji. So nāmena mātaṅgo , rūpena duddasiko hutvā bahinagare cammakuṭikāya vasati, antonagare bhikkhaṃ caritvā jīvikaṃ kappeti. Athekadivasaṃ tasmiṃ nagare surānakkhatte ghosite dhuttā yathāsakena parivārena kīḷanti. Aññatarāpi brāhmaṇamahāsāladhītā pannarasasoḷasavassuddesikā devakaññā viya rūpena dassanīyā pāsādikā ‘‘attano kulavaṃsānurūpaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti pahūtaṃ khajjabhojjādikīḷanasambhāraṃ sakaṭesu āropetvā sabbasetavaḷavayuttaṃ yānamāruyha mahāparivārena uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchati diṭṭhamaṅgalikāti nāmena. Sā kira ‘‘dussaṇṭhitaṃ rūpaṃ avamaṅgala’’nti daṭṭhuṃ na icchati, tenassā diṭṭhamaṅgalikātveva saṅkhā udapādi.
那时,摩登伽一大早就起床,穿上粗布旧衣,把铜铃系在手上,拿着钵走进城里。他远远看见人,就敲响铜铃。这时,“见吉祥”正被随从们引着前行,那些人一边在前面驱赶底层百姓,一边喊着“让开,让开”。她在城门正中看见摩登伽,问道:“那是谁?”摩登伽回答:“我是摩登伽旃陀罗。”她听了就说:“看见这种人之后再往前走,还能有什么福气增长?”于是下令把车调头回去。那些人生气地说:“我们本来去园林能拿到各种吃的用的,全被这个摩登伽给搅了。”他们喊道:“抓住这个旃陀罗!”就用土块砸他,以为他死了,抓住他的脚把他扔到一边,用垃圾盖住,然后走了。摩登伽恢复意识后站起来,问路人:“诸位,城门是所有人共用的,还是只为婆罗门设的?”众人说:“是所有人共用的。”他说:“我就是从这共用的城门进城,靠乞食过活,可那些见吉祥的人却让我遭了这样的祸。”于是他一条街一条街地走,把这事告诉人们,最后躺在那个婆罗门家门口,说:“不得到见吉祥,我就不起来。”巴利
Tadā so mātaṅgo kālasseva vuṭṭhāya paṭapilotikaṃ nivāsetvā, kaṃsatāḷaṃ hatthe bandhitvā, bhājanahattho nagaraṃ pavisati, manusse disvā dūrato eva kaṃsatāḷaṃ ākoṭento. Atha diṭṭhamaṅgalikā ‘‘ussaratha, ussarathā’’ti purato purato hīnajanaṃ apanentehi purisehi nīyamānā nagaradvāramajjhe mātaṅgaṃ disvā ‘‘ko eso’’ti āha. Ahaṃ mātaṅgacaṇḍāloti. Sā ‘‘īdisaṃ disvā gatānaṃ kuto vuḍḍhī’’ti yānaṃ nivattāpesi. Manussā ‘‘yaṃ mayaṃ uyyānaṃ gantvā khajjabhojjādiṃ labheyyāma, tassa no mātaṅgena antarāyo kato’’ti kupitā ‘‘gaṇhatha caṇḍāla’’nti leḍḍūhi paharitvā ‘‘mato’’ti pāde gahetvā ekamante chaḍḍetvā kacavarena paṭicchādetvā agamaṃsu. So satiṃ paṭilabhitvā uṭṭhāya manusse pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ, ayyā, dvāraṃ nāma sabbasādhāraṇaṃ, udāhu brāhmaṇānaṃyeva kata’’nti? Manussā āhaṃsu – ‘‘sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇa’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ sabbasādhāraṇadvārena pavisitvā bhikkhāhārena yāpentaṃ maṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya manussā imaṃ anayabyasanaṃ pāpesu’’nti rathikāya rathikaṃ āhiṇḍanto manussānaṃ ārocetvā brāhmaṇassa gharadvāre nipajji – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ aladdhā na vuṭṭhahissāmī’’ti.
婆罗门听说“摩登伽躺在门口了”,就说:“给他一个咖咖尼咖,让他用油涂了身体走吧。”他不肯接受,只是说:“没得到见吉祥,我就不起来。”于是婆罗门又说:“给他两个咖咖尼咖,用一个咖咖尼咖买饼吃,用一个咖咖尼咖的油涂了身体走吧。”他还是不肯接受,照样那么说。婆罗门听了之后,又吩咐道:“给他一个摩沙伽、一个巴达、半个咖哈巴那、一个咖哈巴那、两个、三个……”一直加到一百个咖哈巴那。他还是不肯接受,照样那么说。就这样,在大家不断劝求的时候,太阳落山了。这时,婆罗门女从高楼上下来,让人用布围成一道屏障,然后走到他跟前恳求道:“亲爱的摩登伽,请你原谅见吉祥的过错吧,拿一千个钱走吧,两千、三千……”一直说到“拿十万个钱走吧!”他却一声不吭,就那么躺着不动。巴利
Brāhmaṇo ‘‘gharadvāre mātaṅgo nipanno’’ti sutvā ‘‘tassa kākaṇikaṃ detha, telena aṅgaṃ makkhetvā gacchatū’’ti āha. So taṃ na icchati, ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ aladdhā na vuṭṭhahissāmi’’cceva āha. Tato brāhmaṇo ‘‘dve kākaṇikāyo detha, kākaṇikāya pūvaṃ khādatu, kākaṇikāya telena aṅgaṃ makkhetvā gacchatū’’ti āha. So taṃ na icchati, tatheva vadati. Brāhmaṇo sutvā ‘‘māsakaṃ detha, pādaṃ, upaḍḍhakahāpaṇaṃ, kahāpaṇaṃ dve tīṇī’’ti yāva sataṃ āṇāpesi. So na icchati, tatheva vadati. Evaṃ yācantānaṃyeva sūriyo atthaṅgato. Atha brāhmaṇī pāsādā oruyha sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā yāci – ‘‘tāta mātaṅga, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya aparādhaṃ khama, sahassaṃ gaṇhāhi, dve tīṇī’’ti yāva ‘‘satasahassaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āha. So tuṇhībhūto nipajjiyeva.
就这样过了四五天,刹帝利青年等人送了很多礼物,还是得不到“见吉祥”,就凑到摩登伽耳边让人告诉他:“男子汉嘛,努力很多年,也能达到想要的目标。你别灰心,再过两三天,一定能得到见吉祥。”他听了还是默不作声地躺着。到了第七天,周围的邻居们都站出来说:“你们要么让摩登伽起来,要么把女儿给他,别把我们都害了。”原来他们有这样的看法:“如果有旃陀罗这样躺在谁家门口死了,那这户人家连同周围七户七户的住户都会变成旃陀罗。”于是他们给见吉祥穿上破旧的蓝布衣,把木碗、陶钵之类的东西交给她,让她哭着被带到摩登伽面前,对她说:“领走这个女孩,起来走吧。”她站在旁边说:“你起来吧。”他说:“你用手拉我起来。”她就把他拉了起来。他坐起来后说:“我们没法住在城里,来,带我到城外的皮屋里去。”她牵着他的手,把他带到了那里。讲本生故事的人说:“是让他背在背上。”带过去之后,她用油涂他的身体,用热水给他沐浴,煮了粥给他喝。他想:“这位婆罗门少女可别因为我而毁了种姓。”于是没有和她发生种姓混杂,只用了大约半个月的时间恢复体力,然后对她说:“我要去森林了,你别因为我去得太久就心烦。”又吩咐家里的仆人说:“你们不要疏忽照顾她。”便离开家,出家做了苦行者,修习遍处业处,没过多久就证得了八种定和五种神通。他想:“现在我能让见吉祥欢喜了。”便从空中飞来,在城门口降落,派人去通知见吉祥。巴利
Evaṃ catūhapañcāhe vītivatte bahumpi paṇṇākāraṃ datvā diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ alabhantā khattiyakumārādayo mātaṅgassa upakaṇṇake ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘purisā nāma anekānipi saṃvaccharāni vīriyaṃ katvā icchitatthaṃ pāpuṇanti, mā kho tvaṃ nibbijji, addhā dvīhatīhaccayena diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ lacchasī’’ti. So tuṇhībhūto nipajjiyeva. Atha sattame divase samantā paṭivissakā uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘tumhe mātaṅgaṃ vā uṭṭhāpetha, dārikaṃ vā detha, mā amhe sabbe nāsayitthā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tesaṃ kira ayaṃ diṭṭhi ‘‘yassa gharadvāre evaṃ nipanno caṇḍālo marati, tassa gharena saha samantā sattasattagharavāsino caṇḍālā hontī’’ti. Tato diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ nīlapaṭapilotikaṃ nivāsāpetvā uḷuṅkakaḷopikādīni datvā paridevamānaṃ tassa santikaṃ netvā ‘‘gaṇha dārikaṃ, uṭṭhāya gacchāhī’’ti adaṃsu. Sā passe ṭhatvā ‘‘uṭṭhāhī’’ti āha, so ‘‘hatthena maṃ gahetvā uṭṭhāpehī’’ti āha. Sā naṃ uṭṭhāpesi. So nisīditvā āha – ‘‘mayaṃ antonagare vasituṃ na labhāma, ehi maṃ bahinagare cammakuṭiṃ nehī’’ti. Sā naṃ hatthe gahetvā tattha nesi. ‘‘Piṭṭhiyaṃ āropetvā’’ti jātakabhāṇakā. Netvā cassa sarīraṃ telena makkhetvā, uṇhodakena nhāpetvā, yāguṃ pacitvā adāsi. So ‘‘brāhmaṇakaññā ayaṃ mā vinassī’’ti jātisambhedaṃ akatvāva aḍḍhamāsamattaṃ balaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ahaṃ vanaṃ gacchāmi, ‘aticirāyatī’ti mā tvaṃ ukkaṇṭhī’’ti vatvā gharamānusakāni ca ‘‘imaṃ mā pamajjitthā’’ti āṇāpetvā gharā nikkhamma tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā, kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā, katipāheneva aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca ca abhiññāyo nibbattetvā ‘‘idānāhaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya manāpo bhavissāmī’’ti ākāsenāgantvā nagaradvāre orohitvā diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya santikaṃ pesesi.
她听了之后,心里想:“大概是我哪个出了家的亲戚,知道我过得苦,特意来看我吧。”于是就走过去,认出是他之后,扑倒在他脚前,说:“你为什么让我变成这样无依无靠的人?”大士说:“见吉祥,你别难过,我要让整个赡部洲的人都来供养你。”接着又对她说:“你去这样宣布:‘我的丈夫是大梵天,不是摩登伽。他会在第七天破开月宫,来到我身边。’”她说:“尊者,我本来是婆罗门豪门的女儿,因为自己的恶业才落到这旃陀罗的地步,这样的话我实在说不出口。”大士说:“你还不知道摩登伽的威神力。”于是为了让她相信,显现了种种神通变化,等她信服之后,还是照样吩咐她,然后回自己的住处去了。她就照办了。巴利
Sā sutvā ‘‘koci maññe mama ñātako pabbajito maṃ dukkhitaṃ ñatvā daṭṭhuṃ āgato bhavissatī’’ti cintayamānā gantvā, taṃ ñatvā, pādesu nipatitvā ‘‘kissa maṃ anāthaṃ tumhe akatthā’’ti āha. Mahāpuriso ‘‘mā tvaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalike dukkhinī ahosi, sakalajambudīpavāsīhi te sakkāraṃ kāressāmī’’ti vatvā etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ ghosanaṃ karohi – ‘mahābrahmā mama sāmiko na mātaṅgo, so candavimānaṃ bhinditvā sattame divase mama santikaṃ āgamissatī’’’ti. Sā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, brāhmaṇamahāsāladhītā hutvā attano pāpakammena imaṃ caṇḍālabhāvaṃ pattā, na sakkomi evaṃ vattu’’nti. Mahāpuriso ‘‘na tvaṃ mātaṅgassa ānubhāvaṃ jānāsī’’ti vatvā yathā sā saddahati, tathā anekāni pāṭihāriyāni dassetvā tatheva taṃ āṇāpetvā attano vasatiṃ agamāsi. Sā tathā akāsi.
人们讥嫌她、嘲笑她:“她自己造了恶业才变成旃陀罗,怎么现在反倒说那人是大梵天?”她却越发傲慢自信,天天在城里到处宣扬:“从今天算起第六天、第五天、第四天、第三天、明天、今天,他就要来了。”人们听她说得那么笃定,就想:“说不定真有这回事。”于是各自在自家门口搭起棚子,围上布帐,把到了年纪的少女打扮好,坐着仰望天空,心想:“等大梵天来了,我们就把女儿献给他。”那时,大士在月圆之夜,当月亮升上天空时,当着众人的面破开月宫,以大梵天的模样从里面出来。大众一时以为“出现了两个月亮”。接着看他从空中一路而来,便断定:“见吉祥说的果然是真的!这位就是大梵天,之前是为了调伏见吉祥,才化作旃陀罗的样子来的。”于是他在众目睽睽之下,直接降落在见吉祥住的地方。那时她正好在经期。他用拇指碰了一下她的肚脐,就因为这一触,胎儿便安住了下来。然后他对她说:“你已经怀上孩子了,等儿子出生后,你就靠他过日子吧。”说完,在众人的注视下,他又回到了月宫。巴利
Manussā ujjhāyanti hasanti – ‘‘kathañhi nāmāyaṃ attano pāpakammena caṇḍālabhāvaṃ patvā puna taṃ mahābrahmānaṃ karissatī’’ti. Sā adhimānā eva hutvā divase divase ghosantī nagaraṃ āhiṇḍati ‘‘ito chaṭṭhe divase, pañcame, catutthe, tatiye, suve, ajja āgamissatī’’ti. Manussā tassā vissatthavācaṃ sutvā ‘‘kadāci evampi siyā’’ti attano attano gharadvāresu maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā, sāṇipākāraṃ sajjetvā, vayappattā dārikāyo alaṅkaritvā ‘‘mahābrahmani āgate kaññādānaṃ dassāmā’’ti ākāsaṃ ullokentā nisīdiṃsu. Atha mahāpuriso puṇṇamadivase gaganatalaṃ upārūḷhe cande candavimānaṃ phāletvā passato mahājanassa mahābrahmarūpena niggacchi. Mahājano ‘‘dve candā jātā’’ti atimaññi. Tato anukkamena āgataṃ disvā ‘‘saccaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikā āha, mahābrahmāva ayaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ dametuṃ pubbe mātaṅgavesenāgacchī’’ti niṭṭhaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ so mahājanena dissamāno diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya vasanaṭṭhāne eva otari. Sā ca tadā utunī ahosi. So tassā nābhiṃ aṅguṭṭhakena parāmasi. Tena phassena gabbho patiṭṭhāsi. Tato naṃ ‘‘gabbho te saṇṭhito , puttamhi jāte taṃ nissāya jīvāhī’’ti vatvā passato mahājanassa puna candavimānaṃ pāvisi.
婆罗门们说:“看吉祥是大梵天的妻子,是我们的母亲。”说完就从各处赶来。人们想向她表达敬意,拥挤推搡,把城门都堵得水泄不通。他们把看吉祥放在金堆上,给她沐浴、装扮,扶她上车,以盛大的敬意让她绕城右转。然后在城中央搭起凉亭,把她安置在众人看得见的地方,说“这是大梵天的妻子”,让她住在那里,说:“等我们给您造好合适的住处,您就先住在这里。”她就在凉亭里生下了儿子。在洁净日,他们给她连同儿子一起从头到脚沐浴。因为孩子是在凉亭里出生的,就给他取名叫“曼达比耶童子”。从那时起,婆罗门们就簇拥着他,宣称“这是大梵天的儿子”。于是,无数百千种礼物源源不断地送来。那些婆罗门安排了人守护童子,来的人就不能很快见到他了。巴利
Brāhmaṇā ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikā mahābrahmuno pajāpati amhākaṃ mātā jātā’’ti vatvā tato tato āgacchanti. Taṃ sakkāraṃ kātukāmānaṃ manussānaṃ sampīḷanena nagaradvārāni anokāsāni ahesuṃ. Te diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ hiraññarāsimhi ṭhapetvā, nhāpetvā, maṇḍetvā, rathaṃ āropetvā, mahāsakkārena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ kārāpetvā, nagaramajjhe maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā, tatra naṃ ‘‘mahābrahmuno pajāpatī’’ti diṭṭhaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā vasāpenti ‘‘yāvassā patirūpaṃ vasanokāsaṃ karoma, tāva idheva vasatū’’ti. Sā maṇḍape eva puttaṃ vijāyi. Taṃ visuddhadivase saddhiṃ puttena sasīsaṃ nhāpetvā maṇḍape jātoti dārakassa ‘‘maṇḍabyakumāro’’ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Tato pabhuti ca naṃ brāhmaṇā ‘‘mahābrahmuno putto’’ti parivāretvā caranti. Tato anekasatasahassappakārā paṇṇākārā āgacchanti, te brāhmaṇā kumārassārakkhaṃ ṭhapesuṃ, āgatā lahuṃ kumāraṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhanti.
童子渐渐长大,就开始行布施。他只布施给来到会堂里的婆罗门,却不给那些贫苦乞人。大士心想:“我的儿子在怎样行布施呢?”他观察到儿子只布施给婆罗门,便想:“我要让他像布施给所有人那样去做。”于是披上袈裟,拿起钵,从空中来到儿子家门口站着。童子看见他,生气地想:“这个穿着这么难看衣服的贱民,是从哪里来的?”便说了这首偈颂:巴利
Kumāro anupubbena vuḍḍhimanvāya dānaṃ dātuṃ āraddho. So sālāya sampattānaṃ kapaṇaddhikānaṃ adatvā brāhmaṇānaṃyeva deti. Mahāpuriso ‘‘kiṃ mama putto dānaṃ detī’’ti āvajjetvā brāhmaṇānaṃyeva dānaṃ dentaṃ disvā ‘‘yathā sabbesaṃ dassati, tathā karissāmī’’ti cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ gahetvā ākāsena āgamma puttassa gharadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘kuto ayaṃ evaṃ virūpaveso vasalo āgato’’ti kuddho imaṃ gāthamāha –
你从哪儿来的,你这穿破衣的家伙,衣服破破烂烂垂着布条,活像个尘土里的饿鬼?
你把粪扫衣缠在脖子上,喂,你到底是什么人?是个不该受人供养的家伙吧。巴利
‘‘Kuto nu āgacchasi dummavāsī, otallako paṃsupisācakova; Saṅkāracoḷaṃ paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe, ko re tuvaṃ hosi adakkhiṇeyyo’’ti.
婆罗门们喊着“抓住他!抓住他!”,把他抓住后一顿殴打,让他遭殃倒霉。他腾空而去,停在城外。天神们被惹怒了,掐住童子的脖子,把他头朝下、脚朝上地倒吊起来。他双眼凸出,嘴里淌着口水,喘着粗气,痛苦不堪。见吉祥听说后,问道:“有人来过吗?”回答说:“是的,有个出家人来过。”她又问:“他去哪儿了?”回答说:“往那边去了。”她便赶到那里,跪在他脚前,趴在地上恳求说:“尊者,请原谅您的仆人吧。”那时,大人正好托钵回来,得到了一些粥,正坐在那里喝,就把剩下的一点粥给了见吉祥,说:“去,把这粥在水缸里搅匀,给那些被非人侵扰的人,灌进他们的眼睛、嘴巴、耳朵、鼻子等孔窍里,再涂抹在身上,这样他们就会恢复正常了。”她照做了。童子身体恢复如常后,她说:“来,孩子曼达比耶,我们去请他原谅你。”便让儿子和所有婆罗门都跪伏在他脚下,请求他的原谅。巴利
Brāhmaṇā ‘‘gaṇhatha gaṇhathā’’ti taṃ gahetvā ākoṭetvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpesuṃ. So ākāsena gantvā bahinagare paccaṭṭhāsi . Devatā kupitā kumāraṃ gale gahetvā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ ṭhapesuṃ. So akkhīhi niggatehi mukhena kheḷaṃ paggharantena gharugharupassāsī dukkhaṃ vedayati. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā sutvā ‘‘koci āgato atthī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Āma, pabbajito āgacchī’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ gato’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ gato’’ti. Sā tattha gantvā ‘‘khamatha, bhante, attano dāsassā’’ti yācantī tassa pādamūle bhūmiyā nipajji. Tena ca samayena mahāpuriso piṇḍāya caritvā, yāguṃ labhitvā, taṃ pivanto tattha nisinno hoti, so avasiṭṭhaṃ thokaṃ yāguṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya adāsi. ‘‘Gaccha imaṃ yāguṃ udakakumbhiyā āloletvā yesaṃ bhūtavikāro atthi, tesaṃ akkhimukhakaṇṇanāsābilesu āsiñca, sarīrañca paripphosehi, evaṃ nibbikārā bhavissantī’’ti. Sā tathā akāsi. Tato kumāre pakatisarīre jāte ‘‘ehi, tāta maṇḍabya, taṃ khamāpessāmā’’ti puttañca sabbe brāhmaṇe ca tassa pādamūle nikkujjitvā nipajjāpetvā khamāpesi.
他劝大家说“应该对所有人布施”,讲完法之后就回到自己住的地方,心里想:“女人里面,那个有名的见吉祥已经被调伏了;男人里面,那个有名的曼达比耶童子已经被调伏了,现在还有谁该被调伏呢?”接着,他看见一个执著于出身血统的苦行者,住在槃头摩帝城附近、瓮瓦蒂河岸边。那苦行者心想:“我出身高贵,别人用过的水我不喝。”所以他住在上游。大人(菩萨)就在他上游的地方住下来,到了苦行者用水的时候,嚼了齿木丢进水里。苦行者看见齿木顺水漂来,心想:“这是谁扔的?”就逆流而上,见到大人后问:“那里是谁?”大人回答:“是麻当伽旃陀罗,老师。”苦行者说:“滚开,旃陀罗!别住在上游。”大人说:“好的,老师。”就搬到下游去住,可是齿木又逆流漂到苦行者那里。苦行者又过来,说:“滚开,旃陀罗!别住在下游,还是住到上游去!”大人说:“好的,老师。”又照做了,结果还是一样。苦行者又气又恼,说:“他还这么干!”就诅咒大人:“愿你的头在太阳升起的时候裂成七瓣!”大人也说:“好的,老师,不过我不会让太阳升起来。”说完就止住了日出。于是夜晚不再破晓,黑暗降临,恐惧的槃头摩帝城居民前往苦行者那里,问道:“老师,我们还有平安可言吗?”他们以为他是阿罗汉。苦行者把一切都告诉了他们。他们便去亲近大人,请求道:“尊者,请放开太阳吧。”大人说:“如果你们那位阿罗汉来向我求原谅,我就放开。”巴利
So ‘‘sabbajanassa dānaṃ dātabba’’nti ovaditvā, dhammakathaṃ katvā, attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃyeva gantvā, cintesi ‘‘itthīsu pākaṭā diṭṭhamaṅgalikā damitā, purisesu pākaṭo maṇḍabyakumāro, idāni ko dametabbo’’ti. Tato jātimantatāpasaṃ addasa bandhumatīnagaraṃ nissāya kumbhavatīnadītīre viharantaṃ. So ‘‘ahaṃ jātiyā visiṭṭho, aññehi paribhuttodakaṃ na paribhuñjāmī’’ti uparinadiyā vasati. Mahāpuriso tassa uparibhāge vāsaṃ kappetvā tassa udakaparibhogavelāyaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā udake pakkhipi. Tāpaso taṃ udakena vuyhamānaṃ disvā ‘‘kenidaṃ khitta’’nti paṭisotaṃ gantvā mahāpurisaṃ disvā ‘‘ko etthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Mātaṅgacaṇḍālo, ācariyā’’ti. ‘‘Apehi, caṇḍāla, mā uparinadiyā vasī’’ti. Mahāpuriso ‘‘sādhu, ācariyā’’ti heṭṭhānadiyā vasati, paṭisotampi dantakaṭṭhaṃ tāpasassa santikaṃ āgacchati. Tāpaso puna gantvā ‘‘apehi, caṇḍāla, mā heṭṭhānadiyaṃ vasa, uparinadiyāyeva vasā’’ti āha. Mahāpuriso ‘‘sādhu, ācariyā’’ti tathā akāsi, punapi tatheva ahosi. Tāpaso punapi ‘‘tathā karotī’’ti duṭṭho mahāpurisaṃ sapi ‘‘sūriyassa te uggamanavelāya sattadhā muddhā phalatū’’ti. Mahāpurisopi ‘‘sādhu, ācariya, ahaṃ pana sūriyuṭṭhānaṃ na demī’’ti vatvā sūriyuṭṭhānaṃ nivāresi . Tato ratti na vibhāyati, andhakāro jāto, bhītā bandhumatīvāsino tāpasassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘atthi nu kho, ācariya, amhākaṃ sotthibhāvo’’ti pucchiṃsu. Te hi taṃ ‘‘arahā’’ti maññanti. So tesaṃ sabbamācikkhi. Te mahāpurisaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘sūriyaṃ, bhante, muñcathā’’ti yāciṃsu. Mahāpuriso ‘‘yadi tumhākaṃ arahā āgantvā maṃ khamāpeti, muñcāmī’’ti āha.
人们去对那位苦行者说:“来吧,尊者,去向麻当伽智者请求原谅吧,别因为你们争吵,把我们都害了。”他却说:“我绝不会向一个旃陀罗请求原谅。”人们说:“你这样做是要把我们毁了啊!”于是抓住他的手和脚,把他带到大士面前。大士说:“他要是趴在我脚边,用肚子贴地求我原谅,我才原谅。”人们对苦行者说:“你就照这样做吧。”苦行者说:“我绝不会向一个旃陀罗行礼。”人们说:“这可由不得你,你不肯行礼也得行!”于是抓住他的手、脚、胡须、脖子等地方,把他按倒在大士脚边。大士说:“我原谅他,但我正是因为怜悯他,才不放开太阳。因为太阳一升起来,他的头立刻就会裂成七瓣。”人们问:“尊者,那现在该怎么办?”大士说:“这样吧,把他放到水深齐脖子的地方,用一团泥盖住他的头。泥团一被阳光照到,就会裂成七瓣。泥团裂开的时候,让他赶紧逃到别处去。”他们抓住苦行者的手脚等,就照这样做了。太阳刚一放开,泥团立刻裂成七瓣掉了下来,苦行者吓得逃走了。人们看到这一幕,说:“各位快看,这沙门的威力啊!”于是从扔齿木那件事开始,把整件事原原本本讲了一遍,说:“没有像这样的沙门!”大家因此对他生起了信心。从那时起,整个阎浮提的刹帝利、婆罗门等,无论在家出家,都去亲近、供养麻当伽智者。他住到寿命尽时,身体坏灭后,投生到了梵天界。所以世尊说:“你们由此也该知道……乃至……投生梵天界。”巴利
Manussā gantvā tāpasaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘ehi, bhante, mātaṅgapaṇḍitaṃ khamāpehi, mā tumhākaṃ kalahakāraṇā mayaṃ nassimhā’’ti. So ‘‘nāhaṃ caṇḍālaṃ khamāpemī’’ti āha. Manussā ‘‘amhe tvaṃ nāsesī’’ti taṃ hatthapādesu gahetvā mahāpurisassa santikaṃ nesuṃ. Mahāpuriso ‘‘mama pādamūle kucchiyā nipajjitvā khamāpente khamāmī’’ti āha. Manussā ‘‘evaṃ karohī’’ti āhaṃsu. Tāpaso ‘‘nāhaṃ caṇḍālaṃ vandāmī’’ti. Manussā ‘‘tava chandena na vandissasī’’ti hatthapādamassugīvādīsu gahetvā mahāpurisassa pādamūle sayāpesuṃ. So ‘‘khamāmahaṃ imassa, apicāhaṃ tassevānukampāya sūriyaṃ na muñcāmi, sūriye hi uggatamatte muddhā assa sattadhā phalissatī’’ti āha. Manussā ‘‘idāni, bhante, kiṃ kātabba’’nti āhaṃsu. Mahāpuriso ‘‘tena hi imaṃ galappamāṇe udake ṭhapetvā mattikāpiṇḍenassa sīsaṃ paṭicchādetha, sūriyarasmīhi phuṭṭho mattikāpiṇḍo sattadhā phalissati. Tasmiṃ phalite esa aññatra gacchatū’’ti āha. Te tāpasaṃ hatthapādādīsu gahetvā tathā akaṃsu. Sūriye muñcitamatte mattikāpiṇḍo sattadhā phalitvā pati, tāpaso bhīto palāyi. Manussā disvā ‘‘passatha, bho, samaṇassa ānubhāva’’nti dantakaṭṭhapakkhipanamādiṃ katvā sabbaṃ vitthāretvā ‘‘natthi īdiso samaṇo’’ti tasmiṃ pasīdiṃsu. Tato pabhuti sakalajambudīpe khattiyabrāhmaṇādayo gahaṭṭhapabbajitā mātaṅgapaṇḍitassa upaṭṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu. So yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā kāyassa bhedā brahmaloke uppajji. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘tadamināpi jānātha…pe… brahmalokūpapattiyā’’ti.
140-141 140-141. 这样论证了“不是因出身而成为贱民,而是因业行而成为贱民”之后,现在为了论证“不是因出身而成为婆罗门,而是因业行而成为婆罗门”这个道理,便说道:“生于诵咒家族……中略……免于恶趣与呵责。”其中,“生于诵咒家族”是指出生在以诵习咒语为业的婆罗门家庭。也有读作“生于诵咒族姓家庭”的。意思是:出生在诵习咒语、不受呵责的婆罗门家庭中。因为这些人跟咒语有亲属般的关系,所以叫“咒语亲属”,也就是说“以吠陀为亲属、以吠陀为依归”。“他们却屡屡现见于恶业之中”:他们虽然出生在这样的家庭,又是咒语亲属,但如果他们在杀生等恶业中屡屡被察觉,那么现世就应受呵责,来世则趣向恶趣。当他们这样屡屡显现于恶业时,就在这一生中,连父母也会说:“这些不是我们的儿子,是恶生子,是焚毁家族的炭火,把他们赶出去!”婆罗门们也会说:“这些人是居士,不是婆罗门,别让他们进入具信者的祭祀、煮食等场合,不要和他们交谈。”其他人也会说:“这些人是造恶业者,不是婆罗门。”他们就这样成为应受呵责的人。来世则有地狱等种种恶趣,来世他们趣向恶趣,意思是:来世他们获得苦的去处,也就是恶趣,纯粹是得到苦。出身并不能阻止他们,也不能阻止他们免于恶趣与呵责——也就是说,你所执取为精髓的那种出身,即使再高贵,也不能阻止这些在恶业中被察觉的婆罗门免于上述“来世趣向恶趣”的恶趣,也不能阻止他们免于上述“现世应受呵责”的呵责。巴利
140-141. Evaṃ ‘‘na jaccā vasalo hoti, kammunā vasalo hotī’’ti sādhetvā idāni ‘‘na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo’’ti etaṃ sādhetuṃ āha ‘‘ajjhāyakakule jātā …pe… duggatyā garahāyavā’’ti. Tattha ajjhāyakakule jātāti mantajjhāyake brāhmaṇakule jātā. ‘‘Ajjhāyakākuḷe jātā’’tipi pāṭho. Mantānaṃ ajjhāyake anupakuṭṭhe ca brāhmaṇakule jātāti attho. Mantā bandhavā etesanti mantabandhavā. Vedabandhū vedapaṭissaraṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Te ca pāpesu kammesu abhiṇhamupadissareti te evaṃ kule jātā mantabandhavā ca samānāpi yadi pāṇātipātādīsu pāpakammesu punappunaṃ upadissanti, atha diṭṭheva dhamme gārayhā samparāye ca duggati te evamupadissamānā imasmiṃyeva attabhāve mātāpitūhipi ‘‘nayime amhākaṃ puttā, dujjātā ete kulassa aṅgārabhūtā, nikkaḍḍhatha ne’’ti, brāhmaṇehipi ‘‘gahapatikā ete, na ete brāhmaṇā, mā nesaṃ saddhayaññathālipākādīsu pavesaṃ detha, mā nehi saddhiṃ sallapathā’’ti, aññehipi manussehi ‘‘pāpakammantā ete, na ete brāhmaṇā’’ti evaṃ gārayhā honti. Samparāye ca nesaṃ duggati nirayādibhedā, duggati etesaṃ paraloke hotīti attho. Samparāye vātipi pāṭho. Paraloke etesaṃ dukkhassa gati duggati, dukkhappattiyeva hotīti attho. Na ne jāti nivāreti, duggatyā garahāya vāti sā tathā ukkaṭṭhāpi yaṃ tvaṃ sārato paccesi, jāti ete pāpakammesu padissante brāhmaṇe ‘‘samparāye ca duggatī’’ti ettha vuttappakārāya duggatiyā vā, ‘‘diṭṭheva dhamme gārayhā’’ti ettha vuttappakārāya garahāya vā na nivāreti.
142 世尊这样说明:即使出生在诵咒的婆罗门家庭,由于那些应受呵责等业行,在现世就已经堕落;又通过投生恶趣,说明来世也不再有婆罗门出身。他先成立了“不是因出身成为婆罗门,而是因业成为婆罗门”这个道理,现在为了总结这两方面的义理,便这样说道:巴利
142. Evaṃ bhagavā ajjhāyakakule jātānampi brāhmaṇānaṃ gārayhādikammavasena diṭṭheva dhamme patitabhāvaṃ dīpento duggatigamanena ca samparāye brāhmaṇajātiyā abhāvaṃ dīpento ‘‘na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo’’ti etampi atthaṃ sādhetvā idāni duvidhampi atthaṃ nigamento āha, evaṃ brāhmaṇa –
不是靠出身就成为贱民,也不是靠出身就成为婆罗门。
一个人是因为自己的行为才成为贱民,也是因为自己的行为才成为婆罗门。巴利
‘‘Na jaccā vasalo hoti, na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo; Kammunā vasalo hoti, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo’’ti.
其余内容,和《耕者婆罗堕阇经》里所说的方法一样。尤其是这里“倒下的……扶正”等说法,应当这样配合理解:就像有人把倒下的东西扶正,世尊把我这个背离业行、陷在出身论里的人,从“婆罗门和卑贱者的身份由出身决定”的邪见中扶了起来;就像有人揭开遮盖的东西,世尊为我揭开了被出身论遮盖的业行论;就像有人为迷路的人指明道路,世尊为我指明了一条不混淆婆罗门和卑贱者身份的直路;就像有人在黑暗中举着油灯,世尊举出摩登伽等低种姓尊者的例子作为明灯,用这些方式为我阐明了法。因此,法是世尊以种种方式阐明的。巴利
Sesaṃ kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayameva. Visesato vā ettha nikkujjitaṃ vātiādīnaṃ evaṃ yojanā veditabbā – yathā koci nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, evaṃ maṃ kammavimukhaṃ jātivāde patitaṃ ‘‘jātiyā brāhmaṇavasalabhāvo hotī’’ti diṭṭhito vuṭṭhāpentena, yathā paṭicchannaṃ vivareyya, evaṃ jātivādapaṭicchannaṃ kammavādaṃ vivarantena, yathā mūḷhassa maggaṃ ācikkheyya, evaṃ brāhmaṇavasalabhāvassa asambhinnaujumaggaṃ ācikkhantena, yathā andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, evaṃ mātaṅgādinidassanapajjotadhāraṇena mayhaṃ bhotā gotamena etehi pariyāyehi pakāsitattā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsitoti.
《经集》注疏中,《火种婆罗堕阇经》的注释到此结束。巴利
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathāya aggikabhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
第八 慈经注释巴利
8. Mettasuttavaṇṇanā
“应当被利益与义利善巧者所行”——这就是《慈经》。它的起因是什么?据说,有些比丘在雪山边被诸天骚扰,便来到舍卫城世尊跟前。世尊为了给他们作护卫诵,也为了给他们作禅修业处,就说了这部经。以上是简略说明。巴利
Karaṇīyamatthakusalenāti mettasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Himavantapassato kira devatāhi ubbāḷhā bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ sāvatthiṃ āgacchiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā parittatthāya kammaṭṭhānatthāya ca imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi. Ayaṃ tāva saṅkhepo.
这段的详细说明是这样的:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城,那时临近雨安居。当时,许多来自不同地区的比丘从世尊那里领受了禅修业处后,想去各处入雨安居,就来拜见世尊。世尊便根据他们的根性,为贪行者讲说有识和无识共十一种不净业处,为嗔行者讲说慈心等四种业处,为痴行者讲说死随念等业处,为寻行者讲说入出息念、地遍等业处,为信行者讲说佛随念等业处,为慧行者讲说四界差别等业处。就这样,世尊依照八万四千种行性的差别,讲说了与各自根性相应的禅修业处。巴利
Ayaṃ pana vitthāro – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nānāverajjakā bhikkhū bhagavato santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā tattha tattha vassaṃ upagantukāmā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamanti. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rāgacaritānaṃ saviññāṇakāviññāṇakavasena ekādasavidhaṃ asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ, dosacaritānaṃ catubbidhaṃ mettādikammaṭṭhānaṃ, mohacaritānaṃ maraṇassatikammaṭṭhānādīni, vitakkacaritānaṃ ānāpānassatipathavīkasiṇādīni, saddhācaritānaṃ buddhānussatikammaṭṭhānādīni, buddhicaritānaṃ catudhātuvavatthanādīnīti iminā nayena caturāsītisahassappabhedacaritānukūlāni kammaṭṭhānāni katheti.
那时,大约五百位比丘从世尊那里学了禅修业处后,一边寻找合适的住处和托钵的村庄,一边次第前行。他们来到边地,看见一座与雪山相连的山:岩石地面像蓝宝石一样,清凉浓密的绿林点缀其间,地面铺满细沙,如同珍珠和银片散落,四周环绕着清澈、舒适、清凉的水池。比丘们就在那里住了一夜。第二天天亮后,他们整理好身体,进入不远处的一个村庄乞食。那个村庄房舍密集,约有上千户人家,人们有信心、心地清净。因为边地很难见到出家人,村民们一看到比丘们,就生起欢喜和喜悦,供养他们饮食后请求道:“尊者们,请在这里住满三个月吧。”然后他们让人建了五百间精进小屋,并在那里备好了床、椅子、饮用水、洗用水壶等一切必需品。巴利
Atha kho pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni bhagavato santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā sappāyasenāsanañca gocaragāmañca pariyesamānāni anupubbena gantvā paccante himavantena saddhiṃ ekābaddhaṃ nīlakācamaṇisannibhasilātalaṃ sītalaghanacchāyanīlavanasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ muttātalarajatapaṭṭasadisavālukākiṇṇabhūmibhāgaṃ sucisātasītalajalāsayaparivāritaṃ pabbatamaddasaṃsu. Atha kho te bhikkhū tatthekarattiṃ vasitvā pabhātāya rattiyā sarīraparikammaṃ katvā tassa avidūre aññataraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Gāmo ghananivesasanniviṭṭhakulasahassayutto, manussā cettha saddhā pasannā, te paccante pabbajitadassanassa dullabhatāya bhikkhū disvā eva pītisomanassajātā hutvā te bhikkhū bhojetvā ‘‘idheva, bhante, temāsaṃ vasathā’’ti yācitvā pañcapadhānakuṭisatāni kārāpetvā tattha mañcapīṭhapānīyaparibhojanīyaghaṭādīni sabbūpakaraṇāni paṭiyādesuṃ.
比丘们在第二天进入另一个村庄乞食。那里的人们也同样供养他们,并请求他们留下来过雨安居。比丘们心想“如果没有障碍的话”,就答应了。他们进入那片树林,日夜不停地精勤努力,敲响报时的木板,以如理作意为主而安住,走到树底下坐了下来。持戒比丘们的威德之力,把树神们的威力压了下去。树神们从各自的天宫下来,抱着孩子到处走来走去。就像国王或大臣来到村里住下,村民的房屋被占用,屋主们只好离开自己的家,住到别处去,远远地望着,心想:“他们什么时候才走啊?”同样,这些天神也丢下各自的天宫,到处走来走去,远远地望着,心想:“这些尊者什么时候才走啊?”于是她们这样商量:“这些比丘刚入雨安居,肯定会住满三个月。我们却要抱着孩子躲来躲去,没法长久住下去。来吧,我们给比丘们看些可怕的东西。”于是,到了夜里比丘们修沙门法的时候,她们变出恐怖的夜叉形象,站在他们面前,还发出吓人的声音。比丘们看到那些形象、听到那些声音,心怦怦直跳,脸色变得很难看,像得了黄疸一样苍白。因此他们没法让心专注下来。心一散乱,又被恐惧反复惊吓,正念就丢失了。对正念丢失的比丘们,她们又放出恶臭的东西。他们的脑髓像被那恶臭搅碎了一样,剧烈地头痛起来,但他们彼此之间没有把这件事告诉对方。巴利
Bhikkhū dutiyadivase aññaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Tatthāpi manussā tatheva upaṭṭhahitvā vassāvāsaṃ yāciṃsu. Bhikkhū ‘‘asati antarāye’’ti adhivāsetvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisitvā sabbarattindivaṃ āraddhavīriyā hutvā yāmagaṇḍikaṃ koṭṭetvā yonisomanasikārabahulā viharantā rukkhamūlāni upagantvā nisīdiṃsu. Sīlavantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tejena vihatatejā rukkhadevatā attano attano vimānā oruyha dārake gahetvā ito cito ca vicaranti. Seyyathāpi nāma rājūhi vā rājamahāmattehi vā gāmakāvāsaṃ gatehi gāmavāsīnaṃ gharesu okāse gahite gharamānusakā gharā nikkhamitvā aññatra vasantā ‘‘kadā nu kho gamissantī’’ti dūrato olokenti; evameva devatā attano attano vimānāni chaḍḍetvā ito cito ca vicarantiyo dūratova olokenti – ‘‘kadā nu kho bhadantā gamissantī’’ti. Tato evaṃ samacintesuṃ ‘‘paṭhamavassūpagatā bhikkhū avassaṃ temāsaṃ vasissanti. Mayaṃ pana tāva ciraṃ dārake gahetvā okkamma vasituṃ na sakkhissāma. Handa mayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhayānakaṃ ārammaṇaṃ dassemā’’ti. Tā rattiṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samaṇadhammakaraṇavelāya bhiṃsanakāni yakkharūpāni nimminitvā purato purato tiṭṭhanti, bheravasaddañca karonti. Bhikkhūnaṃ tāni rūpāni passantānaṃ tañca saddaṃ suṇantānaṃ hadayaṃ phandi, dubbaṇṇā ca ahesuṃ uppaṇḍupaṇḍukajātā. Tena te cittaṃ ekaggaṃ kātuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Tesaṃ anekaggacittānaṃ bhayena ca punappunaṃ saṃviggānaṃ sati sammussi. Tato nesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ duggandhāni ārammaṇāni payojesuṃ. Tesaṃ tena duggandhena nimmathiyamānamiva matthaluṅgaṃ ahosi, bāḷhā sīsavedanā uppajjiṃsu, na ca taṃ pavattiṃ aññamaññassa ārocesuṃ.
有一天,僧团上座接受侍奉的时候,所有比丘都聚集在一起。僧团上座问他们:“贤友们,你们刚进入这片丛林的那几天,肤色非常清净,容光焕发,诸根也很明亮澄净,可现在你们却消瘦、难看,脸色苍白得像得了黄疸。你们在这里是有什么不适吗?”于是,一位比丘说:“尊者,我夜里看到、听到这样那样的恐怖景象和声音,又闻到这样那样的气味,所以我的心没法入定。”其他所有比丘也同样的方式讲述了各自遇到的情况。僧团上座说:“贤友们,世尊制定了两个入雨安居的日期,而我们这个住处并不合适。来吧,贤友们,我们去世尊那里,请问另一个合适的住处。”比丘们回答:“好的,尊者。”他们听从上座的话,全体收拾好住处,拿着钵和衣,因为对村落人家毫无染着,也不向任何人告辞,就径直朝舍卫城的方向出发游行。他们渐次行至舍卫城,来到世尊身边。巴利
Athekadivasaṃ saṅghattherassa upaṭṭhānakāle sabbesu sannipatitesu saṅghatthero pucchi – ‘‘tumhākaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ paviṭṭhānaṃ katipāhaṃ ativiya parisuddho chavivaṇṇo ahosi pariyodāto, vippasannāni ca indriyāni etarahi panattha kisā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍupaṇḍukajātā, kiṃ vo idha asappāya’’nti? Tato eko bhikkhu āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, rattiṃ īdisañca īdisañca bheravārammaṇaṃ passāmi ca suṇāmi ca, īdisañca gandhaṃ ghāyāmi, tena me cittaṃ na samādhiyatī’’ti. Eteneva upāyena sabbe taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Saṅghatthero āha – ‘‘bhagavatā āvuso dve vassūpanāyikā paññattā, amhākañca idaṃ senāsanaṃ asappāyaṃ, āyāmāvuso bhagavato santikaṃ, gantvā aññaṃ sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu bhante’’ti te bhikkhū therassa paṭissuṇitvā sabbe senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya anupalittattā kulesu kañci anāmantetvā eva yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu. Anupubbena sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamiṃsu.
世尊看见那些比丘,就对他们说:“比丘们,我已经制定了学处:‘雨安居期间不应该外出游方。’你们为什么还在游方?”那些比丘就把整件事都禀告了世尊。世尊观察整个赡部洲,发现连一块能放下四脚凳那么大的合适住处都找不到。于是世尊对那些比丘说:“比丘们,你们没有别的合适住处了。你们就住在那里,就能证得漏尽。去吧,比丘们,就依止那个住处而住。如果你们希望得到诸天的保护、无所畏惧,就学这篇护卫经,它会成为你们的护卫,也会成为你们的业处。”接着便宣说了这篇经。巴利
Bhagavā te bhikkhū disvā etadavoca – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, antovassaṃ cārikā caritabbāti mayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, kissa tumhe cārikaṃ carathā’’ti. Te bhagavato sabbaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā āvajjento sakalajambudīpe antamaso catuppādapīṭhakaṭṭhānamattampi tesaṃ sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ nāddasa. Atha te bhikkhū āha – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ aññaṃ sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ atthi, tattheva tumhe viharantā āsavakkhayaṃ pāpuṇeyyātha. Gacchatha, bhikkhave, tameva senāsanaṃ upanissāya viharatha. Sace pana devatāhi abhayaṃ icchatha, imaṃ parittaṃ uggaṇhatha, etañhi vo parittañca kammaṭṭhānañca bhavissatī’’ti imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
另有一些论师这样说:诸比丘,去吧,就依止那个住处而住。世尊说了这句话之后,又说:不过,林野住者应当知道护持的方法。具体来说,就是在早晚两个时段,修两种慈心、两种护卫、两种不净、两种死随念,以及思察八种大悚惧事。所谓八种大悚惧事,就是生、老、病、死,以及四种恶趣之苦。或者也可以说,生、老、病、死这四种,加上恶趣之苦为第五种,再加上以过去轮回为根源的苦、以未来轮回为根源的苦、现在为了谋食而生的苦。世尊这样开示了护持的方法之后,为了那些比丘在慈心上的利益、在护卫上的利益,以及作为观禅基础的禅那的利益,宣说了这部经。巴利
Apare panāhu – ‘‘gacchatha, bhikkhave, tameva senāsanaṃ upanissāya viharathā’’ti idañca vatvā bhagavā āha – ‘‘apica kho āraññakena pariharaṇaṃ ñātabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – sāyaṃpātaṃ karaṇavasena dve mettā, dve parittā, dve asubhā, dve maraṇassatī aṭṭha mahāsaṃvegavatthusamāvajjanañca. Aṭṭha mahāsaṃvegavatthūni nāma jāti jarā byādhi maraṇaṃ cattāri apāyadukkhānīti . Atha vā jātijarābyādhimaraṇāni cattāri, apāyadukkhaṃ pañcamaṃ, atīte vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, anāgate vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, paccuppanne āhārapariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ dukkha’’nti. Evaṃ bhagavā pariharaṇaṃ ācikkhitvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mettatthañca parittatthañca vipassanāpādakajhānatthañca imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsīti.
143 143. 其中,“了知义利者应作之事”这一句,先对第一首偈颂作词语解释:“应作”就是应当去做的、值得去做的,意思是应当实行。“义利”指行道,或者指任何属于自己的利益,这一切因为应当追求而称为“义利”;所谓应当追求,就是应当靠近、达到。“了知义利者”就是在义利上善巧的人,意思是精通义利的人。“yaṃ”是不定的体格,“taṃ”是确定的宾格;或者两者都可以是体格。“寂静之迹”是宾格。其中,从特征上说是寂静,从可达上说是迹,这是涅槃的同义词。“证知”指已经到达、已经现证。“能”指有能力者,意为堪能、有力之人。“正直”指具备正直;“极正直”指非常正直。“善语”指言语和善;“应如是”指应成为如此;“柔和”指具足柔和;“不骄慢”指不骄傲自大。巴利
143. Tattha karaṇīyamatthakusalenāti imissā paṭhamagāthāya tāva ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā – karaṇīyanti kātabbaṃ, karaṇārahanti attho. Atthoti paṭipadā, yaṃ vā kiñci attano hitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ araṇīyato atthoti vuccati, araṇīyato nāma upagantabbato. Atthe kusalena atthakusalena, atthachekenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yanti aniyamitapaccattaṃ. Nti niyamitaupayogaṃ. Ubhayampi vā yaṃ tanti paccattavacanaṃ. Santaṃ padanti upayogavacanaṃ. Tattha lakkhaṇato santaṃ, pattabbato padaṃ, nibbānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Abhisameccāti abhisamāgantvā. Sakkotīti sakko, samattho paṭibaloti vuttaṃ hoti. Ujūti ajjavayutto. Suṭṭhu ujūti suhuju. Sukhaṃ vaco asminti suvaco. Assāti bhaveyya. Mudūti maddavayutto. Na atimānīti anatimānī.
这里对含义的解释是:“了知义利者,为了完全通达那寂静之境,应当做这件事。”在这里,有应当做的事,也有不应当做的事。其中,简要来说,三学是应当做的;戒的败坏、见的败坏、行为的败坏、生计的败坏等,是不应当做的。同样地,有了知义利的人,也有不了知义利的人。巴利
Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – karaṇīyamatthakusalena yanta santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccāti. Ettha tāva atthi karaṇīyaṃ, atthi akaraṇīyaṃ. Tattha saṅkhepato sikkhattayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, sīlavipatti, diṭṭhivipatti, ācāravipatti, ājīvavipattīti evamādi akaraṇīyaṃ. Tathā atthi atthakusalo, atthi anatthakusalo.
在这里,如果有人在这教法中出家后,不好好地策励自己,戒行破损,靠着二十一种不正当的谋生方式来活命。这些就是:送竹子、送钵、送花、送果、送嚼齿木、送洗脸水、送洗澡水、送香粉、送泥土、拍马屁讨好、煮豆汤巴结、当跟班伺候、替人跑腿、行医看病、当信差、替人传话跑腿、以食换食变相送礼、看风水宅地、看星象吉凶、看手相体相。他还出入六种不该去的地方:妓女出没之处、寡妇住处、成年少女住处、黄门住处、比丘尼住处、酒馆。他还跟国王、国王的大臣、外道和外道的弟子们混在一起,做那些不符合出家人身份的、跟在家人纠缠不清的交往。还有些人家,没有信仰、没有净信、不是能接受法义的好容器,喜欢骂人、喜欢侮辱人,巴不得比丘们倒霉、没有好处、不得安宁、得不到修行的安稳,对在家女信众也是这样。他却去亲近那样的人家、跟人家厮混、去侍奉他们。这种人就是不懂什么是义利的人。巴利
Tattha yo imasmiṃ sāsane pabbajitvā na attānaṃ sammā payojeti, khaṇḍasīlo hoti, ekavīsatividhaṃ anesanaṃ nissāya jīvikaṃ kappeti. Seyyathidaṃ – veḷudānaṃ, pattadānaṃ, pupphadānaṃ, phaladānaṃ, dantakaṭṭhadānaṃ, mukhodakadānaṃ, sinānadānaṃ, cuṇṇadānaṃ, mattikādānaṃ, cāṭukamyataṃ, muggasūpyataṃ, pāribhaṭutaṃ, jaṅghapesaniyaṃ, vejjakammaṃ, dūtakammaṃ, pahiṇagamanaṃ, piṇḍapaṭipiṇḍadānānuppadānaṃ, vatthuvijjaṃ, nakkhattavijjaṃ, aṅgavijjanti. Chabbidhe ca agocare carati . Seyyathidaṃ – vesiyagocare vidhavāthullakumārikapaṇḍakabhikkhunipānāgāragocareti. Saṃsaṭṭho ca viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena. Yāni vā pana tāni kulāni asaddhāni appasannāni anopānabhūtāni akkosakaparibhāsakāni anatthakāmāni ahitaaphāsukaayogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ…pe… upāsikānaṃ, tathārūpāni kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati. Ayaṃ anatthakusalo.
如果有人在这教法里出家之后,正确地策励自己,舍弃各种邪命,想要在四遍清净戒上站稳脚跟,他就以信为首,圆满持守巴帝摩卡防护;以念为首,圆满守护根门;以精进为首,圆满活命遍净;以慧为首,圆满受用资具。这种人就是了知义利的人。巴利
Yo pana imasmiṃ sāsane pabbajitvā attānaṃ sammā payojeti, anesanaṃ pahāya catupārisuddhisīle patiṭṭhātukāmo saddhāsīsena pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃ, satisīsena indriyasaṃvaraṃ, vīriyasīsena ājīvapārisuddhiṃ, paññāsīsena paccayapaṭisevanaṃ pūreti ayaṃ atthakusalo.
有人以清净七种罪聚为目的来守护巴帝摩卡防护;在六门接触各种所缘时,以不让贪等不善法生起为目的来守护根律仪;以避开非分的求索为目的,受用智者称赞、佛陀与佛弟子所称扬的资具,从而守护活命遍净;以省察为目的来受用资具,按照前面所说的方式;在行住坐卧四种威仪的变化中,以省察是否有利益等来净化正知。这样的人,也是了知义利的人。巴利
Yo vā sattāpattikkhandhasodhanavasena pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃ, chadvāre ghaṭṭitārammaṇesu abhijjhādīnaṃ anuppattivasena indriyasaṃvaraṃ, anesanaparivajjanavasena viññupasatthabuddhabuddhasāvakavaṇṇitapaccayapaṭisevanena ca ājīvapārisuddhiṃ, yathāvuttapaccavekkhaṇavasena paccayapaṭisevanaṃ, catuiriyāpathaparivattane sātthakādīnaṃ paccavekkhaṇavasena sampajaññañca sodheti, ayampi atthakusalo.
又或者,有人这样明白:就像靠碱水能把脏衣服洗干净,靠灰能把镜子擦亮,靠炉口能把金子炼纯;同样,靠智慧能让戒清净。他明白这个道理后,就用智慧之水洗涤,使戒清净。又像蓝松鸦护着自己的蛋,牦牛护着自己的尾巴,只有一个孩子的女人护着她心爱的独子,独眼的人护着自己唯一的那只眼睛;同样,他极其不放逸地守护自己的戒蕴,早晚都反复省察,连极微小的过失都看不到。这样的人,也是懂得义利的人。巴利
Yo vā yathā ūsodakaṃ paṭicca saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ vatthaṃ pariyodāyati, chārikaṃ paṭicca ādāso, ukkāmukhaṃ paṭicca jātarūpaṃ, tathā ñāṇaṃ paṭicca sīlaṃ vodāyatīti ñatvā ñāṇodakena dhovanto sīlaṃ pariyodāpeti. Yathā ca kikī sakuṇikā aṇḍaṃ, camarīmigo vāladhiṃ, ekaputtikā nārī piyaṃ ekaputtakaṃ, ekanayano puriso taṃ ekanayanaṃ rakkhati, tathā ativiya appamatto attano sīlakkhandhaṃ rakkhati, sāyaṃpātaṃ paccavekkhamāno aṇumattampi vajjaṃ na passati, ayampi atthakusalo.
又或者,有人立足于能带来无悔的戒,进而把握镇伏烦恼的修行方法;把握之后,修习遍业处的准备工作;完成遍业处的准备工作后,证得各种定成就。这样的人,也是了知义利的人。又或者,有人从定成就出定后,全面观照诸行,从而证得阿罗汉果。这样的人,在了知义利的人当中是最上的。巴利
Yo vā pana avippaṭisārakarasīle patiṭṭhāya kilesavikkhambhanapaṭipadaṃ paggaṇhāti, taṃ paggahetvā kasiṇaparikammaṃ karoti, kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā samāpattiyo nibbatteti, ayampi atthakusalo. Yo vā pana samāpattito vuṭṭhāya saṅkhāre sammasitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ atthakusalānaṃ aggo.
在这里,那些从安住于能带来无悔的戒开始,一直到通过把握镇伏烦恼的修行方法,乃至以道果而受到称赞的了知义利者,依照这段经文的含义,所指的就是他们。而那些比丘正是这样的人。因此,世尊针对那些比丘,以一人代表多人的开示方式,说出了“了知义利者应作之事”这句话。巴利
Tattha ye ime yāva avippaṭisārakarasīle patiṭṭhānena, yāva vā kilesavikkhambhanapaṭipadāya paggahaṇena maggaphalena vaṇṇitā atthakusalā, te imasmiṃ atthe atthakusalāti adhippetā. Tathāvidhā ca te bhikkhū. Tena bhagavā te bhikkhū sandhāya ekapuggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya ‘‘karaṇīyamatthakusalenā’’ti āha.
于是,对那些心中生起“该做什么”这个疑问的人,世尊说:“你应该彻证那寂静之境。”这里的意思是:想要通过亲证的方式彻证那被诸佛与随觉者所赞叹的寂静涅槃之境并安住其中的人,该做什么呢?这里“你应该”这个词,正如这首偈颂开头已经说过的,指的就是“该做的事”。从上下文来看,语义延续为“为了彻证那寂静之境”。不过,因为这是一种语意未尽、需要补充的读法,所以应当理解为其中包含了“想要安住的人”这个意思。巴利
Tato ‘‘kiṃ karaṇīya’’nti tesaṃ sañjātakaṅkhānaṃ āha ‘‘yanta santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccā’’ti. Ayamettha adhippāyo – taṃ buddhānubuddhehi vaṇṇitaṃ santaṃ nibbānapadaṃ paṭivedhavasena abhisamecca viharitukāmena yaṃ karaṇīyanti. Ettha ca yanti imassa gāthāpādassa ādito vuttameva karaṇīyanti. Adhikārato anuvattati taṃ santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccāti. Ayaṃ pana yasmā sāvasesapāṭho attho, tasmā ‘‘viharitukāmenā’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
或者,另一种理解方式是这样:有人通过传闻等途径,用世间的智慧知道涅槃的境界是寂静的,于是想要证得它,那么从上下文来看,“应当做的事”这个意思就顺接下来了,也就是“那件事正是追求真正利益的人应当去做的”。这里应当这样理解其用意。或者,当说到“这是追求真正利益的人应当去做的”时,有人会想“那到底是什么呢”,于是回答说“那寂静的境界,彻证之后”。对此应当这样理解其用意:用世间智慧彻证寂静的境界之后,那件应当做的事,就是“那”。也就是说,凡是应当做的,那就是应当去做的,正是值得去做的事。巴利
Atha vā santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccāti anussavādivasena lokiyapaññāya nibbānapadaṃ santanti ñatvā taṃ adhigantukāmena yantaṃ karaṇīyanti adhikārato anuvattati, taṃ karaṇīyamatthakusalenāti evampettha adhippāyo veditabbo. Atha vā ‘‘karaṇīyamatthakusalenā’’ti vutte ‘‘ki’’nti cintentānaṃ āha ‘‘yanta santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccā’’ti. Tassevaṃ adhippāyo veditabbo – lokiyapaññāya santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca yaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, tanti. Yaṃ kātabbaṃ, taṃ karaṇīyaṃ, karaṇārahameva tanti vuttaṃ hoti.
那么,“那”又是指什么呢?除了证得它的方法之外,还能是别的什么吗?其实,这件事在开头那个词里就已经说到了,因为那个词表示“应当做的事”,显示了三种学。正如我们在解释它的含义时所说:“有应当做的事,有不应做的事。其中,简要地说,三种学就是应当做的事。”但是,因为说法太简略,那些比丘当中,有些人听懂了,有些人没听懂。于是,为了让没听懂的人明白,特别展开林住比丘应当做的事,先说了这半偈:“他应当有能力、正直、极其正直,应当容易受教、柔和、不傲慢。”巴利
Kiṃ pana tanti? Kimaññaṃ siyā aññatra tadadhigamūpāyato. Kāmañcetaṃ karaṇārahatthena sikkhattayadīpakena ādipadeneva vuttaṃ. Tathā hi tassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ avocumhā ‘‘atthi karaṇīyaṃ atthi akaraṇīyaṃ. Tattha saṅkhepato sikkhattayaṃ karaṇīya’’nti. Atisaṅkhepadesitattā pana tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kehici viññātaṃ, kehici na viññātaṃ. Tato yehi na viññātaṃ, tesaṃ viññāpanatthaṃ yaṃ visesato āraññakena bhikkhunā kātabbaṃ, taṃ vitthārento ‘‘sakko ujū ca suhujū ca, suvaco cassa mudu anatimānī’’ti imaṃ tāva upaḍḍhagāthaṃ āha.
这段话要说明的是什么呢?一个林住比丘,如果想亲证寂静的道而安住其中,或者想以世间智慧亲证它、为了证得它而修行,那么他应当具备第二和第四种勤行支,对身体和生命都不执着,能够为了证悟真理而修行;同样,在修习遍处相、持守仪轨等事上,在整理自己的钵和衣等事上,以及在处理同梵行者们的各种大小应做之事和其他类似事务时,他也应当是有能力的、善巧的、不懒惰的、堪任的。虽然有能力,他还应当具备第三种勤行支,也就是正直。虽然正直,也不应因为一时的正直就感到满足,而应终身一次又一次地不懈怠,使自己更加正直。或者,因不狡诈而正直,因不虚伪而极正直。或者,因舍弃身语的歪曲而正直,因舍弃心的歪曲而极正直。或者,因不彰显自己实际没有的功德而正直,因不容忍由不实功德所得到的利养而极正直。这样,通过对所缘和特相的审察,通过前二学处和第三学处,通过努力和心意的清净,他应当正直而且极正直。巴利
Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmo lokiyapaññāya vā taṃ abhisamecca tadadhigamāya paṭipajjamāno āraññako bhikkhu dutiyacatutthapadhāniyaṅgasamannāgamena kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkho hutvā saccapaṭivedhāya paṭipajjituṃ sakko assa, tathā kasiṇaparikammavattasamādānādīsu, attano pattacīvarapaṭisaṅkharaṇādīsu ca yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃ karaṇīyāni, tesu aññesu ca evarūpesu sakko assa dakkho analaso samattho. Sakko hontopi ca tatiyapadhāniyaṅgasamannāgamena uju assa. Uju hontopi ca sakiṃ ujubhāvena santosaṃ anāpajjitvā yāvajīvaṃ punappunaṃ asithilakaraṇena suṭṭhutaraṃ uju assa. Asaṭhatāya vā uju, amāyāvitāya suhuju. Kāyavacīvaṅkappahānena vā uju, manovaṅkappahānena suhuju. Asantaguṇassa vā anāvikaraṇena uju, asantaguṇena uppannassa lābhassa anadhivāsanena suhuju. Evaṃ ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānehi purimadvayatatiyasikkhāhi payogāsayasuddhīhi ca uju ca suhuju ca assa.
他不仅正直、非常正直,还应当容易接受劝导。因为,如果有人对他说“这件事不该做”,他却反问:“你看见了什么?听到了什么?你是我的什么人,凭什么对我说这些?难道你是我的戒师、轨范师,或是我的亲近好友吗?”或者用沉默来让对方难受,或者嘴上答应了却不照着做,那么这个人离殊胜的证悟还很远。反过来,如果有人被教导时能说:“太好了,尊者,您说得真好!自己的过失确实很难看到。以后您再看到我这样,请出于慈悲再告诉我。我很久以来才从您这里得到一次教导。”并且按照教导去做,那么这个人就离殊胜的证悟不远了。所以,能这样接受别人的话并付诸行动,就是容易接受劝导。巴利
Na kevalañca uju ca suhuju ca, apica pana subbaco ca assa. Yo hi puggalo ‘‘idaṃ na kātabba’’nti vutto ‘‘kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ te sutaṃ, ko me hutvā vadasi, kiṃ upajjhāyo ācariyo sandiṭṭho sambhatto vā’’ti vadati, tuṇhībhāvena vā taṃ viheṭheti, sampaṭicchitvā vā na tathā karoti, so visesādhigamassa dūre hoti. Yo pana ovadiyamāno ‘‘sādhu, bhante, suṭṭhu vuttaṃ, attano vajjaṃ nāma duddasaṃ hoti, punapi maṃ evarūpaṃ disvā vadeyyātha anukampaṃ upādāya, cirassaṃ me tumhākaṃ santikā ovādo laddho’’ti vadati, yathānusiṭṭhañca paṭipajjati, so visesādhigamassa avidūre hoti. Tasmā evaṃ parassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā karonto subbaco ca assa.
就像“易受劝导”一样,他也应当是柔和的。所谓柔和,就是当在家人派他去传话、办事等时,不表现出柔和,而是强硬固执,但在履行义务和整个梵行生活中都保持柔和,像一块经过精心锻造的金子,到哪里都能随顺适用。或者,所谓柔和,就是不皱眉、面容舒展、容易交谈、待人亲切,像一处修整良好的渡口那样容易亲近。不仅柔和,他还应当不自大,不因为出身、种姓等能让人生起傲慢的事而轻视他人,应当像舍利弗长老那样,以等同旃陀罗童子的心而安住。巴利
Yathā ca suvaco, evaṃ mudu assa. Mudūti gahaṭṭhehi dūtagamanappahiṇagamanādīsu niyuñjiyamāno tattha mudubhāvaṃ akatvā thaddho hutvā vattapaṭipattiyaṃ sakalabrahmacariye ca mudu assa suparikammakatasuvaṇṇaṃ viya tattha tattha viniyogakkhamo. Atha vā mudūti abhākuṭiko uttānamukho sukhasambhāso paṭisanthāravutti sutitthaṃ viya sukhāvagāho assa. Na kevalañca mudu, apica pana anatimānī assa, jātigottādīhi atimānavatthūhi pare nātimaññeyya, sāriputtatthero viya caṇḍālakumārakasamena cetasā vihareyyāti.
144 144. 世尊这样对已证悟寂静的涅槃而想要安住的人,或者对正在修行以求证得它的人——尤其是住在林野的比丘——先说了某些应当做的事,然后还想再进一步宣说,于是说出第二首偈颂:“易知足者……”巴利
144. Evaṃ bhagavā santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmassa tadadhigamāya vā paṭipajjamānassa visesato āraññakassa bhikkhuno ekaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ vatvā puna tatuttaripi vattukāmo ‘‘santussako cā’’ti dutiyaṃ gāthamāha.
在这里,所谓“知足与感恩”当中,按照前面所说的分类,有十二种知足。因为知足,所以叫知足者。或者也可以这样理解:满足就叫满足者;以自己所得而满足,就是以自己所得满足者;以已有之物而满足,就是以已有之物满足者;以平等心而满足,就是以平等心满足者;合起来就是知足者。其中,“自己所得”是指受具足戒的戒坛上诵出、并且自己接受了的四种资具,也就是所谓“依靠团食而活”。无论这些资具是好是坏,是恭敬供养还是不被恭敬供养,在接受和受用时都不表现出异样的神情,只靠它们维持生活,这就叫以自己所得满足者。“已有之物”是指已经得到、现前存在的东西。只以已有的东西满足,不再希求更多,舍弃过度的贪求,这就叫以已有之物满足者。“平等”是指在可意和不可意的境界上,舍弃贪随和嗔恨。以这种平等心,在一切所缘上都满足,这就叫以平等心满足者。巴利
Tattha ‘‘santuṭṭhī ca kataññutā’’ti ettha vuttappabhedena dvādasavidhena santosena santussatīti santussako. Atha vā tussatīti tussako, sakena tussako, santena tussako, samena tussakoti santussako. Tattha sakaṃ nāma ‘‘piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāyā’’ti (mahāva. 73) evaṃ upasampadamāḷake uddiṭṭhaṃ attanā ca sampaṭicchitaṃ catupaccayajātaṃ. Tena sundarena vā asundarena vā sakkaccaṃ vā asakkaccaṃ vā dinnena paṭiggahaṇakāle paribhogakāle ca vikāramadassetvā yāpento ‘‘sakena tussako’’ti vuccati. Santaṃ nāma yaṃ laddhaṃ hoti attano vijjamānaṃ, tena santeneva tussanto tato paraṃ na patthento atricchataṃ pajahanto ‘‘santena tussako’’ti vuccati. Samaṃ nāma iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu anunayapaṭighappahānaṃ. Tena samena sabbārammaṇesu tussanto ‘‘samena tussako’’ti vuccati.
因为容易养活,所以叫“易养”;也就是说,容易供养。假如有比丘,别人把满满一钵米饭、肉饭等递给他,他却露出不高兴的脸色和不满意的样子;或者当着施主的面嫌弃那钵饭,说“你们给的是什么呀”,然后转手送给沙弥、在家人等——这种人就是“难养”。人们看到这种情形,远远就躲开,心想:“这个比丘太难养了,我们养不起。”反过来,如果有人不管拿到的是粗劣还是精美、少还是多,都心满意足、面容欢喜地过日子,这种人就是“易养”。人们看到这种情形,会对他非常信任,心里认定:“我们的尊者真好养,一点点就满足,我们一定要亲自供养他。”于是便承担起供养他的责任。这里所说的,就是这种“易养”的人。巴利
Sukhena bharīyatīti subharo, suposoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo hi bhikkhu sālimaṃsodanādīnaṃ patte pūretvā dinnepi dummukhabhāvaṃ anattamanabhāvameva ca dasseti, tesaṃ vā sammukhāva taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ ‘‘kiṃ tumhehi dinna’’nti apasādento sāmaṇeragahaṭṭhādīnaṃ deti, esa dubbharo. Etaṃ disvā manussā dūratova parivajjenti ‘‘dubbharo bhikkhu na sakkā positu’’nti. Yo pana yaṃkiñci lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā labhitvā attamano vippasannamukho hutvā yāpeti, esa subharo. Etaṃ disvā manussā ativiya vissatthā honti – ‘‘amhākaṃ bhadanto subharo thokathokenapi tussati, mayameva naṃ posessāmā’’ti paṭiññaṃ katvā posenti. Evarūpo idha subharoti adhippeto.
他的事务少,所以叫“少务者”,不是那种沉迷于各种事务的人——比如热衷于干活、热衷于闲聊、热衷于扎堆聚会等等。或者也可以这样理解:他在整个寺院里,不用操心盖新房、管理僧团财物、差遣沙弥和寺男、分配住处等种种事务,只管处理好自己的事——剃头、剪指甲、打理衣钵等等——然后就一心投入沙门该做的修行。这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Appaṃ kiccamassāti appakicco, na kammārāmatābhassārāmatāsaṅgaṇikārāmatādianekakiccabyāvaṭo. Atha vā sakalavihāre navakammasaṅghabhogasāmaṇeraārāmikavosāsanādikiccavirahito, attano kesanakhacchedanapattacīvaraparikammādiṃ katvā samaṇadhammakiccaparo hotīti vuttaṃ hoti.
他的生活方式很轻便,所以叫“生活轻便”。不像有些比丘带一大堆东西,要离开去别处时,让一大堆人用头顶、用腰背帮他搬钵、袈裟、坐具、油、糖块等等,这样才走——他不是那样,而是资具很少,只带着钵、袈裟等八种沙门资具,要离开去别处时,就像鸟儿一样,随身带着就飞走了。这里说的就是这种生活轻便的人。他的诸根寂静,所以叫“诸根寂静”,意思是面对可意的对象等时,不会因为贪等烦恼而使诸根变得浮躁。这就是“诸根寂静”。所谓“贤善者”,是指明智、有辨识、具智慧者,具备护戒之慧、省察衣等资具之慧,以及了知住所等七种合宜之慧——这便是其意趣。巴利
Sallahukā vutti assāti sallahukavutti. Yathā ekacco bahubhaṇḍo bhikkhu disāpakkamanakāle bahuṃ pattacīvarapaccattharaṇatelaguḷādiṃ mahājanena sīsabhārakaṭibhārādīhi uccārāpetvā pakkamati, evaṃ ahutvā yo appaparikkhāro hoti, pattacīvarādiaṭṭhasamaṇaparikkhāramattameva pariharati, disāpakkamanakāle pakkhī sakuṇo viya samādāyeva pakkamati, evarūpo idha sallahukavuttīti adhippeto. Santāni indriyāni assāti santindriyo, iṭṭhārammaṇādīsu rāgādivasena anuddhatindriyoti vuttaṃ hoti. Nipakoti viññū vibhāvī paññavā, sīlānurakkhaṇapaññāya cīvarādivicāraṇapaññāya āvāsādisattasappāyaparijānanapaññāya ca samannāgatoti adhippāyo.
不是鲁莽,意思就是远离鲁莽:远离八种场合的身鲁莽、四种场合的语鲁莽,以及多种场合的意鲁莽。巴利
Na pagabbhoti appagabbho, aṭṭhaṭṭhānena kāyapāgabbhiyena, catuṭṭhānena vacīpāgabbhiyena, anekaṭṭhānena manopāgabbhiyena ca virahitoti attho.
所谓八种场合的身鲁莽(《大义疏》87),就是在僧团中、团体中、个人面前,以及在食堂、暖房、浴场、乞食路上、进入人家时,用身体做出不恰当的行为。比如:有人坐在僧团中间时盘腿而坐,或者把一只脚叠在另一只脚上,诸如此类;在团体中间也是这样——“团体中间”指的是四众聚集的地方;在年长的人面前也是如此。在食堂里,不给年长者让座,还挡住新来者的座位;在暖房里也是这样,而且不先问过年长的人就点火等。在浴场,不遵守“不论年少年长,都应按先来后到的顺序洗澡”的规矩,后来的人直接下水,妨碍年长者和年少者。在乞食路上,为了抢最好的座位、最好的水、最好的食物而走在年长者前面,用手臂互相推挤;进入人家时,抢在年长者前面进去,和年少者打闹嬉戏等等。巴利
Aṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ kāyapāgabbhiyaṃ (mahāni. 87) nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalabhojanasālājantāgharanhānatitthabhikkhācāramaggaantaragharapavesanesu kāyena appatirūpakaraṇaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco saṅghamajjhe pallatthikāya vā nisīdati, pāde pādamodahitvā vāti evamādi, tathā gaṇamajjhe, gaṇamajjheti catuparisasannipāte, tathā vuḍḍhatare puggale. Bhojanasālāyaṃ pana vuḍḍhānaṃ āsanaṃ na deti, navānaṃ āsanaṃ paṭibāhati, tathā jantāghare. Vuḍḍhe cettha anāpucchā aggijālanādīni karoti. Nhānatitthe ca yadidaṃ ‘‘daharo vuḍḍhoti pamāṇaṃ akatvā āgatapaṭipāṭiyā nhāyitabba’’nti vuttaṃ , tampi anādiyanto pacchā āgantvā udakaṃ otaritvā vuḍḍhe ca nave ca bādheti. Bhikkhācāramagge pana aggāsanaaggodakaaggapiṇḍatthaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ purato purato yāti bāhāya bāhaṃ paharanto, antaragharappavesane vuḍḍhānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ pavisati, daharehi kāyakīḷanaṃ karotīti evamādi.
什么是“四种场合的语鲁莽”?就是在僧团中、在团体中、在个人面前、在俗人家里,说出不合适的言语。具体来说:有人在大众僧团中不先请求允许就说法;同样,在前面说过的团体中、在年长的人面前也是这样。在那里,有人被问到一个问题,他不先请求年长者的允许就回答。而在俗人家里,则说:“某某人那里有什么?有粥吗?还是有嚼食、有啖食?你会给我什么?我今天要嚼什么、吃什么、喝什么?”诸如此类的话。巴利
Catuṭṭhānaṃ vacīpāgabbhiyaṃ nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalaantaragharesu appatirūpavācānicchāraṇaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco saṅghamajjhe anāpucchā dhammaṃ bhāsati, tathā pubbe vuttappakāre gaṇe vuḍḍhatare puggale ca. Tattha manussehi pañhaṃ puṭṭho vuḍḍhataraṃ anāpucchā vissajjeti. Antaraghare pana ‘‘itthannāme kiṃ atthi, kiṃ yāgu udāhu khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ, kiṃ me dassasi, kimajja khādissāmi, kiṃ bhuñjissāmi, kiṃ pivissāmī’’ti edamādiṃ bhāsati.
所谓“多种场合的意鲁莽”,就是虽然在这些场合里没有通过身体或言语做出越轨的行为,但仅仅在心里生起欲寻等各种各样不适当的念头。巴利
Anekaṭṭhānaṃ manopāgabbhiyaṃ nāma tesu tesu ṭhānesu kāyavācāhi ajjhācāraṃ anāpajjitvāpi manasā eva kāmavitakkādinānappakāraappatirūpavitakkanaṃ.
对任何家族都不贪恋,意思是:无论他亲近哪些家族,都不会因为对供养的贪求,或者因为不合适的在家交往而贪恋他们;不会和他们一起忧愁,也不会和他们一起欢喜;不会在他们快乐时跟着快乐,也不会在他们痛苦时跟着痛苦;不会在他们有事要办时主动掺和进去。还有,这首偈里“应善语”这个地方出现的“应”字,要和所有词连在一起理解,也就是“应知足、应易养”这样。巴利
Kulesvananugiddhoti yāni kulāni upasaṅkamati, tesu paccayataṇhāya vā ananulomiyagihisaṃsaggavasena vā ananugiddho, na sahasokī, na sahanandī, na sukhitesu sukhito, na dukkhitesu dukkhito, na uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā vā yogamāpajjitāti vuttaṃ hoti. Imissā ca gāthāya yaṃ ‘‘suvaco cassā’’ti ettha vuttaṃ ‘‘assā’’ti vacanaṃ, taṃ sabbapadehi saddhiṃ ‘‘santussako ca assa, subharo ca assā’’ti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
145 145. 世尊这样为想要证得寂静境界并安住其中,或者想要为了证得该境界而修行的比丘——尤其是林居比丘——开示了应当做的事之后,现在又想开示不应当做的事,于是说了这半首偈:“不应造作任何微小的恶行,以免被智者责备。”它的含义是:这样践行应当做的事时,那种被称为“微小”“低劣”的身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,都不应去做。而不做,并不只是说不做粗重的,而是说任何一点都不应做,哪怕极微细的也不应做——这就是这里要表达的意思。巴利
145. Evaṃ bhagavā santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmassa tadadhigamāya vā paṭipajjitukāmassa visesato āraññakassa bhikkhuno tatuttaripi karaṇīyaṃ ācikkhitvā idāni akaraṇīyampi ācikkhitukāmo ‘‘na ca khuddamācare kiñci, yena viññū pare upavadeyyu’’nti imaṃ upaḍḍhagāthamāha. Tassattho – evamimaṃ karaṇīyaṃ karonto yaṃ taṃ kāyavacīmanoduccaritaṃ khuddaṃ lāmakanti vuccati, taṃ na ca khuddaṃ samācare. Asamācaranto ca na kevalaṃ oḷārikaṃ, kiṃ pana kiñci na samācare, appamattakaṃ aṇumattampi na samācareti vuttaṃ hoti.
接着,为了说明这种行持本身当下就能见到的过患,而说“会被智者所呵责”。在这里,愚者不能作为标准,因为他们会把没有过失的说成有过失,或者把小过失说成大过失。只有智者才是标准,他们经过审察和深入判断之后,对应该受批评的人说批评的话,对应该受称赞的人说称赞的话,因此说“智者”。巴利
Tato tassa samācāre sandiṭṭhikamevādīnavaṃ dasseti ‘‘yena viññū pare upavadeyyu’’nti. Ettha ca yasmā aviññū pare appamāṇaṃ. Te hi anavajjaṃ vā sāvajjaṃ karonti, appasāvajjaṃ vā mahāsāvajjaṃ. Viññū eva pana pamāṇaṃ. Te hi anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, vaṇṇārahassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, tasmā ‘‘viññū pare’’ti vuttaṃ.
世尊就这样用这两首半偈,为那些想要亲证寂静境界而安住的人,或者为了证得它而想要修行的人——特别是林居比丘,并以林居比丘为代表,也为一切想要受持业处而安住的人——讲说了应做与不应做的区别以及业处的近行之后,现在为了帮那些比丘消除对天神的恐惧,为了护佑的目的,以及为了以观的基础禅那为方式的业处目的,便以“愿他们快乐、安稳……”这样的方式,开始讲说慈心。巴利
Evaṃ bhagavā imāhi aḍḍhateyyāhi gāthāhi santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmassa, tadadhigamāya vā paṭipajjitukāmassa visesato āraññakassa āraññakasīsena ca sabbesampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā viharitukāmānaṃ karaṇīyākaraṇīyabhedaṃ kammaṭṭhānūpacāraṃ vatvā idāni tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tassa devatābhayassa paṭighātāya parittatthaṃ vipassanāpādakajjhānavasena kammaṭṭhānatthañca ‘‘sukhino va khemino hontū’’tiādinā nayena mettakathaṃ kathetumāraddho.
在这里,“快乐的人”指拥有快乐的人。“安稳的人”指没有危险、无所畏惧、没有灾祸的人,这就是所说的意思。“一切”指没有剩余的。“众生”指有生命者。“心乐的人”指内心快乐的人。在这里应当知道:因为身体上的快乐而称为“快乐的人”,因为心理上的快乐而称为“心乐的人”,或者因为两者兼具或远离一切恐惧和灾祸而称为“安稳的人”。为什么要这样说呢?是为了显示慈心修习的方式。因为慈心应当这样修习:“愿一切众生快乐”,或者“愿他们安稳”,或者“愿他们心乐”。巴利
Tattha sukhinoti sukhasamaṅgino. Kheminoti khemavanto, abhayā nirupaddavāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sabbeti anavasesā. Sattāti pāṇino. Sukhitattāti sukhitacittā. Ettha ca kāyikena sukhena sukhino, mānasena sukhitattā, tadubhayenāpi sabbabhayūpaddavavigamena vā kheminoti veditabbā. Kasmā pana evaṃ vuttaṃ? Mettābhāvanākāradassanatthaṃ. Evañhi mettā bhāvetabbā ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhino hontū’’ti vā, ‘‘khemino hontū’’ti vā, ‘‘sukhitattā hontū’’ti vā.
146 146. 这样,先用简要的方式说明了慈心修习从近行定一直到安止定的顶点,现在为了从详细方面也展示它,说出了“凡是……”这两首偈。或者,因为心在种种不同的所缘上已熟习时,不会一开始就安住在单一所缘上,而是随着所缘的种种差别逐渐安住下来,所以为了说明心能一再跟随动摇与不动等二类、三类所缘的差别而逐渐安住,说出了“凡是……”这两首偈。又或者,因为对某位比丘来说,哪种所缘清晰显现,他的心就容易在那个所缘上安乐而住,所以为了让那些比丘的心安住在各自清晰显现的所缘上,说出了“凡是……”这两首偈,用以阐明动摇与不动等二类、三类所缘的种种差别。巴利
146. Evaṃ yāva upacārato appanākoṭi, tāva saṅkhepena mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni vitthāratopi taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ye kecī’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Atha vā yasmā puthuttārammaṇe paricitaṃ cittaṃ na ādikeneva ekatte saṇṭhāti, ārammaṇappabhedaṃ pana anugantvā kamena saṇṭhāti, tasmā tassa tasathāvarādidukatikappabhede ārammaṇe anugantvā anugantvā saṇṭhānatthampi ‘‘ye kecī’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Atha vā yasmā yassa yaṃ ārammaṇaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti, tassa tattha cittaṃ sukhaṃ tiṭṭhati. Tasmā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yassa yaṃ vibhūtaṃ ārammaṇaṃ, tassa tattha cittaṃ saṇṭhāpetukāmo tasathāvarādidukattikaārammaṇappabhedadīpakaṃ ‘‘ye kecī’’ti imaṃ gāthādvayamāha.
在这里,确实有四种二法组:动摇者与不动者的二法组、已见的与未见的二法组、远的与近的二法组、已生的与求生的二法组。另外,通过“长”等六个词句,由于中间词句在三组三法组中有意义、微细词句在两组三法组中有意义,所以说明了三组三法组:长-短-中三法组、大-微-中三法组、粗-微-中三法组。其中,“凡是”这个词是没有遗漏的说法。有呼吸的就是已生有情;或者说,有呼吸所以叫有情。通过这个,摄取了与入出息相应的五蕴众生。“存在”就是已生,通过这个,摄取了一蕴和四蕴的众生。“有”就是存在,就是现起、可得。巴利
Ettha hi tasathāvaradukaṃ diṭṭhādiṭṭhadukaṃ dūrasantikadukaṃ bhūtasambhavesidukanti cattāri dukāni, dīghādīhi ca chahi padehi majjhimapadassa tīsu, aṇukapadassa ca dvīsu tikesu atthasambhavato dīgharassamajjhimattikaṃ mahantāṇukamajjhimattikaṃ thūlāṇukamajjhimattikanti tayo tike dīpeti. Tattha ye kecīti anavasesavacanaṃ. Pāṇā eva bhūtā pāṇabhūtā. Atha vā pāṇantīti pāṇā. Etena assāsapassāsapaṭibaddhe pañcavokārasatte gaṇhāti. Bhavantīti bhūtā. Etena ekavokāracatuvokārasatte gaṇhāti. Atthīti santi, saṃvijjanti.
像这样,先用“凡是已生有情存在”这句话,把应当由各种两法和三法所统摄的一切众生合在一起显示出来;现在再用“动或不动、无余”这一对,把它们全都统摄起来显示。巴利
Evaṃ ‘‘ye keci pāṇabhūtatthī’’ti iminā vacanena dukattikehi saṅgahetabbe sabbe satte ekajjhaṃ dassetvā idāni sabbepi te tasā vā thāvarā vā anavasesāti iminā dukena saṅgahetvā dasseti.
在这里,“颤栗者”就是指会恐惧的人,这是对有渴爱、有怖畏者的称呼。“安住者”就是指稳定不动的人,这是对已断除渴爱与怖畏的阿拉汉的称呼。“他们再无剩余”,就是“无余”,意思是“全部”。第二首偈颂末尾所说的内容,应当和那些成双、成三的组合联系起来理解:“凡是已生的有情存在,无论是颤栗者还是安住者,无一例外,愿这一切众生都内心快乐。”同样地,一直到“已生者或寻求再生者,愿这一切众生都内心快乐。”巴利
Tattha tasantīti tasā, sataṇhānaṃ sabhayānañcetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tiṭṭhantīti thāvarā, pahīnataṇhābhayānaṃ arahataṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Natthi tesaṃ avasesanti anavasesā, sabbepīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yañca dutiyagāthāya ante vuttaṃ, taṃ sabbadukatikehi sambandhitabbaṃ – ye keci pāṇabhūtatthi tasā vā thāvarā vā anavasesā, imepi sabbe sattā bhavantu sukhitattā. Evaṃ yāva bhūtā vā sambhavesī vā imepi sabbe sattā bhavantu sukhitattāti.
现在,在说明“长、短、中等”这三组三类的时候,对于“长”等六个词句中的“长”,指的是身体长的众生,比如龙、鱼、蜥蜴等。因为在大海里,龙的身体有几百寻那么长,鱼、蜥蜴等的身体也有好几由旬那么长。“大”指的是身体大的众生,比如水里的鱼、鳖等,陆地上的象王等,非人中的达纳瓦等。经中也说:“拉胡的有身……”。他的有身高度是四千八百由旬,手臂长八百由旬,两眉之间宽五十由旬,指间也是这样,两只手掌各二百由旬。“中等”指的是马、牛、水牛、猪等的身体。“短”指的是在各类众生中,像侏儒等这样身体矮小的众生,比起长和中等的身量来,体量更小。“微”指的是肉眼看不到、只有天眼才能看到的众生,比如在水中等处受生的微细身体的众生,或者虱子之类。另外,在各类众生中,比起大、中以及粗、中来体量更小的众生,应当知道就是“微”。“粗”指的是身体呈圆团状的众生,比如鱼、鳖、蚌、螺等。巴利
Idāni dīgharassamajjhimāditikattayadīpakesu dīghā vātiādīsu chasu padesu dīghāti dīghattabhāvā nāgamacchagodhādayo. Anekabyāmasatappamāṇāpi hi mahāsamudde nāgānaṃ attabhāvā anekayojanappamāṇāpi macchagodhādīnaṃ attabhāvā honti. Mahantāti mahantattabhāvā jale macchakacchapādayo, thale hatthināgādayo, amanussesu dānavādayo. Āha ca – ‘‘rāhuggaṃ attabhāvīna’’nti (a. ni. 4.15). Tassa hi attabhāvo ubbedhena cattāri yojanasahassāni aṭṭha ca yojanasatāni, bāhū dvādasayojanasataparimāṇā, paññāsayojanaṃ bhamukantaraṃ, tathā aṅgulantarikā, hatthatalāni dve yojanasatānīti. Majjhimāti assagoṇamahiṃsasūkarādīnaṃ attabhāvā. Rassakāti tāsu tāsu jātīsu vāmanādayo dīghamajjhimehi omakappamāṇā sattā. Aṇukāti maṃsacakkhussa agocarā, dibbacakkhuvisayā udakādīsu nibbattā sukhumattabhāvā sattā, ūkādayo vā. Apica ye tāsu tāsu jātīsu mahantamajjhimehi thūlamajjhimehi ca omakappamāṇā sattā, te aṇukāti veditabbā. Thūlāti parimaṇḍalattabhāvā macchakummasippikasambukādayo sattā.
147 就这样,先用三种三法毫无遗漏地显示出一切众生之后,现在又用“见过的或没见过的”等三种二法把它们总摄起来显示。巴利
147. Evaṃ tīhi tikehi anavasesato satte dassetvā idāni ‘‘diṭṭhā vā yeva adiṭṭhā’’tiādīhi tīhi dukehipi te saṅgahetvā dasseti.
在这里,“见过的”是指那些曾经通过进入自己眼门范围而被见过的人。“没见过的”是指住在其他大海、其他山、其他轮围界等处的人。而“远住、近住”这一对,则是在显示住在自己身体远处和近处的众生。应当依照他们所依止的地方来理解。因为住在自己身体内的众生是近,住在身体外的是远。同样,住在内行境范围内的众生是近,住在外行境范围内的是远。住在自己的寺院、村庄、地区、洲、轮围界里的众生是近,住在其他轮围界里的则被称为远住。巴利
Tattha diṭṭhāti ye attano cakkhussa āpāthamāgatavasena diṭṭhapubbā. Adiṭṭhāti ye parasamuddaparaselaparacakkavāḷādīsu ṭhitā. ‘‘Yeva dūre vasanti avidūre’’ti iminā pana dukena attano attabhāvassa dūre ca avidūre ca vasante satte dasseti. Te upādāyupādāvasena veditabbā. Attano hi kāye vasantā sattā avidūre, bahikāye vasantā dūre. Tathā antoupacāre vasantā avidūre, bahiupacāre vasantā dūre. Attano vihāre gāme janapade dīpe cakkavāḷe vasantā avidūre, paracakkavāḷe vasantā dūre vasantīti vuccanti.
已生,是指已经出生、已经显现。那些已经出生、不会再出生,因此被算作“不再再生”的众生,这是对诸漏尽者的称呼。寻求再生,就是“求有”。因为还没有断除有结,未来仍会寻求再生,这是对有学圣者和凡夫的称呼。或者,在四种出生方式中,卵生和胎生的众生,只要还没有破开卵壳或胎膜,就叫做“求有”;破开卵壳或胎膜、出来之后,就叫做“已生”。湿生和化生的众生,在第一个心识刹那叫做“求有”;从第二个心识刹那开始,就叫做“已生”。或者,以某种姿势出生,只要还没有获得其他姿势,这期间叫做“求有”;此后就叫做“已生”。巴利
Bhūtāti jātā, abhinibbattā. Ye bhūtā eva, na puna bhavissantīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti, tesaṃ khīṇāsavānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sambhavamesantīti sambhavesī. Appahīnabhavasaṃyojanattā āyatimpi sambhavaṃ esantānaṃ sekkhaputhujjanānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Atha vā catūsu yonīsu aṇḍajajalābujā sattā yāva aṇḍakosaṃ vatthikosañca na bhindanti, tāva sambhavesī nāma. Aṇḍakosaṃ vatthikosañca bhinditvā bahi nikkhantā bhūtā nāma. Saṃsedajā opapātikā ca paṭhamacittakkhaṇe sambhavesī nāma. Dutiyacittakkhaṇato pabhuti bhūtā nāma. Yena vā iriyāpathena jāyanti, yāva tato aññaṃ na pāpuṇanti, tāva sambhavesī nāma. Tato paraṃ bhūtāti.
148 148. 世尊这样用“愿他们快乐”等两偈半,从各种角度为那些比丘说明:以希望他们获得利益和快乐的方式,对众生修习慈心。现在,他又以希望他们不遭遇不利和痛苦的方式来说明这一点,于是说“不欺诳他人”。这是古本的读法,但现在也有人读作“paraṃ hī”,这种读法不好看。巴利
148. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘sukhino vā’’tiādīhi aḍḍhateyyāhi gāthāhi nānappakārato tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hitasukhāgamapatthanāvasena sattesu mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni ahitadukkhānāgamapatthanāvasenāpi taṃ dassento āha ‘‘na paro paraṃ nikubbethā’’ti. Esa porāṇapāṭho, idāni pana ‘‘paraṃ hī’’tipi paṭhanti, ayaṃ na sobhano.
在这里,“他人”就是指别人。“他”就是指其他的人。“不欺诳”就是不应欺骗。“不轻慢”就是不应自视超越而轻视他。“于任何处”就是在任何地方,比如在村庄、市镇、田地、亲族中间或人群中间等等。“他”就是指这个。“任何”就是指任何一个刹帝利、婆罗门、在家者、出家者、幸福者或不幸者等等。“以嗔怒与嗔恚想”:通过身语的变化来表现的是嗔怒,通过意的变化来表现的是嗔恚想。本来应该说“由嗔怒、由嗔恚想”,却说成“嗔怒、嗔恚想”,就像本来应该说“由正智而解脱”,却说成“正智解脱”,又像本来应该说“由次第学、次第作、次第行道”,却说成“次第学、次第作、次第行道”一样。“不应彼此期望对方痛苦”就是不应该互相希望对方受苦。这话说的是什么意思呢?意思是,不应该仅仅以“愿他们快乐、安稳”等这样的作意来修慈心,还应该这样作意而修:“但愿任何一个他人,都不以欺骗等诡计去欺骗任何一个他人;不在任何地方,借着出身等九种慢的根据去轻视任何一个他人;而且彼此之间,不因为嗔怒或嗔恚想而希望对方痛苦。”巴利
Tattha paroti parajano. Paranti parajanaṃ. Na nikubbethāti na vañceyya. Nātimaññethāti na atikkamitvā maññeyya. Katthacīti katthaci okāse, gāme vā nigame vā khette vā ñātimajjhe vā pūgamajjhe vātiādi. Nanti etaṃ. Kañcīti yaṃ kañci khattiyaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā gahaṭṭhaṃ vā pabbajitaṃ vā sugataṃ vā duggataṃ vātiādi. Byārosanā paṭighasaññāti kāyavacīvikārehi byārosanāya ca, manovikārena paṭighasaññāya ca. ‘‘Byārosanāya paṭighasaññāyā’’ti hi vattabbe ‘‘byārosanā paṭighasaññā’’ti vuccati yathā ‘‘samma daññāya vimuttā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘samma daññā vimuttā’’ti, yathā ca ‘‘anupubbasikkhāya anupubbakiriyāya anupubbapaṭipadāyā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā’’ti (a. ni. 8.19; udā. 45; cūḷava. 385). Nāññamaññassa dukkhamiccheyyāti aññamaññassa dukkhaṃ na iccheyya. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Na kevalaṃ ‘‘sukhino vā khemino vā hontū’’tiādi manasikāravaseneva mettaṃ bhāveyya. Kiṃ pana ‘‘aho vata yo koci parapuggalo yaṃ kañci parapuggalaṃ vañcanādīhi nikatīhi na nikubbetha, jātiādīhi ca navahi mānavatthūhi katthaci padese yaṃ kañci parapuggalaṃ nātimaññeyya, aññamaññassa ca byārosanāya vā paṭighasaññāya vā dukkhaṃ na iccheyyā’’ti evampi manasi karonto bhāveyyāti.
149 已经从不希望伤害与痛苦到来的祈愿角度,依义说明了慈心修习,现在以比喻来说明同样的它,说道:“就像母亲对待自己的独子。”巴利
149. Evaṃ ahitadukkhānāgamapatthanāvasena atthato mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni tameva upamāya dassento āha ‘‘mātā yathā niyaṃ putta’’nti.
这句话的意思是:就像母亲守护自己亲生的儿子——她的独子,为了挡住儿子可能遭遇的痛苦,甚至愿意舍弃自己的性命来保护他;同样地,应当对一切众生修习这份慈心,让它一次又一次地生起、增长。而且,这慈心以无量众生为所缘,或者以毫无遗漏地遍满的方式,对一个众生也修成无量。巴利
Tassattho – yathā mātā niyaṃ puttaṃ attani jātaṃ orasaṃ puttaṃ, tañca ekaputtameva āyusā anurakkhe, tassa dukkhāgamapaṭibāhanatthaṃ attano āyumpi cajitvā taṃ anurakkhe, evampi sabbabhūtesu idaṃ mettamānasaṃ bhāvaye, punappunaṃ janaye vaḍḍhaye, tañca aparimāṇasattārammaṇavasena ekasmiṃ vā satte anavasesapharaṇavasena aparimāṇaṃ bhāvayeti.
150 已经用一切方式说明了慈心修习,现在要说明它的增长,所以说:慈心遍及一切世间。巴利
150. Evaṃ sabbākārena mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni tasseva vaḍḍhanaṃ dassento āha ‘‘mettañca sabbalokasmī’’ti.
在这里,“朋友”(mitto)是从“润泽、保护”来的:因为怀着利益他人的心意而亲爱,并且保护对方不受伤害,这就是它的含义。朋友的状态就是慈(mettā)。“于一切中”是指没有遗漏。“世间”是指有情世间。存在于意中的就是“心”,之所以这样说,是因为它与心相应。“修习”就是增长。“没有它的限量”就是无量,这是说它以无量有情为所缘。“上方”就是上面,以此涵盖无色有。“下方”就是下面,以此涵盖欲有。“横向”就是中间,以此涵盖色有。“不狭窄”就是没有拥挤、没有逼迫,意思是破除了界限。所谓界限,是指敌对者,意思是慈心即使对敌对者也能转起。“无怨”就是没有怨,意思是即使偶尔也不生起敌意。“无怨敌”就是没有敌对者。因为住于慈的补特伽罗为人所爱、为非人所爱,没有谁是那补特伽罗的敌对者,所以他的那个心由于没有敌对者,被称为“无怨敌”。这是一种迂回说法,即所谓敌对者就是怨敌。这是逐句的义释。巴利
Tattha mijjati tāyati cāti mitto, hitajjhāsayatāya siniyhati, ahitāgamato rakkhati cāti attho. Mittassa bhāvo mettaṃ. Sabbasminti anavasese. Lokasminti sattaloke. Manasi bhavanti mānasaṃ. Tañhi cittasampayuttattā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhāvayeti vaḍḍhaye. Nāssa parimāṇanti aparimāṇaṃ, appamāṇasattārammaṇatāya evaṃ vuttaṃ. Uddhanti upari. Tena arūpabhavaṃ gaṇhāti. Adhoti heṭṭhā. Tena kāmabhavaṃ gaṇhāti. Tiriyanti vemajjhaṃ. Tena rūpabhavaṃ gaṇhāti. Asambādhanti sambādhavirahitaṃ, bhinnasīmanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sīmā nāma paccatthiko vuccati, tasmimpi pavattanti attho. Averanti veravirahitaṃ, antarantarāpi veracetanāpātubhāvavirahitanti vuttaṃ hoti. Asapattanti vigatapaccatthikaṃ. Mettāvihārī hi puggalo manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, nāssa koci paccatthiko hoti, tenassa taṃ mānasaṃ vigatapaccatthikattā ‘‘asapatta’’nti vuccati. Pariyāyavacanañhi etaṃ, yadidaṃ paccatthiko sapattoti. Ayaṃ anupadato atthavaṇṇanā.
这里要说明的是所意指的含义:也就是“应当这样对一切众生修习无量之心”这句话所说的。这个无量慈心,应当在一切世间修习、增长,使它达到增长、壮大、广大的地步。怎么修呢?向上、向下和横向:向上直到有顶天,向下直到无间地狱,横向遍及剩余的一切方向。或者也可以说,向上遍及无色界,向下遍及欲界,横向遍及色界,毫无遗漏地遍满。当他这样修习时,为了让这慈心变得无障碍、无怨恨、无敌对,就要通过消除障碍、怨恨、敌对来修习。或者说,当慈心达到了修习的成就,因为遍及一切处而获得空间,所以叫无障碍;因为消除了自己对他人的愤恨,所以叫无怨恨;因为消除了他人对自己的愤恨,所以叫无敌对。这样的无障碍、无怨恨、无敌对的无量慈心,应当在向上、向下、横向这三种划分所涵盖的一切世间中修习、增长。巴利
Ayaṃ panettha adhippetatthavaṇṇanā – yadetaṃ ‘‘evampi sabbabhūtesu mānasaṃ bhāvaye aparimāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Tañcetaṃ aparimāṇaṃ mettaṃ mānasaṃ sabbalokasmiṃ bhāvaye vaḍḍhaye, vuḍḍhiṃ, virūḷhiṃ, vepullaṃ gamaye. Kathaṃ? Uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyañca, uddhaṃ yāva bhavaggā, adho yāva avīcito, tiriyaṃ yāva avasesadisā. Uddhaṃ vā āruppaṃ, adho kāmadhātuṃ, tiriyaṃ rūpadhātuṃ anavasesaṃ pharanto. Evaṃ bhāventopi ca taṃ yathā asambādhaṃ, averaṃ, asapattañca, hoti tathā sambādhaverasapattābhāvaṃ karonto bhāvaye. Yaṃ vā taṃ bhāvanāsampadaṃ pattaṃ sabbattha okāsalābhavasena asambādhaṃ. Attano paresu āghātapaṭivinayena averaṃ, attani ca paresaṃ āghātapaṭivinayena asapattaṃ hoti, taṃ asambādhaṃ averaṃ asapattaṃ aparimāṇaṃ mettaṃ mānasaṃ uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāti tividhaparicchede sabbalokasmiṃ bhāvaye vaḍḍhayeti.
151 讲完慈心修习的增长之后,现在要说明:一个专心投入这种修习而安住的人,在行住坐卧的姿势上并没有固定限制,所以说“站着、走着……乃至……应当安住”。巴利
151. Evaṃ mettābhāvanāya vaḍḍhanaṃ dassetvā idāni taṃ bhāvanamanuyuttassa viharato iriyāpathaniyamābhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘tiṭṭhaṃ caraṃ…pe… adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti.
它的意思是:这样修习慈心时,他并不像“结跏趺坐,把身体端正挺直”等说法那样,对威仪姿势设定固定限制,而是随自己舒适,消除各种威仪姿势所带来的疲劳,不论是站着、走着、坐着还是躺着,只要清醒没有睡眠,就应当把心定住在慈心禅那的这一念上。巴利
Tassattho – evametaṃ mettaṃ mānasaṃ bhāvento so ‘‘nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.374; ma. ni. 1.107; vibha. 508) viya iriyāpathaniyamaṃ akatvā yathāsukhaṃ aññataraññatarairiyāpathabādhanavinodanaṃ karonto tiṭṭhaṃ vā caraṃ vā nisinno vā sayāno vā yāvatā vigatamiddho assa, atha etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭheyya.
或者,这样显示了慈心修习的增长之后,现在为了显示自在的境界而说“站着、走着”。因为已经获得自在的人,不论是站着、走着、坐着还是躺着,只要他想以任何一种威仪安住于这慈心禅那的念,他都能做到。或者,“站着或走着”是说,站立等姿势并不会成为他的障碍;而是说,只要他想安住于这慈心禅那的念,他就能远离昏沉睡眠而安住,在这当中没有迟滞。因此说:“站着、走着、坐着或躺着,只要他远离昏沉睡眠,就应当安住于这念。”巴利
Atha vā evaṃ mettābhāvanāya vaḍḍhanaṃ dassetvā idāni vasībhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘tiṭṭhaṃ cara’’nti. Vasippatto hi tiṭṭhaṃ vā caraṃ vā nisinno vā sayāno vā yāvatā iriyāpathena etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭhātukāmo hoti. Atha vā tiṭṭhaṃ vā caraṃ vāti na tassa ṭhānādīni antarāyakarāni honti, apica kho so yāvatā etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭhātukāmo hoti, tāvatā vitamiddho hutvā adhiṭṭhāti, natthi tassa tattha dandhāyitattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘tiṭṭhaṃ caraṃ nisinno va sayāno, yāvatāssa vitamiddho. Etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti.
这段话的意思是:所谓“应当在一切世间修习慈心”,就要这样去修习——不论是在站立等任何一种姿势中,还是不拘于站立等姿势,只要他想把心定住在慈心禅那的这份念上,就在那时远离昏沉睡眠,把心定住在这份念上。巴利
Tassāyamadhippāyo – yaṃ taṃ ‘‘mettañca sabbalokasmi, mānasaṃ bhāvaye’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ tathā bhāvaye, yathā ṭhānādīsu yāvatā iriyāpathena, ṭhānādīni vā anādiyitvā yāvatā etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭhātukāmo assa, tāvatā vitamiddho hutvā etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyāti.
就这样,为了显示在慈心修习中达到自在,先以“应当安住于此念”这句话把他引向慈心住;现在为了赞叹这种住,又说:“这在法中被称为梵住。”巴利
Evaṃ mettābhāvanāya vasībhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti tasmiṃ mettāvihāre niyojetvā idāni taṃ vihāraṃ thunanto āha ‘‘brahmametaṃvihāramidhamāhū’’ti.
这段话的意思是:从“愿他们快乐、安稳”等开始,一直到“应安住于此念”所赞叹的慈心住,在四种住——天住、梵住、圣住、威仪住——当中,因为它没有过失,又能利益自己和他人,所以在这圣者的法与律中,被称为梵住,也被称为最胜住。因此,应当恒常、持续、不间断地,不论站着、走着、坐着或躺着,只要还没有被睡眠压倒,就安住于此念。巴利
Tassattho – yvāyaṃ ‘‘sukhinova khemino hontū’’tiādiṃ katvā yāva ‘‘etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti saṃvaṇṇito mettāvihāro, etaṃ catūsu dibbabrahmaariyairiyāpathavihāresu niddosattā attanopi paresampi atthakarattā ca idha ariyassa dhammavinaye brahmavihāramāhu, seṭṭhavihāramāhūti. Yato satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ tiṭṭhaṃ caraṃ nisinno vā sayāno vā yāvatāssa vitamiddho, etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyāti.
152 世尊这样从各种角度为那些比丘开示了慈心修习之后,现在,因为慈心以有情为所缘,容易接近我见,所以为了遮止他们执取邪见,就以那慈心禅那作为基础,为他们显示到达圣者境界的方法,于是说:“不执取见”。他以这首偈颂结束了这次开示。巴利
152. Evaṃ bhagavā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ nānappakārato mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā mettā sattārammaṇattā attadiṭṭhiyā āsannā hoti tasmā diṭṭhigahaṇanisedhanamukhena tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tadeva mettājhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ariyabhūmippattiṃ dassento āha ‘‘diṭṭhiñca anupaggammā’’ti. Imāya gāthāya desanaṃ samāpesi.
这段话的意思是:那位被赞叹为“这是梵住,所以称为梵住”的慈心禅那住,从那里出定后,把握当时生起的寻、伺等诸法,并依照它们所依的处所等,也把握了色法。通过这样区分名色,知道“这只是纯粹诸行的积聚,在这里找不到真实的众生”,如此不执取这种见解,然后依次以出世间戒而具戒,具足与出世间戒相应的、称为入流道正见的见。此后,对于对象欲中尚未断除的贪着,即烦恼欲,也通过一来道和不来道,以变薄和无余断除的方式,调伏、除去、止息对诸欲的贪着。因此,确实不再入母胎,决定不再入母胎;在净居天化生后,就在那里证得阿拉汉果,入般涅槃。巴利
Tassattho – yvāyaṃ ‘‘brahmametaṃ vihāramidhamāhū’’ti saṃvaṇṇito mettājhānavihāro, tato vuṭṭhāya ye tattha vitakkavicārādayo dhammā, te, tesañca vatthādianusārena rūpadhamme pariggahetvā iminā nāmarūpaparicchedena ‘‘suddhasaṅkhārapuñjoyaṃ, na idha sattūpalabbhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.171) evaṃ diṭṭhiñca anupaggamma anupubbena lokuttarasīlena sīlavā hutvā lokuttarasīlasampayutteneva sotāpattimaggasammādiṭṭhisaṅkhātena dassanena sampanno. Tato paraṃ yopāyaṃ vatthukāmesu gedho kilesakāmo appahīno hoti, tampi sakadāgāmianāgāmimaggehi tanubhāvena anavasesappahānena ca kāmesu gedhaṃ vineyya vinayitvā vūpasametvā na hi jātu gabbhaseyya puna reti ekaṃseneva puna gabbhaseyyaṃ na eti, suddhāvāsesu nibbattitvā tattheva arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā parinibbātīti.
世尊结束开示后,对那些比丘说:“去吧,比丘们,就在那片丛林里住下来。每个月八天闻法日,敲响犍槌集合大众,诵持这部经,讲说法义,互相讨论,随喜。就以此作为禅修业处,反复亲近、修习、多多实践。那些非人也不会再向你们显现恐怖的景象,反而会成为希望你们得到利益、希望你们得到安乐的存在。”比丘们回答“善哉”,从座位上起身,顶礼世尊,右绕后前往那里,照做了。天神们心想“这些长老比丘是希望我们得到利益、希望我们得到安乐的”,生起喜悦和欢喜,就亲自打扫住处,准备好热水,为他们做背部和脚部的护理,并安排守护。那些比丘就以慈心为根本,着手修观。在雨季安居这三个月内,所有人都证得了最高的果位——阿罗汉果,之后在大自恣日举行了清净自恣。巴利
Evaṃ bhagavā desanaṃ samāpetvā te bhikkhū āha – ‘‘gacchatha, bhikkhave, tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe viharatha. Imañca suttaṃ māsassa aṭṭhasu dhammassavanadivasesu gaṇḍiṃ ākoṭetvā ussāretha, dhammakathaṃ karotha, sākacchatha, anumodatha, idameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ āsevatha, bhāvetha, bahulīkarotha. Tepi vo amanussā taṃ bheravārammaṇaṃ na dassessanti, aññadatthu atthakāmā hitakāmā bhavissantī’’ti. Te ‘‘sādhū’’ti bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, tattha gantvā, tathā akaṃsu. Devatāyo ca ‘‘bhadantā amhākaṃ atthakāmā hitakāmā’’ti pītisomanassajātā hutvā sayameva senāsanaṃ sammajjanti, uṇhodakaṃ paṭiyādenti, piṭṭhiparikammapādaparikammaṃ karonti, ārakkhaṃ saṃvidahanti. Te bhikkhū tatheva mettaṃ bhāvetvā tameva ca pādakaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā sabbeva tasmiṃyeva antotemāse aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā mahāpavāraṇāya visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresunti.
正因为这样,由善于利益的如来。
由法主所说的应当做的事
做了之后,又亲身享受了内心至高无上的寂静,
智慧圆满的人,能通达那寂静的境界。
所以,确实那不死、稀有、圣者所爱的——
想要亲证寂静之境并想要安住其中的人,
有智慧的人,具备无垢的戒、定与慧,
应当始终去做应当进行的辨析。巴利
Evañhi atthakusalena tathāgatena, Dhammissarena kathitaṃ karaṇīyamatthaṃ; Katvānubhuyya paramaṃ hadayassa santiṃ, Santaṃ padaṃ abhisamenti samattapaññā. Tasmā hi taṃ amatamabbhutamariyakantaṃ, Santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmo; Viññū jano vimalasīlasamādhipaññā, Bhedaṃ kareyya satataṃ karaṇīyamatthanti.
《雪山经》的注释巴利
9. Hemavatasuttavaṇṇanā
“今日是十五日”这段,就是《雪山经》。它的起因是什么?起因是有人提问。雪山夜叉问过世尊之后,世尊说了“世间在六处生起”等话。其中,“今日是十五日”等句是萨多耆利说的,“如是萨多耆利”等句是结集者加的,“你的心是否……”等句是雪山夜叉说的,“世间在六处”等句是世尊说的。把这些全部合在一起,就称为《雪山经》。也有人称它为《萨多耆利经》。巴利
Ajjapannarasoti hemavatasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Pucchāvasikā uppatti. Hemavatena hi puṭṭho bhagavā ‘‘chasu loko samuppanno’’tiādīni abhāsi. Tattha ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’tiādi sātāgirena vuttaṃ, ‘‘iti sātāgiro’’tiādi saṅgītikārehi, ‘‘kaccimano’’tiādi hemavatena, ‘‘chasu loko’’tiādi bhagavatā, taṃ sabbampi samodhānetvā ‘‘hemavatasutta’’nti vuccati. ‘‘Sātāgirisutta’’nti ekaccehi.
其中,“今日是十五日”这几句偈颂,它的来历是这样的:就在这个贤劫中,人寿两万岁的时候,人们出现在世间。迦叶正等正觉者住世一万六千年后入般涅槃,众人以盛大的供养为他办理了遗体事宜。他的舍利没有散开,而是凝成完整的一块,像金块一样立在那里。这是长寿诸佛的常法。至于短寿的诸佛,因为大多数人还没见到他们就已般涅槃了,所以他们也做舍利供养。他们出于悲悯,心想“愿各地众生都能积集福德”,便决意让舍利散开。因此,那些佛陀的舍利就像金粉一样散开,正如我们世尊的情形那样。巴利
Tattha yāyaṃ ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’tiādi gāthā. Tassā uppatti – imasmiṃyeva bhaddakappe vīsativassasahassāyukesu purisesu uppajjitvā soḷasavassasahassāyukāni ṭhatvā parinibbutassa bhagavato kassapasammāsambuddhassa mahatiyā pūjāya sarīrakiccaṃ akaṃsu. Tassa dhātuyo avikiritvā suvaṇṇakkhandho viya ekagghanā hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Dīghāyukabuddhānañhi esā dhammatā. Appāyukabuddhā pana yasmā bahutarena janena adiṭṭhā eva parinibbāyanti, tasmā dhātupūjampi katvā ‘‘tattha tattha janā puññaṃ pasavissantī’’ti anukampāya ‘‘dhātuyo vikirantū’’ti adhiṭṭhahanti. Tena tesaṃ suvaṇṇacuṇṇāni viya dhātuyo vikiranti, seyyathāpi amhākaṃ bhagavato.
人们为那位世尊只建了一座舍利殿,并建起塔庙,高有一由旬,周围也有一由旬。塔庙有四座门,每两座门之间相隔一牛呼。一座门由基基王负责,一座由他的儿子名叫地护的负责,一座由以将军为首的大臣们负责,一座由以长者为地方首领的民众负责。砖块都是纯金整块铸成的,像金水一样光润,还有各种宝石做成的砖,每一块价值十万。他们用雌黄和雄黄代替泥土,用香油代替水,就这样建起了那座塔。巴利
Manussā tassa bhagavato ekaṃyeva dhātugharaṃ katvā cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ yojanaṃ ubbedhena parikkhepena ca. Tassa ekekagāvutantarāni cattāri dvārāni ahesuṃ. Ekaṃ dvāraṃ kikī rājā aggahesi; ekaṃ tasseva putto pathavindharo nāma; ekaṃ senāpatipamukhā amaccā; ekaṃ seṭṭhipamukhā jānapadā rattasuvaṇṇamayā ekagghanā suvaṇṇarasapaṭibhāgā ca nānāratanamayā iṭṭhakā ahesuṃ ekekā satasahassagghanikā. Te haritālamanosilāhi mattikākiccaṃ surabhitelena udakakiccañca katvā taṃ cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
塔庙这样建好之后,有两位出身良家的好友一起出家,在佛陀亲传弟子那些长老面前受了出家戒。因为长寿诸佛住世时,只有佛陀的亲传弟子才能给人剃度、授具足戒、给依止,其他人没有这个资格。于是这两位善男子问长老们:“尊者,教法里有几种责任?”长老们说:“有两种责任:住持的责任和学习教法的责任。”其中,出家的善男子要在轨范师和亲教师身边住满五年,尽到弟子应尽的种种义务,把戒本和两三诵分的经文背熟,学好禅修业处,对俗家或僧众群体都不留恋,进入山林,为证得阿罗汉果而精勤努力,这就是住持的责任。而凭自己的能力,学通一部尼柯耶,或者两部、五部尼柯耶,从文句和义理两方面把教法研究得清清楚楚,这就是学习教法的责任。这两位善男子听后说:“这两种责任里,住持的责任更殊胜。”接着又说:“可我们现在还年轻,等年纪大了再完成住持的责任,先趁现在把学习教法的责任完成吧。”于是他们就开始学习教法。他们本来就很聪明,不久就对整个佛陀的教法了然于心,在律学方面更是极其善于判断抉择。靠着他们学习教法的成果,徒众聚集起来;有了徒众,供养也来了,他们每人各有五百位比丘围绕。他们住世宣扬导师的教法,仿佛佛陀时代又重现了一样。巴利
Evaṃ patiṭṭhite cetiye dve kulaputtā sahāyakā nikkhamitvā sammukhasāvakānaṃ therānaṃ santike pabbajiṃsu. Dīghāyukabuddhānañhi sammukhasāvakāyeva pabbājenti, upasampādenti, nissayaṃ denti, itare na labhanti. Tato te kulaputtā ‘‘sāsane, bhante, kati dhurānī’’ti pucchiṃsu. Therā ‘‘dve dhurānī’’ti kathesuṃ – ‘‘vāsadhuraṃ, pariyattidhurañcā’’ti. Tattha pabbajitena kulaputtena ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ santike pañca vassāni vasitvā, vattapaṭivattaṃ pūretvā, pātimokkhaṃ dve tīṇi bhāṇavārasuttantāni ca paguṇaṃ katvā, kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā, kule vā gaṇe vā nirālayena araññaṃ pavisitvā, arahattasacchikiriyāya ghaṭitabbaṃ vāyamitabbaṃ, etaṃ vāsadhuraṃ. Attano thāmena pana ekaṃ vā nikāyaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā dve vā pañca vā nikāye pariyattito ca atthato ca suvisadaṃ sāsanaṃ anuyuñjitabbaṃ, etaṃ pariyattidhuranti. Atha te kulaputtā ‘‘dvinnaṃ dhurānaṃ vāsadhurameva seṭṭha’’nti vatvā ‘‘mayaṃ panamhā daharā, vuḍḍhakāle vāsadhuraṃ paripūressāma, pariyattidhuraṃ tāva pūremā’’ti pariyattiṃ ārabhiṃsu. Te pakatiyāva paññavanto nacirasseva sakale buddhavacane pakataññano vinaye ca ativiya vinicchayakusalā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ pariyattiṃ nissāya parivāro uppajji, parivāraṃ nissāya lābho, ekamekassa pañcasatapañcasatā bhikkhū parivārā ahesuṃ. Te satthusāsanaṃ dīpentā vihariṃsu, puna buddhakālo viya ahosi.
那时,有两位比丘住在村落附近的住处,一位是说法者,一位是非法说法者。非法说法者性情暴烈、粗鲁,又爱多嘴,他的犯戒行为被另一位看得清清楚楚。于是那位比丘责备他说:“贤友,你这种行为跟教法太不相称了。”那人却反问:“你看见了什么?你听到了什么?”想把他搪塞过去。另一位说:“持律者们会知道的。”非法说法者心想:“如果持律者们来裁断这件事,我在教法里肯定就站不住脚了。”于是他想拉拢自己的人,立刻带上资具,去亲近那两位长老,把沙门资具供养给他们,然后开始依止他们住下来。他尽心侍奉长老们,表面上像是要认真履行弟子应尽的义务和职责。有一天,他去侍奉长老,礼敬之后,长老们示意他可以走了,他却还站着不走。长老们问他:“你有什么话要说吗?”他说:“是的,尊者。我和一位比丘尼因为犯戒的事起了争执。如果她来这里告状,请你们千万不要依法裁断。”长老们说:“事情已经正式提出来了,不依法裁断是不可以的。”他说:“尊者,要是那样做,我在教法里就没有立足之地了。这坏事算在我头上好了,请你们不要裁断。”长老们被他这样逼迫,就答应了。他拿到长老们的承诺后,又回到那个住处,到处说“持律者那边已经全部搞定了”,更加轻视那位说法者,对他粗鲁无礼。说法者心想:“这人现在毫无顾忌了。”立刻离开,去到长老们的随从——一千位比丘那里,说道:“贤友们,事情已经正式提出来了,难道不应该依法裁断吗?或者至少应该让双方互相认错、达成和合。可这些长老既不裁断事情,也不促成和合。这算什么?”他们听了之后也沉默不语,心想:“大概老师们心里有数吧。”于是非法说法者得了机会,逼迫说法者说:“你以前不是说‘持律者们会知道的’吗?现在你去把这件事告诉那些持律者啊。”又说:“从今天起你输了,别再回那个住处了。”说完就走了。说法者于是去见那些长老,说:“你们不顾教法,只想着‘他来侍奉我们、让我们满意’,只看重个人。你们不保护教法,却保护个人。从今天起,你们的裁断再也不算数了。今天迦叶佛世尊已经入灭了。”他大声哭喊,悲叹“导师的教法毁了”,然后离去。巴利
Tadā dve bhikkhū gāmakāvāse viharanti dhammavādī ca adhammavādī ca. Adhammavādī caṇḍo hoti pharuso, mukharo, tassa ajjhācāro itarassa pākaṭo hoti. Tato naṃ ‘‘idaṃ te, āvuso, kammaṃ sāsanassa appatirūpa’’nti codesi. So ‘‘kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ suta’’nti vikkhipati. Itaro ‘‘vinayadharā jānissantī’’ti āha. Tato adhammavādī ‘‘sace imaṃ vatthuṃ vinayadharā vinicchinissanti, addhā me sāsane patiṭṭhā na bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā attano pakkhaṃ kātukāmo tāvadeva parikkhāre ādāya te dve there upasaṅkamitvā samaṇaparikkhāre datvā tesaṃ nissayena viharitumāraddho. Sabbañca nesaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ karonto sakkaccaṃ vattapaṭivattaṃ pūretukāmo viya akāsi. Tato ekadivasaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā vanditvā tehi vissajjiyamānopi aṭṭhāsiyeva. Therā ‘‘kiñci vattabbamatthī’’ti taṃ pucchiṃsu. So ‘‘āma, bhante, ekena me bhikkhunā saha ajjhācāraṃ paṭicca vivādo atthi. So yadi taṃ vatthuṃ idhāgantvā āroceti, yathāvinicchayaṃ na vinicchinitabba’’nti. Therā ‘‘osaṭaṃ vatthuṃ yathāvinicchayaṃ na vinicchinituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti āhaṃsu. So ‘‘evaṃ kariyamāne, bhante, mama sāsane patiṭṭhā natthi, mayhetaṃ pāpaṃ hotu, mā tumhe vinicchinathā’’ti. Te tena nippīḷiyamānā sampaṭicchiṃsu. So tesaṃ paṭiññaṃ gahetvā puna taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā ‘‘sabbaṃ vinayadharānaṃ santike niṭṭhita’’nti taṃ dhammavādiṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ avamaññanto pharusena samudācarati. Dhammavādī ‘‘nissaṅko ayaṃ jāto’’ti tāvadeva nikkhamitvā therānaṃ parivāraṃ bhikkhusahassaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘nanu, āvuso, osaṭaṃ vatthu yathādhammaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ, anosarāpetvā eva vā aññamaññaṃ accayaṃ desāpetvā sāmaggī kātabbā. Ime pana therā neva vatthuṃ vinicchiniṃsu, na sāmaggiṃ akaṃsu. Kiṃ nāmeta’’nti? Tepi sutvā tuṇhī ahesuṃ – ‘‘nūna kiñci ācariyehi ñāta’’nti. Tato adhammavādī okāsaṃ labhitvā ‘‘tvaṃ pubbe ‘vinayadharā jānissantī’ti bhaṇasi. Idāni tesaṃ vinayadharānaṃ ārocehi taṃ vatthu’’nti dhammavādiṃ pīḷetvā ‘‘ajjatagge parājito tvaṃ, mā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Tato dhammavādī there upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘tumhe sāsanaṃ anapekkhitvā ‘amhe upaṭṭhesi paritosesī’ti puggalameva apekkhittha, sāsanaṃ arakkhitvā puggalaṃ rakkhittha, ajjatagge dāni tumhākaṃ vinicchayaṃ vinicchinituṃ na vaṭṭati, ajja parinibbuto kassapo bhagavā’’ti mahāsaddena kanditvā ‘‘naṭṭhaṃ satthu sāsana’’nti paridevamāno pakkāmi.
这时,那些比丘心里受到震动,生起悔恨:“我们为了保护一个人,竟把教法的珍宝扔进了深坑!”他们被这份悔恨折磨得心力交瘁,死后无法投生天界。两位老师中,一位投生在雪山中的金雪山,名叫金雪山夜叉;另一位投生在中部地区的萨他山,名叫萨他山夜叉。跟随他们的那些比丘,也因为追随他们,同样无法投生天界,就投生成了他们的夜叉眷属。而供养他们生活所需物资的在家居士们,则投生到了天界。金雪山和萨他山后来成为二十八位夜叉将军之中拥有大神力的夜叉王。巴利
Atha kho te bhikkhū saṃviggamānasā ‘‘mayaṃ puggalamanurakkhantā sāsanaratanaṃ sobbhe pakkhipimhā’’ti kukkuccaṃ uppādesuṃ . Te teneva kukkuccena upahatāsayattā kālaṃ katvā sagge nibbattitumasakkontā ekācariyo himavati hemavate pabbate nibbatti hemavato yakkhoti nāmena. Dutiyācariyo majjhimadese sātapabbate sātāgiroti nāmena. Tepi nesaṃ parivārā bhikkhū tesaṃyeva anuvattitvā sagge nibbattitumasakkontā tesaṃ parivārā yakkhāva hutvā nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ pana paccayadāyakā gahaṭṭhā devaloke nibbatiṃsu. Hemavatasātāgirā aṭṭhavīsatiyakkhasenāpatīnamabbhantarā mahānubhāvā yakkharājāno ahesuṃ.
夜叉将军们有这样的天性:每个月有八天,为了裁决法义,天神们会聚集在雪山雄黄石板上的龙象凉亭里,他们也应该到那里集会。那时,萨他山夜叉和雪山夜叉在这次集会中互相看见,认出了彼此,就问对方:“朋友,你投生在哪里?”他们各自问明对方投生的地方后,都生起了懊悔:“朋友,我们完了。我们过去整整两万年修习沙门法,却因为依靠一个恶友,投生到了夜叉族里。而我们的施主们,反倒投生到了欲界天中。”于是萨他山说:“朋友,雪山向来被认为是稀有奇妙的,你要是看见或听说了什么稀奇的事,也告诉我吧。”雪山也说:“朋友,中部地区向来被认为是稀有奇妙的,你要是看见或听说了什么稀奇的事,也告诉我吧。”两位好友就这样互相约定,之后仍旧没有离开各自投生的地方,继续住着。就这样,过了一个没有佛出世的间隔,大地表面大约增高了一由旬三伽浮他。巴利
Yakkhasenāpatīnañca ayaṃ dhammatā – māse māse aṭṭha divasāni dhammavinicchayatthaṃ himavati manosilātale nāgavatimaṇḍape devatānaṃ sannipāto hoti, tattha sannipatitabbanti. Atha sātāgirahemavatā tasmiṃ samāgame aññamaññaṃ disvā sañjāniṃsu – ‘‘tvaṃ, samma, kuhiṃ uppanno, tvaṃ kuhi’’nti attano attano uppattiṭṭhānañca pucchitvā vippaṭisārino ahesuṃ. ‘‘Naṭṭhā mayaṃ, samma, pubbe vīsati vassasahassāni samaṇadhammaṃ katvā ekaṃ pāpasahāyaṃ nissāya yakkhayoniyaṃ uppannā, amhākaṃ pana paccayadāyakā kāmāvacaradevesu nibbattā’’ti. Atha sātāgiro āha – ‘‘mārisa, himavā nāma acchariyabbhutasammato, kiñci acchariyaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā mamāpi āroceyyāsī’’ti. Hemavatopi āha – ‘‘mārisa, majjhimadeso nāma acchariyabbhutasammato, kiñci acchariyaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā mamāpi āroceyyāsī’’ti. Evaṃ tesu dvīsu sahāyesu aññamaññaṃ katikaṃ katvā, tameva uppattiṃ avivajjetvā vasamānesu ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ vītivattaṃ, mahāpathavī ekayojanatigāvutamattaṃ ussadā.
我们的菩萨,从在燃灯佛足下发愿开始,一直到须大拏本生那一世,圆满了一切波罗蜜。之后投生到兜率天宫,在那里住到天寿享尽。按照《法句经注》所说的方式,受到天众劝请,作了五种大观察,告知天众之后,在三十二种前兆出现时,震动了一万世界,在这里入胎结生。那两位夜叉王虽然看到了这些景象,却不知道“是因为这个原因才出现的”。有人说,他们是因为沉迷于嬉戏玩乐,所以没有注意到。在诞生、出家、成道的时候,情况也是这样。然而在初转法轮时,世尊召唤五比丘,以三转十二行相转动无上法轮,大地震动等前兆和种种神变,他们当中的萨他山夜叉第一个亲眼看到了。他知道了这些现象产生的原因后,就带着自己的随从,来到世尊面前听法,可是并没有得到任何特殊的证悟。为什么呢?因为他听法的时候,心里惦记着雪山夜叉,不断看向听众,心想:“我的朋友来了没有?”没看到朋友,心就散乱了,想:“我的朋友真是吃了大亏,竟然听不到世尊如此精彩善巧的说法。”世尊虽然知道太阳已经落山,也没有结束说法。巴利
Athamhākaṃ bodhisatto dīpaṅkarapādamūle katapaṇidhāno yāva vessantarajātakaṃ, tāva pāramiyo pūretvā, tusitabhavane uppajjitvā, tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā, dhammapadanidāne vuttanayena devatāhi āyācito pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā, devatānaṃ ārocetvā, dvattiṃsāya pubbanimittesu vattamānesu idha paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi dasasahassilokadhātuṃ kampetvā. Tāni disvāpi ime rājayakkhā ‘‘iminā kāraṇena nibbattānī’’ti na jāniṃsu. ‘‘Khiḍḍāpasutattā nevāddasaṃsū’’ti eke. Esa nayo jātiyaṃ abhinikkhamane bodhiyañca. Dhammacakkappavattane pana pañcavaggiye āmantetvā bhagavati tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ varadhammacakkaṃ pavattente mahābhūmicālaṃ pubbanimittaṃ pāṭihāriyāni ca etesaṃ eko sātāgiroyeva paṭhamaṃ addasa. Nibbattikāraṇañca tesaṃ ñatvā sapariso bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma dhammadesanaṃ assosi, na ca kiñci visesaṃ adhigacchi. Kasmā? So hi dhammaṃ suṇanto hemavataṃ anussaritvā ‘‘āgato nu kho me sahāyako, no’’ti parisaṃ oloketvā taṃ apassanto ‘‘vañcito me sahāyo, yo evaṃ vicitrapaṭibhānaṃ bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ na suṇātī’’ti vikkhittacitto ahosi. Bhagavā ca atthaṅgatepi ca sūriye desanaṃ na niṭṭhāpesi.
这时,萨达基利想:“带上朋友,和他一起去听法。”于是化现出象车、马车、金翅鸟车等交通工具,由五百夜叉围绕,朝雪山方向出发。那时,雪山夜叉也一样。因为三十二种前兆只在结生、出生、出家、成道、般涅槃时才出现,出现后就消失,不会停留很久;但在初转法轮时,这些前兆变得格外殊胜,停留更久才消失。所以,雪山夜叉在雪山见到这种稀有的景象后,心想:“从我出生以来,这座山从来没有这样美丽过。来吧,现在我就带上朋友,一起回来和他共享这片花团锦簇的美景。”于是他也同样朝中部地区方向而来。两位夜叉在王舍城上空相遇,互相询问对方前来的原因。雪山夜叉说:“贤友,从我出生以来,这座山从来没有因为树木不在花季却开满花而这样赏心悦目,所以我是想来和你一起享受这片花景的。”萨达基利说:“贤友,你知道这片不在花季却遍地开花的奇特瑞相是因为什么而出现的吗?”雪山夜叉说:“我不知道,贤友。”萨达基利说:“贤友,这种神变不只出现在雪山,而是遍及一万个世界。正自觉者已出现于世,今天转了法轮,就是因为这个原因。”萨达基利这样把佛陀出世的事告诉雪山夜叉后,想带他到世尊那里去,便说了这首偈颂。不过也有人说是:当世尊住在瞿昙迦寺时,这位这样说:“今天是第十五日。”巴利
Atha sātāgiro ‘‘sahāyaṃ gahetvā tena sahāgamma dhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti hatthiyānaassayānagaruḷayānādīni māpetvā pañcahi yakkhasatehi parivuto himavantābhimukho pāyāsi, tadā hemavatopi. Yasmā paṭisandhijāti-abhinikkhamana-bodhiparinibbānesveva dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni hutvāva pativigacchanti, na ciraṭṭhitikāni honti, dhammacakkapavattane pana tāni savisesāni hutvā, cirataraṃ ṭhatvā nirujjhanti, tasmā himavati taṃ acchariyapātubhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘yato ahaṃ jāto, na kadāci ayaṃ pabbato evaṃ abhirāmo bhūtapubbo, handa dāni mama sahāyaṃ gahetvā āgamma tena saha imaṃ pupphasiriṃ anubhavissāmī’’ti tatheva majjhimadesābhimukho āgacchati. Te ubhopi rājagahassa upari samāgantvā aññamaññassa āgamanakāraṇaṃ pucchiṃsu. Hemavato āha – ‘‘yato ahaṃ, mārisa, jāto, nāyaṃ pabbato evaṃ akālakusumitehi rukkhehi abhirāmo bhūtapubbo, tasmā etaṃ pupphasiriṃ tayā saddhiṃ anubhavissāmīti āgatomhī’’ti . Sātāgiro āha – ‘‘jānāsi, pana, tvaṃ mārisa, yena kāraṇena imaṃ akālapupphapāṭihāriyaṃ jāta’’nti? ‘‘Na jānāmi, mārisā’’ti. ‘‘Imaṃ, mārisa, pāṭihāriyaṃ na kevala himavanteyeva, apica kho pana dasasahassilokadhātūsu nibbattaṃ, sammāsambuddho loke uppanno, ajja dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, tena kāraṇenā’’ti. Evaṃ sātāgiro hemavatassa buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā, taṃ bhagavato santikaṃ ānetukāmo imaṃ gāthamāha. Keci pana gotamake cetiye viharante bhagavati ayamevamāhāti bhaṇanti ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’ti.
153 这里,“今天”是指:按半月来算,这一昼夜是第十五天;因为应当受持斋戒,所以叫布萨。在三种布萨当中,今天是第十五天的布萨,不是第十四天的布萨,也不是和合布萨。再说,“布萨”这个词用在好几种意思上,比如诵巴帝摩卡、受持八支斋戒、制定戒规的日子等等。在“来吧,劫宾那贤友,我们去参加布萨吧”这类话里,“布萨”指的是诵巴帝摩卡。在“毗舍佉,这样具足八支的布萨已经受持了”这类话里(《增支部》8.43),指的是远离杀生等八支。在“纯净者永远清净,纯净者永远有布萨”这类话里(《中部》1.79),指的是斋戒。在“名叫布萨的龙王”这类话里(《长部》2.246;《中部》3.258),指的是施设的名称。在“在那个布萨日,十五日,他洗了头”这类话里(《长部》3.85;《中部》3.256),指的是日子。所以,排除其余的意思,专门指定阿沙荼月月圆日,才说“今天是第十五天布萨”。从初一、初二这样数下来,今天正是第十五天。巴利
153. Tattha ajjāti ayaṃ rattindivo pakkhagaṇanato pannaraso, upavasitabbato uposatho. Tīsu vā uposathesu ajja pannaraso uposatho, na cātuddasī uposatho, na sāmaggīuposatho. Yasmā vā pātimokkhuddesaaṭṭhaṅgaupavāsapaññattidivasādīsu sambahulesu atthesu uposathasaddo vattati. ‘‘Āyāmāvuso, kappina, uposathaṃ gamissāmā’’tiādīsu hi pātimokkhuddese uposathasaddo. ‘‘Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato kho visākhe uposatho upavuttho’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.43) pāṇātipātā veramaṇiādikesu aṭṭhaṅgesu. ‘‘Suddhassa ve sadā phaggu, suddhassuposatho sadā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.79) upavāse. ‘‘Uposatho nāma nāgarājā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.246; ma. ni. 3.258) paññattiyaṃ. ‘‘Tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṃnhātassā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.85; ma. ni. 3.256) divase. Tasmā avasesatthaṃ paṭikkhipitvā āsāḷhīpuṇṇamadivasaṃyeva niyāmento āha – ‘‘ajja pannaraso uposatho’’ti. Pāṭipado dutiyoti evaṃ gaṇiyamāne ajja pannaraso divasoti attho.
天界所生的就是“天界的”,在这里存在天界所生的,所以叫“天界的”。那是什么?是色。因为在那天夜里,从一万个世界聚集而来的诸天,以他们的身体、衣服、装饰和宫殿的光明,加上远离了云等污垢的月光,让整个赡部洲变得庄严美丽。而那位极其清净的天——世尊的身体光明,更使它格外庄严。因此说:“天界的夜晚已经来临。”巴利
Divi bhavāni dibbāni, dibbāni ettha atthīti dibbā. Kāni tāni? Rūpāni. Tañhi rattiṃ devānaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuto sannipatitānaṃ sarīravatthābharaṇavimānappabhāhi abbhādiupakkilesavirahitāya candappabhāya ca sakalajambudīpo alaṅkato ahosi. Visesālaṅkato ca paramavisuddhidevassa bhagavato sarīrappabhāya. Tenāha ‘‘dibbā ratti upaṭṭhitā’’ti.
他这样借赞叹夜晚功德的机会,激发朋友的净信,讲了佛陀出现于世的事,然后说:“那位名声无与伦比的导师,来吧,我们去见乔达摩。”这里,“乔达摩”是指乔达摩种姓。“名声无与伦比”是说他的名声来自不低劣、无可挑剔、各方面都圆满的功德,所以叫“名声无与伦比”。同样,像“觉悟了诸谛,所以叫佛陀;令众生觉悟,所以叫佛陀”这类说法(《大义释》192;《小义释·彼岸道赞颂偈释》97;《无碍解道》1.162),就是说他因为不低劣的功德而得到“佛陀”之名;又如“已破坏贪欲,所以叫世尊;已破坏瞋恨,所以叫世尊”这类说法(《大义释》84),也是说他因为不低劣的功德而得到(世尊之)名。这个道理也适用于“阿罗汉、正等正觉者、明行具足者”等(名号)。在现世利益等种种利益上,他教导天与人:“这个要舍弃,这个要受持奉行”,所以是导师。此外,依照“导师是世尊,是商队首领,犹如商队首领令众人渡过荒野”这类说法(《大义释》190)的注释方式,他也是导师。那位名声无与伦比的导师。“来吧”是表示决意的虚词。“我们去见”是连同自己一起包括在内、用现在时的说法。“乔达摩”是指乔达摩种姓。这话是什么意思呢?“是导师,不是导师”,不要生起疑惑,应当完全决意之后,来,我们去见乔达摩。巴利
Evaṃ rattiguṇavaṇṇanāpadesenāpi sahāyassa cittappasādaṃ janento buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā āha ‘‘anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ, handa passāma gotama’’nti. Tattha anomehi alāmakehi sabbākāraparipūrehi guṇehi nāmaṃ assāti anomanāmo. Tathā hissa ‘‘bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho’’tiādinā (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 97; paṭi. ma. 1.162) nayena buddhoti anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ, ‘‘bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 84) nayena ca anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ. Esa nayo ‘‘arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno’’tiādīsu. Diṭṭhadhammikādīsu atthesu devamanusse anusāsati ‘‘imaṃ pajahatha, imaṃ samādāya vattathā’’ti satthā. Apica ‘‘satthā bhagavā satthavāho, yathā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāretī’’tiādinā (mahāni. 190) niddese vuttanayenāpi satthā. Taṃ anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ. Handāti byavasānatthe nipāto. Passāmāti tena attānaṃ saha saṅgahetvā paccuppannavacanaṃ. Gotamanti gotamagottaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti ? ‘‘Satthā, na satthā’’ti mā vimatiṃ akāsi, ekantabyavasito hutvāva ehi passāma gotamanti.
154 听到这话,雪山夜叉心想:“这位萨达基罗说‘具足无劣名称的导师’,是在彰显那位导师的一切知。可是,一切知者在世间极为难得,而世间偏偏被富兰那之类自称一切知的人搞得乌烟瘴气。如果他真是一切知者,那必定已经具备了与一切知相应的特征,我就用那个特征来检验他。”于是,他为了询问那个特征,说道:“心意是否……”巴利
154. Evaṃ vutte hemavato ‘‘ayaṃ sātāgiro ‘anomanāmaṃ satthāra’nti bhaṇanto tassa sabbaññutaṃ pakāseti, sabbaññuno ca dullabhā loke, sabbaññupaṭiññehi pūraṇādisadiseheva loko upadduto. So pana yadi sabbaññū, addhā tādilakkhaṇappatto bhavissati, tena taṃ evaṃ pariggaṇhissāmī’’ti cintetvā tādilakkhaṇaṃ pucchanto āha – ‘‘kacci mano’’ti.
这里,“是否”是提问。“意”就是心。“善安住”就是妥善安放,不动摇,不被扰动。“于一切众生中”就是于一切众生。“如彼”是指已经达到如彼相的人。或者,这本身就是一个问句:“你那位导师,于一切众生中是如彼,还是不是?”“于可意与不可意中”就是在这样的所缘中。“诸寻”就是种种思惟。“已被调伏”就是已被置于掌控之下。这话说的是什么?你所称的那位导师,当他达到如彼相时,他的心于一切众生是否善安住?还是说,只要还没遇到令它动摇的缘,就看起来像是善安住?你那位导师,于一切众生,是以平等心而为如彼,还是不是?而对于可意与不可意的所缘,因贪嗔而可能生起的那些寻,是否已被他调伏?还是说,他有时仍会随这些寻而转?巴利
Tattha kaccīti pucchā. Manoti cittaṃ. Supaṇihitoti suṭṭhu ṭhapito, acalo asampavedhī. Sabbesu bhūtesu sabbabhūtesu. Tādinoti tādilakkhaṇappattasseva sato. Pucchā eva vā ayaṃ ‘‘so te satthā sabbabhūtesu tādī, udāhu no’’ti. Iṭṭhe aniṭṭhe cāti evarūpe ārammaṇe. Saṅkappāti vitakkā. Vasīkatāti vasaṃ gamitā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yaṃ tvaṃ satthāraṃ vadasi, tassa te satthuno kacci tādilakkhaṇappattassa sato sabbabhūtesu mano supaṇihito, udāhu yāva calanapaccayaṃ na labhati, tāva supaṇihito viya khāyati. So vā te satthā kacci sabbabhūtesu samacittena tādī, udāhu no, ye ca kho iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu ārammaṇesu rāgadosavasena saṅkappā uppajjeyyuṃ, tyāssa kacci vasīkatā, udāhu kadāci tesampi vasena vattatīti.
155 155. 接着,萨达基罗因为确信世尊具备一切知性,便认可世尊的一切知者功德,说道:“他的心善得安住”等等。其中,“善得安住”是指妥善安立:像大地一样,因为不排斥任何事物;像须弥山一样,因为安立稳固、不可动摇;像因陀罗柱一样,因为不被四种魔和外道的种种人群所动摇。这并不奇怪,因为世尊如今已圆满具备一切行相,安住于一切知性之中,他的心善得安住、不可动摇,本就应当如此。即使在他还是畜生、仍有贪等烦恼的时期,投生在六牙象族中,被涂了毒的箭射中,心也不动摇,对那个加害者不生嗔恨,反而割下自己的象牙送给他;同样,当他生为大猕猴时,头被大石头砸中,仍然给那个人指示道路;同样,当他生为维杜罗智者时,被人抓住脚扔进六十由旬深的黑山悬崖,反而为那个夜叉说法。因此,萨达基罗说得完全正确:“他的心善得安住。”巴利
155. Tato sātāgiro bhagavato sabbaññubhāve byavasitattā sabbe sabbaññuguṇe anujānanto āha ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’tiādi. Tattha supaṇihitoti suṭṭhu ṭhapito, pathavīsamo avirujjhanaṭṭhena, sinerusamo suppatiṭṭhitācalanaṭṭhena, indakhīlasamo catubbidhamāraparavādigaṇehi akampiyaṭṭhena. Anacchariyañcetaṃ, bhagavato idāni sabbākārasampannattā sabbaññubhāve ṭhitassa mano supaṇihito acalo bhaveyya. Yassa tiracchānabhūtassāpi sarāgādikāle chaddantanāgakule uppannassa savisena sallena viddhassa acalo ahosi, vadhakepi tasmiṃ nappadussi, aññadatthu tasseva attano dante chetvā adāsi; tathā mahākapibhūtassa mahatiyā silāya sīse pahaṭassāpi tasseva ca maggaṃ dassesi; tathā vidhurapaṇḍitabhūtassa pādesu gahetvā saṭṭhiyojane kāḷapabbatapapāte pakkhittassāpi aññadatthu tasseva yakkhassatthāya dhammaṃ desesi. Tasmā sammadeva āha sātāgiro – ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’ti.
对于“于一切众生等”这句话:在一切众生中,已经达到如彼相者的心是善安立的。意思是,并不是直到遇不到缘时才善安立。其中,世尊的如彼相应当从五个方面来理解。正如所说的——巴利
Sabbabhūtesutādinoti sabbasattesu tādilakkhaṇappattasseva sato mano supaṇihito, na yāva paccayaṃ na labhatīti attho . Tattha bhagavato tādilakkhaṇaṃ pañcadhā veditabbaṃ. Yathāha –
世尊以五种方式成为如如不动者:在可意与不可意中如如不动,因为超越四而如如不动,因为已解脱而如如不动,因为已渡越而如如不动,因为对此的解说而如如不动。世尊如何在可意与不可意中如如不动?世尊在获得利益时也如如不动。巴利
‘‘Bhagavā pañcahākārehi tādī, iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī, cattāvīti tādī, muttāvīti tādī, tiṇṇāvīti tādī, tanniddesāti tādī. Kathaṃ bhagavā iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī? Bhagavā lābhepi tādī’’ti (mahāni. 38).
像这样开头的一切内容,都应该按照《义释》里已经说过的办法来理解。至于“得利”等部分,则要依据《大注疏》中详细展开的方式来了知。或者,这里本身就是一个问句:“这位导师对一切众生是如如不动,还是不是?”在这个理解方案里,意思就是:由于对一切众生都保持平等心,所以我们的导师是如如不动者。因为世尊怀着想带来安乐、想去除痛苦的心,对一切众生都保持平等心:对自己怎样,对别人也怎样;对母亲摩耶夫人怎样,对旃遮摩纳维也怎样;对父亲净饭王怎样,对善觉王也怎样;对儿子罗睺罗怎样,对想要杀害他的提婆达多、财护、央掘魔罗等人也怎样。即使在整个有天人居住的世间里,他也是如如不动者。因此,萨达基罗说得完全正确:“对一切众生,他是如如不动者。”巴利
Evamādi sabbaṃ niddese vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ. Lābhādayo ca tassa mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vitthāritanayena veditabbā. ‘‘Pucchā eva vā ayaṃ. So te satthā sabbabhūtesu tādī, udāhu no’’ti imasmimpi vikappe sabbabhūtesu samacittatāya tādī amhākaṃ satthāti attho. Ayañhi bhagavā sukhūpasaṃhārakāmatāya dukkhāpanayanakāmatāya ca sabbasattesu samacitto, yādiso attani, tādiso paresu, yādiso mātari mahāmāyāya, tādiso ciñcamāṇavikāya, yādiso pitari suddhodane, tādiso suppabuddhe, yādiso putte rāhule, tādiso vadhakesu devadattadhanapālakaaṅgulimālādīsu. Sadevake lokepi tādī. Tasmā sammadevāha sātāgiro – ‘‘sabbabhūtesu tādino’’ti.
另外,“于可意与不可意中”这一句,应当这样理解它的意思:无论什么可意或不可意的所缘,在一切情况下,那些可能因为贪、嗔而以思惟的形式生起的念头,世尊都已经用无上的道断除了贪等烦恼,所以它们完全在他的掌控之下,他从来不会随着这些念头转。因为世尊的思惟没有污浊,心已善解脱,慧已善解脱。这里,“心善安住”说的是没有不如理作意。“在一切众生中”配合“以可意不可意”,是说由于众生和诸行的差别,所缘分为两类。由于思惟已被调伏自在,他对那种所缘不再作意,因此说烦恼已断。以心善安住,说明意行清净;以对一切众生如如不动,说明身行清净;以思惟的自在力,因为思惟是语的根源,说明语行清净。同样,以心善安住,说明没有贪欲等一切过失;以对一切众生如如不动,说明具备慈等功德;以思惟的自在力,说明对不悦意之境视为不厌意等种种圣者神通,并由此说明他具备一切知智。巴利
Atho iṭṭhe aniṭṭhe cāti. Ettha pana evaṃ attho daṭṭhabbo – yaṃ kiñci iṭṭhaṃ vā aniṭṭhaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ, sabbappakārehi tattha ye rāgadosavasena saṅkappā uppajjeyyuṃ, tyāssa anuttarena maggena rāgādīnaṃ pahīnattā vasīkatā, na kadāci tesaṃ vase vattati. So hi bhagavā anāvilasaṅkappo suvimuttacitto suvimuttapaññoti. Ettha ca supaṇihitamanatāya ayonisomanasikārābhāvo vutto. Sabbabhūtesu iṭṭhāniṭṭhehi so yattha bhaveyya, taṃ sattasaṅkhārabhedato duvidhamārammaṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Saṅkappavasībhāvena tasmiṃ ārammaṇe tassa manasikārābhāvato kilesappahānaṃ vuttaṃ. Supaṇihitamanatāya ca manosamācārasuddhi, sabbabhūtesu tāditāya kāyasamācārasuddhi, saṅkappavasībhāvena vitakkamūlakattā vācāya vacīsamācārasuddhi. Tathā supaṇihitamanatāya lobhādisabbadosābhāvo , sabbabhūtesu tāditāya mettādiguṇasabbhāvo, saṅkappavasībhāvena paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññitādibhedā ariyiddhi, tāya cassa sabbaññubhāvo vutto hotīti veditabbo.
156 156. 雪山夜叉先前只从意门问起那种如如不动的境界,听到世尊承认了这一点;现在为了坚固确认,又从三门来问。或者也可以说,他先前简略地问了身、语、意三门的清净,听到世尊承认之后,现在为了坚固确认,就以详细的方式提问,于是说道:“你是否不取不与?”(kacci adinna)等等。在这其中,为了偈颂读起来顺畅,他先问远离不与取。“远离放逸处”(ārā pamādamhā),意思是心从五种欲乐的对象中放下、远离,这是在问远离非梵行。也有人读作“远离女人”(ārā pamadamhā),那说的就是远离女人。而“不废禅那”(jhānaṃ na riñcati),则是以此询问那三种身恶行之远离是否强而有力。因为已经获得禅那的人,他的远离是强而有力的。巴利
156. Evaṃ hemavato pubbe manodvāravaseneva tādibhāvaṃ pucchitvā tañca paṭijānantamimaṃ sutvā daḷhīkammatthaṃ idāni dvārattayavasenāpi, pubbe vā saṅkhepena kāyavacīmanodvārasuddhiṃ pucchitvā tañca paṭijānantamimaṃ sutvā daḷhīkammatthameva vitthārenāpi pucchanto āha ‘‘kacci adinna’’nti. Tattha gāthābandhasukhatthāya paṭhamaṃ adinnādānaviratiṃ pucchati. Ārā pamādamhāti pañcasu kāmaguṇesu cittavossaggato dūrībhāvena abrahmacariyaviratiṃ pucchati. ‘‘Ārā pamadamhā’’tipi paṭhanti, ārā mātugāmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Jhānaṃ na riñcatīti iminā pana tassāyeva tividhāya kāyaduccaritaviratiyā balavabhāvaṃ pucchati. Jhānayuttassa hi virati balavatī hotīti.
157 这时,萨塔基罗(的偈颂)是因为:世尊不只是现在,在过去漫长的岁月里也一直远离不与取等恶行;正是靠着每一种远离的力量,他才获得了种种大人相,而且连同天界在内的世间都用“沙门乔达摩远离不与取”等说法来称赞他。因此,他畅快无碍地发出狮子吼说:“他不拿取未给与的东西。”这句话的意思本来就很清楚。这首偈颂的第三句有“pamādamhā”和“pamadamhā”两种读法。第四句“不废禅那”,意思是不会让禅那变得空虚、空无,也就是不舍弃禅那,应当这样理解。巴利
157. Atha sātāgiro yasmā bhagavā na kevalaṃ etarahi, atītepi addhāne dīgharattaṃ adinnādānādīhi paṭivirato, tassā tassāyeva ca viratiyā ānubhāvena taṃ taṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhi, sadevako cassa loko ‘‘adinnādānā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo’’tiādinā nayena vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Tasmā vissaṭṭhāya vācāya sīhanādaṃ nadanto āha ‘‘na so adinnaṃ ādiyatī’’ti. Taṃ atthato pākaṭameva. Imissāpi gāthāya tatiyapāde ‘‘pamādamhā pamadamhā’’ti dvidhā pāṭho. Catutthapāde ca jhānaṃ na riñcatīti jhānaṃ rittakaṃ suññakaṃ na karoti, na pariccajatīti attho veditabbo.
158 158. 他听说了身门清净之后,现在为了询问语门清净,便问道:“你是否不说虚妄语?”这里,“khīṇo”是“损毁者”的意思,也就是伤害、杀害的意思。言语之道叫作“语路”(byappatho),一个人是“损毁语路者”(khīṇabyappatho),就是说他的语路带有损毁性。用否定词“na”来发问——“不是损毁语路者”——意思就是问:你是否不说粗恶语?也有读作“nākhīṇabyappatho”的,意思是语不涩滞。因为粗恶语就像卡在别人心里一样,滞留不去。这就是问:你是否不是那样说话的人?“vibhūtī”是毁灭的意思,说破坏性的话就叫“vibhūtikaṃ”,也就是“vebhūtikaṃ”,有时也说“vebhūtiyaṃ”,这些都是离间语的同义词。因为离间语会让众生彼此分裂,从而导致毁灭。其余部分意思很浅显,容易理解。巴利
158. Evaṃ kāyadvāre suddhiṃ sutvā idāni vacīdvāre suddhiṃ pucchanto āha – ‘‘kacci musā na bhaṇatī’’ti. Ettha khīṇātīti khīṇo, vihiṃsati badhatīti attho. Vācāya patho byappatho, khīṇo byappatho assāti khīṇabyappatho. Taṃ na-kārena paṭisedhetvā pucchati ‘‘na khīṇabyappatho’’ti, na pharusavācoti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Nākhīṇabyappatho’’tipi pāṭho, na akhīṇavacanoti attho. Pharusavacanañhi paresaṃ hadaye akhīyamānaṃ tiṭṭhati. Tādisavacano kacci na soti vuttaṃ hoti. Vibhūtīti vināso, vibhūtiṃ kāsati karoti vāti vibhūtikaṃ, vibhūtikameva vebhūtikaṃ, vebhūtiyantipi vuccati, pesuññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi sattānaṃ aññamaññato bhedanena vināsaṃ karoti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
159 159. 这时,萨塔基罗说:世尊不只是现在,在过去漫长的岁月里也一直远离妄语等恶行,正是靠着每一种远离的力量,他才获得了种种大人相,而且连同天界在内的世间都称赞说“沙门乔达摩远离妄语”。因此,他以毫无保留的语气发出狮子吼,说道:“他不说妄语。”这里,“妄语”是指歪曲所见等事实、用来欺骗别人的话。他不说这样的话。至于第二句,按第一种意思读作“语不损毁”,按第二种意思读作“语不涩滞”。第四句里的“慧”(mantā)指的就是智慧。世尊因为以慧抉择之后只说有意义的话,说的话不偏离义理,也不说无意义的杂秽语。因为对佛陀来说,绝不存在以无知为主导的无意义之语。所以他说:“以慧,他说有意义的话。”这里其余的部分都很容易理解。巴利
159. Atha sātāgiro yasmā bhagavā na kevalaṃ etarahi, atītepi addhāne dīgharattaṃ musāvādādīhi paṭivirato, tassā tassāyeva ca viratiyā ānubhāvena taṃ taṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhi, sadevako cassa loko ‘‘musāvādā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo’’ti vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Tasmā vissaṭṭhāya vācāya sīhanādaṃ nadanto āha, ‘‘musā ca so na bhaṇatī’’ti. Tattha musāti vinidhāya diṭṭhādīni paravisaṃvādanavacanaṃ. Taṃ so na bhaṇati. Dutiyapāde pana paṭhamatthavasena na khīṇabyappathoti, dutiyatthavasena nākhīṇabyappathoti pāṭho. Catutthapāde mantāti paññā vuccati. Bhagavā yasmā tāya mantāya paricchinditvā atthameva bhāsati atthato anapetavacanaṃ, na samphaṃ . Aññāṇapurekkhārañhi niratthakavacanaṃ buddhānaṃ natthi. Tasmā āha – ‘‘mantā atthaṃ so bhāsatī’’ti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
160 160. 他听说了语门的清净之后,现在为了问意门的清净,说道:“他是否不贪染诸欲呢?”在这里,“诸欲”指事欲。问他是否不以烦恼欲贪染那些事欲,就是在问无贪。问“无浊”,是就嗔恚造成的浑浊而问无嗔。问“已超越痴”,是问:以何种痴而迷惑、执取邪见,由于超越了那种痴,便问正见。问“于诸法有眼”,是问于一切法无碍的智眼,或者说,在五种眼所及的诸法上,以五种眼之力问一切知性;他心里想:“仅仅三门清净,也还不是一切知者吧。”巴利
160. Evaṃ vacīdvārasuddhimpi sutvā idāni manodvārasuddhiṃ pucchanto āha ‘‘kacci na rajjati kāmesū’’ti. Tattha kāmāti vatthukāmā. Tesu kilesakāmena na rajjatīti pucchanto anabhijjhālutaṃ pucchati. Anāvilanti pucchanto byāpādena āvilabhāvaṃ sandhāya abyāpādataṃ pucchati. Mohaṃ atikkantoti pucchanto yena mohena mūḷho micchādiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, tassātikkamena sammādiṭṭhitaṃ pucchati. Dhammesu cakkhumāti pucchanto sabbadhammesu appaṭihatassa ñāṇacakkhuno, pañcacakkhuvisayesu vā dhammesu pañcannampi cakkhūnaṃ vasena sabbaññutaṃ pucchati ‘‘dvārattayapārisuddhiyāpi sabbaññū na hotī’’ti cintetvā.
161 这时,萨塔基罗因为世尊在证得阿罗汉果之前,就已经由于不还道断除了欲贪和嗔恚,所以不会贪恋诸欲,也不会因为嗔恚而内心浑浊;又因为预流道断除了邪见所依的、掩盖真理的痴,所以已经超越了痴;而且他亲自现证了诸谛,觉悟成佛,获得了“解脱究竟”这个称号,也得到了所说的诸眼。因此,为了宣扬世尊的意门清净和一切知性,他说:“他不贪恋诸欲。”巴利
161. Atha sātāgiro yasmā bhagavā appatvāva arahattaṃ anāgāmimaggena kāmarāgabyāpādānaṃ pahīnattā neva kāmesu rajjati, na byāpādena āvilacitto, sotāpattimaggeneva ca micchādiṭṭhipaccayassa saccapaṭicchādakamohassa pahīnattā mohaṃ atikkanto, sāmañca saccāni abhisambujjhitvā buddhoti vimokkhantikaṃ nāmaṃ yathāvuttāni ca cakkhūni paṭilabhi, tasmā tassa manodvārasuddhiṃ sabbaññutañca ugghosento āha ‘‘na so rajjati kāmesū’’ti.
162 雪山夜叉听说了世尊三门清净和一切知性之后,满心欢喜雀跃。他凭着过去生中多闻而明净的智慧,说起话来毫无滞碍,渴望听到那些稀有难得的一切知功德,于是问道:“是否已具足明?”在这里,“已具足明”问的是见的成就,“已清净行”问的是行的成就。此处为了偈颂的节奏而拉长了音节,读作“saṃsuddhacāraṇo”,意思就是已清净行。“诸漏已尽”问的是:由这种见与行的成就所应证得的、名为漏尽的第一涅槃界,他是否已经证得;“无后有”问的是:他是否有能力证得第二涅槃界,或者是否已通过省察智了知最上的安息已经得到,而安住于那样的状态。巴利
162. Evaṃ hemavato bhagavato dvārattayapārisuddhiṃ sabbaññutañca sutvā haṭṭho udaggo atītajātiyaṃ bāhusaccavisadāya paññāya asajjamānavacanappatho hutvā acchariyabbhutarūpe sabbaññuguṇe sotukāmo āha ‘‘kacci vijjāya sampanno’’ti. Tattha vijjāya sampannoti iminā dassanasampattiṃ pucchati, saṃsuddhacāraṇoti iminā gamanasampattiṃ. Chandavasena cettha dīghaṃ katvā cākāramāha, saṃsuddhacaraṇoti attho. Āsavā khīṇāti iminā etāya dassanagamanasampattiyā pattabbāya āsavakkhayasaññitāya paṭhamanibbānadhātuyā pattiṃ pucchati, natthi punabbhavoti iminā dutiyanibbānadhātupattisamatthataṃ, paccavekkhaṇañāṇena vā paramassāsappattiṃ ñatvā ṭhitabhāvaṃ.
163 163. 此后,世尊以“他忆念种种宿住”等(中部1.52)的方式,在《怖畏经》等中开示的三种明,以及以“他这样在入定的心中……中略……心达到不动时,为智见而引导心”等(长部1.279)的方式,在《阿摩昼经》等中开示的八种明——世尊圆满具足了这全部一切形态的明。还有在《有学经》中,先总说“摩诃男,在此,圣弟子戒具足,守护根门,饮食知量,专修警寤,具足七种妙法,是四种属于增上心、现法安乐住的禅那的随意获得者”,然后以“摩诃男,圣弟子怎样戒具足呢?”等方式详细说明的、分为十五种的行——世尊也因断尽一切随烦恼,使这行极为清净。至于欲漏等四种漏,世尊也已连同它们的眷属和随眠全部断尽。又因为世尊以这明与行的具足成为漏尽者,那时省察“如今再无后有”而安住,所以萨塔基罗对世尊的一切智性生起决断,心中踊跃,随顺一切功德而说:“明亦具足。”巴利
163. Tato yā esā ‘‘so anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsa’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.52) nayena bhayabheravādīsu tividhā, ‘‘so evaṃ samāhite citte…pe… āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṃ abhinīharatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.279) nayena ambaṭṭhādīsu aṭṭhavidhā vijjā vuttā, tāya yasmā sabbāyapi sabbākārasampannāya bhagavā upeto. Yañcetaṃ ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti , jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hotī’’ti evaṃ uddisitvā ‘‘kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hotī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.24) nayena sekhasutte niddiṭṭhaṃ pannarasappabhedaṃ caraṇaṃ. Tañca yasmā sabbūpakkilesappahānena bhagavato ativiya saṃsuddhaṃ. Yepime kāmāsavādayo cattāro āsavā, tepi yasmā sabbe saparivārā savāsanā bhagavato khīṇā. Yasmā ca imāya vijjācaraṇasampadāya khīṇāsavo hutvā tadā bhagavā ‘‘natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti paccavekkhitvā ṭhito, tasmā sātāgiro bhagavato sabbaññubhāve byavasāyena samussāhitahadayo sabbepi guṇe anujānanto āha ‘‘vijjāya ceva sampanno’’ti.
164 164. 于是,赫玛瓦塔对“世尊是正自觉者”不再有任何疑惑,就站在虚空中,一边赞叹世尊,一边让萨塔基罗心生欢喜,说道:“牟尼的心已具足。”这句话的意思是:牟尼的心已具足——也就是靠“他的心善加安置”等文句所说的那种状态,成为圆满、完全具足;靠“他不取不与取之物”等文句所说的身业,成为圆满、完全具足;靠“他不贪染诸欲”等文句所说的意业,成为圆满、完全具足;靠“他也不说虚妄语”等文句所说的语行,成为圆满、完全具足。这样,他具足了心,又因为具足那无上的明行具足,所以是明行具足者。你是以“他的心善加安置”等这种方式,从法上赞叹他,依真实、如实、依事实赞叹他,而不只是凭一点信心——这里就是在说明这一点。巴利
164. Tato hemavato ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’ti bhagavati nikkaṅkho hutvā ākāse ṭhitoyeva bhagavantaṃ pasaṃsanto sātāgirañca ārādhento āha ‘‘sampannaṃ munino citta’’nti. Tassattho – sampannaṃ munino cittaṃ, ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’ti ettha vuttatādibhāvena puṇṇaṃ sampuṇṇaṃ, ‘‘na so adinnaṃ ādiyatī’’ti ettha vuttakāyakammunā, ‘‘na so rajjati kāmesū’’ti ettha vuttamanokammunā ca puṇṇaṃ sampuṇṇaṃ, ‘‘musā ca so na bhaṇatī’’ti ettha vuttabyappathena ca vacīkammunāti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ sampannacittañca anuttarāya vijjācaraṇasampadāya sampannattā vijjācaraṇasampannañca imehi guṇehi ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’tiādinā nayena dhammato naṃ pasaṃsasi, sabhāvato tacchato bhūtato eva naṃ pasaṃsasi, na kevalaṃ saddhāmattakenāti dasseti.
165-166 萨塔基罗也带着“确实是这样,朋友,你确实善巧地了知并随喜了”的意思,为使那位夜叉欢喜认同,说道:“具足……牟尼的……从法上随喜。”这样说完之后,又为见世尊而赞叹他,说道:“具足……来吧,我们去见乔达摩。”巴利
165-166. Tato sātāgiropi ‘‘evametaṃ, mārisa, suṭṭhu tayā ñātañca anumoditañcā’’ti adhippāyena tameva saṃrādhento āha – ‘‘sampannaṃ munino…pe… dhammato anumodasī’’ti. Evañca pana vatvā puna bhagavato dassane taṃ abhitthavayamāno āha ‘‘sampannaṃ…pe… handa passāma gotama’’nti.
167 167. 这时,雪山夜叉用自己内心所欢喜的功德,凭借过去生多闻的力量来赞叹世尊,对萨塔基罗说:“有羚羊般的小腿……中略……来吧,我们去见乔达摩。”这段话的意思是:他的小腿就像母羚羊的小腿,所以叫“羚羊胫”。因为诸佛的小腿就像母羚羊的一样,是渐渐收细、线条圆匀的,不像前面没肉、后面像鳄鱼肚子那样鼓胀。诸佛也是瘦劲的,因为在身长与身宽相称、比例匀称的地方,具足那样圆满的肢体,不像粗壮的人那样肥厚;或者说,因为以智慧削除了烦恼,所以是瘦劲的。由于能摧破内外一切怨敌,所以是英雄。因为坚持一坐食和限量食,所以吃得少,并不是只吃两三口饭才算吃得少。正如所说的:巴利
167. Atha hemavato attano abhirucitaguṇehi purimajātibāhusaccabalena bhagavantaṃ abhitthunanto sātāgiraṃ āha – ‘‘eṇijaṅghaṃ…pe… ehi passāma gotama’’nti. Tassattho – eṇimigasseva jaṅghā assāti eṇijaṅgho. Buddhānañhi eṇimigasseva anupubbavaṭṭā jaṅghā honti, na purato nimmaṃsā pacchato susumārakucchi viya uddhumātā. Kisā ca buddhā honti dīgharassasamavaṭṭitayuttaṭṭhānesu tathārūpāya aṅgapaccaṅgasampattiyā, na vaṭharapurisā viya thūlā. Paññāya vilikhitakilesattā vā kisā. Ajjhattikabāhirasapattaviddhaṃsanato vīrā. Ekāsanabhojitāya parimitabhojitāya ca appāhārā, na dvattimattālopabhojitāya. Yathāha –
优陀夷,我有时候用这个钵吃得满满的,甚至吃得更多。优陀夷,如果我的弟子们因为这样就想:“沙门乔达摩吃得少,而且称赞少食”,然后以此恭敬我、尊重我、崇奉我、供养我,恭敬尊重之后依止我而住——优陀夷,我那些弟子,有的吃一杯食,有的吃半杯食,有的吃一个木橘,有的吃半个木橘,他们并不是凭这种法来恭敬我……乃至……依止我而住。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ kho pana, udāyi, appekadā iminā pattena samatittikampi bhuñjāmi, bhiyyopi bhuñjāmi. ‘Appāhāro samaṇo gotamo appāhāratāya ca vaṇṇavādī’ti iti ce maṃ, udāyi, sāvakā sakkareyyuṃ, garuṃ kareyyuṃ, māneyyuṃ, pūjeyyuṃ, sakkatvā, garuṃ katvā, upanissāya vihareyyuṃ. Ye te, udāyi, mama sāvakā kosakāhārāpi aḍḍhakosakāhārāpi beluvāhārāpi aḍḍhabeluvāhārāpi, na maṃ te iminā dhammena sakkareyyuṃ…pe… upanissāya vihareyyu’’nti (ma. ni. 2.242).
由于对食物没有欲贪,所以不贪著;他们受用具足八支的食物,以牟尼行的圆满而成为牟尼。因为过着无家的出家生活,心意倾向于远离,所以在林中修禅。因此,雪山夜叉说:“羚羊腿……中略……来吧,我们去见乔达摩。”巴利
Āhāre chandarāgābhāvena alolupā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ āhāraṃ āhārenti moneyyasampattiyā munino. Anagārikatāya vivekaninnamānasatāya ca vane jhāyanti. Tenāha hemavato yakkho ‘‘eṇijaṅghaṃ…pe… ehi passāma gotama’’nti.
168 说完这些话之后,他又想在世尊面前听法,于是说出这首偈颂:“独行如狮子……”
它的意思是:“如狮子”——因为难以接近、能安忍、无所畏惧,所以像狮子王一样。“独行”——因为没有了那种被称为“渴爱是人的第二伴侣”的渴爱,所以独行;也因为一个世界不可能同时出现两位佛,所以独行。这里面的种种含义,也可以按照《犀牛角经》里所说的来理解。“象”——是不再走向后有、也不再来到后有的意思;或者说,不再造作罪过,所以叫象;又因为有大力量,所以也叫象,指的就是这样的大象。“对诸欲无所期望”——因为对两种欲都没有欲贪,所以无所期望。“我们前来请问脱死套者”——我们亲近这样的大圣者,请问那脱离三界轮回死套的出离,也就是涅槃;或者,请问那能让人从被称为苦集的死套中解脱的方法,即请问“脱死套的方法”。雪山夜叉是面对多闻药叉、多闻药叉的随从以及自己的随从说了这首偈颂。巴利
168. Evañca vatvā puna tassa bhagavato santike dhammaṃ sotukāmatāya ‘‘sīhaṃvekacara’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tassattho – sīhaṃvāti durāsadaṭṭhena khamanaṭṭhena nibbhayaṭṭhena ca kesarasīhasadisaṃ. Yāya taṇhāya ‘‘taṇhādutiyo puriso’’ti vuccati, tassā abhāvena ekacaraṃ, ekissā lokadhātuyā dvinnaṃ buddhānaṃ anuppattitopi ekacaraṃ. Khaggavisāṇasutte vuttanayenāpi cettha taṃ taṃ attho daṭṭhabbo. Nāganti punabbhavaṃ neva gantāraṃ nāgantāraṃ. Atha vā āguṃ na karotītipi nāgo. Balavātipi nāgo. Taṃ nāgaṃ. Kāmesu anapekkhinanti dvīsupi kāmesu chandarāgābhāvena anapekkhinaṃ. Upasaṅkamma pucchāma, maccupāsappamocananti taṃ evarūpaṃ mahesiṃ upasaṅkamitvā tebhūmakavaṭṭassa maccupāsassa pamocanaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ nibbānaṃ pucchāma. Yena vā upāyena dukkhasamudayasaṅkhātā maccupāsā pamuccati, taṃ maccupāsappamocanaṃ pucchāmāti. Imaṃ gāthaṃ hemavato sātāgirañca sātāgiraparisañca attano parisañca sandhāya āha.
那时,阿沙荼星宿节刚刚宣布。王舍城里有一位名叫咖莉的鹧鸪舍近事女,她就像在天城之中到处装饰庄严、享受荣光一样,登上高楼,打开狮子窗,为了消除室内的闷热,站在有风的地方纳凉。就在那里,她从头到尾听到了那两位夜叉将领之间关于佛陀功德的谈话。听完之后,她生起了“佛陀确实具足如此种种功德”的、以佛陀为所缘的喜悦,以此喜悦镇伏了五盖,就站在原处,安住于入流果。因此,世尊将她列为最上首,说道:“比丘们,在我的近事女弟子中,因传闻而生净信者,最为第一的,就是这位鹧鸪舍近事女咖莉。”巴利
Tena kho pana samayena āsāḷhīnakkhattaṃ ghositaṃ ahosi. Atha samantato alaṅkatapaṭiyatte devanagare siriṃ paccanubhontī viya rājagahe kāḷī nāma kuraragharikā upāsikā pāsādamāruyha sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā gabbhaparissamaṃ vinodentī savātappadese utuggahaṇatthaṃ ṭhitā tesaṃ yakkhasenāpatīnaṃ taṃ buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānato assosi. Sutvā ca ‘‘evaṃ vividhaguṇasamannāgatā buddhā’’ti buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ uppādetvā tāya nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhetvā tattheva ṭhitā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Tato eva bhagavatā ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvikānaṃ upāsikānaṃ anussavappasannānaṃ, yadidaṃ kāḷī upāsikā kuraragharikā’’ti (a. ni. 1.267) etadagge ṭhapitā.
169 那两位夜叉将领也各自带着一千名夜叉随从,在中夜时分来到仙人堕处,走近仍然坐在转法轮跏趺座上的世尊,上前顶礼,用这首偈颂赞叹世尊,然后请求允许发言,说道:“宣说者、转起者。”
这段话的意思是:所谓“宣说者”,就是除了渴爱之外,对三界的一切法,以“比丘们,这是苦圣谛”这样的方式,通过分别宣说诸圣谛而成为宣说者;所谓“转起者”,就是以“比丘们,这苦圣谛应当被遍知”这样的方式,使作用智和已作智生起,从而成为转起者。或者说,对那些应当如此称呼的法,以那样的称呼来讲述,就是宣说者;对同样的那些法,能随顺众生的根器而使它们生起,就是转起者。或者说,对利根者和广慧者说法,就是宣说者;通过引导可度化者去实践,就是转起者。或者说,以总说的方式宣说,就是宣说者;以分别说的方式,用种种方式来讲,就是转起者。或者说,通过解说菩提分法各自的特征,就是宣说者;能在众生的心相续中令其生起,就是转起者。或者说,以三转的方式略说诸圣谛,就是宣说者;广说时,就是转起者。又如“信根是法,他使此法转起,所以称为法轮”等,依照无碍解道的方式所广解的那样,因为他使法轮转起,所以是转起者。巴利
169. Tepi yakkhasenāpatayo sahassayakkhaparivārā majjhimayāmasamaye isipatanaṃ patvā, dhammacakkappavattitapallaṅkeneva nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma vanditvā, imāya gāthāya bhagavantaṃ abhitthavitvā okāsamakārayiṃsu ‘‘akkhātāraṃ pavattāra’’nti. Tassattho – ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ tebhūmake dhamme ‘‘idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 14) nayena saccānaṃ vavatthānakathāya akkhātāraṃ, ‘‘‘taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyya’nti me bhikkhave’’tiādinā nayena tesu kiccañāṇakatañāṇappavattanena pavattāraṃ. Ye vā dhammā yathā voharitabbā, tesu tathā vohārakathanena akkhātāraṃ, tesaṃyeva dhammānaṃ sattānurūpato pavattāraṃ. Ugghaṭitaññuvipañcitaññūnaṃ vā desanāya akkhātāraṃ, neyyānaṃ paṭipādanena pavattāraṃ. Uddesena vā akkhātāraṃ, vibhaṅgena tehi tehi pakārehi vacanato pavattāraṃ. Bodhipakkhiyānaṃ vā salakkhaṇakathanena akkhātāraṃ, sattānaṃ cittasantāne pavattanena pavattāraṃ. Saṅkhepato vā tīhi parivaṭṭehi saccānaṃ kathanena akkhātāraṃ, vitthārato pavattāraṃ. ‘‘Saddhindriyaṃ dhammo, taṃ dhammaṃ pavattetīti dhammacakka’’nti (paṭi. ma. 2.40) evamādinā paṭisambhidānayena vitthāritassa dhammacakkassa pavattanato pavattāraṃ.
“一切法”是指属于四地的诸法。“到彼岸”是指以六种方式到达彼岸:以证知、以遍知、以断除、以修习、以亲证、以等至。因为世尊以证知一切法而到达彼岸,所以是“证知彼岸”;以遍知五取蕴而到达彼岸,所以是“遍知彼岸”;以断除一切烦恼而到达彼岸,所以是“断除彼岸”;以修习四道而到达彼岸,所以是“修习彼岸”;以亲证灭而到达彼岸,所以是“亲证彼岸”;以入一切等至而到达彼岸,所以是“等至彼岸”。如此,他是一切法的到彼岸者。“觉者”:因为从无知的沉睡中觉醒,所以是觉者;或者,依照《皈依赞》中所说的全部含义,所以是觉者。“超越怨仇与怖畏”:因为已经超越了五种怨仇与怖畏,所以是超越怨仇与怖畏者。这些夜叉如此赞叹世尊之后,便请求机会,说道:“乔达摩,我们想问一些问题。”巴利
Sabbadhammānanti catubhūmakadhammānaṃ. Pāragunti chahākārehi pāraṃ gataṃ abhiññāya, pariññāya, pahānena, bhāvanāya, sacchikiriyāya, samāpattiyā. So hi bhagavā sabbadhamme abhijānanto gatoti abhiññāpāragū, pañcupādānakkhandhe parijānanto gatoti pariññāpāragū, sabbakilese pajahanto gatoti pahānapāragū, cattāro magge bhāvento gatoti bhāvanāpāragū, nirodhaṃ sacchikaronto gatoti sacchikiriyāpāragū, sabbā samāpattiyo samāpajjanto gatoti samāpattipāragū. Evaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ pāraguṃ. Buddhaṃ verabhayātītanti aññāṇasayanato paṭibuddhattā buddhaṃ, sabbena vā saraṇavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttenatthena buddhaṃ, pañcaverabhayānaṃ atītattā verabhayātītaṃ. Evaṃ bhagavantaṃ atitthavantā ‘‘mayaṃ pucchāma gotama’’nti okāsamakārayiṃsu.
170 这时,那些夜叉当中,以威神力与智慧最为第一的雪山夜叉,为了问出心中所想问的问题,诵出这首偈颂:“世间依何……?”
这首偈颂第一句里的“依何”,是表示状态与状态之相的处格。这里的意思是:当什么生起时,世间就随之生起?这是针对有情世间和行世间发问。
“于何而行亲密”:就是对于什么,造作了“我”或“我所”这种由渴爱与邪见而来的亲密?这里的“于何”是表示所依/处所/对象的处格。
“何所属世间”:这里的“何所属”是属格,用作宾格的意思。这里的意思是:依靠什么,才被称为世间?
“世间为何”:这里的“为何”是表示状态、状态之相或原因的处格。这里的意思是:因为什么存在、以什么为原因,世间才受到摧残、被压迫、被折磨?巴利
170. Atha nesaṃ yakkhānaṃ tejena ca paññāya ca aggo hemavato yathādhippetaṃ pucchitabbaṃ pucchanto ‘‘kismiṃ loko’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tassādipāde kisminti bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇe bhummavacanaṃ, kismiṃ uppanne loko samuppanno hotīti ayañhettha adhippāyo. Sattalokasaṅkhāraloke sandhāya pucchati. Kismiṃ kubbati santhavanti ahanti vā mamanti vā taṇhādiṭṭhisanthavaṃ kismiṃ kubbati, adhikaraṇatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Kissa lokoti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, kiṃ upādāya lokoti saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti ayañhettha adhippāyo. Kismiṃ lokoti bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇakāraṇatthesu bhummavacanaṃ. Kismiṃ sati kena kāraṇena loko vihaññati pīḷīyati bādhīyatīti ayañhettha adhippāyo.
171 171. 那时,世尊之所以这样说:当六种内处与外处生起时,有情世间以及以财物、谷物等为表现的行世间也就随之生起;而且在这里,有情世间正是在这六处之上产生两种执著。因为人会把眼处执取为“这是我”“这是我的”,或者在其余诸处中执取某一个。正如经中所说:“若有人说眼是我,这是不能成立的。”等等。又因为这六处被执取时,两种世间才被称为“世间”;又因为这六处存在时,有情世间便以苦显现的方式遭受逼恼。正如所说:巴利
171. Atha bhagavā yasmā chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu uppannesu sattaloko ca dhanadhaññādivasena saṅkhāraloko ca uppanno hoti, yasmā cettha sattaloko tesveva chasu duvidhampi santhavaṃ karoti. Cakkhāyatanaṃ vā hi ‘‘ahaṃ mama’’nti gaṇhāti avasesesu vā aññataraṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘cakkhu attāti yo vadeyya, taṃ na upapajjatī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.422). Yasmā ca etāniyeva cha upādāya duvidhopi lokoti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, yasmā ca tesveva chasu sati sattaloko dukkhapātubhāvena vihaññati. Yathāha –
比丘们,有手,就有拿取和放下;有脚,就有前进和后退;有关节,就有弯曲和伸展;有肚子,就有饥饿和口渴。同样地,比丘们,有眼,就依眼触为条件,生起内在的乐、苦……等等。巴利
‘‘Hatthesu, bhikkhave, sati ādānanikkhepanaṃ hoti, pādesu sati abhikkamapaṭikkamo hoti, pabbesu sati samiñjanapasāraṇaṃ hoti, kucchismiṃ sati jighacchāpipāsā hoti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, cakkhusmiṃ sati cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkha’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 4.237).
同样地,当这些作为依托的处存在时,行世间因为被撞击而受苦。正如所说的:巴利
Tathā tesu ādhārabhūtesu paṭihato saṅkhāraloko vihaññati. Yathāha –
在不可见的、有对碍的眼处被撞击等。巴利
‘‘Cakkhusmiṃ anidassane sappaṭighe paṭihaññi vā’’iti (dha. sa. 597-8) ca.
比丘们,眼在可意和不可意的色境上被撞击。巴利
‘‘Cakkhu, bhikkhave, paṭihaññati manāpāmanāpesu rūpesū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.238) evamādi.
同样地,正是以这些作为原因,两种世间都受到折磨。正如所说的:巴利
Tathā tehiyeva kāraṇabhūtehi duvidhopi loko vihaññati. Yathāha –
眼于可意与不可意的色中受到伤害。巴利
‘‘Cakkhu vihaññati manāpāmanāpesu rūpesū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.238) ca.
比丘们,眼在燃烧,色在燃烧。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火燃烧。巴利
‘‘Cakkhu, bhikkhave, ādittaṃ, rūpā ādittā. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) evamādi.
所以,他按照六内处和六外处来回答那个问题,说道:世间在六处中生起。巴利
Tasmā chaajjhattikabāhirāyatanavasena taṃ pucchaṃ vissajjento āha ‘‘chasu loko samuppanno’’ti.
172 这时,那个亚卡没有好好看清世尊以十二处的方式,把他依自身轮回所问的问题简要地解答出来,他想了解那个义理以及它的对立面,于是就以简要的方式询问轮回与还灭,说道:“那是什么呢?”在这里,因为具有可被执取的意义,所以称为“取”,这是苦圣谛的同义词。所谓“世间在哪里受苦”,就是像世尊所说的“世间在六处受苦”那样,说的是世间在六种取当中受苦,那到底是什么取呢?他就这样用半个偈颂,直接以苦圣谛本身的样貌来问。而集圣谛则作为它的因,已经被一并包含进去了。至于“询问出离”,则是用这半个偈颂问道圣谛。因为凭借道圣谛,圣弟子遍知苦、舍断集、证悟灭、修习道,从而从世间出离,所以道被称为出离。“如何”是指以什么方式。“从苦解脱”就是从被称为“取”的轮回之苦中获得解脱。这样,在这里他直接以道圣谛本身的样貌来问,而灭圣谛则作为它的所缘领域,已经被一并包含进去了。巴利
172. Atha so yakkho attanā vaṭṭavasena puṭṭhapañhaṃ bhagavatā dvādasāyatanavasena saṅkhipitvā vissajjitaṃ na suṭṭhu upalakkhetvā tañca atthaṃ tappaṭipakkhañca ñātukāmo saṅkhepeneva vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ pucchanto āha ‘‘katamaṃ ta’’nti. Tattha upādātabbaṭṭhena upādānaṃ, dukkhasaccassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yattha loko vihaññatīti ‘‘chasu loko vihaññatī’’ti evaṃ bhagavatā yattha chabbidhe upādāne loko vihaññatīti vutto, taṃ katamaṃ upādānanti? Evaṃ upaḍḍhagāthāya sarūpeneva dukkhasaccaṃ pucchi. Samudayasaccaṃ pana tassa kāraṇabhāvena gahitameva hoti. Niyyānaṃ pucchitoti imāya pana upaḍḍhagāthāya maggasaccaṃ pucchi. Maggasaccena hi ariyasāvako dukkhaṃ parijānanto, samudayaṃ pajahanto, nirodhaṃ sacchikaronto, maggaṃ bhāvento lokamhā niyyāti, tasmā niyyānanti vuccati. Kathanti kena pakārena. Dukkhā pamuccatīti ‘‘upādāna’’nti vuttā vaṭṭadukkhā pamokkhaṃ pāpuṇāti. Evamettha sarūpeneva maggasaccaṃ pucchi, nirodhasaccaṃ pana tassa visayabhāvena gahitameva hoti.
173 173. 夜叉以自身形态示现和未以自身形态示现,依四圣谛提问。世尊就用同样的方式解答,说道:“五种欲。”在这里,由于指出了称为五种欲的所缘,与这些欲相应的五处也就一并被含摄了。“意是它们的第六”,所以叫“以意为第六”。“已阐明”就是已经开示。在此,因为提到了属于内在的第六意处,作为它对象的法处也就被包含在内。这样,在回答“什么是那个取”这个问题时,世尊又一次纯粹依十二处开显了苦圣谛。或者,由于提到意,也就含摄了七识界;其中前五识界已被提及,它们的依处——眼等五处——也就被含摄;由于提到意界和意识界,这两界的依处与所缘的差别,即法处,也被含摄。这样,同样依十二处开显了苦圣谛。不过在这里,出世间的意处和法处的一部分,因为是针对“世间在其中受苦”而说的,所以不被包括在内。巴利
173. Evaṃ yakkhena sarūpena dassetvā ca adassetvā ca catusaccavasena pañhaṃ puṭṭho bhagavā teneva nayena vissajjento āha ‘‘pañca kāmaguṇā’’ti. Tattha pañcakāmaguṇasaṅkhātagocaraggahaṇena taggocarāni pañcāyatanāni gahitāneva honti. Mano chaṭṭho etesanti manochaṭṭhā. Paveditāti pakāsitā. Ettha ajjhattikesu chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa gahaṇena tassa visayabhūtaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ gahitameva hoti. Evaṃ ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ upādāna’’nti imaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjento punapi dvādasāyatanānaṃ vaseneva dukkhasaccaṃ pakāsesi. Manogahaṇena vā sattannaṃ viññāṇadhātūnaṃ gahitattā tāsu purimapañcaviññāṇadhātuggahaṇena tāsaṃ vatthūni pañca cakkhādīni āyatanāni, manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātuggahaṇena tāsaṃ vatthugocarabhedaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ gahitamevāti evampi dvādasāyatanavasena dukkhasaccaṃ pakāsesi. Lokuttaramanāyatanadhammāyatanekadeso panettha yattha loko vihaññati, taṃ sandhāya niddiṭṭhattā na saṅgayhati.
在这里,“让欲远离”的意思是:针对这十二处所构成的苦圣谛,把那些处按照蕴、界、名色等不同方式逐一界定,安立三相,修习观照,以阿罗汉道为最终目标的观智,把称为渴爱的欲彻底远离、去除、摧毁。这就是它的含义。“如此从苦中解脱”的意思是:通过这种方法,从这轮回之苦中解脱出来。这样,这半首偈颂就回答了“请说出出离之道,如何从苦中解脱”这个问题,同时也开显了道圣谛。而集圣谛和灭圣谛,按照前面的方式已经被含摄在内,所以应当知道它们也已经被开显了。或者也可以这样理解:这半首偈颂开显了苦圣谛;“欲”开显了集圣谛;“让远离”中,以离染开显了灭圣谛;或者从“从离染中解脱”这句话开显了道圣谛。“如此”这个指示词开显了道圣谛,或者从“从苦中解脱”这句话开显了道圣谛。从“从苦中解脱”中苦的解脱开显了灭圣谛。应当知道,在这里四圣谛都已经被开显了。巴利
Ettha chandaṃ virājetvāti ettha dvādasāyatanabhede dukkhasacce tānevāyatanāni khandhato dhātuto nāmarūpatoti tathā tathā vavatthapetvā, tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā, vipassanto arahattamaggapariyosānāya vipassanāya taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ chandaṃ sabbaso virājetvā vinetvā viddhaṃsetvāti attho. Evaṃ dukkhā pamuccatīti iminā pakārena etasmā vaṭṭadukkhā pamuccatīti . Evamimāya upaḍḍhagāthāya ‘‘niyyānaṃ pucchito brūhi, kathaṃ dukkhā pamuccatī’’ti ayaṃ pañho vissajjito hoti, maggasaccañca pakāsitaṃ samudayanirodhasaccāni panettha purimanayeneva saṅgahitattā pakāsitāneva hontīti veditabbāni. Upaḍḍhagāthāya vā dukkhasaccaṃ, chandena samudayasaccaṃ, ‘‘virājetvā’’ti ettha virāgena nirodhasaccaṃ, ‘‘virāgāvimuccatī’’ti vacanato vā maggasaccaṃ. ‘‘Eva’’nti upāyanidassanena maggasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhanti vacanato vā. ‘‘Dukkhā pamuccatī’’ti dukkhapamokkhena nirodhasaccanti evamettha cattāri saccāni pakāsitāni hontīti veditabbāni.
174 174. 世尊用这首含藏四圣谛的偈颂,从特征上说明了出离之道后,又用自己的说法方式作总结,说道:“这就是世间的出离之道。”这里,“这”是指前面所说的内容;“世间”是指三界世间;“如实”是指不颠倒。“这就是我对你们说的”:即使你们问我上千次,我也只对你们说这个,不说别的。为什么?因为只有这样才能从苦中解脱,没有别的方式——这是他的用意。或者也可以说:即使有人依这条出离之道已经出离了一次、两次或三次,为了让他们证得更高的殊胜境界,我也还是只说这个。这是什么意思?因为只有这样,才能从苦中彻底解脱,毫无剩余——世尊以阿罗汉道为顶点,结束了这次说法。说法结束时,两位夜叉将军和一千名夜叉一起,都证得了入流果。巴利
174. Evaṃ catusaccagabbhāya gāthāya lakkhaṇato niyyānaṃ pakāsetvā puna tadeva sakena niruttābhilāpena nigamento āha ‘‘etaṃ lokassa niyyāna’’nti. Ettha etanti pubbe vuttassa niddeso, lokassāti tedhātukalokassa. Yathātathanti aviparītaṃ. Etaṃ vo ahamakkhāmīti sacepi maṃ sahassakkhattuṃ puccheyyātha, etaṃ vo ahamakkhāmi, na aññaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā evaṃ dukkhā pamuccati, na aññathāti adhippāyo. Atha vā etena niyyānena ekadvattikkhatuṃ niggatānampi etaṃ vo ahamakkhāmi, uparivisesādhigamāyapi etadeva ahamakkhāmīti attho. Kasmā? Yasmā evaṃ dukkhā pamuccati asesanissesāti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne dvepi yakkhasenāpatayo sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu saddhiṃ yakkhasahassena.
175 这时,雪山夜叉本性上就敬重法,如今已立足于圣者之地,对世尊那辩才多彩的说法更加不满足,为了请问有学地和无学地,说出“谁在此渡越”这首偈颂。其中,“谁在此渡越瀑流”这句话,是不加区分地询问谁能渡越四种瀑流,问的是有学地。所谓“海洋”,并不是只指宽广,也不是只指深,而是指比那更宽广、更深的,才叫海洋。轮回海正是这样:它遍及一切方向、找不到边际,所以宽广;下方没有立足处,上方没有可攀缘处,所以深。因此他问:“谁能在此渡越海洋?在那没有立足处、没有可攀缘处、极深的海洋中,谁不会沉没?”这问的是无学地。巴利
175. Atha hemavato pakatiyāpi dhammagaru idāni ariyabhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāya suṭṭhutaraṃ atitto bhagavato vicitrapaṭibhānāya desanāya bhagavantaṃ sekkhāsekkhabhūmiṃ pucchanto ‘‘ko sūdha taratī’’ti gāthamabhāsi. Tattha ko sūdha tarati oghanti iminā caturoghaṃ ko taratīti sekkhabhūmiṃ pucchati avisesena. Yasmā aṇṇavanti na vitthatamattaṃ nāpi gambhīramattaṃ apica pana yaṃ vitthatatarañca gambhīratarañca, taṃ vuccati. Tādiso ca saṃsāraṇṇavo. Ayañhi samantato pariyantābhāvena vitthato, heṭṭhā patiṭṭhābhāvena upari ālambanābhāvena ca gambhīro, tasmā ‘‘ko idha tarati aṇṇavaṃ, tasmiñca appatiṭṭhe anālambe gambhīre aṇṇave ko na sīdatī’’ti asekkhabhūmiṃ pucchati.
176 176. 这时,世尊说:有位比丘,即使为了活命也不犯戒,任何时候都戒行圆满;具备世间与出世间的智慧,所以是有慧的人;依靠近行定和安止定,在威仪中以及在下分道果中都能很好地入定;把三相安立起来后,习惯于以观慧在内心中思惟;又具备能带来持续精进的不放逸之念。由于他以第四道毫无剩余地渡过了这极难渡越的瀑流,所以为了开示有学地,他说出了这首含摄三学的偈颂:“任何时候都戒行圆满……”这里,以戒的圆满说明了增上戒学,以念和定说明了增上心学,以内心思惟的智慧说明了增上慧学。这样,三学连同它们的助益和利益都说了出来。其中,世间智慧与念是这些修学的助益,沙门果是它们的利益。巴利
176. Atha bhagavā yo bhikkhu jīvitahetupi vītikkamaṃ akaronto sabbadā sīlasampanno lokiyalokuttarāya ca paññāya paññavā, upacārappanāsamādhinā iriyāpathaheṭṭhimamaggaphalehi ca susamāhito, tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā vipassanāya niyakajjhattacintanasīlo, sātaccakiriyāvahāya appamādasatiyā ca samannāgato. Yasmā so catutthena maggena imaṃ suduttaraṃ oghaṃ anavasesaṃ tarati, tasmā sekkhabhūmiṃ vissajjento ‘‘sabbadā sīlasampanno’’ti imaṃ tisikkhāgabbhaṃ gāthamāha. Ettha hi sīlasampadāya adhisīlasikkhā, satisamādhīhi adhicittasikkhā, ajjhattacintitāpaññāhi adhipaññāsikkhāti tisso sikkhā saupakārā sānisaṃsā ca vuttā. Upakāro hi sikkhānaṃ lokiyapaññā sati ca, anisaṃso sāmaññaphalānīti.
177 177. 这样,用第一首偈颂开示了有学地之后,现在为了开示无学地,宣说了第二首偈颂。它的含义是:“已远离欲想”——无论哪一种欲想,都已通过和第四道相应的正断远离,从一切方面远离了。也有读作“已离染”的版本。那时“于欲想”是处格,但在《有偈品》中也有读作“于诸欲想”的版本。因为通过四种道已经超越了十种结,所以是“超越一切结者”;或者说,仅以第四道就超越了一切上分结。由于对处处生喜的爱染——“喜”——以及三有都已灭尽,所以他是“喜与有已尽者”。这样的漏尽比丘,不会沉没在甚深的轮回大海中:凭借喜的灭尽,证入有余涅槃;凭借有的灭尽,证入无余涅槃,达到最上的安稳。巴利
177. Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya sekkhabhūmiṃ dassetvā idāni asekkhabhūmiṃ dassento dutiyagāthamāha. Tassattho virato kāmasaññāyāti yā kāci kāmasaññā, tato sabbato catutthamaggasampayuttāya samucchedaviratiyā virato. ‘‘Viratto’’tipi pāṭho. Tadā ‘‘kāmasaññāyā’’ti bhummavacanaṃ hoti, sagāthāvagge pana ‘‘kāmasaññāsū’’tipi (saṃ. ni. 1.96) pāṭho. Catūhipi maggehi dasannaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ atītattā sabbasaṃyojanātigo, catuttheneva vā uddhambhāgiyasabbasaṃyojanātigo , tatratatrābhinandinītaṇhāsaṅkhātāya nandiyā tiṇṇañca bhavānaṃ parikkhīṇattā nandībhavaparikkhīṇo so tādiso khīṇāsavo bhikkhu gambhīre saṃsāraṇṇave na sīdati nandīparikkhayena saupādisesaṃ, bhavaparikkhayena ca anupādisesaṃ nibbānathalaṃ samāpajja paramassāsappattiyāti.
178 这时,雪山夜叉看了看同伴和夜叉众,心中生起喜悦和欢喜,用“深慧者”等偈颂赞叹世尊后,和同伴一起与在场所有大众一同向世尊礼敬、右绕,然后回到自己的住处。巴利
178. Atha hemavato sahāyañca yakkhaparisañca oloketvā pītisomanassajāto ‘‘gambhīrapañña’’nti evamādīhi gāthāhi bhagavantaṃ abhitthavitvā sabbāvatiyā parisāya sahāyena ca saddhiṃ abhivādetvā, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi.
这些偈颂的释义如下:深慧者,就是具足甚深智慧的人。这里,深慧应当依照《无碍解道》中所说的方式来理解。因为那里说:“智慧在甚深的诸蕴中运转,所以是深慧”等等。见微细义者,就是能看见刹帝利智者等善巧之人所问问题的意义,或者能看见那些微细、他人难以通达的因由,因为能看见这些,所以是见微细义者。无所有,是因为没有贪等任何烦恼。于两种欲、三种有都不执著,所以是对欲与有都不染着。于诸蕴等一切所缘中都没有欲贪的束缚,所以是于一切处解脱。行于天路,就是于八等至所成的天路中,以入等至而行。这里,虽然世尊并非在那个时候行于天路,然而由于依据过去曾行,以及具有行的能力,于彼处已得自在,所以这样说。或者,那些清净的天人即阿罗汉,以行于他们的路即寂静住,也因此而说。以求广大功德故为大仙。巴利
Tāsaṃ pana gāthānaṃ ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – gambhīrapaññanti gambhīrāya paññāya samannāgataṃ. Tattha paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttanayena gambhīrapaññā veditabbā. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘gambhīresu khandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti gambhīrapaññā’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 3.4). Nipuṇatthadassinti nipuṇehi khattiyapaṇḍitādīhi abhisaṅkhatānaṃ pañhānaṃ atthadassiṃ atthānaṃ vā yāni nipuṇāni kāraṇāni duppaṭivijjhāni aññehi tesaṃ dassanena nipuṇatthadassiṃ. Rāgādikiñcanābhāvena akiñcanaṃ. Duvidhe kāme tividhe ce bhave alagganena kāmabhave asattaṃ. Khandhādibhedesu sabbārammaṇesu chandarāgabandhanābhāvena sabbadhi vippamuttaṃ. Dibbe pathe kamamānanti aṭṭhasamāpattibhede dibbe pathe samāpajjanavasena caṅkamantaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi na tāya velāya bhagavā dibbe pathe kamati, apica kho pubbe kamanaṃ upādāya kamanasattisabbhāvena tattha laddhavasībhāvatāya evaṃ vuccati. Atha vā ye te visuddhidevā arahanto, tesaṃ pathe santavihāre kamanenāpetaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahantānaṃ guṇānaṃ esanena mahesiṃ.
179 第二首偈颂是以另一种方式开始赞叹,所以又举出“见微细义者”来说明。或者,意思是“能显示微细义的人”。“施慧者”:通过宣说能导向获得智慧的行道,来说明他是施予智慧的人。“于欲着无著”:对于依欲爱和邪见而形成的两种执着,他在其中无所执着。“一切知者”:了知一切法的人,也就是所说的“一切知者”。“善慧者”:具足那作为一切知者之道的、名为波罗蜜慧的智慧。“行于圣路”:行于八支圣道,或者行于果等至。“行”:以智慧深入——因为了知道的特相而说法;或者因为刹那刹那地进入果等至;又或者因为依四种道的修习所称为“行”的力量,而曾经行过。巴利
179. Dutiyagāthāya aparena pariyāyena thuti āraddhāti katvā puna nipuṇatthadassiggahaṇaṃ nidasseti. Atha vā nipuṇatthe dassetāranti attho. Paññādadanti paññāpaṭilābhasaṃvattanikāya paṭipattiyā kathanena paññādāyakaṃ. Kāmālaye asattanti yvāyaṃkāmesu taṇhādiṭṭhivasena duvidho ālayo, tattha asattaṃ. Sabbavidunti sabbadhammaviduṃ, sabbaññunti vuttaṃ hoti. Sumedhanti tassa sabbaññubhāvassa maggabhūtāya pāramīpaññāsaṅkhātāya medhāya samannāgataṃ. Ariye patheti aṭṭhaṅgike magge, phalasamāpattiyaṃ vā. Kamamānanti paññāya ajjhogāhamānaṃ maggalakkhaṇaṃ ñatvā desanato, pavisamānaṃ vā khaṇe khaṇe phalasamāpattisamāpajjanato, catubbidhamaggabhāvanāsaṅkhātāya kamanasattiyā kamitapubbaṃ vā.
180 今天确实被我们善见。意思是:今天我们见到了殊胜的景象,或者说今天殊胜的景象被我们看见了,这就是见的含义。美好的清晨,善妙地起身是说:今天我们的清晨非常美好,是殊胜的清晨。今天我们也善妙地起身了,即毫无障碍地从床上起来。是什么原因呢?因为我们见到了正等觉者,正因为我们见到了正等觉者。说话者是在表达自己因获得这样的利益成就而生起的欢喜。巴利
180.Sudiṭṭhaṃ vata no ajjāti. Ajja amhehi sundaraṃ diṭṭhaṃ, ajja vā amhākaṃ sundaraṃ diṭṭhaṃ, dassananti attho. Suppabhātaṃ suhuṭṭhitanti ajja amhākaṃ suṭṭhu pabhātaṃ sobhanaṃ vā pabhātaṃ ahosi. Ajja ca no sundaraṃ uṭṭhitaṃ ahosi, anuparodhena sayanato uṭṭhitaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yaṃ addasāma sambuddhaṃ, yasmā sambuddhaṃ addasāmāti attano lābhasampattiṃ ārabbha pāmojjaṃ pavedeti.
181 “具神通者”是指具备由业果所生的神通。“有名声者”是指获得了最上的利养与眷属成就。“他们前往皈依”是说,虽然他们其实是依道而行的,但为了显示他们是入流者、并展现他们的净信,才这样表述。巴利
181.Iddhimantoti kammavipākajiddhiyā samannāgatā. Yasassinoti lābhaggaparivāraggasampannā. Saraṇaṃ yantīti kiñcāpi maggeneva gatā, tathāpi sotāpannabhāvaparidīpanatthaṃ pasādadassanatthañca vācaṃ bhindati.
182 “从村到村”是指从天界的村落到天界的村落。“从山到山”是指从天界的山到天界的山。所谓“礼敬正自觉者与善说之法性”,意思是:以“世尊确实是正自觉者,世尊所宣说的法确实是善说”这样的方式,赞叹佛陀的善自觉与法的善说性;又以“世尊的声闻僧团确实是善行道者”这样的方式,赞叹僧团的善行道。他们就这样一再赞叹、一再礼敬,成为传播法音的人,四处游化。这里剩下的内容,意思都很浅显明白。巴利
182.Gāmā gāmanti devagāmā devagāmaṃ. Nagā naganti devapabbatā devapabbataṃ. Namassamānā sambuddhaṃ, dhammassa ca sudhammatanti ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata bhagavā, svākkhāto vata bhagavato dhammo’’tiādinā nayena buddhasubodhitañca dhammasudhammatañca. ‘‘Suppaṭipanno vata bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’tiādinā saṅgha-suppaṭipattiñca abhitthavitvā abhitthavitvā namassamānā dhammaghosakā hutvā vicarissāmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
10. 《阿罗伐迦经》的注释巴利
10. Āḷavakasuttavaṇṇanā
“如是我闻”这一段,就是《阿罗毗夜叉经》。它的起因是什么?在释义的过程中,它的起因自然就会显现出来。而在释义里,“如是我闻,一时,世尊”这一句,意思和前面已经说过的相同。“住在阿罗毗,住在阿罗毗夜叉的住处”——这里要问:什么是阿罗毗?世尊又为什么住在那个夜叉的住处呢?回答是:阿罗毗既可以指一个国家,也可以指一座城市,在这里两种意思都说得通。因为即使住在阿罗毗城附近,也可以说“住在阿罗毗”。那个住处离城不远,大约只有一俱卢舍;而即使住在阿罗毗国境内,也可以说“住在阿罗毗”,这个住处正是在阿罗毗国中。巴利
Evaṃme sutanti āḷavakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Atthavaṇṇanānayenevassa uppatti āvibhavissati. Atthavaṇṇanāya ca ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā’’ti etaṃ vuttatthameva. Āḷaviyaṃ viharati āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavaneti ettha pana kā āḷavī, kasmā ca bhagavā tassa yakkhassa bhavane viharatīti? Vuccate – āḷavīti raṭṭhampi nagarampi vuccati, tadubhayampi idha vaṭṭati. Āḷavīnagarassa hi samīpe viharantopi ‘‘āḷaviyaṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati. Tassa ca nagarassa samīpe avidūre gāvutamatte taṃ bhavanaṃ, āḷavīraṭṭhe viharantopi ‘‘āḷaviyaṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati, āḷavīraṭṭhe cetaṃ bhavanaṃ.
阿罗婆迦国王抛下各种戏剧娱乐,为了防贼、抵御敌国、锻炼身体,每逢第七天就去打猎。有一天,他跟军队约定:“猎物从谁那边跑掉,就算谁的责任。”结果猎物正好从他那边跑了。这位脚力很好的国王就拿着弓,徒步追赶那只鹿,一直追了三由旬。羚羊的速度也正好能达到三由旬。后来那只鹿跑得筋疲力尽,跳进水里站着,国王把它杀死,劈成两半。他虽然不想要那些肉,但为了不被人说“连只鹿都抓不到”,还是用扁担挑着回来了。走到离城不远的地方,看见一棵枝叶茂密的大榕树,为了消除疲劳,就走到树下去。那时,旷野夜叉已从大王那里得到恩准,住在那棵榕树里,每到正午,凡是进入树荫覆盖范围的人,它都吃掉。它看见国王,就过来想吃他。于是国王跟它约定:“放了我,我每天派人送一个人和一份钵饭给你。”夜叉说:“你沉溺在王室的享乐里,会忘记的。而我没得到允许、没到我住处来的人,是不能吃的。这样下去,恐怕连我的住处都要保不住了。”所以它不肯放国王。国王就答应:“哪天我没送来,那天你就抓我去吃!”这样把自己交出去之后,才被夜叉放走,朝城里走去。巴利
Yasmā pana āḷavako rājā vividhanāṭakūpabhogaṃ chaḍḍetvā corapaṭibāhanatthaṃ paṭirājanisedhanatthaṃ byāyāmakaraṇatthañca sattame sattame divase migavaṃ gacchanto ekadivasaṃ balakāyena saddhiṃ katikaṃ akāsi – ‘‘yassa passena migo palāyati, tasseva so bhāro’’ti. Atha tasseva passena migo palāyi, javasampanno rājā dhanuṃ gahetvā pattikova tiyojanaṃ taṃ migaṃ anubandhi. Eṇimigā ca tiyojanavegā eva honti. Atha parikkhīṇajavaṃ taṃ migaṃ udakaṃ pavisitvā, ṭhitaṃ vadhitvā, dvidhā chetvā, anatthikopi maṃsena ‘‘nāsakkhi migaṃ gahetu’’nti apavādamocanatthaṃ kājenādāya āgacchanto nagarassāvidūre bahalapattapalāsaṃ mahānigrodhaṃ disvā parissamavinodanatthaṃ tassa mūlamupagato. Tasmiñca nigrodhe āḷavako yakkho mahārājasantikā varaṃ labhitvā majjhanhikasamaye tassa rukkhassa chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ paviṭṭhe pāṇino khādanto paṭivasati. So taṃ disvā khādituṃ upagato. Atha rājā tena saddhiṃ katikaṃ akāsi – ‘‘muñca maṃ, ahaṃ te divase divase manussañca thālipākañca pesessāmī’’ti. Yakkho ‘‘tvaṃ rājūpabhogena pamatto sammussasi, ahaṃ pana bhavanaṃ anupagatañca ananuññātañca khādituṃ na labhāmi, svāhaṃ bhavantampi jīyeyya’’nti na muñci. Rājā ‘‘yaṃ divasaṃ na pesemi, taṃ divasaṃ maṃ gahetvā khādāhī’’ti attānaṃ anujānitvā tena mutto nagarābhimukho agamāsi.
军队在途中扎好营阵等着,看见国王,就迎上前去接着他,说:“大王,您怎么像被灾祸吓着了一样,累成这样?”国王没有把这件事告诉他们,径直进城,吃过早饭,叫来守城官,把这件事告诉了他。守城官问:“大王,定下期限了吗?”国王说:“没有定,老兄。”守城官说:“这可办坏了,大王。非人只有得到明确限定的份量才肯接受;要是不限定,整个地方都会遭殃。算了吧,大王,虽然您这么做了,您就安心享受王权之乐吧,该办的事我来办。”于是一大早他就起身去监狱,对一个个该处死的人说:“谁想活命,就出来。”第一个出来的人被带回家,给他洗澡、吃饭,然后打发他说:“把这钵饭送给夜叉。”那人刚走进树荫下,夜叉就变出恐怖的身形,像啃块根一样把他吃掉。据说靠着夜叉的威力,人的身体连头发等等在内,都变得像一团新鲜奶油。那些被派去送饭的人看到这情景,吓得把这事告诉了各自的朋友。从那时起,人们听说“国王抓了贼送给夜叉”,就都不敢再干偷盗的事了。后来过了一些时候,因为没有新贼,旧贼也耗尽了,监狱都空了。巴利
Balakāyo magge khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā ṭhito rājānaṃ disvā – ‘‘kiṃ, mahārāja, ayasamattabhayā evaṃ kilantosī’’ti vadanto paccuggantvā paṭiggahesi. Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ anārocetvā nagaraṃ gantvā, katapātarāso nagaraguttikaṃ āmantetvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Nagaraguttiko – ‘‘kiṃ, deva, kālaparicchedo kato’’ti āha. Rājā ‘‘na kato, bhaṇe’’ti āha. ‘‘Duṭṭhu kataṃ, deva, amanussā hi paricchinnamattameva labhanti, aparicchinne pana janapadassa ābādho bhavissati. Hotu, deva, kiñcāpi evamakāsi, appossukko tvaṃ rajjasukhaṃ anubhohi, ahamettha kātabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti. So kālasseva vuṭṭhāya bandhanāgāraṃ gantvā ye ye vajjhā honti, te te sandhāya – ‘‘yo jīvitatthiko hoti, so nikkhamatū’’ti bhaṇati. Yo paṭhamaṃ nikkhamati taṃ gehaṃ netvā, nhāpetvā, bhojetvā ca, ‘‘imaṃ thālipākaṃ yakkhassa dehī’’ti peseti. Taṃ rukkhamūlaṃ paviṭṭhamattaṃyeva yakkho bheravaṃ attabhāvaṃ nimminitvā mūlakandaṃ viya khādati . Yakkhānubhāvena kira manussānaṃ kesādīni upādāya sakalasarīraṃ navanītapiṇḍo viya hoti. Yakkhassa bhattaṃ gāhāpettuṃ gatapurisā taṃ disvā bhītā yathāmittaṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato pabhuti ‘‘rājā core gahetvā yakkhassa detī’’ti manussā corakammato paṭiviratā. Tato aparena samayena navacorānaṃ abhāvena purāṇacorānañca parikkhayena bandhanāgārāni suññāni ahesuṃ.
这时,守城官向国王禀报。国王把自己的钱财扔在城里的街道上,说:“说不定有人会因为贪心拿走。”结果没有一个人用脚碰一下。他找不到贼,就告诉大臣们。大臣们说:“我们按家族顺序,一家送一个老人出去吧,反正他们本来也已经在死的边缘了。”国王阻止说:“人们会闹起来,说‘他把我们的父亲、我们的祖父送出去了’,别这么干。”大臣们又说:“那就送婴儿吧,还躺在襁褓里的那种。因为这么大的婴儿,还没有‘我的妈妈、我的爸爸’这种感情。”国王同意了。他们就照办了。城里婴儿的母亲们带着孩子,以及怀孕的妇女们逃到别的国家,在那里把孩子养大后才回来。就这样,整整十二年过去了。巴利
Atha nagaraguttiko rañño ārocesi. Rājā attano dhanaṃ nagararacchāsu chaḍḍāpesi – ‘‘appeva nāma koci lobhena gaṇheyyā’’ti. Taṃ pādenapi na koci chupi. So core alabhanto amaccānaṃ ārocesi. Amaccā ‘‘kulapaṭipāṭiyā ekamekaṃ jiṇṇakaṃ pesema, so pakatiyāpi maccumukhe vattatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā ‘‘‘amhākaṃ pitaraṃ, amhākaṃ pitāmahaṃ pesetī’ti manussā khobhaṃ karissanti, mā vo etaṃ ruccī’’ti nivāresi. ‘‘Tena hi, deva, dārakaṃ pesema uttānaseyyakaṃ, tathāvidhassa hi ‘mātā me pitā me’ti sineho natthī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā anujāni. Te tathā akaṃsu. Nagare dārakamātaro ca dārake gahetvā gabbhiniyo ca palāyitvā parajanapade dārake saṃvaḍḍhetvā ānenti. Evaṃ sabbānipi dvādasa vassāni gatāni.
从那以后,有一天,他们找遍全城,连一个小孩也找不到,就去禀告国王:“大王,城里除了您内宫中的儿子阿拉瓦迦王子,再没有别的孩子了。”国王说:“就像我的儿子对我很可爱,一切世间的人也都这样爱自己的孩子;但对自己来说,没有比自己的命更可爱的了。去吧,就算把他交出去,也要保住我的命。”那时,阿拉瓦迦王子的母亲已经给儿子洗好澡、打扮好,用细软布料裹着,抱在膝上坐着。国王的差役奉王命到了那里,不顾她和一万六千名宫女以及奶妈的哭喊,把王子带走,心里想着:“明天他就要被夜叉吃掉了。”就在那一天,世尊在破晓时分起身,在祇园大寺的香室中进入大悲定。出定后,又以佛眼观察世间,看见阿拉瓦迦王子有证得不来果的因缘,那个夜叉有证得入流果的因缘,而且说法结束时,将有八万四千众生获得法眼。因此,天亮之后,世尊做完午前应做的事,还没做午后应做的事,就在黑月布萨日太阳落山时,独自一人,没有同伴,拿着衣钵,靠步行从舍卫城走了三十由旬,进入那个夜叉的住处。所以经中说“在阿拉瓦迦夜叉的住处”。巴利
Tato ekadivasaṃ sakalanagaraṃ vicinitvā ekampi dārakaṃ alabhitvā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘natthi, deva, nagare dārako ṭhapetvā antepure tava puttaṃ āḷavakakumāra’’nti. Rājā ‘‘yathā mama putto piyo, evaṃ sabbalokassa, attanā pana piyataraṃ natthi, gacchatha, tampi datvā mama jīvitaṃ rakkhathā’’ti āha. Tena ca samayena āḷavakakumārassa mātā puttaṃ nhāpetvā, maṇḍetvā, dukūlacumbaṭake katvā, aṅke sayāpetvā, nisinnā hoti. Rājapurisā rañño āṇāya tattha gantvā vippalapantiyā tassā soḷasannañca itthisahassānaṃ saddhiṃ dhātiyā taṃ ādāya pakkamiṃsu ‘‘sve yakkhabhakkho bhavissatī’’ti. Taṃ divasañca bhagavā paccūsasamaye paccuṭṭhāya jetavanamahāvihāre gandhakuṭiyaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā puna buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa āḷavakassa kumārassa anāgāmiphaluppattiyā upanissayaṃ, yakkhassa ca sotāpattiphaluppattiyā upanissayaṃ desanāpariyosāne ca caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammacakkhupaṭilābhassāti. Tasmā vibhātāya rattiyā purebhattakiccaṃ katvā aniṭṭhitapacchābhattakiccova kāḷapakkhauposathadivase vattamāne oggate sūriye ekakova adutiyo pattacīvaramādāya pādagamaneneva sāvatthito tiṃsa yojanāni gantvā tassa yakkhassa bhavanaṃ pāvisi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane’’ti.
那么,世尊到底是坐在那棵作为阿拉瓦迦住所的榕树底下,还是就在他的宫殿里呢?回答是:就在宫殿里。因为夜叉能看见自己的宫殿,世尊也同样能看见。世尊到了那里,就站在宫殿门口。那时候,阿拉瓦迦正好去了雪山参加夜叉的集会。于是,阿拉瓦迦的守门夜叉——名叫“驴”的那位——来到世尊面前,行礼之后问道:“尊者,世尊怎么在这个时候来了?”世尊说:“是的,驴,我来了。如果你不介意,我想在阿拉瓦迦的宫殿里住一夜。”驴说:“尊者,我倒是无所谓。可那个夜叉又凶又狠,连对父母都不行礼,世尊您还是别住这里为好。”世尊说:“驴,我知道他凶。但没有什么能伤害我。如果你不介意,我就住一夜。”巴利
Kiṃ pana bhagavā yasmiṃ nigrodhe āḷavakassa bhavanaṃ, tassa mūle vihāsi, udāhu bhavaneyevāti? Vuccate – bhavaneyeva. Yatheva hi yakkhā attano bhavanaṃ passanti, tathā bhagavāpi. So tattha gantvā bhavanadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Tadā āḷavako himavante yakkhasamāgamaṃ gato hoti. Tato āḷavakassa dvārapālo gadrabho nāma yakkho bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā, vanditvā – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, bhagavā vikāle āgato’’ti āha. ‘‘Āma, gadrabha, āgatomhi. Sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekarattiṃ āḷavakassa bhavane’’ti. ‘‘Na me, bhante, garu, apica kho so yakkho kakkhaḷo pharuso, mātāpitūnampi abhivādanādīni na karoti, mā rucci bhagavato idha vāso’’ti. ‘‘Jānāmi, gadrabha, tassa kakkhaḷattaṃ, na koci mamantarāyo bhavissati, sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekaratti’’nti .
驴夜叉第二次又对世尊这样说:“尊者,阿拉瓦迦就像一块烧得火红的瓦片,他不知道什么是父母,也不知道什么是沙门婆罗门,更不知道什么是法。对来到这里的人,他会让人心神错乱,撕开人的心脏,抓住人的脚扔到外海或别的轮围界去。”世尊第二次说:“驴,我知道。你如果不介意,我就住一夜。”驴夜叉第三次又对世尊这样说:“尊者,阿拉瓦迦就像一块烧得火红的瓦片,他不知道什么是父母,也不知道什么是沙门婆罗门,更不知道什么是法。对来到这里的人,他会让人心神错乱,撕开人的心脏,抓住人的脚扔到外海或别的轮围界去。”世尊第三次说:“驴,我知道。你如果不介意,我就住一夜。”驴夜叉说:“尊者,我这边倒不介意。可是如果我不先告诉他,就擅自答应,那个夜叉会要了我的命。尊者,我去向他报告。”世尊说:“驴,你随意,去报告吧。”驴夜叉说:“那么,尊者,您自己应当知道。”他向世尊顶礼后,就朝雪山方向离开了。他亲自为世尊打开了宫殿大门。世尊走进宫殿,在阿拉瓦迦平日选定的吉日等时候坐着享受福报的那张天宝座上坐下,放出金色的光芒。夜叉的女眷们看见后,都过来向世尊顶礼,围坐在四周。世尊以“你们过去因为布施、持戒、供养应供者,才得到这样的福报,现在也要照样去做,不要被嫉妒和吝啬控制,彼此争斗”等种种方式,为她们讲说散说的法义。她们听了世尊甜美的声音后,发出上千次赞叹,围坐在世尊身边。驴夜叉也去了雪山,向阿拉瓦迦报告:“尊敬的先生,您应该知道,世尊正坐在您的宫殿里。”阿拉瓦迦示意驴夜叉安静:“别出声,我过去处理该做的事。”据说他是因为在众人面前感到羞愧,所以才阻止说:“别让任何人在集会中听到。”巴利
Dutiyampi gadrabho yakkho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aggitattakapālasadiso, bhante, āḷavako, ‘mātāpitaro’ti vā ‘samaṇabrāhmaṇā’ti vā ‘dhammo’ti vā na jānāti, idhāgatānaṃ cittakkhepampi karoti, hadayampi phāleti, pādepi gahetvā parasamudde vā paracakkavāḷe vā khipatī’’ti. Dutiyampi bhagavā āha – ‘‘jānāmi, gadrabha, sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekaratti’’nti. Tatiyampi gadrabho yakkho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aggitattakapālasadiso, bhante, āḷavako, ‘mātāpitaro’ti vā ‘samaṇabrāhmaṇā’ti vā ‘dhammo’ti vā na jānāti, idhāgatānaṃ cittakkhepampi karoti, hadayampi phāleti, pādepi gahetvā parasamudde vā paracakkavāḷe vā khipatī’’ti. Tatiyampi bhagavā āha – ‘‘jānāmi, gadrabha, sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekaratti’’nti. ‘‘Na me, bhante, garu, apica kho so yakkho attano anārocetvā anujānantaṃ maṃ jīvitā voropeyya, ārocemi, bhante, tassā’’ti. ‘‘Yathāsukhaṃ, gadrabha, ārocehī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, tvameva jānāhī’’ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā himavantābhimukho pakkāmi. Bhavanadvārampi sayameva bhagavato vivaramadāsi. Bhagavā antobhavanaṃ pavisitvā yattha abhilakkhitesu maṅgaladivasādīsu nisīditvā āḷavako siriṃ anubhoti, tasmiṃyeva dibbaratanapallaṅke nisīditvā suvaṇṇābhaṃ muñci. Taṃ disvā yakkhassa itthiyo āgantvā, bhagavantaṃ vanditvā, samparivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Bhagavā ‘‘pubbe tumhe dānaṃ datvā, sīlaṃ samādiyitvā, pūjaneyyaṃ pūjetvā, imaṃ sampattiṃ pattā, idānipi tatheva karotha, mā aññamaññaṃ issāmacchariyābhibhūtā viharathā’’tiādinā nayena tāsaṃ pakiṇṇakadhammakathaṃ kathesi. Tā ca bhagavato madhuranigghosaṃ sutvā, sādhukārasahassāni datvā, bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsuyeva. Gadrabhopi himavantaṃ gantvā āḷavakassa ārocesi – ‘‘yagghe, mārisa, jāneyyāsi, vimāne te bhagavā nisinno’’ti. So gadrabhassa saññamakāsi ‘‘tuṇhī hohi, gantvā kattabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Purisamānena kira lajjito ahosi, tasmā ‘‘mā koci parisamajjhe suṇeyyā’’ti vāresi.
那时,萨塔吉里和雪山两位夜叉在祇树给孤独园顶礼世尊后,心想“我们去参加夜叉集会吧”,便带着各自的随从,乘着各种车驾从空中前往。可是夜叉在虚空中并不是到处都能通行,得避开空中的宫殿,只有通道所在的地方才能走。而阿拉瓦迦的宫殿是建在地上的,守卫严密,围墙环绕,城门、箭楼、门楼都布置得很妥当,上面覆盖着铜网,形状像宝盒,高达三由旬。通道正好在它上方。他们到了那个地方,却过不去了。因为佛陀安坐之处上方,直到有顶天,谁都无法通过。他们心想“这是怎么回事”,一观察就看见了世尊,于是像被扔到空中的土块一样落下来,顶礼世尊,听完法后右绕致敬,说“世尊,我们去参加夜叉集会了”,就这样赞叹着三件事,前往夜叉集会。阿拉瓦迦看见他们来了,便退后让出座位说“坐这里吧”。他们却对阿拉瓦迦说:“阿拉瓦迦,你真有福气,世尊就住在你的住处。贤友,去吧,去亲近承事世尊吧。”所以,世尊确实是在那个住处安住,而不是在阿拉瓦迦作为居所的那棵榕树下面。因此经文说:“一时,世尊住在阿拉维,在阿拉瓦迦夜叉的住处。”巴利
Tadā sātāgirahemavatā bhagavantaṃ jetavaneyeva vanditvā ‘‘yakkhasamāgamaṃ gamissāmā’’ti saparivārā nānāyānehi ākāsena gacchanti. Ākāse ca yakkhānaṃ na sabbattha maggo atthi, ākāsaṭṭhāni vimānāni pariharitvā maggaṭṭhāneneva maggo hoti. Āḷavakassa pana vimānaṃ bhūmaṭṭhaṃ suguttaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ susaṃvihitadvāraṭṭālakagopuraṃ, upari kaṃsajālasañchannaṃ mañjūsasadisaṃ tiyojanaṃ ubbedhena. Tassa upari maggo hoti. Te taṃ padesamāgamma gantuṃ asamatthā ahesuṃ. Buddhānañhi nisinnokāsassa uparibhāgena yāva bhavaggā, tāva koci gantuṃ asamattho. Te ‘‘kimida’’nti āvajjetvā bhagavantaṃ disvā ākāse khittaleḍḍu viya oruyha vanditvā, dhammaṃ sutvā, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā ‘‘yakkhasamāgamaṃ gacchāma bhagavā’’ti tīṇi vatthūni pasaṃsantā yakkhasamāgamaṃ agamaṃsu. Āḷavako te disvā ‘‘idha nisīdathā’’ti paṭikkamma okāsamadāsi. Te āḷavakassa nivedesuṃ ‘‘lābhā te, āḷavaka, yassa te bhavane bhagavā viharati, gacchāvuso bhagavantaṃ payirupāsassū’’ti. Evaṃ bhagavā bhavaneyeva vihāsi, na yasmiṃ nigrodhe āḷavakassa bhavanaṃ, tassa mūleti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane’’ti.
这时,阿拉瓦迦……对世尊说了这样一句话:“沙门,出去!”那么,他为什么说这句话呢?回答说:是因为想激怒世尊。这里的关联从一开始就应该这样理解:这个夜叉从那些夜叉那里听到对世尊的赞叹,就像对没有信心的人谈信心、对破戒的人谈戒律等一样,是听不进去的,所以他内心就像被扔进火里的盐粒一样,因为内在的愤怒而噼啪作响,说道:“那个闯进我住处的、叫什么世尊的,到底是谁?”那些夜叉对他说:“贤友,你难道不知道世尊——我们的导师吗?他住在兜率天,观察了五种大观察……”他们就这样从结生等三十二种前兆说起,一直讲到转法轮,然后责备他说:“贤友,这些稀有的事,你难道没看见吗?”他虽然看见了,却因为愤怒,嘴硬说:“没看见。”那些夜叉说:“贤友阿拉瓦迦啊,你看见也好,没看见也好,你看见或没看见,跟你有什么关系?你能把我们导师怎么样?你跟他一比,就像一头刚出生的小牛犊站在一头肩脊颤动的大公牛旁边,就像一只小雏鸡站在一头三处开裂的壮年大象旁边,就像一只老狐狸站在一头鬃毛灿烂、垂鬣庄严的兽王狮子面前,就像一只断了翅膀的乌鸦或鸽子站在一只身体宽广一百五十由旬的金翅鸟王面前。去吧,去做你该做的事吧。”被这么一说,愤怒的阿拉瓦迦站起身,左脚踩在雄黄石地面上,说道:“现在你们就看看,到底是你们的导师有大神力,还是我有大神力!”说着便用右脚踩踏了大约六十由旬高的开拉沙山峰。那座山峰就像被铁杵击打而飞溅的铁丸一样,外层的岩石纷纷崩裂。他站在那山顶上,大吼“我是阿拉瓦迦”,声音响彻了整个赡部洲。巴利
Atha kho āḷavako…pe… bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘nikkhama samaṇā’’ti. ‘‘Kasmā panāyaṃ etadavocā’’ti? Vuccate – rosetukāmatāya. Tatrevaṃ ādito pabhuti sambandho veditabbo – ayañhi yasmā assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā hoti dussīlādīnaṃ sīlādikathā viya, tasmā tesaṃ yakkhānaṃ santikā bhagavato pasaṃsaṃ sutvā eva aggimhi pakkhittaloṇasakkharā viya abbhantarakopena taṭataṭāyamānahadayo hutvā ‘‘ko so bhagavā nāma, yo mama bhavanaṃ paviṭṭho’’ti āha. Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘na tvaṃ, āvuso, jānāsi bhagavantaṃ amhākaṃ satthāraṃ, yo tusitabhavane ṭhito pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā’’tiādinā nayena yāva dhammacakkappavattanaṃ kathentā paṭisandhiādinā dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni vatvā ‘‘imānipi tvaṃ, āvuso , acchariyāni nāddasā’’ti codesuṃ. So disvāpi kodhavasena ‘‘nāddasa’’nti āha. Āvuso āḷavaka passeyyāsi vā tvaṃ, na vā, ko tayā attho passatā vā apassatā vā, kiṃ tvaṃ karissasi amhākaṃ satthuno, yo tvaṃ taṃ upanidhāya calakkakudhamahāusabhasamīpe tadahujātavacchako viya, tidhāpabhinnamattavāraṇasamīpe bhiṅkapotako viya, bhāsuravilambakesaraupasobhitakkhandhassa migarañño samīpe jarasiṅgālo viya, diyaḍḍhayojanasatappavaḍḍhakāyasupaṇṇarājasamīpe chinnapakkhakākapotako viya khāyasi, gaccha yaṃ te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohīti. Evaṃ vutte kuddho āḷavako uṭṭhahitvā manosilātale vāmapādena ṭhatvā ‘‘passatha dāni tumhākaṃ vā satthā mahānubhāvo, ahaṃ vā’’ti dakkhiṇapādena saṭṭhiyojanamattaṃ kelāsapabbatakūṭaṃ akkami, taṃ ayokūṭapahaṭo niddhantaayopiṇḍo viya papaṭikāyo muñci. So tatra ṭhatvā ‘‘ahaṃ āḷavako’’ti ghosesi, sakalajambudīpaṃ saddo phari.
当时,整个赡部洲到处都能听到四种声音:一是富那迦夜叉将军在赌局中赢了檀那阇耶科罗毗耶王后,拍手高呼“我赢了”;二是帝释天在迦叶佛的教法衰败时,让毗首羯磨天子变成一条狗,高声宣告“我要吞掉所有恶比丘、恶比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷,他们全都是非法说者”;三是在拘舍本生故事里,为了巴跋瓦蒂,七位国王围困了都城,大士把巴跋瓦蒂带上象背,和自己一起出城,高呼“我是发出狮子吼的拘舍大王”;四是阿拉瓦迦夜叉站在开拉沙山顶上,高呼“我是阿拉瓦迦”。那时候,整个赡部洲就好像有人在每家每户门前大声宣告一样,连纵横三千由旬的雪山也因为这夜叉的神力而震动了。巴利
Cattārokira saddā sakalajambudīpe suyyiṃsu – yañca puṇṇako yakkhasenāpati dhanañcayakorabyarājānaṃ jūte jinitvā apphoṭetvā ‘‘ahaṃ jini’’nti ugghosesi, yañca sakko devānamindo kassapassa bhagavato sāsane parihāyamāne vissakammaṃ devaputtaṃ sunakhaṃ kāretvā ‘‘ahaṃ pāpabhikkhū ca pāpabhikkhuniyo ca upāsake ca upāsikāyo ca sabbeva adhammavādino khādāmī’’ti ugghosāpesi, yañca kusajātake pabhāvatihetu sattahi rājūhi nagare uparuddhe pabhāvatiṃ attanā saha hatthikkhandhaṃ āropetvā nagarā nikkhamma ‘‘ahaṃ sīhassarakusamahārājā’’ti mahāpuriso ugghosesi, yañca āḷavako kelāsamuddhani ṭhatvā ‘‘ahaṃ āḷavako’’ti. Tadā hi sakalajambudīpe dvāre dvāre ṭhatvā ugghositasadisaṃ ahosi, tiyojanasahassavitthato ca himavāpi saṅkampi yakkhassa ānubhāvena.
他兴起一阵风轮,心想:“我就用这个把那个沙门吹走。”那些风从东方等地刮起,把半由旬、一由旬、两由旬、三由旬大小的山峰都劈开,把树林、灌木、大树等连根拔起,冲进阿拉毗城,把破旧的象棚等建筑碾成粉末,瓦片在空中乱飞。世尊决意:“不要给任何人造成伤害。”那些风到了十力尊身边,连他衣角那么一点都吹不动。接着他又兴起大暴雨,心想:“我要用水淹没那个沙门,把他弄死。”靠他的威力,层层叠叠、成百上千层的雨云涌起,降下大雨。雨流的冲势把大地都冲出了窟窿,洪水漫过树林大树,来到十力尊身边,却连他衣上的一滴露水都沾不湿。接着他又兴起石雨,巨大的山峰冒着烟、燃着火,从空中飞来,到了十力尊身边,都变成了天界的花鬘。接着他又兴起武器雨,单刃的、双刃的、剑、矛、斧头之类,冒着烟、燃着火,从空中飞来,到了十力尊身边,都变成了天界的花朵。接着他又兴起炭火雨,像紫矿花颜色的炭火从空中飞来,落到十力尊脚下,变成天界的花朵散落一地。接着他又兴起热灰雨,极烫的热灰从空中飞来,落到十力尊脚下,变成檀香粉落了下来。接着他又兴起沙雨,极细的沙子冒着烟、燃着火,从空中飞来,落到十力尊脚下,变成天界的花朵落了下来。接着他又兴起泥雨,那泥雨冒着烟、燃着火,从空中飞来,落到十力尊脚下,变成天界的香落了下来。接着他又兴起黑暗,心想:“我要吓唬那个沙门,把他赶走。”那黑暗如同具备四种成分的黑暗一般,到了十力尊身边,就像被太阳的光辉击破的黑暗一样消失了。巴利
So vātamaṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi – ‘‘eteneva samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Te puratthimādibhedā vātā samuṭṭhahitvā aḍḍhayojanayojanadviyojanatiyojanappamāṇāni pabbatakūṭāni padāletvā vanagaccharukkhādīni ummūletvā āḷavīnagaraṃ pakkhantā jiṇṇahatthisālādīni cuṇṇentā chadaniṭṭhakā ākāse bhamentā. Bhagavā ‘‘mā kassaci uparodho hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Te vātā dasabalaṃ patvā cīvarakaṇṇamattampi cāletuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Tato mahāvassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘udakena ajjhottharitvā samaṇaṃ māressāmī’’ti. Tassānubhāvena uparūpari satapaṭalasahassapaṭalādibhedā valāhakā uṭṭhahitvā vassiṃsu, vuṭṭhidhārāvegena pathavī chiddā ahosi, vanarukkhādīnaṃ upari mahogho āgantvā dasabalassa cīvare ussāvabindumattampi temetuṃ nāsakkhi. Tato pāsāṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, mahantāni mahantāni pabbatakūṭāni dhūmāyantāni pajjalantāni ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ patvā dibbamālāguḷāni sampajjiṃsu. Tato paharaṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, ekatodhārāubhatodhārā asisattikhurappādayo dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ patvā dibbapupphāni ahesuṃ. Tato aṅgāravassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, kiṃsukavaṇṇā aṅgārā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā vikiriṃsu. Tato kukkulavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, accuṇho kukkulo ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle candanacuṇṇaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato vālukāvassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, atisukhumā vālukā dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā nipatiṃsu. Tato kalalavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, taṃ kalalavassaṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbagandhaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato andhakāraṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘bhiṃsetvā samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Taṃ caturaṅgasamannāgatandhakārasadisaṃ hutvā dasabalaṃ patvā sūriyappabhāvihatamivandhakāraṃ antaradhāyi.
就这样,阿拉瓦迦用这九种风、雨、石、兵器、炭、粪、沙、泥、黑暗之雨都没能把世尊赶走,于是亲自带着一支四兵军队来到世尊面前。这支军队里混杂着无数种种变形的鬼众,手里拿着各种各样的武器。那些鬼众做出种种变化,像是要冲上来“抓住他,杀死他”一样。可是他们就像苍蝇靠近不了被锻打得通红的铁球一样,根本贴近不了世尊。尽管如此,他们却没有像魔罗在菩提道场时那样一到就退走,而是一直闹腾了将近半个夜晚。就这样,用种种恐怖景象闹了半夜,还是动摇不了世尊,阿拉瓦迦便心想:“我不如把那件无人能敌的布武器抛出去吧。”巴利
Evaṃ yakkho imāhi navahi vātavassapāsāṇapaharaṇaṅgārakukkulavālukakalalandhakāravuṭṭhīhi bhagavantaṃ palāpetuṃ asakkonto nānāvidhapaharaṇahatthāya anekappakārarūpabhūtagaṇasamākulāya caturaṅginiyā senāya sayameva bhagavantaṃ abhigato. Te bhūtagaṇā anekappakāre vikāre katvā ‘‘gaṇhatha hanathā’’ti bhagavato upari āgacchantā viya honti, apica te niddhantalohapiṇḍaṃ viya makkhikā, bhagavantaṃ allīyituṃ asamatthā evaṃ ahesuṃ. Evaṃ santepi yathā bodhimaṇḍe māro āgatavelāyameva nivatto, tathā anivattitvā upaḍḍharattimattaṃ byākulamakaṃsu. Evaṃ upaḍḍharattimattaṃ anekappakāravibhiṃsanadassanenapi bhagavantaṃ cāletumasakkonto āḷavako cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ kenaci ajeyyaṃ dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya’’nti.
据说,世间有四种最厉害的武器:帝释天的金刚杵、多闻天王的铁杖、阎摩的眼武器,还有阿拉瓦迦的布武器。如果帝释天发怒,把金刚杵砸在须弥山顶上,它能穿透十六万八千由旬高的须弥山,一直穿到山底。多闻天王还在做凡夫时扔出的铁杖,能打掉成千上万夜叉的脑袋,然后又回到手边停住。阎摩一发怒,只用眼武器看一眼,无数鸠槃荼鬼就像热锅上的芝麻一样爆裂消失。阿拉瓦迦要是发怒,把布武器抛向天空,天就十二年不下雨;要是扔到地上,所有树木草木全都枯死,十二年内再也长不出来;要是扔进海里,整片海水就像热锅上的一滴水一样干掉;要是扔向像须弥山那样的大山,山也会碎成一块块四处飞散。他把这件原本搭在肩上当上衣、有这么大威力的布武器解下来,握在手里。这时,一万个世界里的绝大多数天人都赶紧聚了过来,心想:今天世尊要调伏阿拉瓦迦了,我们要去那里听法。还有些天人想看打架,也赶来了。就这样,整个天空挤满了天人。巴利
Cattāri kira āvudhāni loke seṭṭhāni – sakkassa vajirāvudhaṃ, vessavaṇassa gadāvudhaṃ, yamassa nayanāvudhaṃ, āḷavakassa dussāvudhanti. Yadi hi sakko kuddho vajirāvudhaṃ sinerumatthake pahareyya aṭṭhasaṭṭhisahassādhikayojanasatasahassaṃ sineruṃ vinivijjhitvā heṭṭhato gaccheyya . Vessavaṇassa puthujjanakāle vissajjitagadā bahūnaṃ yakkhasahassānaṃ sīsaṃ pātetvā puna hatthapāsaṃ āgantvā tiṭṭhati. Yamena kuddhena nayanāvudhena olokitamatte anekāni kumbhaṇḍasahassāni tattakapāle tilā viya vipphurantāni vinassanti. Āḷavako kuddho sace ākāse dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya, dvādasa vassāni devo na vasseyya. Sace pathaviyaṃ muñceyya, sabbarukkhatiṇādīni sussitvā dvādasavassantaraṃ na puna ruheyyuṃ. Sace samudde muñceyya, tattakapāle udakabindu viya sabbamudakaṃ susseyya. Sace sinerusadisepi pabbate muñceyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ hutvā vikireyya. So evaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ dussāvudhaṃ uttarīyakataṃ muñcitvā aggahesi . Yebhuyyena dasasahassilokadhātudevatā vegena sannipatiṃsu – ‘‘ajja bhagavā āḷavakaṃ damessati, tattha dhammaṃ sossāmā’’ti. Yuddhadassanakāmāpi devatā sannipatiṃsu. Evaṃ sakalampi ākāsaṃ devatāhi puripuṇṇamahosi.
这时,阿罗婆迦夜叉在世尊附近来回盘旋,从上到下、从下到上地游走,然后扔出了布武器。那布武器像霹雳轮一样,在空中发出可怕的声响,冒着烟、燃着火,但到了世尊那里,为了摧折夜叉的傲慢,变成了一块擦脚布,落在世尊脚下。阿罗婆迦夜叉看到这一幕,就像被砍断犄角的公牛,又像被拔掉毒牙的蛇,威风尽失,傲慢全无,骄慢之旗倒下。他心想:“连布武器都没能战胜这个沙门,到底是什么原因?”他又想:“原因就是这个沙门安住在慈心之中。来吧,让我激怒他,使他离开慈心。”由于这个关联,经文才这样说:“那时,阿罗婆迦夜叉……来到世尊面前……‘沙门,出来!’”这里的意思是:为什么你没有经过我允许,就进入我的住处,像一家之主一样坐在我的女眷中间?这对沙门来说是不合适的,因为这意味着未经允许就享用他人的东西,还和女人接触。所以,如果你真的安立在沙门之法上,就从这里出去,沙门!不过,有些论师说:“他是说了这些以及其他粗恶的话之后,才这样说的。”巴利
Atha āḷavako bhagavato samīpe uparūpari vicaritvā vatthāvudhaṃ muñci. Taṃ asanivicakkaṃ viya ākāse bheravasaddaṃ karontaṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ patvā yakkhassa mānamaddanatthaṃ pādamuñchanacoḷakaṃ hutvā pādamūle nipati. Āḷavako taṃ disvā chinnavisāṇo viya usabho, uddhaṭadāṭho viya sappo, nittejo nimmado nipatitamānaddhajo hutvā cintesi – ‘‘dussāvudhampi samaṇaṃ nabhibhosi, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti? Idaṃ kāraṇaṃ, mettāvihārayutto samaṇo, handa naṃ rosetvā mettāya viyojemīti. Iminā sambandhenetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āḷavako yakkho yena bhagavā…pe… nikkhama samaṇā’’ti. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – kasmā mayā ananuññāto mama bhavanaṃ pavisitvā gharasāmiko viya itthāgārassa majjhe nisinnosi, nanu ayuttametaṃ samaṇassa yadidaṃ adinnapaṭibhogo itthisaṃsaggo ca, tasmā yadi tvaṃ samaṇadhamme ṭhito, nikkhama samaṇāti. Eke pana ‘‘etāni aññāni ca pharusavacanāni vatvā evāyaṃ etadavocā’’ti bhaṇanti.
那时,世尊知道:“这个人顽固得很,用强硬的方式没法调伏他。因为对他来硬的,就像往暴躁的狗鼻子里灌胆汁,它只会变得更加暴戾;同样,他也会变得更加顽固。但用柔和的方式,就能调伏他。”世尊这样了知之后,便以“好的,朋友”这句亲切的话接受了他的要求,然后走了出去。因此注疏里说:“世尊说了‘好的,朋友’之后,就走了出去。”巴利
Atha bhagavā ‘‘yasmā thaddho paṭithaddhabhāvena vinetuṃ na sakkā, so hi paṭithaddhabhāve kariyamāne seyyathāpi caṇḍassa kukkurassa nāsāya pittaṃ bhindeyya, so bhiyyoso mattāya caṇḍataro assa, evaṃ thaddhataro hoti, mudunā pana so sakkā vinetu’’nti ñatvā ‘‘sādhāvuso’’ti piyavacanena tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā nikkhami . Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sādhāvusoti bhagavā nikkhamī’’ti.
这时,旷野夜叉心想:“这个沙门还真是好说话,只说了一声就出去了。要是让他这么轻易就出去,那我整夜跟他打斗不就白费了吗?”他的心软了下来,又琢磨:“现在还是没法判断,他到底是因为好说话才出去的,还是因为生气才出去的?不如我来试探他一下。”于是他说:“沙门,进来!”世尊为了让旷野夜叉心中“这位沙门确实好说话”的柔和想法稳固下来,又用慈爱的语气说:“好的,朋友。”然后就走了进去。旷野夜叉为了反复试探他这种顺从的程度,第二次、第三次又说:“出去,进来!”世尊也都照做了。如果世尊不照做,这个本来就顽固的夜叉,心会变得更加顽固,就没法成为领受法谈的合适容器了。所以,就像母亲为了哄哭闹的孩子,给他想要的东西,或者顺着他来安抚他;世尊为了安抚被烦恼之泪哭闹的夜叉,也随顺他说的去做。又像奶妈要喂不肯喝奶的孩子,先拿别的东西逗他、哄他,再喂他喝;世尊为了给夜叉喂出世间的法乳,也通过顺他的意说话来哄他,就这样做了。又像有人想往葫芦里装满四种甜味,得先把葫芦里面洗干净;世尊想在夜叉心里装满出世间的四种甜味,为了洗净他内心的愤怒污垢,就这样一直做到第三次出去、进来。巴利
Tato āḷavako ‘‘suvaco vatāyaṃ samaṇo ekavacaneneva nikkhanto, evaṃ nāma nikkhametuṃ sukhaṃ samaṇaṃ akāraṇenevāhaṃ sakalarattiṃ yuddhena abbhuyyāsi’’nti muducitto hutvā puna cintesi ‘‘idānipi na sakkā jānituṃ, kiṃ nu kho suvacatāya nikkhanto, udāhu kodhena, handa naṃ vīmaṃsāmī’’ti. Tato ‘‘pavisa samaṇā’’ti āha. Atha ‘‘suvaco’’ti mudubhūtacittavavatthānakaraṇatthaṃ punapi piyavacanaṃ vadanto sādhāvusoti bhagavā pāvisi. Āḷavako punappunaṃ tameva suvacabhāvaṃ vīmaṃsanto dutiyampi tatiyampi ‘‘nikkhama pavisā’’ti āha. Bhagavāpi tathā akāsi. Yadi na kareyya, pakatiyāpi thaddhayakkhassa cittaṃ thaddhataraṃ hutvā dhammakathāya bhājanaṃ na bhaveyya. Tasmā yathā nāma mātā rodantaṃ puttakaṃ yaṃ so icchati, taṃ datvā vā katvā vā saññāpeti, tathā bhagavā kilesarodanena rodantaṃ yakkhaṃ saññāpetuṃ yaṃ so bhaṇati, taṃ akāsi. Yathā ca dhātī thaññaṃ apivantaṃ dārakaṃ kiñci datvā upalāḷetvā pāyeti, tathā bhagavā yakkhaṃ lokuttaradhammakhīraṃ pāyetuṃ tassa patthitavacanakaraṇena upalāḷento evamakāsi. Yathā ca puriso lābumhi catumadhuraṃ pūretukāmo tassabbhantaraṃ sodheti, evaṃ bhagavā yakkhassa citte lokuttaracatumadhuraṃ pūretukāmo tassa abbhantare kodhamalaṃ sodhetuṃ yāva tatiyaṃ nikkhamanapavesanaṃ akāsi.
这时,旷野夜叉生起了恶念:“这个沙门真好说话,叫他出去他就出去,叫他进来他就进来。我何不就这样让他疲惫一整夜,然后抓住他的脚,把他扔到恒河对岸去?”于是他第四次说道:“沙门,出去!”世尊知道他的心思,心想:“如果我这样回答,他就会寻思接下来该做什么,就会想到要问问题,那就会成为我说法的因缘。”于是世尊说:“贤友,我不会再出去了。”这里,na 表示拒绝,kho 表示确定,ahaṃ 就是“我”,ti 表示原因。因此这里应当这样理解:“贤友,因为你起了这样的念头,所以我确实不会再出去了。你有什么想做的,就尽管去做吧。”巴利
Atha āḷavako ‘‘suvaco ayaṃ samaṇo, ‘nikkhamā’ti vutto nikkhamati, ‘pavisā’ti vutto pavisati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ evamevaṃ sakalarattiṃ kilametvā, pāde gahetvā, pāragaṅgāya khipeyya’’nti pāpakaṃ citaṃ uppādetvā catutthavāraṃ āha – ‘‘nikkhama samaṇā’’ti. Taṃ ñatvā bhagavā ‘‘na khvāhaṃ ta’’nti āha. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte taduttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ pariyesamāno pañhaṃ pucchitabbaṃ maññissati, taṃ dhammakathāya mukhaṃ bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘na khvāhaṃ ta’’nti āha. Tattha naiti paṭikkhepe, khoiti avadhāraṇe. Ahanti attanidassanaṃ, nti hetuvacanaṃ. Tenettha ‘‘yasmā tvaṃ evaṃ cintesi, tasmā ahaṃ āvuso neva nikkhamissāmi, yaṃ te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohī’’ti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
此后,阿罗婆迦之所以用精神错乱等手段折磨人,是因为从前那些有神通、修苦行、四处游方的修行人,在从空中飞来的时候,看到他的宫殿,心里会想:“这到底是什么?是金宫,还是银宫、宝石宫之类的?让我去看看。”于是就来到他的宫殿。阿罗婆迦向他们提问,他们答不上来,他就用精神错乱等手段来折磨他们。怎么折磨呢?非人让人精神错乱有两种方式:一是示现恐怖的形象,二是挤压心脏。但这个阿罗婆迦知道:“有神通的人不会因为看到恐怖形象就害怕。”于是他用自己的神通力,化出一个极微细的身体,钻进他们体内去挤压心脏。这样一来,他们的心相续就无法稳定;心相续一乱,他们就疯了,精神错乱了。对这样精神错乱的人,他还撕裂他们的胸膛,或者抓住他们的脚,把他们扔到恒河对岸去,心想:“不要让我以后再有这种人来我的住处!”所以,他想起这些问题,心里盘算:“我现在就该这样去折磨这个沙门。”于是说道:“沙门,我问你问题……”等等。巴利
Tato āḷavako yasmā pubbepi ākāsenāgamanavelāyaṃ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, etaṃ suvaṇṇavimānaṃ, udāhu rajatamaṇivimānānaṃ aññataraṃ, handa naṃ passāmā’’ti evaṃ attano vimānaṃ āgate iddhimante tāpasaparibbājake pañhaṃ pucchitvā vissajjetumasakkonte cittakkhepādīhi viheṭheti. Kathaṃ? Amanussā hi bhiṃsanakarūpadassanena vā hadayavatthuparimaddanena vāti dvīhākārehi cittakkhepaṃ karonti. Ayaṃ pana yasmā ‘‘iddhimanto bhiṃsanakarūpadassanena na tasantī’’ti ñatvā attano iddhippabhāvena sukhumattabhāvaṃ nimminitvā, tesaṃ anto pavisitvā hadayavatthuṃ parimaddati, tato cittasantati na saṇṭhāti, tassā asaṇṭhamānāya ummattakā honti khittacittā. Evaṃ khittacittānaṃ etesaṃ urampi phāleti, pādepi ne gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipati ‘‘māssu me puna evarūpā bhavanamāgamiṃsū’’ti, tasmā te pañhe saritvā ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ idāni evaṃ viheṭheyya’’nti cintetvā āha ‘‘pañhaṃ taṃ samaṇā’’tiādi.
他的这些问题又是从哪里来的呢?据说,他的父母曾经亲近迦叶世尊,学会了八个问题以及它们的解答。在他年幼时,父母就把这些问题教给了他。可是时间一久,他把解答忘掉了。于是他想:“不能让这些问题失传。”就让人用天然朱砂把问题写在金片上,存放在宫殿里。这样一来,这些问题就成了佛陀的问题,只属于佛陀的领域。世尊听说这件事后,因为对佛陀们来说,无论是已被舍弃的利养障碍、生命障碍,还是对一切知智和身光的障碍,任何人都无法制造,因此为了显示这在世间独一无二的佛陀威力,便说道:“贤友,在包含天神的世界中,我看不到有任何人能做到。”巴利
Kuto panassa te pañhāti? Tassa kira mātāpitaro kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsitvā aṭṭha pañhe savissajjane uggahesuṃ. Te daharakāle āḷavakaṃ pariyāpuṇāpesuṃ. So kālaccayena vissajjanaṃ sammussi. Tato ‘‘ime pañhāpi mā vinassantū’’ti suvaṇṇapaṭṭe jātihiṅgulakena likhāpetvā vimāne nikkhipi. Evamete buddhapañhā buddhavisayā eva honti. Bhagavā taṃ sutvā yasmā buddhānaṃ pariccattalābhantarāyo vā jīvitantarāyo vā sabbaññutaññāṇabyāmappabhānaṃ paṭighāto vā na sakkā kenaci kātuṃ, tasmā taṃ loke asādhāraṇaṃ buddhānubhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘na khvāhaṃ taṃ, āvuso, passāmi sadevake loke’’ti.
在这里,注疏用“以‘含天神的’一词来指五欲界天”这类方式,只是通过这些词句本身显示了部分含义,算是简略说明,并没有按前后衔接和组合的次第来详细展开。现在要详细说明:所谓“含天神的”,是以最高范围来涵盖一切天神。但即使如此,在聚集于此的天众中,仍有人心生疑惑:“魔罗有大神力,是六欲界天之主、瓦萨瓦帝,是教法的敌对者、憎恨法者、专做残酷恶行的人,难道他就不能让佛陀心神错乱吗?”为了消除这些天众的疑惑,所以说了“含魔罗的”。接着,又有人心想:“梵天有大神力,用一根手指就能照亮一千个轮围世界,用两根手指……乃至用十根手指就能照亮一万个轮围世界,还能体验无上的禅那等至之乐,难道他也不能这样做吗?”为了消除这些天众的疑惑,所以说了“含梵天的”。然后,还有人心想:“众多沙门、婆罗门是教法的反对者、敌人,具有咒术之力,难道他们也不能这样做吗?”为了消除这些天众的疑惑,所以说了“包含沙门婆罗门在内的众生”。这样显示了在最高层次上没有任何人能办到之后,现在又用“含天与人的”这一说法,把世俗所称的天神以及其余的人类都包括进去,同样以最高范围的方式,显示在其余有情世界中也没有任何人能办到。这里前后衔接和组合的次第,应当这样理解。巴利
Tattha ‘‘sadevakavacanena pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇa’’ntiādinā nayena etesaṃ padānaṃ atthamattadassanena saṅkhepo vutto, na anusandhiyojanākkamena vitthāro. Svāyaṃ vuccati – sadevakavacanena hi ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato sabbadevesu gahitesupi yesaṃ tattha sannipatite devagaṇe vimati ahosi ‘‘māro mahānubhāvo chakāmāvacarissaro vasavattī paccanīkasāto dhammadessī kururakammanto, kiṃ nu kho, sopissa cittakkhepādīni na kareyyā’’ti, tesaṃ vimatipaṭibāhanatthaṃ ‘‘samārake’’ti āha. Tato yesaṃ ahosi – ‘‘brahmā mahānubhāvo ekaṅguliyā ekacakkavāḷasahasse ālokaṃ karoti, dvīhi…pe… dasahi aṅgulīhi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu, anuttarañca jhānasamāpattisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, kiṃ sopi na kareyyā’’ti, tesaṃ vimatipaṭibāhanatthaṃ ‘‘sabrahmake’’ti āha. Atha yesaṃ ahosi ‘‘puthu samaṇabrāhmaṇā sāsanassa paccatthikā paccāmittā mantādibalasamannāgatā, kiṃ tepi na kareyyu’’nti, tesaṃ vimatipaṭibāhanatthaṃ ‘‘sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāyā’’ti āha. Evaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṭṭhānesu kassaci abhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni sadevamanussāyāti vacanena sammutideve avasesamanusse ca upādāya ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva sesasattalokepi kassaci abhāvaṃ dassesīti evamettha anusandhiyojanākkamo veditabbo.
世尊就这样打消了他那个想要伤害的念头,为了激发他提问的勇气,说道:“贤友,你想问什么就问吧。”这句话的意思是:你想问就问吧,对我来说,回答问题并不是负担。或者另一种理解是:“你想问什么就问吧,我会为你解说一切。”这是佛陀发出的一种邀请——一种独觉佛、上首弟子和大弟子们所不具备的一切知者的邀请。因为他们只会说:“贤友,请问吧,我们听了之后就会知道。”而诸佛则说:“贤友,你想问什么就问吧。”巴利
Evaṃ bhagavā tassa bādhanacittaṃ paṭisedhetvā pañhapucchane ussāhaṃ janento āha ‘‘apica tvaṃ, āvuso, puccha yadākaṅkhasī’’ti. Tassattho – puccha, yadi ākaṅkhasi, na me pañhavissajjane bhāro atthi. Atha vā ‘‘puccha yaṃ ākaṅkhasi, te sabbaṃ vissajjessāmī’’ti sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāresi asādhāraṇaṃ paccekabuddhaaggasāvakamahāsāvakehi. Te hi ‘‘pucchāvuso sutvā vedissāmā’’ti vadanti. Buddhā pana ‘‘pucchāvuso yadākaṅkhasī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.237, 246) vā,
你可以问我任何你心里想问的问题,帝释天。
婆伐利的和你的,或一切人的一切疑惑。
我已经给了你们机会,你们想问什么就问吧,心里想到的任何问题都可以提出来。巴利
‘‘Puccha vāsava maṃ pañhaṃ, yaṃ kiñci manasicchasī’’ti vā. (dī. ni. 2.356); ‘‘Bāvarissa ca tuyhaṃ vā, sabbesaṃ sabbasaṃsayaṃ; Katāvakāsā pucchavho, yaṃ kiñci manasicchathā’’ti vā. (su. ni. 1036) –
就这样,他们以这类方式向诸天与众人发出一切知者的邀请。世尊到达佛地之后这样发出邀请,这并不稀奇;因为他在菩萨地时,还只处在部分智的阶位,也曾这样行过——巴利
Evamādinā nayena devamanussānaṃ sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavārenti. Anacchariyañcetaṃ, yaṃ bhagavā buddhabhūmiṃ patvā evaṃ pavāraṇaṃ pavāreyya, yo bodhisattabhūmiyaṃ padesañāṇe vattamānopi –
憍陈如,请你解答这些问题,那些品行良善的仙人正在恳求你。
憍陈如,这就是人间的法则:凡降临到年长者身上者,此即为负担。巴利
‘‘Koṇḍañña pañhāni viyākarohi, yācanti taṃ isayo sādhurūpā; Koṇḍañña eso manujesu dhammo, yaṃ vuddhamāgacchati esa bhāro’’ti. (jā. 2.17.60) –
被仙人们这样请求后——巴利
Evaṃ isīhi yācito –
已获机会的诸位尊者请提问,任何心中所愿的问题。
我会亲自为你们一一解答,因为我已经亲自了知这个世间和另一个世间。巴利
‘‘Katāvakāsā pucchantu bhonto, yaṃ kiñci pañhaṃ manasābhipatthitaṃ; Ahañhi taṃ taṃ vo viyākarissaṃ, ñatvā sayaṃ lokamimaṃ parañcā’’ti. –
就这样,在萨罗邦伽时期和《桑婆本生》中,走遍整个阎浮提洲三遍、也没找到那些问题的答案之后,他年仅七岁,正在路边玩泥沙,一位长寿的婆罗门来问他:巴利
Evaṃ sarabhaṅgakāle sambhavajātake ca sakalajambudīpe tikkhattuṃ vicaritvā pañhānaṃ antakaraṃ adisvā jātiyā sattavassiko rathikāya paṃsukīḷikaṃ kīḷanto suciratena brāhmaṇena puṭṭho –
我确实要为你解说,就像一位善巧的人那样;
国王知道他是否会做。巴利
‘‘Taggha te ahamakkhissaṃ, yathāpi kusalo tathā; Rājā ca kho naṃ jānāti, yadi kāhati vā na vā’’ti. (jā. 1.16.172) –
世尊就这样发出了“一切知者请提问”的邀请。当世尊向旷野亚卡这样发出“一切知者请提问”的邀请之后,旷野亚卡便用偈颂对世尊说:“什么是这些财富……”巴利
Evaṃ sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāresi. Evaṃ bhagavatā āḷavakassa sabbaññupavāraṇāya pavāritāya atha kho āḷavako yakkho bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ‘‘kiṃ sūdha vitta’’nti.
183 183. 其中,“kinti”是提问的说法。“su”只是用来补足音节的虚词。“idha”指在这个世间。“vittaṃ”(财富):因为它让人享受、生起喜悦,所以叫财富,这是钱财的同义词。“suciṇṇaṃ”就是善行。“sukhaṃ”指安乐,即身体和心理上的舒适感受。“āvahāti”的意思是带来、拿来、给予、产生。“have”是表示确定的虚词。“sādutaraṃ”是特别甜美。也有写成“sādhutara”的版本。“rasānaṃ”指被称为味的那些法。“kathaṃ”是以什么方式的意思;所谓“怎样的活命”,就是活命的方式,为了偈颂韵律的顺畅而带上鼻音,也有写成“kathaṃjīviṃ jīvata”的。它的意思是对活着的人来说,是怎样的活法。这里其余的内容都很清楚。就这样,用这首偈颂提出了四个问题:“在这个世间,对男子来说什么是最上的财富?怎样的善行能带来安乐?一切味中什么最甜美?怎样的活法被人们称为最上?”巴利
183. Tattha kinti pucchāvacanaṃ. Sūti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Idhāti imasmiṃ loke. Vittanti vidati, pītiṃ karotīti vittaṃ, dhanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Suciṇṇanti sukataṃ. Sukhanti kāyikacetasikaṃ sātaṃ. Āvahātīti āvahati, āneti, deti, appetīti vuttaṃ hoti haveti daḷhatthe nipāto. Sādutaranti atisayena sāduṃ. ‘‘Sādhutara’’ntipi pāṭho. Rasānanti rasasaññitānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Kathanti kena pakārena, kathaṃjīvino jīvitaṃ kathaṃjīvijīvitaṃ, gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pana sānunāsikaṃ vuccati. ‘‘Kathaṃjīviṃ jīvata’’nti vā pāṭho. Tassa jīvantānaṃ kathaṃjīvinti attho. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Evamimāya gāthāya ‘‘kiṃ su idha loke purisassa vittaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukhamāvahāti, kiṃ rasānaṃ sādutaraṃ, kathaṃjīvino jīvitaṃ seṭṭhamāhū’’ti ime cattāro pañhe pucchi.
184 184. 于是,世尊用迦叶佛十力所解答的方式,同样地解答,说了这首偈颂:“信于此世为财富……”在这里,就像金银等财富能带来享用和享受的快乐,消除饥渴等痛苦,息灭贫穷,成为获得珍珠等宝物的因缘,并带来世间的赞誉;同样地,世间信和出世间信,也各自相应地带来世间与出世间的果报之乐,为以信为前导而修行的人消除生、老等苦,息灭功德上的匮乏,并成为获得念觉支等宝物的因缘。巴利
184. Athassa bhagavā kassapadasabalena vissajjitanayeneva vissajjento imaṃ gāthamāha ‘‘saddhīdha vitta’’nti. Tattha yathā hiraññasuvaṇṇādi vittaṃ upabhogaparibhogasukhaṃ āvahati, khuppipāsādidukkhaṃ paṭibāhati, dāliddiyaṃ vūpasameti, muttādiratanapaṭilābhahetu hoti, lokasanthutiñca āvahati, evaṃ lokiyalokuttarā saddhāpi yathāsambhavaṃ lokiyalokuttaravipākasukhamāvahati, saddhādhurena paṭipannānaṃ jātijarādidukkhaṃ paṭibāhati, guṇadāliddiyaṃ vūpasameti, satisambojjhaṅgādiratanapaṭilābhahetu hoti.
有信仰、具足戒行,名声和财富也都圆满;
他无论去到哪个地方,在那里都会受到敬奉。巴利
‘‘Saddho sīlena sampanno, yaso bhogasamappito; Yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati, tattha tattheva pūjito’’ti. (dha. pa. 303) –
从言说来说,它也能带来世间的称誉,所以称为“财”。然而,这种信财是随行的,不与他人共有,是一切成就之因,也是世间金银等财富的根本。因为确实只有有信的人,通过布施等善行才获得财富;而没有信的人,财富只会成为祸害。因此说它是“最胜”。说“男子”,是以最显著的情况来界定;因此应当知道,不只是男子,女人等其他众生也同样以信财为最胜。巴利
Vacanato lokasanthutiñca āvahatīti katvā ‘‘vitta’’nti vuttā. Yasmā panetaṃ saddhāvittaṃ anugāmikaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ sabbasampattihetu, lokiyassa hiraññasuvaṇṇādivittassāpi nidānaṃ. Saddhoyeva hi dānādīni puññāni katvā vittaṃ adhigacchati, assaddhassa pana vittaṃ yāvadeva anatthāya hoti, tasmā ‘‘seṭṭha’’nti vuttaṃ. Purisassāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedadesanā; tasmā na kevalaṃ purisassa , itthiādīnampi saddhāvittameva seṭṭhanti veditabbaṃ.
“法”是指十善业道之法,或者布施、持戒、修习之法。“善修”是指做得好、行得正。“带来安乐”是指:能像长者子赖吒和罗等人那样带来人间的安乐,像帝释天等那样带来天界的安乐,最终又能像大莲华等人那样带来涅槃的安乐。巴利
Dhammoti dasakusalakammapathadhammo, dānasīlabhāvanādhammo vā. Suciṇṇoti sukato sucarito . Sukhamāvahātīti soṇaseṭṭhiputtaraṭṭhapālādīnaṃ viya manussasukhaṃ, sakkādīnaṃ viya dibbasukhaṃ, pariyosāne ca mahāpadumādīnaṃ viya nibbānasukhañca āvahatīti.
“谛”这个词,可以在很多不同的含义上出现。比如:
“不要说谎,不要发怒”(《法句》224)这类句子里,指的是言语上的真实。
“安住在真实中的沙门婆罗门”(《本生》2.21.433)这类句子里,指的是戒除妄语意义上的真实。
“为什么那些善于立论的人,各说各的真实,彼此不同?”(《经集》891)这类句子里,指的是见解上的真实。
“比丘们,有这四种婆罗门真实”(《增支部》4.185)这类句子里,指的是婆罗门所说的真实。
“真实只有一个,没有第二个”(《经集》890)这类句子里,指的是究竟真实。
“在四谛中,有多少是善的?”(《分别》216)这类句子里,指的是圣谛。
但在这里,指的是究竟真实——也就是涅槃;或者是以戒除妄语为内在含义的言语真实。依靠这种真实的威力,人们能让水等事物听从调御,也能渡过生老死之彼岸。正如所说的:巴利
Saccanti ayaṃ saccasaddo anekesu atthesu dissati. Seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ bhaṇe na kujjheyyā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 224) vācāsacce. ‘‘Sacce ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cā’’tiādīsu (jā. 2.21.433) viratisacce. ‘‘Kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā, pavādiyāse kusalāvadānā’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 891) diṭṭhisacce. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇasaccānī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.185) brāhmaṇasacce. ‘‘Ekañhi saccaṃ na dutīyamatthī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 890) paramatthasacce. ‘‘Catunnaṃ saccānaṃ kati kusalā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 216) ariyasacce. Idha pana paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ, viratisaccaṃ vā abbhantaraṃ katvā vācāsaccaṃ adhippetaṃ, yassānubhāvena udakādīni vase vattenti jātijarāmaraṇapāraṃ taranti. Yathāha –
凭真实,水也会向前奔流;凭真实,智者们能消除毒害。
以真实,天轰然降雨;安住于真实者,渴求涅槃。
大地上无论有什么滋味,真实才是所有滋味里最甜美的。
安住于真理的沙门和婆罗门,就能渡过生死的彼岸。巴利
‘‘Saccena vācenudakampi dhāvati, visampi saccena hananti paṇḍitā; Saccena devo thanayaṃ pavassati, sacce ṭhitā nibbutiṃ patthayanti. ‘‘Ye kecime atthi rasā pathabyā, saccaṃ tesaṃ sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ; Sacce ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca, taranti jātimaraṇassa pāra’’nti. (jā. 2.21.433);
比甜更甜、比蜜更甜、更为殊胜的,是真实。所谓“味”,是指那些可以品尝的法,比如按“根味、蕴味”等(《法集论》628-630)这种方式所说的;也指另外那些文句等法,比如“诸比丘,我允许一切果味”(《大品》300)、“乔达摩尊者是无味者”、“婆罗门,那些色味、声味”(《增支部》8.11;《波罗夷》3)、“于味味无犯”(《波逸提》607-609)、“此法律只有一味,即解脱味”(《增支部》8.19;《小品》385)、“世尊是义味与法味的享有者”(《大义释》149;《小义释·阿耆达摩纳婆问义释》2)——按这种方式,凡是言辞之味所摄的其余文句等法,都叫作“味”。在這些味当中,真实确实是最甜的,只有真实才是最甜的;或者说,真实是更善的、最上的、最殊胜的。因为根味等味能滋养身体,却带来有杂染的快乐;而真实味中的离真实与语真实之味,能通过止与观等滋养心,带来无杂染的快乐;解脱味因为是由胜义真实味所修成的,所以是甜的;义味与法味也是依靠作为证得它们之方法的义与法而得以生起的。巴利
Sādutaranti madhurataraṃ, paṇītataraṃ. Rasānanti ye ime ‘‘mūlaraso, khandharaso’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 628-630) nayena sāyanīyadhammā, ye cime ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ phalarasaṃ (mahāva. 300) arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo, ye te, brāhmaṇa, rūparasā, saddarasā (a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 3), anāpatti rasarase (pāci. 607-609), ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso vimuttiraso (a. ni. 8.19; cūḷava. 385), bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 149; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 2) nayena vācārasūpavajjā avasesabyañjanādayo dhammā ‘‘rasā’’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ rasānaṃ saccaṃ have sādutaraṃ saccameva sādutaraṃ, sādhutaraṃ vā seṭṭhataraṃ, uttamataraṃ. Mūlarasādayo hi sarīraṃ upabrūhenti, saṃkilesikañca sukhamāvahanti. Saccarase viratisaccavācāsaccarasā samathavipassanādīhi cittamupabrūhenti, asaṃkilesikañca sukhamāvahanti, vimuttiraso paramatthasaccarasaparibhāvitattā sādu, attharasadhammarasā ca tadadhigamūpāyabhūtaṃ atthañca dhammañca nissāya pavattitoti.
“以智慧为生”在这里要这样理解:在“无眼的人、独眼的人、双眼具足的人”这三类人当中,双眼具足的人,不论是在家人,还是出家人——
在家人通过从事事业、皈依、布施与分享、持戒、受持布萨等居家修行方式来实践,出家人则通过以“不后悔之戒”为名的戒,以及更高层次的心清净等出家修行方式来实践,
他依靠智慧成就并以此生活。这个以智慧为生的人的生命,或者说这种以智慧为生的生活方式,就被称为最上的。巴利
Paññājīvinti ettha pana yvāyaṃ andhekacakkhudvicakkhukesu dvicakkhupuggalo gahaṭṭho vā kammantānuṭṭhānasaraṇagamanadānasaṃvibhāgasīlasamādānauposathakammādigahaṭṭhapaṭipadaṃ, pabbajito vā avippaṭisārakarasīlasaṅkhātaṃ taduttaricittavisuddhiādibhedaṃ vā pabbajitapaṭipadaṃ paññāya ārādhetvā jīvati, tassa paññājīvino jīvitaṃ, taṃ vā paññājīviṃ jīvitaṃ seṭṭhamāhūti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
185-6 世尊这样解答之后,夜叉听完这四个问题,心里很满意,接着又问剩下的四个问题,用偈颂问道:“怎样才能渡过瀑流?”于是世尊用同样的方式解答,说出偈颂:“以信渡过。”在这里,虽然渡过四种瀑流的人,也就渡过了生死之海,超越了轮回之苦,清净了烦恼之垢,但尽管如此,因为无信的人不相信能渡过瀑流,就不会投入修行;在五种欲乐里放纵心意、放逸懈怠的人,因为执著其中,就渡不过生死之海;懈怠的人活在苦里,和不善法混在一起;没有智慧的人不知道清净之道,就得不到清净。所以,世尊为了显示这些的反面,说出了这首偈颂。巴利
185-6. Evaṃ bhagavatā vissajjite cattāropi pañhe sutvā attamano yakkho avasesepi cattāro pañhe pucchanto ‘‘kathaṃ su tarati ogha’’nti gāthamāha. Athassa bhagavā purimanayeneva vissajjento ‘‘saddhāya taratī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha kiñcāpi yo catubbidhaṃ oghaṃ tarati, so saṃsāraṇṇavampi tarati, vaṭṭadukkhampi acceti, kilesamalāpi parisujjhati, evaṃ santepi pana yasmā assaddho oghataraṇaṃ asaddahanto na pakkhandati, pañcasu kāmaguṇesu cittavossaggena pamatto tattheva sattavisattatāya saṃsāraṇṇavaṃ na tarati, kusīto dukkhaṃ viharati vokiṇṇo akusalehi dhammehi, appañño suddhimaggaṃ ajānanto na parisujjhati, tasmā tappaṭipakkhaṃ dassentena bhagavatā ayaṃ gāthā vuttā.
世尊这样说了之后,因为入流支的立足处就是信根,所以用“以信渡越瀑流”这句话,说明见瀑流的渡越、入流道和入流者。又因为入流者具足了不放逸——也就是对善法持续不断地修习——证得第二道之后,除了只再来这世间一次,其余尚未被入流道超越的有流之基、轮回大海,他都靠不放逸渡过去了,所以用“以不放逸渡海”这句话,说明有流的渡越、一来道和一来者。又因为一来者以精进证得第三道之后,超越了一来道尚未超越的欲流之基,以及被称为欲流的欲之苦,所以用“以精进超越苦”这句话,说明欲流的渡越、不来道和不来者。又因为不来者以远离欲泥、清净的慧,证得完全清净的第四道慧之后,舍断了不来道尚未断除的、被称为无明的最上垢秽,所以用“以慧得清净”这句话,说明无明瀑流的渡越、阿拉汉道和阿拉汉。这首以阿拉汉为顶点的偈颂说完时,那位夜叉安立在入流果上。巴利
Evaṃ vuttāya cetāya yasmā sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānaṃ saddhindriyaṃ, tasmā ‘‘saddhāya tarati ogha’’nti iminā padena diṭṭhoghataraṇaṃ sotāpattimaggaṃ sotāpannañca pakāseti. Yasmā pana sotāpanno kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya sātaccakiriyāsaṅkhātena appamādena samannāgato dutiyamaggaṃ ārādhetvā ṭhapetvā sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgamanamattaṃ avasesaṃ sotāpattimaggena atiṇṇaṃ bhavoghavatthuṃ saṃsāraṇṇavaṃ tarati, tasmā ‘‘appamādena aṇṇava’’nti iminā padena bhavoghataraṇaṃ sakadāgāmimaggaṃ sakadāgāmiñca pakāseti. Yasmā sakadāgāmī vīriyena tatiyamaggaṃ ārādhetvā sakadāgāmimaggena anatītaṃ kāmoghavatthuṃ; kāmoghasaññitañca kāmadukkhamacceti, tasmā ‘‘vīriyena dukkhamaccetī’’ti iminā padena kāmoghataraṇaṃ anāgāmimaggaṃ anāgāmiñca pakāseti. Yasmā pana anāgāmī vigatakāmapaṅkatāya parisuddhāya paññāya ekantaparisuddhaṃ catutthamaggapaññaṃ ārādhetvā anāgāmimaggena appahīnaṃ avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ paramamalaṃ pajahati, tasmā ‘‘paññāya parisujjhatī’’ti iminā padena avijjoghataraṇaṃ arahattamaggaṃ arahantañca pakāseti. Imāya ca arahattanikūṭena kathitāya gāthāya pariyosāne yakkho sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi.
187 187. 现在,他抓住前面“以慧得清净”这句话里所说的“慧”这个词,凭自己的辩才,提出一个世间与出世间混杂的问题来问,于是说出这首六句偈:“如何获得慧?”其中,“如何”这个词,在一切地方都是对义理的合理性的追问。因为他已经知道了慧等的含义,就来追问它的合理性:“怎样,以什么方法,由于什么原因而获得慧?”这个道理对财富等也是一样。巴利
187. Idāni tameva ‘‘paññāya parisujjhatī’’ti ettha vuttaṃ paññāpadaṃ gahetvā attano paṭibhānena lokiyalokuttaramissakaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanto ‘‘kathaṃ su labhate pañña’’nti imaṃ chappadagāthamāha. Tattha kathaṃ sūti sabbattheva atthayuttipucchā hoti. Ayañhi paññādiatthaṃ ñatvā tassa yuttiṃ pucchati ‘‘kathaṃ kāya yuttiyā kena kāraṇena paññaṃ labhatī’’ti. Esa nayo dhanādīsu.
188 188. 接着,世尊为了说明以四种原因获得智慧,说了“有信”等话。它的意思是:在前一阶段,以身体善行等各类善法;在后一阶段,以三十七菩提分法——阿罗汉、佛陀、辟支佛和声闻弟子们就是依这样的法证得涅槃的。一个人如果信受那个法,为了证得涅槃,就能获得世间与出世间的智慧。而且,这并不是单凭信心就能做到的。因为一个人由信心而生起,就会去亲近善知识;亲近之后就会恭敬承事;恭敬承事之后就会倾耳倾听;倾耳倾听之后就会听闻正法。所以,从亲近善知识开始,一直到听闻正法,他就获得了想听闻的意愿。这话说的是什么呢?就是说:对那个法生起信心之后,按时去亲近阿阇梨和和尚,通过履行应尽的义务来恭敬承事;当因为恭敬承事而内心得到满足,他们想要说些什么的时候,他就带着已经生起的想听的意愿,倾耳倾听正法,这样就能获得想听闻的意愿。对于这样想听闻的人,他又通过保持正念不流失而成为不放逸,因为能分辨善说与不善说而成为有智慧的人,只有这样他才能获得智慧,否则就不能。因此说“不放逸、有智慧”。巴利
188. Athassa bhagavā catūhi kāraṇehi paññālābhaṃ dassento ‘‘saddahāno’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – yena pubbabhāge kāyasucaritādibhedena, aparabhāge ca sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyabhedena dhammena arahanto buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakā nibbānaṃ pattā, taṃ saddahāno arahataṃ dhammaṃ nibbānappattiyā lokiyalokuttaraṃ paññaṃ labhati. Tañca kho na saddhāmattakeneva, yasmā pana saddhājāto upasaṅkamati, upasaṅkamanto payirupāsati, payirupāsanto sotaṃ odahati, ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti, tasmā upasaṅkamanato pabhuti yāva dhammassavanena sussūsaṃ labhati. Ki vuttaṃ hoti – taṃ dhammaṃ saddahitvāpi ācariyupajjhāye kālena upasaṅkamitvā vattakaraṇena payirupāsitvā yadā payirupāsanāya ārādhitacittā kiñci vattukāmā honti. Atha adhigatāya sotukāmatāya sotaṃ odahitvā suṇanto labhatīti. Evaṃ susūsampi ca satiavippavāsena appamatto subhāsitadubbhāsitaññutāya vicakkhaṇo eva labhati, na itaro. Tenāha ‘‘appamatto vicakkhaṇo’’ti.
因为这样,他凭着信心走上能带来智慧的道路,凭着想听闻而恭敬地听闻获得智慧的方法,凭着不放逸而不忘失已经掌握的内容,凭着明辨而把握不多不少、没有颠倒的义理,并把它详尽扩展。或者也可以说:凭着想听闻而倾耳听闻能带来智慧的法,凭着不放逸而在听闻后持住法,凭着明辨而仔细考察所持法的义理,然后依次证悟胜义真理。所以,当被问到“如何获得智慧”时,世尊为了显示这四种原因,说了这首偈颂:“有信心……乃至明辨。”巴利
Evaṃ yasmā saddhāya paññālābhasaṃvattanikaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjati, sussūsāya sakkaccaṃ paññādhigamūpāyaṃ suṇāti, appamādena gahitaṃ na sammussati, vicakkhaṇatāya anūnādhikaṃ aviparītañca gahetvā vitthārikaṃ karoti. Sussūsāya vā ohitasoto paññāpaṭilābhahetuṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti, appamādena sutvā dhammaṃ dhāreti , vicakkhaṇatāya dhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthamupaparikkhati, athānupubbena paramatthasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, tasmāssa bhagavā ‘‘kathaṃ su labhate pañña’’nti puṭṭho imāni cattāri kāraṇāni dassento imaṃ gāthamāha – ‘‘saddahāno…pe… vicakkhaṇo’’ti.
189 现在,为了回答接下来的三个问题,世尊说了以“作适宜者”开头的这首偈颂。其中,“作适宜者”是指:不舍弃适宜的时间、地点等条件,为了获得世间或出世间的财富,采取恰当的途径和方法。“担重担者”是指:依靠心所的精进力,从不放下重担。“奋起者”是指:依照“无论寒冷与炎热,草叶尚且不以为意”等偈颂的方式,依靠身精进力,具足奋起,不懈怠地精勤努力。“得财富”是指:如同小弟子以一只老鼠不久便获得二十万之数的世间财富,又如大长老摩诃帝须获得出世间财富。他确实立下“我要以三种威仪而住”的誓言后,在昏沉睡眠来临时,将草席浸湿,放在头上,进入齐颈深的水中,抵御昏沉睡眠,经十二年证得阿罗汉果。“以真实”是指:以言语真实,即“说真实语、说如实语”,也以胜义真实,即“佛陀、辟支佛、圣弟子”,如此获得名声。布施任何所愿所求之物者,结交朋友,成就、成办,这是其含义。布施难施之物者结交朋友,或者通过布施之门,应知四摄事也都被摄取了。以那些结交朋友,这是所说的含义。巴利
189. Idāni tato pare tayo pañhe vissajjento ‘‘patirūpakārī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha desakālādīni ahāpetvā lokiyassa lokuttarassa vā dhanassa patirūpaṃ adhigamūpāyaṃ karotīti patirūpakārī. Dhuravāti cetasikavīriyavasena anikkhittadhuro. Uṭṭhātāti ‘‘yo ca sītañca uṇhañca, tiṇā bhiyyo na maññatī’’tiādinā (theragā. 232; dī. ni. 3.253) nayena kāyikavīriyavasena uṭṭhānasampanno asithilaparakkamo. Vindatedhananti ekamūsikāya na cirasseva dvesatasahassasaṅkhaṃ cūḷantevāsī viya lokiyadhanañca, mahallakamahātissatthero viya lokuttaradhanañca labhati. So hi ‘‘tīhi iriyāpathehi viharissāmī’’ti vattaṃ katvā thinamiddhāgamanavelāya palālacumbaṭakaṃ temetvā, sīse katvā, galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ pavisitvā, thinamiddhaṃ paṭibāhento dvādasahi vassehi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Saccenāti vacīsaccenāpi ‘‘saccavādī bhūtavādī’’ti, paramatthasaccenāpi ‘‘buddho paccekabuddho ariyasāvako’’ti evaṃ kittiṃ pappoti. Dadanti yaṃkiñci icchitapatthitaṃ dadanto mittāni ganthati, sampādeti karotīti attho. Duddadaṃ vā dadaṃ ganthati, dānamukhena vā cattāripi saṅgahavatthūni gahitānīti veditabbāni. Tehi mittāni karotīti vuttaṃ hoti.
190 190. 这样,先用在家者和出家者共通、世间法与出世间法混合的方式回答了四个问题之后,现在为了回答第五个问题“人死后怎样才能不忧愁”,就依在家者的情形来说,说道“若在家者具备这些”。它的意思是:对于在家营生的人——也就是具备了“笃信阿拉汉”这句话里所说的、能生起一切善法的那种信,并且追求、寻求五种欲乐功德的享乐者——他身上有这四种法:第一是“以真实赢得名声”这句话里所说的真实;第二是“由恭敬听闻而获得智慧”这句话里,以恭敬听闻和智慧的名义所说的法;第三是“能担重担、奋力而起者”这句话里,以重担和奋起的名义所说的坚忍;第四是“布施能结交朋友”这句话里所说的施舍。具足这四法的人,从此世到他世之后,确实不会忧愁,也就是说,真的不会忧愁。巴利
190. Evaṃ gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇena lokiyalokuttaramissakena nayena cattāro pañhe vissajjetvā idāni ‘‘kathaṃ pecca na socatī’’ti imaṃ pañcamaṃ pañhaṃ gahaṭṭhavasena vissajjento āha ‘‘yassete’’ti. Tassattho – yassa ‘‘saddahāno arahata’’nti ettha vuttāya sabbakalyāṇadhammuppādikāya saddhāya samannāgatattā saddhassagharamesino gharāvāsaṃ pañca vā kāmaguṇe esantassa gavesantassa kāmabhogino gahaṭṭhassa ‘‘saccena kittiṃ pappotī’’ti ettha vuttappakāraṃ saccaṃ, ‘‘sussūsaṃ labhate pañña’’nti ettha sussūsapaññānāmena vutto dhammo, ‘‘dhuravā uṭṭhātā’’ti ettha dhuranāmena uṭṭhānanāmena ca vuttā dhīti, ‘‘dadaṃ mittāni ganthatī’’ti ettha vuttappakāro cāgo cāti ete caturo dhammā santi. Sa ve pecca na socatīti idhalokā paralokaṃ gantvā sa ve na socatīti.
191 191. 世尊这样解答了第五个问题之后,为了督促那个夜叉,说道:“去吧,再去问问别的。”其中,“去吧”是表示督促的助词。“再去问问别的”意思是:你去问问其他种种沙门、婆罗门,或者去问问其他像富兰那等人那样自称一切知者的种种沙门、婆罗门。如果在“以真实获得名声”这句话里所说的那些真实等法,还有更能获得名声的因;或者在“恭敬听闻能获得智慧”这句话里,以恭敬听闻和智慧的名义所说的调伏,还有更能获得世间与出世间智慧的因;或者在“布施能结交朋友”这句话里所说的那些施舍,还有更能结交朋友的因;或者在“能承担重担、奋力而起”这句话里,以承担重担和奋起的名义,依种种意义所说的、以能忍受大重担为含义而达到堪忍状态的精进,还有更能获得世间与出世间财富的因;又或者,在“真实、法、坚忍、施舍”这样宣说时,正是由这四种法成为从此世到来世死后不忧愁的因——如果这些之外还有别的,那就存在于这里。这就是此处连同简要关联的意义解说。若要从广的方面来说,则应当依照逐词释义和逐句释义的方式,对每一个词加以分析来了知。巴利
191. Evaṃ bhagavā pañcamampi pañhaṃ vissajjetvā taṃ yakkhaṃ codento āha – ‘‘iṅgha aññepī’’ti. Tattha iṅghāti codanatthe nipāto. Aññepīti aññepi dhamme puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchassu, aññepi vā pūraṇādayo sabbaññupaṭiññe puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchassu. Yadi amhehi ‘‘saccena kittiṃ pappotī’’ti ettha vuttappakārā saccā bhiyyo kittippattikāraṇaṃ vā, ‘‘sussūsaṃ labhate pañña’’nti ettha sussūsanapaññāpadesena vuttā damā bhiyyo lokiyalokuttarapaññāpaṭilābhakāraṇaṃ vā. ‘‘Dadaṃ mittāni ganthatī’’ti ettha vuttappakārā cāgā bhiyyo mittaganthanakāraṇaṃ vā, ‘‘dhuravā uṭṭhātā’’ti ettha taṃ taṃ atthavasaṃ paṭicca dhuranāmena uṭṭhānanāmena ca vuttāya mahābhārasahanaṭṭhena ussoḷhībhāvappattāya vīriyasaṅkhātāya khantyā bhiyyo lokiyalokuttaradhanavindanakāraṇaṃ vā, ‘‘saccaṃ dhammo dhiti cāgo’’ti evaṃ vuttehi imeheva catūhi dhammehi bhiyyo asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ pecca asocanakāraṇaṃ vā idha vijjatīti ayamettha saddhiṃ saṅkhepayojanāya atthavaṇṇanā. Vitthārato pana ekamekaṃ padaṃ atthuddhārapaduddhāravaṇṇanānayehi vibhajitvā veditabbā.
192 世尊这样说了以后,那个亚卡本来可能还会因为疑惑去问别人,但他心里的疑惑已经断除了,所以他说:“现在我怎么还会去问那些各种各样的沙门、婆罗门呢?”他为了让那些不知道他为什么不再问的人也能明白,就又说:“因为我今天亲自了知了什么是来世的利益。”这里“今天”的意思是从今天开始。“我亲自了知”是指按照前面所说的方式清楚了知。“什么是利益”这句话,是用“由恭敬听闻而获得智慧”等说法所讲的现法利益来总摄;而“来世的”这个词,则是指“若具备这四法”所说的、能让人死后没有忧愁的来世利益。另外,“利益”这个词是“原因”的另一种说法。因为attha这个词,在“具义具文”等语句里指的是所读诵的义理;在“居士,我需要金银财物”等语句里指的是需要办的事;在“持戒者得增长”等语句里指的是增长;在“众人为了利益而亲近”等语句里指的是财富;在“为两者的利益而行”等语句里指的是有益;在“利益生起时,智者……”等语句里指的是原因。这里也是指原因。所以,无论是能带来智慧等现法利益的原因,还是能让人死后没有忧愁的来世利益的原因,这些我今天都按照世尊所说的方式亲自了知了,那我现在怎么还会去问那些各种各样的沙门、婆罗门呢?这里的意思简要来说就是这样。巴利
192. Evaṃ vutte yakkho yena saṃsayena aññe puccheyya, tassa pahīnattā ‘‘kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ, puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇeti vatvā yepissa apucchanakāraṇaṃ na jānanti, tepi jānāpento ‘‘yohaṃ ajja pajānāmi, yo attho samparāyiko’’ti āha. Tattha ajjāti ajjādiṃ katvāti adhippāyo. Pajānāmīti yathāvuttena pakārena jānāmi. Yo atthoti ettāvatā ‘‘sussūsaṃ labhate pañña’’ntiādinā nayena vuttaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ dasseti samparāyikoti iminā ‘‘yassete caturo dhammā’’ti vuttaṃ pecca sokābhāvakaraṃ samparāyikaṃ. Atthoti ca kāraṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ayañhi atthasaddo ‘‘sātthaṃ sabyañjana’’nti evamādīsu (pārā. 1; dī. ni. 1.255) pāṭhatthe vattati. ‘‘Attho me, gahapati, hiraññasuvaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.250; ma. ni. 3.258) kiccatthe ‘‘hoti sīlavataṃ attho’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.1.11) vuḍḍhimhi. ‘‘Bahujano bhajate atthahetū’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.15.89) dhane. ‘‘Ubhinnamatthaṃ caratī’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.7.66; saṃ. ni. 1.250; theragā. 443) hite. ‘‘Atthe jāte ca paṇḍita’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.1.92) kāraṇe. Idha pana kāraṇe. Tasmā yaṃ paññādilābhādīnaṃ kāraṇaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ, yañca pecca sokābhāvassa kāraṇaṃ samparāyikaṃ, taṃ yohaṃ ajja bhagavatā vuttanayena sāmaṃyeva pajānāmi, so kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇeti evamettha saṅkhepato attho veditabbo.
193 193. 夜叉这样说完“我了知什么是来世的利益”之后,为了显示他这种智慧是以世尊为根源,便说:“佛陀确实是为了我的利益而来。”在这里,“为了利益”的意思是:为了饶益,或者为了增长。他的意思是:依照“若具备这四种法”那段所说的布施,我已经了知布施在哪里能得大果——那位最上的应受供养者,也就是佛陀。不过有些人说:“这是针对僧伽而说的。”巴利
193. Evaṃ yakkho ‘‘pajānāmi yo attho samparāyiko’’ti vatvā tassa ñāṇassa bhagavaṃmūlakattaṃ dassento ‘‘atthāya vata me buddho’’ti āha. Tattha atthāyāti hitāya, vuḍḍhiyā vā. Yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalanti ‘‘yassete caturo dhammā’’ti (jā. 1.1.97) ettha vuttacāgena yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti, taṃ aggadakkhiṇeyyaṃ buddhaṃ pajānāmīti attho. Keci pana ‘‘saṅghaṃ sandhāya evamāhā’’ti bhaṇanti.
194 夜叉用这首偈颂表明自己已经获得了利益,现在为了说明利益他人的修行,又说道:“我将如此游行。”这句话的含义,应当依照《雪山夜叉经》里所说的方式来理解。巴利
194. Evaṃ imāya gāthāya attano hitādhigamaṃ dassetvā idāni parahitāya paṭipattiṃ dīpento āha ‘‘so ahaṃ vicarissāmī’’ti. Tassattho hemavatasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
就这样,这首偈颂的结束、天亮、赞叹声的响起,以及把旷野王子带到旷野夜叉的住处,全都在同一刹那发生了。国王的侍从们听到赞叹声,心想:“这样的赞叹声,除了对佛陀以外,不会在别人那里响起。难道是世尊来了?”他们这样想着,看见世尊身上散发的光芒,就不再像以前那样停在外面,毫无疑虑地走进里面,看见世尊坐在夜叉的住处,夜叉也合掌站立。他们看见后,对夜叉说:“大夜叉,这位王子是送来给你作祭品的,来吧,你把他吃掉或者享用,或者随你怎么处置。”夜叉因为已证得入流果,感到羞愧,尤其是在世尊面前被人这样说,于是他用双手接过那位童子,呈献给世尊,说:“尊者,这位童子是送给我的,我现在把他献给世尊。诸佛是利益和悲悯者,请世尊为了这孩子的利益和安乐,接受他吧。”接着说了这首偈颂——巴利
Evamimāya gāthāya pariyosānañca rattivibhāyanañca sādhukārasadduṭṭhānañca āḷavakakumārassa yakkhassa bhavanaṃ ānayanañca ekakkhaṇeyeva ahosi. Rājapurisā sādhukārasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘evarūpo sādhukārasaddo ṭhapetvā buddhe na aññesaṃ abbhuggacchati, āgato nu kho bhagavā’’ti āvajjentā bhagavato sarīrappabhaṃ disvā, pubbe viya bahi aṭṭhatvā, nibbisaṅkā antoyeva pavisitvā, addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ yakkhassa bhavane nisinnaṃ, yakkhañca añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitaṃ. Disvāna yakkhaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ te, mahāyakkha, rājakumāro balikammāya ānīto, handa naṃ khāda vā bhuñja vā, yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti. So sotāpannattā lajjito visesato ca bhagavato purato evaṃ vuccamāno, atha taṃ kumāraṃ ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahetvā bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘ayaṃ bhante kumāro mayhaṃ pesito, imāhaṃ bhagavato dammi, hitānukampakā buddhā, paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā imaṃ dārakaṃ imassa hitatthāya sukhatthāyā’’ti. Imañca gāthamāha –
这位童子具有百种福德的相好,一切肢体完备,种种特征圆满;
我心怀踊跃,满心欢喜地把他献给您,请您这位具眼者为了世间的利益而纳受他吧。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ kumāraṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, sabbaṅgupetaṃ paripuṇṇabyañjanaṃ; Udaggacitto sumano dadāmi te, paṭiggaha lokahitāya cakkhumā’’ti.
世尊接受了这个孩子。接受的时候,为了给亚卡和孩子带来吉祥,世尊诵了一首偈颂。那个亚卡为了让这孩子皈依,让他把第四句补足了三遍。内容是这样的——巴利
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā kumāraṃ, paṭiggaṇhanto ca yakkhassa ca kumārassa ca maṅgalakaraṇatthaṃ pādūnagāthaṃ abhāsi. Taṃ yakkho kumāraṃ saraṇaṃ gamento tikkhattuṃ catutthapādena pūreti. Seyyathidaṃ –
愿这个孩子长寿,
夜叉,也愿你快乐安康。
愿你们健康无病,为了世间的利益而安住。
这位童子皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧。巴利
‘‘Dīghāyuko hotu ayaṃ kumāro, Tuvañca yakkha sukhito bhavāhi; Abyādhitā lokahitāya tiṭṭhatha, Ayaṃ kumāro saraṇamupeti buddhaṃ…pe… dhammaṃ…pe… saṅgha’’nti.
世尊把那个孩子交给国王的侍从们,说:“把他养大之后,再交还给我。”就这样,这个孩子从国王侍从的手中,转到亚卡的手中;又从亚卡的手中,转到世尊的手中;再从世尊的手中,回到国王侍从的手中。因此,他得名“手授旷野者”。那些国王侍从带着他返回时,农夫、林务人等人看见了,害怕地问:“是不是因为这孩子太小,亚卡不肯要?”侍从们把一切都告诉他们:“别怕,世尊已经作了安稳。”于是,“善哉、善哉”的欢呼声响彻整座旷野城,大众一齐朝亚卡所在的方向涌去。而亚卡在世尊乞食之时尚未到来时,就拿着衣钵,走到半路又折返回来。巴利
Bhagavā kumāraṃ rājapurisānaṃ adāsi – ‘‘imaṃ vaḍḍhetvā puna mameva dethā’’ti. Evaṃ so kumāro rājapurisānaṃ hatthato yakkhassa hatthaṃ yakkhassa hatthato bhagavato hatthaṃ, bhagavato hatthato puna rājapurisānaṃ hatthaṃ gatattā nāmato ‘‘hatthako āḷavako’’ti jāto. Taṃ ādāya paṭinivatte rājapurise disvā kassakavanakammikādayo ‘‘kiṃ yakkho kumāraṃ atidaharattā na icchatī’’ti bhītā pucchiṃsu. Rājapurisā ‘‘mā bhāyatha, khemaṃ kataṃ bhagavatā’’ti sabbamārocesuṃ. Tato ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti sakalaṃ āḷavīnagaraṃ ekakolāhalena yakkhābhimukhaṃ ahosi. Yakkhopi bhagavato bhikkhācārakāle anuppatte pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā upaḍḍhamaggaṃ āgantvā nivatti.
那时,世尊在城里托钵乞食,吃完饭之后,在城门附近一处僻静的树下,坐在铺设好的殊胜佛座上。接着,国王和市民们与大众一起聚集起来,来到世尊面前,礼敬之后围绕世尊坐下,问道:“尊者,您是怎么调伏这么凶暴的夜叉的?”世尊就从战斗开始讲起,说:“它这样降下九种武器之雨,这样做出恐怖的样子,这样问问题,我就这样回答。”然后为他们讲了那部《旷野夜叉经》。讲完之后,八万四千众生获得了法现观。之后,国王和市民们在多闻天王宫殿附近为夜叉建了住所,一直以鲜花、香料等供养。那个男孩长大懂事之后,他们让他离开,说:“你靠世尊才活下来,去吧,去亲近承事世尊和比丘僧团。”他亲近承事世尊和比丘僧团,不久就安住在不来果上,学通了一切佛语,拥有五百位在家男众作为随从。世尊把他列为第一,说:“比丘们,在我的在家弟子中,能以四摄事摄受大众的,手授旷野者最为第一。”巴利
Atha bhagavā nagare piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakicco nagaradvāre aññatarasmiṃ vivitte rukkhamūle paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdi. Tato mahājanakāyena saddhiṃ rājā ca nāgarā ca ekato sampiṇḍitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma vanditvā parivāretvā nisinnā ‘‘kathaṃ, bhante, evaṃ dāruṇaṃ yakkhaṃ damayitthā’’ti pucchiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā yuddhamādiṃ katvā ‘‘evaṃ navavidhavassaṃ vassi, evaṃ vibhiṃsanakaṃ akāsi, evaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi, tassāhaṃ evaṃ vissajjesi’’nti tamevāḷavakasuttaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne caturāsītipāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tato rājā ca nāgarā ca vessavaṇamahārājassa bhavanasamīpe yakkhassa bhavanaṃ katvā pupphagandhādisakkārūpetaṃ niccaṃ baliṃ pavattesuṃ. Tañca kumāraṃ viññutaṃ pattaṃ ‘‘tvaṃ bhagavantaṃ nissāya jīvitaṃ labhi, gaccha, bhagavantaṃyeva payirupāsassu bhikkhusaṅghañcā’’ti vissajjesuṃ. So bhagavantañca bhikkhusaṅghañca payirupāsamāno na cirasseva anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāya sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā pañcasataupāsakaparivāro ahosi. Bhagavā ca naṃ etadagge niddisi ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ upāsakānaṃ catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi parisaṃ saṅgaṇhantānaṃ yadidaṃ hatthako āḷavako’’ti (a ni. 1.251).
第十一:《胜利经》的注释巴利
11. Vijayasuttavaṇṇanā
“行走,或者站立”——这是《难陀经》。它也被称为《胜利经》和《身厌离经》。它的缘起是什么?据说这部经在两个地方讲过,所以它有两种缘起。其中,世尊一路游化,来到迦毗罗卫城,教化释迦族人,让难陀等人出家。在女人出家获得允许后,有三位名叫难陀的女子出了家:阿难尊者的妹妹难陀、凯玛卡释迦王的女儿阿比鲁巴难陀、以及国中第一美女难陀。那时,世尊住在舍卫城。阿比鲁巴难陀天生就非常美丽,好看又端庄,因此大家给她取名叫“阿比鲁巴难陀”。国中第一美女难陀也觉得自己在容貌上找不到能和自己相比的人。她们俩都沉醉于自己的美貌,心想:“世尊贬低容貌,批评容貌,用各种方式说明容貌的过患。”所以她们不去亲近世尊,连见都不想见。有人问:她们这样没有信心,为什么还出家呢?是因为身不由己。阿比鲁巴难陀在婚礼当天,她的丈夫释迦王子就去世了。于是她的父母不顾她愿不愿意,硬是让她出了家。国中第一美女难陀则是在难陀尊者证得阿罗汉果之后,断了指望,她想:“我的丈夫、我的母亲和大爱道,还有其他亲族都出家了,离开亲人独自过在家生活太苦了。”她是在居家生活中找不到任何滋味才出家的,并不是出于信心。巴利
Caraṃvā yadi vā tiṭṭhanti nandasuttaṃ. ‘‘Vijayasuttaṃ kāyavicchandanikasutta’’ntipi vuccati. Kā uppatti? Idaṃ kira suttaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu vuttaṃ, tasmā assa duvidhā uppatti. Tattha bhagavatā anupubbena kapilavatthuṃ anuppatvā, sākiye vinetvā nandādayo pabbājetvā, anuññātāya mātugāmassa pabbajjāya ānandattherassa bhaginī nandā, khemakasakkarañño dhītā abhirūpanandā, janapadakalyāṇī nandāti tisso nandāyo pabbajiṃsu. Tena ca samayena bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Abhirūpanandā abhirūpā eva ahosi dassanīyā pāsādikā, tenevassā abhirūpanandāti nāmamakaṃsu. Janapadakalyāṇī nandāpi rūpena attanā sadisaṃ na passati. Tā ubhopi rūpamadamattā ‘‘bhagavā rūpaṃ vivaṇṇeti, garahati, anekapariyāyena rūpe ādīnavaṃ dassetī’’ti bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ na gacchanti, daṭṭhumpi na icchanti. Evaṃ appasannā kasmā pabbajitāti ce? Agatiyā. Abhirūpanandāya hi vāreyyadivaseyeva sāmiko sakyakumāro kālamakāsi. Atha naṃ mātāpitaro akāmakaṃ pabbājesuṃ. Janapadakalyāṇī nandāpi āyasmante nande arahattaṃ patte nirāsā hutvā ‘‘mayhaṃ sāmiko ca mātā ca mahāpajāpati aññe ca ñātakā pabbajitā, ñātīhi vinā dukkho gharāvāso’’ti gharāvāse assādamalabhantī pabbajitā, na saddhāya.
这时,世尊知道她们的智慧已经成熟,就吩咐摩诃巴阇波提·果德弥说:“所有比库尼都要按顺序前来听受教诫。”她们轮到自己时,却派别人代替自己去。于是世尊说:“轮到自己时,必须亲自来,不可以派别人代替。”后来有一天,阿比鲁巴难陀来了。世尊用神通变化出一个化身,让她心生警醒,然后以这首法句偈颂说道:巴利
Atha bhagavā tāsaṃ ñāṇaparipākaṃ viditvā mahāpajāpatiṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘sabbāpi bhikkhuniyo paṭipāṭiyā ovādaṃ āgacchantū’’ti . Tā attano vāre sampatte aññaṃ pesenti. Tato bhagavā ‘‘sampatte vāre attanāva āgantabbaṃ, na aññā pesetabbā’’ti āha. Athekadivasaṃ abhirūpanandā agamāsi. Taṃ bhagavā nimmitarūpena saṃvejetvā ‘‘aṭṭhīnaṃ nagaraṃ kata’’nti imāya dhammapadagāthāya –
难陀,你看这个身体,它多病、不净、腐烂发臭;
从上面滴、从下面流,愚人们却对它心生贪求。
你应当修习无相,断除我慢的随眠;
从此,由于现观慢,你将安静地生活。巴利
‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, passa nande samussayaṃ; Uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ, bālānaṃ abhipatthitaṃ. (therīgā. 19); ‘‘Animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha; Tato mānābhisamayā, upasantā carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 344; therīgā. 20) –
她依靠这些长老尼偈,一步步地证入阿罗汉果。后来有一天,舍卫城的居民在午饭前布施了食物,受持了布萨戒,穿好衣服,披好上衣,拿着香、花等物品,为了听法前往祇园。听完法后,他们礼敬世尊,然后进入城中。比丘尼僧团听完法谈后,也回到比丘尼的住处。在那里,人们和比丘尼们都称赞世尊的功德。因为在世间众生聚居之处,凡是见到正等正觉者,没有不生起净信的。以容貌为标准的人,看到世尊那以诸相庄严、随形好点缀、光辉灿烂、周身环绕着一寻光明的色身,就像是为了装饰世间而出现的容貌一样,便生起净信;以声音为标准的人,听到他在数百个本生故事中被人称颂的名声、具足八支、如杜鹃般甜美、如梵天般的声音,便生起净信;以粗朴为标准的人,看到他钵、衣等受用物的简朴,或者苦行的简朴,便生起净信;以法为标准的人,则观察他戒蕴等任何一种法蕴之后,便生起净信。因此,他们在一切场合都称赞世尊的功德。国中第一美人难陀比丘尼到了比丘尼住处后,听到她们以种种方式称赞世尊的功德,便想去见世尊,于是告诉了比丘尼们。比丘尼们便带着她一起去见世尊。巴利
Imāhi therīgāthāhi ca anupubbena arahatte patiṭṭhāpesi. Athekadivasaṃ sāvatthivāsino purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā samādinnuposathā sunivatthā supārutā gandhapupphādīni ādāya dhammassavanatthāya jetavanaṃ gantvā dhammassavanapariyosāne bhagavantaṃ vanditvā nagaraṃ pavisanti. Bhikkhunisaṅghopi dhammakathaṃ sutvā bhikkhuniupassayaṃ gacchati. Tattha manussā ca bhikkhuniyo ca bhagavato vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Catuppamāṇike hi lokasannivāse sammāsambuddhaṃ disvā appasīdanto nāma natthi. Rūpappamāṇikā hi puggalā bhagavato lakkhaṇakhacitamanubyañjanavicitraṃ samujjalitaketumālābyāmappabhāvinaddhamalaṅkāratthamiva lokassa samuppannaṃ rūpaṃ disvā pasīdanti, ghosappamāṇikā anekasatesu jātakesu kittighosaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ karavīkamadhuranigghosaṃ brahmassarañca sutvā, lūkhappamāṇikā pattacīvarādilūkhataṃ dukkarakārikalūkhataṃ vā disvā, dhammappamāṇikā sīlakkhandhādīsu yaṃkiñci dhammakkhandhaṃ upaparikkhitvā. Tasmā sabbaṭṭhānesu bhagavato vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Janapadakalyāṇī nandā bhikkhunipassayaṃ patvāpi anekapariyāyena bhagavato vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantānaṃ tesaṃ sutvā bhagavantaṃ upagantukāmā hutvā bhikkhunīnaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhuniyo taṃ gahetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
世尊早就知道她会来。就像有人想用刺挑出刺、用楔子顶出楔子一样,世尊为了用容貌来除掉她对容貌的骄傲,就靠自己的神通力,变现出一个十五六岁模样、极其美丽的女子,站在自己身边扇着风。难陀和比丘尼们一起走过来,顶礼世尊后,坐在比丘尼众中间。她从脚掌到发梢,看着世尊的相貌圆满,又看见那个站在世尊身边的化现女子,心想:“哇,这女人真漂亮!”于是放下了对自己容貌的骄傲,反而迷上了那个女子的容貌。接着,世尊把那女子变成二十岁左右的样子给她看。因为女人只有十六岁上下才最漂亮,再往上就不行了。难陀看到那女子的容貌衰退后,对那容貌的贪欲就变淡了。然后世尊又依次示现她没生过孩子的样子、生过一个孩子的样子、中年女人的样子、老年女人的样子,一直到百岁老妇——弯腰驼背,拄着拐杖,身上满是斑点。让她看着的时候,又示现那女人死了,尸体膨胀、青瘀等种种败坏,被乌鸦等围住啄食,臭气熏天,令人厌恶作呕。难陀看到这个过程后,心想:“我也是这样,别人也是这样,这个过程是所有人都逃不掉的。”于是无常想在她心中建立起来,接着苦想、无我想也生起了,三有就像着火的房子一样,无处可依。世尊知道难陀的心已经进入业处,就根据她的根机说了这些偈颂:巴利
Bhagavā paṭikacceva tassāgamanaṃ viditvā kaṇṭakena kaṇṭakaṃ, āṇiyā ca āṇiṃ nīharitukāmo puriso viya rūpeneva rūpamadaṃ vinetuṃ attano iddhibalena pannarasasoḷasavassuddesikaṃ atidassanīyaṃ itthiṃ passe ṭhatvā bījamānaṃ abhinimmini. Nandā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā, bhagavantaṃ vanditvā, bhikkhunisaṅghassa antare nisīditvā, pādatalā pabhuti yāva kesaggā bhagavato rūpasampattiṃ disvā puna taṃ bhagavato passe ṭhitaṃ nimmatarūpañca disvā ‘‘aho ayaṃ itthī rūpavatī’’ti attano rūpamadaṃ jahitvā tassā rūpe abhirattabhāvā ahosi. Tato bhagavā taṃ itthiṃ vīsativassappamāṇaṃ katvā dassesi. Mātugāmo hi soḷasavassuddesikoyeva sobhati, na tato uddhaṃ. Atha tassā rūpaparihāniṃ disvā nandāya tasmiṃ rūpe chandarāgo tanuko ahosi. Tato bhagavā avijātavaṇṇaṃ, sakiṃvijātavaṇṇaṃ, majjhimitthivaṇṇaṃ, mahitthivaṇṇanti evaṃ yāva vassasatikaṃ obhaggaṃ daṇḍaparāyaṇaṃ tilakāhatagattaṃ katvā, dassetvā passamānāyeva nandāya tassā maraṇaṃ uddhumātakādibhedaṃ kākādīhi samparivāretvā khajjamānaṃ duggandhaṃ jegucchapaṭikūlabhāvañca dassesi . Nandāya taṃ kamaṃ disvā ‘‘evamevaṃ mamapi aññesampi sabbasādhāraṇo ayaṃ kamo’’ti aniccasaññā saṇṭhāsi, tadanusārena ca dukkhanattasaññāpi, tayo bhavā ādittamiva agāraṃ appaṭisaraṇā hutvā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Atha bhagavā ‘‘kammaṭṭhāne pakkhantaṃ nandāya citta’’nti ñatvā tassā sappāyavasena imā gāthāyo abhāsi –
难陀,你看这身体,它多病、不净、腐烂。
它上下都在流,愚人们却对它心生贪求。
这个怎样,那个也怎样;那个怎样,这个也怎样。
要以界的角度去看,看到它是空的,不要再回到世间来。
对存在的欲求已经离染,你将安安静静地过日子。巴利
‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, passa nande samussayaṃ; Uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ, bālānaṃ abhipatthitaṃ. (therīgā. 19); ‘‘Yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā idaṃ; Dhātuso suññato passa, mā lokaṃ punarāgami; Bhave chandaṃ virājetvā, upasantā carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 205);
偈颂结束时,难陀证得了入流果,安住其中。接着,世尊为了让她证得更高的道果,开示以空性为辅助的观业处,并宣说了这部经。这是此经的第一种缘起。巴利
Gāthāpariyosāne nandā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Athassā bhagavā uparimaggādhigamatthaṃ suññataparivāraṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ kathento imaṃ suttamabhāsi. Ayaṃ tāvassa ekā uppatti.
世尊住在王舍城的时候,在《衣犍度》(《大品》326)里详细讲述了这件事的起因:有个叫西利玛的女子,是妓女沙罗瓦蒂的女儿,也是耆婆的妹妹。母亲去世后,她继承了母亲的行当。在“以不嗔胜嗔”(《法句》223;《本生》1.2.1)这首偈子的因缘故事里,她曾轻视富楼那长者的女儿,后来向世尊请求原谅,听了说法之后证得入流果,并设立了八个常施食。因为她的缘故,一位常受供养的比丘对她生起了贪欲,以至于连吃饭都做不到,绝食卧床不起——这是《法句》偈子因缘故事里记载的。就在他那样躺着的时候,西利玛去世了,投生到夜摩天,成为苏夜摩天子的天妃。那时,世尊阻止了对她尸体的火化,让国王命人把尸体丢弃在荒冢,供人观看。世尊由比丘僧团围绕,带着那位比丘前往,城中百姓和国王也一同前去。在那里,人们纷纷说:“以前就算花一千零八金,也难得见西利玛一面;如今连一个铜板都不值,谁也不想看她一眼。”已经变成天女的西利玛也由五百辆车围绕,来到那里。世尊为了给聚集的大众说法,也为了教诫那位比丘,宣说了这部经和这首《法句》偈:“看这精心装扮的影像……”这是此事的第二次生起。巴利
Bhagavati pana rājagahe viharante yā sā cīvarakkhandhake (mahāva. 326) vitthārato vuttasamuṭṭhānāya sālavatiyā gaṇikāya dhītā jīvakassa kaniṭṭhā sirimā nāma mātu accayena taṃ ṭhānaṃ labhitvā ‘‘akkodhena jine kodha’’nti (dha. pa. 223; jā. 1.2.1) imissā gāthāya vatthumhi puṇṇakaseṭṭhidhītaraṃ avamaññitvā, bhagavantaṃ khamāpentī dhammadesanaṃ sutvā, sotāpannā hutvā aṭṭha niccabhattāni pavattesi. Taṃ ārabbha aññataro niccabhattiko bhikkhu rāgaṃ uppādesi. Āhārakiccampi ca kātuṃ asakkonto nirāhāro nipajjīti dhammapadagāthāvatthumhi vuttaṃ. Tasmiṃ tathānipanneyeva sirimā kālaṃ katvā yāmabhavane suyāmassa devī ahosi. Atha tassā sarīrassa aggikiccaṃ nivāretvā āmakasusāne raññā nikkhipāpitaṃ sarīraṃ dassanāya bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto agamāsi, tampi bhikkhuṃ ādāya, tathā nāgarā ca rājā ca. Tattha manussā bhaṇanti ‘‘pubbe sirimāya aṭṭhuttarasahassenāpi dassanaṃ dullabhaṃ , taṃ dānajja kākaṇikāyāpi daṭṭhukāmo natthī’’ti. Sirimāpi devakaññā pañcahi rathasatehi parivutā tatrāgamāsi. Tatrāpi bhagavā sannipatitānaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ suttaṃ tassa bhikkhuno ovādatthaṃ ‘‘passa cittakataṃ bimba’’nti (dha. pa. 147) imañca dhammapadagāthaṃ abhāsi. Ayamassa dutiyā uppatti.
195 在这里,“行走”是指以整个色身朝向要去的方向、发起趋向而走;“站立”是指以把身体竖立起来的方式而站;“坐着”是指以弯曲下半身、抬高上半身的方式而坐;“躺着”是指以身体横向伸展开来的方式而卧。“弯曲、伸展”是指把各个肢体弯曲和伸展。巴利
195. Tattha caraṃ vāti sakalarūpakāyassa gantabbadisābhimukhenābhinīhārena gacchanto vā. Yadi vā tiṭṭhanti tasseva ussāpanabhāvena tiṭṭhanto vā. Nisinno uda vā sayanti tasseva heṭṭhimabhāgasamiñjanauparimabhāgasamussāpanabhāvena nisinno vā, tiriyaṃ pasāraṇabhāvena sayanto vā. Samiñjeti pasāretīti tāni tāni pabbāni samiñjeti ca pasāreti ca.
这就是身体的动:前面说的这一切,都只是这个有知觉的身体本身的动、移动、颤动,这里并没有另一个在走或在伸展的东西。只是当“我在走”这个念头在心里生起时,由它产生的风界遍布全身,身体就朝要去的方向有所趋向,也就是在别的位置上出现新的色法。因此称为“走”。同样,当“我在站”这个念头生起时,由它产生的风界遍布全身,身体就向上挺立,也就是以越来越高的方式出现色法。因此称为“站”。同样,当“我在坐”这个念头生起时,由它产生的风界遍布全身,身体就下部弯曲、上部挺起,以这样的状态出现色法。因此称为“坐”。同样,当“我在躺”这个念头生起时,由它产生的风界遍布全身,身体就横向展开,以这样的状态出现色法。因此称为“躺”。巴利
Esā kāyassa iñjanāti sabbāpesā imasseva saviññāṇakassa kāyassa iñjanā calanā phandanā, natthettha añño koci caranto vā pasārento vā, apica kho pana ‘‘carāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa gantabbadisābhimukho abhinīhāro hoti, desantare rūpantarapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘cara’’nti vuccati. Tathā ‘‘tiṭṭhāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa samussāpanaṃ hoti, uparūpariṭṭhānena rūpapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘tiṭṭha’’nti vuccati. Tathā ‘‘nisīdāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa heṭṭhimabhāgasamiñjanañca uparimabhāgasamussāpanañca hoti, tathābhāvena rūpapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘nisinno’’ti vuccati. Tathā ‘‘sayāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa tiriyaṃ pasāraṇaṃ hoti, tathābhāvena rūpapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘saya’’nti vuccati.
同样地,这位具寿——不管他叫什么名字——无论是行走还是站立,坐着还是躺着,在各种姿势中,由于各个肢节的屈伸,就说他“屈伸”。而这之所以如此,是因为当屈伸的心生起时,就是按照前面所说的方式发生的。因此,这就是身体的动作,这里并没有另一个什么人,没有任何众生或个人在行走或伸展——这个(身体)是空的。只是——巴利
Evaṃ cāyamāyasmā yo koci itthannāmo caraṃ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṃ, nisinno uda vā sayaṃ yametaṃ tattha tattha iriyāpathe tesaṃ tesaṃ pabbānaṃ samiñjanappasāraṇavasena samiñjeti pasāretīti vuccati. Tampi yasmā samiñjanappasāraṇacitte uppajjamāne yathāvutteneva nayena hoti, tasmā esā kāyassa iñjanā, natthettha añño koci, suññamidaṃ kenaci carantena vā pasārentena vā sattena vā puggalena vā. Kevalaṃ pana –
达到心的多样性后,风就有了多样性。
因为风的差异多种多样,身体才有各种动作。巴利
‘‘Cittanānattamāgamma, nānattaṃ hoti vāyuno; Vāyunānattato nānā, hoti kāyassa iñjanā’’ti. –
这里的究竟义就是:巴利
Ayamettha paramattho.
世尊在这首偈颂里,因为长时间保持同一种姿势会让身体疲劳,为了消除这种疲劳就要换姿势,所以用“行走或……”等说法,指出被姿势掩盖的苦的特相。同样,行走的时候没有站立等状态,所以把行走、站立等种种姿态的差别说成“这是身体的动作”,由此指出被相续掩盖的无常特相。又因为各种条件和合才生起,说“这是身体的动作”,以此否定“我”,从而指出被“我”的密集所掩盖的无我特相。巴利
Evametāya gāthāya bhagavā yasmā ekasmiṃ iriyāpathe ciraviniyogena kāyapīḷanaṃ hoti, tassa ca vinodanatthaṃ iriyāpathaparivattanaṃ karīyati, tasmā ‘‘caraṃ vā’’tiādīhi iriyāpathapaṭicchannaṃ dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ dīpeti, tathā caraṇakāle ṭhānādīnamabhāvato sabbametaṃ caraṇādibhedaṃ ‘‘esā kāyassa iñjanā’’ti bhaṇanto santatipaṭicchannaṃ aniccalakkhaṇaṃ. Tāya tāya sāmaggiyā pavattāya ‘‘esā kāyassa iñjanā’’ti ca attapaṭikkhepena bhaṇanto attasaññāghanapaṭicchannaṃ anattalakkhaṇaṃ dīpeti.
196 196. 这样,通过说明三相来开示空业处之后,为了再展示有识与无识的不净,便以“由骨与腱连结”开始讲述。它的意思是:这个身体能够活动,是因为它由三百六十块骨和九百条腱连结在一起——这些在《清净道论》讲述三十二身分的地方,已从颜色、形状、方位、处所、界限的区分以及无作用的方式加以说明——所以说“由骨与腱连结”。又因为被那里所讲的脚趾端之皮等,以及九百块肉所涂覆,所以说“有皮肉涂覆”,应当知道它是极其恶臭、令人厌恶、可厌离的。这里还应当知道什么呢?如果从中等身材的人整个身体上收集起来的东西有枣核那么大,它就不会被那薄如蝇翅、带有青等颜色的皮肤像墙壁一样遮住。然而,这个身体就这样被极薄的皮肤遮盖着,对于缺乏智慧眼的愚痴凡夫来说,不能如实见到。因为被皮肤的光泽所装饰,而所谓皮肤——包裹着极度可厌之法的皮层——连同被皮包裹的东西,按分类来说——巴利
196. Evaṃ lakkhaṇattayadīpanena suññatakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā puna saviññāṇakāviññāṇakaasubhadassanatthaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto’’ti ārabhi. Tassattho – yassa cesā kāyassa iñjanā, svāyaṃ kāyo visuddhimagge dvattiṃsākāravaṇṇanāyaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedabhedena abyāpāranayena ca pakāsitehi saṭṭhādhikehi tīhi aṭṭhisatehi navahi nhārusatehi ca saṃyuttattā aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto. Tattheva pakāsitena aggapādaṅgulitacādinā tacena ca navapesisatappabhedena ca maṃsena avalittattā tacamaṃsāvalepano paramaduggandhajegucchapaṭikūloti veditabbo . Kiñcettha veditabbaṃ siyā, yadi esa yā sā majjhimassa purisassa sakalasarīrato saṃkaḍḍhitā badaraṭṭhippamāṇā bhaveyya, tāya makkhikāpattasukhumacchaviyā nīlādiraṅgajātena gehabhitti viya paṭicchanno na bhaveyya, ayaṃ pana evaṃ sukhumāyapi chaviyā kāyo paṭicchanno paññācakkhuvirahitehi bālaputhujjanehi yathābhūtaṃ na dissati. Chavirāgarañjito hissa paramajegucchapaṭikūladhammasaṅkhāto tacopi tacapaliveṭhitaṃ yaṃ taṃ pabhedato –
九百层肉,涂在这个身体上;
到处爬满了各种虫子,就像腐烂的粪坑一样。巴利
‘‘Navapesisatā maṃsā, avalittā kaḷevare; Nānākimikulākiṇṇaṃ, miḷhaṭṭhānaṃva pūtikā’’ti. –
像这样说了九百块肉,以及那些被肉覆盖的——巴利
Evaṃ vuttaṃ navamaṃsasatampi, maṃsāvalittā ye te –
有九百条筋,存在于以寻为度的身躯中;
它们像藤蔓缠住房屋一样,把骨聚紧紧绑住。巴利
‘‘Navanhārusatā honti, byāmamatte kaḷevare; Bandhanti aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ, agāramiva valliyā’’ti. –
那些由筋腱连接、依次排列的三百六十多块骨头,腐烂发臭,因为外面没有剥掉那层薄得像苍蝇翅膀一样的皮肤,所以不能如实显现出来。然而,这个身体被颜色润泽的皮肤包裹着,因此一切世间的人都看不见它内部种种不同的不净之物——那些极其不净、恶臭、令人厌恶、叫人反感的物事。也应当用智慧之眼透彻地观察它们,这样看:肠满、胃满……乃至胆汁与脂肪。巴利
Tepi, nhārusamuṭṭhitāni paṭipāṭiyā avaṭṭhitāni pūtīni duggandhāni tīṇi saṭṭhādhikāni aṭṭhisatānipi yathābhūtaṃ na dissanti yato anādiyitvā taṃ makkhikāpattasukhumacchaviṃ. Yāni panassa chavirāgarattena tacena paliveṭhitattā sabbalokassa apākaṭāni nānappakārāni abbhantarakuṇapāni paramāsuciduggandhajegucchanīyapaṭikūlāni, tānipi paññācakkhunā paṭivijjhitvā evaṃ passitabbo ‘‘antapūro udarapūro…pe… pittassa ca vasāya cā’’ti.
197 在这里,“肠满”就是肠子被充满。“腹满”就是肚子被充满。而“腹”也是腹中东西的叫法,这是按所在位置的名字来称它为“腹”。“肝团”就是肝脏那块团状物。“膀胱”就是尿,这是借所在位置来称它为“膀胱”。“满”是概括词,所以应当这样连接:肝团满、膀胱满。心脏等部分也照同样的道理理解。所有这些肠等内脏,都应当依照《清净道论》里所说的方式,从颜色、形状、方位处所、界限区分以及无作用这几个方面来了知。巴利
197. Tattha antassa pūro antapūro. Udarassa pūro udarapūro. Udaranti ca udariyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi ṭhānanāmena ‘‘udara’’nti vuttaṃ. Yakanapeḷassāti yakanapiṇḍassa. Vatthinoti muttassa. Ṭhānūpacārena panetaṃ ‘‘vatthī’’ti vuttaṃ. Pūroti adhikāro, tasmā yakanapeḷassa pūro vatthino pūroti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Esa nayo hadayassātiādīsu. Sabbāneva cetāni antādīni vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedabhedena abyāpāranayena ca visuddhimagge vuttanayavaseneva veditabbāni.
199-200 世尊这样指出:“这里根本没有哪怕一丁点可以执取的东西像珍珠摩尼宝珠那样,反而这个身体完全是充满不净的。”他先开示了身体内部的不净,现在又把身体内部的不净通过从身体流出的不净加以显明,并总摄前面所说的内容,说出了“复次,从九孔……”这两首偈颂。巴利
199-200. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘na kiñcettha ekampi gayhūpagaṃ muttāmaṇisadisaṃ atthi, aññadatthu asuciparipūrovāyaṃ kāyo’’ti abbhantarakuṇapaṃ dassetvā idāni tameva abbhantarakuṇapaṃ bahinikkhamanakuṇapena pākaṭaṃ katvā dassento pubbe vuttañca saṅgaṇhitvā ‘‘athassa navahi sotehī’’ti gāthādvayamāha.
这里,“atha”(接着)是展示另一种说法,也就是通过另一种方式来看身体的不净,这就是这句话的意思。“assa”指的是这个身体。“从九个孔窍”指的是两眼、两耳、两鼻孔、口、大便道、小便道。“不净流出”是说,一切世间都知道的种种极其恶臭、令人厌恶的不净之物确实在流、在淌、在滴,而不是别的什么东西,比如沉香、檀香之类的香料,或者摩尼宝、珍珠之类的宝物。“一切时”是说,确实在一切时候,无论夜里还是白天,无论上午还是傍晚,无论站着还是走着。那是什么不净呢?就是“从眼,眼垢……”等等。因为从两个眼孔流出像剥下的皮肉一样的眼垢,从耳孔流出像尘垢一样的耳垢,从鼻孔流出像脓一样的鼻涕,从口里则呕出东西。呕出什么呢?有时是胆汁:当非结合胆汁被激惹时,那时就会呕出胆汁,这是这里的意思。还有痰:不只是胆汁,在胃膜上还存有大约一钵量的痰,有时也会呕出痰。这应当依照《清净道论》里所讲的方式来了知。“还有痰”这个“还有”一词,是在显示呕出痰以及与此类似的其他胃中血等不净。这样,在说明了从七个孔窍排出不净之后,了知时节、了知个人、了知大众的世尊,没有用特别的说法提到另外两个孔窍,而是用另一种方式说明从整个身体也有不净流出,所以说“从身体流出汗垢”。其中,“汗垢”是指汗以及盐垢层等污垢,它和“一切时流出”这句话相连。巴利
Tattha athāti pariyāyantaranidassanaṃ, aparenāpi pariyāyena asucibhāvaṃ passāti vuttaṃ hoti. Assāti imassa kāyassa. Navahi sotehīti ubhoakkhicchiddakaṇṇacchiddanāsāchiddamukhavaccamaggapassāvamaggehi. Asuci savatīti sabbalokapākaṭanānappakāraparamaduggandhajegucchaasuciyeva savati, sandati, paggharati, na aññaṃ kiñci agarucandanādigandhajātaṃ vā maṇimuttādiratanajātaṃ vā. Sabbadāti tañca kho sabbadā rattimpi divāpi pubbaṇhepi sāyanhepi tiṭṭhatopi gacchatopīti. Kiṃ taṃ asucīti ce? ‘‘Akkhimhā akkhigūthako’’tiādi. Etassa hi dvīhi akkhicchiddehi apanītatacamaṃsasadiso akkhigūthako, kaṇṇacchiddehi rajojallasadiso kaṇṇagūthako, nāsāchiddehi pubbasadisā siṅghāṇikā ca savati, mukhena ca vamati. Kiṃ vamatīti ce? Ekadā pittaṃ, yadā abaddhapittaṃ kuppitaṃ hoti, tadā taṃ vamatīti adhippāyo. Semhañcāti na kevalañca pittaṃ, yampi udarapaṭale ekapatthapūrappamāṇaṃ semhaṃ tiṭṭhati, tampi ekadā vamati. Taṃ panetaṃ vaṇṇādito visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.203-204, 210-211) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Semhañcā’’ti ca-saddena semhañca aññañca evarūpaṃ udariyalohitādiasuciṃ vamatīti dasseti. Evaṃ sattahi dvārehi asucivamanaṃ dassetvā kālaññū puggalaññū parisaññū ca bhagavā taduttari dve dvārāni visesavacanena anāmasitvā aparena pariyāyena sabbasmāpi kāyā asucisavanaṃ dassento āha ‘‘kāyamhā sedajallikā’’ti. Tattha sedajallikāti sedo ca loṇapaṭalamalabhedā jallikā ca, tassa ‘‘savati sabbadā’’ti iminā saddhiṃ sambandho.
201 世尊这样讲:就像煮饭的时候,米糠和水垢连同泡沫一起浮上来,沾在锅口边上,然后溢到外面去;同样,当所吃所喝等各类食物被业生之火烹煮时,那些饮食等留下的不净物浮上来,以“从眼睛出眼垢”等等不同方式排出,沾在眼睛等部位后流到外面。通过这个道理,也说明了这个身体的不净。现在,世间公认最殊胜的头,因为极其殊胜,连那些本该礼敬的人也不对它行礼——世尊为了说明这个头同样没有实质、同样不净,说了下面这首偈颂:“而这个头有孔。”巴利
201. Evaṃ bhagavā yathā nāma bhatte paccamāne taṇḍulamalañca udakamalañca pheṇena saddhiṃ uṭṭhahitvā ukkhalimukhaṃ makkhetvā bahi gaḷati, tathā asitapītādibhede āhāre kammajena agginā paccamāne yaṃ asitapītādimalaṃ uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘akkhimhā akkhigūthako’’tiādinā bhedena nikkhamantaṃ akkhiādīni makkhetvā bahi gaḷati, tassāpi vasena imassa kāyassa asucibhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni yaṃ loke uttamaṅgasammataṃ sīsaṃ ativisiṭṭhabhāvato paccentā vandaneyyānampi vandanaṃ na karonti, tassāpi nissāratāya asucitāya cassa asucibhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘athassa susiraṃ sīsa’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha.
这里,“有孔”指的是有洞。“充满脑”就像装满凝乳的葫芦一样,是充满了脑。而这脑,应当依照《清净道论》中所说的方式来了知。“愚者认为它是美的”:这个身体虽然如此充满种种不净物,但心怀邪思的愚者却认为它是美的,以渴爱、邪见、慢这三种执取方式,认为它是“美的、清净的、可爱的、悦意的、合意的”。为什么?因为他被无明所引导——被那遮蔽四圣谛的愚痴所引导、驱使、推动,并被灌输“应当这样执取,应当这样固着,应当这样认为”。请看,这无明是多么能带来祸害啊。巴利
Tattha susiranti chiddaṃ. Matthaluṅgassa pūritanti dadhibharitaalābukaṃ viya matthaluṅgabharitaṃ. Tañca panetaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Subhato naṃ maññati bāloti tamenaṃ evaṃ nānāvidhakuṇapabharitampi kāyaṃ duccintitacintī bālo subhato maññati, subhaṃ suciṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpanti tīhipi taṇhādiṭṭhimānamaññanāhi maññati. Kasmā? Yasmā avijjāya purakkhato catusaccapaṭicchādakena mohena purakkhato, codito, pavattito, ‘‘evaṃ ādiya, evaṃ abhinivisa evaṃ maññāhī’’ti gāhitoti adhippāyo. Passa yāva anatthakarā cāyaṃ avijjāti.
202 世尊这样从有识(活着的身体)的角度显示了不净之后,现在要从无识(死尸)的角度来显示。或者说,因为即使是转轮王的身体,也像前面所说的那样,无非是充满种种不净物的东西,所以,在以各种方式显示了圆满富贵之身中的不净之后,现在为了显示衰败之身中的不净,而说了“一旦他死后躺卧”这首偈颂。巴利
202. Evaṃ bhagavā saviññāṇakavasena asubhaṃ dassetvā idāni aviññāṇakavasena dassetuṃ, yasmā vā cakkavattiraññopi kāyo yathāvuttakuṇapabharitoyeva hoti, tasmā sabbappakārenapi sampattibhave asubhaṃ dassetvā idāni vipattibhave dassetuṃ ‘‘yadā ca so mato setī’’ti gāthamāha.
它的意思是:当这样一个身体因为寿命、温度和识的离开而死去时,就像一只灌满气的皮囊一样膨胀起来,因为肤色败坏而变成青黑色,被丢弃在坟场里,像一块毫无用处的木片一样被扔掉,毫无意义地躺在那里。这时,亲人们就完全确定地不再挂念它了,心想:“他再也不会起来了。”其中,“死”显示的是无常,“躺着”显示的是没有自主能力。通过这两点,教人放下对寿命和力量的骄慢。“膨胀”显示的是形态的败坏,“青黑”显示的是肤色的败坏。通过这两点,教人放下对色身的骄慢,以及因为肤色之美而生起的慢心。“被丢弃”显示的是没有可执取之处,“在坟场中”显示的是内部不堪居住、令人厌恶。通过这两点,教人放下“这是我的”的执取和净想。“亲人们变得不挂念”显示的是无反应的状态,由此教人放下对眷属的骄慢。巴利
Tassattho – svāyamevaṃvidho kāyo yadā āyuusmāviññāṇāpagamena mato vātabharitabhastā viya uddhumātako vaṇṇaparibhedena vinīlako susānasmiṃ niratthaṃva kaliṅgaraṃ chaḍḍitattā apaviddho seti, atha ‘‘na dānissa puna uṭṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti ekaṃsatoyeva anapekkhā honti ñātayo. Tattha matoti aniccataṃ dasseti, setīti nirīhakattaṃ. Tadubhayena ca jīvitabalamadappahāne niyojeti. Uddhumātoti saṇṭhānavipattiṃ dasseti, vinīlakoti chavirāgavipattiṃ. Tadubhayena ca rūpamadappahāne vaṇṇapokkharataṃ paṭicca mānappahāne ca niyojeti. Apaviddhoti gahetabbābhāvaṃ dasseti, susānasminti anto adhivāsetumanarahaṃ jigucchanīyabhāvaṃ. Tadubhayenapi ‘‘mama’’nti gāhassa subhasaññāya ca pahāne niyojeti. Anapekkhā honti ñātayoti paṭikiriyābhāvaṃ dasseti, tena ca parivāramadappahāne niyojeti.
203 203. 这样,通过这首偈颂,从尚未分解的有识的尸体这个角度显示了不净之后,现在为了也从已经分解的角度来显示,就说出了“它们啃食它”这首偈颂。其中,“以及其他”是指还有乌鸦、鹫等吃尸体的众生,它们也啃食它。剩下的意思很容易明白。巴利
203. Evamimāya gāthāya aparibhinnāviññāṇakavasena asubhaṃ dassetvā idāni paribhinnavasenāpi dassetuṃ ‘‘khādanti na’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha ye caññeti ye ca aññepi kākakulalādayo kuṇapabhakkhā pāṇino santi, tepi naṃ khādantīti attho. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
204 204. 像这样,先按“行走时……”等句式,从空业处的角度;按“由骨与筋连结……”等句式,从有识不净的角度;按“当他死后躺卧……”等句式,从无识不净的角度,展示了这个身体。然后,在这个恒常、乐、我皆空、彻底不净的身体上,用“愚者执以为净,被无明牵着走”这句话,揭示了愚者的状态,并以无明为入口展示了轮回。现在,为了揭示智者在这件事上的状态,并以遍知为入口展示出离,而开始了“听闻佛语之后”这段偈颂。巴利
204. Evaṃ ‘‘caraṃ vā’’tiādinā nayena suññatakammaṭṭhānavasena, ‘‘aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto’’tiādinā saviññāṇakāsubhavasena ‘‘yadā ca so mato setī’’tiādinā aviññāṇakāsubhavasena kāyaṃ dassetvā evaṃ niccasukhattabhāvasuññe ekantaasubhe cāpi kāyasmiṃ ‘‘subhato naṃ maññati bālo, avijjāya purakkhato’’ti iminā bālassa vuttiṃ pakāsetvā avijjāmukhena ca vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni tattha paṇḍitassa vuttiṃ pariññāmukhena ca vivaṭṭaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sutvāna buddhavacana’’nti ārabhi.
在这里,“听闻了”是指如理地观察、聆听。“佛语”是指能让人对身体生起厌离的佛陀教法。“比丘”是指有学圣者或凡夫。“具慧者”:“慧”称为观,因为它运作于无常等种种方面;这里的意思是具备这种观。“在此”是指在教法中。“他便遍知它”:他以三种遍知来遍知这个身体。怎样遍知呢?就像一位精明的商人,看了这样那样的货物之后,盘算“用这么多本钱买进,就会有这么多利润”,这样做了之后,再连本带利地投入,而把原来的货物舍弃;同样地,比丘以智慧之眼观察“这些是骨、筋等,这些是发、毛等”时,就是以知遍知来遍知;审察“这些法是无常、苦、无我”时,就是以度遍知来遍知;这样审度之后,证得圣道,在那里通过断除欲贪,以断遍知来遍知。或者,从有识不净、无识不净的角度观察时,是以知遍知来遍知;从无常等方面观察时,是以度遍知来遍知;通过阿罗汉道从中去除欲贪、舍弃它,以断遍知来遍知。巴利
Tattha sutvānāti yoniso nisāmetvā. Buddhavacananti kāyavicchandanakaraṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Bhikkhūti sekkho vā puthujjano vā. Paññāṇavāti paññāṇaṃ vuccati vipassanā aniccādippakāresu pavattattā, tāya samannāgatoti attho. Idhāti sāsane. So kho naṃ parijānātīti so imaṃ kāyaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānāti. Kathaṃ? Yathā nāma kusalo vāṇijo idañcidañcāti bhaṇḍaṃ oloketvā ‘‘ettakena gahite ettako nāma udayo bhavissatī’’ti tulayitvā tathā katvā puna saudayaṃ mūlaṃ gaṇhanto taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ chaḍḍeti, evamevaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhinhāruādayo ime kesalomādayo cā’’ti ñāṇacakkhunā olokento ñātapariññāya parijānāti, ‘‘aniccā ete dhammā dukkhā anattā’’ti tulayanto tīraṇapariññāya parijānāti, evaṃ tīrayitvā ariyamaggaṃ pāpuṇanto tattha chandarāgappahānena pahānapariññāya parijānāti. Saviññāṇakāviññāṇakaasubhavasena vā passanto ñātapariññāya parijānāti, aniccādivasena passanto tīraṇapariññāya, arahattamaggena tato chandarāgaṃ apakaḍḍhitvā taṃ pajahanto pahānapariññāya parijānāti.
有人问:他为什么能这样遍知呢?因为他如实看见,也就是说,他如实见。既然“具慧者”等说法已经说明了这个意思,而且他是在听了佛语之后才成为具慧者;又因为一切人的身体都有明显的方便途径,但不听佛语就无法遍知,所以为了说明他获得智慧的因由,也为了显示外道不能这样看见,才说“听了佛语之后”。因为这段开示是以难陀比丘尼和那位心思颠倒的比丘为缘起而展开的,同时也是为了显示殊胜集会中那些已达到该修行成果者的比丘身份,所以称为“比丘”。巴利
Kasmā so evaṃ parijānātīti ce? Yathābhūtañhi passati, yasmā yathābhūtaṃ passatīti attho. ‘‘Paññāṇavā’’tiādinā eva ca etasmiṃ atthe siddhe yasmā buddhavacanaṃ sutvā tassa paññāṇavattaṃ hoti, yasmā ca sabbajanassa pākaṭopāyaṃ kāyo asutvā buddhavacanaṃ na sakkā parijānituṃ, tasmā tassa ñāṇahetuṃ ito bāhirānaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhuṃ asamatthatañca dassetuṃ ‘‘sutvāna buddhavacana’’nti āha. Nandābhikkhuniṃ tañca vipallatthacittaṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha desanāpavattito aggaparisato tappaṭipattippattānaṃ bhikkhubhāvadassanato ca ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti āha.
205 现在,为了说明“因为他如实见”这句话里,怎样见才叫如实见,所以这样说:“这个是这样,那个也是这样;那个是这样,这个也是这样。”它的意思是:就像这个有识的、不净的身体,在寿、暖、识还没有离开的时候,能走、能站、能坐、能躺;同样,那个现在躺在坟场里的没有识的尸体,在过去那些法还没有离开的时候,也是这样。又像那个现在的死尸,因为那些法已经离开,所以不能走、不能站、不能坐,也不能躺下睡觉;同样,这个有识的身体,在那些法离开之后,也会变成那样。又像这个有识的身体,现在还没有死在坟场里,还没有变成膨胀等状态;同样,现在那个死尸在过去也曾经不是这样。又像那个现在没有识的、不净的死尸,躺在坟场里,已经变成膨胀等状态;同样,这个有识的身体,也一定会变成那样。巴利
205. Idāni ‘‘yathābhūtañhi passatī’’ti ettha yathā passanto yathābhūtaṃ passati, taṃ dassetuṃ āha ‘‘yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā ida’’nti. Tassattho – yathā idaṃ saviññāṇakāsubhaṃ āyuusmāviññāṇānaṃ anapagamā carati, tiṭṭhati, nisīdati, sayati; tathā etaṃ etarahi susāne sayitaṃ aviññāṇakampi pubbe tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anapagamā ahosi. Yathā ca etaṃ etarahi matasarīraṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ apagamā na carati, na tiṭṭhati, na nisīdati, na seyyaṃ kappeti, tathā idaṃ saviññāṇakampi tesaṃ dhammānaṃ apagamā bhavissati. Yathā ca idaṃ saviññāṇakaṃ etarahi na susāne mataṃ seti, na uddhumātakādibhāvamupagataṃ, tathā etaṃ etarahi matasarīrampi pubbe ahosi. Yathā panetaṃ etarahi aviññāṇakāsubhaṃ mataṃ susāne seti, uddhumātakādibhāvañca upagataṃ, tathā idaṃ saviññāṇakampi bhavissatīti.
在这里,就像“此如是,彼亦然”一样,把自己和死尸等同起来,就能舍弃对外的嗔恨。像“彼如是,此亦然”一样,把死尸和自己等同起来,就能舍弃对内的贪染。通过了知这两者共通的方式,就能在自他两处都舍弃愚痴。这样,在预备阶段就以如实见成就了不善根的断除。由于这样修行的比丘次第证得阿罗汉道后,能够离染一切欲贪,因此说:“于内于外,于身应离欲。”这样修行的比丘,次第的经文余句。巴利
Tattha yathā idaṃ tathā etanti attanā matassa sarīrassa samānabhāvaṃ karonto bāhire dosaṃ pajahati. Yathā etaṃ tathā idanti matasarīrena attano samānabhāvaṃ karonto ajjhattike rāgaṃ pajahati. Yenākārena ubhayaṃ sabhaṃ karoti, taṃ pajānanto ubhayattha mohaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ yathābhūtadassanena pubbabhāgeyeva akusalamūlappahānaṃ sādhetvā, yasmā evaṃ paṭipanno bhikkhu anupubbena arahattamaggaṃ patvā sabbaṃ chandarāgaṃ virājetuṃ samattho hoti, tasmā āha ‘‘ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, kāye chandaṃ virājaye’’ti. Evaṃ paṭipanno bhikkhu anupubbenāti pāṭhaseso.
206 206. 这样显示了有学地之后,现在为了显示无学地,而说“他离了欲贪”。它的意思是:这位比丘以阿罗汉道智成为具慧者,在道之后紧接着证得果位。然后,因为欲贪已经完全断除,所以称为“离欲贪”;又因为不再有死亡,以殊胜之义称为“不死”;因为一切行都寂止,称为“寂静”;因为没有被称为渴爱的丛林,称为“涅槃”;因为不再退堕,称为“不坏”——他证得了如此被赞叹的境界。或者,这位比丘以阿罗汉道智成为具慧者,安住在紧接于道之后的果位上,就名为离欲贪,应当知道他已经证得了如上所说的那种境界。这就说明了:“这是他所断除的,这是他所证得的。”巴利
206. Evaṃ sekkhabhūmiṃ dassetvā idāni asekkhabhūmiṃ dassento āha ‘‘chandarāgaviratto so’’ti. Tassattho – so bhikkhu arahattamaggañāṇena paññāṇavā maggānantaraṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇāti, atha sabbaso chandarāgassa pahīnattā ‘‘chandarāgaviratto’’ti ca, maraṇābhāvena paṇītaṭṭhena vā amataṃ sabbasaṅkhāravūpasamanato santiṃ taṇhāsaṅkhātavānābhāvato nibbānaṃ, cavanābhāvato accutanti saṃvaṇṇitaṃ padamajjhagāti ca vuccati. Atha vā so bhikkhu arahattamaggañāṇena paññāṇavā maggānantaraphale ṭhito chandarāgaviratto nāma hoti, vuttappakārañca padamajjhagāti veditabbo. Tena ‘‘idamassa pahīnaṃ, idañcānena laddha’’nti dīpeti.
207-208 207-208. 像这样,按照有识与无识的分类讲完不净业处以及它的修成之后,又用简略的开示,为了批评那种会障碍如此大利益的放逸而住,说了“两足的”这两首偈颂。其中,虽然无足等的身体也确实是不净的,但在这里是依照所讨论的范围,或者按照最殊胜的界限来说;又因为其他那些虽然也是不净的身体,经过盐、醋等调制后还能被拿来给人吃,而人的身体绝不是这样,所以为了显示人的身体更加不净,才说“两足的”。巴利
207-208. Evaṃ saviññāṇakāviññāṇakavasena asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ saha nipphattiyā kathetvā puna saṅkhepadesanāya evaṃ mahato ānisaṃsassa antarāyakaraṃ pamādavihāraṃ garahanto ‘‘dvipādakoya’’nti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha kiñcāpi apādakādayopi kāyā asucīyeva, idhādhikāravasena pana ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena vā, yasmā vā aññe asucibhūtāpi kāyā loṇambilādīhi abhisaṅkharitvā manussānaṃ bhojanepi upanīyanti, na tveva manussakāyo, tasmā asucitarabhāvamassa dassentopi ‘‘dvipādako’’ti āha.
“这”指的是人的身体。说它“恶臭地被携带”,意思是:这个身体本来就臭,人们却用花香等东西把它装饰起来,然后带着它到处走。说它“充满种种腐尸”,是说它装满了头发等各种各样的腐尸。说它“从各处流漏”,意思是:即使有人想用花香等东西把它盖住,那份努力也是白费,它还是从九个孔洞流出唾液、鼻涕等,从毛孔里渗出汗垢。在这里,你们且看看:拥有这样一副身体的,不管是男人还是女人,哪个愚人要是因为贪欲、邪见、慢心的妄想,以“我”“我的”“恒常”等想法,觉得自己了不起,或者拿出身等去轻视别人、把自己摆在高位上,那么,除了因为没有以圣道见到圣谛之外,还能有什么别的原因,让他这样抬高自己、轻视别人呢?巴利
Ayanti manussakāyaṃ dasseti. Duggandho parihīratīti duggandho samāno pupphagandhādīhi abhisaṅkharitvā parihīrati. Nānākuṇapaparipūroti kesādianekappakārakuṇapabharito. Vissavanto tato tatoti pupphagandhādīhi paṭicchādetuṃ ghaṭentānampi taṃ vāyāmaṃ nipphalaṃ katvā navahi dvārehi kheḷasiṅghāṇikādīni, lomakūpehi ca sedajallikaṃ vissavantoyeva. Tattha dāni passatha – etādisena kāyena yo puriso vā itthī vā koci bālo maññe uṇṇametave taṇhādiṭṭhimānamaññanāhi ‘‘aha’’nti vā ‘‘mama’’nti vā ‘‘nicco’’ti vātiādinā nayena yo uṇṇamituṃ maññeyya, paraṃ vā jātiādīhi avajāneyya attānaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapento, kimaññatra adassanā ṭhapetvā ariyamaggena ariyasaccadassanābhāvaṃ kimaññaṃ tassa evaṃ uṇṇamāvajānanakāraṇaṃ siyāti.
开示结束时,难陀比丘尼生起了悚惧:“唉!我真是个愚痴的人,世尊正是为了我才作了这样种种法的开示,我却没去亲近他!”她这样悚惧之后,便专注于同一法开示,以同一业处,在几天之内就亲证了阿罗汉果。据说在另一个场合,开示结束时,八万四千有情得法现观,天女西利玛证得不还果,而那位比丘则立足于入流果。巴利
Desanāpariyosāne nandā bhikkhunī saṃvegamāpādi – ‘‘aho vata re, ahaṃ bālā, yā maṃyeva ārabbha evaṃ vividhadhammadesanāpavattakassa bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ nāgamāsi’’nti. Evaṃ saṃviggā ca tameva dhammadesanaṃ samannāharitvā teneva kammaṭṭhānena katipayadivasabbhantare arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Dutiyaṭṭhānepi kira desanāpariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, sirimā devakaññā anāgāmiphalaṃ pattā, so ca bhikkhu sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahīti.
12. 《牟尼经》的注释巴利
12. Munisuttavaṇṇanā
209 “由交往而生怖畏”是《牟尼经》的内容。它的缘起是什么?并不是整部经只有一个缘起,不过这里先说开头四首偈颂的缘起——据说,世尊住在舍卫城时,在某村落住处,有一位贫苦丧夫的妇女,她让儿子在比丘僧团中出家,随后自己也出家成为比丘尼。两人同在舍卫城进入雨安居后,便常常想见到对方。母亲得到什么东西都带给儿子,儿子也带给母亲。就这样,他们傍晚也好、清晨也好,常常相见,互相分享所得,彼此欢喜谈笑,互问苦乐,毫无戒心。由于这样频繁相见,就有了交往;有了交往,就有了亲密;有了亲密,就给了烦恼可乘之机。当贪欲染污了心,出家的认知和母子之念都消失了。于是他们越过界限,做了非法之事,因此声名败坏,还俗住在俗人中间。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊呵责道:“诸比丘,这个愚人怎么会以为母亲对儿子不会起贪染,或者儿子对母亲不会起贪染呢?”接着又用《增支部》5.55中其余的经文,让比丘们心生警醒,说道:“因此,诸比丘——巴利
209.Santhavātobhayaṃ jātanti munisuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Na sabbasseva suttassa ekā uppatti, apicettha ādito tāva catunnaṃ gāthānaṃ ayamuppatti – bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante gāmakāvāse aññatarā duggatitthī matapatikā puttaṃ bhikkhūsu pabbājetvā attanāpi bhikkhunīsu pabbaji. Te ubhopi sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ upagantvā abhiṇhaṃ aññamaññassa dassanakāmā ahesuṃ. Mātā kiñci labhitvā puttassa harati, puttopi mātu. Evaṃ sāyampi pātopi aññamaññaṃ samāgantvā laddhaṃ laddhaṃ saṃvibhajamānā, sammodamānā, sukhadukkhaṃ pucchamānā, nirāsaṅkā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ evaṃ abhiṇhadassanena saṃsaggo uppajji, saṃsaggā vissāso, vissāsā otāro, rāgena otiṇṇacittānaṃ pabbajitasaññā ca mātuputtasaññā ca antaradhāyi. Tato mariyādavītikkamaṃ katvā asaddhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu, ayasappattā ca vibbhamitvā agāramajjhe vasiṃsu. Bhikkhū bhagavato ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ nu so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso maññati na mātā putte sārajjati, putto vā pana mātarī’’ti garahitvā ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekarūpampi samanupassāmī’’tiādinā (a. ni. 5.55) avasesasuttenapi bhikkhū saṃvejetvā ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave –
就像哈拉哈拉剧毒,就像沸腾翻滚的油,
就像熔化的铜一样,应当远离女人。巴利
‘‘Visaṃ yathā halāhalaṃ, telaṃ pakkuthitaṃ yathā; Tambalohavilīnaṃva, mātugāmaṃ vivajjaye’’ti ca. –
说完之后,为了给比丘们说法,他又诵出这四首以自身为鉴的偈颂:“由亲近交往而生起怖畏……”巴利
Vatvā puna bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ – ‘‘santhavāto bhayaṃ jāta’’nti imā attupanāyikā catasso gāthā abhāsi.
在这里,亲近交往按贪爱、邪见、朋友这三种来分,前面已经说过。这里指的是贪爱和邪见这两种亲近交往。世尊就是针对这个而说:“比丘们,你们看,这个愚人因为亲近交往而产生了怎样的怖畏。”因为他不断想要见面等等,这种贪爱生起了强烈的烦恼怖畏,使他无法安住,竟然对母亲做出了越轨的行为。或者也可以说,是自责等大怖畏,使他舍弃了教法而还俗逃走。所谓“住处”,就是按照“居士,由于被色相之住处、放逸所束缚,被称为‘以住处为行境者’”这样的方式所说的各种所缘。“生起尘垢”,就是贪、嗔、痴的尘垢生起。这话是什么意思呢?不只是那个愚人因亲近交往而生起了怖畏;而且,那些以烦恼的安住之义而被称为“住处”的有漏所缘,如今因为他破坏了防护、逾越了界限,从这些住处中更强烈地生起了尘垢,他的心被染污,将会遭遇不幸和衰败。或者也可以这样连接这两句:“比丘们,你们看,那个愚人因为亲近交往而产生了怎样的怖畏”,以及“一切凡夫又是怎样从住处中生起尘垢”。巴利
Tattha santhavo taṇhādiṭṭhimittabhedena tividhoti pubbe vutto. Idha taṇhādiṭṭhisanthavo adhippeto. Taṃ sandhāya bhagavā āha – ‘‘passatha, bhikkhave, yathā idaṃ tassa moghapurisassa santhavāto bhayaṃ jāta’’nti. Tañhi tassa abhiṇhadassanakāmatāditaṇhāya balavakilesabhayaṃ jātaṃ, yena saṇṭhātuṃ asakkonto mātari vippaṭipajji. Attānuvādādikaṃ vā mahābhayaṃ, yena sāsanaṃ chaḍḍetvā vibbhanto. Niketāti ‘‘rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, ‘niketasārī’ti vuccatī’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 3.3) nayena vuttā ārammaṇappabhedā. Jāyate rajoti rāgadosamoharajo jāyate. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Na kevalañca tassa santhavāto bhayaṃ jātaṃ, apica kho pana yadetaṃ kilesānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhena sāsavārammaṇaṃ ‘‘niketa’’nti vuccati, idānissa bhinnasaṃvarattā atikkantamariyādattā suṭṭhutaraṃ tato niketā jāyate rajo, yena saṃkiliṭṭhacitto anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇissati. Atha vā passatha, bhikkhave, yathā idaṃ tassa moghapurisassa santhavāto bhayaṃ jātaṃ, yathā ca sabbaputhujjanānaṃ niketā jāyate rajoti evampetaṃ padadvayaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
不过,世尊在整个前半偈里先批评了凡夫的见解,然后在后半偈里赞叹自己的见解,说出了“无家”。这里要这样理解:通过否定前面所说的“家”,就是“无家”;通过否定“亲近交往”,就是“无亲近交往”。这两者都是涅槃的别名。“这就是牟尼所见”,意思是:这个无家、无亲近交往,是佛陀牟尼所见的。这里的“确实”要看作表示惊奇的语气词。这样一来,下面的意思就成立了:当人们因为执著于家和亲近交往,在母子之间做出越轨行为的时候,牟尼却见到了这个无家、无亲近交往——啊,真是稀有!或者,“牟尼所见”也可以理解为“牟尼的见解”,见解就是忍可和喜好,意思是他忍可并且喜好。巴利
Sabbathā pana iminā purimaddhena bhagavā puthujjanadassanaṃ garahitvā attano dassanaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘aniketa’’nti pacchimaddhamāha. Tattha yathāvuttaniketapaṭikkhepena aniketaṃ, santhavapaṭikkhepena ca asanthavaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ nibbānassādhivacanaṃ. Etaṃ ve munidassananti etaṃ aniketamasanthavaṃ buddhamuninā diṭṭhanti attho. Tattha veti vimhayatthe nipāto daṭṭhabbo. Tena ca yaṃ nāma niketasanthavavasena mātāputtesu vippaṭipajjamānesu aniketamasanthavaṃ, etaṃ muninā diṭṭhaṃ aho abbhutanti ayamadhippāyo siddho hoti. Atha vā munino dassanantipi munidassanaṃ, dassanaṃ nāma khanti ruci, khamati ceva ruccati cāti attho.
210 第二首偈颂里,“谁断除了已生起的”意思是:有人对某个特定的对象,为了断除已经生起、已经存在、已经出现的烦恼,就像舍断已生的不善那样去努力,以令它不再生起的方式将它斩断。至于未来的烦恼,因为当相应的诸缘聚合时,它已朝向生起,就“正在现前”这一点来说,被称为“正在生起”。他不去栽种那正在生起的,意思是:他努力让未生的不善不生起,不让它产生。怎样才让它不产生呢?不令它渗入——不让能令它产生的缘渗入,不使那些缘聚合。这样,通过令条件缺失,他就不再栽种那正在生起的。或者,由于修习圣道,过去的烦恼被断除,因为未来不再有果报;现在的烦恼也不被栽种,因为已不存在;未来的烦恼也不能渗入心相续,因为其生起的能力已被破坏。因此,通过修习圣道,谁断除了已生起的,不栽种正在生起的,也不让未来的正在生起者渗入他,人们就称他为独一的牟尼、游行者,这位大仙见到了寂静处——这里应当这样理解其关联。因为彻底无烦恼,所以是“独一”;或者因为最殊胜,所以是“独一”。“牟尼”就是这位牟尼,或者在诸牟尼中是独一。“游行”指以各种方式圆满地行利世之事,也以其余的行持而游行。“见到了”就是看见。他,也就是那位因为有能力断除已生起者、不栽种、不令渗入,而被说为“不栽种正在生起的,不令它渗入他”的佛陀牟尼。“寂静处”指寂静的部分,在六十二种邪见、观慧、涅槃这三类中,即世俗的寂静、分证的寂静、究竟的寂静之中,最殊胜的;这位大仙在这样不安宁的世间,见到了究竟的寂静。应当这样理解其含义。巴利
210. Dutiyagāthāya yo jātamucchijjāti yo kismiñcideva vatthusmiṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ nibbattaṃ kilesaṃ yathā uppannākusalappahānaṃ hoti, tathā vāyamanto tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ puna anibbattanavasena ucchinditvā yo anāgatopi kileso tathārūpappaccayasamodhāne nibbattituṃ abhimukhībhūtattā vattamānasamīpe vattamānalakkhaṇena ‘‘jāyanto’’ti vuccati, tañca na ropayeyya jāyantaṃ, yathā anuppannākusalānuppādo hoti, tathā vāyamanto na nibbatteyyāti attho. Kathañca na nibbatteyya? Assa nānuppavecche, yena paccayena so nibbatteyya taṃ nānuppaveseyya na samodhāneyya. Evaṃ sambhāravekallakaraṇena taṃ na ropayeyya jāyantaṃ. Atha vā yasmā maggabhāvanāya atītāpi kilesā ucchijjanti āyatiṃ vipākābhāvena vattamānāpi na ropīyanti tadabhāvena, anāgatāpi cittasantatiṃ nānuppavesīyanti uppattisāmatthiyavighātena, tasmā yo ariyamaggabhāvanāya jātamucchijja na ropayeyya jāyantaṃ, anāgatampi cassa jāyantassa nānuppavecche, tamāhu ekaṃ muninaṃ carantaṃ, so ca addakkhi santipadaṃ mahesīti evampettha yojanā veditabbā. Ekantanikkilesatāya ekaṃ, seṭṭhaṭṭhena vā ekaṃ. Muninanti muniṃ, munīsu vā ekaṃ. Carantanti sabbākāraparipūrāya lokatthacariyāya avasesacariyāhi ca carantaṃ. Addakkhīti addasa. Soti yo jātamucchijja aropane ananuppavesane ca samatthatāya ‘‘na ropayeyya jāyantamassa nānuppavecche’’ti vutto buddhamuni. Santipadanti santikoṭṭhāsaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatavipassanānibbānabhedāsu tīsu sammutisanti, tadaṅgasanti, accantasantīsu seṭṭhaṃ evaṃ anupasante loke accantasantiṃ addasa mahesīti evamattho veditabbo.
211 211. 在第三偈中,“简别后”的意思是:经过计算、限定、审察,如实了知之后,也就是通过遍知苦而完全了知。“诸事”指那些世间所执取的对象,即蕴、处、界等烦恼的立足处。“损害其种子后”意思是:对于这些事的种子——也就是行作识——进行损害、妨碍,以彻底断除的方式予以舍离。“不令爱润渗入它”意思是:那粒种子若被爱执与见执的滋润所浸润,便会在未来以结生的方式,在那些事的田地中生长;他不让那样的爱润渗入,也就是通过修习对治的圣道,不令其渗入。“他确实是牟尼,见到生的尽头的灭尽者”意思是:这位如此这般的佛陀牟尼,由于现证涅槃,见到了作为生与死之终点的涅槃,所以是“见到生的尽头的灭尽者”;他舍弃了寻思,不再落入任何概念的称谓。依四谛的修习,他舍弃了九种不善寻,证入有余涅槃界;在行利益世间的事业中,渐次直至最终识灭,证入无余涅槃界,因此不落入“天”或“人”等称谓。或者,就像凡夫因未断除欲寻等寻思,而被贴上“此人是贪染者”或“此人是嗔怒者”的标签,他由于舍弃了寻思,便不再落入这些称谓。这里应当这样理解其含义。巴利
211. Tatiyagāthāya saṅkhāyāti gaṇayitvā, paricchinditvā vīmaṃsitvā yathābhūtato ñatvā, dukkhapariññāya parijānitvāti attho. Vatthūnīti yesu evamayaṃ loko sajjati, tāni khandhāyatanadhātubhedāni kilesaṭṭhānāni. Pamāya bījanti yaṃ tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ bījaṃ abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, taṃ pamāya hiṃsitvā, bādhitvā, samucchedappahānena pajahitvāti attho. Sinehamassa nānuppaveccheti yena taṇhādiṭṭhisinehena sinehitaṃ taṃ bījaṃ āyatiṃ paṭisandhivasena taṃ yathāvuttaṃ vatthusassaṃ viruheyya, taṃ sinehamassa nānuppavecche, tappaṭipakkhāya maggabhāvanāya taṃ nānuppaveseyyāti attho. Sa ve muni jātikhayantadassīti so evarūpo buddhamuni nibbānasacchikiriyāya jātiyā ca maraṇassa ca antabhūtassa nibbānassa diṭṭhattā jātikkhayantadassī takkaṃ pahāya na upeti saṅkhaṃ. Imāya catusaccabhāvanāya navappabhedampi akusalavitakkaṃ pahāya saupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ patvā lokatthacariyaṃ karonto anupubbena carimaviññāṇakkhayā anupādisesanibbānadhātuppattiyā ‘‘devo vā manusso vā’’ti na upeti saṅkhaṃ. Aparinibbuto eva vā yathā kāmavitakkādino vitakkassa appahīnattā ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo ratto’’ti vā ‘‘duṭṭho’’ti vā saṅkhaṃ upeti, evaṃ takkaṃ pahāya na upeti saṅkhanti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo .
212 第四偈中,“了知后”是指以无常等方式了知之后。“一切”是指没有剩余。“诸居家”是指在欲有等诸有中。因为众生住在这些有中,所以称为“居家”。“不希求其中任何一个”是指:由于见到这些居家的过患,他对这些居家连一个也不希求。他这样的佛陀牟尼,依靠修习圣道的力量,灭尽了渴爱的贪染,所以是“离贪染者”;因为离贪染,所以是“无贪婪者”,并不像有些人那样,明明还没有真正离贪染,却声称“我们无贪婪”。“不积聚”是指他不造作能令投生各种居家的善业或不善业。什么原因呢?因为他“已到彼岸”,意思是:这样的牟尼已经到达一切居家的彼岸——涅槃。巴利
212. Catutthagāthāya aññāyāti aniccādinayena jānitvā. Sabbānīti anavasesāni, nivesanānīti kāmabhavādike bhave. Nivasanti hi tesu sattā, tasmā ‘‘nivesanānī’’ti vuccanti. Anikāmayaṃ aññatarampi tesanti evaṃ diṭṭhādīnavattā tesaṃ nivesanānaṃ ekampi apatthento so evarūpo buddhamuni maggabhāvanābalena taṇhāgedhassa vigatattā vītagedho, vītagedhattā eva ca agiddho, na yathā eke avītagedhā eva samānā ‘‘agiddhamhā’’ti paṭijānanti, evaṃ. Nāyūhatīti tassa tassa nivesanassa nibbattakaṃ kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā na karoti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Pāragato hi hoti, yasmā evarūpo sabbanivesanānaṃ pāraṃ nibbānaṃ gato hotīti attho.
他先用第一首偈批评凡夫的见解,然后称赞自己的见解;再用第二首偈指出,凡夫因为还有那些烦恼所以不得寂静,而他自己已经没有那些烦恼,因此证得了寂静的境界,借此称赞自己;接着用第三首偈指出,凡夫对种种事物不肯舍弃推理思辨,于是以各种方式陷入名称概念,而他自己通过修习四谛,已经舍弃了推理思辨,不再落入名称概念,借此称赞自己;最后用第四首偈指出,凡夫因为贪爱未来的种种住处,被有爱所驱使而造作,而他自己没有渴爱,所以不再造作,借此称赞自己。他就用这四首偈,以阿拉汉果为最高顶点,结束了这场围绕同一主题而发的教说。巴利
Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya puthujjanadassanaṃ garahitvā attano dassanaṃ pasaṃsanto dutiyagāthāya yehi kilesehi puthujjano anupasanto hoti, tesaṃ abhāvena attano santipadādhigamaṃ pasaṃsanto tatiyagāthāya yesu vatthūsu puthujjano takkaṃ appahāya tathā tathā saṅkhaṃ upeti, tesu catusaccabhāvanāya takkaṃ pahāya attano saṅkhānupagamanaṃ pasaṃsanto catutthagāthāya āyatimpi yāni nivesanāni kāmayamāno puthujjano bhavataṇhāya āyūhati, tesu taṇhābhāvena attano anāyūhanaṃ pasaṃsanto catūhi gāthāhi arahattanikūṭeneva ekaṭṭhuppattikaṃ desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
213 “征服一切者”这一段是怎么来的呢?大丈夫完成大出离之后,逐渐证得一切知智,为了转法轮而前往波罗奈城,在菩提道场和伽耶之间遇到了邪命外道优波迦。优波迦用“贤友,你的诸根真是清净明亮”这样的话问他,他就说了“我是征服一切者”等偈颂。优波迦说了句“贤友,但愿如此”,摇了摇头,就走上岔路离开了。他一路渐行,到了宛伽诃罗地区一个猎鹿人的村子。猎鹿人的首领看见他,心想:“哎呀,这位沙门真是少欲,连衣服都不穿。他是世间的阿拉汉。”就把他带回家,用肉汤供养他。等他吃完,首领和妻儿一起礼敬他,邀请说:“尊者,请您就住在这里吧,我会用资具来侍奉您。”然后给他安排了住处。他就在那里住了下来。巴利
213.Sabbābhibhunti kā uppatti? Mahāpuriso mahābhinikkhamanaṃ katvā anupubbena sabbaññutaṃ patvā dhammacakkappavattanatthāya bārāṇasiṃ gacchanto bodhimaṇḍassa ca gayāya ca antare upakenājīvakena samāgacchi. Tena ca ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyānī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.285; mahāva. 11) nayena puṭṭho ‘‘sabbābhibhū’’tiādīni āha. Upako ‘‘hupeyyāvuso’’ti vatvā, sīsaṃ okampetvā, ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi . Anukkamena ca vaṅkahārajanapade aññataraṃ māgavikagāmaṃ pāpuṇi. Tamenaṃ māgavikajeṭṭhako disvā – ‘‘aho appiccho samaṇo vatthampi na nivāseti, ayaṃ loke arahā’’ti gharaṃ netvā maṃsarasena parivisitvā bhuttāviñca naṃ saputtadāro vanditvā ‘‘idheva, bhante, vasatha, ahaṃ paccayena upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti nimantetvā, vasanokāsaṃ katvā adāsi. So tattha vasati.
夏天天气热的时候,鹿群为了找水草丰足、凉快的地方,都跑到很远的地方去了。猎鹿人也要去远处打猎,临走前吩咐女儿差瓦说:“你要好好照顾我们的阿罗汉。”然后就带着儿子和兄弟们一起走了。他女儿长得漂亮,身材也丰满。第二天,优波迦回到家里,看见那少女已经准备好一切,正上前来给他端饭。他被贪欲冲昏了头,连饭都吃不下去,就用器皿装了饭带回自己住的地方。他把饭放在一边,躺下来不吃不喝,心里想:“要是能得到差瓦,我就能活下去;要是得不到,我就死在这里。”到了第七天,猎鹿人回来了,问女儿优波迦的情况。女儿说:“他只来过一天,后来就再也没来过。”猎鹿人心想:“我就借着他回来这件事去看看他,顺便问问。”于是马上过去,一边按摩他的脚一边问:“尊者,您身体不舒服吗?”优波迦只是呻吟着翻来覆去。猎鹿人说:“尊者,您说吧,只要我能做到的,我一定都去做。”优波迦说:“要是能得到差瓦,我就能活;要是得不到,我宁愿死在这里。”猎鹿人问:“尊者,您会什么手艺吗?”优波迦说:“不会。”猎鹿人说:“尊者,什么手艺都不会的人,是没办法在家人生活里立足的。”优波迦说:“我什么手艺都不会,不过我可以帮你们搬肉、卖肉。”猎鹿人说:“这正是我们想要的。”就给了他一件上衣,把他带回家,把女儿嫁给了他。他们一起生活后,生了一个儿子,取名叫苏跋多提。差瓦用逗孩子的歌来取笑优波迦。他受不了这种取笑,就说:“夫人,我要去找无边际胜者。”于是朝中印度方向出发了。巴利
Māgaviko gimhakāle udakasampanne sītale padese carituṃ dūraṃ apakkantesu migesu tattha gacchanto ‘‘amhākaṃ arahantaṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahassū’’ti chāvaṃ nāma dhītaraṃ āṇāpetvā agamāsi saddhiṃ puttabhātukehi. Sā cassa dhītā dassanīyā hoti koṭṭhāsasampannā. Dutiyadivase upako gharaṃ āgato taṃ dārikaṃ sabbaṃ upacāraṃ katvā, parivisituṃ upagataṃ disvā, rāgena abhibhūto bhuñjitumpi asakkonto bhājanena bhattaṃ ādāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā, bhattaṃ ekamante nikkhipitvā – ‘‘sace chāvaṃ labhāmi, jīvāmi, no ce, marāmī’’ti nirāhāro sayi. Sattame divase māgaviko āgantvā dhītaraṃ upakassa pavattiṃ pucchi. Sā – ‘‘ekadivasameva āgantvā puna nāgatapubbo’’ti āha. Māgaviko ‘‘āgataveseneva naṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāmī’’ti taṅkhaṇaññeva gantvā – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, aphāsuka’’nti pāde parāmasanto pucchi. Upako nitthunanto parivattatiyeva. So ‘‘vada, bhante, yaṃ mayā sakkā kātuṃ, sabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti āha. Upako – ‘‘sace chāvaṃ labhāmi, jīvāmi, no ce, idheva maraṇaṃ seyyo’’ti āha. ‘‘Jānāsi pana, bhante, kiñci sippa’’nti? ‘‘Na jānāmī’’ti . ‘‘Na, bhante, kiñci sippaṃ ajānantena sakkā gharāvāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti? So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ kiñci sippaṃ jānāmi, apica tumhākaṃ maṃsahārako bhavissāmi, maṃsañca vikkiṇissāmī’’ti. Māgavikopi ‘‘amhākaṃ etadeva ruccatī’’ti uttarasāṭakaṃ datvā, gharaṃ ānetvā dhītaraṃ adāsi. Tesaṃ saṃvāsamanvāya putto vijāyi. Subhaddotissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Chāvā puttatosanagītena upakaṃ uppaṇḍesi. So taṃ asahanto ‘‘bhadde, ahaṃ anantajinassa santikaṃ gacchāmī’’ti majjhimadesābhimukho pakkāmi.
那时,世尊住在舍卫城的祇园精舍。世尊事先就吩咐比丘们:“比丘们,如果有人来问‘无边胜者’,你们就带他来见我。”优波迦一路渐次来到舍卫城,站在寺院中间问道:“这座寺院里有一位叫无边胜者的同伴,他住在哪里?”比丘们就把他带到世尊面前。世尊为他说了相应的法。说法结束时,他证得了不来果。比丘们听说了他过去的经历,就议论起来:“世尊竟然先为那个毫无福气的裸身沙门说法。”世尊知道他们在议论这件事,就从香室出来,以与当时因缘相应的神通力坐在佛座上,问比丘们:“比丘们,你们现在聚在一起议论什么?”他们把全部经过说了。于是世尊说:“比丘们,如来不是没有因缘就说法。如来的说法清净无垢,在那里找不到任何过失。比丘们,正是以那次说法为因缘,优波迦如今成了不来者。”说完之后,为了阐明自己的说法清净无垢,他诵出这首偈颂。巴利
Bhagavā ca tena samayena sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavanamahāvihāre. Atha kho bhagavā paṭikacceva bhikkhū āṇāpesi – ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, anantajinoti pucchamāno āgacchati, tassa maṃ dasseyyāthā’’ti. Upakopi kho anupubbeneva sāvatthiṃ āgantvā vihāramajjhe ṭhatvā ‘‘imasmiṃ vihāre mama sahāyo anantajino nāma atthi, so kuhiṃ vasatī’’ti pucchi. Taṃ bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ nayiṃsu. Bhagavā tassānurūpaṃ dhammaṃ desesi. So desanāpariyosāne anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Bhikkhū tassa pubbappavattiṃ sutvā kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā paṭhamaṃ nissirikassa naggasamaṇassa dhammaṃ desesī’’ti. Bhagavā taṃ kathāsamuṭṭhānaṃ viditvā gandhakuṭito nikkhamma taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena buddhāsane nisīditvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti? Te sabbaṃ kathesuṃ. Tato bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tathāgato ahetuappaccayā dhammaṃ deseti, nimmalā tathāgatassa dhammadesanā, na sakkā tattha dosaṃ daṭṭhuṃ. Tena, bhikkhave, dhammadesanūpanissayena upako etarahi anāgāmī jāto’’ti vatvā attano desanāmalābhāvadīpikaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:依靠断除对一切有漏的蕴、处、界的欲贪,他因此不被它们所压倒,又因他自己已彻底战胜并超越那一切法而行事,所以是“战胜一切者”。又因他以一切方式了知那些法以及其他一切法,所以是“了知一切者”。又因他具备能宣说一切法的清净美妙智慧,所以是“具妙慧者”。对那些因渴爱和邪见的染污而黏着于有漏蕴等一切法的人来说,他因为没有那些染污,所以在一切法中都“无染”。又因他对那一切法都没有欲贪,已舍弃那一切法而安住,所以是“舍弃一切者”。又因他的心倾向于远离依着的寂静,在渴爱灭尽的涅槃中获得了殊胜解脱,所以说是“于渴爱灭尽得解脱者”,也就是“已倾向”的意思。“智者们也了知那位牟尼”,意思是:有智慧的人也知道、辨认出那位牟尼。“你们看,这位牟尼多么超群出众!他哪里会有什么说法的过失呢?”——这是在彰显他自己。这里“也”字有彰显、说明的作用。不过也有人这样解释:“当时优波迦即使看见了如来,也不肯相信‘这就是佛陀、牟尼’。”比丘们因此发起了议论,于是世尊为了说明“信也好,不信也好,智者们都能了知那位牟尼”,而说了这首偈颂。巴利
Tassattho – sāsavesu sabbakhandhāyatanadhātūsu chandarāgappahānena tehi anabhibhūtattā sayañca te dhamme sabbe abhibhuyya pavattattā sabbābhibhuṃ. Tesañca aññesañca sabbadhammānaṃ sabbākārena viditattā sabbaviduṃ. Sabbadhammadesanasamatthāya sobhanāya medhāya samannāgatattā sumedhaṃ. Yesaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhilepānaṃ vasena sāsavakhandhādibhedesu sabbadhammesu upalimpati, tesaṃ lepānaṃ abhāvā tesu sabbesu dhammesu anupalittaṃ. Tesu ca sabbadhammesu chandarāgābhāvena sabbe te dhamme jahitvā ṭhitattā sabbañjahaṃ. Upadhivivekaninnena cittena taṇhakkhaye nibbāne visesena muttattā taṇhakkhaye vimuttaṃ, adhimuttanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi paṇḍitā sattā muniṃ vedayanti jānanti. Passatha yāva paṭivisiṭṭhovāyaṃ muni, tassa kuto desanāmalanti attānaṃ vibhāveti . Vibhāvanattho hi ettha vāsaddoti. Keci pana vaṇṇayanti – ‘‘upako tadā tathāgataṃ disvāpi ‘ayaṃ buddhamunī’ti na saddahī’’ti evaṃ bhikkhū kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ , tato bhagavā ‘‘saddahatu vā mā vā, dhīrā pana taṃ muniṃ vedayantī’’ti dassento imaṃ gāthamabhāsīti.
214 “慧力”这个说法的来源是什么?这首偈颂是围绕离婆多尊者说的。其中,应当依照“或在村落,或在林野”这首偈颂所讲的那样,了解离婆多尊者从最初出家、出家后在羯地罗林的精舍安住、在那里安住时获得的殊胜成就,以及世尊前往那里和返回的经过。世尊返回后,那位年长比丘忘了鞋,折返回去,看见鞋挂在羯地罗树上,然后回到舍卫城。毗舍佉近事女问比丘们:“尊者,离婆多尊者的住处宜人吗?”那些赞叹过离婆多尊者住处的比丘正要回答,这位年长比丘却贬低他们,说:“近事女,他们说的都是空话,那地方并不好,只是极其粗糙、荒凉的羯地罗林罢了。”他在毗舍佉那里吃了客食,午后比丘们在圆亭集会时,他向大家抱怨说:“贤友们,你们见过离婆多尊者的住处宜人吗?”世尊知道这件事后,从香室出来,以适合当时情形的神通来到大众中间,坐在佛座上,问比丘们:“比丘们,你们现在聚在一起谈什么?”他们回答说:“世尊,我们谈论离婆多,说:‘这样一个做营造事务的人,什么时候才会修沙门法呢?’”世尊说:“比丘们,离婆多不是做营造事务的人,离婆多是漏已尽的阿罗汉。”为了给那些比丘就离婆多尊者说法,世尊说了这首偈颂。巴利
214.Paññābalanti kā uppatti? Ayaṃ gāthā revatattheraṃ ārabbha vuttā. Tattha ‘‘gāme vā yadi vāraññe’’ti imissā gāthāya vuttanayeneva revatattherassa ādito pabhuti pabbajjā, pabbajitassa khadiravane vihāro, tattha viharato visesādhigamo, bhagavato tattha gamanapaccāgamanañca veditabbaṃ. Paccāgate pana bhagavati yo so mahallakabhikkhu upāhanaṃ sammussitvā paṭinivatto khadirarukkhe ālaggitaṃ disvā sāvatthiṃ anuppatto visākhāya upāsikāya ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, revatattherassa vasanokāso ramaṇīyo’’ti bhikkhū pucchamānāya yehi bhikkhūhi pasaṃsito, te apasādento ‘‘upāsike, ete tucchaṃ bhaṇanti, na sundaro bhūmippadeso, atilūkhakakkhaḷaṃ khadiravanamevā’’ti āha. So visākhāya āgantukabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā pacchābhattaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannipatite bhikkhū ujjhāpento āha – ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, revatattherassa senāsane ramaṇīyaṃ tumhehi diṭṭha’’nti . Bhagavā taṃ ñatvā gandhakuṭito nikkhamma taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena parisamajjhaṃ patvā, buddhāsane nisīditvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘revataṃ, bhante, ārabbha kathā uppannā ‘evaṃ navakammiko kadā samaṇadhammaṃ karissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, revato navakammiko, arahā revato khīṇāsavo’’ti vatvā taṃ ārabbha tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:因为具备能断除软弱烦恼、能成就种种神变与决意的慧力,所以叫“具慧力”;因为具足四清净戒和头陀支的功德,所以叫“具足戒德”;因为被道定、果定和威仪定所摄持,所以叫“得定”;因为乐于近行定、安止定等禅那,或安住于禅那,所以叫“乐禅那”;因为念已达到广大圆满,所以叫“具念”;因为已从贪等系缚中解脱,所以叫“脱系缚”;因为没有五种心荒芜和四种漏,所以叫“无荒芜、无漏”。智者们也这样了知那位牟尼。也就是说,有智慧的众生会把他了知为具备智慧等功德、远离系缚等过失的牟尼。你们看,这位无漏牟尼是多么殊胜!他怎么还能被说成是“做营造事务的人”,或者被问“什么时候才要修沙门法”呢?他其实是靠慧力完成了那座住处,不是靠做营造工作;他是所作已办的人,绝不是现在才要修沙门法的人。这是在说明离婆多尊者。这里“vā”这个词,就是起说明的作用。巴利
Tassattho – dubbalakarakilesappahānasādhakena vikubbanaadhiṭṭhānappabhedena vā paññābalena samannāgatattā paññābalaṃ, catupārisuddhisīlena dhutaṅgavatena ca upapannattā sīlavatūpapannaṃ, maggasamādhinā phalasamādhinā iriyāpathasamādhinā ca samāhitaṃ, upacārappanābhedena jhānena jhāne vā ratattā jhānarataṃ, sativepullappattattā satimaṃ, rāgādisaṅgato pamuttatā saṅgā pamuttaṃ, pañcacetokhilacatuāsavābhāvena akhilaṃ anāsavaṃ taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti. Tampi evaṃ paññādiguṇasaṃyuttaṃ saṅgādidosavisaṃyuttaṃ paṇḍitā sattā muniṃ vā vedayanti. Passatha yāva paṭivisiṭṭhovāyaṃ khīṇāsavamuni, so ‘‘navakammiko’’ti vā ‘‘kadā samaṇadhammaṃ karissatī’’ti vā kathaṃ vattabbo. So hi paññābalena taṃ vihāraṃ niṭṭhāpesi, na navakammakaraṇena, katakiccova so, na idāni samaṇadhammaṃ karissatīti revatattheraṃ vibhāveti. Vibhāvanattho hi ettha vā-saddoti.
215 “独行”这个说法是怎么来的呢?从菩提道场开始,世尊一路次第行化,到达迦毗罗卫城。当时正赶上父子相会,世尊和净饭王亲切交谈。净饭王对世尊说:“尊者,你们在家时,穿的是用香匣熏过的迦尸等上等布料做的衣服,如今怎么穿起这种割截拼成的粪扫衣了?”世尊为了开导父王,便说道:巴利
215.Ekaṃ carantanti kā uppatti? Bodhimaṇḍato pabhuti yathākkamaṃ kapilavatthuṃ anuppatte bhagavati pitāputtasamāgame vattamāne bhagavā sammodamānena raññā suddhodanena ‘‘tumhe, bhante, gahaṭṭhakāle gandhakaraṇḍake vāsitāni kāsikādīni dussāni nivāsetvā idāni kathaṃ chinnakāni paṃsukūlāni dhārethā’’ti evamādinā vutto rājānaṃ anunayamāno –
父亲,您对我提到的那些补缀过的杜库罗细布和迦尸细布,
粪扫衣才是更好的,这正是我所希求的。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ tvaṃ tāta vade mayhaṃ, paṭṭuṇṇaṃ dukūlakāsikaṃ; Paṃsukūlaṃ tato seyyaṃ, etaṃ me abhipatthita’’nti. –
说完开场白之后,为了向国王说法,显示自己不被世间法所动摇,便说了这首七句偈颂。巴利
Ādīni vatvā lokadhammehi attano avikampabhāvaṃ dassento rañño dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ sattapadagāthamabhāsi.
它的意思是:以出家等为一种,依行、住等威仪而行。因具足牟尼法而称为牟尼。于一切处无放逸,所以是不放逸。骂詈、呵责等类属于讥嫌,称赞、称颂等类属于称赞——在这些讥嫌和称赞中,不因反感或迎合而动摇。这里应当知道,是通过讥嫌和称赞来涵盖八种世间法。像狮子一样,在鼓声等各种声音中,在八种世间法里,不因本性改变而惊恐;或者说,在偏远的住处也没有恐惧。像风一样,在线缕等制成的网中不被粘住,他以四圣道不被渴爱和邪见之网粘住;或者说,在八种世间法中,不因反感或迎合而被粘住。像莲花不被水沾染一样,他虽生在世间,但那些众生因渴爱和邪见的污染而被世间沾染,他已断除这些污染,所以不被世间沾染。他生起趣向涅槃之道,以这条道引导其他天和人。而他自己不需要别人来指示道路,所以是不从他人受教。智者们也了知那位牟尼,即了知这位佛牟尼,这是说明自身。其余部分如前所说。巴利
Tassattho – pabbajjāsaṅkhātādīhi ekaṃ, iriyāpathādīhi cariyāhi carantaṃ. Moneyyadhammasamannāgamena muniṃ. Sabbaṭṭhānesu pamādābhāvato appamattaṃ. Akkosanagarahanādibhedāya nindāya vaṇṇanathomanādibhedāya pasaṃsāya cāti imāsu nindāpasaṃsāsu paṭighānunayavasena avedhamānaṃ. Nindāpasaṃsāmukhena cettha aṭṭhapi lokadhammā vuttāti veditabbā. Sīhaṃva bherisaddādīsu saddesu aṭṭhasu lokadhammesu pakativikārānupagamena asantasantaṃ, pantesu vā senāsanesu santāsābhāvena. Vātaṃva suttamayādibhede jālamhi catūhi maggehi taṇhādiṭṭhijāle asajjamānaṃ, aṭṭhasu vā lokadhammesu paṭighānunayavasena asajjamānaṃ. Padumaṃva toyena loke jātampi yesaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhilepānaṃ vasena sattā lokena lippanti, tesaṃ lepānaṃ pahīnattā lokena alippamānaṃ, nibbānagāmimaggaṃ uppādetvā tena maggena netāramaññesaṃ devamanussānaṃ. Attano pana aññena kenaci maggaṃ dassetvā anetabbattā anaññaneyyaṃ taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayanti buddhamuniṃ vedayantīti attānaṃ vibhāveti. Sesamettha vuttanayameva.
216 Yoogahaṇeti这一的起因是什么?世尊最初成等正觉时,已经圆满了四阿僧祇劫又十万劫的十波罗蜜、十随顺波罗蜜、十究竟波罗蜜,这些都是依着誓愿功德而完成的。从兜率天受生、住于兜率天、大观察,到入胎、住胎、出胎,行七步、遍观四方、作狮子吼,大出家、大精进,成正觉,转法轮,四种道智、四种果智,在八众中不动摇的智慧,十力智,判定四生的智,判定五趣的智,六种不共智,八种与声闻共通的佛智,十四种佛智,判定十八佛功德的智,十九种省察智,七十七种智的事境——依靠这样百千种功德而现起的广大利养与恭敬,外道们无法忍受,便唆使旃遮摩纳维迦,按照“已超越一法”这偈颂的事缘中所说那样,在四众当中使世尊蒙受恶名。比丘们因此议论起来:“即使出现这样的恶名,世尊的心也没有任何变异。”世尊知道后,从香室出来,以与当时相应的神通示现来到众中,坐在佛座上,问比丘们:“比丘们,你们现在聚坐在这里,在议论什么?”他们把全部经过禀告了。于是世尊说:“比丘们,诸佛在八种世间法面前,都是这样平等不动的。”为了给那些比丘说法,便说了这首偈颂。巴利
216.Yoogahaṇeti kā uppatti? Bhagavato paṭhamābhisambuddhassa cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pūritadasapāramidasaupapāramidasaparamatthapāramippabhedaṃ abhinīhāraguṇapāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavane abhinibbattiguṇaṃ tattha nivāsaguṇaṃ mahāvilokanaguṇaṃ gabbhavokkantiṃ gabbhavāsaṃ gabbhanikkhamanaṃ padavītihāraṃ disāvilokanaṃ brahmagajjanaṃ mahābhinikkhamanaṃ mahāpadhānaṃ abhisambodhiṃ dhammacakkappavattanaṃ catubbidhaṃ maggañāṇaṃ phalañāṇaṃ aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ, dasabalañāṇaṃ, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ, chabbidhaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇaṃ, aṭṭhavidhaṃ sāvakasādhāraṇabuddhañāṇaṃ, cuddasavidhaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, aṭṭhārasabuddhaguṇaparicchedakañāṇaṃ, ekūnavīsatividhapaccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ, sattasattatividhañāṇavatthu evamiccādiguṇasatasahasse nissāya pavattaṃ mahālābhasakkāraṃ asahamānehi titthiyehi uyyojitāya ciñcamāṇavikāya ‘‘ekaṃ dhammaṃ atītassā’’ti imissā gāthāya vatthumhi vuttanayena catuparisamajjhe bhagavato ayase uppādite tappaccayā bhikkhū kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ ‘‘evarūpepi nāma ayase uppanne na bhagavato cittassa aññathattaṃ atthī’’ti. Taṃ ñatvā bhagavā gandhakuṭito nikkhamma taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena parisamajjhaṃ patvā, buddhāsane nisīditvā, bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti? Te sabbaṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato bhagavā – ‘‘buddhā nāma, bhikkhave, aṭṭhasu lokadhammesu tādino hontī’’ti vatvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:就像在人们洗澡的渡口,为了搓洗身体而埋下方柱或八角柱,无论出身高贵还是低贱的人都在上面搓身体,柱子并不会因此被抬高或压低。同样地,所谓“在渡口处犹如柱子一样生起”,是指:对某件事,别人会说出极端的话。这话说的是什么呢?对某件事,其他外道或别的人,出于称赞会说出极端的赞美,出于贬损会说出极端的毁谤;而对这件事,他既不生贪爱也不生嗔恨,因为具有这种平等不动的状态,所以说他“在渡口处犹如柱子”。“他是离贪者、善摄诸根的人”:面对可意的对象,因为没有贪,所以是离贪者;面对不可意的对象,因为没有嗔和痴,所以是善摄诸根的人。也就是说,他把诸根很好地收摄、安住、保护和守护起来。“那些智者称他为牟尼”:智者了知这位佛牟尼,他的心怎么会有变异呢?这是为了显示他自己。其余部分如前所述。巴利
Tassattho – yathā nāma ogahaṇe manussānaṃ nhānatitthe aṅgaghaṃsanatthāya caturasse vā aṭṭhaṃse vā thambhe nikhāte uccakulīnāpi nīcakulīnāpi aṅgaṃ ghaṃsanti, na tena thambhassa unnati vā onati vā hoti. Evamevaṃ yo ogahaṇe thambhorivābhijāyati yasmiṃ pare vācāpariyantaṃ vadanti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ pare titthiyā vā aññe vā vaṇṇavasena uparimaṃ vā avaṇṇavasena heṭṭhimaṃ vā vācāpariyantaṃ vadanti, tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ anunayaṃ vā paṭighaṃ vā anāpajjamāno tādibhāvena yo ogahaṇe thambhoriva bhavatīti. Taṃ vītarāgaṃ susamāhitindriyanti taṃ iṭṭhārammaṇe rāgābhāvena vītarāgaṃ, aniṭṭhārammaṇe ca dosamohābhāvena susamāhitindriyaṃ, suṭṭhu vā samodhānetvā ṭhapitindriyaṃ, rakkhitindriyaṃ, gopitindriyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayanti buddhamuniṃ vedayanti, tassa kathaṃ cittassa aññathattaṃ bhavissatīti attānaṃ vibhāveti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
217 “心已确立的人”这一说法,起因是什么呢?据说在舍卫城,有一位富商的女儿从高楼下来,走到楼下的纺织作坊,看见有人在卷绕梭子。她看到梭子笔直,就以这个景象作为禅修的所缘,心里想:“真希望一切众生都能舍弃身、语、意的歪曲,像梭子一样内心正直。”她回到高楼上,仍然一次又一次地把这个景象放在心里,坐着修习。这样用功不久,无常的相就清楚地显现出来;随着无常的相,苦的相和无我的相也显现了。这时,她感到三界就像被火燃烧一样。世尊知道她正在这样观照,就坐在香室里放出光明。她看到光明,心想“这是什么”,一观察就看见世尊仿佛坐在自己面前,于是起身合掌站立。世尊知道她适合听法,就以说法的形式说了这首偈颂。巴利
217.Yo ve ṭhitattoti kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ kira aññatarā seṭṭhidhītā pāsādā oruyha heṭṭhāpāsāde tantavāyasālaṃ gantvā tasaraṃ vaṭṭente disvā tassa ujubhāvena tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘aho vata sabbe sattā kāyavacīmanovaṅkaṃ pahāya tasaraṃ viya ujucittā bhaveyyu’’nti. Sā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvāpi punappunaṃ tadeva nimittaṃ āvajjentī nisīdi. Evaṃ paṭipannāya cassā na cirasseva aniccalakkhaṇaṃ pākaṭaṃ ahosi, tadanusāreneva ca dukkhānattalakkhaṇānipi. Athassā tayopi bhavā ādittā viya upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Taṃ tathā vipassamānaṃ ñatvā bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova obhāsaṃ muñci. Sā taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti āvajjentī bhagavantaṃ passe nisinnamiva disvā uṭṭhāya pañjalikā aṭṭhāsi. Athassā bhagavā sappāyaṃ viditvā dhammadesanāvasena imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
它的意思是:如果有人因为心一境性、因为解脱不可动摇,所以不再有增长和退失;因为已经灭尽投生和轮回,所以不再前往别的存在处,因此是“安住者”;又因为已经断除身、语、意的歪曲,不走邪道,所以像梭子一样正直;或者因为具足惭与愧,所以厌离种种恶业,对恶行心生厌恶,就像对粪便、对尿液那样厌恶,这就叫“有惭”。按照音声论中“瑜伽分别”的说法,工具格可以在表示对象的意义上成立。所谓“观察不平与平等”,就是以身的不平等等为“不平”,以身的平等等为“平等”,通过断除与修习的作用,以道慧来观察、来审察。“智者称彼为漏尽牟尼”,意思是:像前面所说的那样,以道慧观察不平与平等,那位安住者像梭子一样正直,不犯任何违越,厌离种种恶业,智者们就称他为漏尽牟尼。为了显示这样的漏尽牟尼,世尊以阿罗汉果为顶点宣说了这首偈颂。说法结束时,长者的女儿证得了入流果。这里“vā”这个词,应当理解为表示选择或合集。巴利
Tassattho – yo ve ekaggacittatāya akuppavimuttitāya ca vuḍḍhihānīnaṃ abhāvato vikkhīṇajātisaṃsārattā bhavantarūpagamanābhāvato ca ṭhitatto, pahīnakāyavacīmanovaṅkatāya agatigamanābhāvena vā tasaraṃva uju, hirottappasampannattā jigucchati kammehi pāpakehi, pāpakāni kammāni gūthagataṃ viya muttagataṃ viya ca jigucchati, hirīyatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yogavibhāgena hi upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ saddasatthe sijjhati. Vīmaṃsamāno visamaṃ samañcāti kāyavisamādivisamaṃ kāyasamādisamañca pahānabhāvanākiccasādhanena maggapaññāya vīmaṃsamāno upaparikkhamāno. Taṃ vāpi khīṇāsavaṃ dhīrā muniṃ vedayantīti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathāvuttanayena maggapaññāya vīmaṃsamāno visamaṃ samañca yo ve ṭhitatto hoti, so evaṃ tasaraṃva uju hutvā kiñci vītikkamaṃ anāpajjanto jigucchati kammehi pāpakehi. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti. Yato īdiso hotīti khīṇāsavamuniṃ dassento arahattanikūṭena gāthaṃ desesi. Desanāpariyosāne seṭṭhidhītā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Ettha ca vikappe vā samuccaye vā vāsaddo daṭṭhabbo.
218 “自我调御者”这个说法的由来是什么呢?据说,世尊住在阿罗毗城的时候,城里有个织布匠,吩咐他七岁的女儿说:“乖女儿,昨天剩下的梭线不多了,你把线绕好,赶紧到织坊来,别拖太久。”她答应道:“好的。”他就去了织坊,站在那里整理经线。那天,世尊从大悲定中出来,观察世间,看到这个女孩有证得入流果的因缘,而且开示结束时还会有八万四千众生得法现观。于是世尊提前整理好身体,拿着钵和袈裟,进了城。人们看见世尊,心想:“今天一定有什么人该受教化,世尊才这么早就进城了。”就都迎向世尊。世尊停在那个女孩去她父亲那里的路上。城里的居民把那一带扫干净,洒了水,供了花,搭起布帐,铺好座位。世尊在铺好的座位上坐下,大众围在四周站着。那女孩走到那里,看见被大众围绕的世尊,就行五体投地礼。世尊叫她过来,问道:“小姑娘,你从哪里来?”她说:“我不知道,世尊。”“你要去哪里?”“我不知道,世尊。”“你不知道吗?”“我知道,世尊。”“你知道吗?”“我不知道,世尊。”巴利
218.Yo saññatattoti kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira āḷaviyaṃ viharante āḷavīnagare aññataro tantavāyo sattavassikaṃ dhītaraṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘amma, hiyyo avasiṭṭhatasaraṃ na bahu, tasaraṃ vaṭṭetvā lahuṃ tantavāyasālaṃ āgaccheyyāsi, mā kho cirāyī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi. So sālaṃ gantvā tantaṃ vinento aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ divasañca bhagavā mahākaruṇāsamāpattito vuṭṭhāya lokaṃ volokento tassā dārikāya sotāpattiphalūpanissayaṃ desanāpariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānañca dhammābhisamayaṃ disvā pageva sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya nagaraṃ pāvisi. Manussā bhagavantaṃ disvā – ‘‘addhā ajja koci anuggahetabbo atthi, pageva paviṭṭho bhagavā’’ti bhagavantaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā yena maggena sā dārikā pitusantikaṃ gacchati, tasmiṃ aṭṭhāsi. Nagaravāsino taṃ padesaṃ sammajjitvā, paripphositvā, pupphūpahāraṃ katvā, vitānaṃ bandhitvā, āsanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, mahājanakāyo parivāretvā aṭṭhāsi. Sā dārikā taṃ padesaṃ pattā mahājanaparivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandi. Taṃ bhagavā āmantetvā – ‘‘dārike kuto āgatāsī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na jānāmi bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ gamissasī’’ti? ‘‘Na jānāmi bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Na jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Jānāmi bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Na jānāmi bhagavā’’ti.
人们听了以后就指责说:“大家看啊,这个女孩明明是从自己家里来的,世尊问她,她却说‘不知道’;问她是不是要去织坊,她也说‘不知道’;对她说‘你不知道吗’,她却说‘我知道’;问她‘你知道吗’,她又说‘不知道’。她完全是在反着来。”世尊想让人们明白这件事的意思,就问她说:“我问了什么?你回答了什么?”她回答说:“尊者,没有人不知道我是从家里出来、要去织坊的。不过,您是从结生的角度问我‘从哪里来’,从死亡的角度问我‘将去哪里’,这些我确实不知道。我不知道自己是从地狱来,还是从天界来;也不知道自己将去地狱,还是去天界,所以我说‘不知道’。然后,世尊是针对死亡这件事问我‘你不知道吗’,而我知道一切众生都一定会死,所以我说‘我知道’。接着,世尊是针对死亡的具体时刻问我‘你知道吗’,而我并不知道自己什么时候会死,是今天还是明天,所以我说‘不知道’。”世尊对她回答的这些问题称赞说:“善哉,善哉。”大众也发出成千次的赞叹:“这个女孩真是聪慧啊。”这时世尊知女孩得法机缘适宜,在说法时——巴利
Taṃ sutvā manussā ujjhāyanti – ‘‘passatha, bho, ayaṃ dārikā attano gharā āgatāpi bhagavatā pucchiyamānā ‘na jānāmī’ti āha, tantavāyasālaṃ gacchantī cāpi pucchiyamānā ‘na jānāmī’ti āha, ‘na jānāsī’ti vuttā ‘jānāmī’ti āha, ‘jānāsī’ti vuttā ‘na jānāmī’ti āha, sabbaṃ paccanīkameva karotī’’ti. Bhagavā manussānaṃ tamatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātukāmo taṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ mayā pucchitaṃ, kiṃ tayā vutta’’nti? Sā āha – ‘‘na maṃ, bhante, koci na jānāti, gharato āgatā tantavāyasālaṃ gacchatī’’ti; apica maṃ tumhe paṭisandhivasena pucchatha, ‘‘kuto āgatāsī’’ti, cutivasena pucchatha, ‘‘kuhiṃ gamissasī’’ti ahañca na jānāmi. ‘‘Kuto camhi āgatā; nirayā vā devalokā vā’’ti, na hi jānāmi, ‘‘kuhimpi gamissāmi nirayaṃ vā devalokaṃ vā’’ti, tasmā ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti avacaṃ. Tato maṃ bhagavā maraṇaṃ sandhāya pucchi – ‘‘na jānāsī’’ti, ahañca jānāmi. ‘‘Sabbesaṃ maraṇaṃ dhuva’’nti, tenāvocaṃ ‘‘jānāmī’’ti. Tato maṃ bhagavā maraṇakālaṃ sandhāya pucchi ‘‘jānāsī’’ti, ahañca na jānāmi ‘‘kadā marissāmi kiṃ ajja vā udāhu sve vā’’ti, tenāvocaṃ ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti. Bhagavā tāya vissajjitaṃ pañhaṃ ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti anumodi. Mahājanakāyopi ‘‘yāva paṇḍitā ayaṃ dārikā’’ti sādhukārasahassāni adāsi. Atha bhagavā dārikāya sappāyaṃ viditvā dhammaṃ desento –
这个世间是盲的,能在这里看清真相的人极少。
就像鸟儿从网中逃脱一样,能往生天界的众生实在少之又少。巴利
‘‘Andhabhūto ayaṃ loko, tanukettha vipassati; Sakuṇo jālamuttova, appo saggāya gacchatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 174) –
他说了这首偈颂。偈颂结束时,她证得了入流果,同时有八万四千众生通达了法。巴利
Imaṃ gāthamāha. Sā gāthāpariyosāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānañca dhammābhisamayo ahosi.
她礼敬世尊后,就回到父亲那里。父亲见她回来得这么晚,很生气,猛地抓起梭子朝她扔过去。梭子飞出来,刺穿了女孩的肚子,她当场就死了。他看到这情景,心里盘算:“我并不是故意打女儿,是这梭子猛地弹出来,才刺破了她的肚子。她到底是活着还是死了?”他仔细查看,发现女儿已经死了,就想:“要是别人知道‘这人杀害了女儿’,一定会骂我,国王还会判我重刑。不如趁早跑吧。”他害怕受罚,就逃走了。他跑到世尊那里求了禅修业处,后来到了住在林中的比丘们的住处。他走近那些比丘,请求出家。比丘们给他剃度后,教他“皮等五法”的业处。他领受后精勤修行,不久就证得了阿罗汉果,那些比丘就成了他的老师和戒师。后来在大自恣日,所有比丘都来到世尊面前,准备举行“清净自恣”。世尊自恣结束、雨安居期满后,在比丘僧团的围绕下,从一个村庄到另一个村庄次第游行,渐渐到了阿罗毗。那里的人迎请世尊,做布施等供养。他们见到那位比丘,就说:“你杀了女儿,现在又来杀谁啊?”用这类话嘲笑他。比丘们听到后,在侍奉时间走近世尊,把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,这位比丘没有杀女儿,她是因自己的业而死的。”然后,为了向比丘们开示这位比丘那世人难以了知的漏尽牟尼境界,世尊说了这首偈颂。巴利
Sā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā pitu santikaṃ agamāsi. Pitā taṃ disvā ‘‘cirenāgatā’’ti kuddho vegena tante vemaṃ pakkhipi. Taṃ nikkhamitvā dārikāya kucchiṃ bhindi. Sā tattheva kālamakāsi. So disvā – ‘‘nāhaṃ mama dhītaraṃ pahariṃ, apica kho imaṃ vemaṃ vegasā nikkhamitvā imissā kucchiṃ bhindi. Jīvati nu kho nanu kho’’ti vīmaṃsanto mataṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘manussā maṃ ‘iminā dhītā māritā’ti ñatvā upakkoseyyuṃ, tena rājāpi garukaṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇeyya, handāhaṃ paṭikacceva palāyāmī’’ti. So daṇḍabhayena palāyanto bhagavato santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā araññe vasantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vasanokāsaṃ pāpuṇi. Te ca bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Te taṃ pabbājetvā tacapañcakakammaṭṭhānaṃ adaṃsu. So taṃ uggahetvā vāyamanto na cirasseva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi, te cassa ācariyupajjhāyā. Atha mahāpavāraṇāya sabbeva bhagavato santikaṃ agamaṃsu – ‘‘visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāressāmā’’ti. Bhagavā pavāretvā vutthavasso bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto gāmanigamādīsu cārikaṃ caramāno anupubbena āḷaviṃ agamāsi. Tattha manussā bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā dānādīni karontā taṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘‘dhītaraṃ māretvā idāni kaṃ māretuṃ āgatosī’’tiādīni vatvā uppaṇḍesuṃ. Bhikkhū taṃ sutvā upaṭṭhānavelāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave , ayaṃ bhikkhu dhītaraṃ māresi, sā attano kammena matā’’ti vatvā tassa bhikkhuno manussehi dubbijānaṃ khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ pakāsento bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:如果有人能在身、语、意这三种造业的门径上,靠持戒约束自己,不论是用身体、语言还是心意,都不去做伤害众生之类的恶行;而且不管是年少、处在少年阶段,还是中年、处在中年阶段,还是年老、处在老年阶段,按同样的道理,任何时候都不去做恶。为什么呢?因为他已经调伏了自己,也就是说,依靠无上的远离,他的心已经从一切恶行中彻底停息了。巴利
Tassattho – yo tīsupi kammadvāresu sīlasaṃyamena saṃyatatto kāyena vā vācāya vā cetasā vā hiṃsādikaṃ na karoti pāpaṃ, tañca kho pana daharo vā daharavaye ṭhito, majjhimo vā majjhimavaye ṭhito, eteneva nayena thero vā pacchimavaye ṭhitoti kadācipi na karoti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Yatatto, yasmā anuttarāya viratiyā sabbapāpehi uparatacittoti vuttaṃ hoti.
现在来解释“牟尼不可被激恼,他不激恼任何人”这几句话的关联和意旨:那位漏尽牟尼是“不可被激恼的人”,也就是说,别人无论用“杀女儿的人”“织工”之类的方式,想通过身体或言语来激怒他、触犯他、伤害他,他都不该被这样对待。而且他自己也不激恼任何人,不会说“我没有杀我女儿,是你杀的,或者像你这样的人杀的”这类话去激恼、触犯、伤害任何人,因此他也是不应被激恼的。不仅如此,正如“且停下,龙象啊,不要击打龙象,应当礼敬龙象”这样的教导所说,他本来就是应当被礼敬的。至于“taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti”这一句,应当这样分解词语:“tampi dhīrāva muniṃ vedayanti”。这里的意旨是:愚痴的凡夫不知道“此人是不可被激恼的”,所以去激恼他;而那些有智慧的人,只有智者才真正认识这位牟尼,知道“这是一位漏尽牟尼”。巴利
Idāni muni arosaneyyo na so roseti kañcīti etesaṃ padānaṃ ayaṃ yojanā ca adhippāyo ca – so khīṇāsavamuni arosaneyyo ‘‘dhītumārako’’ti vā ‘‘pesakāro’’ti vā evamādinā nayena kāyena vā vācāya vā rosetuṃ, ghaṭṭetuṃ, bādhetuṃ araho na hoti. Sopi hi na roseti kañci, ‘‘nāhaṃ mama dhītaraṃ māremi, tvaṃ māresi, tumhādiso vā māretī’’tiādīni vatvā kañci na roseti, na ghaṭṭeti, na bādheti, tasmā sopi na rosaneyyo. Apica kho pana ‘‘tiṭṭhatu nāgo, mā nāgaṃ ghaṭṭesi, namo karohi nāgassā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.249) vuttanayena namassitabboyeva hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti ettha pana tampi dhīrāva muniṃ vedayantīti evaṃ padavibhāgo veditabbo. Adhippāyo cettha – taṃ ‘‘ayaṃ arosaneyyo’’ti ete bālamanussā ajānitvā rosenti. Ye pana dhīrā honti, te dhīrāva tampi muniṃ vedayanti, ayaṃ khīṇāsavamunīti jānantīti.
219 “Yadaggato”的起源是什么呢?据说,在舍卫城有一位名叫“施五最上者”的婆罗门。当庄稼成熟时,他把田里最好的部分拿去布施;谷堆堆好时,把谷堆中最好的拿去布施;仓库装满时,把仓库里最好的拿去布施;锅里煮好食物时,把锅里最好的拿去布施;吃饭时,把饭食中最好的拿去布施——这就是他所布施的五种最上。其中,他叫人取来最先成熟的稻、大麦、小麦,做成粥、饭、炒谷等,怀着这样的见解:“布施最上的人是有智慧的人,他会证得最上的果报”,然后向以佛陀为首的比丘僧团布施,这就是他的“田中最上施”。庄稼成熟、收割、打碾之后,他取来最好的谷物,同样拿去布施,这就是他的“谷堆最上施”。再用那些谷物把仓库装满,在第一次打开仓库时,取出最先拿出来的谷物,同样拿去布施,这就是他的“仓库最上施”。另外,他家里不管煮好什么食物,他都把最好的那份不给尚未到达的出家人,连给小孩都不给,这就是他的“锅中食最上施”。还有,他自己吃饭的时候,最先端上来的那份食物,如果在午前就布施给僧团,如果在午后就来布施给前来的乞讨者;如果这两者都没有,他甚至连狗都不给,自己也不吃,这就是他的“饮食最上施”。就这样,他被称为“施五最上者”。巴利
219.Yadaggatoti kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ kira pañcaggadāyako nāma brāhmaṇo ahosi. So nipphajjamānesu sassesu khettaggaṃ, rāsaggaṃ, koṭṭhaggaṃ, kumbhiaggaṃ, bhojanagganti imāni pañca aggāni deti. Tattha paṭhamapakkāniyeva sāli-yava-godhūma-sīsāni āharāpetvā yāgupāyāsaputhukādīni paṭiyādetvā ‘‘aggassa dātā medhāvī, aggaṃ so adhigacchatī’’ti evaṃdiṭṭhiko hutvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ deti, idamassa khettaggadānaṃ. Nipphannesu pana sassesu lāyitesu madditesu ca varadhaññāni gahetvā tatheva dānaṃ deti, idamassa rāsaggadānaṃ. Puna tehi dhaññehi koṭṭhāgārāni pūrāpetvā paṭhamakoṭṭhāgāravivaraṇe paṭhamanīhaṭāni dhaññāni gahetvā tatheva dānaṃ deti, idamassa koṭṭhaggadānaṃ. Yaṃ yadeva panassa ghare randheti, tato aggaṃ anuppattapabbajitānaṃ adatvā antamaso dārakānampi na kiñci deti, idamassa kumbhiaggadānaṃ. Puna attano bhojanakāle paṭhamūpanītaṃ bhojanaṃ purebhattakāle saṅghassa, pacchābhattakāle sampattayācakānaṃ, tadabhāve antamaso sunakhānampi adatvā na bhuñjati, idamassa bhojanaggadānaṃ. Evaṃ so pañcaggadāyakotveva abhilakkhito ahosi.
有一天,世尊在破晓时分用佛眼观察世间,看见那位婆罗门和他的妻子具备了证得入流道的因缘,于是整理好身体,很早就进了香室。比丘们看见香室的门关着,知道“今天世尊想独自进村”,到了乞食的时候,就右绕香室,然后进村乞食去了。世尊也在婆罗门吃饭的时候出来,进了舍卫城。人们看见世尊,心想:“今天一定有什么众生需要被摄受,所以世尊才一个人进村。”于是都没有上前邀请世尊。世尊就一路走到婆罗门家门口,站在那里。那时候,婆罗门正拿着食物坐着,他的妻子拿着扇子站在旁边。她看见世尊,心想:“要是这婆罗门看见了,一定会拿钵把所有的食物都布施出去,那我就得重新煮了。”于是她心生不敬和吝啬,用扇子挡住,不让婆罗门看见世尊。世尊知道她的心思,就放出身上的光芒。婆罗门看见那道金色的光,抬头一看,就看见世尊站在门口。婆罗门妻心想“世尊已经发现了”,立刻放下扇子,走到世尊面前,五体投地顶礼。世尊知道她礼敬起身之时,正是适合说法的时机——巴利
Athekadivasaṃ bhagavā paccūsasamaye buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento tassa brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇiyā ca sotāpattimaggaupanissayaṃ disvā sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā atippageva gandhakuṭiṃ pāvisi. Bhikkhū pihitadvāraṃ gandhakuṭiṃ disvā – ‘‘ajja bhagavā ekakova gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo’’ti ñatvā bhikkhācāravelāya gandhakuṭiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Bhagavāpi brāhmaṇassa bhojanavelāyaṃ nikkhamitvā sāvatthiṃ pāvisi. Manussā bhagavantaṃ disvā evaṃ – ‘‘nūnajja koci satto anuggahetabbo atthi, tathā hi bhagavā ekakova paviṭṭho’’ti ñatvā na bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu nimantanatthāya. Bhagavāpi anupubbena brāhmaṇassa gharadvāraṃ sampatvā aṭṭhāsi. Tena ca samayena brāhmaṇo bhojanaṃ gahetvā nisinno hoti, brāhmaṇī panassa bījaniṃ gahetvā ṭhitā. Sā bhagavantaṃ disvā ‘‘sacāyaṃ brāhmaṇo passeyya, pattaṃ gahetvā sabbaṃ bhojanaṃ dadeyya, tato me puna pacitabbaṃ bhaveyyā’’ti cintetvā appasādañca maccherañca uppādetvā yathā brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ na passati, evaṃ tālavaṇṭena paṭicchādesi. Bhagavā taṃ ñatvā sarīrābhaṃ muñci. Taṃ brāhmaṇo suvaṇṇobhāsaṃ disvā ‘‘kimeta’’nti ullokento addasa bhagavantaṃ dvāre ṭhitaṃ. Brāhmaṇīpi ‘‘diṭṭhonena bhagavā’’ti tāvadeva tālavaṇṭaṃ nikkhipitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandi, vanditvā cassā uṭṭhahantiyā sappāyaṃ viditvā –
对一切名色,他都没有“我所有”的执著;
对不存在的东西也不忧伤,他才真正称得上是比丘。巴利
‘‘Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, yassa natthi mamāyitaṃ; Asatā ca na socati, sa ve bhikkhūti vuccatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 367) –
世尊说了这首偈。偈刚一说完,她就证得了入流果。那位婆罗门把世尊请进屋里,请世尊坐在最尊贵的座位上,献上净水,然后把自己准备好的食物端上来,说:“尊者,在这有天神的世界里,您是最值得供养的人。请您把这份食物接过去,放在您的钵里。”世尊为了摄受他,就接受了,并且吃了。吃完饭以后,世尊知道这位婆罗门适合听什么样的法,于是又说了这首偈。巴利
Imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā gāthāpariyosāneyeva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇopi bhagavantaṃ antogharaṃ pavesetvā, varāsane nisīdāpetvā, dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā, attano upanītabhojanaṃ upanāmesi – ‘‘tumhe, bhante, sadevake loke aggadakkhiṇeyyā, sādhu, me taṃ bhojanaṃ attano patte patiṭṭhāpethā’’ti. Bhagavā tassa anuggahatthaṃ paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji. Katabhattakicco ca brāhmaṇassa sappāyaṃ viditvā imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:假如有人从饭锅里取团食,最先取到的,因为是从锅口最先拿到的,所以叫“从最初取”;从还剩大半的锅里取到的,因为是从中间取来的,所以叫“从中间取”;从只剩一两勺的锅里取到的,因为是从剩余部分取来的,所以叫“从最后取”。“依他人布施而活”,说的是出家者。因为他除了水和齿木之外,其余一切都靠他人布施而活,所以称为“依他人布施而活”。“不值得称赞,也不贬低”:因为已经断除了随顺贪著,所以得到最先的食物时,既不会称赞自己,也不会称赞施主;因为已经断除了嗔恨对抗,所以得到最后的食物时,也不会用“他给的这是什么呀”之类的话去贬低施主,说些不中听的话。“这样的牟尼,唯有智者能知”:对于这样已断除随顺贪著和嗔恨对抗的牟尼,唯有智者才能了知。世尊以这首导向阿拉汉果的偈颂为那位婆罗门说法。偈颂结束时,婆罗门便安住在入流果上。巴利
Tassattho – yaṃ kumbhito paṭhamameva gahitattā aggato, addhāvasesāya kumbhiyā āgantvā tato gahitattā majjhato, ekadvikaṭacchumattāvasesāya kumbhiyā āgantvā tato gahitattā sesato vā piṇḍaṃ labhetha. Paradattūpajīvīti pabbajito. So hi udakadantapoṇaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ pareneva dattaṃ upajīvati, tasmā ‘‘paradattūpajīvī’’ti vuccati. Nālaṃ thutuṃ nopi nipaccavādīti aggato laddhā attānaṃ vā dāyakaṃ vā thometumpi nārahati pahīnānunayattā. Sesato laddhā ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ iminā dinna’’ntiādinā nayena dāyakaṃ nipātetvā appiyavacanāni vattāpi na hoti pahīnapaṭighattā. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi pahīnānunayapaṭighaṃ dhīrāva muniṃ vedayantīti brāhmaṇassa arahattanikūṭena gāthaṃ desesi. Gāthāpariyosāne brāhmaṇo sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahīti.
220 220.“牟尼而行”这个说法是怎么来的?据说在舍卫城,有一位长者的儿子,随着季节在三座宫殿里享受各种荣华富贵。他还年轻,就想出家。他请求父母同意后,就像《犀牛角经》中“诸欲确实多彩”这偈的缘起故事里所说的那样,三次出家又三次还俗,到第四次时证得了阿拉汉果。比丘们因为他过去的这段经历,就对他说:“贤友,该还俗了吧?”他回答说:“贤友们,我现在已经不可能再退堕了。”比丘们听了这话,就去禀告世尊。世尊说:“确实如此,比丘们,他现在已经不可能退堕了。”为了显示这位诸漏已尽的牟尼的境界,世尊说出了这首偈。巴利
220.Muniṃ carantanti kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ kira aññataro seṭṭhiputto utuvasena tīsu pāsādesu sabbasampattīhi paricārayamāno daharova pabbajitukāmo hutvā, mātāpitaro yācitvā, khaggavisāṇasutte ‘‘kāmā hi citrā’’ti (su. ni. 50) imissā gāthāya aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ vuttanayeneva tikkhattuṃ pabbajitvā ca uppabbajitvā ca catutthavāre arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ pubbaparicayena bhikkhū bhaṇanti – ‘‘samayo, āvuso, uppabbajitu’’nti. So ‘‘abhabbo dānāhaṃ, āvuso, vibbhamitu’’nti āha. Taṃ sutvā bhikkhū bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā ‘‘evametaṃ, bhikkhave, abhabbo so dāni vibbhamitu’’nti tassa khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ āvikaronto imaṃ gāthamāha.
这段的意思是:因为具备牟尼之法,所以称为牟尼;因为独住而修行,或者以先前所说的任何一种修行方式修行,所以称为“行”;像从前一样,对淫欲之事不动心,以无上的远离而远离淫欲。第二句的关联是:如果有人问,是什么样的牟尼,在修行中远离淫欲呢?那就是:即使处在青春年华,也无论在什么情况下都不被束缚;即使面对美好的青春女子,也像从前一样,不会因淫欲的贪爱而被束缚。或者也可以这样理解:无论是对自己的青春,还是对他人的青春,都不会生起“我还年轻,或者她还年轻,所以先享受欲乐吧”这样的贪爱束缚。而且,他不仅远离淫欲,也远离由出身高贵等而产生的种种迷醉,还远离在欲乐中忘失正念的放逸。正因为如此远离了迷醉和放逸,所以从一切烦恼的束缚中解脱出来。或者说,并不只是像世间人那样以世间的远离来远离,而是因为从一切烦恼束缚中解脱,所以是以出世间远离来远离,这也是这里的含义。智者了知这样的牟尼,那些智者也了知这样的牟尼;而你们却不能了知他,所以才那样说他。巴利
Tassattho – moneyyadhammasamannāgamena muniṃ, ekavihāritāya, pubbe vuttappakārāsu vā cariyāsu yāya kāyaci cariyāya carantaṃ, pubbe viya methunadhamme cittaṃ akatvā anuttarāya viratiyā virataṃ methunasmā. Dutiyapādassa sambandho – kīdisaṃ muniṃ carantaṃ virataṃ methunasmāti ce? Yo yobbane nopanibajjhate kvaci, yo bhadrepi yobbane vattamāne kvaci itthirūpe yathā pure, evaṃ methunarāgena na upanibajjhati. Atha vā kvaci attano vā parassa vā yobbane ‘‘yuvā tāvamhi, ayaṃ vā yuvāti paṭisevāmi tāva kāme’’ti evaṃ yo rāgena na upanibajjhatīti ayampettha attho. Na kevalañca virataṃ methunasmā, apica kho pana jātimadādibhedā madā, kāmaguṇesu sativippavāsasaṅkhātā pamādāpi ca virataṃ, evaṃ madappamādā viratattā eva ca vippamuttaṃ sabbakilesabandhanehi. Yathā vā eko lokikāyapi viratiyā virato hoti, na evaṃ, kiṃ pana vippamuttaṃ virataṃ, sabbakilesabandhanehi vippamuttattā lokuttaraviratiyā viratantipi attho. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi dhīrā eva muniṃ vedayanti, tumhe pana naṃ na vedayatha, tena naṃ evaṃ bhaṇathāti dasseti.
221 “了知世间”这一偈的起因是什么?世尊当时住在迦毗罗卫城。那时,人们正为难陀举办三种庆典:装饰庆典、灌顶庆典和娶亲庆典。世尊也受到邀请,带着五百位比丘一同前往,应供之后准备离开时,把钵递到了难陀手里。国中第一美女看见难陀要随世尊离去,就对他说:“圣子,你可要快点回来啊。”难陀因为对世尊十分恭敬,不敢说“世尊,请把钵拿回去”,只好一路跟着到了寺院。世尊站在香室附近的精舍中,说:“难陀,把钵拿来。”接过钵后,又说:“你要出家。”难陀出于对世尊的恭敬,不敢拒绝,便说:“世尊,我愿出家。”世尊于是让他出家了。可是,难陀一遍又一遍地回想起国中第一美女的话,心里越来越烦躁不安。比丘们把这件事告诉了世尊。世尊想消除难陀的不乐,就问他:“难陀,你以前去过三十三天吗?”难陀回答:“世尊,我没去过。”巴利
221.Aññāya lokanti kā uppatti? Bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ viharati. Tena samayena nandassa ābharaṇamaṅgalaṃ, abhisekamaṅgalaṃ, āvāhamaṅgalanti tīṇi maṅgalāni akaṃsu. Bhagavāpi tattha nimantito pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ tattha gantvā bhuñjitvā nikkhamanto nandassa hatthe pattaṃ adāsi. Taṃ nikkhamantaṃ disvā janapadakalyāṇī ‘‘tuvaṭṭaṃ kho, ayyaputta, āgaccheyyāsī’’ti āha. So bhagavato gāravena ‘‘handa bhagavā patta’’nti vattuṃ asakkonto vihārameva gato. Bhagavā gandhakuṭipariveṇe ṭhatvā ‘‘āhara, nanda, patta’’nti gahetvā ‘‘pabbajissasī’’ti āha. So bhagavato gāravena paṭikkhipituṃ asakkonto ‘‘pabbajāmi, bhagavā’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā pabbājesi. So pana janapadakalyāṇiyā vacanaṃ punappunaṃ saranto ukkaṇṭhi. Bhikkhū bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā nandassa anabhiratiṃ vinodetukāmo ‘‘tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gatapubbosi, nandā’’ti āha. Nando ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhante, gatapubbo’’ti avoca.
随后,世尊以自己的神通力把难陀带到了三十三天,站在最胜殿门前。帝释天知道世尊来了,就在天女们的簇拥下从宫殿里下来。那些天女全都是因为曾向迦叶世尊的弟子们布施涂脚油,才转生成了钩足天女。这时,世尊对难陀说:“难陀,你看见这五百位钩足天女了吗?”(此处应详细展开)。在佛陀的全部教法中,从来没有教导过要去执取女人的整体形相和细部特征。但在这里,世尊以善巧方便,就像医生想让病人把毒吐出来、先给他看美味的食物一样,为了让难陀把贪欲吐出来,才允许他执取形相和细相,这正是无上调御丈夫的做法。之后,世尊看到难陀为了天女而对梵行生起了欢喜,就吩咐比丘们:“你们用雇工的说法来呵责难陀。”难陀被他们呵责后,感到羞愧,如理作意,依教修行,不久就证得了阿罗汉果。住在难陀经行处尽头一棵树上的天神,把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊心中也生起了这个智。比丘们不知情,仍然像之前那样呵责这位尊者。世尊说:“诸比丘,现在不应再这样呵责难陀了。”为了显示难陀已诸漏已尽的牟尼境界,并为那些比丘说法,世尊说出了这首偈颂。巴利
Tato naṃ bhagavā attano ānubhāvena tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ netvā vejayantapāsādadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Bhagavato āgamanaṃ viditvā sakko accharāgaṇaparivuto pāsādā orohi. Tā sabbāpi kassapassa bhagavato sāvakānaṃ pādamakkhanatelaṃ datvā kakuṭapādiniyo ahesuṃ. Atha bhagavā nandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘passasi no, tvaṃ nanda, imāni pañca accharāsatāni kakuṭapādānī’’ti sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Mātugāmassa nāma nimittānubyañjanaṃ gahetabbanti sakalepi buddhavacane etaṃ natthi. Atha ca panettha bhagavā upāyakusalatāya āturassa dose uggiletvā nīharitukāmo vejjo subhojanaṃ viya nandassa rāgaṃ uggiletvā nīharitukāmo nimittānubyañjanaggahaṇaṃ anuññāsi yathā taṃ anuttaro purisadammasārathi. Tato bhagavā accharāhetu nandassa brahmacariye abhiratiṃ disvā bhikkhū āṇāpesi – ‘‘bhatakavādena nandaṃ codethā’’ti. So tehi codiyamāno lajjito yoniso manasi karonto paṭipajjitvā na cirasseva arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Tassa caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhagavatopi ñāṇaṃ udapādi. Bhikkhū ajānantā tathevāyasmantaṃ codenti. Bhagavā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, idāni nando evaṃ codetabbo’’ti tassa khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ dīpento tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:通过确定苦谛,了知、认清并确定五蕴等世间;通过现证灭谛,成为见到究竟真理的人;通过断除集谛,超越了四种瀑流,也超越了、越过了、渡过了眼等入处的大海——因为已经断除集,所以能承受色憍等猛烈冲击;通过修习道谛,成为“如者”,也就是具足“如”的特相,正如“其说为如”所说的那样。或者也可以这样理解:所谓瀑流,就是欲贪等烦恼的堆积,以沉没之义为瀑流;所谓大海,就是以恶趣之义为大海。正是通过断除集,他超越了这瀑流与大海;因为已经渡越瀑流,所以现在即使你们这样议论他,他的心也不动摇,因此也是“如者”。这里的义理和意趣,应当这样理解。“他断除了结,无所依附,已无诸漏”,这是对他的赞叹之语。由于依四圣谛的修习,断除了四种结,所以是“断结者”;由于对见或爱都不依附任何事物,所以是“无所依附者”;由于完全没有四种漏,所以说“已无诸漏”。“那也被智者、牟尼所感受”,这是说明:只有智者才能感受、了知那位漏尽的牟尼,而你们却毫无感受,却这样说。巴利
Tassattho – dukkhasaccavavatthānakaraṇena khandhādilokaṃ aññāya jānitvā vavatthapetvā nirodhasaccasacchikiriyāya paramatthadassiṃ, samudayappahānena catubbidhampi oghaṃ, pahīnasamudayattā rūpamadādivegasahanena cakkhādiāyatanasamuddañca atitariya atitaritvā atikkamitvā maggabhāvanāya, ‘‘tanniddesā tādī’’ti imāya tādilakkhaṇappattiyā tādiṃ. Yo vāyaṃ kāmarāgādikilesarāsiyeva avahananaṭṭhena ogho, kucchitagatipariyāyena samuddanaṭṭhena samuddo, samudayappahāneneva taṃ oghaṃ samuddañca atitariya atitiṇṇoghattā idāni tumhehi evaṃ vuccamānepi vikāramanāpajjanatāya tādimpi evampettha attho ca adhippāyo ca veditabbo. Taṃ chinnaganthaṃ asitaṃ anāsavanti idaṃ panassa thutivacanameva, imāya catusaccabhāvanāya catunnaṃ ganthānaṃ chinnattā chinnaganthaṃ, diṭṭhiyā taṇhāya vā katthaci anissitattā asitaṃ, catunnaṃ āsavānaṃ abhāvena anāsavanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi dhīrāva khīṇāsavamuniṃ vedayanti tumhe pana avedayamānā evaṃ bhaṇathāti dasseti.
222 “两者不等”这一偈的缘起是什么?有一位比丘,住在憍萨罗国一个边地村庄附近的山林里。那个村里有个捕鹿的猎人,他来到这位比丘居住的地方附近,设陷阱捕鹿。猎人进山时,看见长老比丘正进村乞食;从山林回来时,又看见长老从村庄出来。因为经常碰面,猎人对长老生起了亲切感。当他猎到很多兽肉时,也会把美味的饭团分给长老。人们于是讥嫌说:“这个比丘把‘某处有鹿站着、走着、喝水’告诉猎人,猎人因此杀鹿,他们两人就是这样合伙过日子的。”那时,世尊正游行于各地,来到了那个地方。比丘们进村乞食时听到这件事,就禀告了世尊。世尊为了说明那位比丘其实是诸漏已尽的牟尼,证明他与猎人并非共同谋生,于是为那些比丘说法,诵出了这首偈。巴利
222.Asamāubhoti kā uppatti? Aññataro bhikkhu kosalaraṭṭhe paccantagāmaṃ nissāya araññe viharati. Tasmiñca gāme migaluddako tassa bhikkhuno vasanokāsaṃ gantvā mige bandhati. So araññaṃ pavisanto theraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisantampi passati, araññā āgacchanto gāmato nikkhamantampi passati. Evaṃ abhiṇhadassanena there jātasineho ahosi. So yadā bahuṃ maṃsaṃ labhati, tadā therassāpi rasapiṇḍapātaṃ deti. Manussā ujjhāyanti – ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu ‘amukasmiṃ padese migā tiṭṭhanti, caranti, pānīyaṃ pivantī’ti luddakassa āroceti. Tato luddako mige māreti, tena ubho saṅgamma jīvikaṃ kappentī’’ti. Atha bhagavā janapadacārikaṃ caramāno taṃ janapadaṃ agamāsi. Bhikkhū gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisantā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā luddakena saddhiṃ samānajīvikābhāvasādhakaṃ tassa bhikkhuno khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ dīpento tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:比丘们,一位比丘和一位猎人,这两者并不相同。人们说他们“过着同样的生活”,这是错误的。为什么呢?因为他们的住处和生活方式相差很远。“住处”就是居住的地方:比丘住在林野,猎人住在村里。“生活方式”就是谋生方式:比丘在村里挨家挨户乞食,猎人在林中猎杀鹿和鸟。再说,在家人有妻儿要养,那个猎人就是靠这种活计来养活妻儿。而那位“无我所、善行具足”的人,则是对妻儿远离了渴爱和邪见所生的我执,因为戒行清净、行为美好,所以是善行具足,他就是诸漏已尽的比丘。再说,在家人不约束自己,会伤害其他众生,那个猎人就是这样,为了害他命,以身、语、意毫无节制地断绝那些众生的命根。而那位诸漏已尽的牟尼,则恒常以身、语、意调伏自己,守护众生。既然如此,他们怎么会是“过着同样的生活”呢?巴利
Tassattho – yo ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu, yo ca luddako, ete asamā ubho. Yaṃ manussā bhaṇanti ‘‘samānajīvikā’’ti, taṃ micchā. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Dūravihāravuttino, dūre vihāro ca vutti ca nesanti dūravihāravuttino. Vihāroti vasanokāso, so ca bhikkhuno araññe, luddakassa ca gāme. Vuttīti jīvikā, sā ca bhikkhuno gāme sapadānabhikkhācariyā, luddakassa ca araññe migasakuṇamāraṇā. Puna caparaṃ gihī dāraposī, so luddako tena kammena puttadāraṃ poseti. Amamo ca subbato, puttadāresu taṇhādiṭṭhimamattavirahito sucivatattā sundaravatattā ca subbato so khīṇāsavabhikkhu. Puna caparaṃ parapāṇarodhāya gihī asaññato, so luddako gihī parapāṇarodhāya tesaṃ pāṇānaṃ jīvitindriyupacchedāya kāyavācācittehi asaṃyato. Niccaṃ munī rakkhati pāṇine yato, itaro pana khīṇāsavamuni kāyavācācittehi niccaṃ yato saṃyato pāṇino rakkhati. Evaṃ sante te kathaṃ samānajīvikā bhavissantīti?
223 “如孔雀”这一颂的缘起是怎样的?世尊住在迦毗罗卫城时,释迦族人中间出现了这样的议论:“先证得入流果的人,比起后来才证得入流果的人,在法上更为尊长。所以,后证入流的比丘应当先向已证入流的在家人行礼问讯等。”一位托钵比丘听到这番话后,就禀告了世尊。世尊针对“此生类实异,是可敬对象的标志”这一点,说道:“比丘们,即使是在家人证得了不来果,也仍然应当向当天才出家的沙弥行礼问讯等。”随后,为了显示后证入流的比丘即使比起先证入流的在家人也实在有极大的殊胜差别,并为比丘们说法,世尊诵出了这首偈颂。巴利
223.Sikhī yathāti kā uppatti? Bhagavati kapilavatthusmiṃ viharante sākiyānaṃ kathā udapādi – ‘‘paṭhamakasotāpanno pacchā sotāpattiṃ pattassa dhammena vuḍḍhataro hoti, tasmā pacchā sotāpannena bhikkhunā paṭhamasotāpannassa gihino abhivādanādīni kattabbānī’’ti taṃ kathaṃ aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu sutvā bhagavato ārocesi. Bhagavā ‘‘aññā eva hi ayaṃ jāti, pūjaneyyavatthu liṅga’’nti sandhāya ‘‘anāgāmīpi ce, bhikkhave, gihī hoti, tena tadahupabbajitassāpi sāmaṇerassa abhivādanādīni kattabbānevā’’ti vatvā puna pacchā sotāpannassāpi bhikkhuno paṭhamasotāpannagahaṭṭhato atimahantaṃ visesaṃ dassento bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这段话的意思是:有一种孔雀鸟,因为头顶生来就有冠羽,所以叫“有冠者”;因为脖子像宝杖,所以叫“蓝颈”。就像在绿天鹅、红天鹅、乳天鹅、黑天鹅、翼天鹅、金天鹅这些天鹅中,有一种是金天鹅,那只孔雀的速度连金天鹅的十六分之一都赶不上。因为金天鹅片刻之间就能飞越上千由旬,而孔雀连一由旬都飞不到。不过,从好看这一点来说,两者都好看。同样地,那位先证得入流的在家人,虽然因为见道而可以说是“好看”,在见道这一点上,也能和后证入流的比丘相比,但在速度上,他完全比不上比丘。是什么速度呢?是上道观智的速度。在家人被妻子儿女等种种牵缠捆住,那种智慧很迟钝;比丘已经解开了那些缠缚,所以智慧很锐利。这个道理,世尊用“牟尼远离者,林中修禅那”这一句作了说明。因为这位有学牟尼比丘,以身远离和心远离而远离,又常常以相为所缘,在林中修禅那。在家人哪里有这样的远离和禅那呢?这就是这里要说的深意。巴利
Tassattho – yvāyaṃ matthake jātāya sikhāya sabbhāvena sikhī, maṇidaṇḍasadisāya gīvāya nīlagīvoti ca mayūravihaṅgamo vuccati. So yathā haritahaṃsatambahaṃsakhīrahaṃsakāḷahaṃsapākahaṃsasuvaṇṇahaṃsesu yvāyaṃ suvaṇṇahaṃso, tassa haṃsassa javena soḷasimpi kalaṃ na upeti. Suvaṇṇahaṃso hi muhuttakena yojanasahassampi gacchati, yojanampi asamattho itaro. Dassanīyatāya pana ubhopi dassanīyā honti, evaṃ gihī paṭhamasotāpannopi kiñcāpi maggadassanena dassanīyo hoti. Atha kho so pacchā sotāpannassāpi maggadassanena tulyadassanīyabhāvassāpi bhikkhuno javena nānukaroti. Katamena javena? Uparimaggavipassanāñāṇajavena. Gihino hi taṃ ñāṇaṃ dandhaṃ hoti puttadārādijaṭāya jaṭitattā, bhikkhuno pana tikkhaṃ hoti tassā jaṭāya vijaṭitattā. Svāyamattho bhagavatā ‘‘munino vivittassa vanamhi jhāyato’’ti iminā pādena dīpito. Ayañhi sekkhamuni bhikkhu kāyacittavivekena ca vivitto hoti, lakkhaṇārammaṇūpanijjhānena ca niccaṃ vanasmiṃ jhāyati. Kuto gihino evarūpo viveko ca jhānañcāti ayañhettha adhippāyoti?